Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 25, 2013

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number: 001 — 31545

 

 

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter )

 

 

REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

RANDFONTEIN OFFICE PARK, CNR WARD AVENUE AND MAIN REEF ROAD,

RANDFONTEIN, SOUTH AFRICA, 1760

(Address of principal executive offices )

Riana Bisschoff, Group Company Secretary

tel: +27 11 411 6020, riana.bisschoff@harmony.co.za, fax: +27 (0) 11 696 9734,

Randfontein Office Park, CNR Ward Avenue and Main Reef Road, Randfontein, South Africa, 1760

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person )

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Ordinary shares, with nominal value Rand 50 cents per share*

(Title of Class )

American Depositary Shares (as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts),

each representing one ordinary share

(Title of Class )

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

The number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the last full fiscal year covered by this Annual Report was:

435,289,890 ordinary shares, with nominal value of Rand 50 cents per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

YES   x     NO   ¨

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

YES   ¨     NO   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:

YES   x     NO   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

YES   ¨     NO   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   x                 Accelerated filer   ¨                 Non-accelerated filer   ¨                 Smaller reporting company   ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

US GAAP   ¨

    

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board    x

   Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:

Item 17   ¨     Item 18   ¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

YES   ¨     NO   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

YES   x     NO   ¨

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I      4   

Item 1 .

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

     4   

Item 2 .

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

     4   

Item 3 .

 

Key Information

     4   

Item 4 .

 

Information on the Company

     21   

Item 4A .

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     93   

Item 5 .

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

     93   

Item 6 .

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

     116   

Item 7 .

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

     124   

Item 8 .

 

Financial Information

     125   

Item 9 .

 

The Offer and Listing

     127   

Item 10 .

 

Additional Information

     129   

Item 11 .

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     144   

Item 12 .

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

     145   

Part II

     150   

Item 13 .

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

     150   

Item 14 .

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security and Use of Proceeds

     150   

Item 15 .

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

     150   

Item 16A .

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

     151   

Item 16B .

 

Code of Ethics

     151   

Item 16C .

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     152   

Item 16D .

 

Exemptions from Listing Standards for Audit Committees

     152   

Item 16E .

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

     152   

Item 16F .

 

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

     152   

Item 16G .

 

Corporate Governance

     153   

Item 16H .

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

     153   

Part III

     153   

Item 17 .

 

Financial Statements

     153   

Item 18 .

 

Financial Statements

     153   

Item 19 .

 

Exhibits

     153   
SIGNATURE      S-1   
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      F-1   

 

2


Table of Contents

USE OF TERMS AND CONVENTIONS IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited is a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of South Africa. As used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, or this annual report, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “ Harmony ” and “ Company ” refer to Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited; the term “ South Africa ” refers to the Republic of South Africa; the terms “ we ”, “ us ” and “ our ” refer to Harmony and, as applicable, its direct and indirect subsidiaries as a “ Group ”.

In this annual report, references to “ R ”, “ Rand ” and “ c ”, “ cents ” are to the South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa, “ A$ ” refers to Australian dollars, “ K ” or “ Kina ” refers to Papua New Guinean Kina and references to “ $ ”, “ US$ ” and “ US dollars ” are to United States dollars.

This annual report contains information concerning our gold reserves. While this annual report has been prepared in accordance with the regulations contained in Securities and Exchange Commission Guide 7, it is based on assumptions which may prove to be incorrect. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Estimations of Harmony’s gold reserve figures are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production and the price of gold. As a result, quantities of gold produced may differ from current estimates.”

This annual report contains descriptions of gold mining and the gold mining industry, including descriptions of geological formations and mining processes. We have explained some of these terms in the Glossary of Mining Terms included at the end of this annual report. This glossary may assist you in understanding these terms.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are located in our home country. Accordingly, our books of account are maintained in South African Rand and our annual and interim financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“ IFRS ”). Prior to fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, our annual financial statements (translated into US dollars) were prepared and filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“ US GAAP ”). On December 21, 2007, the SEC adopted rules allowing foreign private issuers that file Annual Reports on Form 20-F to file financial statements with the SEC in accordance with IFRS without reconciliation to US GAAP. As per these rules, we include in this annual report our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, translated into US dollars. All financial information, except as otherwise noted, is stated in accordance with IFRS.

In this annual report, we also present “cash operating costs” and “cash operating costs per ounce”, which are non-GAAP measures. An investor should not consider these items in isolation or as alternatives to production costs, cost of sales or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with IFRS. The calculation of cash operating costs, and cash operating costs per ounce may vary significantly among gold mining companies and, by themselves, do not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with other gold mining companies. For further information, see Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Costs — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” .

We have included the US dollar equivalent amounts of certain information and transactions in Rand, Kina and A$. Unless otherwise stated, we have translated: (i) balance sheet items at the closing rate as reported by Reuters on the last business day of the period (R9.98 per US$1.00 as at June 30, 2013 and R8.21 per US$1.00 as at June 30, 2012), (ii) acquisitions, disposals and specific items such as impairments at the rate prevailing at the dates applicable to such transactions and (iii) income statement items at the average rate for the year (R8.82 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2013, R7.77 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2012 and R6.99 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2011). Profit from discontinued operations included in the income statement in fiscal 2013 is translated from Rand to US dollars at the average exchange rate for the eight month period (R8.55 per US$1.00 for the period July 1, 2012 to February 28, 2013). Capital expenditures for fiscal 2014 have been translated at the rates used for balance sheet items at June 30, 2013. By including these US dollar equivalents in this annual report, we are not representing that the Rand, Kina and A$ amounts actually represent the US dollar amounts, as the case may be, or that these amounts could be converted at the rates indicated. For further information, see Item 3. “Key Information — Exchange Rates”.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive positions, growth opportunities for existing services, plans and objectives of management, markets for stock and other matters. These include all statements other than statements of historical fact, including, without limitation, any statements preceded by, followed by, or that include the words “targets”, “believes”, “expects”, “aims” “intends” “will”, “may”, “anticipates”, “would”, “should”, “could”, “estimates”, “forecast”, “predict”, “continue” or similar expressions or the negative thereof. In particular, among other statements, certain statements in Item 4. “Information on the Company,” Item 5. “Operating

 

3


Table of Contents

and Financial Review and Prospects” and Item 11. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” are forward-looking in nature. Statements in this annual report that are not historical facts are “forward-looking statements” for the purpose of the safe harbor provided by Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to our future business prospects, revenues and income, wherever they may occur in this annual report and the exhibits to this annual report, are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of our senior management and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. As a consequence, these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in this annual report. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

    overall economic and business conditions in South Africa and elsewhere;

 

    the ability to achieve anticipated efficiencies and other cost savings in connection with past and future acquisitions;

 

    fluctuations in the market price of gold;

 

    the occurrence of hazards associated with underground and surface gold mining;

 

    the occurrence of labor disruptions;

 

    availability, terms and deployment of capital;

 

    changes in government regulation, particularly mining rights and environmental regulation;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates;

 

    currency devaluations/appreciations and other macroeconomic monetary policies; and

 

    socio-economic instability in South Africa and other countries in which we operate.

We undertake no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

PART I

 

Item 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. KEY INFORMATION

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and with Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors”, Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”, all included elsewhere in this annual report. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are located in our home country. Accordingly, our books of account are maintained in South African Rand and our annual and interim financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Prior to fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, our annual financial statements (translated into US dollars) were prepared and filed with the SEC in accordance with US GAAP. On December 21, 2007, the SEC adopted rules allowing foreign private issuers that file Annual Reports on Form 20-F to file financial statements with the SEC in accordance with IFRS without reconciliation to US GAAP. As per these rules, we have included in this annual report our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, translated into US dollars. The selected historical consolidated income statement and balance sheet data for the last five fiscal years are, unless otherwise noted, stated in accordance with IFRS, and has been extracted from the more detailed information and financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, including our audited consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the years in the three years ended June 30, 2013 and the related notes, which appear elsewhere in this annual report. The historical consolidated financial data at June 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the years in the two years ended June 30, 2010, have been adjusted for discontinued operations (discussed below).

 

4


Table of Contents

Discontinued operations for the periods below include the Evander operations in South Africa, as well as our Mount Magnet operations in Australia. The assets and liabilities of the Evander operation were classified as held for sale in fiscal 2012 following the signing of a sale of shares and claims agreement with Pan African Resources plc (“ Pan African ”). The results of this operation have been presented as a discontinued operation. In fiscal 2010, Australia’s Mount Magnet operations were classified as held for sale and the results of the Mount Magnet operation presented as discontinued operations when an agreement for its disposal to Ramelius Resources Limited (“ Ramelius ”) was concluded. The reclassifications in respect of discontinued operations were done in terms of IFRS 5 — Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. See note 14 of the consolidated financial statements and Item 4. Information on the Company — Business — Harmony’s Mining Operations — Discontinued operations —Evander “.

 

5


Table of Contents
     Fiscal year ended June 30,  
     2013     2012      2011     2010     2009  
     ($ in millions, except per share amounts and cash operating costs per ounce)  

Income Statement Data

  

Revenue

     1,803        1,953         1,659        1,351        1,105   

(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of assets

     (274     7         (39     34        38   

Operating (loss)/profit

     (195     276         23        47        221   

(Loss)/profit from associates

     —          —           (7     7        1   

(Loss)/profit from continuing operations before taxation

     (193     250         33        49        222   

Taxation

     (69     16         55        (30     (44

(Loss)/profit from continuing operations

     (262     266         88        19        178   

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

     36        75         (2     (43     133   

Net (loss)/profit

     (226     341         86        (24     311   

Basic (loss)/earnings per share from continuing operations (US cents)

     (61     61         21        4        43   

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share from continuing operations (US cents)

     (61     61         21        4        42   

Basic (loss)/earnings per share (US cents)

     (53     79         20        (6     75   

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (US cents)

     (53     79         20        (6     74   

Weighted average number of shares used in the computation of basic (loss)/earnings per share

     431,880,814        430,817,682         429,310,123        426,381,581        414,120,732   

Weighted average number of shares used in the computation of diluted (loss)/earnings per share

     432,716,622        432,022,229         430,420,068        427,846,547        415,962,899   

Dividends per share (US cents) (1)

     12        14         7        6        —     

Dividends per share (SA cents) (1)

     100        100         50        50        —     

Other Financial Data

           

Cash operating cost per ounce of gold from continuing operations ($/oz) (2)

     1,154        1,100         1,004        788        586   

Total cash operating cost per ounce of gold ($/oz) (2)

     1,144        1,085         1,009        801        586   

Balance Sheet Data

           

Assets

           

Property, plant and equipment

     3,287        4,003         4,607        3,874        3,614   

Assets of disposal groups classified as held for sale

     —          174         40        32        —     

Total assets

     4,230        5,263         5,880        5,141        4,925   

Net assets

     3,238        4,152         4,450        3,828        3,824   

Equity and liabilities

           

Share capital

     4,035        4,036         4,033        4,027        4,004   

Total equity

     3,238        4,152         4,450        3,828        3,824   

Borrowings (current and non-current)

     254        221         230        156        47   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     —          46         2        18        —     

Other liabilities

     738        844         1,198        1,139        1,054   

Total equity and liabilities

     4,230        5,263         5,880        5,141        4,925   

 

6


Table of Contents
(1)   Dividends per share relates to the dividends recorded and paid during the fiscal year.
(2)   Cash operating costs is a non-GAAP measure. We calculate cash operating costs per ounce by dividing total cash operating costs by gold produced which therefore excludes the effect of the movement in the gold inventory from the cash operating cost amount. Cash operating costs, include mine production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable general and administrative costs, ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs as well as transfers to and from deferred stripping and costs associated with royalties. Employee termination costs are included; however, employee termination costs associated with major restructuring and shaft closures are excluded. Cash operating costs have been calculated on a consistent basis for all periods presented. Changes in cash operating costs per ounce are affected by operational performance, as well as changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand and the US dollar. Because cash operating costs is a non-GAAP measure, it should therefore not be considered by investors in isolation or as an alternative to production costs, cost of sales, or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS. The calculation of cash operating costs and cash operating cost per ounce may vary from company to company and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. However, we believe that cash operating costs per ounce is a useful indicator to investors and management of a mining company’s performance as it provides (1) an indication of the cash generating capacities of the mining operations, (2) the trends in cash operating costs as the company’s operations mature, (3) a measure of a company’s performance, by comparison of cash operating costs per ounce to the spot price of gold and (4) an internal benchmark of performance to allow for comparison against other companies. For further information, see Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Costs — Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures ”.

EXCHANGE RATES

Unless otherwise stated, balance sheet item amounts are translated from Rand to US dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the last business day of the period (R9.98 per US$1.00 as at June 30, 2013), except for acquisitions, disposals and specific items such as impairments that are converted at the exchange rate prevailing on the dates of the transactions and income statement item amounts that are translated from Rand to US dollars at the average exchange rate for the period (R8.82 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2013). During the year, the Rand/dollar closing exchange rate ranged between R8.06 and R10.17 per US$1.00. Profit from discontinued operations included in the income statement in fiscal 2013 is translated from Rand to US dollars at the average exchange rate for the eight month period (R8.55 per US$1.00 for the period July 1, 2012 to February 28, 2013).

As of October 18, 2013, the exchange rate per US$1.00 was R9.74. (1)

The following table sets forth, for the past five fiscal years, the average and period end rates for Rand expressed in Rand per US$1.00. The exchange rates are sourced from Reuters, being the closing rate at period end.

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

   Average (2)      Period End (1)  

2009

     9.00         7.72   

2010

     7.58         7.63   

2011

     6.99         6.78   

2012

     7.77         8.21   

2013

     8.82         9.98   
Month of    High      Low  

May 2013

     10.12         8.90   

June 2013

     10.17         9.78   

July 2013

     10.16         9.63   

August 2013

     10.40         9.79   

September 2013

     10.29         9.57   

October 2013 (through October 18, 2013)

     10.07         9.74   

 

(1)   Based on the interbank rate as reported by Reuters.
(2)   The daily average of the closing rate during the relevant period as reported by Reuters.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between Rand and the US dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the price of ordinary shares on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, which may affect the market price of the American Depositary Shares (“ ADSs ”) on the New York Stock Exchange. These fluctuations will also affect the dollar amounts received by owners of ADSs on the conversion of any dividends on ordinary shares paid in Rand.

 

7


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS

Not applicable.

REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information included in this annual report and the exhibits, you should also carefully consider the following factors related to our ordinary shares and ADSs. There may be additional risks that we do not currently know of or that we currently deem immaterial based on information currently available to us. Although Harmony has a formal risk policy framework in place, the maintenance and development of which is undertaken on an ongoing basis so as to help management address systematic categories of risk associated with its business operations, any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, leading to a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares or our ADSs. The risks described below may, in retrospect, turn out to be incomplete and therefore may not be the only risks to which we are exposed. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we now believe are immaterial (and have therefore not been included), could also adversely affect our businesses, results of operations or financial condition. The order of presentation of the risk factors below does not indicate the likelihood of their occurrence or the magnitude or the significance of the individual risks. The risks described below could occur individually or cumulatively and intensify in case of a cumulative occurrence.

Risks Relating to Our Business and the Gold Mining Industry

The profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price of gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations.

Substantially all Harmony’s revenues come from the sale of gold. Although the gold price has increased over the last number of years, historically, the market price for gold has fluctuated widely and been affected by numerous factors, over which Harmony has no control, including:

 

    demand for gold for industrial uses, jewellery and investment;

 

    international or regional political and economic trends;

 

    strength or weakness of the US dollar (the currency in which gold prices generally are quoted) and of other currencies;

 

    financial market expectations on the rate of inflation;

 

    interest rates;

 

    speculative activities;

 

    forward sales by gold producers;

 

    actual or expected purchases and sales of gold bullion held by central banks or other large gold bullion holders or dealers; and

 

    production and cost levels for gold in major gold-producing nations, such as South Africa, China, the United States and Australia.

In addition, current demand and supply affects the price of gold, but not necessarily in the same manner as current demand and supply affect the prices of other commodities. Historically, gold has retained its value in relative terms against basic goods in times of inflation and monetary crisis. As a result, central banks, financial institutions and individuals hold large amounts of gold as a store of value and production in any given year constitutes a very small portion of the total potential supply of gold. Since the potential supply of gold is large relative to mine production in any given year, normal variations in current production will not necessarily have a significant effect on the supply of gold or its price. Uncertainty on global economic conditions has impacted the price of gold significantly in fiscal 2013 and may continue to do so in the future.

 

8


Table of Contents

The volatility of gold prices is illustrated in the table, which shows the annual high, low and average of the afternoon London bullion market fixing price of gold in US dollars for the past ten years:

Annual gold price: 2003 – 2013

 

     Price per ounce (US$)  

Calendar year

   High      Low      Average  

2003

     416         320         363   

2004

     454         375         410   

2005

     537         411         445   

2006

     725         525         604   

2007

     841         608         695   

2008

     1,011         713         872   

2009

     1,213         810         972   

2010

     1,421         1,058         1,225   

2011

     1,895         1,319         1,572   

2012

     1,792         1,540         1,669   

2013 (year to October 18, 2013)

     1,694         1,192         1,445   

On October 18, 2013, the afternoon fixing price of gold on the London bullion market was US$1,317/oz.

While the aggregate effect of these factors is impossible to predict, if gold prices should fall below Harmony’s cash cost of production and capital expenditure required to sustain production and remain at these levels for any sustained period, Harmony may record losses and be forced to curtail or suspend some or all of its operations. In addition, Harmony would also have to assess the economic impact of low gold prices on its ability to recover any losses that may be incurred during that period and on its ability to maintain adequate reserves.

Harmony’s average cash cost per ounce of gold produced from continuing operations was US$1,154 in fiscal 2013, US$1,100 in fiscal 2012 and US$1,004 in fiscal 2011.

Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition.

Gold is priced throughout the world in US dollars and, as a result, Harmony’s revenue is realized in US dollars, but most of our operating costs are incurred in Rand and other non-US currencies, including the Australian dollar and Kina. Any significant and sustained appreciation of the Rand and other non-US currencies against the dollar will materially reduce Harmony’s Rand revenues and overall net income.

As Harmony currently does not enter into forward sales, commodity derivatives or hedging arrangements on future gold production, it is exposed to the impact of any significant decreases in the gold price.

As a rule, Harmony sells its gold at the prevailing market price. Currently, the company does not enter into forward sales, commodity derivative or hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for the sale of future gold production, although Harmony may do so in future. As a result, Harmony may realize the benefit of any short-term increase in the gold price, but is not protected against decreases; if the gold price should decrease significantly, Harmony’s revenues may be materially adversely affected.

Global economic conditions could adversely affect the profitability of Harmony’s operations.

Harmony’s operations and performance depend on global economic conditions. A global economic downturn may have follow-on effects on our business. These could include:

 

    key suppliers could become insolvent, resulting in a break-down in the supply chain; or

 

    the availability of credit may be reduced — this may make it more difficult for Harmony to obtain financing for its operations and capital expenditure or make financing more expensive.

In addition, uncertainty on global economic conditions may also increase volatility or negatively impact the market value of Harmony’s securities.

 

9


Table of Contents

Estimations of Harmony’s gold reserves are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production and the price of gold. As a result, quantities of gold produced may differ from current estimates.

The mineral reserve estimates in this annual report are estimates of the mill-delivered quantity and grade of gold in Harmony’s deposits and stockpiles. They represent the amount of gold that Harmony believes can be mined, processed and sold at prices sufficient to recover its estimated future cash costs of production, remaining investment and anticipated additional capital expenditures. Harmony’s mineral reserves are estimated based on a number of factors, which have been stated in accordance with the South African Code for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves (“ SAMREC Code ”) and the Australian Code for the Reporting of Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves (“ JORC ”), SEC Industry Guide 7 and Sarbanes-Oxley. Calculations of Harmony’s mineral reserves are based on estimates of:

 

    future cash costs;

 

    future gold prices; and

 

    future currency exchange rates.

These factors, which significantly impact mineral reserve estimates, are beyond Harmony’s control. As a result, reserve estimates in this annual report should not be interpreted as assurances of the economic life of Harmony’s gold and other precious metal deposits or the future profitability of operations.

Since these mineral reserves are estimates based on assumptions related to factors detailed above, should there be changes to these, we may in future need to revise these estimates. In particular, if Harmony’s cash operating and production costs increase or the gold price decreases, recovering a portion of Harmony’s mineral reserves may become uneconomical. This will lead, in turn, to a reduction in estimated reserves.

To maintain gold production beyond the expected lives of Harmony’s existing mines or to increase production materially above projected levels, Harmony will need to access additional reserves through exploration or discovery.

Harmony’s operations have limited proved and probable reserves, and exploration and discovery are necessary to maintain current gold production levels at these operations. Exploration for gold and other precious metals is speculative in nature, may be unsuccessful and involves many risks, including those related to:

 

    locating orebodies;

 

    geological nature of the orebodies;

 

    identifying the metallurgical properties of orebodies;

 

    estimating the economic feasibility of mining orebodies;

 

    developing appropriate metallurgical processes;

 

    obtaining necessary governmental permits; and

 

    constructing mining and processing facilities at any site chosen for mining.

Harmony’s exploration efforts might not result in the discovery of mineralization, and any mineralization discovered might not result in an increase in proved and probable reserves. To access additional reserves, Harmony will need to successfully complete development projects, including extensions to existing mines and, possibly, new mines. Development projects would also be required to access any new mineralization discovered by exploration activities around the world. Harmony typically uses feasibility studies to determine whether to undertake significant development projects. Feasibility studies include estimates of expected or anticipated economic returns, which are based on assumptions about:

 

    future gold and other metal prices;

 

    anticipated tonnage, grades and metallurgical characteristics of ore to be mined and processed;

 

    anticipated recovery rates of gold and other metals from the ore; and

 

    anticipated total costs of the project, including capital expenditure and cash costs.

A failure in our ability to discover new reserves, enhance existing reserves or develop new operations in sufficient quantities to maintain or grow the current level of our reserves could negatively affect our results, financial condition and prospects.

 

10


Table of Contents

Actual cash costs, capital expenditure, production and economic returns may differ significantly from those anticipated by feasibility studies for new development projects.

It can take a number of years from the initial feasibility study until development is completed and, during that time, the economic feasibility of production may change. In addition, there are a number of inherent uncertainties in developing and constructing an extension to an existing mine or any new mine, including:

 

    availability and timing of necessary environmental and governmental permits;

 

    timing and cost of constructing mining and processing facilities, which can be considerable;

 

    availability and cost of skilled labor, power, water and other materials;

 

    accessibility of transportation and other infrastructure, particularly in remote locations;

 

    availability and cost of smelting and refining arrangements;

 

    availability of funds to finance construction and development activities; and

 

    spot and expected future commodity prices of metals including gold, silver, copper, uranium and molybdenum.

Harmony currently maintains a range of focused exploration programs, concentrating on areas not too distant from its operational mines, as well as a number of prospective known gold mineralized regions around the world. During fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013, the bulk of exploration expenditure was allocated to activities in Papua New Guinea (“ PNG ”) and South Africa. However, there is no assurance that any future development projects will extend the life of our existing mining operations or result in any new commercial mining operations.

Costs associated with pumping water inflows from closed mines adjacent to our operations could adversely affect Harmony’s operational results.

Certain of our mining operations are adjacent to the mining operations of other companies. A mine closure can affect continued operations at an adjacent mine if appropriate preventative steps are not taken. In particular, this could include the ingress of underground water when pumping operations at the closed mine are suspended. This can result in damage to property, operational disruptions and additional pumping costs, which would adversely affect any one of our adjacent mining operations.

Fluctuations in input production prices linked to commodities may adversely affect Harmony’s operational results and financial condition.

Fuel, energy and consumables, including diesel, heavy fuel oil, chemical reagent, explosives, tyres, steel and mining equipment consumed in mining operations form a relatively large part of the operating costs and capital expenditure of a mining company. Harmony has no control over the costs of these consumables, many of which are linked to some degree to the price of oil and steel.

Fluctuations in oil and steel prices have a significant impact on operating cost and capital expenditure estimates and, in the absence of other economic fluctuations, could result in significant changes in the total expenditure estimates for new mining projects or render certain projects non-viable.

The supply of electricity and increases in the cost of power may adversely affect our results of operations and our financial condition.

In South Africa, each of our mining operations depends on electrical power generated by the state utility, Eskom, which holds a monopoly on the South African market. As a result of increased demand exceeding available generating capacity, South Africa has been subject to disruptions in electrical power supply. In fiscal 2008, electricity supply was interrupted by Eskom, halting production at certain of our mines. This led to management restructuring operating processes to control and reduce our consumption of electricity at all our operations. There have been no further disruptions and we have been able to continue production at a reduced electricity allocation as required by the energy conservation scheme (“ ECS ”) and interim rules imposed by Eskom. However, an insufficient supply of electricity may affect our operational results and financial condition.

As a result of Eskom’s planned capital expansion program to deal with power constraints, an average annual tariff increase of 8% for the five-year multi-year price determination period has been approved by the National Energy Regulator South Africa (“ NERSA ”). The first increase was implemented on 1 April 2013. The South African Government is planning to implement a carbon tax with effect from 2015 and whilst details on the determination of quantum is not available, increases will have a negative impact on our results of operations going forward.

 

11


Table of Contents

PNG has limited power generation and distribution capacity. This capacity is increasing but, currently, Harmony mines and projects still partially rely on our own diesel-generated power. The cost of this power will fluctuate with changes in the oil price and water restrictions may further increase such costs.

Also, see Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Electricity in South Africa.”

We may experience problems in identifying, financing and managing new acquisitions and integrating them with our existing operations.

Acquiring new gold mining operations involves a number of risks including:

 

    our ability to identify appropriate assets for acquisition and/or to negotiate acquisitions on favorable terms;

 

    obtaining the financing necessary to complete future acquisitions;

 

    difficulties in assimilating the operations of the acquired business;

 

    difficulties in maintaining our financial and strategic focus while integrating the acquired business;

 

    problems in implementing uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

 

    increasing pressures on existing management to oversee a rapidly expanding company; and

 

    to the extent we acquire mining operations outside South Africa, Australasia or PNG, encountering difficulties relating to operating in countries in which we have not previously operated.

Our ability to make successful acquisitions and any difficulties or time delays in achieving successful integration of any of such acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and share price.

Certain factors may affect our ability to support the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other assets on our balance sheet.

Harmony reviews and tests the carrying value of its assets when events or changes in circumstances suggest that this amount may not be recoverable.

At least on an annual basis for goodwill, and when there are indications that impairment of property, plant and equipment and other assets may have occurred, estimates of expected future cash flows for each group of assets are prepared. These estimates are prepared at the lowest level at which identifiable cash flows are considered as being independent of the cash flows of other mining assets and liabilities. Expected future cash flows are inherently uncertain, and could materially change over time. Such cash flows are significantly affected by reserve and production estimates, together with economic factors such as spot and forward gold prices, discount rates, currency exchange rates, estimates of costs to produce reserves and future capital expenditures.

As at June 30, 2013, Harmony had substantial amounts of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other assets on its consolidated balance sheets. Impairment charges relating to property, plant and equipment and other assets were recorded in fiscal 2013 and if any one or a combination of these uncertainties should occur, management may be required to recognize further impairment charges, which could affect Harmony’s financial results and condition. See Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Critical Accounting Estimates – Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment.”

Given the nature of mining and the type of gold mines we operate, we face a material risk of liability, delays and increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial accidents and pollution.

The business of gold mining involves significant risks and hazards, including environmental hazards and industrial accidents. In particular, hazards associated with underground mining include:

 

    rock bursts;

 

    seismic events;

 

    underground fires;

 

    cave-ins or fall-of-ground;

 

    discharges of gases and toxic chemicals;

 

    release of radioactive hazards;

 

    flooding;

 

    mining of pillars;

 

12


Table of Contents
    processing plant fire and explosion;

 

    critical equipment failures;

 

    accidents; and

 

    other conditions resulting from drilling, blasting and the removal and processing of material from a deep-level mine.

Hazards associated with opencast mining (also known as open-pit mining) include:

 

    flooding of the open-pit;

 

    collapse of open-pit walls;

 

    processing plant fire and explosion;

 

    accidents associated with operating large open-pit and rock transportation equipment; and

 

    accidents associated with preparing and igniting of large-scale open-pit blasting operations.

Hazards associated with waste-rock mining include:

 

    accidents associated with operating a waste dump and rock transportation;

 

    production disruptions caused by weather;

 

    processing plant fire and explosion; and

 

    critical equipment failures.

We are at risk from any or all of these environmental and industrial hazards. The occurrence of any of these hazards could delay production, increase cash costs and result in financial liability to Harmony.

The nature of our mining operations presents safety risks.

The environmental and industrial risks identified above also present safety risks for Harmony’s operations and its employees and could lead to the suspension and potential closure of operations for indeterminate periods. Safety risks, even in situations where no injuries occur, can have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operations and production.

See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Regulation — Health and Safety Matters ”.

Illegal mining, or criminal mining, at our operations could pose a threat to the safety of employees and result in damage to property.

Security issues related to criminal mining came to the fore in fiscal 2009, when criminal mining activities resulted in the deaths of criminal miners. The threat of fire caused by these activities poses a risk to the safety of our employees and could also result in property damage, which in turn could have an adverse impact on production.

See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Regulation — Health and Safety Matters”.

Harmony’s insurance coverage may prove inadequate to satisfy future claims against it.

Harmony has third-party liability coverage for most potential liabilities, including environmental liabilities. While we believe that our current insurance coverage for the hazards described above is adequate and consistent with industry practice, we may be subject to liability for pollution (excluding sudden and accidental pollution) or other hazards against which we have not insured or cannot insure, including those for past mining activities. Harmony also maintains property and liability insurance consistent with industry practice, but this insurance contains exclusions and limitations on coverage. In addition, there can be no assurance that insurance will be available at economically acceptable premiums. As a result, in future, Harmony’s insurance coverage may not cover the claims against it for environmental or industrial accidents or pollution.

Harmony’s operations may be negatively impacted by inflation.

Harmony’s operations have been materially affected by inflation. Inflation in South Africa has fluctuated widely in recent years, reaching 11.6% at the end of fiscal 2008 before decreasing within the inflation range of 3% - 6% set by the South African Reserve Bank. At the end of fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013, inflation was 5.5%. However, working costs, especially wages, have increased in recent years, resulting in significant cost pressures for the mining industry. In addition, electricity prices rose by 25% in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, and 16% in fiscal 2012. A further average annual increase of 9.6% was affected in fiscal 2013. This will have a negative effect on the profitability of our operations.

 

13


Table of Contents

The inflation rate in PNG has remained relatively flat in recent years at around 7% but ended fiscal 2011 at 9.6% and 2012 at 6.9%. The annualized inflation stood at 7.5% at the end of fiscal 2013.

Harmony’s profits and financial condition could be adversely affected when cost inflation is not offset by devaluation in operating currencies or an increase in the price of gold.

The socio-economic framework in the regions in which Harmony operates may have an adverse effect on its operations and profits.

Harmony has operations in South Africa and PNG. As a result, changes or instability to the economic or political environment in any of these countries or in neighboring countries could affect an investment in Harmony. These risks could include terrorism, civil unrest, nationalization, renegotiation or nullification of existing contracts, leases, permits or other agreements, restrictions on repatriation of earnings or capital and changes in laws and policy, as well as other unforeseeable risks.

In PNG, a mining legislative and tax regime review has been commissioned whereby various PNG government agencies are involved in the process. The policies and legislation being reviewed are the Mining Act 1992, Mining Safety Act 1997, Mineral Policy and sector policies including offshore mining policy, sustainable development policy, involuntary relocation policy and mine closure policy.

It is difficult to predict the future political, social and economic direction in these countries, or any other country in which Harmony operates, and the impact government decisions may have on its business.

Actual and potential shortages of production inputs may affect Harmony’s operations and profits.

Harmony’s operational results may be affected by the availability and pricing of consumables such as fuel, chemical reagents, explosives, steel and other essential production inputs. Issues with regards to availability of consumables may result from shortages as well as long lead times to deliver, which could result in production delays and production shortfalls. These shortages and delayed deliveries may be experienced where industrial action affects Harmony’s suppliers. These issues could also affect the pricing of the consumables, especially if shortages are experienced. The price of consumables may be substantially affected by changes in global supply and demand, along with weather conditions, governmental controls and other factors. A sustained interruption to the supply of any of these consumables would require Harmony to find acceptable substitute suppliers and could require it to pay higher prices for such materials. Any significant increase in the prices of these consumables would increase operating costs and affect production considerations.

We compete with mining and other companies for key human resources.

Harmony competes with mining and other companies globally to attract and retain key human resources at all levels with the appropriate technical skills and operating and managerial experience necessary to continue operating its business. The need to recruit, develop and retain skilled employees is particularly critical with historically disadvantaged South Africans (“ HDSAs ”), women in mining in South Africa, and recruiting and training local landowners in PNG. The global shortage of key mining skills, including geologists, mining engineers, metallurgists and skilled artisans has been exacerbated by increased mining activity across the globe. Despite various initiatives, there can be no assurance that we will attract and retain skilled and experienced employees. Should Harmony lose any of its key personnel, its business may be harmed and its operational results and financial condition could be affected. See Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Employees” .

Since our South African labor force has substantial trade union participation, we face the risk of disruption from labor disputes and non-procedural industrial action.

Despite a history of constructive engagement with labor unions, there are periods when various stakeholders are unable to agree on dispute resolution processes. Disruptive activities on the part of labor, which normally differ in intensity, then become unavoidable. Due to the high level of union membership among our employees, we are at risk of production stoppages for indefinite periods due to strikes and other disputes, especially wildcat strikes. During fiscal 2013, Harmony’s Kusasalethu operation was severely affected by unlawful strike action, which had a significant impact on our financial results. We are not able to predict whether we will experience significant labor disputes in future, or what the financial impact of any such disputes may be. See Item 4. “Information on the Company – Business – Harmony’s Mining Operations – Kusasalethu” and Item 8. “Financial Information – Recent developments” .

South African employment law sets out minimum terms and conditions of employment for employees. Although these may be improved by agreements between us and the trade unions, prescribed minimum terms and conditions form the benchmark for all employment contracts. See Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Employees”.

We are required to submit a report under South African employment law detailing the progress made towards achieving employment equity in the workplace. If this report is not submitted, we could incur substantial penalties.

 

14


Table of Contents

Developments in South African employment law may increase our cash costs of production or alter our relationship with our employees and trade unions, which may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

HIV/AIDS poses risks to us in terms of productivity and costs.

The HIV/AIDS epidemic in South Africa and PNG poses risks to us in terms of potentially reduced productivity, and increased medical and other costs. If there is a significant increase in the incidence of HIV/AIDS infection and related diseases among the workforce over the next several years, this may have an adverse impact on our operations, projects and financial condition. See Item 4. Information on the Company — Regulation — Health & Safety Matters” .

The cost of occupational healthcare services and the potential liabilities related to occupational health diseases may increase in future.

Harmony’s operations in South Africa are subject to health and safety regulations which could impose significant costs and burdens. The present Mine Health and Safety Act 29 of 1996 imposes various duties on mines and grants the authorities broad powers to, among others, close unsafe mines and order corrective action on health and safety matters. Operations in PNG are subject to the following laws and regulations: PNG Mining Act 1992, PNG Mining Safety Act 1997, PNG Mining Safety Regulation 1935 (updated 2006) and PNG Environment Act 2000.

There is a risk that the cost of providing health services and implementing various programs could increase in future, depending on changes to underlying legislation and the profile of its employees. This increased cost, should it transpire, is currently indeterminate.

The Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act 78 of 1973 (“ ODIMWA ”) governs the payment of compensation and medical costs for certain illnesses contracted by people employed in mines or at sites where activities ancillary to mining are conducted. The principles of compensation under ODIMWA are currently being tested in the Mr. Thembekekile Mankayi v AngloGold Ashanti court case as well as class actions and other cases filed against the biggest three gold mining companies in South Africa, including Harmony. Please see Item 8. “Financial Information — Legal Proceedings” for further information. Should anyone bring similar claims against Harmony in future, those claimants would need to provide evidence proving that silicosis was contracted while in the employment of the Company and that it was contracted due to negligence on the Company’s part. The link between the cause (negligence by the Company while in its employ) and the effect (the silicosis) will be an essential part of any case. It is therefore uncertain as to whether the Company will incur any costs related to silicosis claims in the future and due to the limited information available on any claims and potential claims and the uncertainty of the outcome of these claims, no estimation can be made for the possible obligation. Should Harmony be unsuccessful in defending any claims that may be lodged, it would have an adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition.

Laws governing mineral rights affect our business.

Our operations in South Africa and PNG are subject to legislation regulating mineral rights and mining those rights. In South Africa, we are governed by the South African Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 (Act 28 of 2002) (“ MPRDA ”) and in PNG by the Mining Act of 1992 (PNG). See Item 4. Information on the Company — Regulation — South Africa” for a description of the principal objectives set out in the MPRDA.

A draft Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill, 2012 was published in December 2012 for comment. As a result of the uncertainties surrounding the bill, many changes are expected and we cannot yet determine the full impact that the draft bill may have on our business.

Under the MPRDA, tenure over established mining operations is secured for up to 30 years (and then renewable for periods not exceeding 30 years each), provided that mining companies applied for new-order mining rights over existing operations within five years of May 1, 2004 or before the existing right expires, whichever was the earlier date and fulfil requirements specified in the MPRDA and the Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African mining industry (“ Mining Charter ”). The licenses for all of our South African operations have been granted. We will be eligible to apply for new licenses over existing operations, provided we comply with the MPRDA. Failure to comply with the conditions of the mining licenses could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.

The Mining Charter was signed by government and stakeholders in October 2002, and contains principles relating to the transfer, over a ten-year period, of 26% of South Africa’s mining assets (as equity or attributable units of production) to HDSAs as defined in the Mining Charter. An interim target of 15% HDSA participation over five years was also set and the South African mining industry committed to securing financing to fund participation by HDSAs totaling R100 billion in the first five years of the Mining Charter’s tenure. The Mining Charter provides for the review of the participation process after five years to determine what further steps, if any, are needed to achieve target participation of 26%. In order to measure progress in meeting the requirements of the Mining Charter, companies are required to complete a scorecard, in which the levels of compliance with the

 

15


Table of Contents

objectives of the Mining Charter can be “ticked off” after five and ten years, respectively. The Mining Charter and Scorecard require programs for black economic empowerment and the promotion of value-added production, such as jewelry-making and other gold fabrication, in South Africa. In particular, targets are set out for broad-based black economic empowerment in the areas of human resources and skills development; employment equity; procurement and beneficiation. In addition, the Mining Charter addresses socio-economic issues, such as migrant labor, mine community and rural development and housing and living conditions.

Following a review of progress made by the mining industry after five years of implementing the provisions of the Mining Charter, the Department of Mineral Resources (“ DMR ”) released the Revised Mining Charter on September 13, 2010. The requirement under the Mining Charter for mining entities to achieve a minimum of 26% HDSA ownership of mining assets by 2014 has been retained. Amendments in the Revised Mining Charter include, inter alia, the requirement by mining companies to:

 

  (i) facilitate local beneficiation of mineral commodities;

 

  (ii) procure a minimum of 40% of capital goods, 70% of services and 50% of consumer goods from HDSA suppliers (i.e. suppliers of which a minimum of 25% + 1 vote of their share capital must be owned by HDSAs) by 2014. These targets will exclude non-discretionary procurement expenditure;

 

  (iii) achieve a minimum of 40% HDSA demographic representation by 2014 at executive management (board) level, senior management (executive committee) level, core and critical skills, middle management level and junior management level;

 

  (iv) invest up to 5% of annual payroll in essential skills development activities; and

 

  (v) implement measures to improve the standards of housing and living conditions for mineworkers by converting or upgrading mineworkers’ hostels into family units, attaining an occupancy rate of one person per room and facilitating home ownership options for all mineworkers in consultation with organized labor.

All these targets must be achieved by calendar 2014.

See Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Employees – South Africa – HDSAs in management” and Item 6. “Directors, Senior Management and Employees – Employees – South Africa – Women in mining”.

In addition, mining companies are required to monitor and evaluate their compliance to the Revised Mining Charter, and must submit annual compliance reports to the DMR. The revised scorecard makes provision for a phased-in approach for compliance with the above targets over the five year period ending in 2014. For measurement purposes, the Scorecard allocates various weightings to the different elements of the Revised Mining Charter. Failure to comply with the provisions of the Revised Mining Charter will amount to a breach of the MPRDA and may result in the cancellation or suspension of a mining company’s existing mining rights. Harmony obtained all of its licenses four years ago and has no reason to believe that our mining licenses will be cancelled or suspended. Harmony will incur costs in meeting its obligations under the Revised Mining Charter and Scorecard.

The MPRDA also makes reference to royalties payable to the South African state in terms of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act (Act 28 of 2008) (the “ MPRRA ”). The MPRRA provides for the payment of a royalty according to a formula based on gross sales and EBIT, as defined under the MPRRA, after the deduction of capital expenditure. This rate is then applied to revenue to calculate the royalty amount due, with a minimum of 0.5% and a maximum of 5% for gold mining companies. For fiscal 2013, the average royalty rate for our South African operations was 1.34% of gross sales.

Mineral rights in PNG are controlled by the government of PNG which initially awards exploration licences but retains a statutory right to obtain a participating interest of up to 30% in mining development projects at historical cost. The government then administers mining tenements under the relevant mining legislation, and mining companies must pay royalties to the government based on production. The types of tenements issued include: exploration license; mining lease; special mining lease; alluvial mining lease; lease for mining purpose; and mining easement.

Harmony’s PNG mining operation is subject to a 2% royalty payment to the government of PNG. If we want to expand any of our initiatives in PNG into additional areas under exploration, these operations would need to convert the existing exploration licenses prior to the start of mining and that process could require landowner title approval. There can be no assurance that any approval would be received.

Please also see Item 4. “Information on the Company — Regulation” for further information.

 

16


Table of Contents

We are subject to extensive environmental regulations.

As a gold mining company, Harmony is subject to extensive environmental regulation. We expect the trend of rising production costs due to compliance with South African and PNG environmental laws and regulations to continue.

The MPRDA, certain other environmental legislation and the administrative policies of the South African government regulate the impact of the Company’s prospecting and mining operations on the environment. On the suspension, cancellation, termination or lapsing of a prospecting permit or mining authorization, Harmony will remain liable for compliance with the provisions of various relevant regulations, including any rehabilitation obligations until a closure certificate is issued by the DMR. This liability will continue until the appropriate authorities have certified that the Company has complied with such provisions.

Estimates of ultimate closure and rehabilitation costs are significant and based principally on current legal and regulatory requirements that may change materially. Environmental provisions are accrued when they become known, probable and can be reasonably estimated based on industry good practice. In future, Harmony may incur significant costs for compliance with increasingly stringent requirements being imposed under new legislation. This may include the need to increase and accelerate expenditure on environmental rehabilitation and to alter environmental provisions, which could have a material effect on its results and financial condition. Harmony may also face increased environmental costs should other mines in the vicinity fail to meet their obligations on pumping or treatment of water.

The South African government has reviewed requirements imposed on mining companies to ensure environmental restitution. For example, following the introduction of an environmental rights clause in South Africa’s constitution, a number of environmental legislative reform processes have been initiated. Legislation passed as a result of these initiatives has tended to be materially more onerous than previous laws in South Africa. Examples of such legislation include the MPRDA, the National Nuclear Regulator Act 1999, the National Water Act of 1998 and the National Environmental Management Act 1998, which include stringent ‘polluter pays’ provisions. The adoption of these or additional or more comprehensive and stringent requirements, particularly for the management of hazardous waste, pollution of ground and groundwater systems and duty to rehabilitate closed mines, may result in additional costs and liabilities.

Harmony’s PNG operations are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment, which are similar in scope to those of South Africa. The Environment Act 2000 governs the environmental permitting and regulatory aspects of mining projects. An environmental impact statement is required when projects are likely to have an adverse impact on the environment. This statement must be lodged with the Department of Environmental Conservation where, for large projects, it may be forwarded to Environment Council for review. Public consultation is an integral part of this review.

See Item 4. Information on the Company — Regulation — Environmental Matters” for further discussion on the applicable legislation and our policies on environmental matters.

Mining companies are increasingly required to consider and ensure the sustainable development of, and provide benefits to, the communities and countries in which they operate.

As a result of public concern about the perceived ill effects of economic globalization, businesses in general and large international companies such as Harmony, in particular, face increasing public scrutiny of their activities.

These businesses are under pressure to demonstrate that while they seek a satisfactory return on investment for shareholders, other stakeholders including employees, communities surrounding operations and the countries in which they operate, also benefit from their commercial activities. Such pressures tend to be particularly focused on companies whose activities are perceived to have a high impact on their social and physical environment. The potential consequences of these pressures include reputational damage, legal suits and social spending obligations.

Existing and proposed mining operations are often located at or near existing towns and villages, natural water courses and other infrastructure. Mining operations must therefore be designed to mitigate and/or manage their impact on such communities and the environment. Specifically at our PNG operations, cognizance of landowner rights may require measures that could include agreed levels of compensation for any adverse impact the mining operation may continue to have on the community. The cost of these measures could increase capital expenditure and operating costs and therefore impact Harmony’s operational results and financial condition.

Compliance with emerging climate change regulations could result in significant costs for Harmony, and climate change may present physical risks to our operations.

Greenhouse gases (“ GHGs ”) are emitted directly by Harmony’s operations and indirectly as a result of consuming electricity generated by external utilities. Emissions from electricity consumption are indirectly attributable to Harmony’s operations. There are currently a number of international and national measures to address or limit GHG emissions, including the Kyoto Protocol and the Copenhagen Accord, in various phases of discussion or implementation.

 

17


Table of Contents

The countries in which Harmony operates – South Africa and PNG – are non-Annex I countries and do not have emission reduction targets under the Kyoto Protocol in the first commitment period, ending 2012. Following recent environmental summits, including the one hosted in South Africa in 2011, South Africa has committed voluntarily to 30% clean energy by 2025, aiming for the country’s GHG emissions to peak by 2020–2025, plateau for a decade and then decline by 40% by 2050. These targets were set out in the National Climate Change Response Policy, endorsed by the South African cabinet in October 2011.

In line with this aim, the country’s key carbon-emitting sectors, including energy and transport, have until 2015 to finalize ‘carbon budgets’ and appropriate strategies to support these targets. Adopting a carbon budget model reflects government’s acceptance of the relative energy and carbon intensity of the economy and the need to create the setting required for industries to make the transition to a more carbon-constrained environment.

The Minister of Water and Environmental Affairs noted that government would actively consult with industry on developing carbon budgets to identify an “optimal combination” of mitigation actions to strike a balance between South Africa’s socio-economic imperatives, especially creating and preserving jobs, as well as the need to manage climate change impacts and contribute to global efforts to stabilize GHG concentrations.

In February 2013, the South African finance minister announced that a carbon tax would be implemented in the 2015 financial year. The proposal is to implement the tax at a fairly low level, and define a rising price path over time – at this stage, a carbon tax of US$16/t (South African R120/t) of CO 2 e for 40% of scope 1 emissions is expected in 2015, increasing annually by 10% during the first phase (January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2019) followed by Phase 2 of another five years. The South African National Treasury issued an updated policy paper during May 2013 which provided an opportunity to comment up to August 2, 2013. Draft legislation is expected later in 2013 for implementation from January 1, 2015.

The South African National Treasury has established a working group comprising a number of different industries to evaluate the impact of this proposed tax on the different sectors of industry. Harmony is participating in this initiative through the Chamber of Mines.

As our current mines have a life expectancy of up to 25 years, we are undertaking capital projects to sustain and increase production at Phakisa, Doornkop, Kusasalethu, Tshepong and Hidden Valley operations. These expansions will extend our mining operations by ten years or more, by which time GHG regulations are expected to be a permanent feature of the global economy. Future climate change regulation will therefore need to be considered for all Harmony’s extensions and acquisitions. All new greenfields and brownfields projects are required by company policy to consider the impact of climate change in their design and planning.

While Harmony is not conceptually opposed to using financial instruments as incentives in reducing emissions, we are concerned about the potential impact on the industry’s competitiveness. We are working with both the industry task team on climate change and the Chamber of Mines to understand the implications for our business and optimal mechanisms to further promote emission reduction.

Harmony’s exposure to Australian legislation is limited as the operations we owned there have been sold or are under care and maintenance. PNG’s national office of climate change and environmental sustainability is studying the potential for future economic growth to be driven by renewable energy. Along with other Pacific Island countries, PNG has adopted a framework for action on climate change 2006 to 2015 and a disaster risk reduction and disaster management framework for action. The implications of these structures on Harmony’s operations in PNG have not yet been established and studies are ongoing.

The largest portion of GHG emissions is predominantly electricity-related, with electricity expenditure amounting to 14% of Harmony’s operational costs in South Africa. While cost management is clearly a strategic issue for Harmony, of even greater importance is that energy supply be constant and reliable, given the implications of loss of energy on both production and health and safety. GHG emissions regulations, which would increase the price of energy, will affect Harmony significantly, as will regulation that stipulates emission thresholds, or sets technology standards that may result in insecure energy supply. Already certain compliance costs from power suppliers are being passed on to the Group in the form of price increases. For instance, in South Africa since 2009, Harmony has paid a levy of R0.02 - 0.035 per kilowatt hour for electricity generated by fossil fuels. These levies may increase over time and additional levies may be introduced in future in South Africa or PNG, which could result in a significant increase in our costs.

See Item 4. Information on the Company — Regulation — Environmental Matters” for disclosure regarding our GHG emissions.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our operations in South Africa are subject to water use licenses, which could impose significant costs.

Under South African law, Harmony’s local operations are subject to water use licenses that govern each operation’s water use. These licenses require, among other issues, that mining operations achieve and maintain certain water quality limits for all water discharges, where these apply. The majority of our South African operations are lawful users with existing water permits in terms of the Water Act of 1954. Nevertheless, the South African operations have applied to the relevant regional directors for water use licenses in terms of the National Water Act, 1998. Submissions were made as early as 2003 and Harmony has been working closely with the regional directors in the review process; a number of our operations have been issued with licenses or draft licenses.

We anticipate that the conditions of the licenses may require Harmony to consider and implement alternate water management measures that may have a significant cost implication for our business. Any failure on Harmony’s part to achieve or maintain compliance with the requirements of these licenses for any of its operations may result in Harmony being subject to penalties, fees and expenses or business interruption due to revoked water licenses. Any of these could have a material effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Regulation — Environmental Matters” for disclosure regarding our water usage and management.

We may have exposure to rehabilitate potential groundwater pollution, which may include salination, and radiation contamination that may exist where we have operated or continue to operate.

Due to the interconnected nature of mining operations, any proposed solution for potential flooding and decant risk posed by deep groundwater needs to be a combined one supported by all mines located in the goldfields and government in the event of legacy issues. As a result, the DMR and affected mining companies are involved in developing a regional mine closure strategy. In view of limited current information, no reliable estimate can be made for this possible obligation, which could be material and have an adverse impact on Harmony’s financial condition.

Harmony has initiated analytical assessments to identify, quantify and mitigate impacts, should they arise. Numerous scientific, technical and legal studies are under way to assist in determining the magnitude of possible contamination of groundwater and to find sustainable remediation solutions. Geohydrological studies were undertaken in the Free State and Kalgold operations and the modelling confirms that there is no risk of acid mine drainage (“ AMD ”) decant from any of these sites. Harmony has instituted processes to reduce possible future potential seepage and it has been demonstrated that monitored natural attenuation by the existing environment will contribute to improvement in some instance. The ultimate outcome of the matter cannot presently be determined and no provision for any potential liability has been made in the financial statements. Should these costs be significant, this could have a material impact on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition.

See Item 4. “Information on the Company – Regulation – Environmental Matters — Environmental performance – Use of resources – Water” .

Investors in the United States may have difficulty bringing actions, and enforcing judgments, against us, our directors and our executive officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the federal securities laws or other laws of the United States or any state thereof.

We are incorporated in South Africa. Each of our directors and executive officers (and our independent registered public accounting firm) resides outside the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons and substantially all our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce a judgment against these persons or ourselves obtained in a court of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the United States or any state thereof. A foreign judgment is not directly enforceable in South Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by South African courts provided that:

 

    the court that pronounced the judgment had jurisdiction to entertain the case according to the principles recognized by South African law with reference to the jurisdiction of foreign courts;

 

    the judgment is final and conclusive;

 

    the judgment has not lapsed;

 

    the recognition and enforcement of the judgment by South African courts would not be contrary to public policy, including observance of the rules of natural justice which require that the documents initiating the United States proceeding were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal;

 

19


Table of Contents
    the judgment does not involve the enforcement of a penal or revenue law; and

 

    the enforcement of the judgment is not otherwise precluded by the provisions of the Protection of Business Act 99 of 1978, as amended, of the Republic of South Africa.

Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.

Laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, new SEC regulations and other listing regulations applicable to us are subject to change and can create uncertainty for companies like us. New or changed laws, regulations and standards could lack specificity or be subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty on compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.

In terms of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. The report in this annual report contains, among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The requirement to evaluate and report on our internal controls also applies to companies that we may acquire and therefore, this assessment may be complicated by any future acquisitions. While we continue to dedicate resources and management time to ensuring that we have effective controls over financial reporting, failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on the market’s perception of our business and our stock price. See Item 15. “Disclosure Controls and Procedures” for management assessment as of June 30, 2013. In addition to management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting, we are required to have our independent registered public accounting firm publicly disclose their conclusions regarding the effectiveness of Harmony’s internal controls over financial reporting.

We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses.

Sales of large quantities of our ordinary shares and ADSs, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of such securities.

The market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs could fall if large quantities of ordinary shares or ADSs are sold in the public market, or there is a perception in the marketplace that such sales could occur. Subject to applicable securities laws, holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs may decide to sell them at any time. The market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs could also fall as a result of any future offerings it makes of ordinary shares, ADSs or securities exchangeable or exercisable for its ordinary shares or ADSs, or the perception in the marketplace that these sales might occur. We may make such offerings of additional ADS rights, letters of allocation or similar securities at any time or from time to time in the future.

As we have a significant number of outstanding share options, our ordinary shares are subject to dilution.

We have several employee share option schemes in operation. The employee share option schemes came into effect in 2003 and 2006, while awards under an employee share ownership plan (“ ESOP ”) governed by a trust called the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust (“ Tlhakanelo Trust ”) for employees other than management were made in August 2012 and March 2013. Shares were issued to the trust on August 31, 2012. Our shareholders have authorized up to 60,011,669 of the issued share capital to be used for these plans. As a result, shareholders’ equity interests in us are subject to dilution to the extent of the potential future exercises of the options through share schemes.

We may not pay dividends or make similar payments to our shareholders in the future.

Harmony’s dividend policy is to pay cash dividends only if funds are available for that purpose. Whether funds are available depends on a variety of factors, including the amount of cash available, our capital expenditures and other cash requirements existing at the time. Under South African law, we are only entitled to pay a dividend or similar payment to shareholders if we meet the solvency and liquidity tests set out in the Companies Act 71 of 2008 (as amended) including its Regulations (the “ Companies Act ”) and our current Memorandum of Incorporation. Cash dividends or other similar payments may not be paid in the future.

In February 2007, the South African Government announced a proposal to replace Secondary Tax on Companies with a 10% withholding tax on dividends and other distributions payable to shareholders. On April 1, 2012, a dividends tax (“ Dividends

 

20


Table of Contents

Tax ”) was introduced at a rate of 15% on dividends declared to beneficial shareholders borne by the shareholder receiving the dividend. Although the substitution of secondary tax on companies with Dividends Tax may reduce the tax payable on our South African operations, thereby increasing distributable earnings, the withholding tax will generally reduce the amount of dividends or other distributions received by shareholders.

In addition, Harmony’s foreign shareholders face investment risk from currency exchange rate fluctuations affecting the market value of any dividends or distributions paid by the company.

Our jointly-controlled assets may not comply with our standards

Harmony does not have full management control over some of its assets which are controlled and managed by joint venture partnerships. Management of such assets may not comply with our management and operating standards, controls and procedures. Failure to adopt equivalent standards, controls and procedures could lead to higher costs and reduced production, which could adversely affect our results and reputation.

Breaches in our information technology security processes may adversely impact the conduct of our business activities

Harmony maintains global information technology (“ IT ”) and communication networks and applications to support our business activities. Our extensive IT infrastructure and network may experience service outages that may adversely impact the conduct of our business activities. IT security processes protecting these systems are in place and subject to regular monitoring and assessment. These security processes may not prevent future malicious action or fraud by individuals, groups or organizations resulting in the corruption of operating systems, theft of commercially sensitive data, including commercial price outlooks, mergers and acquisitions and divestment transactions, misappropriation of funds and disruptions to our business operations.

 

Item 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

BUSINESS

History and Development of the Company

Harmony is a gold-mining and exploration company with operations in South Africa and PNG, one of the world’s premier new gold regions. Established over six decades ago, we are one of the largest gold mining companies in the world and the third-largest gold producer in South Africa. Harmony has 11 underground mines, one open-pit mine and several surface operations, mostly in South Africa’s world-renowned Witwatersrand Basin, as well as in the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt. In PNG, Harmony has a 50% joint venture with Newcrest Mining Limited in the Hidden Valley open-pit gold and silver mine, the Wafi-Golpu project, and extensive exploration tenements. Harmony’s own (100%-owned) exploration portfolio focuses principally on highly-prospective areas in PNG.

Our gold sales were 1.2 million ounces of gold in fiscal 2013. As at June 30, 2013, our mining operations reported total proved and probable reserves of 51.5 million ounces (including gold equivalent ounces), primarily from South African sources. In fiscal 2013, we processed 20.7 million tons of ore.

In fiscal 2013, 93% of our total gold production took place in South Africa. In fiscal 2013, approximately 90% of our gold came from our South African underground mines, and approximately 10% came from our South African surface operations (which include the Kalgold opencast operation and the Phoenix operation). For more detailed information about our activities, see Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Harmony’s Mining Operations — Overview” and the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. Mining is a highly regulated industry, and we operate under a variety of statutes and regulations. For more detailed information about these statutes and regulations, see Item 4. “Information on the Company — Regulation” and Item 10. “Additional Information — Memorandum of Incorporation”.

The majority of our exploration and evaluation done during fiscal 2013 has been focused on PNG. Our PNG exploration and evaluation opportunities are managed through the international office in Brisbane, Australia. Exploration in South Africa focused on Freddies 9, Masimong and Kalgold.

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited was incorporated and registered as a public company in South Africa on August 25, 1950 (under registration number 1950/038232/06). We have expanded from a single lease-bound mining operation into an independent, world-class gold producer. From 1997 to 2004, we acquired additional mineral rights in the Free State, Mpumalanga, Gauteng and North West provinces in South Africa through various mergers and acquisitions. In our most recent transaction in fiscal 2010, we acquired the President Steyn 1 and 2 shafts, Loraine 3 shaft, Freddies 7 and 9 shafts as well as the President Steyn gold plant, collectively known as the Pamodzi Free State assets, from Pamodzi Gold Free State (Proprietary) Limited (In Liquidation) (“ Pamodzi FS ”). These shafts have been included in the Bambanani and Target operations. In building our international portfolio, we acquired Hill 50 and New Hampton in Western Australia in 2001 and 2002, respectively, and started our exploration portfolio in PNG with projects in the Morobe Province originally through our acquisition of Abelle in 2003. In the past three years, we disposed of several operations in South Africa and Australia. See Item 4. “Disposals” .

 

21


Table of Contents

Our principal executive offices are located at Randfontein Office Park, Corner of Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1760, South Africa and the telephone number at this location is +27-11-411-2000.

Business overview

South African Operations

In South Africa, we operate a total of 11 underground operations, several surface operations including an opencast mine, and eight processing plants which are all located in the currently known goldfields in the Witwatersrand basin of South Africa as well as the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt. These operations produced approximately 1.052 million ounces in fiscal 2013, and South Africa represented approximately 58% (or 29.8 million ounces) of our total proved and probable reserves. The deep level gold mines are located in three provinces in this basin, being the Free State Province, the North-West Province and the West Rand Goldfields in Gauteng Province. Surface operations are located in all these provinces.

Ore from the shafts and surface material are treated at eight metallurgical plants in South Africa, located near the operations (five in the Free State Province, two in the North West Province and one in Gauteng). We are currently demolishing three plants in the Free State — the Virginia plant’s demolishment is near completion (vegetation of the area for the rehabilitation needs to commence), while the rehabilitation process at Steyn plant and St Helena plant is progressing well and will continue during fiscal 2014.

Each operation, consisting anywhere from a single shaft to a group of shafts or open-pit mine, is managed by a team headed up by a general manager. See “ — Harmony’s Management Structure ” below.

Operations are classified as “Underground” or “Surface” with the reportable segments per IFRS in South Africa being as follows:

 

    Bambanani (includes Steyn 2 shaft), Doornkop, Joel, Kusasalethu, Masimong, Phakisa, Target 1, Target 3, Tshepong and the Unisel operations (the Evander operation has been disclosed under discontinued operations); and

 

    all other shafts and surface operations, including those that treat historic sand dumps, rock dumps and tailings dams, are grouped together under “ Other — Surface ”.

On March 20, 2013, Harmony signed transaction and funding agreements to give effect to an empowerment transaction to dispose 30% of Phoenix to BEE shareholders, which includes a free-carry allocation of 5% to a community trust that has been created and is currently controlled by Harmony. The transaction closed on June 25, 2013, following the fulfilment of the last condition precedent. In terms of the agreements, Phoenix was transferred to a newly incorporated subsidiary (“ PhoenixCo ”).

The awards to the BEE partners have been accounted for as in-substance options as the BEE partners will only share in the upside, and not the downside, of their equity interest in PhoenixCo until the date on which the financing provided by Harmony is fully repaid. On this date, the options will be exercised. The award of the options to the BEE partners is accounted for as an equity-settled share-based payment arrangement. The in-substance options carry no vesting conditions and the fair value of the options of US$2.3 million has been expensed on the grant date, June 25, 2013.

International Operations

Our interests internationally are currently located in PNG and represent 42% (or 21.7 million gold equivalent ounces) of our total proved and probable reserves as at June 30, 2013.

PNG operations

In PNG, through our wholly-owned PNG-based subsidiaries, we own various development and exploration prospects, and one operating mine. This includes a 50% interest in what is collectively known as the Morobe Mining Joint Venture (“ MMJV ”), held through Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited (“ Morobe Consolidated Goldfields ”), Wafi Mining Limited (“ Wafi ”) and Morobe Exploration Limited (“ MEL ”).

In August 2008, Newcrest Mining Limited (“ Newcrest ”) acquired a 30.01% interest in our assets and tenements in the Morobe Province through the MMJV. By the end of fiscal 2009, Newcrest had earned an additional 19.99% in terms of the farm-in agreement, resulting in Newcrest and us each owning a 50% interest in the MMJV. Through the MMJV, we operate the Hidden Valley mine. The pre-feasibility study (“ PFS ”) at Wafi-Golpu which commenced during fiscal 2011 has been completed and the results released in August 2012. Further work is currently being performed to optimize the PFS business case in light of changes

 

22


Table of Contents

to long-term commodity prices and changes in investor expectations. We also have exploration projects that are wholly-owned, held through Harmony Gold (PNG) Exploration Limited (“ HGEL ”). We are continuing with exploration at three key project sites, being Mount Hagen, Amanab and Tari.

Strategy

Our strategy is to build a globally competitive gold mining company known for growing profits and paying dividends, and backed by experienced teams with strong values that are committed to deliver. To achieve this, we are focused on optimizing operational delivery, increasing margins and sharing the rewards.

We have invested significant capital in developing and commissioning gold mining assets in South Africa. Harmony has undertaken a number of strategic initiatives in recent years with the aim of achieving robust and sustainable financial results, with better controlled cash costs and improved grade.

Each year, each element of Harmony’s strategy is divided into its constituent components. The required actions are documented and monitored at board level throughout the year and the overall strategy is assessed and refined in July.

Short-term strategic goals live within a framework of non-negotiable values and long-term targets, including:

 

    safety and health – overriding imperative;

 

    maximizing revenue

 

    risk mitigation;

 

    reducing costs and improving productivity;

 

    conservative business planning;

 

    managing impacts of the external environment;

 

    improving productivity in South Africa;

 

    retain balance sheet strength; and

 

    allocation of capital – sustaining and growth.

 

LOGO

 

23


Table of Contents

We have concluded several strategic transactions within and outside South Africa in the last three fiscal years, which are summarized below.

Principal Investments

During fiscal 2013, Harmony purchased additional shares in Rand Refinery (Proprietary) Limited (“ Rand Refinery ”) in three tranches totaling US$9 million, taking the Group’s interest to just more than 10%. This investment has been accounted for as an investment in associate as Harmony can appoint a director to the board.

During fiscal 2012, we acquired a Tari tenement in PNG. This project comprises 31% of the tenement area that Harmony currently holds on its own in PNG, outside of the MMJV.

Disposals

On February 28, 2013, the conditions precedent for the sale of Harmony’s 100% interest in Evander Gold Mines Limited (“ Evander ”) to Pan African were fulfilled and the transaction was completed. Prior to completion of the transaction, Harmony received a distribution of US$23 million from Evander. The final purchase consideration amounted to US$144 million.

On January 6, 2012 Harmony disposed of its 40% investment in Rand Uranium (Proprietary) Limited (“ Rand Uranium ”) to Gold One International Limited (“ Gold One ”) for a consideration of US$38 million. The investment in Rand Uranium had been accounted for as an investment in associate.

During September 2010, Harmony concluded an agreement with Witwatersrand Consolidated Gold Resources Limited (“ Wits Gold ”) for the cancellation of the Freegold farm-in option in exchange for Wits Gold shares. The conditions precedent were fulfilled on November 5, 2010 and Harmony received 4,376,194 shares in Wits Gold valued at R275 million (US$41 million).

On July 20, 2010, the conditions precedent for the sale of the Mount Magnet operation were fulfilled. A total consideration of A$35.3 million (US$31.6 million) was received from Ramelius in exchange for 100% of the issued share capital in Mount Magnet.

Description of Mining Business

Exploration

Exploration activities are focused on the extension of existing orebodies and identification of new orebodies, both at existing sites and at undeveloped sites.

Our gold-focused exploration program has two components:

 

    on-mine exploration, which looks for resources within the economic radius of existing mines; and

 

    new mine exploration, which is the global search for early to advanced stage projects.

Once a potential orebody has been discovered, exploration is extended and intensified in order to enable clearer definition of the orebody and the potential portions to be mined. Geological techniques are constantly refined to improve the economic viability of prospecting and mining activities.

We conduct exploration activities on our own or with joint venture partners. As at June 30, 2013, our prospecting interest measured 67,517 hectares (166,834 acres) in South Africa and 786,686, hectares (1,943,943acres) in PNG. We spent US$76 million on exploration in PNG and South Africa in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014, we intend to continue with exploration in PNG and South Africa. See Item 4 – “Information on the Company – Business – International Mining Operations – Exploration in PNG”.

Mining

The mining process can be divided into two main phases: (i) accessing the orebody; and (ii) mining the orebody. This basic process applies to both underground and surface operations.

 

    Accessing the orebody

In our South African underground mines, access to the orebody is by means of shafts sunk from the surface to the lowest economically and practically mineable level. Horizontal development at various intervals of a shaft (known as levels) extends access to the horizon of the reef to be mined. On-reef development then provides specific mining access. Horizontal development at various intervals of the decline extends access to the horizon of the mineral to be mined. The declines are advanced on a continuous basis to keep ahead of the mining taking place on the levels above. In our open-pit mines, access to the orebody is provided by overburden stripping, which removes the covering layers of topsoil or rock, through a combination of drilling, blasting, loading and hauling, as required.

 

24


Table of Contents
    Mining the orebody

The process of ore removal starts with drilling and blasting the accessible ore. The blasted faces are then cleaned, and the ore is transferred to the transport system. In open-pit mines, gold-bearing material may require drilling and blasting, and is usually collected by bulldozers or shovels to transfer it onto trucks, which transport it to the mill.

In our South African underground mines, once ore has been broken, train systems collect ore from the faces and transfer it to a series of ore passes that gravity feed the ore to hoisting levels at the bottom of the shaft. The ore is then hoisted to the surface in dedicated conveyances and transported either by conveyor belts directly or via surface railway systems or roads to the treatment plants. In addition to ore, waste rock broken to access reef horizons must similarly be hoisted and then placed on waste rock dumps.

Processing

We currently have eight operational metallurgical plants in South Africa. We also have a metallurgical plant at the Hidden Valley project in PNG. The principal gold extraction processes we use are carbon in leach, or CIL, and carbon in pulp, or CIP.

The gold plant circuit consists of the following:

 

    Comminution

Comminution is the process of breaking up the ore to expose and liberate the gold and make it available for treatment. Conventionally, this process occurs in multi-stage crushing and milling circuits, which include the use of jaw and gyratory crushers and rod and tube and ball mills. Our more modern milling circuits include semi- or fully-autogenous milling where the ore itself is used as the grinding medium. Typically, ore must be ground to a minimum size before proceeding to the next stage of treatment.

 

    Treatment

In most of our metallurgical plants, gold is extracted into a leach solution from the host ore by leaching in agitated tanks. Gold is then extracted onto activated carbon from the solution using either the CIL or CIP processes. The gold on the carbon is extracted into a solution using an elution process. The gold in solution is then either precipitated using zinc precipitation (only taking place at one of our plants) or it is plated onto the cathodes (electrowinning). Rough gold bars (“ dore ”) are produced from smelting the zinc or cathode sludge. Cathode sludge or dore bars produced are currently sent directly to the Rand Refinery, which is responsible for refining the bars and/or cathode sludge to a minimum good delivery status. Most of the South African plants no longer use smelting to produce dore. Our one South African zinc precipitation plant continues to smelt precipitate to produce rough gold bars.

All the production from our South African operations is sent to the Rand Refinery, which is owned by a consortium of the major gold producers in South Africa. Harmony holds 10.38% of Rand Refinery. The PNG gold production is refined in Australia at an independent refiner, The Perth Mint Australia.

Harmony’s Management Structure

We have a de-centralized management structure that is based on small, empowered management teams led by General Managers at each of our operations. In South Africa, the General Managers report to the Operating Officers, and are responsible for business optimization, mineral reserve optimization, and for developing a business culture at the operations. They also focus on long-term viability and growth of the operations. The Operating Officers, in turn, report to the Chief Operating Officer. The General Managers are supported by a Mineral Reserve Manager, a Financial Manager, a Human Resources Manager and an Engineer Manager in ensuring the growth and long-term sustainability of the operations.

The Morobe Mining Joint Venture consists of three unincorporated joint ventures (Hidden Valley Mine Joint Venture (“ HVMJV ”), Wafi-Golpu Mine Joint Venture (“ WGMJV ”) and Morobe Exploration Joint Venture (“ MEJV ”), which are owned 50/50 by respective Harmony and Newcrest 100% owned subsidiaries (“ owners ”)).

The Joint Ventures are managed by a Joint Venture Committee (“ JVC ”) appointed by the respective owners. The JVC is responsible for the supervision of each of the three Joint Ventures, and implementation of the owners’ policy and strategy. The members act as owner representatives within the unincorporated joint ventures.

 

25


Table of Contents

Three legal operator entities (“ operator co. ”), Hidden Valley Services Limited, Wafi-Golpu Services Limited and Morobe Exploration Services Limited have been established and appointed as operator of / agent for the respective unincorporated joint ventures (HVMJV, WGMJV and MEJV). Shareholding is held equally by the owners who appoint a board of directors (“ board ”) for each operator co.

The operator entity appoints an Operational Steering Committee, Chief Executive Officer and General Managers who are responsible for implementation of the operating plan as approved by the JVC as well as making recommendation to the JVC for growth and sustainability. The General Managers report to the Chief Executive Officer and the Operational Steering Committee. The General Managers are supported by functional managers.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures for all operations incurred for fiscal 2013 amounted to US$429 million, compared with US$414 million in fiscal 2012 and US$444 million in fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2013, capital expenditure at PNG accounted for 28% of the total, with Kusasalethu accounting for 11% and Phakisa and Target 1 each accounting for 9% of the total. During fiscal 2012, capital expenditure in PNG accounted for 19% of the total, with Kusasalethu accounting for 13% while, Doornkop and Phakisa accounted for 9%, each. For fiscal 2011, capital expenditure at Kusasalethu and Phakisa each accounted for 12% of the total, with expenditure at PNG accounting for 11% and Doornkop and Target 1 accounting for 9% each. Capital development also took place at the Tshepong Sub 71 Decline. Revenue capitalized amounted to US$1.9 million (2011: US$3.9 million) for Steyn 2 and US$0 million (2011: US$23.1 million) for Target 3. Steyn 2 and Target 3 reached commercial levels of production at the end of September 2011 and June 2011 respectively.

The focus of our capital expenditures in recent years has been underground development and plant improvement and upgrades. Construction at these projects has been completed in certain areas, and production, if not yet at full capacity, has started from these areas at all our current growth projects. Capital will still be expended at these projects in the next three to five years to complete construction. During fiscal 2013, the capital expenditure was funded from the Company’s cash reserves, as well as by the loan facilities (see Item 5. “Operating and financial review and prospects – Liquidity and capital resources”) .

We have budgeted approximately US$296 million for capital expenditures in fiscal 2014. Details regarding the capital expenditures for each operation are found in the individual mine sections under Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Harmony’s Mining Operations” . We currently expect that our planned operating capital expenditures will be financed from operations and new borrowings as needed.

Reserves

As at June 30, 2013, we have declared attributable gold equivalent proved and probable reserves of 51.5 million ounces, broken down as follows: 29.8 million ounces gold in South Africa and 21.7 million gold and gold equivalent ounces in PNG. In instances where individual deposits may contain multiple valuable commodities with a reasonable expectation of being recovered (for example gold and copper in a single deposit) Harmony computes a gold equivalent to more easily assess the value of the deposit against gold-only mines. Harmony does this by calculating the value of each of the deposits commodities, then dividing the product by the price of gold. For example, the gold equivalent of a gold and copper deposit would be calculated as follows: ((gold ounces x gold price per ounce) + (copper pounds x copper price per pound)) / gold price per ounce. All calculations are done using metal prices as stipulated in the discussion below. Harmony assumes a 100% metallurgical recovery in its calculations unless otherwise stated. The year-on-year negative variance in mineral reserves is due to the following reasons:

 

    normal depletion of 1.5 million ounces;

 

    change in surface sources; and

 

    scope changes of 0.9 million ounces which is the result of 0.6 million ounce increase of reserves due to the reclassification of resources and other minor increase across other operations in South Africa .

We use the SAMREC Code, which sets out the internationally recognized procedures and standards for reporting of mineral resources and mineral reserves. We use the term “mineral reserves” herein, which has the same meaning as “ore reserves”, as defined in the SAMREC Code. Our reporting of the PNG Mineral Reserves complies with JORC code. This code is materially the same as the SAMREC Code. In reporting of reserves, we have complied with Industry Guide 7 of the US Securities and Exchange Commission.

For the reporting of Mineral Reserves at our South African and PNG operations, the following parameters were applied:

 

    a gold price of US$1,400 per ounce;

 

    an exchange rate of R8.89 per US dollar,

 

26


Table of Contents

the above parameters resulting in a gold price of R400,000/kg;

 

    an uranium price of US$50.00/lb for South Africa;

 

    the Hidden Valley Operations and Wafi-Golpu project in the Morobe Mining Joint Venture used prices of US$1 250/oz Au, US$21/oz Ag, US$15/lb Mo and US$3.10/lb Cu at an exchange rate of A$0.98 per US$;

 

    gold equivalent ounces are calculated assuming a US$1400/oz Au, US$ 3.10/lb Cu and US$23.00/oz Ag with 100% recovery for all metals; and

 

    ‘gold equivalent’ is computed as the value of the company’s gold, silver and copper from all mineral resources/reserves classifications divided by the price of gold. All calculations are done using metal prices as stipulated.

In order to define that portion of a measured and indicated mineral resource that can be converted to a proved and probable mineral reserve at our underground operations, we apply the concept of a cut-off grade. At our underground operations in South Africa, this is done by defining the optimal cut-off grade as the lowest grade at which an orebody can be mined such that the total profits, under a specified set of mining parameters, are maximized. The cut-off grade is determined using our Optimizer computer program which requires the following as input:

 

    the database of measured and indicated resource blocks (per operation);

 

    an assumed gold price which, for this mineral reserve statement, was taken as R400,000 per kilogram;

 

    planned production rates;

 

    the mine recovery factor which is equivalent to the mine call factor (“ MCF ”) multiplied by the plant recovery factor; and

 

    planned cash costs (cost per tonne).

Rand per tonne cash costs of the mines are historically based, but take into account distinct changes in the cost environment, such as the future production profile, restructuring, right-sizing, and cost reduction initiatives.

For the block cave reserve at Golpu (PNG), we used the Opimizer mine planning software computer program to define the optimal mine plan and sequencing.

The open pit reserve at Hidden Valley (PNG) is defined by a pit design based on the optimal output from Whittle open pit optimization software.

See the table below in this section for the cut-off grades and cost per tonne for each operation.

The mineral reserves represent that portion of the measured and indicated resources above cut-off in the life-of-mine plan and have been estimated after consideration of the factors affecting extraction, including mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors. A range of disciplines which includes geology, survey, planning, mining engineering, rock engineering, metallurgy, financial management, human resources management and environmental management have been involved at each mine in the life-of-mine planning process and the conversion of resources into reserves. The oreflow-related modifying factors used to convert the mineral resources to mineral reserves through the life-of-mine planning process are stated for each individual operation. For these factors, historical information is used, except if there is a valid reason to do otherwise. Owing to depth and rock engineering requirements at our underground mines, some mines design stope support pillars into their mining layouts which accounts for approximately 7% to 10% discounting. Further discounting relates to the life-of-mine extraction to provide for geological losses.

Our standard for narrow reef sampling with respect to both proved and probable reserve calculations for underground mining operations in South Africa is generally applied on a 6 meter by 6 meter grid. Average sample spacing on development ends is at 2 meter intervals in development areas. For the massive mining at the Target 1 operation, our standard for sampling with respect to both proved and probable reserves are fan drilling with “B” sized diamond drill holes (43mm core) sited at 50 meter spaced sections along twin access drives. The Kalgold opencast operations are sampled on diamond drill and reverse circulation drill spacing of no more than 25 meters on average. Surface mining at South African operations other than Kalgold involves recovering gold from areas previously involved in mining and processing, such as metallurgical plants, waste rock dumps and tailing dams (slimes and sand) for which random sampling is used.

The PNG resources are hosted in large porphyry or related mesothermal geological systems. Data is gained through diamond drilling using PQ down to NQ sized core. The core is cut in half, one half sampled at a maximum of 2 meter intervals and the other half stored in designated core storage facilities. Drill spacing at our Hidden Valley operations is typically on less

 

27


Table of Contents

than 20 meter centers for measured category, 20 to 40 meter centers for the Indicated category and greater than 40 meters for Inferred category material. Due to the nature of the Golpu porphyry mineralization, drill spacing is increased to 100 to 200 meters for indicated and greater for inferred. Assaying for gold is by fire assay and various methods are used for copper and other elements. All assays informing the resource calculation are analyzed at a National Association of Testing Authorities accredited commercial laboratory. Some sample preparation is done at the mine site laboratory. Extensive Quality Assurance/Quality Control work is undertaken and data is stored in an electronic database.

Our mining operations’ reported total proved and probable reserves as of June 30, 2013 are set out below:

 

     Mineral Reserves statement (Imperial) as at June 30, 2013  

OPERATIONS GOLD

   PROVED RESERVES      PROBABLE RESERVES      TOTAL RESERVES  
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(oz/ton)
     Gold oz (1)
(000)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(oz/ton)
     Gold oz (1)
(000)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(oz/ton)
     Gold oz (1)
(000)
 

South Africa Underground

                          

Bambanani (incl Steyn 2)

     2.6         0.323         836         —           —           —           2.6         0.323         836   

Joel

     1.8         0.163         296         4.3         0.157         677         6.1         0.159         973   

Masimong

     6.4         0.139         897         2.7         0.137         367         9.1         0.139         1,264   

Phakisa

     5.4         0.180         972         16.8         0.213         3,590         22.2         0.205         4,562   

Target 1

     4.8         0.142         684         5.0         0.162         805         9.8         0.153         1,489   

Target 3

     2.7         0.200         549         4.6         0.155         719         7.3         0.172         1,268   

Tshepong

     20.5         0.159         3,257         3.7         0.148         546         24.2         0.157         3,803   

Unisel

     2.2         0.127         285         0.9         0.121         109         3.1         0.125         394   

Doornkop

     3.0         0.122         362         5.5         0.158         862         8.4         0.145         1,224   

Kusasalethu

     9.7         0.215         2,085         30.2         0.161         4,856         39.9         0.174         6,941   

Total South Africa Underground

     59.1         0.173         10,223         73.7         0.170         12,531         132.8         0.171         22,754   

South Africa Surface

                          

Kalgold

     13.4         0.028         379         13.1         0.029         384         26.5         0.029         763   

Free State Surface - Phoenix

     111.5         0.009         1,037         —           —           —           111.5         0.009         1,037   

Other

     284.8         0.008         2,138         421.1         0.007         3,055         705.9         0.007         5,193   

Total South Africa Surface

     409.7         0.009         3,554         434.2         0.008         3,439         843.9         0.008         6,993   

Total South Africa

     468.8            13,777         507.8            15,970         976.7            29,747   

Papua New Guinea (2)

                          

Hidden Valley

     0.7         0.036         25         31.9         0.050         1,589         32.6         0.050         1,614   

Hamata

     0.0         0.046         1         2.5         0.061         154         2.5         0.061         155   

Golpu

     —           —           —           248.0         0.025         6,194         248.0         0.025         6,194   

Total Papua New Guinea

     0.7         0.037         26         282.4         0.028         7,937         283.1         0.028         7,963   

GRAND TOTAL

     469.5            13,803         790.2         —           23,907         1,259.8         —           37,710   

 

(1)   Metal figures are fully inclusive of all mining dilutions and gold losses, and are reported as mill delivered tons and head grades. Metallurgical recovery factors have not been applied to the reserve figures.
(2) Represents Harmony’s attributable interest of 50%.

Note: 1 ton = 907 kg = 2,000 lbs

In addition to the gold reserves, we also report our gold equivalents for reserves for silver and copper from our PNG operations. Gold equivalent ounces are calculated assuming a US$1,400/oz for gold, US$3.10/lb copper and US$23.00/oz for silver with 100% recovery for all metals.

 

28


Table of Contents

Gold Equivalents (2)

 

SILVER

   PROVED RESERVES      PROBABLE RESERVES      TOTAL RESERVES  
     Tons
(millions)
     Gold
Equivalents
(oz) (1) (000)
     Tons
(millions)
     Gold
Equivalents
(oz) (1) (000)
     Tons
(millions)
     Gold
Equivalents

(oz) (1) (000)
 

Hidden Valley

     0.7         7         31.9         485         32.6         492   

COPPER

   PROVED RESERVES      PROBABLE RESERVES      TOTAL RESERVES  
     Tons
(millions)
     Gold
Equivalents
(oz) (1) (000)
     Tons
(millions)
     Gold
Equivalents
(oz) (1) (000)
     Tons
(millions)
     Gold
Equivalents

(oz) (1) (000)
 

Golpu

     —           —           248.0         13,265         248.0         13,265   

Total Gold Equivalents

     0.7         7         279.9         13,750         280.6         13,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Harmony including gold equivalents

     469.5         13,809         790.2         37,657         1,259.8         51,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the gold reserves, we also report our attributable reserves for silver and copper from our PNG operations. Metal prices are assumed at US$23.00/oz for silver, US$3.10/lb for copper, US$50.00/lb for uranium and Molybdenum at US$15/lb.

Papua New Guinea: Other (2)

 

SILVER

   PROVED RESERVES      PROBABLE RESERVES      TOTAL RESERVES  
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(oz/ton)
     Silver oz (1)
(000)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(oz/ton)
     Silver oz (1)
(000)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(oz/ton)
     Silver oz (1)
(000)
 

Hidden Valley

     0.7         0.594         409         31.9         0.926         29,515         32.6         0.919         29,924   

Golpu

     —           —           —           248.0         0.040         9,864         248.0         0.040         9,864   

COPPER

   Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(%)
     Cu lb (1)
(millions)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(%)
     Cu lb (1)
(millions)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(%)
     Cu lb (1)
(millions)
 

Golpu

     —           —           —           248.0         1.096         5,992         248.0         1.096         5,992   

MOLYBDENUM

   Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(%)
     Cu lb (1)
(millions)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(%)
     Cu lb (1)
(millions)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(%)
     Cu lb (1)
(millions)
 

Golpu

     —           —           —           248.0         0.162         40         248.0         0.162         40   

South Africa:

 

URANIUM

   PROVED RESERVES      PROBABLE RESERVES      TOTAL RESERVES  
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(lb/ton)
     U 3 O 8  lb (1)
(millions)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(lb/ton)
     U 3 O 8  lb (1)
(millions)
     Tons
(millions)
     Grade
(lb/ton)
     U 3 O 8  lb (1)
(millions)
 

Masimong

     —           —           —           5.4         0.361         2         5.4         0.361         2   

Phakisa

     5.4         0.265         1         16.8         0.210         4         22.2         0.223         5   

Tshepong

     11.0         0.195         2         12.1         0.226         3         23.0         0.211         5   

Grand Total

     16.4         0.218         4         34.2         0.239         8         50.6         0.232         12   

 

(1)   Metal figures are fully inclusive of all mining dilutions and gold losses, and are reported as mill delivered tons and head grades. Metallurgical recovery factors have not been applied to the reserve figures.
(2)   Represents Harmony’s attributable interest of 50%.

Note: 1 ton = 907 kg = 2,000 lbs

 

29


Table of Contents

Our methodology for determining our reserves is subject to change and is based upon estimates and assumptions made by management regarding a number of factors as noted above in this section. Cost per tonne and cut-off grade per operation are as follows.

 

OPERATIONS GOLD

   UNDERGROUND OPERATIONS      SURFACE AND MASSIVE MINING  
     Cut-off grade
(cmg/t)
     Cut-off cost
(R/Tonne)
     Cut-off grade
(g/t)
     Cut-off cost
(R/Tonne)
 

South Africa Underground

           

Bambanani

     1,935         2,022         —           —     

Joel

     800         1,360         —           —     

Masimong

     850         1,232         —           —     

Phakisa

     790         1,541         —           —     

Target 1

     —           —           4.20         1,420   

Target 3

     690         1,519         —           —     

Tshepong

     650         1,514         —           —     

Unisel

     1,100         1,367         —           —     

Doornkop

     646         1,206         —           —     

Kusasalethu

     670         1,398         —           —     

South Africa Surface

           

Kalgold

     —           —           0.50         209   

Free State Surface

     —           —           0.136         34   
    

Cut-off

% Cu

    

Cut-off cost

(A$/Tonne)

    

Cut-off grade

(g/t)

    

Cut-off cost

(A$/Tonne)

 

Papua New Guinea

           

Hidden Valley

     —           —           0.860         20.4   

Hamata

     —           —           0.860         20.4   

Golpu

     0.2         22.0         —           —     
    

Cut-off

% Cu

    

Cut-off cost

(A$/Tonne)

    

Cut-off grade

(g/t)

    

Cut-off cost

(A$/Tonne)

 

SILVER

           

Papua New Guinea

           

Hidden Valley

     —           —           0.860         20.4   

COPPER

           

Papua New Guinea

           

Golpu

     0.2         22.0         —           —     

Notes on Cut-off:

 

1) Surface and massive mining are stated in g/t (g/t is grams of metal per tonne of ore).

 

2) All SA underground operations are stated in cmg/t (cmg/t is the Reef Channel width multiplied by the g/t which indicates the gold content within the Reef Channel).

Notes on Cut-off cost:

Cut-off cost refers to the cost in R/Tonne or A$/Tonne to mine and process a tonne of ore.

Notes on Copper:

Cut-off is stated in % Cu

Notes on Golpu:

Cut-off is based on 0.2% copper; molybdenum and gold mined as by-product.

 

30


Table of Contents

Worldwide Operations

Description of Property

The following is a map of our worldwide operations:

 

LOGO

 

31


Table of Contents

Our operational mining areas in South Africa are set forth below:

 

     Hectares      Acres  

Doornkop (includes Doornkop extension)

     4,352         10,754   

Kusasalethu (includes Buffelsdoorn extension)

     7,023         17,354   

Free State (includes Masimong and Virginia operations)

     21,235         52,471   

Tshepong and Phakisa

     10,799         26,684   

Bambanani

     2,356         5,822   

Joel

     2,356         5,822   

St Helena

     5,856         14,470   

Kalgold

     615         1,520   

Target 1 (includes Loraine 1 and 2)

     7,952         19,649   

Target 3 (includes Loraine 3, 7 & 9)

     3,085         7,623   

Steyn 1 & 2

     1,888         4,665   

Total

     67,517         166,834   

In PNG, we hold tenements as set forth below:

 

     Hectares      Acres  

PNG (50% - JV Interest)

     417,386         1,031,383   

PNG 100%

     369,300         912,560   

Total International Operations

     786,686         1,943,943   

TOTAL

     854,203         2,110,777   

In line with the rest of the South African mining industry, and in an effort to reduce costs, we have been rationalizing our mineral rights holdings in recent years. Accordingly, over the past three years, we have disposed of our shares and participation rights in areas within and outside of South Africa in which we have not actively pursued mining. However, in some cases we have retained certain participation rights and option clauses in properties and mining rights we have disposed of. We may continue to investigate further disposals.

Geology

The major portion of our South African gold production is derived from mines located in the Witwatersrand Basin in South Africa. The Witwatersrand Basin is an elongated structure that extends approximately 300 kilometers in a northeast-southwest direction and approximately 100 kilometers in a northwest-southeast direction. It is an Archean sedimentary basin containing a six kilometer thick stratigraphic sequence consisting mainly of quartzites and shales with minor volcanic units. The majority of production is derived from auriferous placer reefs situated at different stratigraphic positions and at varying depths below the surface in three of the seven defined goldfields of the Witwatersrand Basin.

Our Hidden Valley project comprises low sulphidation carbonate-base metal-gold epithermal deposits within the Morobe Goldfield, in the Morobe Province of PNG. In the Hidden Valley project area, a batholith of Morobe Granodiorite (locally a coarse grained monzogranite) is flanked by fine metasediments of the Owen Stanley Metamorphics. Both are cut by dykes of Pliocene porphyry ranging from hornblende-biotite to feldspar-quartz porphyries. A number of commonly argillic altered and gold anomalous breccias are known, including both hydrothermal and over printing structural breccias. The Hidden Valley deposit is hosted in the Moribe Granodiorite, dominated by a series of post-Miocene faults, both north and north-west trending, control the gold mineralization.

Our Wafi project comprises the sedimentary/volcaniclastic rocks of the Owen Stanley Formation that surround the Wafi Diatreme and host the gold mineralization. Gold mineralization occurs associated with an extensive zone of high-sulphidation epithermal alteration overprinting porphyry mineralization and epithermal style vein-hosted and replacement gold mineralization with associated wall-rock alteration. The Golpu Copper-Gold project is located about one kilometer northeast of the Wafi gold orebody. It is a porphyry (diorite) copper-gold deposit. The host lithology is a diorite that exhibits a typical zoned porphyry copper alteration halo together with mineralization in the surrounding metasediment. The mineralized body can be described as a porphyry copper-gold “pipe”. The Wafi gold mineralization and alteration partially overprints the upper levels of the Golpu porphyry copper-gold mineralization.

 

32


Table of Contents

Harmony’s Mining Operations

Overview

In South Africa, we conduct underground mining at 11 operations, but report of ten segments per IFRS:

 

    Bambanani (includes Steyn 2 Shaft from February 2010);

 

    Doornkop;

 

    Joel;

 

    Kusasalethu;

 

    Masimong;

 

    Phakisa;

 

    Target 1

 

    Target 3 (previously Loraine 3);

 

    Tshepong; and

 

    Unisel (in addition to Unisel, the Virginia segment previously included Harmony 2, Merriespruit 1 & 3 and Brand 3 & 5. As of November 2010, Unisel was the only operating shaft and has been reported separately for the periods presented in this report).

We conduct surface mining at four sites (all included in “Other — Surface”):

 

    Free State (comprises Phoenix and other retreatment projects);

 

    Freegold;

 

    Kalgold; and

 

    Target.

Surface mining conducted at the South African operations other than Kalgold involves recovering gold from areas previously involved in mining and processing, such as metallurgical plants, waste rock dumps and tailings dams (slimes and sand). We are conducting studies to determine the feasibility of further retreatment projects in the Free State, including uranium extraction from material.

The Evander operation was sold on February 28, 2013. Since the decision was made to sell the Evander operation in January 2012, it has been treated as a discontinued operation.

Internationally, we conduct mining activities in PNG at the Hidden Valley mine, which is a joint venture, known as the Morobe Mining Joint Venture, between Harmony and Newcrest in which we each have a 50% interest.

The following discussion is a two-part presentation of our operations:

 

    an overview of our South African mining operations with a discussion and production analysis of each of our operating segments; and

 

    an overview of our international (PNG) operations with a discussion and production analysis for Hidden Valley. We have also included a discussion on the exploration projects in the MMJV as well as for the wholly-owned projects.

Where we have translated the Rand amount budgeted for capital expenditures in fiscal 2014 into US dollars using the closing rate at the balance sheet date.

 

33


Table of Contents

South African Mining Operations

Unless indicated otherwise, the discussions below are for continuing operations.

 

LOGO

 

34


Table of Contents

Underground

Bambanani

Introduction : We acquired Bambanani in January 2002 when we acquired the Freegold operations from AngloGold Ashanti Limited (“ Anglogold ”) through a 50% joint venture with African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited (“ ARMGold ”). In September 2003, we acquired 100% of these operations when ARMGold became a wholly-owned subsidiary. During February 2010, we acquired President Steyn 1 & 2 Shafts in the transaction with Pamodzi FS. These shafts have been incorporated into Bambanani. These operations are located in the Free State Province. Production from the operations is processed through Harmony 1 Plant.

History : Exploration, development and production history in the area of the Freegold assets dates from the early 1900’s, leading to commercial production by 1932. Subsequent consolidation and restructuring led to the formation of Free State Consolidated Gold Mine (Operations) Limited, which became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Anglogold in June 1998.

In 1998, President Steyn Gold Mine (Free State) (Proprietary) Limited (“ PSGM ”) was formed after purchasing shafts from various individuals. During 2002, the mine was sold to Thistle Mining Inc, an international company with interests in the Philippines and South Africa. The mine struggled to make operational profits, and Thistle undertook a restructuring program in 2006, which together with an increase in the Rand gold price resulted in positive operational cash flows. In February 2008, PSGM was purchased by Pamodzi FS. The mine was operated from that time until March 2009, when Pamodzi FS was placed into liquidation.

Geology : The operations are located in the Free State Goldfield, which is on the south-western edge of the Witwatersrand basin. The Free State Goldfield is divided into two sections, cut by the north-south striking De Bron Fault. This major structure has a vertical displacement of about 1,500 meters in the region of Bambanani, as well as a lateral shift of 4 kilometers. Bambanani is to the west of the De Bron Fault. The reefs generally dip towards the east. Mining is conducted in the Basal Reef.

Mining Operations : These operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section. The management teams regularly revisit their mining strategy and management procedures in order to minimize risks.

Bambanani, near Welkom, has three surface shafts (Bambanani, Steyn 2 and West). Mining is conducted at depths ranging from 1,911 and 2,234 meters. Activities at the mine focus on the Basal Reef and are limited to shaft pillar extraction. The primary mining challenges at these operations are seismic risks, ventilation and fire avoidance. Bambanani is classified as a seismically active operation with seismic activity monitoring systems installed to do active seismic risk evaluation.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2012, we decided to halt mining in the sub-shaft after Bambanani had struggled to meet production targets and curb costs for a number of quarters. As such, mining activities moved from deeper operating areas to accelerated development of the shaft pillar. Bambanani is on track to continue mining the shaft pillar for around eight years until fiscal 2021, improving both the productivity and profitability of this mine. Steyn 2 shaft has commenced with the removal of its shaft pillar and is planning to complete this by October 2014. The ore from both of these shaft pillar extractions is hoisted at West shaft, which has been re-commissioned for this purpose.

The focus on standards and procedures is ongoing as preparations to mine the shaft pillar near completion. The shaft pillar was established through a series of up-dip panels and mining of the breast panels are in progress. Backfill will be in place in the pillar to mitigate seismic events, with support in the face area enhanced by in-stope steel netting. A detailed seismic risk assessment was completed for the shaft pillar by the Institute of Mine Seismology of Stellenbosch, and some re-design work is under way to further mitigate identified risks. Bambanani and Steyn 2 is now a single operation (Steyn 2 barrel closed) and all services are routed through Bambanani/West shaft. Reef development has been halted, in line with the mine plan, and all capital development has been finalized in fiscal 2013.

Due primarily to mining in the high grade shaft pillar, grades improved in fiscal 2013. The increase in grade resulted in an increase in ounces produced of 52% and the operation returned to profitability as a result of the higher revenue and lower cash costs. The increased ounces produced also resulted in a decrease in the cash cost per ounce measure.

Due to additional work that was required for preparing the shaft pillar, there was a temporary increase in contractor labour crews working in the decline.

During fiscal 2013, Bambanani accounted for 6% (3% in 2012 and 7% in 2011) of our total gold production.

Safety: No fatalities were recorded at Bambanani during fiscal 2013 (2012: one) and the lost time injury frequency rate (“ LTIFR ”) was reported as 6.88 per million hours worked (2012: 8.51). This is a 19% improvement year-on-year. Bambanani recorded 2 million fall-of-ground fatality-free shifts during the second quarter of fiscal 2013.

 

35


Table of Contents

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Harmony One Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Harmony One Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Bambanani    2013      2012     2011  

Production

       

Tons (‘000)

     231         217        470   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton) (1)

     0.290         0.198        0.203   

Gold produced (ounces) (1)

     66,970         44,174        98,092   

Gold sold (ounces) (1)

     66,359         43,982        99,443   

Results of operations ($)

       

Product sales (‘000)

     105,705         70,748        131,753   

Cash cost (‘000)

     66,964         76,911        118,442   

Cash profit (‘000)

     38,741         (6,163     13,311   

Cash costs

       

Per ounce of gold ($)

     1,025         1,787        1,247   

Capex (‘000) ($) (1)

     13,514         34,255        45,884   

 

(1) During fiscal 2012, 1,157 (2011: 2,894) ounces were produced by Steyn 2 prior to it being considered to be in production. The revenue amounting to US$1.9 million (2011: US$3.9 million) has been credited against capital expenditure as the shaft was not considered to be in commercial production yet. The cost of these ounces has not been included in the cash cost per ounce amount. The calculation of grade also excludes these ounces.

Tons milled at Bambanani increased to 231,000 in fiscal 2013, compared with 217,000 in fiscal 2012, and the recovered grade increased from 0.198 ounces/ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.290 ounces/ton in fiscal 2013, in line with the planned build-up in the shaft pillar. Ounces produced increased from 44,174 in fiscal 2012 to 66,970 in fiscal 2013. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 19,250 tons per month, compared with 18,083 tons per month for fiscal 2012.

Revenue received increased from US$70.7 million in fiscal 2012 to US$105.7 million in fiscal 2013, mainly as a result of the increase in ounces produced and the recovered grade. Cash costs per ounce for Bambanani were US$1,025 in fiscal 2013, compared with US$1,787 in fiscal 2012. The cash costs per ounce decreased by 43% in fiscal 2013 compared with fiscal 2012, primarily due to the increase in ounces produced following the mining activity moving into the shaft pillar area in fiscal 2013.

Tons milled from Bambanani decreased to 217,000 in fiscal 2012, compared with 470,000 in fiscal 2011. Ounces produced were 44,174 in fiscal 2012, compared with 98,092 in fiscal 2011. Production was affected by major restructuring at Bambanani as the lower section of the mine was closed; mining will be focused on the upper pillar. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 were 18,083 tons per month, compared with 39,200 tons per month for fiscal 2011.

Cash costs per ounce for Bambanani were US$1,787 in fiscal 2012, compared with US$1,247 in fiscal 2011. The cash costs per ounce increased by 43% in fiscal 2012 compared with fiscal 2011. This was mainly due to a 55% reduction in gold production as the lower section of the mine was closed, resulting in mining being focused on the upper pillar.

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 2.6 million tons (0.83 million ounces) will be sufficient for Bambanani to maintain underground production until approximately 2021. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the mineral reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure : Bambanani incurred approximately R119 million (US$13.5 million) in capital expenditure in fiscal 2013, primarily to extract the shaft pillar.

Doornkop

Introduction : Doornkop is located in the Gauteng Province of South Africa, approximately thirty kilometers west of Johannesburg. The operation is owned by Randfontein Estates Limited (“ REL ”). Doornkop currently operates under its own mining authorization of 2,941 hectares. Production is treated at the Doornkop plant.

History : Harmony acquired this operation when it took over REL in 2000.

Geology : These operations are situated in the West Rand Goldfield of the Witwatersrand Basin, the structure of which is dominated by the Witpoortjie and Panvlakte Horst blocks, which are superimposed over broad folding associated with the south-east plunging West Rand Syncline.

The Doornkop operation lease area is bounded by and lies to the south-east of the major north-easterly striking Roodepoort Fault, which dips to the south and constitutes the southern edge of the Witpoortjie Horst Block or Gap. This Horst

 

36


Table of Contents

Block is comprised of the stratigraphically older sediments of the West Rand Group, the overlying Central Rand Group sediments having been removed by erosion. A number of other faults, forming part of and lying southeast of the Roodepoort Fault, including the Saxon Fault, also constitute conspicuous structural breaks. A second major fault, the Doornkop Fault, which trends in an east west direction, occurs towards the southern portion of the lease area. This fault dips to the south and has an up-throw to the north.

Nearly the entire upper Witwatersrand section is present in the lease area and therefore all the major zones are present, though due to the distance of the area from the primary source of gold, the number of economic bands and their payability is limited. Eight of the well-known reefs are present in the area, but only the Kimberley Reef and South Reef are considered viable at this stage. The Kimberley Reef is contained in the Vlakfontein Member of the Westonaria Formation. This reef, also known as the K9 Reef horizon, rests on an unconformity and is a complex multi-pulse conglomerate, which can be separated into four facies or cycles. All four cycles consist on average of an upper conglomerate and a lower quartzite. The characteristics of every cycle are area-dependent and the grades are variable within each cycle. The South Reef is approximately 900 meters below the current Kimberley Reef mining, and between 7.5 and 60 meters above the Main Reef horizon. The hanging wall to the South Reef consists of siliceous quartzites with non-persistent bands of “blue-shot” grit and thin argillite partings. The footwall to the South Reef is a light colored and fairly siliceous quartzite. Secondary conglomerate bands and stringers in the hanging wall and footwall of the South Reef may contain sporadic gold values. The general strike of the reef is east-west, with a dip from 10 to 20 degrees. The orebody at Doornkop has a strike length of 4km and a width of 4km from west to east.

Mining Operations : These operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section.

Doornkop uses both mechanized bord-and-pillar and narrow-reef conventional mining. Due to the shallow to moderate depths of the operations, seismicity and high rock stress related problems are infrequent. There is a risk of subterranean water and/or gas intersections in some areas of the mines. However, this risk is mitigated by active and continuous management and monitoring, which includes the drilling of boreholes in advance of faces. Where water and/or gas are indicated in the drilling, appropriate preventative action is taken. The hoisting capacity of the Doornkop shaft is 185,000 tons per month.

The Doornkop South Reef Project was announced on January 22, 2003. The project involved the deepening of the Doornkop main shaft to 1,973 meters to access the South Reef between 1,650 and 2,000 meters below surface, and includes development towards these mining areas. The estimated final capital cost is R1,811 million (US$181.5 million) with R 1,739 million (US$174.2 million) spent as at June 30, 2013. The project is mostly completed. The remaining work is mainly for ventilation, where it is expected that the raise bore hole and required fan installations will be completed by December 2015.

The improvement in year-on-year production at Doornkop reflects mainly the production build-up on the South Reef. Development meters increased by 13% or 1,410 meters from the previous year, per planned build-up on the South Reef. As more mining takes place on the South Reef, the level of confidence on the geology of this reef improves. Few surprises were encountered during the year in terms of geology. The exploration programme at Doornkop is ongoing and will continue by means of development and exploration drilling. Year-on-year, the South Reef reserve included in the life-of-mine increased by 10%. Presently, the South Reef production continues to build up, and is expected to increase to 17,000 m 2 in fiscal 2014. Full production is expected to be achieved in fiscal 2018. Tons mined from the South Reef areas accounted for 64% of total tons mined in fiscal 2013 — up from 62% the year before — while the contribution from the Kimberley Reef declined from 38% to 36%.

Pilot drilling for the 6.1m diameter ventilation raise-bore hole was completed during the first quarter of fiscal 2013. The reaming of this ventilation hole started in September 2012. Progress has not been according to plan, and actions to improve on the drilling advance were tabled during July 2013. This action included re-evaluation of the current contract to include drilling over a 24 hour period.

A drive to further develop safety on rail bound equipment continued during fiscal 2013. The locomotive management system was completed. Installation underground started as well as training of the personal operating this fleet of rolling stock. Shaft bottom preparation work for the installation of skip arrestors continued and is expected to be completed by the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2014.

During the June 2013 quarter, the operation experienced illegal labor disruptions lasting four days. The appropriate action was taken regarding the labor unrest and no further disruptions were reported during the year.

During fiscal 2013, Doornkop accounted for 10% (8% in 2012 and 6% in 2011) of our total gold production.

Safety : Doornkop recorded a fatality-free year in fiscal 2013 (2012: two). The LTIFR improved to 5.30 (2012: 6.28) per million hours worked. The mine achieved more than 6 million fall-of-ground fatality-free shifts and more than 1.5 million fatality-free shifts during the year.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Doornkop Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Doornkop Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

 

37


Table of Contents

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Doornkop    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     1,112         1,023         792   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

     0.105         0.097         0.102   

Gold produced (ounces)

     116,738         98,863         80,763   

Gold sold (ounces)

     114,135         98,027         81,149   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     183,066         165,271         111,759   

Cash cost (‘000)

     118,144         111,016         85,999   

Cash profit (‘000)

     64,922         54,255         25,760   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($)

     1,046         1,142         1,054   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     32,354         37,813         41,782   

Tons milled from Doornkop were 1,112,000 in fiscal 2013, compared with 1,023,000 in fiscal 2012. Recovered grade improved from 0.097 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.105 in fiscal 2013. These increases were mainly due to production build-up in the South Reef. South Reef areas accounted for 64% of total tons mined in fiscal 2013, up from 62% in fiscal 2012. Ounces produced increased from 98,863 in fiscal 2012 to 116,738 in fiscal 2013, reflecting the production build-up of the South Reef. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 92,667 tons per month, compared with 85,250 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

Revenue received increased from US$165.3 million in fiscal 2012 to US$183.1 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of the increase in ounces produced and the higher gold price received. Cash costs per ounce were 8.4% lower at US$1,046/oz. In terms of unit cost, the annual increases in labor rates of 8% and the 9.6% increase in electricity costs were mitigated by the 18% increase in ounces produced and the effect of the exchange rate.

Tons milled from Doornkop were 1,023,000 in fiscal 2012, compared with 792,000 in fiscal 2011. This was mainly due to production build-up in the South Reef. South Reef areas accounted for 62% of total tons mined in fiscal 2012; up from 58% in fiscal 2011. The results were affected by safety-related stoppages after two fatalities in January 2012 and a management decision to upgrade infrastructure on the higher-grade South Reef. Recovered grade deteriorated slightly from 0.102 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.097 in fiscal 2012. This was due to the decrease of the grade in the South Reef areas and the Kimberley reef areas. Ounces produced increased from 80,763 in fiscal 2011 to 98,863 in fiscal 2012, reflecting the production build-up of the South Reef. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 were 85,250 tons per month, compared with 66,000 tons per month in fiscal 2011.

Revenue received increased from US$111.8 million in fiscal 2011 to US$165.2 million in fiscal 2012 as a result of the increase in ounces produced and the higher gold price received. Cash costs per ounce were 8% higher at US$1,142/oz, mainly due to the increase in production. Contributing factors were the annual increase in labor rates of 9.2% and the 16% increase in electricity costs.

On a simplistic basis, assuming no additional resources are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen that: the reported proved and probable mineral reserve of 8.4 million tons (1.22 million ounces) will be sufficient for the Doornkop shaft to maintain production until approximately fiscal 2030. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the mineral reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure: Harmony incurred R285 million (US$32.4 million) in capital expenditure in fiscal 2013 at Doornkop, primarily for ongoing capital development (67%), other shaft and plant capital (20%) and the South Reef project (13%). The planned capital expenditure for fiscal 2014 is R241 million (US$24.2 million), mainly for ongoing capital development, the South Reef project and other shaft and plant capital.

Joel

Introduction : Joel is located in the Free State Province, on the south-western edge of the Witwatersrand basin. The mine comprises of two shafts, North and South shafts. Previously ore mined at Joel was transported to Central Plant, 38 kilometers away, for processing, but since the re-commissioning of the Joel plant in November 2009, the ore is now processed on site.

History : Joel was purchased from a subsidiary of AngloGold at the same time as the rest of the Freegold assets in January 2002.

Geology : The main structures on Joel Mine are associated with the Platberg Extensional event, which formed the De Bron and associated faults. These faults are north-south striking, steeply dipping and typically have downthrows to the east in the order of 10 to 100m. These form a graben against the De Bron Fault, which has a 450m up throw to the east. East of the De Bron Fault the reef has been truncated/eroded against the Karoo.

 

38


Table of Contents

The complex nature of the reef, with multiple pulses of detrital influx and scouring non-deposition on paleotopographic highs and the mixing between the Beatrix, Beatrix-VS5 Composite Reef and Beatrix-VS5-Aandenk, has resulted in a highly irregular distribution of gold throughout the mining area. There are broad low and high-grade zones on the scale of hundreds of metres, which are considered likely to be repeated within the reef environment beyond the limits of the current development, however, the detailed grade distribution within these zones remains very unpredictable.

For the purposes of resource estimation, a detailed facies model is used and is based on detailed sedimentological observations and absence of well-mineralized reef at paleo-topographic highs.

Mining operations : These operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section. The management teams regularly revisit their mining strategy and management procedures in order to minimize risks.

Scattered mining takes place on the Beatrix Reef, down to a depth of some 1,400 meters. Upgrading of the infrastructure at North Shaft is currently in progress. The rock hoisting capacity at Joel is 80,000 tons per month.

While production at Joel has progressively moved to the deeper portions of the mine, some 1,400 meters below surface, the North Shaft, which accesses these areas, was never fully equipped for this and adjustments to the shaft spillage arrangements are now being made retrospectively. The modifications being made include:

 

    changing the winder from sinking to production mode;

 

    installing larger skips;

 

    ensuring that emergency egress is available;

 

    raise boring the lift shaft from 121 to 129 level; and

 

    improving cleaning arrangements at the shaft bottom.

By the end of fiscal 2011, Joel’s lift shaft – an integral part of the logistics of mining at this deep mine – was equipped down to 129 level from 121 level. This has provided access to the higher grades at deeper levels. In addition, mining support design was altered with the shaft changing from shallow to intermediate depth. This will impact on the face advance as well as costs per square metre. The benefits of these changes were evident in the first half of fiscal 2013 when Joel recorded the lowest cash operating costs in the Company.

To ensure production targets are met, plans are in place to ensure the operability of North shaft through a planned maintenance program to minimize breakdowns, maintain blast advances and assess the feasibility of mining below 129 level. A feasibility study on mining 137 level and testing the upside potential of 145 level was completed by the end of June 30, 2013. The project was approved and began in the last quarter of fiscal 2012. During fiscal 2013, the decline project to 137 level started well, reflecting good progress with development metres. Managing the shaft and project schedules is critical for Joel, given its limited shaft flexibility.

A steady production performance for fiscal 2013 and higher recovered grades had a positive impact on gold recovered. Grade improved by 10%, with a 10% increase in volumes milled to 674,000 tonnes in fiscal 2013. This resulted in an overall increase of 21% in gold ounces produced to 103,782.

During fiscal 2013, Joel accounted for 9% of our total gold production (7% in fiscal 2012 and 4% in fiscal 2011).

Safety : Regrettably, Joel recorded two fatalities during fiscal 2013 (fiscal 2012: none). The LTIFR rate regressed to 2.42 from 1.77 in fiscal 2012. Joel plant recorded a period of one year without any lost time-or reportable injury during the first quarter and fourth quarter of fiscal 2013.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Joel Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Joel Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

 

39


Table of Contents

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Joel    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     674         614         448   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

     0.154         0.139         0.104   

Gold produced (ounces)

     103,782         85,618         46,586   

Gold sold (ounces)

     102,625         86,132         46,618   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     164,584         144,750         64,928   

Cash cost (‘000)

     74,131         72,798         59,690   

Cash profit (‘000)

     90,453         71,952         5,238   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($)

     729         836         1,297   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     18,100         10,822         10,461   

Tons milled increased from 614,000 in fiscal 2012 to 674,000 in fiscal 2013 due to fewer stoppages occurring in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 and increased waste tons from the 137 decline project. Grade increased by 11% to 0.154 ounces per ton and ounces produced increased from 85,618 in fiscal 2012 to 103,782 in fiscal 2013. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 50,929 tons per month, compared with 46,837 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

Revenue increased by 14% to US$164.6 million in fiscal 2013, due to the increases in production performance and the gold price year on year. The annual increase in labor rates of 8% and the increase of the electricity cost of 9.6% as well as the increase in production volumes resulted in higher cash costs. In dollar terms, this was offset by the effect of the 14% decrease in the R/US$ average exchange rate. Cash costs per ounce decreased by 13% in fiscal 2013, primarily as a result of the increase in ounces produced.

Tons increased from 448,000 in fiscal 2011 to 614,000 in fiscal 2012. Grade increased by 34% to 0.139 ounces per ton and ounces produced increased from 46,586 in fiscal 2011 to 85,618 in fiscal 2012. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 was 46,837 tons per month, compared with 37,333 tons per month in fiscal 2011. Revenue increased by 123% to US$144.8 million in fiscal 2012, due to the increases in production performance and the gold price year-on-year. Cash costs per ounce decreased by 36% in fiscal 2012, primarily as a result of the increase in ounces produced.

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 6.1 million tons (0.97 million ounces) will be sufficient for Joel to maintain underground production until approximately 2025. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the mineral reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure: We incurred R160 million (US$18.1 million) in capital expenditures at Joel in fiscal 2013. This was mainly on ongoing capital requirements (R42.7 million (US$4.8 million)) and the start-up of the 137 Decline Project (R75.9 million (US$8.6 million)). Capital budgeted for fiscal 2014 is R 133.3 million (US$13.4 million), primarily for ongoing capital development and the 137 Decline Project.

Kusasalethu

Introduction : Kusasalethu is located near Carletonville on the Gauteng/North West border in South Africa. The assets and associated liabilities were purchased during fiscal 2001 for approximately R1 billion (US$128.4 million) from Anglogold. Ore from the operation is treated at the Kusasalethu plant.

During October 2012, an interim workers committee organized an illegal strike at the operation. This was resolved following Chamber of Mines negotiations. Subsequent to the return to work during November 2012, sporadic incidents of illegal sit-ins and mass meetings occurred threatening the security and safety of the employees and operation. A decision was taken on December 20, 2012 to close Kusasalethu mine indefinitely. On January 7, 2013, Harmony announced that Kusasalethu would be placed on care and maintenance and that a Section 189 process would be initiated. On February 14, 2013 a ground breaking agreement was signed between all stakeholders calling for co-existence and the reopening of the mine. The start-up plan for the mine commenced on February 15, 2013 in a phased process.

History : Gold mining began at Kusasalethu in 1978 following approval of the project in 1974 by Elandsrand Gold Mining Company. Two surface shafts and two adjoining sub-vertical shafts were sunk at Elandsrand. The sub-vertical shafts at Elandsrand, which accessed the deeper part of the Ventersdorp Contact Reef (the “ VCR ”) the lease area, were completed in 1984. The deepening of the sub-vertical shafts to approximately 3,600 meters below surface has been completed after the deepening project was commissioned in 1991. Activities are currently focused on accessing and opening up areas of the new mine and on the development and construction of support infrastructure.

 

40


Table of Contents

Geology : At Kusasalethu we primarily exploit the VCR and the Elsburg Reef. Only the VCR is economic to mine and has been mined at depths below surface between 1,600 and 3,300 meters at the Kusasalethu operations. The VCR consists of a narrow (20 centimeters to 2 meters) tabular orebody of quartz pebble conglomerates hosting gold, with extreme lateral continuity. The VCR strikes east-northeast and has a regional dip of 21 degrees to the south-southeast. Local variations in dip are largely due to the terrace-and-slope palaeotopography surface developed during VCR deposition.

Mining Operations : The Kusasalethu mine is subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section.

The Kusasalethu mine has the challenge of developing a new mine underneath the original mine after the shaft was deepened to access the deeper part of the VCR orebody. The operation is hampered by the lack of flexibility, and is being addressed in fiscal 2014 to 2017 by increasing the development profile. Due to the operating depths of the Kusasalethu underground operations, ventilation and refrigeration, seismicity and high rock stress are significant risks at the mine. Steps were taken during fiscal 2012 to improve the quality of the pre-conditioning at the stope face and seismic management systems so as to reduce the possibility of face ejection during small, volatile seismic events. Kusasalethu’s sub-shaft has a hoisting capacity of 180,000 tons per month.

Dewatering from Deelkraal on 98 level is currently in progress and dewatering on 102 level will commence during fiscal 2014. Commissioning of 109 and 113 levels bulk air coolers will be completed by January 2014. The second escape from 115 to 75 level is in progress, with completion scheduled for January 2014.

In terms of grades, Kusasalethu has now reached an area of localized enrichment although the higher grade is diluted by waste being hoisted with reef and delivered to the plant. A decision to rehabilitate the shaft orepass system after major scaling took place inside these excavations resulted in only one orepass system being available for production. Estimates are that the rehabilitation work will be completed by December 2016.

Currently, 70% of production at Kusasalethu is from production areas below 100 level (the new mine expansion project) and 30% from production areas in the top mine, above 100 level. This ratio is planned to be maintained over the next five years.

The labor disruptions and the decision to close Kusasalethu temporarily had a significant effect on the production during fiscal 2013. By June 30, 2013, production had almost returned to normal levels.

In fiscal 2013, Kusasalethu operations accounted for approximately 8% (14% in 2012 and 14% in 2011) of Harmony’s total gold production.

Safety : Regrettably, Kusasalethu recorded two fatalities during fiscal 2013 (fiscal 2012: four). The LTIFR improved to 4.25 (fiscal 2012:5.57). The mine achieved 2 million fall-of-ground fatality-free shifts and 1 million fatality-free shifts during the year. Kusasalethu plant also recorded an injury-free fourth quarter of fiscal 2013. The focus on safety and health at Kusasalethu remains a priority. Pre-planning sessions, including both stoping and development, have been escalated to senior level, with all department heads attending.

Seismicity remains a risk on Kusasalethu and the mine introduced in-stope netting through the Chamber of Mines Mining Industry Occupational Safety and Health (“ MOSH ”) initiative in fiscal 2012 to reduce fall-of-ground injuries. All stope panels on Kusasalethu are equipped with in-stope netting and bolting. The focus on proper pre-conditioning of all stope panels remains a priority.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Kusasalethu Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Kusasalethu Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

 

41


Table of Contents

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Kusasalethu    2013     2012      2011  

Production

       

Tons (‘000)

     784        1,320         1,212   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

     0.112        0.137         0.149   

Gold produced (ounces)

     88,093        181,105         180,334   

Gold sold (ounces)

     86,742        178,726         185,510   

Results of operations ($)

       

Product sales (‘000)

     137,477        298,671         253,812   

Cash cost (‘000)

     168,162        185,254         189,090   

Cash profit (‘000)

     (30,685     113,417         64,722   

Cash costs

       

Per ounce of gold ($)

     1,951        1,046         1,008   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     47,559        53,486         54,335   

Tons milled from Kusasalethu decreased from 1,320,000 in fiscal 2012 to 784,000 in fiscal 2013. Ounces produced decreased by 51% in fiscal 2013 to 88,093, with an 18% decline in recovered grade. The decline in gold production is due to the unrest in labor relations with the concomitant shaft closure. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 59,228 tons per month, compared with 100,323 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

Revenue was 54% lower at US$137.5 million in fiscal 2013, mainly due to labor unrest that hampered the production in fiscal 2013. Cash costs per ounce increased by 87% to US$1,951/oz as a result of the decrease in ounces produced due to the labor disruptions as well as the increase in average labor rates of 8.67% and the electricity increases of 9.6%. Electricity rates are expected to continue rising by an estimated 9.6% annually for the next two years.

Tons milled from Kusasalethu were 1,320,000 in fiscal 2012, compared with 1,212,000 in fiscal 2011. Ounces produced increased to 181,105 in fiscal 2012, compared with 180,344 in fiscal 2011 as a result of increased volumes in production. Mining continues in the old, upper areas of the mine, while the new mine project was completed. Recovered grades decreased during fiscal 2012, resulting in an average of 0.137 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012, compared to the average of 0.149 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 was 100,323 tons per month, compared with 101,000 tons per month in fiscal 2011.

Revenue was 18% higher at US$298.7 million in fiscal 2012, mainly due to the higher average gold price. The increase in labor rates of 6.5% and the higher than normal electricity increases of 25% approved by NERSA were the main contributors to the increased cash cost. The increase in electricity costs, labor rates and inflation were the main contributors to the increase in cash cost from US$1,008 per ounce in fiscal 2011 to US$1,046 per ounce in fiscal 2012.

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 39.9 million tons, or 6.94 million ounces, will be sufficient for the Kusasalethu shaft to maintain underground production until approximately calendar year 2040. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the mineral reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure : Harmony incurred R419.5 million (US$47.5 million) in capital expenditure at the Kusasalethu operation in fiscal 2013, mainly for ongoing development (53%) and equipment maintenance (39%). Harmony budgeted R509.5 million (US$51.1 million), for capital expenditure at the Kusasalethu operation in fiscal 2014, primarily for ongoing development expenditure.

Masimong

Introduction : Masimong is located in the Free State Province, near Riebeeckstad. The Masimong complex comprises an operating shaft, 5 Shaft, and a second shaft, 4 Shaft, which, although closed, is used for ventilation, pumping and as a second outlet.

History : Masimong is located in the Free State Goldfield on the south-western edge of the Witwatersrand Basin. The Company purchased the Masimong complex (formerly known as Saaiplaas Shafts 4 and 5) during September 1998.

Geology : Masimong is located in the Free State Goldfield, to the east of the De Bron Fault. The reef mostly dips towards the west at 20 degrees, although Masimong is structurally complex and dips of up to 40 degrees have been measured. The operation exploits the Basal Reef, which varies from a single pebble lag to channels on more than two meters thick (although the thicker channels greater than one meter were only seen on Masimong 4 in the Steyn facies). It is commonly overlain by shale, which thickens northwards and completely disappears again north of the North dyke. Masimong is also mining secondary reefs, most notably the B Reef (140 meters above Basal). The B Reef is a highly channelized orebody. Within the channels, grades are excellent, but this falls away to nothing outside of the channels. Consequently, the operation has undertaken extensive exploration to locate these pay channels.

 

42


Table of Contents

Mining Operations : The operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section. Due to the shallow to moderate depths of the underground operations, seismicity related problems are relatively infrequent. We regularly revisit our mining strategy and management procedures in connection with our efforts to mitigate risks of these problems. There is a risk of subterranean water and/or gas intersections in some areas of the mine. However, this risk is mitigated by active and continuous management and monitoring, which includes the drilling of boreholes in advance of faces. Where water and/or gas are indicated in the drilling, appropriate preventative action is taken. Mining is conducted at depths ranging from 1,518 meters to 2,142 meters. Ore is treated at the Harmony 1 Plant, approximately 23 kilometers away. 5 Shaft has a hoisting capacity of 120,000 tons per month.

Grade remains challenging at Masimong, due to the variability of the B Reef. Further difficulty was experienced with respect to grade in 2013. This was due primarily to problems experienced with contamination after the re-commissioning of the waste transfer system, together with a decline in MCF over the year and lower grades from the B Reef as from February 2013. Management has undertaken to focus on clean mining in the September 2013 quarter in order to improve the MCF.

The planned compressor move which started during fiscal 2013 will assist in reducing the amount of air lost from the compressor running from Saaiplaas 3 shaft and 4 Shaft. When the project is completed, the compressor in the remote shaft can be switched off. Maintenance on the seven kilometer pipe line will then not be necessary and the effectiveness of the compression system will be improved.

The fatal accident on March 6, 2013 had a negative impact on production on the shaft, not only due to the stoppage of the shaft after the accident but subsequent slow start-up in production for the remainder of the fiscal year.

The mine received integrated ISO 14001, OHSAS 18000 and ISO 9000 certification during the year.

The project to convert Company hostels into quality family rental units was showcased during the year when the Masimong 4 hostel conversion was officially opened. This formed part of the municipal spatial development framework focused on urban renewal.

In fiscal 2013, Masimong accounted for approximately 10% (8% in fiscal 2012 and 11% in fiscal 2011) of our total gold production.

Safety : Regrettably, Masimong recorded one fatal accident in fiscal 2013 (2012: nil). The LTIFR improved significantly to 7.31 per million hours worked (2012: 13.52). In spite of the fatality in March 2013, there was a major improvement in all other safety parameters. The mine also recorded more than 2.5 million fall-of-ground fatality-free shifts, as well as 1.5 million fatality-free shifts.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Harmony One Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Harmony One Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Masimong Shaft Complex    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     958         1,029         957   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

     0.121         0.101         0.144   

Gold produced (ounces)

     116,256         103,526         137,605   

Gold sold (ounces)

     115,679         102,978         139,437   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     185,886         173,652         189,716   

Cash cost (‘000)

     110,484         108,583         108,172   

Cash profit (‘000)

     75,402         65,069         81,544   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($)

     960         1,057         788   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     19,339         26,771         25,446   

Tons milled from Masimong decreased by 7% to 958,000 in fiscal 2013, compared with 1,029,000 in fiscal 2012 primarily due to the split of waste and reef tons. Recovered grade increased as a result of the commissioning of the waste transfer system to 0.121 ounces per ton from 0.101 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012. Ounces produced increased by 12% to 116,256 in fiscal 2013, compared with 103,526 in fiscal 2012. Year-on-year gold production increased due to an increase in grade, although this was offset by the decrease in the production volumes. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 79,833 tons per month, compared with 85,750 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

 

43


Table of Contents

Revenue increased from US$173.6 million in fiscal 2012 to US$185.9 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in ounces sold as a result of the increase in the recovered grade was the main contributor to the increase in revenue. Cash costs per ounce decreased by 9% mainly as a result of the increase in ounces produced. This was, however, partially offset by the increases in labor costs (the annual labour rate increases between 7.5% and 10%) and the 9.6% increase in electricity tariffs in fiscal 2013. Cash costs per ounce at US$960 in fiscal 2013 compared with US$1,057 in fiscal 2012.

Tons milled from Masimong increased by 8% to 1,029,000 in fiscal 2012, compared with 957,000 in fiscal 2011, and ounces produced were 103,526 in fiscal 2012, compared with 137,605 in fiscal 2011. Year-on-year gold production decreased due to a decrease in grade, which declined from 0.144 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.101 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012. The reduction in grade was due to damage to the reef pass system that resulted from wear and tear. Subsequently the reef and waste were transported through the existing waste pass system while re-development of the reef system was done. This resulted in dilution of grade from underground. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 was 85,750 tons per month, compared with 79,750 tons per month in fiscal 2011.

Revenue decreased from US$189.7 million in fiscal 2011 to US$173.6 million in fiscal 2012. The decrease in recovered grade was the main contributor to the decrease in revenue; however, this was partially negated by an increase in the average gold price received. Cash costs per ounce increased by 34% from US$1,057 in fiscal 2012 compared with US$788 in fiscal 2011. The biggest contributors to the increase were the increase in labor costs (the annual labor rate increases between 7.5% and 10%) and the 25% increase in electricity tariffs. These increases were partially offset by the 11% increase in the R/US$ exchange rate.

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 9.1 million tons (1.26 million ounces) will be sufficient for the Masimong shaft complex to maintain underground production until approximately fiscal 2026. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure : Masimong incurred approximately R170.6 million (US$19.3 million) in capital expenditures in fiscal 2013, largely spent on the compressor move to 5 Shaft and building a medical hub on-site. We have budgeted a total of R157 million (US$15.8 million) for capital expenditure at Masimong in fiscal 2014, primarily for ongoing capital development, completion of the compressor move and medical hub, as well as an overhead electrical line between 4 Shaft and 5 Shaft.

Phakisa

Introduction : We acquired Phakisa when we, in January 2002, acquired the Freegold operations from Anglogold through a 50% joint venture with ARMGold. In September 2003, we acquired 100% of these operations when ARMGold became a wholly-owned subsidiary. The operation is located in the Free State Province. Production from the operations is processed through Harmony 1 Plant. First production took place during September 2007, with a build-up to full production expected by fiscal 2014.

History : Exploration, development and production history in the area of the Freegold assets dates from the early 1900’s, leading to commercial production by 1932. Subsequent consolidation and restructuring led to the formation of Free State Consolidated Gold Mine (Operations) Limited, which became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Anglogold in June 1998.

Sinking at Phakisa started in February 1994 and was suspended in May 1999, 2,357 m below collar. It was acquired by Harmony in 2002 and sinking recommenced in July 2003. The mine came into production in fiscal 2008.

Geology : The operation is located in the Free State goldfield, which is on the south-western edge of the Witwatersrand basin. The goldfield is divided into two sections, cut by the north-south striking De Bron Fault. The Phakisa mine is located to the west of the De Bron Fault. Mining is conducted in the Basal Reef. The reefs generally dip towards the east.

Mining Operations : These operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section. The management teams regularly revisit their mining strategy and management procedures in order to minimize risks.

The shaft depth is currently at 2,427 meters below collar. The Sub 75 decline expansion project, consisting of five levels, will enable the mine to operate to a depth of some 2,643 metres below collar with a monthly capacity of 72,000 tons. The decline sinking will commence in July 2014. Phakisa includes the Nyala shaft, five kilometres away, which is used to hoist rock and as a second escape route. All rock is transported via a rail system on 55 level to the Nyala shaft for hoisting to surface. Phakisa produces 1,800 tons of ice per day, resulting in water temperatures of <14°C which, in turn, improved both ventilation and productivity. The production build-up was affected by the failure of the shaft lining, brattice wall and certain buntons sets within

 

44


Table of Contents

sections of the Freddies no. 3 ventilation shaft during fiscal 2013. The failure resulted in the surface fan at the ventilation shaft having to be stopped and alternative temporary ventilation solutions had to be sought until the rehabilitation is completed towards the end of December 2013. This also had an impact on the commissioning of the fridge plants on 55 level. Ventilation and cooling the shaft adequately until the ventilation shaft is commissioned remains a challenge.

Development at Phakisa is currently centered close to the shaft in the lower-grade areas. The major drive is on developing the area to the north to access higher-grade zones and move closer to the average reserve grade. Grades will improve further as development progresses towards the north and more reef is exposed in the major north-west to south-east trending Basal Reef payshoot. Grade variability remains a risk. Opening up face length quickly to the north high grade blocks is a challenge but will mitigate the variability of the grade.

The underground fire that occurred in fiscal 2013 was sealed off immediately and production resumed in other unaffected areas. Following the sealing off of the fire, the affected areas were abandoned.

The mine received integrated ISO 14001, OHSAS 18000 and ISO 9000 certification during fiscal 2012. Phakisa maintained the certification during fiscal 2013.

During fiscal 2013, Phakisa accounted for 7% (6% in 2012 and 4% in 2011) of our total gold production.

Safety : The LTIFR for fiscal 2013 was 8.80 per million hours worked (2012: 8.87). Regrettably, one fatality was recorded during the year (2012: none). Phakisa also recorded 2.5 million fall-of-ground fatality-free shifts during the year, as well as a three-year fatality-free period in the fall-of-ground, development and rail-bound equipment categories. Notably, the strong improvement in safe use of rail-bound equipment reflects both internal initiatives and the mine’s success as an implementation site for the related MOSH initiative. Management is also concentrating on reducing fall-of-ground incidents by implementing best-practice standards.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Harmony One Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Harmony One Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Phakisa    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     565         575         427   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

     0.139         0.142         0.133   

Gold produced (ounces)

     78,225         81,695         56,649   

Gold sold (ounces)

     77,902         81,276         57,227   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     124,984         136,953         78,831   

Cash cost (‘000)

     111,349         103,338         67,658   

Cash profit (‘000)

     13,635         33,615         11,173   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($)

     1,428         1,279         1,200   

Capex (‘000)

     38,252         38,925         52,866   

Tons milled decreased from 575,000 tons in fiscal 2012 to 565,000 tons in fiscal 2013, with ounces produced decreasing from 81,695 ounces to 78,255 ounces. This reflects the impact of the underground fire and failure of the Freddies no.3 ventilation shaft. Grade was lower in fiscal 2013 at 0.139 ounces per ton, compared to 0.142 in fiscal 2012. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 47,083 tons per month, compared with 47,917 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

Revenue was 9% lower at US$124.9 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of lower production. Cash costs per ounce for Phakisa were US$1,428 per ounce in fiscal 2013, compared with $1,279 per ounce in fiscal 2012. This increase is primarily attributable to the decrease in tons mined, as well as the increase in cost of labour and electricity.

Tons milled increased from 427,000 tons in fiscal 2011 to 575,000 tons in fiscal 2012, with ounces produced increasing from 56,649 ounces to 81,695 ounces. This was as a result of the planned ramp-up in production during the year. Grade was higher in fiscal 2012 at 0.142 ounces per ton, compared to 0.133 in fiscal 2011. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 was 47,917 tons per month, compared with 35,583 tons per month in fiscal 2011.

Revenue was 74% higher at US$136.9 million in fiscal 2012 as a result of the higher average gold price received and the increase in production. Cash costs per ounce for Phakisa were US$1,279 per ounce in fiscal 2012, compared with $1,200 per ounce in fiscal 2011. This increase is primarily attributable to the increase in tons mined, as well as the cost of employees transferred to Phakisa from shafts that were closed during fiscal 2011.

 

45


Table of Contents

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 22.2 million tons (4.56 million ounces) will be sufficient for the Phakisa shaft to, once production commences, maintain production until approximately fiscal 2034. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure : We incurred approximately R337 million (US$38.2 million) in capital expenditures at the Phakisa operations in fiscal 2013, mainly for the expansion project and ongoing development. We have budgeted R336 million (US$33.6 million) for capital expenditures in fiscal 2014, primarily for ongoing capital development, abnormal and shaft capital.

Target 1

Introduction : We acquired Target 1 when Avgold became a wholly-owned subsidiary in fiscal 2004. Target 1 is situated in the town of Allanridge in the Free State Province, some 270 kilometers southwest of Johannesburg. Located on the northern limit of the Welkom Goldfields, the site is accessed via the R30 motorway situated between the towns of Bothaville and Welkom.

History : Target 1 was initially explored through surface drilling in the late 1980s with further exploration being undertaken from a 5.6 kilometer-long decline, commenced in 1995, driven from 203L at Loraine No. 1 Shaft. A positive feasibility study into the development of a 105 ktpm operation was produced in May 1998 resulting in the decision to develop Target 1. A detailed mine design was produced in 2000 and the mine officially opened in May 2002. Upon closure of the Loraine mine in August 1998, the Loraine No. 1 and No. 2 Shafts were transferred to the Target mine, becoming Target No. 1 and No. 2 Shafts, respectively. No 5 Shaft being the up-cast Ventilation Shaft.

Geology : The gold mineralization currently exploited by Target 1 is contained within a succession of Elsburg and Dreyerskuil quartz pebble conglomerate reefs hosted by the Van Heeverrust and Dreyerskuil Members of the Eldorado Formation, respectively. Additional mineral resources have been delineated in the Big Pebble Reefs of the Kimberley Formation but these are not planned to be exploited in the current life-of-mine plan.

The majority of the mineral reserves at Target 1 are contained within the Eldorado Fan, a structure with dimensions of some 135 meters vertically, 450 meters down-dip and 500 meters along strike. The Eldorado Fan is connected to the subsidiary Zuurbron Fan by a thinner and lower grade sequence of Elsburg Reefs termed the Interfan area. To the north of the Eldorado Fan, a number of fans have been intersected by surface drilling of which the Siberia and Mariasdal Fans are the most significant. These fans are subject to ongoing technical studies and do not form part of the current Target 1 life-of-mine mineral reserve.

A number of faults that displace the reefs of Target 1 have been identified, of which the most prominent are the north-south trending Eldorado Fault and the east-west trending Dam and Blast Faults. The Eldorado uplifts the more distal portions of the Elsburg and Dreyerskuil Reefs while the Blast Fault forms the northern border of Target 1.

Target North is sub-divided into the Paradise, Siberia and Mariasdal areas by the east-west trending Siberia and Mariasdal Faults. To the north of the Siberia Fault, the Eldorado Fault continues trending more to the northwest and an additional north-south trending fault, the Twin Fault has uplifted the distal portions of the reefs. North of the Mariasdal Fault, the reef horizons are at a depth greater than 2,500 meters below surface. Resources have been delineated on strike up to 15 kilometers north of Target 1 mine.

Approximately 40 kilometers north of Target 1, surface boreholes have intersected gold bearing reefs in the Oribi area close to the town of Bothaville. Resources have been delineated at Oribi on the VCR and Elsburg at depths of approximately 2,750 meters below surface.

Mining operations : Target is subject to the risks associated with underground mining detailed in the Risk Factors section. The management teams regularly revisit their mining strategy and management procedures in order to minimize risks.

Mining operations at Target 1 comprise one primary underground mine, with a depth of approximately 2,420 meters and a hoisting capacity of 99,200 tons per month. The shaft was commissioned in May 2002, making use of information systems and mechanization, combined with process-driven organizational design that relies on a multi-skilled workforce. The majority of the production is derived from mechanized mining; however, conventional stoping is still employed primarily to de-stress areas ahead of the mechanized mining.

After solid results during the first three quarters of fiscal 2013, the loading from the massive stopes was severely hampered in the fourth quarter by large rocks. This was as a result of the high volume of pillars that was being mined in high stress zones left in Block 1 & 2. This also negatively affected the availability of massive stopes which, in turn, affected the mining mix. With ventilation and cooling issues resolved, all eight narrow-reef, conventional mining crews were in production by the end of fiscal 2013; the average mining grade achieved in the narrow-reef areas was also higher than expected, which in conjunction with the higher grades in the massives stopes resulted in an increase in MCF year on year by 2%. Collectively, this has enabled Target 1 to perform consistently and manage its ore reserves better, which is crucial to the mine’s success.

 

46


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2013, Target 1 accounted for 11% (9% in fiscal 2012 and 8% in fiscal 2011) of our total gold production.

Safety : Reflecting the concerted effort in recent years to improve safety, Target 1 recorded a third consecutive fatality-free year. In the third quarter of fiscal 2013, Target 1 achieved three consecutive accident-free months as well as 54 consecutive months rail bound equipment injury-free. Target plant also recorded three injury-free quarters, while the shaft recorded an injury-free third quarter during fiscal 2013. The LTIFR regressed 78% to 3.66 per million hours worked (2012: 2.06) as a result of a challenging fourth quarter. The mine also achieved more than 1.5 million fall-of-ground fatality-free shifts as well as 1.5 million fatality-free shifts.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Target Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Target Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Target 1    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     790         869         805   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

     0.161         0.134         0.127   

Gold produced (ounces)

     127,542         116,708         102,110   

Gold sold (ounces)

     126,191         117,190         102,594   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     203,388         196,397         140,363   

Cash cost (‘000)

     106,221         110,031         102,690   

Cash profit (‘000)

     97,167         86,366         37,673   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($)

     842         940         968   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     37,521         33,290         42,059   

Tonnages milled from Target 1 decreased significantly from 869,000 tons in fiscal 2012 to 790,000 tons in fiscal 2013. This decrease was mainly due to the loadings from the massive stopes being hampered by large rocks created by the high stress zones in Block 1 & 2. Maintenance of the average mining grades and continuing focus on clean-up and clean mining resulted in an improved recovery grade, which increased significantly from 0.134 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.161 ounces per ton in fiscal 2013. Ounces produced increased by 9% to 127,542 in fiscal 2013, primarily as a result of higher grade massive stopes that were mined in the remaining pillars of Block 1 & 2. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 65,833 tons per month, compared with 72,147 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

Revenue increased to US$203.4 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of the higher average gold price and the increase in ounces produced. Cash costs per ounce decreased from US$940/oz in fiscal 2012 to US$842/oz in fiscal 2013. This was mainly due to improved production from higher grade in the massive stopes and a reduction in cash costs.

Cash costs for Target 1 were US$106.2 million in fiscal 2013, compared with US$110 million in fiscal 2012. This decrease was primarily attributed to a decrease in maintenance costs on Target 1 compared to fiscal 2012 where unscheduled maintenance on load-haul dumpers (“ LHDs ”) and dump trucks negatively impacted on cash costs.

Tonnages milled from the Target 1 operations increased significantly from 805,000 tons in fiscal 2011 to 869,000 tons fiscal 2012. Ounces produced increased by 14% to 116,708 in fiscal 2012, primarily as a result of an increase in tons milled and the increase in the recovered grade. Maintenance of the average mining grades, and continuing focus on clean-up and clean mining resulted in an improved recovery grade which increased from 0.127 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.134 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 was 72,147 tons per month compared with 67,083 tons per month in fiscal 2011.

Revenue increased from US$140.4 million in fiscal 2011 to US$196.4 million in fiscal 2012 as a result of the higher average gold price and the increase in ounces produced.

Cash costs for Target 1 were US$110.0 million in fiscal 2012, compared with US$102.7 million in fiscal 2011. This increase was primarily attributed to an increase in electricity costs and increased maintenance costs on Target 1 due to unscheduled maintenance on LHDs and dump trucks. Cash costs per ounce were US$940 in fiscal 2012, compared with US$968in fiscal 2011. This decrease was due to an increase in ounces produced.

 

47


Table of Contents

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels and, at the current planned gold price, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 9.8 million tons (1.48 million ounces) will be sufficient for Target to maintain underground production until approximately 2024. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the mineral reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have an effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure : Target 1 incurred approximately R331 million (US$37.5 million) in capital expenditures in fiscal 2013, principally for ongoing capital development (R192 million (US$21.8 million)), development of Block 3 (R33 million (US$3.7 million)) and the replacement of production vehicles (R43 million (US$4.9 million)). We have budgeted R292 million (US$29.2 million) in fiscal 2014, principally for ongoing capital development and the replacement of production vehicles.

Target 3

Introduction: Target 3 (previously Loraine 3) and Freddies 7 & 9 shafts were acquired from Pamodzi FS in February 2010. Target 3 is situated near the town of Allanridge in the Free State Province, some 270 kilometers southwest of Johannesburg. Located on the northern limit of the Welkom Goldfields, the site is accessed via the R30 motorway situated between the towns of Bothaville and Welkom.

History: Numerous corporate actions since the 1940’s until the 1990’s saw the Loraine 3 and Freddies 7 & 9 shafts change ownership a number of times. Previous owners include the Free State Development and Investment Corporation, Johannesburg Consolidated Investment, Avgold and Anglogold. In 1998, PSGM was formed after purchasing Loraine 3 and Freddies 7 & 9 shafts from various individuals. During 2002, the mine was sold to Thistle Mining Inc, an international company with interests in the Philippines and South Africa. The mine struggled to make operational profits, and Thistle undertook a restructuring program in 2006, which together with an increase in the Rand gold price resulted in positive operational cash flows. In February 2008, PSGM was purchased by Pamodzi FS. The mine was operated from that time until March 2009, when Pamodzi FS was placed into liquidation.

Geology : At Target 3 Shaft there remains a mix of remnant ore blocks including shaft pillar blocks where scattered mining can be exploited, and a number of areas of virgin ground where conventional mining can take place, with the potential to exploit zone 3 in the Freddies 9 Shaft area.

The gold mineralization currently exploited by Target 3 is contained within the Basal Reef, B Reef, A Reef (Kimberly Formation) and Elsburg Reef, a succession of Elsburg a pebble conglomerate reefs hosted by the Van Heeverrust (Eldorado Formation). Synclinal fold forms the major structural feature and is manifested as an asymmetric syncline whose axis trends N 15° W, with a general plunge of 10 - 12° north.

The dip of the western limb of the syncline is often in excess of 55° eastwards, however, due to local faulting and minor folding the reefs may be vertical in places. Below the EA1 Reef, all zones and reefs subcrop against either the Boulder Beds (Uitkyk) or against EA (van den Heeversrust) reefs. The lower EA Reefs (EA1-EA8) subcrop against either higher EA Reefs or Boulder Beds, while the upper reefs (EA12-EA15) generally appear to become more conformable with the Boulder Beds (Uitkyk). The subcrop areas also reveal evidence of alternating transgressive and regressive episodes in a relatively short space of geologic time. Below the EA1 Reef the underlying Rosedale Beds of the Eldorado Formation, the Aandenk Formation and the Dagbreek Formation all appear conformable with one another, although subtle very low angle unconformities exist between each one.

The eastern limb of the syncline has an almost constant dip of 10° to 25° dipping to the west, similar to that of the Uitkyk Beds.

North-south trending thrust faults (Rheedersdam Fault), which are confined to the western margin of the Goldfield and may have formed in response to either compressional forces or extensional forces.

The ‘Spes Bona’ thrust faults – of which two are major reverse faults both plunge to the north and attenuate northwards. To the south of 3 Shaft these reverse fault systems persist through the southern boundary of Loraine, and tie up with the Phillippi Fault, encountered near the western boundary of Freddies and eventually the Rheedersdam Fault. These faults displace the Basal Reef and cuts through an older set of faults which have their relative downthrows to the east. The set of Spes Bona thrust faults taken together as a reverse fault system still represent a major structural deformity.

The Target 3 Shaft ore body has characteristics that suit massive mining techniques in the Eldorados which enable design to be centered on a mechanized operation, utilizing employees from Target 1 skilled in this type of mining, to produce gold at low cash costs.

 

48


Table of Contents

Mining operations: Target 3 is subject to the risks associated with underground mining detailed in the Risk Factors section. The management teams regularly revisit their mining strategy and management procedures in order to minimize risks. The depth of the mine is approximately 2,174 metres and the hoisting capacity increase from 36,000 tons to 64,000 tons after the Barlow winder was commissioned. On the B-Reef, pre-development reef drives are being used to identify high grade zones, similar to the approach employed by Masimong.

Infrastructure improvements and shaft build-up continued during fiscal 2013. This included a new belt on 71 level to facilitate build-up of the sub-shaft on the higher grade Basal Reef. The improvements have resulted in better control of spillages and loading time of ore. Target 3 is currently busy with the installation of the measuring flask and loading bins on level 71 that will increase the hoisting capacity from 21,000 tons to 40,000 tons and eliminate spillage completely. The rock hoist winder up-grade in the sub-shaft has been completed.

Although challenges remain in improving sub-shaft conditions, the new fridge plant has supported access to more panels in the sub-shaft, contributing in turn to higher grades. Mining on non-critical development ends was halted at the interim stage, improving the recovery grade. Higher grades are expected when volumes mined from the sub-shaft increase.

In fiscal 2013, Target 3 accounted for 5% of our total gold production, compared to 3% in fiscal 2012 and 2% in fiscal 2011.

Safety : Reflecting the concerted effort in recent years to improve safety, Target 3 recorded a third consecutive fatality-free year. The LTIFR regressed by 16% to 8.75 per million hours worked (2012: 7.57). Target 3 achieved 1 million fatality-free shifts and 1 million fall-of-ground fatality-free shifts in fiscal 2013.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Target Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Target Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

Production analysis :

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Target 3    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     355         348         83   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton) (1)

     0.147         0.104         0.106   

Gold produced (ounces) (1)

     52,277         36,106         25,882   

Gold sold (ounces) (1)

     51,859         36,298         26,718   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     83,573         60,799         14,120   

Cash cost (‘000)

     57,635         55,123         13,987   

Cash profit (‘000)

     25,938         5,676         133   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($) (1)

     1,116         1,523         1,513   

Capex (‘000) ($) (1)

     16,444         11,527         20,732   

 

(1)   During fiscal 2011, 17,073 ounces were produced by Target 3 prior to it being considered to be in production. The revenue, amounting to US$24.8 million, has been credited against capital expenditure as the shaft was not considered to be in commercial production. The cost of these ounces has not been included in the cash cost per ounce amount. The calculation of grade also excludes these ounces.

Tonnages milled increased from 348,000 tons in fiscal 2012 to 355,000 tons in fiscal 2013. Maintenance of the average mining grades and increased grades in B and Basal Reefs in the sub-shaft resulted in an improved recovery grade which increased from 0.104 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.147 ounces per ton in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2013 ounces produced increased by 45% to 52,277 ounces, primarily as a result of an increase in the recovered grade. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 29,583 tons per month, compared with 29,000 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

Revenue increased to US$83.6 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of the increase in ounces produced. Cash costs per ounce decreased from US$1,523/oz in fiscal 2012 to US$1,116/oz in fiscal 2013. This was mainly due to the increase in production from the sub-shaft. Cash costs for Target 3 were US$57.6 million in fiscal 2013, compared with US$55.1 million in fiscal 2012. This increase was primarily attributed to an increase in electricity costs of 9.6% as well as an increase in labour to meet the production profile. Cash costs per ounce were US$1,116/oz in fiscal 2013, compared with US$1,523/oz in fiscal 2012. This decrease was due to the increase in ounces produced as a result of the improved recovered grade in fiscal 2013.

Tonnages milled from the Target 3 operations increased significantly from 83,000 tons in fiscal 2011 to 348,000 tons in fiscal 2012. Ounces produced increased by 40% to 436,106 in fiscal 2012, primarily as a result of the build-up in production at Target 3. Recovery grade decreased marginally from 0.106 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.104 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 was 29,000 tons per month, compared with 6,917 tons per month in fiscal 2011.

 

49


Table of Contents

Cash costs for Target 3 were US$55.1 million in fiscal 2012, compared with US$13.9 million in fiscal 2011. This increase was primarily attributed to an increase in electricity costs, earlier than planned labour transfers to Target 3 from other Harmony operations to avoid retrenchments, and an increase in production. Cash costs per ounce were US$1,523 in fiscal 2012, compared with US$1,513 in fiscal 2011. This increase was due to higher labor, electricity and maintenance costs which were offset with the increase in production in fiscal 2012.

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels and, at the current planned gold price, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 7.3 million tons (1.26 million ounces) will be sufficient for Target 3 to maintain underground production until approximately 2029. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the mineral reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have an effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure : Target 3 incurred approximately R145 million (US$16.4 million) in capital expenditures in fiscal 2013, principally for ongoing capital development (R56 million (US$6.3 million)) the remainder was utilized for upgrading of engineering infrastructure. In fiscal 2014 we plan to spend R78 million (US$7.8 million) on capital development and R78 million (US$7.8 million) on upgrading and maintenance of the infrastructure.

Tshepong

Introduction : We acquired Tshepong when we, in January 2002, acquired the Freegold operations from Anglogold through a 50% joint venture with ARMGold. In September 2003, we acquired 100% of these operations when ARMGold became a wholly-owned subsidiary. These operations are located in the Free State Province.

History : Exploration, development and production history in the area of the Freegold assets dates from the early 1900’s, leading to commercial production by 1932. Subsequent consolidation and restructuring led to the formation of Free State Consolidated Gold Mine (Operations) Limited, which became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Anglogold in June 1998.

Geology : The operation is located in the Free State Goldfield, which is on the south-western edge of the Witwatersrand basin. The Tshepong mine is located to the north and west of Welkom. Mining is primarily conducted in the Basal Reef, with limited exploitation of the B Reef. The reefs generally dip towards the east or northeast while most of the major faults strike north-south.

Mining Operations : The operation is subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section. The management teams regularly revisit their mining strategy and management procedures in order to minimize risks.

Mining is conducted at depths ranging from 1,671 and 2,245 meters at Tshepong. The grade at Tshepong is sensitive to stoping width, and this is rigorously controlled by the under-cut mining method used at this mine.

The sub-71 project, which will connect Tshepong with Phakisa, remains on track. This project extends the existing double decline from 71 to 76 level to enable mining on both 73 and 75 levels. The project’s goal is to sink the decline to 76 level by June 2013 and this was achieved on target. Secondary support and construction work is estimated to complete by June 2014. Reef and waste in the decline area cannot be split at this point in time, due to the infrastructure in the decline area not being completed yet, which currently affects belt and therefore recovered grade.

Production was impacted by several labor disruptions during the June 2013 quarter, as well as by the closure of a section linked to Phakisa for ten days as a result of the underground fire at Phakisa. The fatality during the year resulted in four lost shifts in Section 114 due to the DMR stoppage and did not result in a stoppage for the entire mine.

During fiscal 2013, approximately 80% of the mining in Tshepong was on the edges of the main high-grade pay shoot. As mining continued south and north the grade values continue to be erratic and marginal. The continuation of the main higher grade pay shoot will be mined in the decline area once Sub 71 decline reaches full production and will have a positive effect on the average mining grade going forward.

The mine received integrated ISO 14001, OHSAS 18000 and ISO 9000 certification during fiscal 2012 and will be recertified in 2015. Compliance is monitored annually.

During fiscal 2013, Tshepong accounted for 12% (13% in 2012 and 16% in 2011) of our total gold production.

Safety : The overall safety performance improved, with LTIFR at 8.67 (2012: 12.54) per million hours worked. There was, regrettably, one fatality during the year (2012: two). Tshepong also recorded 1 million fatality-free shifts and more than 1.9 million fall-of-ground fatality-free shifts during fiscal 2013.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Harmony One Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Harmony One Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

 

50


Table of Contents

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Tshepong    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     1,147         1,359         1,481   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

     0.116         0.125         0.140   

Gold produced (ounces)

     133,554         169,980         207,950   

Gold sold (ounces)

     132,944         169,177         209,976   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     213,869         285,644         287,257   

Cash cost (‘000)

     161,756         164,197         167,742   

Cash profit (‘000)

     52,113         121,447         119,515   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($)

     1,212         973         810   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     35,195         37,068         39,030   

Tons milled during fiscal 2013 decreased year on year by 16% to 1,147 tons in fiscal 2013 compared with 1,359 tons in fiscal 2012. Production during the year was impacted by inefficiencies related to long travelling distances between workplaces and the shaft. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, Tshepong was affected by the fire at Phakisa, during which a section was sealed off and subsequently could not produce. Gold production decreased by 21% from 169,980 ounces in fiscal 2012 to 133,554 ounces in fiscal 2013. During fiscal 2013, the grade was negatively impacted by the lower-grade areas mined around the payshoot. The recovery grade decreased to 0.116 in fiscal 2013 compared with 0.125 in fiscal 2012. The decrease in the average mining grade is in line with the life-of-mine profile. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 95,583 tons per month, compared with 113,250 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

Revenue decreased by 25% to US$213.9 million in fiscal 2013, primarily as a result of the lower ounces produced and sold. Cash costs for Tshepong were US$161.8 million in fiscal 2013, compared with US$164.2 million in fiscal 2012. Cash costs were primarily impacted by the annual increase in the costs of labor (7.5% to 10%) and the increase in electricity rates of 9.6% as well as the effect of inflation on costs of materials and supply contracts. Cash costs per ounce were US$1,212 in fiscal 2013, compared with US$973 in fiscal 2012. The increase in unit cost is attributable primarily to the decrease in the number of ounces of gold produced.

Tons milled decreased from 1,481,000 to 1,359,000 in fiscal 2012. Production output was disrupted by two fatal accidents during the year, as well as safety-related stoppages imposed by the DMR. Gold produced was 18% lower in fiscal 2012 at 169,980 ounces. This decrease was due to the lower tons mined, as well as the decrease in the recovery grade. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 was 113,250 tons per month, compared with 123,417 tons per month in fiscal 2011.

Revenue reduced by 0.5% to US$285.6 million in fiscal 2012. Cash costs for Tshepong were US$164.2 million in fiscal 2012, compared with US$167.7 million in fiscal 2011. Cash costs per ounce US$973 in fiscal 2012, compared with US$810 in fiscal 2011. The increase in unit cost is attributable primarily to the decrease in the number of ounces of produced. The increase in cash costs were primarily due to increases in the cost of labor, increased in electricity as well as the effect of inflation on costs of material and supply contracts.

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels and, at the current planned gold price, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 24.2 million tons (3.8 million ounces) will be sufficient for Tshepong to maintain underground production until approximately 2029. Any future changes to the assumptions upon which the mineral reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have an effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure : Tshepong incurred approximately R310 million (US$35.2 million) in capital expenditure during fiscal 2013. The expenditure was primarily for the decline project, ongoing development and the building of a medical hub on site. For fiscal 2014 capital expenditure of R276.4 million (US$27.7 million) is planned, primarily for ongoing capital development, the decline project, purchase of rescue packs for all underground employees, as well as a surface refrigeration project.

Unisel

Introduction : Unisel is located in the Free State Province, near Virginia. Unisel formed part of operations which also included the original Harmony mines, Brand shafts 1 and 3. By the end of fiscal 2011, only Unisel was still in operation, following the closure of Merriespruit 1 during December 2010. Mining is conducted at Unisel at depths ranging from 1,000 meters to 2,000 meters. Ore is treated at the Harmony 1 Plant.

History : Our operations in the Free State began with the Harmony mine, which is an amalgamation of the Harmony, Virginia and Merriespruit mines. Beginning in 1996, we began purchasing neighboring mine shafts. The Unisel mine was purchased in September 1996, the Saaiplaas mine Shafts 2 and 3 were purchased in April 1997, the Brand mine Shafts 1, 2, 3 and 5 were purchased in May 1998. Of these operations, Unisel is the sole remaining producer.

 

51


Table of Contents

Geology : The Unisel operation is located in the Free State Goldfield on the south-western edge of the Witwatersrand Basin. The basin, situated on the Kaapvaal Craton, has been filled by a 6 kilometer thick succession of sedimentary rocks, which extends laterally for hundreds of kilometers. The Free State goldfield is divided into two sections, cut by the north-south striking De Bron Fault.

Unisel is situated to the west of the De Bron Fault. Dips are mostly towards the east, averaging 30 degrees but become steeper approaching the De Bron Fault. The western margin area is bound by synclines and reverse thrusts faults and is structurally complex. Towards the south and west, reefs sub-crop against overlying strata, eventually cutting out against the Karoo to the west of the lease area.

Most of the mineral resource tends to be concentrated in reef bands located on one or two distinct unconformities. A minority of the mineral resource is located on other unconformities. Mining that has taken place is mostly deep-level underground mining, exploiting the narrow, generally shallow dipping tabular reefs.

The Basal Reef is the most common reef horizon. It varies from a single pebble lag to channels of more than two meters thick. It is commonly overlain by shale, which thickens northwards. To the south, the shale is not developed. The second major reef is the Leader Reef, located 15-20 meters above the Basal Reef. Further north, it becomes poorly developed with erratic grades. The reef consists of multiple conglomerate units, separated by thin quartzitic zones, often totaling up to 4 meters thick. A selected mining cut on the most economic horizon is often undertaken.

The Middle Reef, a secondary reef, is mined at Unisel where it comprises approximately 5% of the shaft production. The Middle Reef is a localized channel deposit and lies at irregular elevations between the Basal and the Leader reef.

Mining Operations : The operations are subject to the underground mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section. Due to the shallow to moderate depths of the underground operations, seismicity related problems are relatively infrequent with the exception of the deeper areas on the eastern margin of the operations where the problem receives constant attention. We regularly revisit our mining strategy and management procedures in connection with our efforts to mitigate risks of these problems. There is a limited risk of subterranean water locally and/or gas intersections in some areas of the mine. However, this risk is mitigated by active and continuous management and monitoring, which includes the drilling of boreholes in advance of faces. Where water and/or gas are indicated in the drilling, appropriate preventative action is taken. The principal challenges at the operations of achieving optimal volumes and grades of ore production are addressed by stringent mineral reserve management.

At Unisel, both Basal and Leader Reef development produced good results by focusing on areas in the E block. Although the cooling project has been completed, environmental restraints remain a concern. Middle Reef development is focused primarily on level 12 in the decline after which the focus will move to level 13. No development was undertaken on the A or B Reefs. Overall, the shaft produced reserves on the Basal and Leader Reefs. Future development will continue to focus more on the better-grade E block and portions of the Brand 5 shaft pillar. Focus on underground environmental conditions and ongoing training of crews led to an increase in tons produced

In fiscal 2013, the Unisel operation accounted for approximately 5% (4% in fiscal 2012 and 5% in fiscal 2011) of Harmony’s total gold production.

Safety: Unisel recorded an improved performance across several safety indicators during the year, reflecting the benefits of an improved relationship with organised labour. The safety record during fiscal 2013 improved to an LTIFR of 12.27 (2012: 15.83) per million hours worked. Regrettably there was one fatality during fiscal 2013 (2012: one). Unisel recorded over 1.7 million fall-of-ground fatality-free shifts during fiscal 2013.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Harmony One Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Harmony One Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

 

52


Table of Contents

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Unisel Operations    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     492         434         500   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

     0.118         0.118         0.125   

Gold produced (ounces)

     58,289         51,216         62,661   

Gold sold (ounces)

     58,000         51,056         63,497   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     93,483         86,454         86,693   

Cash cost (‘000)

     64,307         63,609         62,999   

Cash profit (‘000)

     29,176         22,845         23,694   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($)

     1,111         1,253         1,009   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     8,833         9,150         11,373   

Tons milled from the Unisel operation improved to 492,000 in fiscal 2013, compared with 434,000 in fiscal 2012, and ounces produced improved to 58,289 in fiscal 2013, compared with 51,216 in fiscal 2012. This is mainly attributable to the improvement in our production year on year as a result of improved conditions in the E block and the ongoing training program conducted at Unisel, while our recovered grade stayed constant from fiscal 2012 to 2013 at 0.118 ounces per ton. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 41,000 tons per month, compared with 36,167 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

Revenue increased from US$86.5 million in fiscal 2012 to US$93.5 million in fiscal 2013. The increase is mainly due to the increase in tons milled and ounces produced. Cash costs increased marginally by 1% in fiscal 2013 to US$64.3 million in fiscal 2013, compared with US$63.6 million in fiscal 2012. The increase was mainly due to the increase in our production from fiscal 2012 to 2013. Cash costs per ounce were US$1,111 in fiscal 2013, compared with US$1,253 in fiscal 2012. This decrease was attributable primarily to an improvement in our ounces produced by 14% for fiscal 2013.

Tons milled from the Unisel operation decreased to 434,000 in fiscal 2012, compared with 500,000 in fiscal 2011, and ounces produced were 51,216 in fiscal 2012, compared with 62,661 in fiscal 2011. This is mainly attributable to the safety stoppages by the DMR and a slow start up after the Christmas break. The recovered grade decrease from 0.125 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.118 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012. The slightly higher recovered grade year on year did not contribute significantly to the lower ounces produced. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 was 36,167 tons per month, compared with 41,667 tons per month in fiscal 2011.

Cash costs increased by 1% in fiscal 2012 to US$63.6 million, compared with US$62.9 million in fiscal 2011. Cash costs per ounce were US$1,253 in fiscal 2012, compared with US$1,009 in fiscal 2011. This increase was attributable primarily to an 18% drop in ounces produced for fiscal 2012.

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, at expected production levels, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 3.1 million tons (0.39 million ounces) will be sufficient for the Unisel operation to maintain production until approximately 2019. However, any future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of the future operations.

Capital Expenditure : Unisel incurred approximately R78 million (US$8.8 million) in capital expenditures at the Unisel operation in fiscal 2013, principally for ongoing capital development. We have budgeted R79 million (US$7.9 million) in fiscal 2014. The majority of this capital will be spent on the ongoing development capital, major equipment repairs/replacements and shaft projects, as well as the hostel privatization project.

Metallurgy

Harmony has eight metallurgical plants in South Africa. Details are discussed below.

Doornkop Plant

The Doornkop metallurgical plant, commissioned in 1985, is a conventional CIP plant, which was used to treat waste rock and other surface accumulations. It is now treating all ore from underground mining at the Doornkop and some of the ore from Gold One’s Cooke operations. The plant is serviced by a surface rail network from the Cooke shafts and by a conveyor belt configuration system from Doornkop shaft. During fiscal 2010 a split-stream configuration for the milling thickening and thickener underflow process that isolates the Doornkop ore from the ore from Gold One, which is treated in terms of a toll agreement, was adopted to improve the accuracy of gold accounting to the respective companies.

 

53


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2013 for the Doornkop plant:

 

Plant

   Processing Capacity      Average Milled for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2013
 
     (tons/month)      (tons/month)  

Doornkop Plant

     242,500         163,738   

In fiscal 2013, the Doornkop plant recovered approximately 94.82% of the gold contained in the ore delivered for processing.

Harmony One Plant

The ore from Bambanani, Tshepong, Masimong, Unisel and Phakisa is sent to Harmony One Plant for processing. This plant, which processes underground ore, waste rock and various surface accumulations, was commissioned in 1986 and is a conventional CIP plant processing ore that has been milled by fully-autogenous grinding. Gold is recovered from the eluate solution using zinc precipitation and a precoat vacuum filter. The precipitate recovered from the filter is calcined and smelted to bullion.

The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2013 for the Harmony One Plant:

 

Plant

   Processing Capacity      Average Milled for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2013
 
     (tons/month)      (tons/month)  

Harmony One Plant

     390,000         368,779   

In fiscal 2013, Harmony One Plant recovered approximately 94.99% of the gold contained in the ore delivered for processing.

Joel Plant

The Joel Plant is a hybrid CIP/CIL plant and was commissioned in 1987. During fiscal 2005, it was decided to close the Joel Plant and place the plant under care and maintenance. Joel Plant was re-commissioned in November 2009 and during fiscal 2013 the plant processed an average of 50,929 tons per month with two mills. This comprised 100% reef. The current monthly capacity is 80,000 tons of rock.

The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2013 for the operating plant:

 

Plant

   Processing Capacity      Average Milled for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2013
 
     (tons/month)      (tons/month)  

Joel Plant

     80,000         50,929   

In fiscal 2013, the Joel Plant operations recovered approximately 94.96% of the gold ore delivered for processing.

Kalgold Plant

Ore is trucked from the pit at Kalgold and is directly tipped into the feed bin of the pre-primary crusher or stockpiled. The ore then undergoes a four phase crushing process before it reaches the Dome stockpile. Three ball mills are used to grind the ore down to less than 75 micron for the leaching process. The plant was evaluated by a team of internal and external experts, which then prepared an action plan to address outstanding maintenance and implement improvements. The activities include replacing the carbon in-leach tanks. The plant refurbishment project will be completed in third quarter of fiscal 2014.

The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2013 for the plant:

 

Plant

   Processing Capacity      Average Milled for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2013
 
     (tons/month)      (tons/month)  

CIL

     145,000         116,515   

 

54


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2013, the plant at our Kalgold operations recovered approximately 81.46% of the gold contained in the ore delivered for processing.

Kusasalethu Plant

Commissioned in 1978, the Kusasalethu Plant consists of milling in closed circuit with primary and secondary hydrocyclones, thickening and cyanide leaching in a CIP pump cell carousel circuit. The CIP was commissioned after an upgrade of the facility in 1999. Ore from Kusasalethu underground operations is delivered to the plant for treatment via conveyor belt after being hoisted from underground. Loaded carbon from the Kusasalethu Plant is transported by road to the Kinross Plant (at Evander, which was sold in February 2013) for elution, electro-winning and smelting to produce gold. During fiscal 2013 construction of an elution plant was started and was commissioned in September 2013. Elutions from the Kinross Plant will be phased out systematically from the second quarter of fiscal 2014. Residues from the CIP are pumped either to a backfill plant or directly to the tailings facility.

The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2013 for the plant:

 

Plant

   Processing Capacity      Average Milled for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2013
 
     (tons/month)      (tons/month)  

Kusasalethu Plant

     165,000         59,228   

In fiscal 2013, the Kusasalethu Plant recovered approximately 96.0% of the gold contained in the ore delivered for processing.

Target Plant

The ore from Target 1 and Target 3 is sent to Target Plant for processing. Target Plant was commissioned in November 2001 and currently treats both underground ore and surface sources, which include both waste rock dump and plant clean up material. The process route comprise of a closed circuit SAG mill as well as a closed circuit ROM mill. Both these mills are in closed circuit with hydro-cyclones. The milling circuit is followed by thickening, cyanide leaching, CIP adsorption, elution, electro-winning, smelting and tailings disposal. Both the milling circuits are incorporated in the gravity concentration circuit and the concentrates from this circuit are processed via intensive cyanidation and electro-winning.

The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2013:

 

Plant

   Processing Capacity      Average Milled for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2013
 
     (tons/month)      (tons/month)  

Target Plant

     105,000         98,445   

In fiscal 2013, the Target Plant recovered approximately 96.35% of the gold contained in the ore delivered for processing.

Other — Surface

Introduction : Other — Surface consists of Kalgold, Phoenix and the other tailings retreatment operations. As the results of operations for Other — Surface consist primarily of the results from Kalgold and Phoenix, these two operations are discussed separately.

Kalgold

Introduction : Harmony’s only opencast mining operation in South Africa is the Kalgold gold mine that is situated 60 kilometers south of Mahikeng in the North West Province of South Africa.

History : Harmony acquired Kalgold on July 1, 1999 and fully incorporated Kalgold into its existing operations in October 1999. Prior to Harmony’s acquisition of the Kalgold mine, the mine had already been in operation for three years.

Geology : The Kalgold operation is located within the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt. This is part of the larger Amalia-Kraaipan Greenstone terrain, consisting of north trending linear belts of Archaean meta-volcanic and metasedimentary rocks, separated by granitoid units. Mineralization occurs in shallow dipping quartz veins, which occur in clusters or swarms, within the

 

55


Table of Contents

steeply dipping magnetite-chert banded iron formation. Disseminated sulphide mineralization, dominated mostly by pyrite, occurs around and between the shallow dipping quartz vein swarms. The D Zone is the largest orebody encountered and has been extensively mined within a single open-pit operation, along a strike length of 1,300m. Mineralization has also been found in the Mielie Field Zone (adjacent to the D Zone), the A Zone and A Zone West (along strike to the north of the D Zone), and the Watertank and Windmill areas to the north of the A Zone.

Mining Operations : The Kalgold operation is engaged in open-pit mining. This operation is subject to the opencast mining risks detailed in the Risk Factors section. Small subterranean water intersections in the pit are common and are actively managed and appropriate action is taken when necessary. The primary mining challenges at the Kalgold operations of achieving optimal volumes and grades of ore production are addressed by stringent mineral reserve management. The processing design capacity of the Kalgold operation is 165,345 tons per month.

Volumes at Kalgold increased by 4% in fiscal 2013, due to improved availability of the pre-primary crusher for fiscal 2013. Gold produced increased by 28% to 42,825 ounces. The Kalgold plant was evaluated by a team of internal and external experts, which then prepared an action plan to address outstanding maintenance and implement improvements. A project to replace the carbon in-leach tanks was commissioned in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. The plant paving footprint project started in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 and will be completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2014. Two replacement mills were bought to replace the current A&B mills; this project and the plant refurbishment project will be completed in third quarter of fiscal 2014.

The Watertank pit was mined out in fiscal 2013 and all mining activities moved to A zone pit with full production from only A zone pit from the third quarter of fiscal 2013. All planned mining volumes for fiscal 2013 were exceeded. Harmony continued with brownfields exploration in areas surrounding the Kalgold operation.

In fiscal 2013, the Kalgold operations accounted for approximately 4% (3% in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011) of our total gold production.

Safety : The Kalgold operations recorded another fatality-free year during fiscal 2013. The Kalgold operations had a LTIFR of 3.87 (2012: 1.27) per million hours worked in fiscal 2013. Kalgold also recorded more than 1.5 million fatality-free shifts during the year.

Plant : The ore from the operation is sent to Kalgold Plant for processing. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Metallurgy – Kalgold Plant” for a discussion on the plant.

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Kalgold    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     1,542         1,480         1,775   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton) (1)

     0.028         0.023         0.023   

Gold produced (ounces) (1)

     42,825         33,469         40,285   

Gold sold (ounces) (1)

     40,607         33,630         41,828   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     64,689         56,931         57,064   

Cash cost (‘000)

     42,694         40,003         45,473   

Cash profit (‘000)

     21,995         16,928         11,591   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($) (1)

     1,071         1,176         1,135   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     5,948         9,836         2,631   

Tons milled increased from 1,480,000 in fiscal 2012 to 1,542,000 in fiscal 2013. Recovery grade improved to 0.028 in fiscal 2013 from 0.023 in fiscal 2012, primarily as a result of higher grades from the A Zone area. Ounces produced increased by 28% to 42,825 in fiscal 2013, compared with 33,469 in fiscal 2012, due to the higher volumes and improved recovery grade. The average tons milled in fiscal 2013 was 116,495 tons per month, compared with 111,865 tons per month in fiscal 2012.

Revenue increased by 14% to US$64.6 million in fiscal 2013, due to the increase in ounces produced. Cash costs per ounce decreased by 9% to US$1,071/oz, mainly due to the higher ounces produced. Cash costs increased from US$40.0 million in fiscal 2012 to US$42.7 million in 2013 due to the increase in production as a result of opening the A Zone pit in fiscal 2013.

Tons milled decreased from 1,775,000 in fiscal 2011 to 1,480,000 in fiscal 2012. Ounces produced decreased by 17% to 33,469 in fiscal 2012, compared with 40,285 in fiscal 2011, due to the lower volumes. This decrease was due to breakdown in pre-primary crusher in the first quarter of 2012. The average tons milled in fiscal 2012 was 111,865 tons per month, compared with 134,187 tons per month in fiscal 2011.

 

56


Table of Contents

Revenue decreased from US$57.1 million in fiscal 2011 to US$56.9 million in fiscal 2012, mainly due to the decrease in ounces produced; however, the decrease in production was offset due to the higher average gold price received. Cash costs decreased from US$45.4 million in fiscal 2011 to US$40.0 million in 2012. Cash costs per ounce increased by 4% in fiscal 2012 to US$1,176/oz, mainly due to the lower ounces produced.

Assuming no additional reserves are identified and at expected production levels, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 26.5 million tons (0.76 million ounces) will be sufficient for the Kalgold operations to maintain production until approximately fiscal 2028. However, any future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure : Harmony incurred approximately R52 million (US$5.9 million) in capital expenditures at the Kalgold operations in fiscal 2013, primarily for plant refurbishment. Harmony budgeted R68 million (US$6.8 million) for capital expenditures in fiscal 2014, primarily for plant refurbishment.

Phoenix

Introduction : Phoenix is a tailings retreatment operation, located at Virginia and adjacent to our current and historical mining operations in the Free State Province. The Saaiplaas plant is used for the treatment of the material from this project. During the year, Harmony entered into agreements to dispose of 30% of the operation to BEE shareholders. The transaction was concluded on June 25, 2013. Refer to note 34 of the consolidated financial statements for details on the accounting treatment of the transaction.

History : The project commenced during fiscal 2007 and is aimed at treating the surface sources from our operations in the Free State Province.

Safety : Safety at the Phoenix operations improved year-on-year in fiscal 2013 with no lost time injuries reported. LTIFR improved to 0 per million hours worked from 2.54 per million hours worked in fiscal 2012. There were no fatalities during fiscal 2013 (2012: none). The plant recorded 2,455 reportable injury-free days in fiscal 2013.

Plant : The Saaiplaas Plant, commissioned in the late 1950’s, has been converted from the zinc precipitation filter process to the CIL. During 2007, the ROM mills were de-commissioned and the plant started treating slime from Dam 22 and Brand A tailings storage facilities. The plant currently processes reclaimed slime at 6 million tons per annum.

The following table sets forth processing capacity and average tons milled during fiscal 2013 for the Saaiplaas plant:

 

Plant

   Processing Capacity      Average Milled for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2013
 
     (tons/month)      (tons/month)  

Saaiplaas Plant

     500,000         446,493   

In fiscal 2013, Saaiplaas Plant recovered approximately 43.4% of the gold contained in the material delivered for processing.

Mining operations : Phoenix, which began five years ago, involves retreating around 6 million tons annually at plant capacity. Phoenix operations were severely hampered by residue deposition dam stability concerns resulting in tonnage reduction to 423,000tpm upon recommendation from the consultants. A major capital project to construct a new cyclone dam on the St Helena 1, 2, 3 dam footprint for depositing the full plant residue tonnage at 500,000tpm was completed and commissioned during March 2013.

A new standalone compressor plant was installed as a partially ESKOM funded project to save power consumption and costs, was commissioned successfully in August 2012.

Plant recovery dropped from 46.3% to 43.4% year-on-year, due to slow gold dissolution through the CIL circuit resulting in high soluble gold losses increasing from 0.021g/t in fiscal 2012 to 0.030g/t in fiscal 2013. Plans to increase processed volumes up to 992,000 tons per month, at which rate the life of the project is around 12 years, remain on hold pending further investigation and consideration of options involving potentially converting Central plant to slime treatment when the surface sources are depleted.

During fiscal 2013, Phoenix accounted for 2% of our total gold production (2% in fiscal 2012 and 1.5% in fiscal 2011).

 

57


Table of Contents

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Free State (Phoenix)    2013      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000)

     5,908         5,509         5,846   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

     0.005         0.005         0.003   

Gold produced (ounces)

     26,588         26,427         18,937   

Gold sold (ounces)

     25,882         26,749         18,873   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000)

     41,397         44,939         25,847   

Cash cost (‘000)

     25,497         25,981         20,761   

Cash profit (‘000)

     15,900         18,958         5,086   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($)

     986         966         1,141   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     17,690         3,800         3,108   

Tons milled increased by 7.24% year on year to 5,908,000 tons attributed to the early commissioning of the new cyclone residue dam. Ounces produced increased from 26,427 ounces in fiscal 2012 to 26,588 in fiscal 2013 as a result of the increase in tons milled. The recovered grade remained consistent at 0.005 in fiscal 2013.

Revenue decreased by 7.9% to US$41.4 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of the decrease in the average gold price received in fiscal 2013. Cash costs per ounce in fiscal 2013 were US$986/oz, compared with US$966/oz in fiscal 2012, due to an increase in labor costs, the increase in electricity tariffs of 9.6%, and the increase in the cost of reagents.

Tons treated from Phoenix decreased to 5,509,000 fiscal 2012, compared with 5,846,000 in fiscal 2011. Ounces produced increased to 26,427 in fiscal 2012, compared with 18,937 in fiscal 2011, primarily due to the improved gold dissolution and recovery. The recovered grade improved to 0.005 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012. The grade of the tons treated is dependent on the waste grade at the time at which the original deposition was done.

Revenue increased by 74% to US$44.9 million in fiscal 2012, as a result of the higher average gold price received and the increased gold production. Cash costs were US$25.9 million in fiscal 2012, compared with US$20.8 million in fiscal 2011, primarily due to the higher costs of reagents, power unit cost increases, increased water pumping costs and increased mining contractor costs. Cash costs per ounce reduced during fiscal 2012 to US$966/oz, compared with US$1,141 in fiscal 2011, due to the improved recovery and increase in ounces produced more than offsetting the increase in cost of consumables, water pumping, contractors and electricity increases.

Capital Expenditure : We incurred approximately R156 million (US$17.6 million) capital expenditure in fiscal 2013, mainly for to build the cyclone dam and also for the new standalone compressor plant. For 2014, R1 million (US$0.1 million) is planned, mainly for the reclaim pump stations and a carbon store.

Discontinued operations

Evander

Introduction: The Evander operations are located in the province of Mpumalanga in South Africa and comprise an amalgamation of the former Kinross, Bracken, Leslie and Winkelhaak mines into a mining right of 36,898 hectares, and additional adjacent prospecting rights comprising 19,933 hectares. Ore is treated at the Kinross plant. An agreement in principle to sell the Evander operations was signed on May 30, 2012. All conditions precedent in the sales agreement were met and the sale of the Evander operations to Pan African was concluded on February 28, 2013.

History: Gold mining in the Evander Basin began in 1955. Eventually, four mining operations were established at Evander. In 1996, as a result of the depletion of mineral reserves, all four mining areas were merged to form Evander Gold Mines Limited. In August 1998, Harmony acquired Evander as a wholly-owned subsidiary.

Geology: The area covered by Evander’s mining authorization and mineral rights is situated within the Evander basin, a geologically discrete easterly extension of the main Witwatersrand Basin. Only one economic reef type, the Kimberley Reef, is mined at Evander. In addition to the faulting of the reef horizon, there are numerous dykes and sills that complicate the mining layouts, the most significant of which is an extensively developed dolerite footwall sill that occasionally intersects the Kimberley Reef, causing displacements within it.

Mining Operations: Due to the fact that the Evander mining operations were only included in the Harmony Group for eight months before the sale of operations was concluded, there is no comparative data to report for fiscal 2013. The discussion included below pertains to fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011.

 

58


Table of Contents

Production analysis:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Evander    2013 (1)      2012      2011  

Production

        

Tons (‘000) (2)

     430         704         916   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton) (2)

     0.146         0.154         0.096   

Gold produced (ounces) (2)

     62,855         108,317         87,900   

Gold sold (ounces) (2)

     60,862         108,123         88,544   

Results of operations ($)

        

Product sales (‘000) (2)

     102,256         180,809         121,452   

Cash cost (‘000) (2)

     63,397         98,684         26,167   

Cash profit (‘000) (2)

     39,958         82,125         26,167   

Cash costs

        

Per ounce of gold ($) (2)

     1,009         919         1,070   

Capex (‘000) ($) (2)

     16,419         22,817         28,102   

 

(1)   Amounts include results up until the end of February 2013.
(1)   Amounts include production from surface sources.

Tons milled at the Evander operations were 704,000 in fiscal 2012, compared with 916,000 in fiscal 2011, and ounces produced 108,317 in fiscal 2012 compared with 87,900 in fiscal 2011. Recovered grade was 0.154 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012, compared with 0.096 in fiscal 2011. The increase in the recovered grade was a direct result of having more mining crews in the higher grade decline section, as the ventilation constraints were relieved.

Revenue increased from US$121.5 million in fiscal 2011 to US$180.8 million in fiscal 2012 as a result of the increase in ounces produced. The decrease in cash costs from US$1,070 per ounce in fiscal 2011 to US$919 per ounce in fiscal 2012 was attributable primarily to the increase in gold ounces produced in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 due to the improvement in recovered grade.

Capital Expenditure: Harmony incurred approximately R140 million (US$16.4 million) in capital expenditures at the Evander operations in fiscal 2013. The expenditure was primarily for the re-engineering project at Evander 8 as well as ongoing development.

 

59


Table of Contents

International Mining Operations

Papua New Guinean Operations and Exploration

 

LOGO

Overview

Introduction : Fiscal 2013 was the fifth year of the Morobe Mining Joint Venture between Harmony and Newcrest. The Morobe Mining Joint Venture comprises the following three 50:50 joint ventures:

 

  1. the Hidden Valley Joint Venture;

 

  2. the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture; and

 

  3. the Morobe Exploration Joint Venture.

 

60


Table of Contents

Outside of the Morobe Province, Harmony has expanded the PNG exploration portfolio with three key projects that are 100% owned:

 

  1. Mount Hagen in the Western Highlands;

 

  2. Amanab in the Sandaun Province; and

 

  3. Tari in the Southern Highlands Province.

In terms of regional geological setting, Harmony’s tenement interests are all located within the New Guinea mobile belt. The mobile belt comprises tracts of metamorphosed Lower Jurassic and Cretaceous sediments and oceanic crust. These rocks have undergone deformation in the collision zone between the Australian and Pacific Plates and multiple intrusive events including Tertiary granodiorite and younger mineralized porphyries.

Exploration expenditure in PNG for fiscal 2013 was US$73.2 million. This breaks down into US$58.4 million as Harmony’s 50% contribution to the Morobe Mining Joint Venture exploration program and US$14.8 million for Harmony 100% projects. Results from exploration work have been highly encouraging, with resource drilling outlining higher grades in the upper levels of the Golpu copper-gold deposit and high-grade extensions of the deposit at depth that remain open. A number of targets with the potential for major stand-alone gold and copper/gold deposits were identified and advanced to the drill testing phase.

Hidden Valley Operation

Introduction : The Hidden Valley Mine is an open pit gold-silver mine and processing plant, managed by the Hidden Valley Joint Venture. Newcrest purchased an initial 30.01% interest in the project on June 30, 2008, and provided sole funding of the project to June 30, 2009 to earn a further 19.99%. On June 30, 2009 Newcrest formally achieved 50% ownership in the project, such that the project is now a 50:50 joint venture between Newcrest and Harmony.

The mine comprises a mining lease and access easement in the Wau District of Morobe Province, PNG and is located 210 kilometers north-northwest of Port Moresby and 90 kilometers south-southwest of Lae, the two largest cities in PNG. Access to the project is by sealed road from the deepwater port of Lae to Bulolo and an all-weather gravel road from Bulolo to the Hidden Valley mine site.

Two separate open pits are in operation, being Hidden Valley-Kaveroi (“ HVK ”) pit, and Hamata pit. The processing plant has been constructed to process a nominal 4.2 million tonnes (dry metric) of ore per year from the two pits.

History : Alluvial gold was first discovered at Hidden Valley in 1928 but it was not until the early 1980’s that the area was investigated by CRA Exploration using modern exploration techniques that resulted in the discovery of the Hidden Valley and Kaveroi gold deposits on EL 677. The Hamata deposit was discovered and first drilled by RGC Ltd in 1987 on EL497. The two tenements were subsequently acquired and combined into the one project by Australian Goldfields Ltd (“ AGF ”) in 1997. A number of feasibility studies have been prepared for the Hidden Valley Project by the various owners, including one by Abelle in 2003. Harmony extensively reviewed and updated the Abelle feasibility study during fiscal 2006 which was presented to the board during June 2006 with subsequent approval given for construction of the project. In late 2007, Harmony began a search for a partner to partake in all of our Morobe Province PNG mining and exploration activities, culminating in the selection of Newcrest in 2008.

Mining operations : The HVK pit, at an elevation of between 2,500 meters and 2,700 meters above sea level, is the larger pit supplying the majority of the ore and is located some 5 to 6 kilometers from the processing plant. Ore from HVK is delivered to the plant by an Overland Conveyor (“ OLC ”). The smaller Hamata pit is directly adjacent to the processing plant and is at an elevation of between 1,850 meters and 2,040 meters above sea level. The resources are mined in a sequence that sees the low silver, high gold Hamata ore mined in conjunction with the Hidden Valley/Kaveroi oxide/transition ores (high silver), to be followed by the Hidden Valley/Kaveroi primary ores.

A total of 4.1 million tons (100% basis) of ore was milled during fiscal 2013. All the de-bottlenecking projects in the process plant, other than the upgraded oxygen plant, were completed during the fiscal year and the facility demonstrated that the nameplate throughput of 4.6 million tons (100% basis) per annum can be sustained. Further detailed study work to better understand the scope of work and capital budget required to increase the processing plant capacity to 5.2 million tons (100% basis) per annum will be undertaken during the next 12-24 months.

Increased waste stripping (to expose the ore) in the open pit mining process was also attended to during the past financial year and the planned 2014 monthly rates were comfortably achieved every month during the last quarter of fiscal 2013.

 

61


Table of Contents

Throughout the past year truck haulage from the HVK pit to the processing plant supplemented the OLC to ensure that the delivery of ore to the processing plant was optimised. The project to upgrade and integrate the crusher and OLC system commenced execution during the latter half of the year and the project was in performance testing as part of the commissioning of the system at the end of fiscal 2013. It is expected that the system will achieve the planned throughput early in the next fiscal year reducing the cash cost of the operation by eliminating the truck haulage of HVK ore.

The mine produced (50% Harmony share basis) 85,007 ounces of gold and 856,309 ounces of silver during the fiscal year. Current estimates are that at annual full production over 14 years, Hidden Valley will produce (50% basis) on average 112,500 ounces of gold and 1.5 Moz of silver annually.

Hidden Valley mine was connected to the national electricity grid in fiscal 2011. The supply has steadily increased during the past financial year, with 90% of the site requirements during the last quarter of fiscal 2013 supplied from the national grid. This has resulted in a significant decrease in operational cost for the mine by reducing the diesel requirements for power generation by 80% during the past fiscal year.

All waste rock mined at Hidden Valley is either used to build the tailings storage facility or retained in waste rock dumps on site so that the potential for impacts on the environment are minimized and managed effectively. The construction of waste rock dumps in the wet, steep terrain at Hidden Valley is challenging and innovative waste dump designs are being implemented. Available waste rock dump capacity to match the targeted HVK mining rate is critical and dump construction is planned for the next fiscal year to increase available capacity.

Implementation of Hidden Valley’s policy of community engagement and local employment, as well as training local employees, continued throughout the year and a review of the memorandum of agreement (“ MOA ”) between Hidden Valley, the landowners and the government commenced during the latter parts of the financial year.

Geology : The major gold-silver deposits of the Morobe Goldfield, and the Hidden Valley project are hosted in the Wau Graben. The Wau Graben developed as a back-arc rift basin in the southern extension of the New Guinea Mobile Belt (Owen Stanley Foreland Thrust Belt) covering an area of approximately 850 square kilometers in which the Morobe Goldfield, including the Hidden Valley and Hamata deposits are developed.

The Hidden Valley and Hamata Deposits are interpreted as a low-sulphidation or adularia-sericite-type epithermal gold-silver system. The Hidden Valley deposit further forms part of the carbonate-base-metal-gold subgroup, with abundant carbonate vein-gangue. Other gold-silver deposits around the Pacific Rim in this sub-group are Kelian (Indonesia), Woodlark (PNG) and Gold Ridge (Solomon Islands).

Discrete zones of intense stockwork fracture and mineralized veining comprise individual lodes. At the Hidden Valley deposit, gold and silver are related to the flat-lying Hidden Valley Zone (“ HVZ ”) and steeply-dipping (Kaveroi Creek Zone, “ KCZ ”) sheeted vein swarms associated with an underlying shallow thrust. The Hamata deposit gold is contained with structurally controlled shallow dipping veins associated with sericite-pyrite alteration.

Safety : The implementation of a comprehensive risk management strategy at Hidden Valley is evident in the good safety performance for the year, with no fatalities (2012: none) and only one lost-time injury, resulting in an LTIFR of 0.15 (2012: 0.75). A key aspect of the risk management strategy is ensuring that each work function is undertaken within a risk management framework, and that hazards are identified and managed to maintain this safety performance.

Plant : The processing plant production rate is 4.2 million tonnes of ore per annum and operates using process routes that complement the metallurgical characteristics of the ore types mined. The processing plant operates as:

 

  (a) a primary crushing plant for the low silver Hamata ores;

 

  (b) a primary and secondary crushing plant for Hidden Valley / Kaveroi ore; and

 

  (c) a combined treatment of all ore through grinding, gravity gold recovery, flotation, flotation concentrate leaching and counter-current decantation circuit (“ CCD ”) with Merrill-Crowe zinc precipitation, CIL of flotation and CCD tailings, gold room to produce bullion bars and tailings detoxification via the INCO process.

The circuit is designed to enable discard of flotation tailings when treating primary ore only from Hidden Valley / Kaveroi orebodies. Tailings from the CCD circuit would still be subject to final treatment through the CIL circuit.

The gravity gold recovered is processed through an intensive cyanide leach followed by electro-winning circuit to produce a high quality dore product.

Gold and silver rich carbon is processed in an elution plant and precious metals are recovered in the gold room via Merrill-Crowe zinc precipitation stream independent of the CCD circuit.

 

62


Table of Contents

All tailings are stored in a tailings storage facility, and all water recovered is subjected to detoxification prior to being recycled or released to the environment.

The processing plant and tailings storage facility was built to meet the requirements of the International Cyanide Management Code. Gold production commenced in August 2009 and the plant is currently ramping up to targeted production.

Production analysis (50% basis):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Hidden Valley    2013     2012      2011  

Production

       

Tons milled (‘000) (1)

     2,033        1,948         1,852   

Tons mined (‘000) (1)

     1,964        2,205         2,167   

Recovered grade (ounces/ton)

       

- Gold

     0.042        0.046         0.054   

- Silver

     0.420        0.440         0.401   

Gold produced (ounces)

     85,007        88,800         100,246   

Silver product (ounces)

     856,309        857,540         673,032   

Gold Sold (ounces)

     84,299        89,315         101,017   

Results of operations ($)

       

Product sales (‘000)

     134,779        149,787         139,688   

Cash cost (‘000)

     136,443        109,595         102,294   

Cash profit (‘000)

     (1,664     40,192         37,394   

Cash costs

       

Per ounce of gold ($)

     1,611        1,238         993   

Capex (‘000) ($)

     57,343        38,168         41,376   

 

(1)   The Hidden Valley operation stockpiles low grade ore, which is accounted for as inventory. Tons milled can be greater than tons mined during the year as a result of processing these stockpile tons.

Ore tons mined decreased 11% to 1,964,000 tons in fiscal 2013. Tons milled by the plant increased from 1,948,000 in fiscal 2012 to 2,033,000 in fiscal 2013. This was despite downtime to the overland conveyor for belt repairs and extreme wet weather events during the summer adversely affecting the haulage of ore to the mill from mining operations. Ounces of gold produced decreased to 85,007 in fiscal 2013 compared with 88,800 in fiscal 2012 due to lower gold grade and lower recoveries.

Revenue decreased by 10% to US$134.8 million in fiscal 2013 due to the lower average gold price received and lower grades recovered. Cash costs increased from US$109.6 million in fiscal 2012 to US$136.9 million in fiscal 2013, primarily due to increased truck haulage and increased contractor costs. Cash costs per ounce increased by 30% to US$1,611/oz, due to the lower produced ounces, as well as the other factors mentioned above.

Ore tons mined increased 2% to 2,205,000 tons in fiscal 2012. Tons milled by the plant increased from 1,852,000 in fiscal 2011 to 1,948,000 in fiscal 2012. This was despite downtime to the overland conveyor for belt repairs and extreme wet weather events during the summer adversely affecting the haulage of ore to the mill and from mining operations. Ounces produced decreased to 88,800 in fiscal 2012 compared with 100,246 in fiscal 2011 due to lower gold grade and lower recoveries.

Revenue increased by 7% to US$149.8 million in fiscal 2012 due to the higher average gold price received. Cash costs increased from US$102.3 million in fiscal 2011 to US$109.6 million in 2012 primarily due to increased truck haulage and significant strengthening in the Kina against US dollars. Cash costs per ounce increased by 25% to US$1,238/oz, due to the lower produced ounces, as well as the other factors mentioned above.

Assuming no additional reserves are identified, and at expected production levels, it is foreseen that the reported proved and probable mineral reserves of 2.267 million ounces of gold and gold equivalents will be sufficient for the operation to maintain production until approximately fiscal 2026. However, any future changes to the assumptions upon which the reserves are based, as well as any unforeseen events affecting production levels, could have a material effect on the expected period of future operations.

Capital Expenditure : Attributable capital expenditure by Harmony during the year was US$57.3 million, which included work on approved mine development (sustaining capital) projects, further process plant debottlenecking (including the upgraded oxygen plant which will be commissioned early during the next fiscal year), new mobile equipment and the crusher and OLC upgrade. Harmony’s portion of the capital budgeted for fiscal 2014 is US$20.7 million.

Exploration in PNG

The Morobe JV land holding comprises some 4,173 km 2 of tenure. The tenements sit in a broader strategic alliance area where both Harmony and Newcrest operate as JV partners. The tenement package encompasses the Wafi-Golpu and Hidden Valley projects and is a key strategic holding in the Morobe goldfields district. Although prospecting and mining activities date back to the early 1900s, the true potential of the district is only now beginning to crystallise. Fiscal 2013 exploration expenditure for the Morobe JV totaled A$39.7 million.

 

63


Table of Contents

The 2013 work program focused on the Wafi-Golpu pre-feasibility study, with a significant amount of drilling (54,265m) mostly focussed the upper levels of the deposit. Outside of the Wafi-Golpu project area, greenfields exploration continued, with drill programs conducted on five separate prospects in the Morobe JV area. Exploration statistics for fiscal 2013 include:

 

    diamond drilling; and

 

    2,956 surface samples (soils, rock chips, trenches).

The underlying strategy of the MMJV exploration program is threefold:

 

    Wafi-Golpu:

 

    resource definition and brownfields exploration to develop Wafi-Golpu into a second mining operation for the MMJV; and

 

    Wafi transfer — greenfields exploration targeting discovery of additional resources to expand Wafi-Golpu into a mineral district;

 

    Hidden Valley district — brownfields exploration in a 10km radius of the Hidden Valley plant to develop resources to replace mining depletion and supplement millfeed with high grade ore, and support expansion; and

 

    regional greenfields exploration — develop a project pipeline capable of delivering additional quality resources and sustaining future growth and operations in the province.

Work programs and results for these activities are detailed below.

The drilling success highlights the fact that the region is under-explored and still has significant potential for the discovery of additional multimillion-ounce gold deposits. Accordingly, the Morobe Exploration JV proposes to spend A$74 million on exploration in fiscal 2014, of which A$37 million will be Harmony’s share. This includes drilling costs incurred on the Golpu project resource definition program.

Wafi-Golpu Project

Introduction : The Wafi-Golpu JV prospect is a 50:50 joint venture with Newcrest of Australia. Harmony’s ownership is through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Wafi Mining Limited. The first exploration at Wafi dates back to the nationwide porphyry copper search by CRA Exploration Ltd in the late 1960’s. Elders Resources farmed-in to the project from 1989-1991, and AGF subsequently farmed-in to the project for a short period in 1997 prior to going into administration in 1998. Aurora subsequently acquired the project from Rio Tinto (CRA) in 1999, with ownership passing to Abelle when it merged with Aurora in 2002. We assumed control of the Wafi Project by way of the acquisition of Abelle in 2003. The project is held under 2 contiguous exploration licenses (EL 440, and EL 1105), totaling 130.5 square kilometers. The Wafi-Golpu Project comprises a porphyry and epithermal copper and gold system within a 2.5km x 2.5km area and contains numerous lodes including the Golpu copper gold porphyry, the Nambonga gold copper porphyry and the Wafi epithermal gold lodes. The Wafi gold mineralization is hosted by sedimentary/volcanoclastic rocks of the Owen Stanley Formation which surrounds the intrusive Wafi Diatreme. Gold mineralization occurs in the form of extensive high-sulphidation epithermal alteration overprinting porphyry mineralization and epithermal style vein-hosted and replacement gold mineralization with associated wall-rock alteration.

Geography : The Wafi prospect is located near Mount Watut in the Morobe Province of PNG, approximately 60 kilometers southwest of Lae and about 60 kilometers northwest of Wau. The Wafi camp is located at an elevation of approximately 400 meters above sea level in terrain that is mountainous and forested in most areas. The site is accessed by sealed road (Lae to Bulolo) which comes within 5 kilometers of the eastern edge of the tenements and 15 kilometers from the Wafi camp. From the sealed road, a 38 kilometer dirt-base access track to the prospect is accessible during most weather conditions. The site is serviced by helicopter when the road access is cut due to extreme wet weather. Watut Valley is located immediately west of the project, and the foothills of Watut Valley provide an option for placement of ore processing and mine infrastructure.

Project Status : The fiscal 2013 drill program undertaken at Wafi-Golpu comprised 54,000m and was undertaken in order to develop orebody knowledge for the Golpu deposit and surrounds for informing various pre-feasibility studies and development concepts.

The Wafi-Golpu deposits were developed as part of an intrusive complex localized within the Wafi transfer structure. The intrusive complex has a footprint of roughly 2.5 by 2.5 kilometer, centred on a diatreme breccia. Golpu represents a zoned multiphase porphyry copper-gold deposit off the northeastern margin of the diaterme. The potassic core (K feldspar-biotite-

 

64


Table of Contents

magnetite-bomite-chalcopyrite) of the mineralized porphyry grade outwards into propylitic alteration (chlorite-epidote-pyrite +/- hematite). Wafi represents a high-sulphidation epithermal gold deposit. The main gold zones defined to date are located on the southern margin of the diatreme breccia. However, the epithermal gold mineralization and its associated alteration zones are widespread, and partly overprints the upperlevels of the mineralized Golpu porphyry.

At Golpu, drilling has demonstrated better continuity of the mineralized porphyries in the upper portions of the deposit and extended the known high grade zones. Drilling in the lower portions of the deposit to better define high-grade porphyry architecture within the broader mineralized envelope is ongoing.

Away from Golpu, stepout drilling testing the Wafi epithermal gold system has provided several highly significant drill intercepts with potential to develop into new high-grade gold opportunities for the project.

The drill scope for fiscal 2014 comprises approximately 30,000m and caters for project requirements including infrastructure/orebody access, hydrogeological and geotechnical work. However, a significant component of the planned program remains focused on orebody knowledge and brownfields exploration to expand existing resources.

Pre-feasibility study : The key driver behind studies and early works activities in fiscal 2012 was the definition and positioning of Wafi-Golpu as a future production asset. The drilling work undertaken was to support an improved understanding of the structural framework of the porphyry copper-gold system, and to test the potential for additional high grade mineralization.

In parallel key early works site activities were progressed as a strategy to mitigate project schedule risk to first production. These activities included on going improvements to site access roads, the construction of river crossing bridges, expansion of construction camp facilities and support services, environmental permitting and community affairs.

The pre-feasibility study, completed in September 2012, presented a development approach that was considered to be capital-intensive, restricted by a long payback duration, and a high residual risk profile. These key elements were considered unfavourable to the owners and potential investors in the current and foreseeable investor climate.

Given the high capital intensity of the proposed project, a three-phase study validation and optimization process was initiated.

Phase 1 commenced in October 2012 and focused on addressing the key risks, opportunities and recommendations made by the Pre-feasibility Study Competent Independent Review Panel.

Phase 2 commenced in April 2013. At that time, Harmony and Newcrest issued a project development brief in which the capital intensity and execution strategy were reconsidered and improved through the consideration of alternative staged mine development options. This initiative considered and evaluated 22 potential options, from which four potential business cases were determined.

The options were evaluated in the context of a reduced start-up mine production rate, a reduction in the scope requirements to achieve first production, and a reconsideration of the design specification; all of which are considered key drivers to reducing the overall capital intensity of the project and the time taken to first production. In addition, a deconstruction of the project drivers, the success criteria, commercial strategy, and base cost of capital aided the assessment of the alternative development options.

The approach has resulted in a new way of thinking, geared towards defining options which maximise investor returns, and the requirements to improve the overall earned value of the study effort. The result of this approach was that the overall project development schedule envisaged in the pre-feasibility study was no longer a key driver of the project. The delivery strategy and execution plans have therefore also been reconsidered with, and all unnecessary procurement, commitments and contracting initiatives have been scaled down or terminated.

 

65


Table of Contents

This phase culminated in a forward work plan with the following recommendations to advance the project:

 

    long-term (4+ years): pursue the lean development of Golpu;

 

    medium-term (2-4 years): it is considered critical to gain orebody access and commence a feasibility study, based on an optimized pre-feasibility study; and

 

    short-term (< 2 years): it is recommended that a body of work be undertaken which addresses key risks for the Golpu business cases:

 

    validate the scoping targets of the lean development approach;

 

    validate lower cost execution strategies and methods;

 

    conduct further targeted resource definition and risk mitigation drilling in the lower mine zone and selected upper mine zones;

 

    identify potential project and third party infrastructure funding sources, aligning an execution and contracting strategy;

 

    progress the underground access studies through a pre-feasibility and feasibility study;

 

    progress minor site works to support underground ore body access requirements; and

 

    establish an optimized pre-feasibility study, to be used as a foundation for a definitive feasibility study.

Wafi Transfer Structure & Regional Targets

Introduction : The Wafi structural corridor is outlined by the faulted contact between the Babwa conglomerate and the Owen Stanley metamorphics. It comprises over 17km of strike with a number of prospects defined by high tenor gold and copper-gold geochemistry in stream sediment sampling. The entire corridor ranks as a high priority target for major mineralised gold and porphyry copper-gold systems similar to Wafi Golpu.

Geology : The Wafi Transfer structure separates the Tertiary Babwaf conglomerate in the west from Jurassic and Cretaceous metasedimentary rocks of the Owen Stanley Metamorphic group in the east. Regional magnetics show a number of magnetic intrusive centers similar to those at the Wafi-Golpu project, and suggest excellent potential for additional mineralized porphyry copper-gold and related gold deposits.

Project Status : Drill programs were undertaken at the Kesiago, Zimake and Mt Tonn prospects during fiscal 2013, with target generation ongoing throughout the year.

Kesiago Prospect (EL1103): The Kesiago prospect lies approximately 5km south-west of Wafi-Golpu on the Wafi transfer structure. Final results were received from a nine hole drilling program and interpretation was completed in fiscal 2013.

Results indicate multiple phases of alteration and mineralization similar to Wafi-Golpu. The widespread alteration and mineralization events seen in drill core are interpreted as an extension of the Wafi-Golpu system over 3km to the south. The area between Wafi and Kesiago was highlighted for further work in fiscal 2014.

Zimake (EL1590): The Zimake target is a circular magnetic anomaly approximately 5km x 6km, located approximately 12 km to the north-east of Wafi Golpu. In fiscal 2012, surface geochemical sampling outlined a 1.5 km area with elevated copper and gold up to 0.2% Cu 0.5 g/t Au, and an initial drill program commenced with two holes completed by year end.

A third hole, ZIMDH003 comprising 674m was drilled in 2013 to complete first dass drill testing at the Zimake prospect. The drilling did not encounter economic mineralisation, and outlined long intervals of unaltered hornblende diorite. Minor chalcopyrite occurs as vein infill, with very weak epidote alteration. The presence of chalcopyrite may explain the surface geochemical anomaly however further drilling is targeting the potassic altered hornfelsed margin of the diorite, which may be a focus for mineralization.

Mt Tonn (EL1316): The Mt Tonn prospect lies approximately 7.5 km along strike to the southeast of Wafi-Golpu on the Wafi transfer structure. Previous geochemical sampling programs had identified several high order copper-gold anomalies coincident with magnetic anomalies.

Two holes were drilled to test this anomaly for a total of 783m. Drilling outlined a thrusted sequence of propylitic altered conglomerates and metasediments thrusted over the unaltered pliocene clastic sediments of the Babwaf conglomerate. Results are currently being interpreted in the context of a regional structural model for the Wafi Transfer.

 

66


Table of Contents

Hidden Valley ML Exploration

Brownfields Exploration Project Status : Work to delineate additional resources and delineate high-grade feedstock for Hidden Valley continued on the following:

 

    generative work targeting the Watut fault commenced. 494 soil samples and 64 rock chips were collected as part of a systematic program to generate new targets along strike to the northwest of Hidden Valley;

 

    Kerimenge-Kulang trend: Drilling was completed at Kerimenge (EL497) for a total of 2987.5m to test the depth below the main resource and its strike extensions and to collect metallurgical samples. Results have defined a flat to moderately dipping sill of low grade mineralized porphyry. A tollgate report is to be completed on the prospect along with a resource model for the mineralization; and

 

    surface geochemical sampling and mapping of the Escarpment fault system around historic Wau mining centre. 40 line kilometres of exposed creek and road cut were mapped and 384 rock chip samples collected. Soil sampling to a total of 192 samples is 75% complete. Preliminary results are encouraging with a 1.5 by 1km zone of advanced argillic alteration identified at the 11 Peg prospect at upper Wau. Coincident surface gold geochemistry is highly anomalous in soils and is open to the north. Surface sampling and mapping to the north of the anomaly continues.

In addition, drilling to define a limestone hardrock resource began at the Limestone Project.

Limestone Project (EL497): Nine drill holes were completed for a total of 997.5m. Drilling tested the limestone to a depth of 200m and outlined an open ended resource area with a strike length of 850m and width of 450m. Preliminary modeling has outlined a potential hardrock limestone resource of approximately 78Mt, which could be further expanded with additional drilling.

Other — Morobe regional exploration

The highlight of the regional generative exploration activities is the Garawaria prospect which could be one of the largest and most prospective Au anomalies ever developed on the Morobe tenement package.

Drilling to follow up anomalous trenching results began and three drill holes were completed for a total of 1,478m to test the major surface gold anomaly. Results were encouraging with broad low grade intercepts in all drill holes, accompanied by elevated arsenic levels. Integration of surface mapping, geochemistry, drill and mineralogy zonation data indicate potential for high-grade structurally controlled gold-silver-arsenic mineralization to the southeast of current drilling. Drilling to test the core of the target zone has been approved with two drill holes planned.

100% Harmony PNG tenements

A total of A$14.4 million (K31.8 million) was spent on greenfields exploration outside of the Morobe JV on Harmony-owned projects in fiscal 2013 where work is now focused on two key projects:

 

    Amanab: Located in Sandaun Province of western PNG, some 160km north of the Ok-Tedi copper-gold mine, targeting vein stockwork hosted gold mineralization; and

 

    Tari: Located in the Southern Highlands Province, around 50km south-west of Porgera, targeting porphyry copper-gold and associated gold – base metal skarn mineralization.

HGEL now holds interest in over 3,693km 2 (912,560 acres) of exploration tenure in PNG. A budget of A$9.8 million has been approved for fiscal 2014.

 

67


Table of Contents

HGEL tenement portfolio:

 

LOGO

Mount Hagen Project (Harmony 100%)

Introduction : The Mount Hagen project forms a contiguous block of tenure covering 661km² (163,336 acres) in the Western Highlands region. Over the past year, exploration work at Mount Hagen focused on the Kurunga Intrusive Complex to

 

68


Table of Contents

follow up defined targets at Penamb and Penamb East prospects and completion of a tollgate review of the project. Reconnaissance exploration activities also took place at Maramp prospect, 23km east of Kurunga to test a porphyry copper-gold anomaly.

Project Status : Drilling has been completed at the Penamb and Penamb East prospects for a total of 3,281m. Reconnaissance exploration activities occurred at Maramp prospect 23km east of Kurunga, comprising of ridge and spur soil and rock chip sampling and detailed geological mapping.

Preliminary modeling of the Pemamb West porphyry indicated the potential for a low grade copper resource. A tollgate review was completed for the Mount Hagen project and concluded the drilling to date had tested the key targets in the western half of the project area (the Kurunga Intrusive Complex) and that the potential for an economic mineral deposit was unlikely. A withdrawal from the project was approved by Harmony executives, and the process of withdrawal is 90% complete.

Penamb Prospect (EL1596)

Drilling to a total of 1,744m was completed in two drill holes at Penamb prospect to test the eastern extension of the Penamb West porphyry system. These drill holes intersected zones of elevated copper mineralization, increasing the strike of the copper mineralization to 800m. This zone of low grade copper mineralization remains open along strike and at depth, but drilling to date would suggest that the possibility of an economic copper-gold orebody within 800m of the surface is unlikely.

Penamb East Prospect (EL1611)

Drilling to a total of 1,536m was completed in three drill holes at Penamb East prospect to test a surface gold anomaly of +100ppb gold which extended from Penamb prospect to the northeast. Results from this drilling indicated only patchy development of gold mineralization associated with structural zones in the drill core.

Preliminary modeling of the Penamb West porphyry indicated a potential low grade copper resource.

Maramp Prospect (EL1864)

A reconnaissance soil and rock chip sampling program and mapping program was completed to test coincident copper-zinc stream sediment anomaly which was underlain by a magnetic intrusive. A total of 189 soil samples and one rock chip sample were collected and detailed geological mapping of the anomaly. Results indicated a 1km long anomaly with elevated copper and molybdenum. As no gold was associated with this anomaly, no further work is recommended at the Maramp prospect.

Amanab Project (Harmony 100%)

Introduction : The Amanab Project covers 464km² (114,656 acres) in the West Sepik Province and encompasses the Amanab alluvial goldfield, which is one of 17 recognized alluvial goldfields on the PNG mainland.

Regional geology includes Cretaceous metamorphic (phyllites, slates, marble and volcanics) intruded by younger metadiorites and there is a major anomalous stream sediment footprint. Magnetic anomalies at Amanab may reflect intrusions at depth and as an under explored area with no drill testing for the hard rock source it makes it highly prospective for large-scale epithermal gold deposits (+2Moz) and porphyry copper-gold deposits.

Project Status : In fiscal 2013 work recommenced to test the 1km long, 500m wide, northwest trending gold anomaly which had been previously identified by soil sampling. Surface sampling and mapping has concentrated on the Yup River East prospect at Amanab. A total of 485 rock chip samples and 247 soil samples have been collected at the Yup River East prospect. Approximately 41 line kilometres of mapping was also completed. Encouraging results have outlined a 2km² gold soil anomaly. High grade gold-silver telluride mineralization was outlined from channel sampling and numerous high grade gold results were obtained from outcropping quartz veins.

Planned work in fiscal 2014 includes reprocessing magnetics and identifying structural intersections or extensional zones below cover to target opportunities to develop vein stockwork zones with bulk tonnage potential.

Tari Project (Harmony 100%)

Introduction : The Tari Project consists of two granted exploration licenses encompassing some 2,568km2 (634,566 acres) of tenure in the Southern Highlands. Regional data assessment identified the tenements as being highly prospective for an Ok-Tedi-style copper-gold system. Key porphyry-epithermal gold targets have been identified at Kopiago and Parero Creek on the Porgera transfer structure some 30 km southwest of Mount Kare. Geologically the tenements are located in Miocene carbonates, intruded by Late Miocene/Pliocene dioritic to monzonitic intrusions within the Papuan Fold Belt. The Lake Kopiago magnetic target is conspicuous as being intensely fractured by dominant NE trending fault systems, similar to the Porgera NE trending transfer.

 

69


Table of Contents

Project Status : Drilling commenced during fiscal 2013 on EL1786 with a total of 1967m completed to date (drill holes KPDD001-4). Drilling was designed to test the potential for porphyry/epithermal mineralization below outcropping skarn mineralization and limestone and shallow lake sediment cover at Lake Kopiago. Multiple styles of alteration and mineralization have been observed in drill core to date including:

 

  (i) skarn sulphide alteration with anomalous gold and copper assays in pyrrhotite skarn zoning into high grade massive sulphide mineralization much like Ok Tedi;

 

  (ii) hydrothermal breccias with disseminated pyrite; and

 

  (iii) epithermal coliform banding and brecciated base-metal-carbonate veining.

Processing of core and assays are underway and drilling of hole KPDD005 is currently in progress.

Project generation for EL1785 has commenced with five targets identified for follow-up work. Initial program work was completed on the Kagoma and Mt Pagaruma prospects with some 138 surface reconnaissance samples collected to date. Results on hand showed no significant assays from the Kagoma target and the area has been downgraded. However, field work at the Mt Pagaruma prospect has shown positive signs with pannable gold from in exposure of fault pug on the eastern side of the target area. The prospect is located approximately 60 km southwest of Porgera on EL1785, and was initially developed on the basis of historic exploration results. Previous explorers identified anomalous gold in stream sediment results in two streams on the southwest flank of Mt Pagaruma. Field work is to continue in fiscal 2014.

REGULATION

Mineral Rights

South Africa

South African law no longer provides for the separate ownership of surface and mineral rights. The promulgation of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act (“ MPRDA ”) in May 2004, and its amendment in July 2013, provides that all mineral rights in South Africa are now vested in the South African State. The principal objectives of the Act are:

 

    to recognize the internationally accepted right of the state of South Africa to exercise full and permanent sovereignty over all the mineral and petroleum resources within South Africa;

 

    to give effect to the principle of South Africa’s custodianship of its mineral and petroleum resources;

 

    to promote equitable access to South Africa’s mineral and petroleum resources to all the people of South Africa;

 

    to substantially and meaningfully expand opportunities for HDSAs including women, to enter the mineral and petroleum industry and to benefit from the exploitation of South Africa’s mineral and petroleum resources;

 

    to promote economic growth and mineral and petroleum resources development in South Africa;

 

    to promote employment and advance the social and economic welfare of all South Africans;

 

    to provide security of tenure in respect of prospecting, exploration, mining and production operations;

 

    to give effect to Section 24 of the South African Constitution by ensuring that South Africa’s mineral and petroleum resources are developed in an orderly and ecologically sustainable manner while promoting justifiable social and economic development; and

 

    to ensure that holders of mining and production rights contribute towards socio-economic development of the areas in which they are operating.

Under the MPRDA, tenure over established mining operations is secured for up to 30 years (and renewable for periods not exceeding 30 years each thereafter), provided that mining companies applied for new-order mining rights over existing operations within five years of May 1, 2004, or before the existing right expired, whichever was the earlier date and fulfilled requirements specified in the MPRDA, its Regulations and the Mining Charter.

A draft Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill, 2012 (“ MPRDA Bill ”) was published in December 2012 for comment. The MPRDA Bill aims, amongst other things, to remove ambiguities that exist within the MPRDA, provide for the regulation of associated minerals, provide for partitioning of rights, enhance provisions relating to beneficiation of minerals, and to promote national energy security and to streamline administrative processes.

 

70


Table of Contents

The MPRDA Bill, however, raises some concerns as it relates to Harmony’s business:

 

    Concentration of rights

The MPRDA Bill seeks to amend the MPRDA to provide that the Minister must refuse to provide a mining right or an exploration right if this will result in a concentration of rights under the control of the applicant.

 

    Ownership of tailings created before 1 May 2004

The MPRDA provides that historic tailings are not regulated in terms of the MPRDA; however, the MPRDA Bill purports to amend the MPRDA so as to render historic tailings subject to regulation under the MPRDA, resulting in the South African State gaining custodianship of historic tailings.

 

    Mineral beneficiation

A key change is that the MPRDA Bill now makes it mandatory for the Minister to “initiate or promote the beneficiation of minerals and petroleum resources in the Republic of South Africa”. The MPRDA Bill affords the Minister broad discretion over beneficiation, without providing any criteria under which such discretion should be exercised.

 

    Issue of a closure certificate

The MPRDA Bill envisages that a rights holder will remain liable for environmental and associated damage caused by prospecting and mining operations, even after (and notwithstanding) the issue of a closure certificate by the Minister. This means that a rights holder will no longer be indemnified from liability after the issue of a closure certificate.

Harmony is, through the Chamber of Mines, working closely with government to ensure that the MPRDA Bill is drafted to support continued investment in mining in South Africa.

The Mining Charter was signed by the government and stakeholders in October 2002 and contains principles relating to the transfer, over a ten-year period, of 26% of South Africa’s mining assets (as equity or attributable units of production) to HDSAs, as defined in the Mining Charter. An interim target of 15% HDSA participation over five years was set and to this end, the South African mining industry committed to securing financing to fund participation of HDSAs in an amount of R100 billion within the first five years of the Mining Charter’s tenure. The Mining Charter provides for the review of the participation process after five years to determine what further steps, if any, are needed to achieve the 26% target participation. In order to measure progress in meeting the requirements of the Mining Charter, companies are required to complete a “Scorecard”, in which the levels of compliance with the Mining Charter can be ticked-off after five and ten years respectively. The Mining Charter and Scorecard require programs for black economic empowerment and the promotion of value-added production (mineral beneficiation), such as jewelry-making and other gold fabrication, in South Africa. In particular, targets are set out for broad-based black economic empowerment in the areas of human resource and skills development; employment equity; procurement beneficiation and direct ownership. In addition, the Mining Charter addresses socio-economic issues such as migrant labor, mine community and rural development, and housing and living conditions.

Following a review of the progress made by the mining industry after five years of implementing the provisions of the Mining Charter, the DMR amended the Mining Charter and the Revised Mining Charter was released on September 13, 2010. The requirement under the Mining Charter for mining entities to achieve a 26% HDSA ownership of mining assets by the year 2014 has been retained. Amendments to the Mining Charter in the Revised Mining Charter include, inter alia, the requirements by mining companies to:

 

  (i) facilitate local beneficiation of mineral commodities;

 

  (ii) procure a minimum of 40% of capital goods, 70% of services and 50% of consumer goods from HDSA suppliers (i.e. suppliers of which a minimum of 25% + 1 vote of their share capital must be owned by HDSAs) by 2014. These targets will however be exclusive of non-discretionary procurement expenditure;

 

  (iii) achieve a minimum of 40% HDSA demographic representation by 2014 at top management (board) level, senior management (EXCO) level, core and critical skills, middle management level and junior management level;

 

  (iv) invest up to 5% of annual payroll in essential skills development activities; and

 

  (v) implement measures to improve the standards of housing and living conditions for mineworkers by converting or upgrading mineworkers’ hostels into family units, attaining an occupancy rate of one person per room and facilitating home ownership options for all mineworkers in consultation with organized labor.

 

71


Table of Contents

All targets must be achieved by the end of calendar 2014.

In addition, mining companies are required to monitor and evaluate their compliance with the Revised Mining Charter, and must submit annual compliance reports to the DMR. The Scorecard makes provision for a phased-in approach for compliance with the above targets over the five year period ending in 2014. For measurement purposes, the Scorecard allocates various weightings to the different elements of the Revised Mining Charter. Failure to comply with the provisions of the Revised Mining Charter will amount to a breach of the MPRDA and may result in the cancellation or suspension of a mining company’s existing mining rights.

We actively carry out mining and exploration activities in all of our material mineral rights areas. Accordingly, the MPRDA has not had a significant impact on these mining and exploration activities because we applied for and were granted the conversion of all of our old-order mining rights into mining rights in terms of the MPRDA. We now have to comply with the required annual and bi-annual reporting to the DMR on the Social and Labor Plans, Environmental Management Programs, and Progress Reports on our prospecting rights.

We have already complied with the requirements of the Mining Charter, with regards to HDSA ownership, and our effective ownership, as defined by the Mining Charter, is 28%. We have been working on our program of licensing since 2004, which involved the compilation of a mineral assets register and the identification of all of our economic, mineral and mining rights. We have secured all “old mining rights” and validated existing mining authorizations. Our strategy has been to secure all strategic mining rights on a region-by-region basis. The conversion of mining rights for our operations was granted and all of our mining areas are secured/supported by new-order mining rights.

The Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Act 28 of 2008 and the Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Administration Act 29 of 2008 were assented to on November 21, 2008 with the commencement date set as May 1, 2009. However, the date on which royalties became payable was deferred to March 1, 2010. Royalties are payable to the government according to formula based on earnings before interest and tax. This rate is then applied to revenue to calculate the royalty amount due, with a minimum of 0.5% and a maximum of 5% for gold. For fiscal 2013, the average royalty rate for our South African operations was 1.34% of gross sales.

Papua New Guinea

According to the Mining Act of 1992 (PNG) mineral rights in PNG belong to the government of PNG, which has a statutory right to acquire up to 30% of any project at the historic exploration cost prior to grant of the Mining Lease.

The government then issues and administers mining tenements under the relevant mining legislation, and mining companies must pay royalties to the government based on production.

The key difference in PNG is that citizens have the right to carry out non-mechanized mining of alluvial minerals on land owned by them. These customary rights do not extend over a mining lease, unless an alluvial mining lease is obtained.

Almost all land in PNG is owned by a person or group of persons, and is not generally overlaid by landowner title issues. There is, however, considerable difficulty in identifying landowners of a particular area of land because land ownership may arise from both contract and inheritance, and because of the absence of a formal written registration system.

Prior to commencing exploration, compensation for loss or damage must be agreed with the landowners. Prior to commencing mining, a written agreement must be entered into with landowners dealing with compensation and other matters.

In PNG, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Newcrest PNG 1 Limited hold a mining lease and various exploration licenses granted by the Minerals Resource Authority for the Hidden Valley Project. Both parties have obligations under a memorandum of agreement with the state, local government and the landowners.

Wafi Mining Limited and Newcrest PNG 2 Limited hold various exploration licenses granted by the Minerals Resource Authority for the Wafi-Golpu Project, and have entered into a compensation agreement with landowners on one of its exploration licenses.

HGEL manages three main project areas which include the Amanab project in the Sandaun Province, Mount Hagen project in the Western Highlands Province and Tapini project in the Central Province. A fourth project area, Tari project in the Southern Highlands was granted a tenement in 2012 and another application remains pending. At June 30, 2013, Harmony was in the process of withdrawal / relinquishment from the Mount Hagen Project.

 

72


Table of Contents

In PNG there are no applicable exchange control restrictions but the PNG central bank does have to be informed of all transactions and has to approve lending facilities and interests rates charged.

Environmental Matters

We are committed to conducting our business in an ethically, morally, socially and environmentally responsible manner that will protect human health, natural resources and the environment in which we operate. We aim to balance our economic, social and environmental goals and responsibilities to achieve sustainable, profitable growth in our business and, more importantly, to work with communities and regulatory agencies to implement sound management practices which will ensure that our mining is conducted in an environmentally-safe manner. In addition, with regard to legacy mining impacts, we remain committed to identifying and implementing coordinated remediation plans that are acceptable to all relevant parties.

A board-approved environmental policy supports the strategy of optimising environmental performance by:

 

    managing the environment as an integral part of our business;

 

    focusing on the effectiveness of risk controls;

 

    reducing our environmental liability;

 

    ensuring sustainability, especially on mine closures;

 

    product life cycle stewardship;

 

    create a sharing, learning, challenging and innovative environmental culture in Harmony; and

 

    ensuring environmental compliance through internal and external audits.

Ultimate oversight for environmental strategy and performance in Harmony rests with the Social and Ethics Committee of the board. In addition to an executive environmental manager, an environmental leadership committee drives environmental improvement strategically at group level, which cascades down to the various operations. At each operation, general managers are accountable for environmental management, and each operation develops annual environmental management plans to identify opportunities to increase compliance and minimize pollution.

To ensure consistency across the group, technical and performance standards and guidelines have been developed. All group standards are incorporated into operational environmental management systems (“ EMS ”) and implemented via the ISO 14001 system.

During fiscal 2013, the environmental policy was updated and was approved by the board. This sets out our commitment to closing our mines in a way that ensures long-term environmental stability and a post-mining beneficial land use that promotes sustainable livelihoods in the communities where we operate. The revised policy also articulates our understanding of the total life cycle of our product – we will promote the responsible refining, beneficiation and use of our product within our sphere of influence.

 

LOGO

 

73


Table of Contents

South Africa

To address and minimize the impact of the Company’s operations on the environment, taking into account regulatory requirements, the board has approved a number of five year targets relating to emissions to air, water consumption and usage, energy consumption, recycling and land use, namely:

 

    Compliance

The Company will maintain the number of environmental fines at zero.

 

    Energy management and Carbon Footprint

Harmony’s aggregate group target for reduction in absolute electricity consumption is 3% by fiscal 2018, based on a 2008 base year.

Harmony’s aggregate group target for reduction in energy consumption per ton milled is 2% by fiscal 2018, based on a 2008 base year.

Harmony’s aggregate group target for reduction in absolute Carbon Footprint in CO 2 equivalent per ton milled is 2% by fiscal 2018, based on a 2008 base year.

 

    Biodiversity

All sites to implement 80% of biodiversity action plans by 2018.

 

    Water Management

The aggregate group target for reducing fresh water consumption (water use for primary activities) in kilolitres (“ KL ”) is a 4.5% improvement by fiscal 2018, based on a 2013 base year.

The aggregate group target for reducing fresh water consumption (water use for primary activities) in KL per ton milled is a 5% improvement by fiscal 2018, based on a 2013 base year.

The aggregate group target for improving on the percentage of water recycled (intensity and absolute) is 5% by fiscal 2018, based on a 2013 base year.

 

    Rehabilitation

The aggregate group target is to reduce land available for rehabilitation by 2% by fiscal 2018, based on a 2013 base year.

Environmental performance

Use of resources

Water

Harmony’s operations use significant amounts of water, and access to this resource is vital for the growth of our assets. Although we have an adequate supply at present, water is fast becoming a competitive resource.

Internal risk assessments in fiscal 2013 identified risks and opportunities directly linked to Harmony’s business strategy, with the major climate change risk being a change in rainfall patterns and the attendant risk of intermittent water supply. Intermittent water supply could pose a significant threat to the operational continuity of our mines and therefore the profitability of our business. Harmony has adjusted its strategy to reduce its dependency on existing groundwater infrastructure, and a group-wide campaign to re-use processed water continues to produce excellent results.

Our South African operations do not draw water directly from surface sources, such as rivers, except for Kalgold which draws water from the aquifer. Water is sourced from:

 

    bulk water service providers and municipalities;

 

    surface water run-off;

 

    water that ingresses into deep-level mining operations and is then pumped to the surface;

 

    recycled water; and

 

    boreholes.

 

74


Table of Contents

The Far Western Region Dolomitic Water Association is dealing with a number of water-related issues in the area, including an exercise to remediate the impact of radiation in the Wonderfonteinspruit catchment. While Harmony is a member of the committee working to reduce the impact on this area, it has no operational involvement in the upper region of this catchment, highlighted as the first area requiring intervention. Only one site may be linked to our operations, but this was deemed of lower environmental risk by an intergovernmental team and not requiring any urgent intervention. Harmony considers that any exposure in this catchment is limited and manageable.

Acid mine drainage

Acid mine drainage, or acid rock drainage, is the outflow of acidic water, usually from abandoned or operational metal or coal mines. Other areas where the earth has been disturbed by mining activities may also contribute acidic water to the environment.

Our current focus is on improving our understanding of the groundwater and surface water regimes. In the last year, geo-hydrological assessments were undertaken in the Free State region, Kalgold and Doornkop. In terms of acid mine drainage, the studies confirm there is no risk of decant from the Free State operations, or Kalgold. From the perspective of surface water pollution, rehabilitation is being prioritized at the joint metallurgical scheme site and the acid plant site in the Free State, as well as at decommissioned shafts and infrastructure in the Free State and at Kusasalethu.

Harmony continues to work closely with regional partners to identify the longer-term risks of acid mine drainage and establish sustainable solutions.

Harmony carried a third of the costs of pumping and treating fissure water in the Klerksdorp, Orkney, Stilfontein and Hartbeesfontein (“ KOSH ”) Basin for nearly five years. This followed a directive from the Department of Water Affairs. Once the land in question was sold to another mining group in 2009, Harmony requested the department to withdraw the directive given that the relevant section (section 19) of the National Water Act does not provide for holding people responsible for pollution in perpetuity once they are no longer connected to the land. After the department refused to withdraw the directive, Harmony lodged an application in the High Court to have this set aside. The case was heard in October 2011 and judgment handed down in June 2012. The judge dismissed Harmony’s application to have the directive set aside and made no order on cost, stating his view that Harmony was not a frivolous litigant as it “… raised constitutional issues of importance aimed at vindicating a constitutional principle of legality”. Harmony has applied for leave to appeal and the appeal will be heard in November 2013. Potential exposure to the Company at June 30, 2013 is approximately R42 million (US$4.2 million), which has been provided.

Water is being discharged from our Doornkop operation under directive but is in the process of being licensed. Based on the draft licence received, Doornkop is able to comply with its licensing conditions. An intensive water-monitoring program is in place and reporting to the regulator takes place routinely.

Energy consumption

Our energy consumption is largely in the form of electricity drawn from South Africa’s power utility, Eskom, which in turn is primarily driven by coal-fired power stations. Hoisting, cooling and ventilation systems all need electrical power, making Harmony a major user of electricity. Energy is therefore a significant and growing portion of our operating costs, given rising electricity tariffs.

After the electricity supply crisis in 2008/2009, domestic tariffs have increased steadily and are scheduled to rise further in the year ahead. Following a 25% increase in fiscal 2010 and 2011, with a further16% in fiscal 2012 and 9.6% in fiscal 2013, these cumulative increases have catapulted energy efficiency from an environmental consideration to a business imperative.

South Africa’s 2005 energy efficiency strategy set a national improvement target of 12% by 2015. As industrial and mining companies are the largest users of energy in South Africa, these sectors have been set a final energy demand reduction target of 15% by 2015. While this target is currently voluntary, it is effectively mandatory given the 10% demand reduction imposed by ESKOM after the electricity crisis in 2008.

NERSA approved the renewable energy feed-in tariff guidelines in April 2009. While there is still debate on certain issues in these guidelines, this is expected to stimulate the development of renewable energy in the country once it becomes more financially feasible to invest in alternative energy options.

Harmony is committed to reducing its energy consumption and has worked closely with Eskom to manage its electricity use and peak demand both before and after the energy crisis. The Company has a number of efficiency projects under way. Harmony has also actively engaged with Eskom in demand-side management (“ DSM ”) strategies to reduce electricity consumption during peak periods such as early morning and late afternoon. This involves measures such as timing pumping to coincide with cheaper off-peak periods, making more efficient use of Eskom tariffs that reward load-shifting, and improving the efficiency of pumping operations.

 

75


Table of Contents

We installed sophisticated equipment and variable speed motors that reduce the surge in power consumption when a pump is started. While the software supporting these systems has been complex and costly to develop and implement, significant savings are reflected in lower electrical energy consumed. We have several projects that have been approved by Eskom for partial DSM funding and several more that have been submitted to Eskom for approval. Seven more energy efficiency projects are in the final stages of investigation.

Renewable energy initiatives

NERSA approved renewable energy feed-in tariff guidelines in 2009. Although there is ongoing debate on certain issues in these guidelines, this is slowly stimulating the development of renewable energy in the country as it becomes more feasible to invest in these options. At present, Harmony is considering a number of renewable and alternate energy projects, prioritized below:

 

    Bio-energy – the feasibility study was concluded for a project to develop biomass capability in the Free State, and implementation began in August 2013. The intention is to convert rehabilitated land as part of the provincial rehabilitation initiative into value-creating opportunities for local communities. We will convert electrical heating (and heating by polyfuel) of elution water at our gold plants to gas heating.

 

    The Harmony Solar Park aims to develop solar capability at Kalgold to feed into the Eskom grid. This proposal was submitted into the public tender process in August 2013.

 

    Photovoltaic – feasibility study completed for 1MW photovoltaic power plant in the Free State.

 

    Carbon sink – Harmony has completed a pre-feasibility study on establishing a plantation on impacted land. The feasibility study will resume during fiscal 2014.

 

    Turbines – Harmony will convert its turbines at Kusasalethu to deliver power using mine water from the surface.

 

    Solar geysers – replacing electrical with solar geysers at Harmony-owned villages.

Climate change and greenhouse gas emissions

Harmony remains focused on reducing the use of fossil fuels and developing initiatives to mitigate and absorb GHGs to reduce its carbon footprint.

In fiscal 2013, Harmony reduced its South African electricity consumption by 186.6GWh and emissions by 184,767t CO 2 e (fiscal 2012: 74.4GWh and 74,400t CO 2 e). Our challenge remains to create an enabling environment and allocate adequate resources to achieve our goals and commitments.

In 2013, Harmony submitted its seventh response to the Carbon Disclosure Project. The year-on-year progress is encouraging; in fiscal 2012, we scored 98% to rank third in the top 100 Johannesburg Stock Exchange Limited (“ JSE ”) participating companies (in fiscal 2011, we scored 91% to rank fourth).

GHGs are emitted directly by Harmony’s operations and indirectly as a result of consuming electricity generated by external utilities. Emissions from electricity consumption are indirectly attributable to Harmony’s operations. There are currently a number of international and national measures to address or limit GHG emissions, including the Kyoto Protocol and the Copenhagen Accord, in various phases of discussion or implementation.

The countries in which Harmony operates – South Africa and PNG – are non-Annex I countries and did not have emission reduction targets under the Kyoto Protocol in the first commitment period, ending 2012. Following recent environmental summits, including the one hosted in South Africa in 2011, South Africa has committed voluntarily to 30% clean energy by 2025, aiming for the country’s GHG emissions to peak by 2020–2025, plateau for a decade and then decline by 40% by 2050. These targets were set out in the National Climate Change Response Policy, endorsed by the South African cabinet in October 2011.

In line with this aim, the country’s key carbon-emitting sectors, including energy and transport, have until 2015 to finalise ‘carbon budgets’ and appropriate strategies to support these targets. Adopting a carbon budget model reflects government’s acceptance of the relative energy and carbon intensity of the economy and the need to create the setting required for industries to make the transition to a more carbon-constrained environment.

The Minister of Water and Environmental Affairs noted that government would actively consult with industry on developing carbon budgets to identify an “optimal combination” of mitigation actions to strike a balance between South Africa’s socio-economic imperatives, especially creating and preserving jobs, as well as the need to manage climate change impacts and contribute to global efforts to stabilise GHG concentrations.

 

76


Table of Contents

As our current mines have a life expectancy of up to 25 years, we are undertaking capital projects to sustain and increase production at Phakisa, Doornkop, Kusasalethu, Tshepong and Hidden Valley operations. These expansions will extend our mining operations by ten years or more, by which time GHG regulations are expected to be a permanent feature of the global economy. Future climate change regulation will therefore need to be considered for all Harmony’s extensions and acquisitions. All new greenfields and brownfields projects are required by company policy to consider the impact of climate change in their design and planning.

While Harmony is not conceptually opposed to using financial instruments as incentives in reducing emissions, we are concerned about the potential impact on the industry’s competitiveness. We are working with both the industry task team on climate change and the Chamber of Mines to understand the implications for our business and optimal mechanisms to further promote emission reduction.

Harmony’s exposure to Australian legislation is limited as the operations we owned there have been sold or are under care and maintenance.

PNG’s national office of climate change and environmental sustainability is studying the potential for future economic growth to be driven by renewable energy. Along with other Pacific Island countries, PNG has adopted a framework for action on climate change 2006 to 2015 and a disaster risk reduction and disaster management framework for action. The implications of these structures on Harmony’s operations in PNG have not yet been established and studies are ongoing.

The largest portion of GHG emissions is predominantly electricity-related, with electricity expenditure amounting to 10% of Harmony’s operational costs in South Africa. While cost management is clearly a strategic issue for Harmony, of even greater importance is that energy supply be constant and reliable, given the implications of loss of energy on both production and health and safety. GHG emissions regulations, which would increase the price of energy, will affect Harmony significantly, as will regulation that stipulates emission thresholds, or sets technology standards that may result in insecure energy supply. Already certain compliance costs from power suppliers are being passed on to the Group in the form of price increases. For instance, in South Africa since 2009, Harmony has paid a levy of R0.02 to R0.03 per kilowatt hour for electricity generated by fossil fuels. These levies may increase over time and additional levies may be introduced in future in South Africa, which could result in a significant increase in our costs.

Land management

Radiation is a possible risk at most gold mines. At Harmony, surface radiation is managed by reducing the affected footprints, especially at legacy sites, to support legal compliance and reduce environmental liability. We are steadily improving our understanding of the groundwater and surface water regimes. In terms of surface water pollution, rehabilitation has been prioritized at the joint metallurgical scheme site and the acid plant in the Free State, as well as at decommissioned shafts in the Free State and Deelkraal plants.

Rehabilitation and closure is planned from concept stage for new operations or greenfield projects and during the life-of-mine for existing operations. We continuously identify land that we can rehabilitate to a sustainable, value-creating alternative use. Where feasible, we refurbish infrastructure for use by local communities. For decommissioned operations, we are developing comprehensive closure plans for consideration and approval by the regulators.

Harmony has around 65,000 hectares of land under management in mining rights and disturbed areas under rehabilitation. None of our producing operations are in areas of high biodiversity value, inside or outside protected areas, and only one of our operational areas affects listed species (under the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (“ IUCN ”) Red Data species). This is the vulnerable sungazer lizard (Cordylus giganteus) (endemic to the Free State and parts of Mpumalanga) which occurs in our Free State operating area.

In fiscal 2012, we implemented a rehabilitation strategy for decommissioned operations in the Free State and at Kusasalethu’s Deelkraal section in Gauteng. This focuses on reducing environmental liability, eliminating potential safety and health exposures for both our people and society in general.

From an ecological perspective and linked to the premier’s eco-tourism initiative in the Free State, we are working with expert NGOs to proclaim certain rehabilitated areas as ecological conservation sites for species including IUCN Red Data species.

ISO14001 implementation

An ISO14001 EMS is being introduced progressively across our operations, and it is planned that the implementation program at the longer-life operation will be completed in 2015. In fiscal 2010, Harmony reviewed its strategy on ISO 14001,

 

77


Table of Contents

deciding that all operations would comply with these standards while all new and long-life assets would be ISO-certified within three years. This decision was aligned to our business strategy for scaling down certain operations while developing others. Given that a few of our assets are nearing the end of their lives, implementing a certification system would add only short-term value. All our operations with approved environmental management programs (“ EMPs ”) have outlined closure principles, which will be expanded once these operations (such as Steyn 2 and Unisel) near final closure. Long-life assets that will benefit from continuous improvement were therefore prioritized for certification. These long-life assets are: Doornkop, Kusasalethu, Kalgold, Bambanani, Masimong, Phakisa, Tshepong, Saaiplaas, Target 1 and 3, Joel and all new projects. Operations currently certified are: Doornkop, Kusasalethu, Kalgold, Phakisa, Tshepong, Masimong, Target 1&3. Bambanani and Joel will be certified at the end of fiscal 2014.

In fiscal 2011, Doornkop plant and Kusasalethu were certified to ISO 14001 standards. Evander shaft was certified in the first quarter of fiscal 2012, with certification for its plant and tailings facility planned for March 2013. Kalgold was certified in the first quarter. Tshepong, Phakisa, Masimong, Target shaft, Target plant and Harmony 1 plant received ISO 14001, OHSAS 18000 and ISO 9000 certification by the end of fiscal 2012. Implementation at other operations is ongoing, and action plans to address all high-risk impacts are under way.

Our PNG operations are on track for certification in fiscal 2015.

The EMS forms the basis for the implementation of the environmental policy and monitoring compliance, while the Environmental Management Program Report (“ EMPR ”) developed in line with legislative requirements, contains specific as well as general principles governing environmental management during the life of the mine. The EMPRs identify individual impacts, mitigation measures and rehabilitation requirements.

Generic closure objectives are set and high-level closure plans formulated within the EMPR, including investigation of the potential for re-use of existing infrastructure, preparation of a rehabilitation plan, rehabilitation and vegetation of the affected area and post-closure monitoring. These EMPRs are legally binding and forms part of our submission for, and receipt, of mining rights conversions.

A group-level environmental audit as well as a number of annual compliance audits were undertaken during the year, most notably by the DMR. Areas of non-compliance identified by the audits have been and are being addressed.

Environmental management and auditing

To ensure legislative compliance, appropriate environmental management systems are being implemented at all operations to ensure a formal, systematic approach.

As required by the MPRDA, an environmental management program have been drawn up for each operation, submitted and approved by the DMR. These plans are amended when necessary and resubmitted to the department. Harmony’s operations are legitimate water users, operating under associated permits, licenses or directives. At Kalgold, Harmony has applied for a water use license and requested an interim directive.

Integrated water use licences were submitted for all operations as early as 2006.

Doornkop has received a draft water use licence, and the final licence is imminent. After initially submitting an application in 2006, a re-submission of the water use license application was lodged in August 2011 to include additional water uses.

Other key legislation for the Company includes compliance with the National Environmental Management Act, National Water Act and the National Nuclear Regulator Act. Harmony has received an exemption from the nuclear regulator’s certificate of registration process as radiation levels are fairly low for Kalgold.

Harmony received no environmental fines or sanctions in fiscal 2013. Issues being addressed at present include:

 

    approval of the rehabilitation strategy for Kalgold’s D-zone pit, which Harmony proposes to convert into a strategic water resource. The DMR’s decision is pending; and

 

    accelerated rehabilitation and access to trust funds to reduce the environmental footprint.

Significant environmental incidents

Significant incidents are defined as those that have an impact outside the Group’s boundaries, which may cause irreparable harm or which require significant expenditure to remedy. In fiscal 2013, the following significant environmental incidents were reported:

 

    Saaiplaas – residue spillage from plant;

 

    Kusasalethu – return water dam overflow after heavy rainfall;

 

78


Table of Contents
    Evander – dam overflow after excessive rainfall;

 

    Harmony plant 1 – spillage after slimes delivery pipeline burst; and

 

    Kusasalethu – return water dam sump overflow after temporary closure.

All these issues are being addressed through our EMPs.

Financial provision

In accordance with legislation, Harmony has constituted independent environmental rehabilitation trust funds to make adequate financial provision for the expected cost of environmental rehabilitation at mine closure and for the discharge of its obligations and contingent liabilities. Each operation reviews and updates the financial provision for its expected environmental closure liability annually in consultation with a consultant. This estimate is then used to calculate the contributions to be made to the rehabilitation trust funds, and, if necessary, adjustments are made to the trust fund provisions.

The accumulated amount in the various South African rehabilitation trust funds was US$201 million at the end of June 2013 (2012: US$243 million), while the total rehabilitation liability was estimated at US$213 million (2012: US$301 million). We have guarantees for the environmental liabilities amounting to US$35 million (2012: US$47 million). No contributions were made to the trust funds during fiscal 2013. US$6 million was contributed to the trust funds during fiscal 2012.

The assets of each mine within each fund are ring-fenced and may not be used directly to cross-subsidize one another without the authorization from the regulator.

Papua New Guinea

Our PNG operations are in various phases of activity including exploration, pre-feasibility study and operations build-up. We are subject to applicable environmental legislation including specific site conditions attached to the mining tenements imposed by the PNG Government Department of Environment and Conservation (“ DEC ”), the terms and conditions of operating licenses issued by the PNG Mineral Resources Authority (“ MRA ”) and DEC, and the environment permits for water extraction and waste discharge issued by DEC.

All PNG operations have departments and personnel dedicated to environmental matters who are responsible for implementing the Company environmental management programs, monitoring the impact of mining on the environment and responding to impacts that require specific attention outside of the normal program of environmental activities.

Environmental management and auditing

A framework for a Sustainable Business Management System (“ SBMS ”) is being developed which will comply with relevant Australian and international standards and principles for safety, environment, quality and sustainable development (including AS/NZS ISO14001: Environmental Management Systems, Equator Principles, and the Cyanide Code).

This system, with respect to environmental management systems only, was implemented at Hidden Valley during the 2013 calendar year and will be implemented at all other MMJV operations in 2015.

The PNG DEC commissioned a third party compliance audit of the Hidden Valley mine in 2010 following stakeholder concerns about sedimentation impacts on the Watut River. This led to the development of a DEC-approved environmental improvement plan to address compliance concerns and the appointment of an external stakeholder advisory panel. The Hidden Valley joint venture partners are systematically implementing the environmental improvement plan to the satisfaction of the DEC and local landowners. The project’s relationship with key stakeholders remains good and the joint-venture partners continue to be guided by advice from the stakeholder panel and the technical advisory committee (an expert, independent and multi-stakeholder body).

Use of resources

Water

The Hidden Valley mine receives an average of three meters of rain each year, coupled with annual evaporation of about one meter. The excess rainfall, combined with steep unstable topography, creates significant water management challenges for the mine. Rainfall run-off must be controlled to prevent erosion and sediment run-off to the river system. Site-water use must also be conserved to limit volumes of contaminated waste water discharged into the river system. These waste-water streams include sewage effluent and discharge water from the tailings storage facility (“ TSF ”).

Conserving process water is particularly important because TSF discharge water must first be treated to remove cyanide, and then filtered through activated carbon to remove contaminants prior to discharge. Water is only discharged to maintain a small ponded area on the TSF which, in turn, is necessary to maintain the integrity of the TSF. The minimum volumes of raw water are

 

79


Table of Contents

therefore drawn from the river system for key processes. This draw, however, in combination with high rainfall and low evaporation creates a high positive water balance, necessitating a high rate of discharge from the TSF and limiting the opportunity for process water recycling. Minimizing raw-water use is also important in protecting the project against occasional El Nino droughts when volumes of available river water are greatly reduced.

Despite the strong focus on limiting raw-water use, the associated draw for the process plant at the Hidden Valley mine increased during the year, from 1,011,522m 3 in fiscal 2012 to 1,252,936 m 3 in fiscal 2013.

Construction of the Hidden Valley mine has contributed to sedimentation in the Watut River system. This has caused concern among downstream communities living on the river banks. In fiscal 2010, the joint venture partners commissioned a series of studies to assess current and future impacts on this river system. These sediment and biological studies indicated impacts on the Watut River, partly from activities at Hidden Valley and from other sources along the river. The acid rock generation evidence (low pH & elevated dissolved metals) are observed at the toes of the waste dumps and the uppermost points of Kaveroi Creek just below the Hidden Valley Mine Pit. The lime dosing at Pihema Creek downstream of the mine pit helps to reduce the dissolved metal levels and increase the pH. The surface water run-off also contributes to the dilution of the dissolved metals downstream of the mine.

The joint venture’s annual environmental report for the 2012 calendar year, as submitted to the DEC, highlighted a number of performance improvements at Hidden Valley compared to the prior year. Notably, sediment emissions were substantially reduced again, with sediment levels in the Watut trending toward pre-construction levels. The dissolved metal levels at Nauti are in compliance with the PNG aquatic protection criteria with occasional manganese spikes. The dissolved cobalt level is a PNG criteria issue and is being addressed by the PNG Department of Environment and Conservation.

Acid Rock Drainage

In PNG, there are issues with acid rock drainage (“ ARD ”) being generated from waste rock dumps but any impact on the environment is mitigated by adding lime to maintain natural levels of alkalinity at the compliance point. Water sampling and studies continue to improve the understanding of ARD impacts, and enable plans to be formulated for longer-term reduction and mitigation.

Energy consumption

In the third quarter of fiscal 2011, Hidden Valley was connected to the new hydropower transmission line, part of the PNG electricity grid. While Hidden Valley is currently only drawing 60% (fiscal 2012: 45%) of its requirements from the national grid, this has already significantly reduced reliance on diesel-generated power on site and the amount of fuel to be trucked to this remote site. Management is cautiously confident of securing a higher percentage of grid power, with the target of 96% hydro power within the next two years.

The Hidden Valley plant was designed with the latest technology to ensure optimal use of energy: photovoltaic switches control general lighting, all motors have energy efficient design and, in the semi-autogenous grinding mill (the biggest user of power), 10MW is equipped with a slip recovery drive that recovers load losses and regenerates power back into the local grid when the mill is operating below optimum efficiency.

In constructing the Wafi-Golpu site, we are drawing on lessons learned at Hidden Valley and elsewhere to develop a design tailored to be as environmentally responsible as possible – with world-class health, safety, procurement and community elements. All design criteria consider the use of renewable energy options versus conventional power generation, while the design of plant and infrastructure is characterised by energy efficiency and conservation.

Climate change and greenhouse gas emissions

PNG’s national office of climate change and environmental sustainability is studying the potential for future economic growth to be driven by renewable energy. Along with other Pacific Island countries, PNG has adopted a framework for action on climate change 2006 to 2015 and a disaster risk reduction and disaster management framework for action. The implications of these structures on Harmony’s operations in PNG have not yet been established and studies are ongoing.

Harmony is developing a framework for an internal GHG management strategy, including standardized emission measurements and estimation techniques at PNG. In the past, GHG emissions in PNG were only direct and treated as scope 1 emissions as these were derived from diesel generators with no electricity purchased. This changed in fiscal 2011 because Hidden Valley mine, previously under construction, is now fully operational, and was connected to the national grid in March 2011.

 

80


Table of Contents

Land management

Land is a significant resource in the largely mountainous terrain of PNG, and any land clearing is managed by permit from the environment and community affairs department. Hidden Valley follows a strategy of progressive rehabilitation, with an on-site high-capacity nursery continually hardening thousands of seedlings for field planting.

Hidden Valley mine is not in a biodiversity protected area. Although five 2011 IUCN Red List species could occur in the area, none has been confirmed and there is no evidence that Hidden Valley mine has affected critical habitat.

Significant environmental incidents

Significant environmental incidents reported in fiscal 2013 included the release of plume lime dust, requiring evacuation and shut-down of the process plant. All incidents were fully addressed.

Financial provision

A closure plan has been developed for Hidden Valley, with a provision for rehabilitation and closure liabilities of US$52.8 million.

 

81


Table of Contents

 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Health and Safety Matters

Please note that all numbers exclude Evander, unless expressly stated otherwise.

Legislation

For many years, the safety of persons working in South African mines and quarries was controlled by the Mines and Works Act of 1956 and then by the Minerals Act of 1991 which was replaced by the Mine Health and Safety Act. The Minerals Act of 1991 has subsequently been repealed and the MPRDA promulgated. The Mine Health and Safety Act has since been amended by the Mine Health and Safety Amendment Act, Act 74 of 2008. The objectives of the Mine Health and Safety Act (“ MHSA ”) are:

 

    to protect the health and safety of persons at mines;

 

    to require employers and employees to identify hazards and eliminate, control and minimize the risks relating to health and safety at mines;

 

    to give effect to the public international law obligations of South Africa that concern health and safety at mines;

 

    to provide for employee participation in matters of health and safety through health and safety representatives and the health and safety committees at mines;

 

    to provide effective monitoring of health and safety measures at mines;

 

    to provide for enforcement of health and safety conditions at mines;

 

    to provide for investigations and inquiries to improve health and safety at mines;

 

    to promote a culture of health and safety in the mining industry;

 

    training in health and safety in the mining industry; and

 

    co-operation and consultation on health and safety matters between the State, employers; employees and their representatives.

The MHSA prescribes general and specific duties for employers and others, determines penalties and a system of administrative fines, and provides for employee participation by requiring the appointment of health and safety representatives and the establishment of health and safety committees. It also entrenches the right of employees to refuse to work in dangerous conditions. Key amendments to the MHSA include the following:

 

    training records must be kept;

 

    employer investigations;

 

    permanent committees of the MHSC;

 

    health and safety management system;

 

    administrative fines increased from R200,000 to R1 million; and

 

    offences — applicable to the employer.

Australia, via each state and territory has a well regulated system of occupational health and safety (“ OH&S ”), comprising legislation (through acts and regulations) and codes of practice. Australia is moving to National OH&S legislation, and draft legislation has been circulated to the various levels of government and industry for consultation. Some of the draft legislation specifically applies to the mining industry, including specific legislation and extensive codes of practice and guidelines. There is also a well-developed certification and licensing system for employees for the usage of certain items of plant and equipment. The legislation governing this area also refers to the many Australian Standards - specifically AS/NZS 4801, which is the Australian Standard and New Zealand Standard for Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems. In the event of injury while at work, employees are protected by a compulsory workers compensation scheme, which are different for each state.

PNG has a significant mining industry, and a developing system of OH&S. The PNG Mining (Safety) Act of 1977 is the principal legislation, which addresses a range of issues such as working hours, minimum safety and reporting requirements. Other legislation and regulations also apply.

 

83


Table of Contents

Management approach to safety

Harmony’s objective is to eliminate all work-related injuries and illness. To accelerate the execution of our safety and health strategy and continually improve safety performance in South Africa, we created an executive position for safety and health in August 2011. The appointed executive has over 18 years’ experience in the mining industry and a good understanding of underground conditions and the working environment to which our underground workers are exposed. Each operation is monitored monthly using a formal review system, while major safety issues are reviewed annually during the health and safety workshop.

Our safety strategy includes behavioural aspects, competency training and development, and risk management as well as research and new technologies. We believe safety in the workplace can be addressed only through a co-operative approach that ensures the right infrastructure is in place – from systems and planning, to communication and training. We also believe management and employees must accept joint responsibility for their actions. It is therefore imperative that the working environment empowers people – management, supervisors, workers and union representatives – to stop work and withdraw from the mining area when they feel it is unsafe, or prevent others from acting in an unsafe way.

Equally, safety is about attitudes and mindsets. We have renewed our focus on implementing, communicating and reinforcing safety in the workplace, and created a centralised safety function to coordinate initiatives between regions and mines.

Guided by an occupational health and safety policy, our cooperative health and safety management framework involves the active participation of management, unions and DMR representatives at all levels, and is aligned with the MHSA.

Safety is a key performance indicator for management and a key component of performance reward for our people. Historically, the safety-related bonuses were based on reactive performance measures – we are now developing ways to assess safety performance on proactive measures.

In line with the South African mining industry, 2013 health and safety milestones and our own targets, safety management and performance targets have been set, and integrated into the performance parameters at each operation. The 2013 safety milestone is a fatality rate of 0.03 per million hours worked, achieved by the end of 2013. This milestone was agreed by the CEOs of all mining companies and the Mine Health and Safety Council at the 2003 industry safety summit. At Harmony, the steady improvement in the LTIFR is encouraging and proves that the foundation of better safety performance built over recent years remains intact. We accept that we have some way to go to reach the industry goal for reducing fatal accidents; at 0.11, Harmony’s South African rate is at its lowest in ten years, but we will continue striving to meet the milestone target of 0.03 and achieve our aspiration of operating with zero fatalities.

Health and safety committees are in place at all operations, as required by the MHSA, and full-time health and safety stewards and health and safety representatives have been appointed. There were 48 full-time health and safety stewards in place at the South African operations in fiscal 2013 (2012: 61). These committees comprise management and elected employee representatives to ensure the active participation of our people in safety and health management. All safety representatives receive additional training in line with revised Mining Qualifications Authority standards. The committees meet monthly to discuss employee health and safety issues, and formal health and safety agreements are in place at all operations to deal with related issues.

Initiated by the chief executive officer, over the past two years Harmony has instituted a focused and multifaceted drive to transform the Company’s approach from reactive to proactive by improving the safety culture across all operations through a high-level internal health and safety review, adopting leading health and safety practices, improving the Harmony safety risk management system, integrating proactive key performance measures in incentive schemes, continuously improving standards and procedures, implementing e-learning to improve safety-related training, implementing a Harmony culture alignment program and through integrating both the safety management standards (management systems) and safety culture initiatives (people) to function as one strategy.

The first step towards a more sustainable safety performance was to improve our safety management framework. IRCA Global – an internationally recognised company with expertise in the field of safety, health, environmental and quality management – was contracted to perform a gap audit against global standards in Harmony’s South African operations. Nine operations received total scores above 80%, and five received three- or four-star ratings under international standards. However, common critical shortcomings in safety management identified during the audit were quality of issue-based and continuous risk assessments, managing change, technical planning in terms of risk, managing close-out actions and leadership controls. Identified critical shortcomings in safety and health management are being incorporated into an improved safety and health management framework for Harmony, which will be aligned to the OHSAS 18001 standard for occupational health and safety management. Expert task teams have been established to review and finalize this framework.

 

84


Table of Contents

A high-level internal safety audit team of mining and safety experts was established in the third quarter of fiscal 2012. The team’s main objective is to verify conditions in risk areas at Harmony’s operations and establish the effectiveness of existing management systems to ensure the safety of employees. The team will also review the implementation level of strategic health and safety programs and standards at all operations.

By year end, audits had been completed at ten South African operations. Each audit report, with the actions implemented by management to ensure gaps are effectively addressed, is reviewed by the chief executive and other executives at every operation.

Safety literacy remains a material issue. To address this, e-learning programs (spanning safety and refresher training) are in place at five operations. In addition, pictorial briefs are used at shaft level to communicate mine accidents and safety messages, and we are implementing virtual reality training to improve risk identification.

In South Africa, the DMR remains vigilant about ensuring compliance with safety legislation. Harmony continues to work closely with the department to resolve issues, minimize safety stoppages and ensure that all safety standards are implemented and enforced at our operations. In fiscal 2013 the Harmony South African operations received 78 Section 54/55 instructions. Three operations were completely stopped and two operations were partially stopped for a specific period after serious/fatal accidents occurred. The majority of instructions were issued to rectify deviations from standards and were focused on specific sections of each operation.

In fiscal 2013, Harmony initiated a three-year grant totalling R4.7 million to the University of Pretoria to establish a chair in rock engineering and numerical modelling in the mining industry. This focused research on a safer working environment in the hard-rock mining industry offers benefits all stakeholders, and will strengthen the partnership between academic institutions and our industry in developing further safety improvements.

Harmony’s ground-control strategy has been converted into draft e-learning format and all blasting certificate holders were earmarked for this training at the different facilities. A test version of the e-learning material was installed at Doornkop and demonstrated in April 2013. This will be implemented at all training centres in due course.

All applicable underground South African operations have adopted the entry examination and making safe and bolting with netting leading practice developed by MOSH. Bolted netting in stopes and development faces has been rolled out as a leading practice at all Harmony underground operations. A minimum standard for nets was developed and implemented through the procurement department.

Harmony’s South Afircan mines will be focussing on the adoption of a new leading practice, the Trigger Action Response Plan (“ TARP ”), in fiscal 2014. The TARP is a systematic process where fall-of-ground related hazards are identified, escalated if necessary and treated by the correct level of supervision. Joel served as the demonstration mine for this initiative, which proved very successful.

RBE audits were conducted at all underground operations during the year. These verified compliance to the RBE code of practice, and specifically focused on locomotive conversions and rail conditions to comply with national standard (SANS 10339) specifications.

During the year, we began installing a proximity detection system on underground rail-bound machinery, an electronic device fitted to mobile machinery that detects other mobile machinery nearby. The operator receives a visual and audible warning signal to which he can react if another vehicle approaches. Linked to this is the Guardcom system, which incorporates a handheld unit that allows the guard of a train to electronically signal the driver and stop the train by activating an emergency stop button in an emergency. The unit also has a tilting device that stops the locomotive automatically if it exceeds a certain angle, i.e. should the guard stumble and fall. Implementation will be phased over 18 months as it involves much training, changing behaviour, amending infrastructure and fitting units to locomotives. This initiative will put Harmony in the forefront of this safety area in the South African gold mining industry.

Safety performance at Hidden Valley in PNG is monitored by Harmony’s regional executive committee. As this is a line management responsibility, safety managers at each operation report through appropriate channels to this executive committee, which in turn reports to the Harmony executive committee, social and ethics committee and technical committee of the board. Safety strategy is guided by Harmony’s health and safety policy.

In PNG, the joint venture partners continue to make good progress in developing a sustainable business management system aligned to ISO standards. Following the ISO 14001 phase 1 certification audit in 2012, the system will be externally audited every two to three years against these standards. Identifying and managing workplace hazards is an important element in improving safety performance in PNG, with site-level risk assessments ensuring each job is completed safely and efficiently. In addition, the hazard identification and risk assessment approach is being successfully implemented, supported by ongoing training and coaching.

 

85


Table of Contents

Performance is measured against agreed indicators. In fiscal 2012, field-level risk assessments were successfully rolled out at Hidden Valley mine and the top ten risks for each section identified. This was accompanied by further education for the workforce, and specific training for high-risk aspects such as defensive driving. Following a safety management plan review with all contractors in the prior year, specific safety performance indicators were developed for each contractor as per the requirements of the PNG Mineral Resources Authority and monitored monthly by safety managers during the review period. The benefits are expected to result in an improved LTIFR for the new financial year.

In PNG, we face different safety risks, given the terrain and level of safety awareness among the workforce. Vehicle operation has been identified as our primary safety risk. A vehicle focus group was established, led by senior managers from each site, and a risk workshop convened to identify opportunities to improve vehicle movement safety. The workshop focused on:

 

    increasing the use of data from the in-vehicle monitoring system (a live tracking system installed in some vehicles);

 

    reviewing road signage and road conditions, and making improvements;

 

    increased driver behaviour monitoring through a dedicated traffic focus group;

 

    improved escort control for delivery convoys; and

 

    advertising and education sessions.

Ongoing activities include reviewing and updating traffic management plans and driver competency assessments. The team is also developing procedures and audit protocols. The second key risk in PNG involves aviation activities, highlighted by two helicopter slinging incidents in the third quarter at our exploration operations. A review of third-party aviation providers, aligned with the basic aviation risk standard, was completed in the final quarter. No immediate safety or flight issues were identified, but general recommendations were made for improvement and adherence to current procedures.

At the Wafi site, the focus was on addressing vehicle-related risks. This included speed checks, vehicle inspections and ensuring all drivers are properly licensed and authorized. Road reviews and upgrades have reduced risks.

Safety performance

Regrettably, nine employees died in mine-related accidents in fiscal 2013 at our South African operations (fiscal 2012: ten). We extend our condolences to their families, friends and colleagues and reiterate our commitment to reaching our goal of zero fatalities.

In line with our values and policies, Harmony provides the family of the deceased with counseling and financial assistance. The South African operations’ fatal injury frequency rate (“ FIFR ”) improved by 8% year on year to 0.11 (fiscal 2012: 0.12) and the LTIFR improved to 6.03 (fiscal 2012: 7.54) per million hours worked.

In PNG, the FIFR remained 0.00, while the LTIFR was 0.12 (FY12: 0.45). Commendably six South African mines have operated for a full year without a fatality – the challenge is to reach this milestone at all operations.

Fatal injuries related to falls of ground improved by 67% year on year (from three to one) while trucks and tramming related fatalities regress from one to two. The fall-of-ground injury frequency rate has improved 42% year on year, reflecting a major safety focus in recent years. Regrettably, a period of 15 months without a fatality of this nature ended in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 after a fatal accident at Masimong.

 

86


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Criminal Mining

In South Africa, illegal mining remains a concern at many Free State gold operations. In addition to significant safety and health risks for our own employees and for the illegal miners, there is a substantial associated cost in terms of destroyed assets and infrastructure, security and loss of skills (if employees are involved). Ultimately, this impacts on investment and job creation.

Illegal mining is a complex issue, and there is no simple solution. We are encouraged by the rising level of cooperation between mine managers, authorities, unions, employees, communities and non-governmental organisations.

We continue to liaise with the DMR, the South African Police Service, the South African Justice Department, private security companies and affected communities. After successful lobbying by the industry, criminal mining has recently been seen by the courts as organized crime, compared with trespass charges in the past. We believe that prison sentences, as opposed to monetary fines, are a greater deterrent.

While these criminal activities continued on both surface and underground operations, enhanced access control and underground security processes are proving effective. In fiscal 2013, technical and physical security measures at our metallurgical plants were upgraded. We continue to focus on communicating the risks and consequences of illegal mining and fraud to our own workforces, and our zero-tolerance approach has seen a number of employees dismissed for related offences.

Healthcare services

Harmony values the health and well-being of all its employees and the communities affected by its activities. The Company is therefore committed to preventing all illnesses — not only occupational illnesses but other lifestyle diseases such as hypertension, diabetes and HIV — through continued medical surveillance, active case finding, early detection and treatment as part of an integrated managed healthcare system. As part of our strategy, we participate in state initiatives such as tuberculosis (“ TB ”) and HIV programs.

Harmony Healthcare provides tertiary, secondary and primary healthcare as well as occupational health services to around 80% of its employees through Company-managed healthcare facilities and preferred provider arrangements.

The health and well-being of the balance of Harmony employees, their dependents and contractors is ensured through medical aid membership or third-party service providers, as part of their employment benefits.

Our proactive approach to healthcare is beginning to deliver the expected benefits. As part of this R100 million investment, six new health hubs in South Africa are at various stages of completion. Tshepong was commissioned in the first quarter of fiscal 2014, with the remaining hubs due for commissioning by December 2013. In tandem we have trebled the number of medical professionals, with teams of 25 to 35 per hub providing a 24-hour service. Each team has a social worker, health educator, primary healthcare doctor and occupational health specialist.

 

87


Table of Contents

As demonstrated by the success of the pilot hub at Target in the prior year, these hubs provide an integrated, proactive healthcare service to bring primary, occupational and wellness facilities closer to the mine. While improving the quality of healthcare, this model also reduces the cost of centralized healthcare services and improves labour availability and productivity. Other key benefits include:

 

    aligned to proposed national health insurance processes and requirements;

 

    compliant with DMR requirements;

 

    individual risk profiling, proactively managed by significantly enlarged, multi-disciplinary team;

 

    active case finding;

 

    continued surveillance;

 

    holistic approach to providing healthcare;

 

    proactive employee assistance programme;

 

    improved health insurance cover for most employees – extended to contractors during fiscal 2013; and

 

    improved quality assurance.

During fiscal 2013, a noticeable impact on absenteeism was achieved through decentralized service provision and an integrated management approach to proactive healthcare and wellness. During fiscal 2013, Harmony Healthcare embarked on the implementation of a clinical system that will form the basis of individual disease management plans. The implementation is scheduled for completion in fiscal 2014.

One of the most apparent benefits of our new approach is the dramatic decline in sick leave. We continue to focus on managing absenteeism, which declined across the company to 4.6% during the fiscal 2013 year (fiscal 2012: 5.1%). Absenteeism due to illness decreased by 20.5% at mine level. Acknowledging the potential economic and social impact of a rising absenteeism rate, we are establishing multi-disciplinary attendance and absenteeism review boards at mine level to proactively manage sick absenteeism and absenteeism related to psychosocial issues. Benchmarking Harmony against its peers and companies of similar scale, we set 3.5% as an acceptable sick absenteeism rate.

In keeping with wellness and fitness to work, an amended return-to-work strategy is being piloted. The annualized cost of healthcare delivery is around 10% of our total labour cost. Previously fixed costs absorbed 91% of the South African healthcare budget. Under the new healthcare model, fixed costs are down significantly as are shifts lost per medical visit. The contact rate per employee per month has decreased from 4.3 when primary healthcare was still mostly nurse-driven to 2.5 currently with a doctor focus, and is expected to decrease further.

Occupational health

In compliance with South Africa’s MHSA, medical surveillance medical surveillance is ongoing at the Company’s dedicated centres. A total of 44,321 medical surveillance examinations were conducted in fiscal 2013 (fiscal 2012: 47,894) including entry examinations (for new employees), annual examinations, exit (end of service) examinations, and out-of-cycle examinations (for transfers, for example).

In PNG, medical centres at Hidden Valley, Wafi and Wau provide full-time primary healthcare and occupational health surveillance to employees, dependents and the local community. While the Wau centre is only available to dependents and community members for emergencies, four community health facilities provide services at Babuaf near Wafi and Nauti, Kwembu and Winima near Hidden Valley. In PNG, 17,898 health contacts were made at all MMJV medical centres (fiscal 2012: 18,840).

Harmony aligns its reporting on occupational health statistics to international standards such as the International Labour Organization code of practice on recording and notification of occupational accidents and diseases, as well as the MHSA. Where employees are diagnosed with a compensable occupational illness, Harmony submits details on their behalf of the relevant bodies, depending on the illness and associated legislation. Harmony contributes annually to The Medical Bureau for Occupational Diseases and the Compensation Commissioner of Occupational Diseases – a statutory body responsible for certification and compensation under the Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act of 1973 and the Rand Mutual Assurance Company – an industry body providing compensation under the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act of 1993.

In PNG, an integrated business information system provides numerous administrative functions for health, safety, risk management and human resources. This includes a medical register that tracks and reviews each patient’s progress from initial health contact throughout the treatment process.

 

88


Table of Contents

In South Africa, the primary occupational health risk areas in fiscal 2013 were noise-induced hearing loss (“ NIHL ”), occupational lung disease including silicosis, TB and other HIV-related illnesses, and heat stress. In PNG, the primary health risks at Hidden Valley were upper respiratory tract infections (“ URTIs ”) and malaria, neither of which are occupational illnesses. However, given the impact on our workforce and communities, we have invested considerable financial and human resources in proactively combating these conditions.

Noise-induced hearing loss : Harmony is committed to industry milestones for NIHL under the auspices of the Mine Health and Safety Council (“ MHSC ”):

 

    after December 2008, the hearing conservation programs implemented by the industry must ensure no deterioration in hearing greater than 10% among occupationally-exposed individuals; and

 

    total noise emitted by all equipment in any workplace must not exceed 110dB(A) at any location (includes individual pieces of equipment) by December 2013.

The hearing conservation program at Harmony includes issuing individually moulded hearing protection devices for working areas with high noise levels. This includes all categories of underground employees and selected categories of surface occupations.

Harmony’s strategy is to issue all exposed employees with personalised hearing protection devices, which reduce the noise level by 25 decibels. By year end, 96% of employees and 60% of contractors exposed to noise levels above 82dB(A) had been fitted with personalised hearing protection devices. The number of personalised devices issued to date was 27,329 at the end of fiscal 2013 (split 25,409 for employees and 1,920 for contractors). Encouragingly, contractor compliance increased notably during the year.

Although we made good progress with issuing personal hearing protection devices during the period, a concern was raised by Harmony’s high-level audit team about compliance in using these devices in the workplace. More focus will therefore be placed on monitoring compliance at the workplace and reporting compliance levels. Training in the use and benefits of these devices is part of e-learning material used during annual refresher training.

Detecting hearing loss is done by audiometric testing during annual medical examinations and is measured against the employee’s baseline test. Early detection enables management to counsel the employee at an early stage and to investigate the working area to prevent more serious loss of hearing. The project initiated at Oppenheimer Hospital in the Free State four years ago to detect NIHL (5 – 10% hearing loss) early is now available at our healthcare facilities. This project is monitored through annual audiograms for all employees exposed to noise risk at work.

In fiscal 2013, the number of NIHL cases compensated dropped to 52 (fiscal 2012: 101). While we are committed to continuous improvement, the industry target to prevent any hearing loss of more than 10% against each exposed individual’s baseline remains a challenge for Harmony.

Occupational lung disease : Silicosis and TB are the two primary occupational lung diseases in the gold mining industry in South Africa and remain long-term concerns for Harmony. Chronic obstructive airways disease does occur, but less frequently.

Silicosis

Silicosis is linked to long-term exposure to quartz silica dust and can cause increased susceptibility to TB. Under the auspices of the MHSC, Harmony committed to the following milestones:

 

    95% of all exposure measurement results to be below the occupational exposure limit for respirable crystalline silica of 0.1mg/m³ by December 2008. Compliance improved steadily through fiscal 2013 to 93.5%, although still below the milestone requirement. Every measurement above 0.1mg/m³ is investigated and addressed. Harmony has recorded a significant improvement in the year-on-year comparison of exposure groups; and

 

    from December 2013, using present diagnostic techniques no new cases of silicosis among previously unexposed individuals (not exposed before 2008, or someone entering the industry in 2008) – this milestone is monitored by the submission department, in-house technology and the Rand Mutual Assurance Company.

Harmony’s approach to minimising dust includes a range of engineering controls, in addition to two focal areas:

 

    Installing fogger systems at strategic positions

Harmony adopted this practice as part of the MOSH initiative, and has installed 66 foggers in areas of potential high dust exposure as planned. All Harmony’s South African operations are members of the MOSH community of practice for adoption and meet regularly to discuss progress and challenges in implementing leading practices.

 

89


Table of Contents
    Footwall and sidewall treatment in intake airways

Intake airways are treated to allay dust by means of spray cars at pre-determined intervals or with fixed spray systems that can be activated manually or automatically on pre-set timers.

The silica quartz content of dust is highly variable. This presents a challenge in measuring the effectiveness of engineering controls to minimize dust in the workplace. Harmony thus concentrates on controlling the total respirable dust load, which will automatically reduce silica quartz exposure.

In general, the dust loading decreased from fiscal 2012. Dust control in stoping workplaces remains a concern which is being addressed through training and awareness programmes. All development ends are equipped with water blasts to settle dust directly after the blast.

To date, no new cases of silicosis have been reported among individuals who entered the industry since 2008. In fiscal 2013, 772 suspected (submitted) cases (fiscal 2012: 872) were reported to the Medical Bureau of Occupational Diseases, and 185 cases certified (fiscal 2012: 161). The annual rate for certified cases fluctuates depending on backlogs at the reporting authority.

Silicosis continues to receive heightened attention and Harmony, as a member of the Chamber of Mines, is participating in processes to address issues relating to historical silicosis cases. In August 2012, Harmony and its subsidiaries were served with court papers entailing an application by three former employees requesting the South Gauteng High Court to certify a class action for silicosis sufferers. In essence, the applicants want the court to declare them as representing a class of people for purposes of instituting an action for relief and to obtain directions as to what procedure to follow in pursuing the relief required against Harmony its subsidiaries. Harmony has retained legal counsel in this regard. Due to the limited information available on any claims and potential claims and the uncertainty of the outcome of these claims, no estimation can be made for the possible obligation. Please see Item 8. “ Financial Information — Legal Proceedings” for further information.

Tuberculosis

TB hampers the health and productivity of workers (absenteeism, treatment costs, compensation, allocated resources, etc.) and there is increasing pressure on the gold mining industry to reduce its incidence. While the trend for TB across the industry is gradually declining, incidence rates are still unacceptably high. We continue to liaise and cooperate with local departments of health on specific TB training for nursing staff, and the additional resources required to improve our collective management of this disease.

In line with the World Health Organization (“ WHO ”) and the national TB strategic plan in South Africa, Harmony’s comprehensive TB control program includes early case findings, directly observed therapy short-course, chemotherapy and a radiological TB screening project. Harmony exceeds the national plan in certain respects such as:

 

    identifying early TB resistance through state of the art specialized generic and biochemical tests and analysis;

 

    investigative diagnostic tests for early detection;

 

    ultraviolet lights for infection control – an additional 241 ultraviolet lights were installed during fiscal 2013, whilst the 790 ultraviolet lights installed during fiscal 2012 were maintained;

 

    annual X-rays of employees exposed to dusty work environments for early TB detection; and

 

    ongoing monitoring and education.

In fiscal 2013, 629 cases were certified (fiscal 2012: 568). In PNG, only two cases of TB have been reported over the last fiscal year.

Contractors are currently referred to state facilities for TB treatment and excluded from the calculation above. For optimal infection control, it is preferable to manage all TB cases, including contractors. As such, the TB management program will be extended to contractors to facilitate better control of contract-worker TB, certificates of fitness and potential cross-infection of Harmony employees.

In March 2013, we commissioned the Human Sciences Research Council, which specialises in TB and HIV research, to assess TB control in our Free State operations to identify and prioritise key attributable factors. This is expected to be complete by the end of October 2013, with key activities of the assessment including:

 

    secondary analysis using data from TB clinics;

 

90


Table of Contents
    qualitative and quantitative assessments from interviews;

 

    review of TB documentation; and

 

    infection control assessments in living environments and healthcare facilities.

Multidrug-resistant TB (“ MDR TB ”) remains a growing concern for the industry; treatment is costly and protracted (e.g. 18 months’ treatment means many more shifts lost), affected employees are unlikely to return to work which involves risk, and the disease has a high mortality rate despite treatment. With 36 cases of MDR TB diagnosed in fiscal 2013 (compared to 33 in fiscal 2012), the incidence rate per 100,000 of 113 is up 11% on the 97 recorded in the prior year. At the end of fiscal 2013, there were 68 employees on MDR TB treatment, compared to 95 at the end of fiscal 2012, reflecting the protracted treatment period.

Heat stress

Extensive refrigeration and ventilation measures are in place at all operations where temperatures are above normal working ranges. These heat-tolerance testing and acclimatization programmes support and protect employees exposed to excessive heat in the workplace. In fiscal 2013, 16,577 (excluding Evander) heat tolerance tests were undertaken (fiscal 2012: 20,472).

Upper respiratory tract infections

Hidden Valley is 3km above sea level but most employees are from lower, warmer areas. This regular altitude change contributes to respiratory ailments, mostly due to viral infections. 5,087 employees were treated for such complaints in fiscal 2013 (fiscal 2012: 5,428). A program has been developed to educate the workforce about URTIs, as well as gastro-intestinal hygiene, and is being rolled out across the operations.

Malaria

PNG is a high-malaria zone with over 1.5 million cases identified each year by the WHO. We support provincial programs to eradicate the source, including spraying sites, distributing treated mosquito nets and providing treatment regimes.

In addition, a residual spraying program will begin in the Wafi-Golpu communities after completion of household and malaria surveillance surveys. This will then move to other high-risk communities in the Huon Gulf and Bulolo districts. The MMJV also began issuing treated mosquito nets as standard personal protective equipment to all employees and contractors at all sites: over 5,000 treated nets have been distributed to employees and contractors to protect their families against the disease. Ongoing malaria awareness education is provided to employees, contractors and communities through community health meetings, inductions and toolbox meetings.

In fiscal 2013, 1,812 employees were treated for malaria (fiscal 2012: 1,871). The number of people presenting with malarial symptoms rose slightly during fiscal 2013, albeit from a low base in the first quarter.

In addition, the joint venture partners are working with a non-profit partner, Oil Search Health Foundation (“ OSHF ”) to combat major community and employee health risks. The objective is to develop a plan to bring preventive medical treatment for the major employee illnesses (e.g. malaria, TB and gastro-intestinal) closer to the source of the problem. This will be done cost-effectively, and in a way that avoids the joint venture becoming the owner and operator of local community hospitals and clinics.

By mid-year, OSHF had completed its baseline health assessment in our host communities. This will inform the structure and scope of the Medical Store Keeper (“ MSK ”) infrastructure in host communities. Following workshops with the joint venture’s sustainability and medical staff, the scope of work was developed for phase 2, establishing the MSK system and training local (host community) staff to man the MSK points. A portion of this training is focused on collecting reliable data on the status of community health in each area.

HIV/AIDS Policy

Harmony has developed an extensive and appropriate response to HIV/AIDS over a number of years. Managing this pandemic is a critical component of our approach to sustainable development given the significant impact on our employees, their dependents, and local and labor-sending communities in South Africa. It manifests in higher absenteeism, reduced performance and loss of skills to the company, as well as the economic burden on households when the breadwinner becomes ill or dies. There is also an increased financial load on state healthcare facilities. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and the Gold Mining Industry — HIV/AIDS poses risks to Harmony in terms of productivity and costs” and Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and the Gold Mining Industry — The cost of occupational healthcare services and the potential liabilities related to occupational health diseases may increase in the future” .

 

91


Table of Contents

Management of HIV/AIDS

In South Africa, HIV prevalence level among employees in the Group in fiscal 2013 is estimated at 24% as reported in fiscal 2012. This estimate is based on best-available state information and empirical modeling undertaken for the Company in fiscal 2012. No prevalence testing may be undertaken by law. The model continues to suggest that prevalence levels in Harmony will decline over the next ten years as increased awareness and testing, combined early introduction of antiretroviral drugs, culminate in a reduced infection rate nationally.

We recognise that the following pillars are important in managing HIV/AIDS:

 

    health promotion strategy aimed at changing attitudes towards HIV and AIDS using education and awareness programs;

 

    preventative strategy to avoid or eliminate the threat of HIV and AIDS as well as associated health risks, and to significantly reduce the number of new cases;

 

    evidence-based curative interventions to ensure appropriate treatment of all employees diagnosed with HIV and optimum outcomes at the point of care, including home-based care; and

 

    monitoring compliance with treatment plans for affected individuals.

HIV/AIDS continues to be managed at three levels in Harmony:

 

    at a clinical level – HIV symptoms are managed at our healthcare facilities;

 

    Company-wide and mine-specific initiatives – mine-based HIV/AIDS committees are an integral part of health and safety committees, which meet monthly; and

 

    Group policy and practice level – monitored by a healthcare specialist.

The program is managed by an external provider using qualified registered professional nurses and protocols aligned with the South African Department of Health, WHO and the HIV Clinicians Society of Southern Africa.

The focus on HIV/AIDS is part of a wider range of chronic diseases managed by the Company. Because the co-infection rate between TB and HIV/Aids is high, all healthcare workers pay special attention to the needs of immune-compromised employees. Voluntary counseling and testing (“ VCT ”) facilities, information and education are vital elements of our prevention campaigns. Equally, we focus on early detection as early intervention greatly increases the likelihood of long and healthy lives for employees. Harmony’s approach – that HIV/AIDS is a chronic illness and should be managed as such (like diabetes or hypertension) – has had a positive impact on the response to VCT.

In the 2012 calendar year, we continued a year-long campaign targeting 100% VCT participation among our employees. By the end of fiscal 2013, some 90% of the Harmony workforce had received counselling, and 36% agreed to testing. A total of 6,490 individuals were tested (fiscal 2012: 9,861). Although we are making progress in terms of counseling, the poor uptake reflects the ongoing stigma attached to the pandemic. Over the past three years, 56,750 HIV/AIDS tests have been performed in Harmony for employees, contractors and some community members. To ensure consistent results throughout the company in terms of VCT and uptake, we are focusing on the role of health educators, peer educators and implementing an appropriate framework for an employee assistance programme. We continue to encourage HIV-positive employees to participate in Harmony’s wellness programme. This includes counseling on lifestyle choices and nutrition, treating opportunistic infections and antiretroviral therapy (“ ART ”). All employees have access to ART, either through Group healthcare facilities or private medical aid schemes. State-funded facilities in South Africa also provide ART and some employees seek treatment there because of the stigma associated with the disease. Harmony supports the national HIV counseling and testing campaign and extended this to all primary healthcare facilities and occupational healthcare centres as an ongoing service in recent years.

In fiscal 2013, 4,460 employees participated in the highly active antiretroviral therapy program (fiscal 2012: 4,066).

Radiation

Radon exposures at all Harmony operations are well-controlled through systemic and operational controls and barriers. All South African operations comply with the dose limit of 100mSv in five years, with a maximum exposure of 50mSv in a single year. Administrative controls are in place to ensure workers do not exceed the dose limits.

In addition to regular self-inspections and internal audits, the company achieved an average compliance index of 93% during 21 inspections and audits conducted by the National Nuclear Regulator. Radiological clearances are being conducted at decommissioning sites to facilitate the future declassification of these areas.

 

92


Table of Contents

Item 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There are no unresolved comments between the Company and the staff of the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.

Item 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with the consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this annual report.

Overview

We are currently the third largest producer of gold in South Africa and are an important producer in PNG. Our gold sales for fiscal 2013 were 1.20 million ounces of gold. As at June 30, 2013, our mining operations and projects reported total proved and probable reserves of approximately 51.5 million gold equivalent ounces and, in fiscal 2013, we processed approximately 20.7 million tons of ore.

For segment purposes, management distinguishes between “Underground” and “Surface”, with each shaft or group of shafts or open-pit mine managed by a team (headed by a single general manager) being considered to be an operating segment.

Our reportable segments are as follows:

 

    Bambanani, Doornkop, Joel, Kusasalethu, Masimong, Phakisa, Target 1, Target 3, Tshepong, Unisel and Hidden Valley;

 

    the Evander operation is classified as discontinued operations; and

 

    all other shafts and surface operations, including those that treat historic sand dumps, rock dumps and tailings dams, are grouped together under “Other — Underground ” and “Other — Surface ”.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported results of our operations. Actual results may differ from those estimates. We have identified the most critical accounting policies upon which our financial results depend. Some of our accounting policies require the application of significant judgment and estimates by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and are based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, management’s view on trends in the gold mining industry and information from outside sources.

Our significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates and judgments are described in more detail in note 2 and 3, respectively, as well as the relevant notes to the consolidated financial statements. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in Item 18. “ Financial Statements ”. Management has identified the following as critical accounting policies because estimates used in applying these policies are subject to material risks and uncertainties. Management believes the following critical accounting policies, together with the other significant accounting policies discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, affect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and could potentially impact our financial results and future financial performance.

Gold mineral reserves

Gold mineral reserves are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and legally extracted from the Group’s properties. In order to calculate the gold mineral reserves, estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, commodity prices and exchange rates.

Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves requires the size, shape and depth of the orebodies to be determined by analyzing geological data such as the logging and assaying of drill samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgments and calculations to interpret the data. These reserves are determined in accordance with the SAMREC Code, JORC and SEC Industry Guide 7.

Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the gold mineral reserves change from year to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the mineral reserves may change from year to year. Changes in the proved and probable reserves may affect the Group’s financial results and financial position in a number of ways, for example depreciation and amortization charged in the income statement may change as they are calculated on the units-of-production method.

 

93


Table of Contents

The estimate of the total expected future lives of our mines could be materially different from the actual amount of gold mined in the future. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Estimations of Harmony’s gold reserve figures are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production and the price of gold. As a result, quantities of gold produced may differ from current estimates.”

Depreciation of Mining Assets

Depreciation of mining assets is computed principally by the units of production method over the life-of-mine, based on estimated quantities of economically recoverable proved and probable reserves, which can be recovered in future from known mineral deposits.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in compliance with IFRS requires management to assess the useful life of each of its operations separately based on the characteristics of each deposit and select the reserve/resource base that best reflects the useful life of the operation. In most instances, management considers the use of proved and probable reserves for the calculation of depreciation and amortisation expense to be the best estimate of the life of the respective mining operation. Therefore, for most of the Company’s operations, we use proved and probable reserves only, excluding all inferred resources as well as any indicated and measured resources that have not yet been deemed economically recoverable.

In some instances, however, proved and probable reserves alone may not provide a realistic indication of the useful life of mine and related assets. In these instances, management may be confident that certain inferred resources will eventually be classified as measured and indicated resources, and if economically recoverable, they will be included in proved and probable reserves. Management is approaching economic decisions affecting the mine on this basis, but has not yet done the necessary development and geological drill work to improve the confidence to the required levels to designate them formally as reserves. In these cases, management, in addition to proved and probable reserves, may also include certain, but not all, of the inferred resources associated with these properties as the best estimate of the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity.

 

LOGO

Management only includes the proved and probable reserves and the inferred resources that have been included in the life-of-mine plan. To be included in the life-of-mine plan, resources need to be above the cut-off grade set by management, which means that the resource can be economically mined and is therefore commercially viable. This consistent systematic method for inclusion in the life-of-mine plan takes management’s view of the gold price, exchange rates as well as cost inflation into account. The board of directors and management approach economic decisions affecting these operations based on the life-of-mine plans that include such resources. In declaring the resource, management would have had to obtain a specified level of confidence of the existence of the resource through drilling as required by the SAMREC Code or JORC. For further discussion on mineral reserves, see “- Gold mineral reserves” in this section.

During the periods presented, the Company added the inferred resources that were included in the life-of-mine plans at Doornkop and Masimong to the proved and probable reserves in order to calculate the depreciation expense. The depreciation calculation for all other operations was done using only the proved and probable reserves. At these two operations, there has been a steady conversion of the inferred resources included in the life-of-mine plan into measured and indicated resources that are then classified as reserves if economically viable. In addition, there have been no instances during the periods presented where subsequent drilling or underground development indicated instances of inappropriate inclusion of inferred resources in such

 

94


Table of Contents

life-of-mine plans. As such, management is confident that the inclusion of the inferred resources included in the life-of-mine plan in calculating the depreciation charge is a better reflection of the pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits of these assets than would be achieved by excluding them.

Management’s confidence in the economical recovery of these inferred resources is based on historical experience and available geological information. The surface drilling spread (surface boreholes) and underground advance drilling at Doornkop South Reef and Masimong have indicated that the portion of the inferred resources included in the life-of-mine plan exist and can be economically mined with a high level of confidence in the orebodies. The surface boreholes have been used to determine the existence of the orebodies as well as the location of major geological structures and the mineralogy of the orebodies. However, since further drilling and underground development necessary to classify the inferred resources as measured and/or indicated resources and then as reserves, if economically recoverable, has not been done yet, they remain in the inferred resource category. Geological drilling can only be done as and when the underground infrastructure is advanced.

Additional confidence in existence and commercial viability is obtained from the fact that the orebodies surrounding these two operations have already been mined over many years in the past. We mine continuations of the same reefs that these mined-out operations exploited. At Masimong and Doornkop South Reef, the geological setting of the orebodies are such that there is an even distribution of the mineralized content, and reliance can be placed on the comparable results of the surrounding mines. As these results are already known, simulations and extrapolations of the expected formations can be done with a reasonable degree of accuracy. Although this information will not allow the classification of inferred resources to measured and indicated resources and then as a reserve if economically viable, it does provide management with valuable information and increases the level of confidence in existence and grade expectation.

Future capital expenditure necessary to access these inferred resources, such as costs to complete a decline or a level, has also been included in the cash flow projections for the life-of-mine plan and have been taken into account when determining the pattern of depreciation charge for these operations.

Due to the fact that the economic assumptions used to estimate the proved and probable reserves and resources change from year to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the resources and proved and probable reserves may change from year to year. Changes in the proved and probable reserves and the inferred resource base used in the life-of-mine plan may affect the calculation of depreciation and amortization. The change is recognized prospectively.

The relevant statistics for the two operations have been included below.

 

                 Applicable to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Doornkop South Reef    2013      2012      2011  
A  

Years (life-of-mine plan)

     16         14         16   
B  

Reserves (Tons million)

     5.4         3.5         2.3   
B  

Resources (Tons million)

     29.1         25.5         25.2   
D  

Total inferred resources (Tons million)

     23.3         21.2         22.0   
E  

Inferred resources included in life-of-mine plan (Tons million)

     14.3         14.5         15.1   
F  

Future development costs

        
     

Rand million

     227.3         227.0         205.0   
     

US$ million

     27.7         33.5         26.9   
G  

Depreciation expense for the fiscal year

        
     

As reported (US$ million)

     12.1         13.4         4.9   
     

Excluding inferred resources (US$ million)

     23.2         35.7         12.2   

 

95


Table of Contents
                 Applicable to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
Masimong    2013      2012      2011  
A  

Years (life-of-mine plan)

     13         12         13   
B  

Reserves (Tons million)

     7.6         7.3         8.1   
B  

Resources (Tons million)

     124.9         99.2         106.7   
D  

Total inferred resources (Tons million)

     100.9         81.8         87.9   
E  

Inferred resources included in life-of-mine plan (Tons million)

     4.9         5.1         4.9   
F  

Future development costs

        
      Rand million      0.0         85.0         21.1   
      US$ million      0.0         12.5         2.8   
G  

Depreciation expense for the fiscal year

        
      As reported (US$ million)      14.1         12.5         8.9   
      Excluding inferred resources (US$ million)      15.8         13.9         10.0   

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment

We review and evaluate our mining assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Each operating shaft, along with allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash generating unit as each shaft is largely independent of the cash flows of other shafts and assets.

Future cash flows are estimated based on estimated quantities of recoverable minerals, expected gold prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), production levels and cash costs of production, capital and reclamation costs, all based on detailed life-of-mine plans. The significant assumptions in determining the future cash flows for each individual operating mine at June 30, 2013, apart from production cost and capitalized expenditure assumptions unique to each operation, included a short-term gold price of US$1,250 per ounce, while the medium- and long-term gold price used were US$1,300 and US$1,400 per ounce, respectively. The term “recoverable minerals” refers to the estimated amount of gold that will be obtained from proved and probable reserves and related exploration stage mineral interests, except for other mine-related exploration potential and Greenfields exploration potential discussed separately below, after taking into account losses during ore processing and treatment. Estimates of recoverable minerals from such exploration stage mineral interests are risk adjusted based on management’s relative confidence in such materials. With the exception of other mine-related exploration potential and Greenfields exploration potential, estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are included on an area of interest basis, which generally represents an individual operating mine, even if the mines are included in a larger mine complex. In the case of mineral interests associated with other mine-related exploration potential and Greenfields exploration potential, cash flows and fair values are individually evaluated based primarily on recent exploration results and recent transactions involving sales of similar properties.

As discussed above under “Gold mineral reserves” , various factors could impact our ability to achieve our forecasted production schedules from proved and probable reserves. Additionally, gold prices, capital expenditure requirements and reclamation costs could differ from the assumptions used in the cash flow models used to assess impairment. The ability to achieve the estimated quantities of recoverable minerals from exploration stage mineral interests involves further risks in addition to those factors applicable to mineral interests where proved and probable reserves have been identified, due to the lower level of confidence that the identified mineralized material can ultimately be mined economically. Assets classified as other mine-related exploration potential and Greenfields exploration potential have the highest level of risk that the carrying value of the asset can be ultimately realized, due to the still lower level of geological confidence and economic modeling.

 

96


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2013, we recorded an impairment of assets of US$274 million, while a net reversal of impairment of assets of US$7 million was recorded in fiscal 2012 and an impairment of US$39 million was recorded in fiscal 2011. Material changes to any of these factors or assumptions discussed above could result in future impairment charges, particularly around future gold price assumptions. A 10% decrease in gold price assumed at June 30, 2013 would have resulted in the additional impairment amounting to US$2 million for Steyn 2 (included in the Bambanani segment), an impairment at Target 1 of US$35 million and an additional impairment to Hidden Valley of US$197 million.

Carrying Value of Goodwill

We evaluate, on at least an annual basis, the carrying amount of goodwill to determine whether current events and circumstances indicate that such carrying amount may no longer be recoverable. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Each operating shaft, along with allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash generating unit as each shaft is largely independent of the cash flows of other shafts and assets. To accomplish this, we compare the recoverable amounts of our cash generating units to their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. If the carrying value of a cash generating unit were to exceed its recoverable amount at the time of the evaluation, an impairment loss is recognized by first reducing goodwill, and then the other assets in the cash generating unit on a pro rata basis. Assumptions underlying fair value estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties. If these assumptions change in the future, we may need to record impairment charges on goodwill not previously recorded.

As at June 30, 2013 substantially all of our goodwill related to the Phakisa, Tshepong and Bambanani cash generating units, for which there is no significant risk of failing the goodwill impairment test. During fiscal 2011, we recorded an impairment of US$1.5 million on goodwill relating to St Helena (in “Other – Underground” segment). No impairment was recorded during fiscal 2012 or fiscal 2013.

Provision for environmental rehabilitation

Our mining and exploration activities are subject to various laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment. Estimated long term environmental obligations, comprising pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure, are based on the Group’s environmental management plans. Annual changes in the provision consist of finance costs relating to the change in the present value of the provision and inflationary increases in the provision estimate, as well as changes in estimates. The present value of environmental disturbances created is capitalized to mining assets against an increase in the rehabilitation provision. The rehabilitation asset is depreciated as discussed above. Rehabilitation projects undertaken, included in the estimates are charged to the provision as incurred. The cost of ongoing current programs to prevent and control pollution is charged against income as incurred.

Deferred taxes

The taxable income from gold mining at our South African operations was subject to a formula to determine the taxation expense. The tax rate calculated using the formula was capped to a maximum mining statutory rate of 34% for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012 (43% for fiscal 2011), depending on whether or not the taxpayer has elected to be exempt from Secondary Taxation on Companies). With the introduction of Dividends Tax in South Africa on April 1, 2012, the higher tax rate formula was abolished resulting in lower income tax and deferred tax rates in some of our entities. See Item 5. “Results of Operations—Continuing Operations—Income and Mining Taxes” . Taxable income is determined after the deduction of qualifying mining capital expenditure to the extent that it does not result in an assessed loss. Excess capital expenditure is carried forward as unredeemed capital expenditure and is eligible for deduction in future periods, taking the assessed loss criteria into account. Further to this, mines are ring-fenced and are treated separately for tax purposes, with deductions only being available to be claimed against the mining income of the relevant ring-fenced mine.

In terms of IAS 12 — Income Taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, and at our South African operations, such average tax rates are directly impacted by the profitability of the relevant ring-fenced mine. The deferred tax rate is therefore based on the current estimate of future profitability of an operation when temporary differences will reverse, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted at balance sheet date.

The future profitability of each ring-fenced mine, in turn, is determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan for that operation. The life-of-mine plan is based on parameters such as the Group’s long term view of the US$ gold price and the Rand/US$ exchange rate, as well as the reserves declared for the operation. As some of these parameters are based on market indicators, they differ from one year to the next. In addition, the reserves may also increase or decrease based on updated or new geological information.

 

97


Table of Contents

We do not recognize a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that the asset will not be utilized. Assessing recoverability of deferred tax assets requires management to make significant estimates related to expectation of future taxable income. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations, reversals of deferred tax liabilities and the application of existing tax laws in each jurisdiction. To the extent that future taxable income differs significantly from estimates, our ability to realize the net deferred tax assets recorded at the balance date could be impacted. Additionally, future changes in tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate could limit our ability to obtain the future tax benefits represented by deferred tax assets recorded at the balance date.

During fiscal 2013, management evaluated the deferred tax asset related to Hidden Valley, following the recognition of the impairment of assets. Harmony derecognized the deferred tax asset to the extent which future taxable profits are no longer probable. The full amount related to Hidden Valley of US$56 million was derecognized. Subsequent increases in the deferred tax asset will be recognized when future taxable profits are probable.

Revenue

Most of our revenues are derived from the sale of gold. As a result, our operating results are directly related to the price of gold. Historically, the price of gold has fluctuated widely. The gold price is affected by numerous factors over which we do not have control. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — The profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price for gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations”.

As a general rule, we sell our gold produced at market prices to obtain the maximum benefit from increases in the prevailing gold price and do not enter into hedging arrangements such as forward sales or derivatives that establish a price in advance for the sale of our future gold production.

Significant changes in the price of gold over a sustained period of time may lead us to increase or decrease our production in the near-term.

Harmony’s Realized Gold Price

The average gold price in US dollars received by us has generally increased since January 1, 2003. In fiscal 2013, the average gold price in US dollars received by us for continuing operations was US$1,603 per ounce. The market price for gold (and, accordingly, the price received by us) is affected by numerous factors over which we have no control. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — The profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price for gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations” .

The following table sets out the average, the high and the low London Bullion Market price of gold and our average US dollar sales price during the past three fiscal years:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
     2013      2012      2011  
     ($/oz)  

Average

     1,605         1,673         1,369   

High

     1,792         1,895         1,553   

Low

     1,192         1,483         1,157   

Harmony’s average sales price — continuing operations (1)

     1,603         1,681         1,370   

 

(1)   Our average sales price differs from the average gold price due to the timing of our sales of gold within each year.

Costs

Our cash costs typically make up between 70% and 75% of our total costs (excluding impairments). The remainder of our total costs consists primarily of exploration costs, employment termination costs, corporate and sundry expenditure, and depreciation and amortization. Our cash costs consist primarily of production costs exclusive of depreciation and amortization. Production costs are incurred on labor, equipment, consumables and utilities. Labor costs are the largest component and typically comprise between 60% and 65% of our production costs.

Our cash costs for continuing operations have increased from US$1,004 per ounce in fiscal 2011 to US$1,154 in fiscal 2013, mainly as a result of lower production volumes, the impact of increased labor and energy costs, as well as inflationary pressures on supply contracts.

 

98


Table of Contents

Our US translated costs are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US currencies to the US dollar. See Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Exchange Rates”. Appreciation of the Rand and other non-US currencies against the US dollar increases working costs at our operations when those costs are translated into US dollars. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition”.

The average exchange rate of the South African Rand depreciated approximately 14% against the US dollar in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012. In the case of our International operations, the Australian dollar remained unchanged, while the Kina appreciated by 4% against the US dollar in fiscal 2013.

Going forward, we expect a longer term decrease in the real cash costs per ounce, primarily as a result of the completion of the major development projects, being Doornkop, Kusasalethu, Phakisa and Hidden Valley. As these operations ramp up to full production in the next three or so years, the volumes mined will increase and reduce the unit cost per ounce. This will, however, be offset by the increased production costs from the development projects. Management will continue with a thorough review of costs at all operations and ensure that costs are properly managed and within budget. However, it should be noted that there are risks beyond our control such as safety stoppages, which would result in production being negatively affected while certain costs would still be incurred. This could result in our costs not decreasing as expected. This is discussed in more detail in Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Given the nature of mining and the type of gold mines we operate, we face a material risk of liability, delays and increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial accidents and pollution” and “— The nature of our mining operations presents safety risks” .

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures

Total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce are non-GAAP measures.

Our cash costs consist primarily of production costs and are expensed as incurred. The cash costs are incurred to access ore to produce current mined reserves. Cash costs do not include capital development costs, which are incurred to allow access to the ore body for future mining operations and are capitalized and amortized when the relevant reserves are mined.

Total cash costs include mine production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable general and administrative costs, costs associated with movements in production inventories, ore stockpiles, as well as ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs as well as transfers to and from deferred stripping and costs associated with royalties. Employee termination cost is included, however employee termination costs associated with major restructuring and shaft closures are excluded. The costs associated with movements in production inventories are excluded from total cash costs. Gold ounces produced are used as the denominator in the total cash costs per ounce calculation.

Changes in cash costs per ounce are affected by operational performance, as well as changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand and the US dollar and, in the case of the International operations, the Australian dollar and Kina. Total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce are non-GAAP measures. Total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce should not be considered by investors in isolation or as an alternative to production costs, cost of sales, or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS. In addition, the calculation of total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce may vary from company to company and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. However, we believe that cash costs per ounce is a useful indicator to investors and management of a mining company’s performance as it provides (1) an indication of the cash generating capacities of our mining operations, (2) the trends in cash costs as the Company’s operations mature, (3) a measure of a company’s performance, by comparison of cash costs per ounce to the spot price of gold and (4) an internal benchmark of performance to allow for comparison against other companies.

 

99


Table of Contents

Continuing operations

The following is a reconciliation of total cash costs from continuing operations, as a non-GAAP measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP measure, cost of sales from continuing operations:

 

     Fiscal year ended June 30,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in $ millions, except for ounce amounts)  

Total cost of sales from continuing operations – under IFRS

     1,831        1,561        1,533   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (220     (247     (230

Rehabilitation credit/(costs)

     2        2        (6

Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts

     (8     (11     (17

Employment termination and restructuring costs

     (5     (10     (20

Share-based payments

     (30     (11     (18

(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of assets

     (274     7        (39

Other

     (4     (15     15   

Gold inventory movement

     20        6        (17

Total cash costs from continuing operations

     1,312        1,282        1,201   

Per ounce calculation:

      

Ounces produced (1)

     1,137,297        1,165,046        1,195,361   

Total cash cost per ounce from continuing operations

     1,154        1,100        1,004   

 

(1)   The ounces produced for fiscal 2012 exclude pre-production ounces from Steyn 2 (2011: Steyn 2 and Target 3) for the period in which these shafts were in development. The associated costs have been capitalized.

Discontinued operations

The following is a reconciliation of total cash costs from discontinued operations, as a non-GAAP measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP measure, cost of sales from discontinued operations:

 

     Fiscal year ended June 30,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in $ millions, except for ounce amounts)  

Total cost of sales from discontinued operations – under IFRS

     68        111        131   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     —          (9     (24

Rehabilitation costs

     —          —          (5

Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts

     (1     (1     (1

Employment termination and restructuring costs

     —          —          (3

Share-based payments

     (5     (1     (1

(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of assets

     —          —          —     

Other

     (1     (1     (2

Gold inventory movement

     1        1        (1

Total cash costs from discontinued operations

     62        100        94   

Per ounce calculation:

      

Ounces produced

     62,855        108,317        87,900   

Total cash cost per ounce from discontinued operations

     1,009        919        1,070   

Total Harmony — Continuing and discontinued operations

The following is a reconciliation of total cash costs, as a non-GAAP measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP measure, cost of sales under IFRS:

 

     Fiscal year ended June 30,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     (in $ millions, except for ounce amounts)  

Total cost of sales – under IFRS

     1,899        1,672        1,664   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (220     (256     (254

Rehabilitation credit/(costs)

     2        2        (11

Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts

     (9     (12     (18

Employment termination and restructuring costs

     (5     (10     (23

Share-based payments

     (35     (12     (19

(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of assets

     (274     7        (39

Other

     (5     (16     13   

Gold inventory movement

     21        7        (18

Total cash costs

     1,374        1,382        1,295   

Per ounce calculation:

      

Ounces produced

     1,200,152        1,273,363        1,283,261   

Total cash cost per ounce

     1,146        1,085        1,009   

 

100


Table of Contents

Within this report, our discussion and analysis is focused on the total cash costs measure.

The World Gold Council (“ WGC ”) has published industry guidance on some new non-GAAP measures. These measures include an “all in sustaining cost” and an “all in cost”. Although Harmony is not a member of the WGC, we intend to start disclosing these new measures in the new financial year. While recognizing the importance of reducing cash costs, our chief focus is on controlling and, where possible, reducing total costs, including overhead costs. We aim to control total unit costs per ounce produced by maintaining our low total cost structure at our existing operations. We have been able to reduce total costs by implementing a management structure and philosophy that is focused on reducing management and administrative costs. See Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Strategy” .

Exchange Rates

Our revenues are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US currencies to the US dollar.

Currently, the majority of our earnings are generated in South Africa and, as a result, most of our costs are incurred in Rand. Since gold is generally sold in US dollars, most of our revenues are received in US dollars. The average gold price received by us during fiscal 2013 decreased by US$74 per ounce to US$1,607 per ounce from US$1,680 per ounce during fiscal 2012. Appreciation of the Rand against the US dollar increases our US dollar working costs at our South African operations when those costs are translated into US dollars, which serves to reduce operating margins and net income from our South African operations. Depreciation of the Rand against the US dollar reduces these costs when they are translated into US dollars, which serves to increase operating margins and net income from our South African operations. Accordingly, strengthening of the Rand generally results in poorer earnings for us if there is not a similar increase in the gold price.

The exchange rates obtained when converting US dollars to Rand are determined by foreign exchange markets, over which we have no control. The conversion rate for balance sheet items as at June 30, 2013 is R9.98 per US$1.00, except for specific items within equity that are converted at the exchange rate prevailing on the date the transaction was entered into. This compares with a conversion rate of R8.21 per US$1.00 as at June 30, 2012, reflecting a depreciation of 22% of the Rand against the US dollar. Income statement items were converted at the average exchange rate for fiscal 2013 (R8.82 per US$1.00), reflecting a depreciation of 14% of the Rand against the US dollar when compared with fiscal 2012. Profit from discontinued operations included in the income statement in fiscal 2013 is translated from Rand to US dollars at the average exchange rate for the eight month period (R8.55 per US$1.00 for the period 1 July 2012 to 28 February 2013).

The majority of our working costs are incurred in Rand and, as a result of this, depreciation of the Rand against the US dollar decreased our working costs when translated into US dollars. Offsetting this decrease are increases in our labor costs as well as inflationary pressures on our consumables and energy cost, which served to decrease operating margins and net income reflected in our consolidated income statement for fiscal 2013. Appreciation of the Rand against the US dollar would cause an increase in our costs in US dollar terms. Similarly, at our International operations, appreciation of the Australia dollar or Kina against the US dollar would cause an increase in our costs in US dollar terms. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition” .

Inflation

Our operations have been materially affected by inflation. Inflation in South Africa was 5.5% at the end of fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, and 4.6% in fiscal 2011. However, working costs, especially wages, have increased considerably over the past several years resulting in significant cost pressures for the mining industry. In addition, the effect on inflation of the increase in electricity tariffs of 25% in fiscal 2011, 16% in fiscal 2012 and 9.6% in fiscal 2013, together with an estimated increase of approximately 8% in fiscal 2014, will have a negative effect on the profitability of our operations.

The inflation rate in PNG has remained relatively flat in recent years at around 7%, but ended fiscal 2011 at 9.6% and 2012 at 6.9%. The annualized inflation stood at 7.5% at the end of fiscal 2013.

Our profits and financial condition could be adversely affected if the cost inflation is not offset by a concurrent devaluation of the Rand and other non-US currencies and/or an increase in the price of gold. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Our operations may be negatively impacted by inflation” .

South African Socio-Economic Environment

We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are in South Africa. As a result, we are subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary and political policies and factors that affect South African companies generally. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — The socio-economic framework in the regions in which Harmony operates may have an adverse effect on its operations and profits” .

 

101


Table of Contents

South African companies are subject to exchange control limitations. While exchange controls have been relaxed in recent years, South African companies remain subject to restrictions on their ability to deploy capital outside of the Southern African Common Monetary Area. See Item 10. “Additional Information — Exchange Controls ”.

Social and Labor Plans, or SLPs, have been developed for each of our South African operations. These SLPs are prepared in line with legislation governing the participation of HDSAs in mining assets.

We have been granted all of our mining licenses under the MPRDA. We have therefore already started to incur expenses relating to HDSA participation. We believe the biggest challenge will lie in maintaining these licenses, as we will have a responsibility in respect of human resource development, procurement and local economic development. We are unable, however, to provide a specific amount of what the estimated cost of compliance will be but we will continue to monitor these costs on an ongoing basis.

Electricity in South Africa

The adequacy of Eskom generation capability depends upon such factors as the installed capacity, unit size, plant reliability, demand forecasting error and the shape of the load curve. The reserve margin is a deterministic criterion, which provides perhaps the simplest available measure of system security.

Eskom has recently stated that a reserve margin of 15% to 25% is the desirable range required to meet Eskom’s obligation to supply power to end users. As the reserve margin on a system is increased, the probability of failing to meet demand as a result of inadequate generation will fall. As load grows, the reserve margin is eroded.

Over the past 10 years the reserve margin has fallen very significantly as a result of growth in electricity demand of around 3% per annum (which equates to approximately 1,000MW of additional peak demand each year) and the very limited amount of new generating plant that has been commissioned.

Eskom has increased the planned maintenance on the existing generating capacity which also contributes to the smaller reserve margin. The latest forecasts indicate a worsening situation which will proceed through to 2016. This situation poses a real risk of rolling blackouts, similar to those experienced in 2008. The supply and demand is very tight especially during the evening peak periods between 17h00 and 20h00. Harmony participates voluntarily in the Eskom Demand response program to reduce their demand during the said periods. Harmony also benefits financially from this as the Eskom tariffs are more expensive during that period. The risk of having power outages will be mainly limited to the evening peak periods in the current situation. This could change should there be major unplanned outages of Eskom generation capacity, in which case it will be a country or sector problem and municipalities should be the first to have power outages. The electricity supply constraint in South Africa will be alleviated by the commissioning of the first generators at the Medupi power station expected towards the end of 2014.

Tariffs

Like all mining companies, Harmony is a major user of electricity, mostly supplied by South Africa’s power utility,

Eskom. Energy is a significant and growing portion of our operating costs, given rising electricity tariffs. After an average increase of 22% in each of fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, tariffs rose by a further 9.6% in fiscal 2013 – the first of the next five-year price determination period.

Energy efficiency

Harmony has worked closely with Eskom to manage electricity use and peak demand, underlining our commitment to reduce energy consumption. This includes demand-side management (“ DSM ”) strategies to reduce electricity consumption in peak periods; timing our pumping to coincide with cheaper off-peak periods, making more efficient use of Eskom tariffs that reward load-shifting, and improving the efficiency of pumping operations.

In total, we have implemented eight DSM energy efficiency projects in recent years, resulting in a load reduction of 21.4MW and energy savings of 10 625.9MWh per month. Ten other energy-saving initiatives were implemented outside the Eskom DSM process, resulting in demand reduction of 14.81MW and 10 984MWh per month. We have also committed to 14 DSM projects for completion in 2014 (with a load reduction of 32.4MW during evening peak times and 5 557MWh per month) and ten projects in 2015.

 

102


Table of Contents

Renewable energy

At present, Harmony is considering a number of renewable and alternate energy projects, prioritized below:

 

  bio-energy project in the Free State Province;

 

  the Harmony Solar Park aims to develop solar capability at Kalgold;

 

  photovoltaic power plant in the Free State Province;

 

  power generation by turbines at Kusasalethu; and

 

  installation of solar geysers at Harmony-owned villages.

Most of the projects passed the feasibility phase and implementation will start during 2014.

See Item 4. “Information on the Company – Regulation - Environmental Matters – Use of resources – Renewable energy initiatives”.

Results of Operations

Years Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

Continuing Operations

Revenues

Revenue decreased by 8%, from US$1,953 million in fiscal 2012 to US$1,803 million in fiscal 2013. This decrease can mainly be attributed to a 5% decrease in the gold price received of US$1,603 per ounce for fiscal 2013, compared to US$1,681 per ounce for fiscal 2012.

Our gold sales decreased by 3%, from 1,163,119 ounces in 2012 to 1,124,312 ounces in 2013. The decrease in ounces can be attributed mainly to lower production at Kusasaelthu as a result of labor unrest.

At Kusasalethu ounces sold decreased by 51%, from 178,726 in fiscal 2012 to 86,742 in fiscal 2013. Production was affected by labor unrest during the second quarter of fiscal 2013 and the shaft was subsequently closed for approximately two months and re-opened in a phased approach which affected both the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2013. As a result both volumes and recovered grade decreased by 41% and 18% respectively.

At Tshepong ounces sold decreased by 21% from 169,177 in fiscal 2012 to 132,944 in fiscal 2013. This was mainly a result of a 16% decrease in production volumes whilst the recovered grade decreased by 7% from 0.125 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.116 ounces per ton in fiscal 2013.

At Doornkop ounces sold increased by 16% from 98,027 in fiscal 2012 to 114,135 in fiscal 2013. This is due to the increase in production volumes as the South Reef continues to build up to full production capacity. Tons milled increased by 9% from 1,023,000 tons in fiscal 2012 to 1,112,000 tons in fiscal 2013. Recovered grade improved by 8% from 0.097 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.105 ounces per ton in fiscal 2013.

At Joel ounces sold increased by 19%, from 86,132 in fiscal 2012 to 102,625 in fiscal 2013. This was mainly due to an increase in the recovered grade from 0.139 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.154 ounces per ton in fiscal 2013. Volumes milled increased by 10% from 614,000 tons in fiscal 2012 to 674,000 tons in fiscal 2013.

At Bambanani ounces sold increased by 51% from 43,982 in fiscal 2012 to 66,359 in fiscal 2013. This is mainly due to the 46% increase in the recovery grade from 0.198 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.290, following the development and mining of the high grade shaft pillar.

At Target 3 ounces sold increased by 43% from 36,298 ounces in fiscal 2012 to 51,859 ounces in fiscal 2013. This can mainly be attributed to the increased recovery grade from 0.104 ounce per ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.147 ounces per ton in fiscal 2013.

At Unisel ounces sold increased by 14% from 51,055 ounces in fiscal 2012 to 58,000 ounces in fiscal 2013. This was mainly due to a 13% increase in volumes from 434,000 tons in fiscal 2012 to 492,000 tons in fiscal 2013.

 

103


Table of Contents

Cost of sales

Cost of sales includes production costs, depreciation and amortization, impairment of assets and employment termination and restructuring costs.

a) Production costs (cash costs)

The following table sets out our total ounces produced and weighted average cash costs per ounce for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013:

 

     Year Ended June 30,
2013
     Year Ended June 30,
2012
     Percentage
(increase)/decrease in
Cash Costs per ounce
 
     (oz)      ($/oz)      (oz)      ($/oz)     

SOUTH AFRICA

              

Kusasalethu (1)

     88,093         1,951         181,105         1,046         (86.5

Doornkop (1)

     116,738         1,046         98,863         1,142         8.4   

Phakisa (1)

     78,255         1,428         81,695         1,279         (11.6

Tshepong

     133,554         1,212         169,980         973         (24.6

Masimong

     116,256         960         103,526         1,057         9.2   

Target 1

     127,542         842         116,708         940         10.4   

Bambanani (2)

     66,970         1,025         43,017         1,787         42.6   

Joel

     103,782         729         85,618         836         12.8   

Unisel

     58,289         1,111         51,216         1,253         11.3   

Target 3

     52,277         1,116         36,106         1,523         26.7   

Other — surface

     110,534         1,095         108,412         1,042         (5.1

INTERNATIONAL

              

Hidden Valley

     85,007         1,611         88,800         1,238         (30.1

Total continuing operations

     1,137,297            1,165,046         

Weighted average

        1,154            1,100         (4.9

 

(1) Ounces produced are expected to increase until the operations have reached full production capacity. Cash cost per ounce is expected to decrease as the operations move closer to full capacity. See “— Costs ” for further detail.
(2) Excludes 1,157 in 2012 for pre-production ounces from Steyn 2, which have not been included in the cash cost calculation as the shaft was in development.

Our average cash costs from continuing operations increased by 4.9%, or US$54 per ounce, from US$1,100 per ounce in fiscal 2012 to US$1,154 per ounce in fiscal 2013. Cash costs per ounce vary with the working costs per ton (which are, in turn, affected by the number of tons processed) and grade of ore processed. Cash costs expressed in US dollars per ounce also vary with fluctuations in the Rand-US dollar exchange rate, because most of our working costs are incurred in Rand. The increase in cash cost expressed in US dollars per ounce in fiscal 2013 was attributable primarily to a 15% increase in operating costs in Rand terms, as well as a decrease in ounces produced of 2%. This was offset by a 14% depreciation in the South African Rand against the US dollar when compared to fiscal 2012. Operating costs in Rand terms were affected mainly by an increase in costs on our growth shafts, specifically Doornkop, Phakisa and Target 3, where costs rose by 23%, 22% and 21%, respectively, year-on-year as production increased. Annual increases in labor cost of 7.5% as well as inflationary pressures on our consumables and energy costs of 12% and 9.6% respectively were also contributors towards a higher operating cost.

At Bambanani, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 43% from US$1,787 per ounce in fiscal 2012 to US$1,025 per ounce in fiscal 2013. This was due to an increase in ounces produced as result of higher recovered grades at both Bambanani and Steyn 2.

At Kusasalethu the cash cost per ounce increased by 87% from US$1,046 per ounce in fiscal 2012 to US$1,951 per ounce in fiscal 2013. This was mainly due to labor disruptions affecting the operations in the second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2013.

At Phakisa, the cash cost per ounce increased by 12% from US$1,279 per ounce in fiscal 2012 to US$1,428 per ounce in fiscal 2013. This was primarily due to a decrease in ounces produced as a result of the fire at Phakisa that halted production, labor disruptions and ventilation issues impacting Phakisa due to the damage at Freddies No.3 ventilation shaft.

At Target 3, the cash cost per ounce decreased by 27% from US$1,523 per ounce in fiscal 2012 to US$1,116 per ounce in fiscal 2013. This was primarily due to an increase in ounces produced as a result of a higher recovered grade. The grade increased by 41% from 0.104 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012 to 0.147 ounces per ton in fiscal 2013.

 

104


Table of Contents

At Tshepong, the cash cost per ounce increased by 25%, from US$973 in fiscal 2012 to US$1,212 in fiscal 2013, primarily due to a decrease in ounces produced as a result of a 16% decrease in volumes milled. The decrease was a result of the fire at Phakisa mine that halted production to a linked underground section for ten days, labor disruptions and ventilation issues impacting Phakisa due to the damage at Freddies No.3 ventilation shaft.

At Hidden Valley, the cash costs per ounce increased by 30%, from US$1,238 in fiscal 2012 to US$1,611 in fiscal 2013, primarily due to a 41% increase in total cash costs. This was mainly due to increased costs of truck haulage due to the downtime of the overland conveyor for belt repairs, the upgrade and the commissioning of the crusher and increased contractor costs.

b) Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased from US$247 million in fiscal 2012 to US$220 million, or 11%, in fiscal 2013. In Rand terms, there was an increase of 1%. The weakening of the Rand against the US dollar resulted in the Rand amounts being translated at a higher rate of R8.82 compared to R7.77 in fiscal 2012. Tons milled increased by 1% from 20,017,000 tons in fiscal 2012 to 20,259,000 tons in fiscal 2013. Depreciation at Kusasalethu decreased by US$15 million, or 35%, in fiscal 2013, primarily due to the decrease in tons milled from 1,320,000 in fiscal 2012 to 784,000 in fiscal 2013 as a result labor disruptions during fiscal 2013. Depreciation increased by US$4 million, or 93%, at Joel due to the increase in tons mined. Depreciation at Hidden Valley increased by 6% mainly due to the depreciation of the Rand against the A$.

c) Employment termination and restructuring costs

The charge for employment termination and restructuring costs decreased from US$10 million in fiscal 2012 to US$5 million in fiscal 2013. The costs in fiscal 2013 relate to the restructuring at Hidden Valley and the introduction of voluntary severance packages in South Africa. In fiscal 2012 the costs related only to the restructuring at Bambanani.

d) Share-based payments

Share-based payments increased from US$11 million in fiscal 2012 to US$30 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in share based payments is primarily due to the awards issued under the Group’s 2012 ESOP in August 2012.

e) (Impairment)/reversal of impairment of assets

The impairment charge increased from a net reversal of impairment of US$7 million in fiscal 2012 to an impairment of US$274 million in fiscal 2013. The charge in fiscal 2013 relates primarily to Hidden Valley, where a charge of US$268 million was recognized as a result of the operation’s recent poor performance and the reduction in the US dollar gold and silver prices. In addition, an impairment of US$3 million for Steyn 2 (included in the Bambanani segment) was recognized following the completion of its revised life-of-mine plan which included increases in electricity and labor costs. A decrease in the recoverable value of the remaining assets at St Helena resulted in an impairment of US$3 million. The total for fiscal 2012 includes a reversal of US$23 million for Target 1, primarily as a result of a higher gold price included in the life-of-mine plan. Offsetting this reversal was an impairment of US$15 million for Steyn 2.

Exploration expenditure

In fiscal 2013, exploration expenditure increased from US$64 million to US$76 million, primarily as a result of the increase in exploration activity in PNG. This included the cost to optimize the pre-feasibility business case on Wafi-Golpu in light of changes to long-term commodity prices and changes to investor expectations.

Other expenses-net

Other expenses increased from US$6 million to US$40 million in fiscal 2013. The increase is primarily due to the increase in the foreign exchange translation loss relating to the translation of the US$ syndicated revolving credit facility into Rand from US$6 million in fiscal 2012 to US$40 million in fiscal 2013. Also included is an amount of US$2 million for the share-based cost on the Phoenix transaction.

Reversal of impairment of investment in associate

The amount for fiscal 2012 relates to the reversal of impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Rand Uranium following an increase in the proceeds received, denominated in US dollars. The investment in Rand Uranium was classified as held for sale and written down to its recoverable amount in fiscal 2011. The sale of the investment in Rand Uranium was completed in January 2012.

Impairment of investments

During fiscal 2013, an impairment of US$10 million was recognized on the investment in Wits Gold. This was done as a result of management assessing the investment at June 30, 2012 and determining that it had suffered a permanent decline. The cumulative losses in the fair value reserve of US$19 million at June 30, 2012 were reclassified to the income statement and all subsequent losses have been recorded in profit or loss.

 

105


Table of Contents

Net gain on financial instruments

The gain of US$20 million in fiscal 2013 relates primarily to the fair value gain recognised on the equity-linked deposits (“ ELDs ”) held by the environmental trusts, which are classified as fair value through profit or loss investments. The gain recognized on the ELDs in fiscal 2012 was US$11 million.

Investment income

Investment income increased from US$12 million in fiscal 2012 to US$21 million in fiscal 2013. This is primarily due to the interest earned on cash and cash equivalents increasing from US$7 million in fiscal 2012 to US$14 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of higher average cash balances during the year.

Income and mining taxes

South Africa. We pay taxes separately on mining income and non-mining income. The amount of our South African mining income tax is calculated on the basis of a formula that takes into account our total revenue and profits from, and capital expenditure for, mining operations in South Africa. 5% of total mining revenue is exempt from taxation in South Africa as a result of the application of the gold mining formula. The amount of revenue subject to taxation is calculated by deducting qualifying capital expenditures from taxable mining income. The amount by which taxable mining income exceeds 5% of mining revenue constitutes taxable mining income. We and our subsidiaries each make our own calculation of taxable income.

In fiscal 2012 and 2013, the tax rates for companies were 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income.

 

Income and mining tax

   2013     2012  

Effective income and mining tax rate

     30     (6 %) 

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2013 was lower than the statutory tax rate of 34% for us and our subsidiaries as a whole. The most significant item causing the group’s income tax provision to differ from the maximum mining statutory tax rate was the derecognition of the Hidden Valley deferred tax asset of US$56 million, as well as the tax losses and deductible temporary differences on which no deferred tax asset was recognized as future taxable profits are not considered probable.

Deferred tax rates for the South African operations are calculated based on estimates of the future profitability of each ring-fenced mine when temporary differences will reverse. The future profitability of each ring-fenced mine, in turn, is determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan for that operation, which is based on parameters such as the Group’s long term view of the US$ gold price and the Rand/US$ exchange rate, as well as the reserves declared for the operation. As some of these parameters are based on market indicators, they differ from one year to the next. In addition, the reserves may also increase or decrease based on updated or new geological information. Changes in the future profitability of each ring-fenced mine impact the deferred tax rates used to recognize temporary differences at these operations. See “— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Deferred taxes .” The decrease in deferred tax on temporary differences due to changes in estimated effective tax rates results primarily from a decrease in the effective deferred tax rate at REL (includes the Doornkop and Kusasalethu operations) and Freegold (includes the Bambanani, Joel, Phakisa and Tshepong operations). The deferred tax rate at REL decreased from 18.6% in fiscal 2012 to 17.4% in fiscal 2013, and Freegold decreased from 24.3% in fiscal 2012 to 22.9% in fiscal 2013, both decreases mainly due to the lower estimated profitability.

Australia. Generally, Australia imposes tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains) of all of our Australian incorporated and tax resident entities. The current income tax rate for companies is 30%.

Harmony Gold Australia (Proprietary) Limited and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiary companies are recognized and taxed as a single entity. Under the consolidation rules all of the Australian subsidiary companies are treated as divisions of the Head Company, Harmony Gold Australia. As a result inter-company transactions between group members are generally ignored for tax purposes. This allows the group to transfer assets between group members without any tax consequences, and deems all tax losses to have been incurred by the Head Company of the group.

Withholding tax is payable on dividends, interest and royalties paid by Australian residents to non-residents, which would include any dividends on the shares of our Australian subsidiaries that are paid to us. In the case of dividend payments to non-residents, a 30% withholding tax applies. However, where the recipient of the dividend is a resident of a country with which Australia has concluded a double taxation agreement, the rate of withholding tax is generally limited to 15% (or in the case of South Africa 5% where the dividend is paid to a company which controls at least 10% of the Australian dividend paying company). Where dividends are fully franked, no withholding tax applies as an effective credit is allowed against any withholding tax otherwise payable, regardless of whether a double taxation agreement is in place. However, due to the tax profile of Harmony Gold Australia it is not expected to have any franking credits in the foreseeable future.

 

106


Table of Contents

Where conduit foreign income received by an Australian company is paid from Australia as a dividend, it is not subject to dividend withholding tax

Australia has a Controlled Foreign Company regime which effectively attributes certain types of passive income derived by offshore subsidiaries and taxes that income as if it had been derived in Australia under Australian tax rules.

PNG. The Hidden Valley mine in PNG commenced operations in fiscal 2010. We are also reviewing other potential projects and carrying out extensive exploration.

PNG mining projects are taxed on a project basis. Therefore each project is taxed as a separate entity, even though it may be one of a number of projects carried on by the same company. In certain circumstances there is an ability to transfer the tax benefit obtained through exploration expenditure between projects and wholly-owned companies. Tax losses are generally quarantined and cannot be transferred between projects.

PNG mining companies are taxed at a rate of tax of 30%. Mining operations in PNG are subject to a 2% royalty which is payable to the PNG Government.

Capital development and exploration expenditure incurred in PNG is capitalized for tax purposes and can be generally deducted at 25% per annum on a diminishing value basis against project income, with the deduction being limited to the lesser of 25% of the diminished value or the income of the project for the year.

PNG imposes dividend withholding tax of 10% on dividends paid by PNG mining operations to non-residents. Although PNG also imposes interest withholding tax on interest paid off-shore, the PNG Tax Act exempts interest paid to non-resident lenders from withholding tax where the PNG company is engaged in mining operations in PNG. These rates only apply once an entity has commenced mining and do not apply to entities at the exploration stage.

Discontinued Operations

Revenue

Revenue decreased from US$181 million in fiscal 2012 to US$102 million in fiscal 2013, due to the conclusion of sale of Evander to Pan African at the end of February 2013.

Costs

Costs decreased from US$111 million to US$68 million as a result of the conclusion of the sale of Evander to Pan African.

Profit on sale of investment in subsidiary

The profit on sale of investment in subsidiary of US$11 million relates to the proceeds received in fiscal 2013 for the sale of Evander to Pan African. Prior to completion of the transaction, Harmony received a distribution of US$23 million from Evander. The final purchase consideration amounted to US$144 million.

Profit on sale of assets

The profit of US$28 million relates to proceeds received in fiscal 2012 for the sale of Evander 6 and Twistdraai.

Income and Mining Taxes

South Africa. We pay taxes on mining income and non-mining income. For details, refer to the discussion under “ Income and Mining Taxes ” in the Continuing Operations section.

Continuing and discontinued operations

Net (loss)/profit

The net (loss)/profit decreased from a net profit of US$341 million in fiscal 2012 to a net loss of US$226 million in fiscal 2013. This is due to the factors discussed above.

 

107


Table of Contents

Years Ended June 30, 2012 and 2011

Continuing Operations

Revenues

Revenue increased by 18%, from US$1,659 million in fiscal 2011 to US$1,953 million in fiscal 2012. This increase can primarily be attributed to the higher average price of gold received by us, US$1,681 per ounce in fiscal 2012 compared to US$1,370 per ounce in 2011. This was offset by a decrease in ounces sold. Revenue capitalized amounted to US$1.9 million (2011: US$3.9 million) for Steyn 2 and US$0 million (2011: US$23.1 million) for Target 3. Steyn 2 and Target 3 reached commercial levels of production at the end of September 2011 and June 2011 respectively.

Our gold sales decreased by 4%, from 1,211,053 ounces (excluding the capitalized ounces from Target 3 and Steyn 2) in fiscal 2011 to 1,162,119 (excluding the capitalized ounces from Steyn 2) in 2012. The decrease in ounces can be attributed mainly to restructuring at Bambanani.

At Bambanani ounces sold decreased by 56%, from 99,443 in fiscal 2011 to 43,982 in fiscal 2012. Production was affected by major restructuring at Bambanani as the lower section of the mine was closed; mining will be focused on the upper pillar going forward. Also impacting on production was the section 54 stoppage of 45 days following a fatality. Together, this resulted in lower volumes mined and a decrease in recovery grade from 0.203 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.198 in fiscal 2012.

At Doornkop ounces sold increased by 21% from 81,149 in fiscal 2011 to 98,027 in fiscal 2012. This is due to the increase in production volumes as the South Reef continues to build-up to full production capacity. This was offset by a slight decrease in recovery grade from 0.102 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.097 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012. We expect the ounces sold to increase until the operation has reached full production capacity.

At Joel ounces sold increased by 85%, from 46,618 in fiscal 2011 to 86,132 in fiscal 2012. This was mainly due to an increase in volumes milled from 448,000 tons in fiscal 2011 to 614,000 tons in fiscal 2012. The low volumes in fiscal 2011 resulted from a shaft stoppage in the first quarter of fiscal 2011. The recovered grade also improved significantly to 0.139 ounces per ton from 0.104 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011.

At Masimong ounces sold decreased by 26% from 139,437 in fiscal 2011 to 102,978 in fiscal 2012. This is mainly due to the 30% decrease in the recovery grade from 0.144 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.101 following maintenance and development that resulted in mixing of ore and waste.

At Phakisa ounces sold increased by 42% from 57,227 in fiscal 2011 to 81,276 in fiscal 2012. This was due to an increase in production volumes as the mine continues building up to full production in the next three to five years. Also contributing was an improvement in the recovery grade from 0.133 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.142 in fiscal 2012. We expect the ounces sold to increase until the operation has reached full production capacity.

At Target ounces sold increased by 37% from 112,240 ounces in fiscal 2011 to 153,488 ounces in fiscal 2012. This can mainly be attributed to the continued build-up of Target 3 where the ounces sold increased from 9,646 ounces in fiscal 2011 to 36,298 ounces in fiscal 2012.

At Unisel ounces sold decreased by 20% from 63,497ounces in fiscal 2011 to 51,055 ounces in fiscal 2012. This reflects the effect on volumes of the safety stoppage following the fatality at Bambanani as well as another 20-day stoppage for safety and labor reasons. Volumes decreased in fiscal 2012 to 434,000 tons from 500,000 tons in fiscal 2011.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales includes production costs, depreciation and amortization, impairment of assets and employment termination and restructuring costs.

 

108


Table of Contents

a) Production costs (cash costs)

The following table sets out our total ounces produced and weighted average cash costs per ounce for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012:

 

     Year Ended June 30,
2012
     Year Ended June 30,
2011
     Percentage
(increase)/decrease in
Cash Costs per ounce
 
     (oz)      ($/oz)      (oz)      ($/oz)     

SOUTH AFRICA

              

Kusasalethu (1)

     181,105         1,046         180,334         1,008         (3.8

Doornkop (1)

     98,863         1,142         80,763         1,054         (8.3

Phakisa (1)

     81,695         1,279         56,649         1,200         (6.6

Tshepong

     169,980         973         207,950         810         (20.1

Masimong

     103,526         1,057         137,605         788         (34.1

Target (2)

     152,814         1,077         110,919         1,011         (6.5

Bambanani (3)

     43,017         1,787         95,198         1,247         (43.3

Joel

     85,618         836         46,586         1,297         35.5   

Unisel

     51,216         1,253         62,661         1,009         (24.2

Other — underground

     —           —           8,488         1,885         (100

Other — surface

     108,412         1,042         107,962         1,101         (5.3

INTERNATIONAL

              

Hidden Valley (1)

     88,800         1,238         100,246         993         (24.7

Total continuing operations

     1,165,046            1,195,361         

Weighted average

        1,100            1,004         (9.5

 

(1) Ounces produced are expected to increase until the operations have reached full production capacity. Cash cost per ounce is expected to decrease as the operations move closer to full capacity. See “— Costs” for further detail.
(2)   Excludes 17,073 in 2011 for pre-production ounces from Target 3, which have not been included in the cash cost calculation for the period that the shaft was in development.
(3)   Excludes 1,157 (2011: 2,894) pre-production ounces from Steyn 2 shaft, which have not been included in the cash cost calculation as the shaft was in development.

Our average cash costs from continuing operations increased by 9.5%, or US$96 per ounce, from US$1,004 per ounce in fiscal 2011 to US$1,100 per ounce in fiscal 2012. Cash cost per ounce vary with the working costs per ton (which is, in turn, affected by the number of tons processed) and grade of ore processed. Cash costs expressed in US dollars per ounce also vary with fluctuations in the Rand-US dollar exchange rate, because most of our working costs are incurred in Rand. The increase in cash cost expressed in US dollars per ounce in fiscal 2012 was attributable primarily to a 19% increase in operating costs in Rand terms, as well as a decrease in ounces produced of 3%. This was offset by an 11% depreciation in the South African Rand against the US dollar when compared to fiscal 2011. Operating costs in Rand terms were affected mainly by an increase in costs on our growth shafts, specifically Doornkop, Phakisa and Target 3, where costs rose by 47%, 71% and 358% year on year as production increased. Annual increases in labor cost of 7.5% as well as inflationary pressures on our consumables and energy costs of 11% and 17% respectively were also contributors towards a higher operating cost.

At Bambanani, the cash cost per ounce increased by 43%, from US$1,247 in fiscal 2011 to US$1,787 in fiscal 2012, primarily due to a decrease in ounces produced as a result of mining ceasing in certain areas.

At Joel, the cash costs per ounce decreased by 36%, from US$1,297 in fiscal 2011 to US$836 in fiscal 2012, primarily due to the increase in ounces produced as a result of the higher volumes and recovery grade.

At Masimong, the cash costs per ounce increased by 34% from US$788 in fiscal 2011 to US$1,057 in fiscal 2012, primarily due to a 25% decrease in ounces produced due to the decline in the recovery grade.

At Tshepong, the cash costs per ounces increased by 20%, from US$810 in fiscal 2011 to US$973 in fiscal 2012, primarily due to an 18% decrease in ounces produced.

At Hidden Valley, the cash costs per ounce increased by 25% from US$993 in fiscal 2011 to US$1,238 in fiscal 2012, primarily due to failure of the overland conveyor belt in fiscal 2012.

b) Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization increased from US$230 million in fiscal 2011 to US$247 million, or 7%. In Rand terms, the increase was 19%. During fiscal 2012, depreciation increased by 9% as a result of the build-up at the newly developed mines. Tons mined increased at Doornkop, Phakisa and Target 1 and resulted in increases of US$10.8 million, US$3.5 million and US$2.9 million respectively. Depreciation increased at Steyn 2 by US$3.9 million, due to Steyn 2 coming into commercial production (previously under construction). At Target 3, depreciation increased by US$1.9 million due to the fact that it was in production for the full fiscal 2012 and only in production for the last three months of fiscal 2011.

 

109


Table of Contents

c) Employment termination and restructuring costs

The charge for employment termination and restructuring costs decreased from US$20 million in fiscal 2011 to US$10 million in fiscal 2012. The costs in fiscal 2011 relate primarily to the closure of shafts at Virginia operations as well as the voluntary retrenchment program after closing Merriespruit 1 shaft. In fiscal 2012 the costs related only to the restructuring at Bambanani.

d) Reversal of impairment / (impairment) of assets

The impairment charge decreased from US$39 million in fiscal 2011 to a net reversal of impairment of US$7 million in fiscal 2012. The total for fiscal 2012 includes a reversal of US$23 million for Target 1 (included in the Target segment). Offsetting this reversal is an impairment of US$15 million for Steyn 2 (included in the Bambanani segment), which was recognized following the completion of its revised life-of-mine plan which included increases in electricity and labor costs and a decrease in reserves declared as a result of revised cut-off grades. The charge in fiscal 2011 relates primarily to President Steyn 1 and 2 shafts as well as St Helena as carrying values for the shafts exceed recoverable amounts. Management decided not to continue mining in some areas of Steyn 2 after identifying safety risks, which resulted in a shorter life-of-mine and therefore a lower recoverable amount. Plans for any future development at Steyn 1 and St Helena have been put on hold indefinitely, triggering impairment on these assets.

Exploration expenditure

In fiscal 2012, exploration expenditure increased from US$46 million to US$64 million, primarily as a result of the increase in exploration activity in PNG.

Other expenses — net

The charge for other expenses increased from US$3 million to US$6 million in fiscal 2012. Included in the total for fiscal 2012 is a foreign exchange loss of US$6 million related to the translation of the US$ syndicated revolving credit facility into Rand. The charge for fiscal 2011 includes a loss of US$6 million for the foreign exchange losses realized on the liquidation of certain dormant Australian subsidiaries.

Loss from associates

The loss from associates was US$nil in fiscal 2012, compared to a loss from associates of US$7 million in fiscal 2011. The amount represents Harmony’s 40 % share in Rand Uranium’s profits and losses. Harmony ceased equity accounting the investment at the end of March 2011 when shareholders of Rand Uranium agreed to sell the company, and the investment in Rand Uranium was classified as held for sale. The transaction for the disposal of the investment in Rand Uranium was concluded in January 2012.

Reversal of impairment / (impairment) of investment in associate

The amount for fiscal 2011 relates to the impairment of the carrying value of the investment in Rand Uranium when it was classified as held for sale and written down to its recoverable amount. Following an increase in the proceeds received, denominated in US dollars, a reversal of US$7 million was recorded in fiscal 2012.

Impairment of investments

During fiscal 2012, the investment in Wits Gold was considered impaired as the fair value of the equity instrument at June 30, 2012 (US$16 million) was significantly lower than its original cost at initial recognition (US$41 million). This was assessed by management to be a significant decline and as a result the cumulative losses in the fair value reserve were reclassified to the income statement.

Net gain on financial instruments

The gain of US$11 million in fiscal 2012 relates primarily to the fair value gain recognized on the ELDs held by the environmental trusts, which are classified as fair value through profit or loss investments. The gain recognized on the ELDs in fiscal 2011 was US$18 million.

Gain on farm-in option

In 2011, we recognized a gain of US$38 million on the cancellation of the Freegold farm-in option. The Freegold option allowed the group to acquire a beneficial interest of up to 40% in any future mines established by Wits Gold on certain properties in the Free State. On 5 November 2010 the group received 4,376,194 shares in Wits Gold as consideration for the cancellation of the option.

 

110


Table of Contents

Investment income

Investment income decreased from US$19 million in fiscal 2011 to US$12 million in fiscal 2012, primarily due to a substantial decrease in interest on refunds from the South African Revenue Service (“ SARS ”), reduction in interest rates generally and weakening of the Rand against the US dollar resulted in the Rand equivalent amounts being translated at a higher rate of R7.77 compared to R6.99 in 2011.

Income and mining taxes

South Africa . We pay taxes separately on mining income and non-mining income. The amount of our South African mining income tax is calculated on the basis of a formula that takes into account our total revenue and profits from, and capital expenditures for, mining operations in South Africa. 5% of total mining revenue is exempt from taxation in South Africa as a result of the application of the gold mine formula. The amount of revenue subject to taxation is calculated by deducting qualifying capital expenditures from taxable mining income. The amount by which the taxable mining income exceeds 5% of mining revenue constitutes taxable mining income. We and our subsidiaries each make our own calculation of taxable income.

The tax rate applicable to the mining and non-mining income of a gold mining company previously depended on whether the company had elected to be exempt from the Secondary Tax on Companies (“ STC ”). The introduction of Dividends Tax on April 1, 2012, which replaced STC, resulted in the repeal of the higher gold mining tax formula. Dividends Tax, which is a withholding tax on dividends, was introduced at a rate of 15%.

In 2012, the tax rates for companies following the repeal of the higher gold mining formula were 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income. In 2011, the tax rates for companies that elected the STC exemption were 43% for mining income and 35% for non-mining income, compared with 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income if the STC exemption election was not made.

 

Income and mining tax

   2012     2011  

Effective income and mining tax rate

     (6 %)      (167 %) 

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 was lower than the statutory tax rate of 34% for us and our subsidiaries as a whole. The lower effective tax rate results primarily from the decrease in the deferred tax rates as a result of the decrease in the statutory gold mining tax rate following the repeal of the higher gold mining formula. As a result, a tax credit was recognized during fiscal 2012 relating to the change in the effective deferred tax rates. Also impacting on the effective tax rate was the effect of the decision by the Supreme Court of Appeal on the appeal by Freegold regarding the SARS application of mining tax ring-fencing. The Court found in favour of SARS on October 1, 2012, which resulted in additional income taxes payable of US$12 million being recognized. This was offset by the impact of the additional allowances on unredeemed capital which resulted in the recognition of deferred tax credits of US$20 million. The receipt of the judgement was deemed to be an adjusting post-balance sheet event.

Deferred tax rates for the South African operations are calculated based on estimates of the future profitability of each ring-fenced mine when temporary differences will reverse. The future profitability of each ring-fenced mine, in turn, is determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan for that operation, which is based on parameters such as the Group’s long term view of the US$ gold price and the Rand/US$ exchange rate, as well as the reserves declared for the operation. As some of these parameters are based on market indicators, they differ from one year to the next. In addition, the reserves may also increase or decrease based on updated or new geological information. Changes in the future profitability of each ring-fenced mine impact the deferred tax rates used to recognize temporary differences at these operations. See “— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Deferred taxes.” The decrease in deferred tax on temporary differences due to changes in estimated effective tax rates results primarily from a decrease in the effective deferred tax rate at REL (includes the Doornkop and Kusasalethu operations) and Freegold (includes the Bambanani, Joel, Phakisa and Tshepong operations). The deferred tax rate for REL decreased from 21.2% in fiscal 2011 to 18.6% in fiscal 2012, and Freegold decreased from 28.5% in fiscal 2011 to 24.3% in fiscal 2012, both due to the decrease in the gold mining tax rate.

Australia . Generally, Australia imposes tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains) of all of our Australian incorporated and tax resident entities. The current income tax rate for companies is 30%. Ongoing business, mining, exploration and rehabilitation costs incurred each year are fully deductible. The cost of plant and capital mining expenditure may be depreciated and deducted over its effective life.

 

111


Table of Contents

Harmony Gold Australia (Proprietary) Limited and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiary companies are recognized and taxed as a single entity. Under the consolidation rules all of the Australian subsidiary companies are treated as divisions of the Head Company, Harmony Gold Australia. As a result inter-company transactions between group members are generally ignored for tax purposes. This allows the group to transfer assets between group members without any tax consequences, and deems all tax losses to have been incurred by the Head Company of the group.

Withholding tax is payable on dividends, interest and royalties paid by Australian residents to non-residents, which would include any dividends on the shares of our Australian subsidiaries that are paid to us. In the case of dividend payments to non-residents, a 30% withholding tax applies. However, where the recipient of the dividend is a resident of a country with which Australia has concluded a double taxation agreement, the rate of withholding tax is generally limited to 15% (or in the case of South Africa 5% where the dividend is paid to a company which controls at least 10% of the Australian dividend paying company). Where dividends are fully franked, no withholding tax applies as an effective credit is allowed against any withholding tax otherwise payable, regardless of whether a double taxation agreement is in place. However, due to the tax profile of Harmony Gold Australia it is not expected to have any franking credits in the foreseeable future.

Where conduit foreign income received by an Australian company is paid from Australia as a dividend, it is not subject to dividend withholding tax.

Australia has a Controlled Foreign Company regime which effectively attributes certain types of passive income derived by offshore subsidiaries and taxes that income as if it had been derived in Australia under Australian tax rules.

PNG . The Hidden Valley mine in PNG commenced operations in fiscal 2010. We are also reviewing other potential projects and carrying out extensive exploration.

PNG mining projects are taxed on a project basis. Therefore each project is taxed as a separate entity, even though it may be one of a number of projects carried on by the same company. In certain circumstances there is an ability to transfer the tax benefit obtained through exploration expenditure between projects and wholly-owned companies. Tax losses are generally quarantined and cannot be transferred between projects.

PNG mining companies are taxed at a rate of tax of 30%. Mining operations in PNG are subject to a 2% royalty which is payable to the PNG Government.

Capital development and exploration expenditure incurred in PNG is capitalized for tax purposes and can be generally deducted at 25% per annum on a diminishing value basis against project income, with the deduction being limited to the lesser of 25% of the diminished value or the income of the project for the year.

PNG imposes dividend withholding tax of 10% on dividends paid by PNG mining operations to non-residents. Although PNG also imposes interest withholding tax on interest paid off-shore, the PNG Tax Act exempts interest paid to non-resident lenders from withholding tax where the PNG company is engaged in mining operations in PNG.

Discontinued Operations

Revenue

Revenue increased by 48% from US$122 million in fiscal 2011 to US$181 million in fiscal 2012. This was mainly as a result of a 22% increase in ounces sold as well as an increase in the average gold price received from US$1,372 per ounce in fiscal 2011 to US$1,672 per ounce in fiscal 2012.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales includes production costs, depreciation and amortization, impairment of assets and employment termination and restructuring costs.

a) Production costs (cash costs)

The average cash costs for the Evander operations decreased from US$1,070 per ounce in fiscal 2011 to US$919 per ounce in fiscal 2012. This can be attributed to a significant increase in the recovered grade from 0.096 ounces per ton in fiscal 2011 to 0.154 ounces per ton in fiscal 2012 resulting in a 23% increase in ounces produced.

b) Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased from US$24 million in fiscal 2011 to US$9 million in fiscal 2012, or 63%. In Rand terms, the decrease was 57%. The decrease is primarily due to ceasing to depreciate Evander’s assets when they were classified as held for sale, as required by IFRS 5, Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as well as the decrease in volumes produced.

 

112


Table of Contents

Profit on sale of assets

The profit of US$28 million relates to proceeds received in 2012 for the sale of Evander 6 and Twistdraai.

Income and Mining Taxes

South Africa. We pay taxes on mining income and non-mining income. For details, refer to the discussion under “ Income and Mining Taxes ” in the Continuing Operations section.

PNG and Australia. The income tax rate in Australia and PNG is 30% on both mining and non-mining income. For details, refer to the discussion under “ Income and Mining Taxes ” in the Continuing Operations section.

Continuing and discontinued operations

Net profit

The net profit increased from a net profit of US$86 million in fiscal 2011 to US$341 million in fiscal 2012. This is due to the factors discussed above.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Harmony’s accounting policies are described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Recently adopted accounting policies, as well as recent accounting pronouncements with the potential for impact on the consolidated financial statements, are described in note 2 “Accounting Policies” .

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We centrally manage our funding and treasury policies. There are no legal or economic restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us. We have generally funded our operations and our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements from: (i) cash generated from operations; (ii) credit facilities and other borrowings; and (iii) sales of equity securities.

 

     Fiscal year ended June 30,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     ($ in millions)  

Operating cash flows

     328        545        340   

Investing cash flows

     (285     (371     (381

Financing cash flows

     (5     (25     29   

Foreign exchange differences

     (45     (35     13   

Total cash flows

     (7     114        1   

Operations

Net cash provided by operations is primarily affected by the quantities of gold sold, the gold price, the Rand-US dollar exchange rate, cash costs per ounce and, in the case of the International operations, the Australian dollar and Kina versus US dollar exchange rate. A significant adverse change in one or more of these parameters could materially reduce cash provided by operations as a source of liquidity. The discussion below includes both continuing and discontinued operations,

Net cash generated by operations decreased from US$545 million in fiscal 2012 to US$328 million in fiscal 2013. This was due to the weakening of the Rand against the US dollar, resulting in the Rand equivalent amounts being translated at a higher rate of R8.82 compared to R7.77 in fiscal 2012, increases in production costs due to inflationary pressures on labor, materials and electricity, as well as the increase in exploration expenditure of US$12 million.

Investing

Net cash utilized by investing activities was US$285 million in fiscal 2013, as compared with US$371 million in fiscal 2012. Included in the total for fiscal 2013 is US$139 million received on February 28, 2013 and March 13, 2013 for the sale of Evander to Pan African. This was offset by the purchase of an additional interest in Rand Refinery in three separate transactions during fiscal 2013 for US$9 million, and additions to property, plant and equipment. Included in the total for fiscal 2012 is US15 million received for the sale of Evander 6 and Twistdraai to Taung Gold Limited.

Financing

Financing activities utilized US$5 million in fiscal 2013, compared with US$25 million utilized in fiscal 2012.

In fiscal 2012, an additional drawdown of US$58 million was made from the Nedbank Limited (“ Nedbank ”) loan facility. In fiscal 2012, the Group entered into a US$300 million syndicated revolving credit facility and drew down

 

113


Table of Contents

US$130 million in fiscal 2012 and US$80 million in fiscal 2013. Loan repayments in fiscal 2013 amounted to US$35 million (2012: US$159 million). During fiscal 2013, dividends paid amounted to US$50 million, compared with US$57 million in fiscal 2012.

Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings

On December 11, 2009, we entered into a loan facility with Nedbank, comprising a term facility of R900 million (US$119 million) and a revolving credit facility of R600 million (US$80 million). Interest accrues on a day to day basis over the term of the loan at a variable interest rate, equal to 3 month Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate (“ JIBAR ”) plus 3.5%. Interest is repayable quarterly. The term facility is repayable bi-annually in equal instalments of R90 million (US$9 million) over five years. The revolving credit facility is repayable after three years.

On November 30, 2010, we entered into an additional loan facility with Nedbank, comprising a term loan of R500 million (US$70 million) and a revolving credit facility of R250 million (US$35 million). Interest terms are identical to the original facility. The repayment terms of the original revolving credit facility were amended to coincide with the repayment of the new revolving credit facility. During fiscal 2012, we repaid the revolving credit facilities and, as a result, at June 30, 2013, the full R850 million (US$85 million) on these facilities is available until December 2013. At June 30, 2013, the outstanding balance on the term loan facility is US$46 million.

On August 11, 2011, we entered into a US$300 million syndicated revolving credit facility, which was jointly arranged by Nedbank and FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division). The facility is repayable after four years and attracts interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”) plus 260 basis points, which is payable quarterly. At June 30, 2013, US$90 million of this facility had not been drawn down.

We need to comply with certain debt covenants for both the Nedbank facilities and syndicated revolving credit facility, including that the interest cover ratios shall not be less than two times and the current ratio not less than one time. We complied with the relevant covenants during fiscal 2013.

During July 2007, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields entered into a finance lease agreement with Westpac Bank for the purchase of mining fleet to be used on the Hidden Valley project amounting to US$37 million. Interest is charged at US — LIBOR plus 1.25% per annum. Interest is accrued monthly and lease instalments are repayable quarterly terminating December 30, 2013. The mining fleet financed is used as collateral for these loans. The balance at June 30, 2013 was US$0.4 million.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist primarily of credit facilities, post-retirement healthcare and environmental obligations.

Contractual Obligations on the Balance Sheet

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2013:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total
($’million)
     Less Than 12
Months July 1,

2013 to
June 30, 2014
($’million)
     12-36 Months
July 1, 2014
to June 30,

2016
($’million)
     36-60 Months
July 1, 2016
To June 30,
2018
($’million)
     After 60
Months
Subsequent
June 30, 2018
($’million)
 

Bank facilities (1)

     275         41         234         —           —     

Post-retirement health care (2)

     19         —           —           —           19   

Environmental obligations (3)

     200         —           —           —           200   

Total contractual obligations

     494         41         234         —           219   

 

(1) See Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources— Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings” .
(2) This liability relates to post-retirement medical benefits of Freegold employees at the time of acquisition as well as for former employees who retired prior to December 31, 1996 and is based on actuarial valuations conducted during fiscal 2013.
(3) We make provision for environmental rehabilitation costs and related liabilities based on management’s interpretations of current environmental and regulatory requirements. See Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Critical Accounting Policies” .

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

Our obligation with regards to operating leases is US$1 million and relates to the offices in Brisbane and PNG. This amount at June 30, 2013 is due within 12 months. Contractual obligations in respect of mineral tenement leases in PNG amount to US$33 million at June 30, 2013.

 

114


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditure

Total budgeted capital expenditures for fiscal 2014 are US$313 million. Details regarding the budgeted capital expenditures for each operation are found in the individual mine sections under Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Harmony’s Mining Operations” . We currently expect that our planned operating capital expenditures will be financed from operations, including use of our current facilities, as described in this section “Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings” , and new borrowings as needed.

The following table sets forth our authorized capital expenditure as of June 30, 2013:

 

     $’million  

Authorized and contracted for (1)

     41   

Authorized but not yet contracted for

     155   

Total

     196   

 

(1)   Including our share of the PNG joint venture’s capital expenditure of US$23 million.

Commercial Commitments

The following table provides details regarding our commercial commitments as of June 30, 2013:

 

     Amount of Commitments Expiring by Period  
     Total
($’million)
     Less Than 12
Months July 1,
2013 to
June 30, 2014
($’million)
     12-36 Months
July 1, 2014
to June 30,

2016
($’million)
     36-60 Months
July 1, 2016
To June 30,

2018
($’million)
     After 60
Months
Subsequent
June 30, 2018
($’million)
 

Guarantees (1)

     37         —           —           —           37   

Capital commitments (2)

     41         41         —           —           —     

Total commitments expiring by period

     78         41         —           —           37   

 

(1)   Amount of Commitments Expiring by Period.
(2)   Capital commitments consist only of amounts committed to external suppliers, although a total of US$155 million has been approved by the board for capital expenditures.

Trend Information

Information on recent trends in our operations is discussed in Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Results of Operations ” above.

Working Capital and Anticipated Financing Needs

The board believes that our working capital resources, by way of cash generated from operations, borrowings and existing cash on hand, are sufficient to meet our present working capital needs. The South African operations are generally expected to fund their capital internally. The Wafi-Golpu project in PNG is, however, expected to require additional capital expenditure over the next three to five years to complete construction, most of which will be funded from cash generated by operations and the balance by debt. For more information on our planned capital expenditures, see “ — Capital Expenditures ” above and Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business — Harmony’s Mining Operations ”. We may, in the future, explore debt and/or equity financing in connection with our acquisition strategy. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — To maintain gold production beyond the expected lives of Harmony’s existing mines or to increase production materially above projected levels, Harmony will need to access additional reserves through exploration or discovery” . Our board believes that we will have access to adequate financing on reasonable terms given our cash-based operations and modest leverage. Our ability to generate cash from operations could, however, be materially adversely affected by increases in cash costs, decreases in production, decreases in the price of gold and appreciation of the Rand and other non-US$ currencies against the US dollar. In addition, South African companies are subject to significant exchange control limitations, which may impair our ability to fund overseas operations or guarantee credit facilities entered into by overseas subsidiaries. See Item 10. “Additional Information — Exchange Controls”.

Other Financial Information

Export Sales

All of our gold produced in South Africa during fiscal 2011 to 2013 was refined by Rand Refinery. Rand Refinery is owned by a consortium of the major gold producers in South Africa and Harmony holds a 10.38% interest at June 30, 2013. All of our gold produced in Australia and PNG in those periods was sold to The Perth Mint Australia, a Perth-based refinery.

 

115


Table of Contents

Item 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Directors and Senior Management

The composition of Harmony’s board of directors is as follows:

 

Name    Date of appointment

Patrice Motsepe (1)

   September 23, 2003

Frank Abbott

   October 1, 1994

Graham Briggs

   August 6, 2007

Joaquim Chissano (1)

   April 20, 2005

Fikile De Buck (1)(2)(3)

   March 30, 2006

Ken Dicks (1)(2)

   February 13, 2008

Dr Simo Lushaba (1)(2)

   October 18, 2002

Cathie Markus (1)(2)

   May 31, 2007

Mashego Mashego

   February 24, 2010

Modise Motloba (1)(2)(4)

   July 30, 2004

Mavuso Msimang (1)(2)

   March 26, 2011

Karabo Nondumo (1)(2)

   May 3, 2013

Vishnu Pillay (1)(2)

   May 8, 2013

John Wetton (1)(2)

   July 1, 2011

André Wilkens (1)

   August 7, 2007

 

(1)   Non-executive directors
(2)   Independent
(3)   Lead independent director
(4)   Deputy chairman

The members of the board, their principal past affiliations, information on their business experiences and principal outside activities and selected other information can be found in exhibit 15.1.

Board Practices

Our Memorandum of Incorporation provides that in addition to the minimum number of directors, if any, that the company must have to satisfy any requirements in terms of the Companies Act to appoint an audit committee, a social and ethics committee and the board must comprise of at least four directors. There shall be no restriction on the maximum number of directors that may be appointed to the board unless otherwise determined by the shareholders at any time, and from time to time, by way of ordinary resolution. At October 18, 2013, the board consists of 15 directors.

Our Memorandum of Incorporation provides that the longest serving one-third of non-executive directors retire from office at each annual general meeting. Retiring directors normally make themselves available for re-election and are re-elected at the annual general meeting at which they retire.

Details of directors’ service contracts are described under “— Compensation of Directors and Senior Management ” and “— Directors’ Terms of Employment, ” below. We also describe our corporate governance practices on our website under “Corporate Governance.”

In order to ensure good corporate governance, the board has formed an Audit and Risk Committee, a Remuneration Committee, a Nomination Committee, an Investment Committee, a Social and Ethics Committee and a Technical Committee. All of the board committees are comprised of a majority of independent, non-executive directors.

Executive Management Committee

Our Executive Committee comprises our executive directors and selected senior officers, each with his or her own area of responsibility. The Executive Committee consists of 12 executives who meet on a weekly basis and more often if required. See exhibit 15.1 for their abridged curricula vitae.

 

116


Table of Contents

The composition of the Executive Management Committee (with areas of responsibility indicated) is as follows:

 

Graham Briggs

   Chief Executive Officer

Frank Abbott

   Financial Director

Mashego Mashego

   Executive Director

Jaco Boshoff

   Mineral Resources Development and Growth

Alwyn Pretorius

   Safety, Health and Technology

Tom Smith

   Chief Operating Officer: South Africa Operations

Marian van der Walt

   Corporate and Investor Relations

Johannes van Heerden

   Chief Executive Officer: South East Asia

Abre van Vuuren

   Risk Management and Services Improvement

Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak

   Environmental Management

Matthews Dikane

   Legal, Governance and Ethics

Anton Buthelezi

   Human Resources

Board Committee

Details of the various board committees and their composition and members can be found in exhibits 15.2 and 15.3.

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

The following tables show the compensation of directors for fiscal 2013:

 

Name

   Directors’
fees (R’000)
     Salaries and
Benefits (R’000)
     Retirement
Contributions
during the
year (R’000)
     Bonuses
Paid
(R’000)
     Share
Options
Exercised
during the
year (R’000)
     Total
(R’000)
 
     2013      2013      2013      2013      2013      2013  

Non-executive

                 

Patrice Motsepe

     947         —           —           —           —           947   

Joaquim Chissano

     343         —           —           —           —           343   

Fikile De Buck

     742         —           —           —           —           742   

Ken Dicks

     367         —           —           —           —           367   

Dr Simo Lushaba

     539         —           —           —           —           539   

Cathie Markus

     610         —           —           —           —           610   

Modise Motloba

     721         —           —           —           —           721   

Mavusa Msimang

     375         —           —           —           —           375   

Karabo Nondumo (1)

     53         —           —           —           —           53   

Vishnu Pillay (2)

     45         —           —           —           —           45   

John Wetton

     657         —           —           —           —           657   

Andre Wilkens

     529         —           —           —           —           529   

Executive

                 

Frank Abbott

     —           4,846         —           1,161         —           6,007   

Graham Briggs

     —           7,438         —           1,802         1,924         11,164   

Mashego Mashego

     —           3,132         333         746         448         4,659   

TOTAL

     5,928         15,416         333         3,709         2,372         27,758   

 

117


Table of Contents

Name

   Directors’
fees ($’000)
     Salaries and
Benefits ($’000)
     Retirement
Contributions
during the
year ($’000)
     Bonuses
Paid
($’000)
     Share
Options
Exercised
during the
year ($’000)
     Total
($’000)
 
     2013      2013      2013      2013      2013      2013  

Non-executive

                 

Patrice Motsepe

     107         —           —           —           —           107   

Joaquim Chissano

     39         —           —           —           —           39   

Fikile De Buck

     84         —           —           —           —           84   

Ken Dicks

     42         —           —           —           —           42   

Dr Simo Lushaba

     61         —           —           —           —           61   

Cathie Markus

     69         —           —           —           —           69   

Modise Motloba

     82         —           —           —           —           82   

Mavusa Msimang

     43         —           —           —           —           43   

Karabo Nondumo (1)

     6         —           —           —           —           6   

Vishnu Pillay (2)

     5         —           —           —           —           5   

John Wetton

     74         —           —           —           —           74   

Andre Wilkens

     60         —           —           —           —           60   

Executive

                 

Frank Abbott

     —           549         —           132         —           681   

Graham Briggs

     —           843         —           204         218         1,265   

Mashego Mashego

     —           355         38         85         51         529   

TOTAL

     672         1,747         38         421         269         3,147   

 

(1)   Appointed May 3, 2013
(2)   Appointed May 8, 2013

Directors’ Terms of Employment

None of our non-executive directors have a service contract with us or any of our subsidiaries with a notice or contract period of one year or more or with provisions for pre-determining compensation on termination of an amount which equals or exceeds one year’s salary and benefits in kind.

The terms of employment of our executive directors continue until terminated by reaching the mandatory retirement age of 60 or on service of three months’ notice by either us or the employee. An extension in retirement up to 63, depending on Company needs, may be considered in some instances. Each of our executive directors participates in our share scheme and a discretionary executive cash incentive scheme, the latter provided that certain profit targets, set by the Remuneration Committee, are achieved. They have all waived their rights to directors’ fees.

The executive directors also benefit from pension contributions, provident funds, life insurance and medical aid, the value of which is included in the salary details listed above. The total amount currently set aside or accrued by us and our subsidiaries for the payment of these pension, life insurance, medical aid and retirement benefits is US$nil million. The non-executive directors are entitled to fees as agreed at our annual general meeting from time to time, reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred on our behalf and remuneration for other services, such as serving on committees. For fiscal 2013, total directors’ remuneration amounted to US$3.1 million and senior management’s remuneration to US$4.3 million. Non-executive directors are paid as per the chart below. Executives participate in an executive bonus scheme and bonuses (if any) are determined for a financial year by the Remuneration Committee, in line with our reward philosophy. A bonus of US$131,633 was awarded to the chief executive officer during the past financial year.

The board agreed to an increase in non-executive directors’ fees, effective from the date of the annual general meeting on November 28, 2012. Shareholders approved the increase in fees at the annual general meeting.

 

118


Table of Contents

For fiscal 2013 non-executive directors received the following fees:

 

     Annual Fee
Board    R192,000 annually (US$21,769)
Audit and Risk Committee    R105,500 annually (US$11,961)
Investment Committee    R83,500 annually (US$9,467)
Nomination Committee    R83,500 annually (US$9,467)
Remuneration Committee    R83,500 annually (US$9,467)
Social and Ethics Committee    R83,500 annually (US$9,467)
Technical Committee    R83,500 annually (US$9,467)
Chairman of board    R888,500 annually (US$100,737)
Chairman of board committees   

Double the amount that the individual board committee member received annually

Lead independent director    R285,000 annually (US$32,313)
Deputy chairman    R377,000 annually (US$42,744)

The terms of employment of the non-executive directors are not set out in any written agreements.

Share Options

At October 18, 2013, our directors and senior management held the following share options, totalling less than 1% of our share capital:

 

Directors and Senior Management

   Number of
Share
Options
     Average
Strike Price
(R)
     Expiration Dates  

Graham Briggs

     91,938         48.55         2014-2015   

Frank Abbott

     —           —           —     

Mashego Mashego

     —           —           —     

Senior Management (as a group)

     158,463         50.51         2014-2015   

Total

     250,401         49.79         2014-2015   

Options to purchase a total of 745,346 ordinary shares were outstanding on October 18, 2013. The exercise prices of the outstanding options range between R39.00 and R66.15 per share and they expire between 2014 and 2015. Of the outstanding options, options to purchase 250,401 ordinary shares were held by our directors and senior management, as described above. No consideration was payable on the grant of these options. See note 34 to the consolidated financial statements included herein.

Shares issued in terms of the Harmony 2006 Share Plan

At October 18, 2013, our directors and senior management held the following share appreciation rights and performance shares, totaling less than 1% of our share capital:

 

Directors and Senior Management

   Share
Appreciation
Rights (SAR)
     Weighted
SAR
Price (R)
     Performance
Shares (PS)
     PS
Price
(R)
     Restricted
Shares

(RS)
     RS
Price
(R)
     Expiration
Dates
 

Graham Briggs

     298,974         78.27         289,780         —           126,971         —           2013-2019   

Frank Abbott

     22,789         79.23         80,139         —           29,136         —           2013-2019   

Mashego Mashego

     50,089         77.37         84,875         —           41,956         —           2013-2019   

Senior Management (as a group)

     625,836         74.95         627,156         —           253,888         —           2013-2019   

Options and rights to purchase a potential maximum of 11,965,593 ordinary shares were outstanding on October 18, 2013. The exercise prices of the outstanding options range between R68.84 and R104.79 per share and they expire between 2013 and 2019. Of the outstanding awards, awards to purchase a potential maximum of 625,836 ordinary shares were held by our directors and senior management, as described above. No consideration was payable on the grant of these options. See note 34 to the consolidated financial statements included herein.

Shares issued in terms of the Employee Share Ownership Plan

        Awards to purchase a potential maximum of 2,394,250 ordinary shares were outstanding on October 18, 2013. These awards were issued in August 2012 and March 2013 to all employees other than management. These awards expire in 2017. No consideration was payable on the grant of these options.

3.5 million ordinary shares were issued to the Tlhakanelo Trust in August 2012. Employees pay the par value of the shares awarded to them, being 50 SA cents per share. See note 34 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

119


Table of Contents

Share Ownership

The following sets forth, as at June 30, 2013 and at October 18, 2013, the total amount of ordinary shares directly or indirectly owned by our directors and senior management, including shares issued under the 2006 Share Plan. Our directors and senior management do not own any preference shares.

 

Holder    Ordinary Shares
Number as at
June 30, 2013
     Percentage      Ordinary Shares
Number as at
October 18, 2013
     Percentage  

Non-executive chairman

           

Patrice Motsepe (1)

     —           —           —           —     

Directors Non-executive

           

Fikile De Buck

     —           —           —           —     

Joaqium Chissano

     —           —           —           —     

Ken Dicks

     20,000         (2 )        20,000         (2 )  

Dr. Simo Lushaba

     —           —           —           —     

Cathie Markus

     —           —           —           —     

Mavuso Msimang

     —           —           —           —     

Modise Motloba

     —           —           —           —     

Karabo Nondumo

     —           —           —           —     

Vishnu Pillay

     —           —           —           —     

John Wetton

     —           —           —           —     

André Wilkens

     101,303         (2 )        101,303         (2 )  

Executive Directors

           

Graham Briggs

     14,347         (2 )        14,347         (2 )  

Frank Abbott

     73,900         (2 )        139,500         (2 )  

Mashego Mashego

     —           —           —           —     

Total Directors (15 persons)

     209,550         (2 )        275,150         (2 )  

 

(1)   Patrice Motsepe, our Chairman, has an indirect holding through ARM
(2) Less than 1%

Employees

General

Set out below is the number of people working at each of our operations and the number at our operations who are employed by outside contractors as at the end of each of fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

     Harmony Employees at June 30,      Outside Contractors at June 30,  
     2013      2012      2011      2013      2012      2011  

South Africa

     30,867         33,995         34,345         5,557         5,999         4,921   

International

     915         1,003         700         1,542         1,355         1,514   

Grand total

     31,782         34,998         35,045         7,099         7,354         6,435   

The numbers for the International Operations include the employees and contractors at the MMJV (50% basis).

South Africa

South Africa is a signatory to all the International Labor Organization conventions in respect of employment and fair labor practices. Consequently, South African labor relations are characterized by a high degree of regulation, with legislation covering all aspects of the employment relationship, including but not restricted to the following:

 

  minimum conditions of employment (note there is no prescribed basic minimum wage, but laws cover most aspects of employment, from hours of work to prohibitions on child labor);

 

  trade union access and membership;

 

  training and development;

 

  mandatory compensation in the event of termination for operational reasons;

 

  affirmative action policies and programs;

 

  compensation for occupational illness and injury;

 

  mechanisms for collective bargaining;

 

  procedures for the resolution of disputes; and

 

  regulation of strikes and dismissals.

 

120


Table of Contents

Harmony invests in the training and development of its current and potential employees. During fiscal 2013 a significant number of South African employees received some form of training in areas such as mining, engineering, metallurgy, mineral reserve, human resources and soft skills. In South Africa, we have various programs in place to attract and develop university and young school leavers through apprenticeships, bridging programs and bursaries, as well as extensive in-house and external training programs.

In the mining industry, our relationship with the unions and the government is well established and provides a structure for negotiation between independent representative Trade Unions and employer associations of all conditions of employment and the provision of benefits, including retirement benefits and health care for employees and their dependents. This structure also allows for consultation on many operational issues including for example, recruitment and selection, training and development and health and safety. We are no different from the other major gold producers in this regard; we fully participate, and in some instances have played a major role, in the industry’s industrial relations structures, including the Chamber of Mines of South Africa (which represents the interest of the major employers in the mining sector), the various statutory training bodies and benefit structures.

Employee relations in South Africa are guided by the Labour Relations Act as well as by company and mine-based recognition agreements. Harmony recognizes the following labor unions in South Africa: the National Union of Mineworkers (“ NUM ”), United Association of South Africa (“ UASA ”) and Solidarity. The Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union (“ AMCU ”) emerged at Kusasalethu in the second quarter of fiscal 2013 and has to date signed over 3,550 members (74%) of that workforce. We are engaging with AMCU to conclude an organizational rights agreement and negotiate a recognition agreement for Kusasalethu, while a recognition agreement was signed between Masimong (where AMCU membership accounts for around 30% of the workforce) and AMCU in July 2013.

The unions are represented as follows at the end of fiscal 2013:

 

AMCU

     12.6

NUM

     68.2

Solidarity

     1.9

UASA

     9.0

Agency

     3.6

Non-union

     4.7

Certain employees are subject to Agency Shop arrangements (termed the “Collective Bargaining Fund” above) whereby the terms and conditions of service negotiated and agreed to with the recognized Trade Unions are extended to apply to non-union members who, in turn, then pay a small fee to the union) and the rest of the employees either do not belong to a union or belong to one of the more insignificant unions active in Harmony from time to time.

As a result of our highly unionized labor force and the fact that labor costs typically constitute between 49% and 57% of production costs, we have attempted over the years to balance union demands for improvements in wages and conditions of employment with the need to contain and reduce cash costs in order to ensure the long-term viability of our operations.

While no statutory minimum notice period in respect of operational changes is stipulated in Harmony’s collective agreements, there are prescribed processes both in the statutes and collective agreements that have to be completed before any significant operational change can be implemented. The Labour Relations Act in South Africa governs the minimum notice period required in respect of organizational change affecting 50 or more employees. A 60-day notice and consultation period regarding any proposed restructuring or organizational change is allowed in terms of Section 189A of the Act.

Wage negotiations are conducted in a centralized industry forum under the Chamber of Mines. During August 2011, a two-year wage agreement was signed, which included profit sharing, after a five-day strike across the gold mining industry. The agreement ended in June 2013. New negotiations began in July 2013 after a number of delays, resulting in a further two-year agreement signed on September 8, 2013.

Each year, negotiations with unions span a wide range of issues. In fiscal 2013, these included:

 

    wellness and retirement;

 

    training and development;

 

    housing and transport;

 

    women in mining; and

 

    medical incapacitation.

 

121


Table of Contents

Other issues currently being discussed with unions include:

 

    establishing a bargaining council for the gold mining industry. This has not been finalized and these discussions will resume after the conclusion of wage negotiations;

 

    the framework agreement for a sustainable mining industry between the unions, mining houses and government;

 

    issues around developing young people living in communities close to mining operations; and

 

    the implementation of a company-wide code of conduct that each employee will commit to and sign.

Work Stoppages

Harmony lost 225 production days to unprotected labor action during fiscal 2013; 219 days at Kusasalethu and 2 days each at Phakisa, Tshepong and Doornkop.

Fiscal 2013 was one of the worst in years for labor relations across the mining industry. While there were multiple factors involved, one illegal strike at a platinum mine spread quickly, resulting in scores of fatalities, mine closures, lost production and, ultimately, lost jobs. Whatever the underlying reasons, or combination of reasons, the wave of strikes did immense damage to the trust between employers, unions and employees. In addition to the cost to the mining industry, the strikes also affected investor confidence, national economic growth and devalued the currency.

In dealing with the illegal strikes at Kusasalethu, our approach from the outset was premised on safety and protecting the long-term interests of stakeholders. After closing the mine a day early for the festive season, by early January 2013 we had determined the non-negotiable conditions for production to recommence at Kusasalethu:

 

    strict adherence to the provisions of the MHSA by all;

 

    ensuring the mine’s standards and procedures are followed by all employees;

 

    employees conforming to the disciplinary code of the mine;

 

    no illegal sit-ins, marches or mass meetings;

 

    no violence or destruction of property;

 

    no violence or intimidation against any employee;

 

    no firearms or any other weapons of any nature on mine premises or at the hostel;

 

    all role players to follow the normal and accepted methods of collective bargaining, disciplinary and grievance hearings in resolving any difference of opinion;

 

    all employees to respect and adhere to the law, and respect the right to freedom of association without any fear, intimidation or coercion;

 

    the commitment of every employee to running the mine in a way that would enable it to reach its projected profitability, thus ensuring its long-term viability;

 

    fulfilling the final condition required teams of Harmony managers engaging with all stakeholders to reach collective agreement. Achieving this agreement – with over 5,500 individuals signing their commitment to a common goal – was regarded as a breakthrough in labor relations in our industry, and by the end of fiscal 2013 Kusasalethu was back to normal production.

HDSAs in management

Employment equity practices and initiatives in South Africa are guided by legislation including the MPRDA. This promotes equal opportunity by eliminating unfair discrimination and implementing affirmative action for women in mining and HDSAs in management. Harmony has a diversity management programme in place to encourage and embrace diversity across the company. The Company reports its employment equity plan and progress to the departments of labour and mineral resources annually.

 

122


Table of Contents

Harmony’s recruitment policy is aligned to its employment equity policy objectives to:

 

    pursue a diverse workforce for continued growth and competitiveness;

 

    create a culture that embraces diversity and change;

 

    promote equitable representation in all occupational categories and levels in the workforce;

 

    provide reasonable accommodation for people with disabilities and women; and

 

    implement affirmative action and positive measures to redress employment imbalances and achieve equality amongst employees.

Accordingly, Harmony’s recruitment, development and retention initiatives are focused on HDSAs in line with Mining Charter requirements. In South Africa, Harmony improved its employment equity status in management levels over the past year to 46% from 44% in the prior year. This is a significant achievement, given the shortage of HDSA management skills in South Africa.

Women in mining

Reflecting good practice, the representation of women across the Harmony group in fiscal 2013 was maintained at 12% (3,647 women) (fiscal 2012: 12%). At certain operations, the 10% target has been exceeded. The group percentage of women in management was 20% (fiscal 2012: 19%) in the core disciplines (engineering, mining, ore reserve management and metallurgy) and support services.

There is no differentiation in salary scales for men and women at Harmony.

Australia

Employee relations in Australia are regulated by a combination of federal and state statutes that stipulate minimum standards and provide for collective bargaining and action. All employment contracts are based on the Fair Work Act of 2009 and the National Employment Standards. Our Australian workforce is not unionized.

Papua New Guinea

Employee relations in PNG are regulated by the Employment Act of 1978 (PNG) and the Employment of Non-Citizens Act 1978 (PNG). Individual contracts are entered into, and the workforce is not unionized.

In PNG, wages are guided by independent market research that compares mining, oil and gas companies in the region. Industrial relations at Hidden Valley have been established through regular dialogue between management and employees via the Employee Relations Committee . Employees at PNG are not unionized, however, employment is guided by an MOA between the Landowner Association, the Company and the government. The MOA governance process requires that, when qualifications and experience are equivalent, employment preference is given to local and landowner candidates before individuals from other provinces or countries. Compliance with this agreement is a critical issue in maintaining Harmony’s license to operate.

Localization

In terms of diversity and equal opportunity, PNG operations are governed by a three-year training plan lodged with the Department of Labour for approval in separate documents for each operation: Hidden Valley joint venture, Wafi-Golpu joint venture and the exploration joint venture. Under this plan, and for the Company to have externally resourced employees, the joint ventures must ensure locally resourced employees are continuously trained and succession is managed. The first set of plans was approved in January 2011.

The succession target of less than 4% permanent externally resourced employees at PNG is continuing. The leadership development programme conducted in the first quarter of fiscal 2012 will ensure that this process continues.

Women in mining

Harmony is focused on achieving the 2014 target of 15%.

Long Term Incentive Schemes

In addition to employees’ annual salaries, Harmony has implemented various share option schemes, including the Harmony 2006 Share Plan. In all, 60,011,669 shares of Harmony’s share capital are reserved for long-term incentive schemes.

 

123


Table of Contents

The 2001 and 2003 share option schemes

Harmony has two share option schemes, namely the 2001 Share Option Scheme and the 2003 Share Option Scheme (collectively the existing schemes), which all have similar rules. Since the implementation of the 2006 Share Plan, no options have been nor will be issued in terms of the existing schemes. Options granted before the implementation of the 2006 Share Plan remain open for acceptance for 10 years after the date of grant, subject to the terms of the relevant option scheme.

Broad-Based Employee Share Ownership Plan

In August 2012, Harmony made awards under its ESOP, governed by the Tlhakanelo Trust, through which up to 33,000 employees participate in direct ownership of the company.

The Tlhakanelo Trust is an equity-settled share incentive and share appreciation rights scheme, in terms of which 4,288,000 scheme shares and 8,576,000 share appreciation rights have been made available for offers to current and future qualifying Harmony employees. All non-management employees will benefit from the scheme, based solely on length of service. Trustees of the Tlhakanelo Trust comprise both management and union representatives.

The Harmony 2006 Share Plan

The Harmony 2006 Share Plan (the “ Share Plan ”) was adopted by shareholders at the annual general meeting held on November 10, 2006. The Share Plan incorporates the following elements: equity- settled share appreciation rights, performance shares and restricted shares. The Share Plan is in line with global best practice and South African best practice, which in combination serves to reward the required attributes of shareholder alignment and long-term, sustained performance.

In terms of the Share Plan, executive directors and senior employees of Harmony and its subsidiaries and associates are awarded rights to receive shares in Harmony. The right to receive shares is conditional on the service and performance conditions having been met (i.e. the awards having vested) and, in the case of the Share Appreciation Rights (“ SARs ”), the awards having been exercised.

The primary intent of the Share Plan is to reward executives and senior management for long term, sustained performance achievements which are aligned to shareholder value.

The nature of the Share Plan, which is linked to performance conditions, is not as dilutive as a normal share option scheme.

Annual allocations of SARs awards of performance shares and grants of restricted shares are governed by Harmony’s reward philosophy, in which (inter alia) the ‘expected value’ of long-term incentive rewards is set for defined categories of executives and senior management. The expected value is defined as the present value of the future reward outcome of an allocation/award/grant, given the targeted future performance of Harmony.

Short-term incentive scheme

Our Remuneration Committee ensures that our directors and senior executives are fairly rewarded for their individual contributions to our overall performance.

In September 2006, the Remuneration Committee approved an annual incentive scheme as part of Harmony’s Reward Philosophy. This scheme was revised in 2010 to provide twice-yearly incentive bonuses for all management employees applying to corporate, Harmony central services, medical services and central operations; and quarterly incentive bonuses for designated shaft management team members as well as regional operations management teams to benefit executive directors and members of management.

Item 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Major Shareholders

We are an independent gold producer, with no single shareholder exercising control. As of October 18, 2013, our issued share capital consisted of 435,289,890 ordinary shares. To our knowledge, (A) we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled: (i) by another corporation; or (ii) by any foreign government, and (B) there are no arrangements (including any announced or expected takeover bid), the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in our control.

The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of other holders of the same class of shares.

Significant changes in the percentage ownership held by major shareholders in the past three years are described below on “ Related Party Transactions ”.

 

124


Table of Contents

A list of the 5% holders of our securities as of October 18, 2013 is set forth below:

 

Holder

   Number of Shares      Percentage  

1. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (1)

     152,281,668         34.98   

2. ARM Ltd. (2)(3)

     63,632,922         14.62   

3. Allan Gray Unit Trust Management Ltd. (3)

     45,897,466         10.54   

4. Blackrock Investment Management (UK) Ltd. (3)(4)

     38,473,041         8.84   

5. Public Investment Corporation of South Africa (3)

     28,477,831         6.54   

6. Van Eck Global (3) (5)

     25,709,392         5.91   

 

(1) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as of October 10, 2011 is the depositary with respect to the ADRs held on the US register. Holding disclosed represents outstanding ADRs on October 18, 2013.
(2)   Patrice Motsepe, our Chairman, has an indirect holding in ARM Limited.
(3) Holdings as of September 30, 2013
(4)   Blackrock’s holding of 38,473,041 includes 16,037,600 of ADR holdings which is included in (1) above
(5)   Van Eck’s holding of 25,709,392 is held in ADR form and is included in (1) above

As of October 18, 2013, there were 2,043 record holders of our 152,281,668 ADRs in the United States.

Capital Raising

The Company did not engage in any capital raising during fiscal 2012 or fiscal 2013.

Related Party Disclosure and Transactions

None of our directors or major shareholders or, to our knowledge, their families, had any interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction since July 1, 2009 or in any proposed transaction that has affected or will materially affect us or our subsidiaries, other than as stated below.

ARM Limited currently holds approximately 14.6% of our shares. Patrice Motsepe, André Wilkens, Joaquim Chissano and Frank Abbott are directors of ARM Limited.

All the production of the group’s South African operations is sent to Rand Refinery, in which Harmony holds a 10.38% interest. Refer to note 22 in the consolidated financial statements.

During fiscal 2013, Harmony sold its 100% interest in Evander.

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Not applicable.

Item 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS

Please refer to Item 18. “Financial Statements” of this annual report.

Legal Proceedings

None of our properties is the subject of pending material legal proceedings. We have experienced a number of claims and legal and arbitration proceedings incidental to the normal conduct of our business, such as the ones described below. The directors, however, do not believe that liabilities related to such claims and proceedings are likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Company’s consolidated financial condition.

AngloGold Ashanti court case

Harmony has been named as a second defendant in the Mr. Thembekekile Mankayi v AngloGold Ashanti court case, under which the principles of compensation under ODIMWA are currently being tested. The case was heard in the High Court of South Africa in June 2008, and an appeal heard in the Supreme Court of Appeals in 2010. In both instances judgement was awarded in favour of AngloGold Ashanti. A further appeal that was lodged by Mr Mankayi was heard in the Constitutional Court in 2010. Judgement in the Constitutional Court was handed down on March 3, 2011. The judgement allows Mr Mankayi’s executor to proceed with the case in the High Court of South Africa. Should anyone bring similar claims against Harmony in future, those claimants would need to provide that silicosis was contracted while in the employment of the Company and that it was contracted due to negligence on the Company’s part. The link between the cause (negligence by the Company while in its employ) and the effect (the silicosis) will be an essential part of any case. Should anyone bring similar claims against Harmony in future, those claimants would need to provide evidence proving that silicosis was contracted while in the employment of the

 

125


Table of Contents

Company and that it was contracted due to negligence on the Company’s part. The link between the cause (negligence by the Company while in its employ) and the effect (the silicosis) will be an essential part of any case. It is therefore uncertain as to whether the Company will incur any costs related to silicosis claims in the future and due to the limited information available on any claims and potential claims and the uncertainty of the outcome of these claims, no estimation can be made for the possible obligation.

South Africa class action

On August 23, 2012, Harmony and all its subsidiaries were served with court papers entailing an application by three of its former employees requesting that the South Gauteng High Court certify a class action. In essence, the applicants want the court to declare them as representing a class of people for the purposes of instituting an action for relief and to obtain directions as to what procedure to follow in pursuing the relief required against Harmony. Harmony has subsequently retained legal counsel in this regard and on September 5, 2012, Harmony served and filed its notice of intention to oppose the application as it is of the view that the applicants cannot form part of a class as, according to their own averments, they worked at different operations. At this stage and in the absence of a Court decision on this matter, it is uncertain as to whether the Company will incur any costs related to silicosis claims in the near future. Due to the limited information available on any claims and potential claims, and the uncertainty of the outcome of these claims, no estimation can be made for the possible obligation.

On January 8, 2013, Harmony and its subsidiaries, alongside other mining companies operating in South Africa (collectively the respondents), were served with another application to certify a class on behalf of classes of mine workers, former mine workers and their dependents who were previously employed by, or who are currently employed by, the respondents, who allegedly contracted silicosis and/or other occupational lung diseases. Harmony has filed notices of its intention to oppose both applications and has instructed its attorneys to defend the claims. Following the receipt of this application, Harmony was advised that there was a potential overlap between the application of August 23, 2012 and the application of January 8, 2013. After deliberation between the respondents’ attorneys and the applicants’ attorneys, it was resolved that the applicants’ attorneys will consolidate the two applications and serve an amended application which will be considered by the respondents. The respondents are awaiting a consolidated application of the two separate applications served.

At this stage, and in the absence of a court decision on this matter it is uncertain as to whether the company will incur any costs related to silicosis claims in the near future. Due to the limited information available on any claims and potential claims and the uncertainty of the outcome of these claims, no estimation can be made for the possible obligation.

US class action

The Company reached a mutually acceptable settlement with the class plaintiffs during fiscal 2012 in a pending class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in which certain ADR and ADR Option holders are seeking damages against us pertaining to our business practices for the period April 25, 2007 to August 7, 2007. The settlement was approved by the Court in November 2011 but a single class member filed an appeal of the Court’s order approving the settlement. That appeal resulted in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirming the decision of the District Court. The objecting plaintiff has asked the United Stated Supreme Court to review the case and this is pending. The settlement amount has been paid into escrow by the company’s insurers and will be distributed to the plaintiffs once the appeal has been finalized.

Dividends and Dividend Policy

On August 13, 2010, the board approved a final dividend for fiscal 2010 of R0.50 per share that was paid on September 20, 2010. The total amount of the dividend paid was R214 million (US$29.3 million). As the dividend was declared after the reporting date of June 30, 2010, the dividend was recorded in fiscal 2011.

On August 12, 2011, the board approved a final dividend for fiscal 2011 of R0.60 per share that was paid on September 19, 2011. The total amount of the dividend paid was R258 million (US$33.9 million). This was recorded in fiscal 2012. On February 1, 2012, the board approved an interim dividend for fiscal 2012 of R0.40 per share that was paid on March 12, 2012. The total amount of the dividend paid for fiscal 2012 was R431 million (US$58.6 million).

On August 13, 2012, the board approved a final dividend for fiscal 2012 of R0.50 per share that was paid on September 17, 2012. The total amount of the dividend paid was R217 million (US$26.7 million). This was recorded in fiscal 2013. On February 2, 2013, the board approved an interim dividend for fiscal 2013 of R0.50 per share that was paid on March 13, 2013. The total amount of the dividend paid was R217 million (US$24.1 million). The total amount of the dividend paid in fiscal 2013 was R435 million (US$50.4 million).

For information on our accounting policy relating to dividends, see note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

126


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Work stoppages and wage agreement settlement

Operations were disrupted by strike action by members of the NUM at all South African operations except Kusasalethu from the night shift on September 3, 2013. The final offer made by the Chamber of Mines was accepted by members of the NUM on September 8, 2013 and incorporates a two-year agreement. The agreement offers category 4 and 5 employees and rock drill operators pay increases of 8%, and other employees pay increases of 7.5%, effective July 1, 2013. Employees will receive further CPI-linked increases effective July 1, 2014. The strike action will have an impact on Harmony’s performance for the first quarter of fiscal 2014. All of the operations affected by the strike were normalized from the night shift on September  8, 2013.

Item 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

Markets

Stock Exchange Listings and Ticker Codes

The primary listing of our ordinary shares is on the JSE Limited. Our ordinary shares are also listed on stock exchanges Berlin and Brussels in the form of International Depositary Receipts and on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of ADSs. We notified NASDAQ on June 9, 2010 of our intention to voluntarily terminate our listing on NASDAQ. The last day of trading of Harmony’s ADSs on NASDAQ was June 21, 2010. We voluntarily delisted from Euronext Paris on August 30, 2010. Harmony further voluntarily delisted from the London Stock Exchange on January 11, 2012.

 

JSE Limited    HAR
New York Stock Exchange    HMY
Euronext Brussels    HMY
Berlin Stock Exchange    HAM1

Offering and Listing Details

The high and low sales prices in Rand for our ordinary shares on the JSE for the periods indicated were as follows:

 

     Harmony
Ordinary Shares
(Rand per
Ordinary Share)
 
     High      Low  

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2009

     

Full Year

     129.50         54.99   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2010

     

Full Year

     87.51         68.65   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2011

     

First Quarter

     83.80         71.90   

Second Quarter

     88.02         76.18   

Third Quarter

     102.26         74.77   

Fourth Quarter

     103.25         83.29   

Full Year

     103.25         71.90   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012

     

First Quarter

     106.00         85.80   

Second Quarter

     115.75         92.64   

Third Quarter

     101.75         82.88   

Fourth Quarter

     89.00         72.84   

Full Year

     115.75         72.84   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

     

First Quarter

     85.71         67.50   

Second Quarter

     74.05         65.20   

Third Quarter

     75.64         53.40   

Fourth Quarter

     58.25         33.47   

Full Year

     85.71         33.47   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2014

     

July 2013

     38.39         33.83   

August 2013

     42.47         32.74   

September 2013

     40.65         34.65   

As of October 18, 2013

     33.99         32.82   

On October 18, 2013, the share price of our ordinary shares on the JSE was R32.90.

 

127


Table of Contents

Our ADRs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. We were listed on NASDAQ from November 29, 2005 until we voluntarily de-listed on June 21, 2010. The high and low sales prices in US dollars for our ADRs for the periods indicated, as reported on the NYSE and NASDAQ, were as follows:

 

     NYSE
Harmony ADRs
($ per ADR)
     NASDAQ
Harmony ADRs
($ per ADR)
 
     High      Low      High      Low  

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2009

           

Full Year

     13.06         5.58         13.07         5.54   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2010

           

Full Year

     11.98         8.50         —           —     

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2011

           

First Quarter

     11.74         9.72         —           —     

Second Quarter

     12.75         10.75         —           —     

Third Quarter

     15.26         10.56         —           —     

Fourth Quarter

     15.57         12.34         —           —     

Full Year

     15.57         9.72         —           —     

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012

           

First Quarter

     14.87         11.50         —           —     

Second Quarter

     14.37         11.34         —           —     

Third Quarter

     13.31         10.70         —           —     

Fourth Quarter

     11.04         8.70         —           —     

Full Year

     14.87         8.70         —           —     

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

           

First Quarter

     10.34         8.21         —           —     

Second Quarter

     8.96         7.50         —           —     

Third Quarter

     8.96         5.94         —           —     

Fourth Quarter

     6.38         3.30         —           —     

Full Year

     10.34         3.30         —           —     

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2014

           

July 2013

     3.99         3.39         —           —     

August 2013

     4.33         3.30         —           —     

September 2013

     4.12         3.38         —           —     

As of October 18, 2013

     3.28         3.39         —           —     

On October 18, 2013, the closing share price of our ordinary shares on the NYSE was US$3.32.

The Securities Exchange in South Africa

The JSE is the sixth largest emerging market exchange and by far the leading exchange in Africa, playing a leadership role in the continent, supporting South Africa’s role as the African financial hub. It is also recognized as a leading exchange in the global resources sector.

As South Africa’s only full service securities exchange, the JSE connects buyers and sellers in five different markets: equities, which includes a primary and secondary board, equity derivatives, agricultural derivatives and interest rate instruments. The JSE is one of the top 20 exchanges in the world in terms of market capitalization. The market capitalization of the JSE equities market was R8.568 billion (US$859 million) at June 30, 2013. The mining market capitalization was R1.049 billion (US$105 million) at June 30, 2013, 12% of the overall JSE market capitalization and constituted 22% in terms of value traded.

STRATE Settlement

Under STRATE there are essentially two types of clients: controlled and non-controlled. A controlled client is one who elects to keep his shares and cash with his broker and these shares are held in custody at the broker’s chosen Custodian Bank, the CSDP. A non-controlled client is one who appoints his own CSDP to act as custodian on his behalf. Equity settlements take place on a contractual T+5 (where T= trade date) settlement cycle. Securities and funds become due for settlement a set number of business days after the trade. Contractual settlement is a market convention embodied in the rules of the JSE which states that a client has a contractual obligation to cause a JSE trade to settle on settlement day. The JSE, in its capacity as Settlement Authority, ensures that all on-market trades entered into by two JSE member firms settle five days after the trade date.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Not applicable.

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

Not applicable.

 

128


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Not applicable.

EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE

Not applicable.

Item 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Memorandum of Incorporation

This section summarizes certain material provisions of Harmony’s current Memorandum of Incorporation, the Companies Act and the JSE Listings Requirements, each as currently in effect. These descriptions do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to all of the provisions of those sources. Directions on how to obtain a complete copy of Harmony’s current Memorandum of Incorporation are provided under “— Documents on Display” below.

General

We are a public company with limited liability, and is registered under Registration number 1950/038232/06 with the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission (“ CIPC ”) (previously known as “CIPRO” or “the Registrar of Companies”), a member of the Department of Trade and Industry. We are governed by our current Memorandum of Incorporation, the provisions of the Companies Act and the various Listings Requirements. Our operations are also subject to various laws and regulations, including those described in Item 4. “ Information on the Company Regulation ”.

In accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, which came into operation on May 1, 2011, the Memorandum of Incorporation was replaced in its entirety following approval by the shareholders at the annual general meeting of the Company held on November 28, 2012.

Directors

Disclosure of Interests

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the current Memorandum of Incorporation, directors shall comply with the provisions of the Companies Act, under the terms of which each director, prescribed officer and member of any committee of the board (whether or not such persons are also members of the board) shall, subject to the exemptions and the qualifications contained in the Companies Act, comply with all of the provisions of the Companies Act in the event that they (or any person who is a related person to them) have a personal financial interest in any matter to be considered by the board.

If a director of the Company has a personal financial interest in respect of a matter to be considered at a meeting of the board, or knows that a related person has a personal financial interest in the matter, the director:

 

  (a) must disclose the interest and its general nature before the matter is considered at the meeting;

 

  (b) must disclose to the meeting any material information relating to the matter, and known to the director;

 

  (c) may disclose any observations or pertinent insights relating to the matter if requested to do so by the other directors;

 

  (d) if present at the meeting, must leave the meeting immediately after making any disclosure contemplated in paragraph (b) or (c);

 

  (e) must not take part in the consideration of the matter, except to the extent contemplated in paragraphs (b) and (c);

 

  (f) while absent from the meeting in terms of this subsection:

 

  (i) is to be regarded as being present at the meeting for the purpose of determining whether sufficient directors are present to constitute the meeting; and

 

  (ii) is not to be regarded as being present at the meeting for the purpose of determining whether a resolution has sufficient support to be adopted; and

 

  (g) must not execute any document on behalf of the company in relation to the matter unless specifically requested or directed to do so by the board.

If a director of a company acquires a personal financial interest in an agreement or other matter in which the company has a material interest, or knows that a related person has acquired a personal financial interest in the matter, after the agreement or other matter has been approved by the company, the director must promptly disclose to the board, the nature and extent of that interest, and the material circumstances relating to the director or related person’s acquisition of that interest.

 

129


Table of Contents

Compensation

The Company may pay remuneration to the directors for their services as directors in accordance with a special resolution approved by the shareholders within the previous two years, as set out in the Companies Act.

Borrowing Powers

The directors may from time to time:

 

  (a) borrow for the purposes of the Company such sums as they think fit; and

 

  (b) secure the payment or repayment of any such sums, or any other sum, as they think fit, whether by the creation and issue of securities, mortgage or charge upon all or any of the property or assets of the Company.

The directors shall procure (but as regards subsidiaries of the company only insofar as by the exercise of voting and other rights or powers of control exercisable by the company they can so procure) that the aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding in respect of moneys so borrowed or raised by the company and all the subsidiaries for the time being of the company (excluding moneys borrowed or raised by any of such companies from any other of such companies but including the principal amount secured by any outstanding guarantees or suretyships given by the company or any of its subsidiaries for the time being for the indebtedness of any other company or companies whatsoever and not already included in the aggregate amount of the moneys so borrowed or raised), shall not exceed the aggregate amount at that time authorised to be borrowed or secured by the company or the subsidiaries for the time being of the company (as the case may be).

Financial assistance

Subject to a special resolution of the shareholders adopted within the previous two years, the board may authorise the Company as contemplated in the Companies Act, to provide financial assistance by way of loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise to any person for the purpose of, or in connection with, the subscription of any option, or any Securities, issued or to be issued by the Company or a related or inter-related company, or for the purchase of any such securities of the Company or a related or inter-related company; and/or as contemplated the Companies Act, to provide direct or indirect financial assistance to a director, prescribed officer of the Company or a related or inter-related company or corporation, or to a member of a related or inter-related corporation.

Rotation

At each of our annual general meetings, one-third of the non-executive directors, or, if the number is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest to but not exceeding one-third, shall retire from office by rotation. Those non-executive directors who have been longest in office since their last election or re-election shall retire. As between directors of equal seniority, the directors to retire by rotation shall, in the absence of agreement, be selected by lot. If at the date of any annual general meeting, any director shall have held office for a period of at least three years since his or her last election or re-election, he or she shall retire at such meeting, either as one of the directors resigning pursuant to the aforementioned rotation principles, or in addition thereto. Retiring directors are eligible for re-election and said directors have made themselves available for re-election.

If a director is appointed as an executive director, or as an employee of the company in any other capacity, he or she shall not, while he or she continues to hold that position or office, be subject to rotation and he or she shall not, in such case be taken into account in determining the retirement of directors by rotation.

Qualifications

There is no age limit requirement with regard to retirement or non-retirement of directors. Directors are not required to hold any of our shares to qualify them for appointment as directors.

Share Capital

As of June 30, 2013, our issued share capital consisted of 435,289,890 ordinary shares with a par value of R0.50 each. As of October 18, 2013, our issued share capital consisted of 435,289,890 ordinary shares with a par value of R0.50 each. Our authorized share capital is 1,200,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of R0.50 each. The terms of the ordinary shares are described in “— Description of Ordinary Shares ” below.

 

130


Table of Contents

Description of Ordinary Shares

This section summarizes the material provisions of Harmony’s ordinary shares as set out in Harmony’s current Memorandum of Incorporation, the Companies Act and the JSE listings requirements, each as currently in effect. It does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions of those sources.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the JSE Listings Requirements, the company may make distributions, provided that distributions may not provide that capital shall be repaid upon the basis that it may be called up again. No distribution shall bear interest against the Company, except as otherwise provided under the conditions of issue of the shares in respect of which such distribution is payable.

Distributions may be declared either free of or subject to the deduction of income tax and any other tax or duty in respect of which the company may be chargeable.

Dividends are declared by the directors in accordance with the Companies Act. The directors may from time to time declare and pay to the shareholders such interim distributions as the directors consider to be appropriate.

All unclaimed monies that are due to any shareholder/s are held by the company in trust for an indefinite period until lawfully claimed by such shareholder/s, subject to the laws of prescription.

Any distribution, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of a share may be paid in any way determined by the directors, including by way of cash, electronic funds transfer or by cheque or warrant. The company shall not be responsible for the loss in transmission of any cheque or warrant or of any document (whether similar to a cheque or warrant or not) sent by post. Any distribution paid in a manner determined by the directors, and if the directives of the directors in that regard are complied with, the company shall not be liable for any loss or damage which a shareholder may suffer as a result thereof. Any distribution must be made payable to shareholders registered as at a date subsequent to the date of declaration thereof or the date of confirmation thereof, whichever is the later date.

Without detracting from the ability of the company to issue capitalisation shares, any distribution may be paid wholly or in part: (i) by the distribution of specific assets; (ii) by the issue of shares, debentures or securities of the company or of any other company; (iii) in cash; or (iv) in any other way which the directors or the company in general meeting may at the time of declaring the distribution determine.

South Africa introduced Dividends Tax, effective April 1, 2012, which is a withholding tax on dividends payable by the shareholder at a rate of 15%.

The tax rate on the local dividend payment is 15% unless shareholders are exempted. Certain investors will be exempt from the payment of Dividends Tax while others may pay a reduced rate of tax by virtue of being residents of countries with whom South Africa has entered into Double Taxation Agreements. The entities listed below are all exempt from Dividends Tax:

 

    a company which is resident in South Africa;

 

    the Government, provincial government or municipality (of the Republic of South Africa);

 

    a public benefit organization (approved by SARS to section 30(3) of the Income Tax Act, 1962 (Act No 58 of 1962) (the “ ITA ”);

 

    a trust contemplated in section 37A of the ITA (mining rehabilitation trusts);

 

    an institution, body, or board contemplated in section 10(1)(cA) of the ITA;

 

    a fund contemplated in section 10(1)(d)(i) or (ii) of the ITA (pension fund, pension preservation fund, provident fund, provident preservation fund, retirement annuity fund, beneficiary fund or benefit fund);

 

    a person contemplated in section 10(1)(t) of the ITA (CSIR, SANRAL etc.);

 

    a shareholder in a registered micro business as defined in the Sixth Schedule to the ITA to the extent that the aggregate amount of the dividends paid by that registered micro business to its shareholders during the year of assessment in which that dividend is paid does not exceed R200,000;

 

    a person that is not a resident and the dividend is a dividend contemplated in paragraph (b) of the definition of “dividend” in section 64D of the ITA (i.e. a dividend on a foreign company’s shares listed in SA, such as dual-listed shares);

 

    the portfolio of a collective investment scheme in securities;

 

    any person to the extent that the dividend is not exempt from income tax; or

 

    any person to the extent that the dividend was subject to secondary tax on companies.

 

131


Table of Contents

Dividends Tax is triggered by the payment of the dividend. The tax will be withheld from dividends and paid to SARS by regulated intermediaries being Central Securities Depository Participants, Transfer Secretaries, brokers, approved nominee companies and collective investment schemes in securities.

All cash dividends paid by us are expected to be in Rand. Holders of ADRs on the relevant record date will be entitled to receive any dividends payable in respect of the ordinary shares underlying the ADRs, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement. Cash dividends paid in Rand will be converted by the depository to US dollars and paid by the depository to holders of ADRs, to the extent it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the US dollars to the United States, net of conversion expenses of the depository, and in accordance with the Deposit Agreement.

Voting Rights

Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any class of ordinary shares, every holder of our ordinary shares who is present in person at a shareholder meeting, or a person present as a representative of holders of one or more ordinary shares, shall on a show of hands have one vote, irrespective of the number of ordinary shares he holds or represents. Every holder of ordinary shares shall, on a poll, have one vote for every ordinary share held by him. A shareholder is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and speak and vote at any meeting on his or her behalf. The proxy need not be a shareholder. On a poll, a shareholder entitled to more than one vote (or his representative, proxy or agent) need not, if he votes, use all of his votes or cast all of his votes in the same way.

Distribution of Assets on Liquidation

In the event of voluntary or compulsory liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets remaining after payment of all our debts and liabilities, including the costs of liquidation, will be applied to repay the amount paid up on our issued capital to holders of our ordinary shares and, thereafter, the balance will be divided pro rata among the holders of our ordinary shares, subject to any special rights or conditions attaching to any shares. Any portion of our assets may, upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and with the approval of a special resolution, be paid to the ordinary shareholders by the distribution of specific assets or may be vested in trustees for the benefit of such ordinary shareholders.

Redemption/Purchase of Shares

No shares shall be issued which are redeemable by their terms or at the option of any party.

The Companies Act provides that a company may approve the acquisition of its own shares by special resolution, if authorized to do so by its memorandum of incorporation. A company is not, however, permitted to make any form of payment to acquire any of its own shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is or, after the payment, would be unable to pay its debts or if, after the payment, the consolidated assets of the company fairly valued would be less than the consolidated liabilities of the company. The procedure for acquisition of shares by a company is regulated, in the case of listed companies, both by the Companies Act and the Listings Requirements of the JSE.

We are authorized pursuant to our current Memorandum of Incorporation to approve the acquisition of our shares by special resolution from time to time. We are also authorized pursuant to our current Memorandum of Incorporation to make payments in cash or in specie to any class of our shareholders.

Issue of Additional Shares and Pre-emptive Rights

Under the terms of the Company’s Memorandum of Incorporation, the Company is authorised to issue 1,200,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of R0.50 each, of the same class, each of which ranks pari passu in respect of all rights and entitles the holder to:

 

  (a) vote on any matter to be decided by the shareholders of the company and to one vote in respect of each ordinary share held in the case of a vote by means of a poll;

 

  (b) participate proportionally in any distribution made by the company;

 

  (c) receive proportionally the net assets of the company upon its liquidation; and

 

  (d) such number of each of such further classes of shares, if any.

The board shall have all of the powers afforded to it under the terms of the Memorandum of Incorporation and under the Companies Act, except for the power to: (i) create any class of shares, or convert one class of shares into one or more other classes; (ii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of any class of the company’s shares; (iii) consolidate and reduce the number of the company’s issued and authorised shares of any class; (iv) subdivide its shares of any class by increasing the

 

132


Table of Contents

number of its issued and authorised shares of that class without an increase of its capital; or reclassify any classified shares that have been authorised but not issued; (v) classify any unclassified shares that have been authorised but not issued; or (vi) determine or vary the preferences, rights, limitations or other terms of any shares, which powers shall only be capable of being exercised by the shareholders by way of a special resolution of the shareholders.

Each share issued by the Company has associated with it an irrevocable right of the shareholder to vote on any proposal to amend the preferences, rights, limitations and other terms associated with that share.

In addition, the name of the Company, the numbers of authorised shares of each class, and the preferences, rights, limitations and other terms associated with each class of shares as set out in the Memorandum of Incorporation may be changed only by an amendment of the Memorandum of Incorporation by special resolution of the shareholders and in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements, and such amendments shall not be implemented without a special resolution adopted by the holders of shares of that class at a separate meeting.

No shares may be authorized in respect of which the preferences, rights, limitations or any other terms of any class of shares may be varied in response to any objectively ascertainable external fact or facts as provided for in the Companies Act.

The Company may only issue shares which are fully paid up and freely transferable and only within the classes and to the extent that those shares have been authorized by or in terms of the Memorandum of Incorporation.

The board may, subject to the provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation, resolve to issue shares at any time, but only within the classes and to the extent that those shares have been authorized by or in terms of the Memorandum of Incorporation. All issues of shares for cash and all issues of options and convertible securities granted or issued for cash must, in addition, be in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements.

All securities of the company for which a listing is sought on the JSE and all securities of the same class as securities of the company which are listed on the JSE must, notwithstanding the provisions of the Companies Act, but unless otherwise required by the Companies Act, only be issued after the company has received the consideration approved by the board for the issuance of such securities.

Subject to what may be authorized by the Companies Act, the JSE Listings Requirements and at meetings of shareholders in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation, the board may only issue unissued ordinary shares if such ordinary shares have first been offered to existing ordinary shareholders in proportion to their shareholding on such terms and in accordance with such procedures as the board may determine, unless such shares are issued for the acquisition of assets by the Company.

Any issue of shares, securities convertible into shares, or rights exercisable for shares in a transaction, or a series of integrated transactions shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, require the approval of the shareholders by special resolution if the voting power of the class of shares that are issued or are issuable as a result of the transaction or series of integrated transactions will be equal to or exceed 30% (thirty percent) of the voting power of all the shares of that class held by shareholders immediately before that transaction or series of integrated transactions.

The shareholders may at a general meeting authorise the directors to issue Shares and/or grant options to subscribe for shares as the directors in their discretion think fit, provided that such transaction(s) has/have been approved by the JSE and comply with the JSE Listings Requirements.

Except to the extent that any such right is specifically included as one of the rights, preferences or other terms upon which any class of shares is issued or as may otherwise be provided in the Memorandum of Incorporation, no shareholder shall have any pre-emptive or other similar preferential right to be offered or to subscribe for any additional shares issued by the company.

Transfer of Shares

The instrument of transfer of any certificated securities shall be signed by both the transferor and the transferee and the transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such certificated securities until the name of the transferee is entered in the Securities Register. The directors may, however, in their discretion in such cases as they deem fit, dispense with requiring the signature of the transferee on the instrument of transfer.

Subject to such restrictions as may be applicable, (whether by virtue of the preferences, rights, limitations or other terms associated with the securities in question), any shareholder or holder of other securities may transfer all or any of its certificated securities by instrument in writing in any usual or common form or any other form which the directors may approve.

 

133


Table of Contents

Every instrument of transfer shall be delivered to the principal place of business of the company, accompanied by:

 

  (a) the certificate issued in respect of the Cctificated securities to be transferred; and/or

 

  (b) such other evidence as the company may require to prove the title of the transferor, or his or her right to transfer the certificated securities.

All authorities to sign transfer deeds or other instruments of transfer granted by holders of securities for the purpose of transferring certificated securities which may be lodged, produced or exhibited with or to the company at its registered office shall, as between the company and the grantor of such authorities, be taken and deemed to continue and remain in full force and effect, and the company may allow the same to be acted upon until such time as express notice in writing of the revocation of the same shall have been given and lodged at such of the company’s offices at which the authority was first lodged, produced or exhibited. Even after the giving and lodging of such notice, the company shall be entitled to give effect to any instruments signed under the authority to sign and certified by any officer of the company as being in order before the giving and lodging of such notice.

All instruments of transfer, when registered, shall either be retained by the company or disposed of in such manner as the directors shall from time to time decide. Any instrument of transfer which the directors may decline to register shall (unless the directors shall resolve otherwise) be returned on demand to the person who lodged it.

The transfer of uncertificated securities may be effected only:

 

  (a) by a Participant or Central Securities Depository;

 

  (b) on receipt of an instruction to transfer sent and properly authenticated in terms of the rules of a Central Securities Depository or an order of a court; and

 

  (c) in accordance with section 53 of the Companies Act and the rules of the Central Securities Depository.

Securities transfer tax and other legal costs payable in respect of any transfer of securities pursuant to the Memorandum of Incorporation will be paid by the company to the extent that the company is liable therefor in law, but shall, to that extent, be recoverable from the person acquiring such securities.

Rights of Minority Shareholders and Fiduciary Duties

Majority shareholders of South African companies have no fiduciary obligations under South African common law to minority shareholders. However, under the Companies Act, a shareholder may, under certain circumstances, seek relief from the court if he has been unfairly prejudiced by the company. The provisions in the Companies Act are designed to provide relief for oppressed shareholders without necessarily overruling the majority’s decision. There may also be common law personal actions available to a shareholder of a company.

Although the concepts are similar, the specific interpretations of fiduciary obligations of directors in South Africa may differ from those in the US and certain other countries. In South Africa, the common law imposes on directors a duty to act with care, skill and diligence and fiduciary duties, which include the duty to conduct the company’s affairs honestly and in the best interests of the company.

Meetings of Shareholders

Our directors, or prescribed officers authorized by the board, may at any time convene general meetings of our shareholders. The directors shall convene a general meeting upon request of shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act. No more than fifteen months may elapse between the date of one annual general meeting and the next, and the annual general meeting shall be held within six months after the expiration of each of our financial years.

We are required to provide our members with written notice of meetings, which shall specify the place, the day and time of the meeting. In every notice calling a meeting of Harmony or of any class of members of Harmony, there shall appear with reasonable prominence a statement that a member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote in lieu of such person and that a proxy need not also be a member. Notice of a general meeting shall be given to the JSE and to the following persons and no other person shall be entitled to receive notice of general meetings:

 

    to every member of Harmony except any member who has not supplied to Harmony a registered address for the giving of notices;

 

    to every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or insolvency of a member;

 

    to the directors and auditor for the time being of Harmony; and

 

    by advertisement to the holders of share warrants to bearer.

 

134


Table of Contents

All meetings (whether called for the passing of special or ordinary resolutions) require not less 15 business days’ written notice plus seven days in the event that notices are to be sent via registered mail in accordance with the Companies Act. The Company may call a meeting with less notice, but such a meeting may proceed only if every person who is entitled to exercise voting rights in respect of any item on the meeting agenda is present at the meeting and votes to waive the required minimum notice of the meeting.

Our business may be transacted at a general meeting only when a quorum of members is present. Three members present personally or by representative and entitled to vote are a quorum. Each annual general meeting of the Company must provide for at least the following business to be transacted:

 

    the presentation of the directors’ report, audited financial statements for the immediately preceding financial year of the Company and an audit and risk committee report;

 

    the election of Directors, to the extent required by the Companies Act;

 

    the appointment of an auditor and an audit committee for the following financial year; and

 

    any matters raised by the Shareholders, with or without advance notice to the Company.

The holder of a general or special power of attorney given by a member, whether the holder is a member or not, shall be entitled to attend meetings of Harmony or of any class of members of Harmony and to vote at such meetings if so authorized by the power of attorney. Any member may appoint a proxy, who need not be a member, to attend, speak and, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, to vote in his place on a show of hands and on a poll at any general meeting or at any meeting of any class of members. The instrument appointing a proxy to vote at a meeting of Harmony and the power of attorney or other authority shall be deposited at our transfer office not later than 48 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Public Holidays) before the meeting at which the person empowered proposes to vote. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the end of a period of six months commencing on the date on which it is signed unless otherwise expressly stated in the proxy.

Title to Shares

The executor of the estate of a deceased sole holder of a share shall be the only person recognised by the company as having any title to such share. In the case of a share registered in the names of two or more holders, the survivor or survivors, or the executor of the estate of any deceased shareholder, as determined by the board, shall be the only persons recognised by the company as having any title to the share. Any person who submits proof of his appointment as the executor, administrator, trustee, curator, or guardian in respect of the estate of a deceased shareholder or holder of other share of the company, or of a shareholder whose estate has been sequestrated or of a shareholder who is otherwise under a disability or as the liquidator of any body corporate which is a shareholder of the company, shall be entered in the share register nomine officii , and shall thereafter, for all purposes, be deemed to be a shareholder.

Subject to the provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation, any person becoming entitled to any share by virtue of the death of a shareholder shall, upon producing such evidence that he has such title or rights as the directors think sufficient, have the right either to have such share transferred to himself or to make such other transfer of the share as such shareholder could have made, provided that in respect of a transfer other than to himself:

 

  (a) the directors shall have the same right to refuse or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a proposed transfer of such share by such shareholder before his death; and

 

  (b) a person becoming entitled to any share shall not, unless and until he is himself registered as a shareholder in respect of such share, be entitled to exercise any voting or other right attaching to such share or any other right relating to meetings of the company.

Non-South African Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by our current Memorandum of Incorporation on the rights of non-South African shareholders to hold or vote our ordinary shares or securities convertible into ordinary shares.

 

135


Table of Contents

Disclosure of certain Transactions

In accordance with the Companies Act, a person must notify the company in the prescribed manner and form within three business days after that person:

 

    acquires a beneficial interest in sufficient securities of a class issued by that company such that, as a result of the acquisition, the person holds a beneficial interest in securities amounting to 5%, 10%, 15%, or any further whole multiple of 5%, of the issued securities of that class; or

 

    disposes of a beneficial interest in sufficient securities of a class issued by a company such that, as a result of the disposition, the person no longer holds a beneficial interest in securities amounting to a particular multiple of 5% of the issued securities of that class.

These requirements apply to a person irrespective of whether:

 

    the person acquires or disposes of any securities: (i) directly or indirectly; or (ii) individually, or in concert with any other person or persons, or

 

    the stipulated percentage of issued securities is held by that person alone, or in aggregate by that person together with any: (i) related or inter-related person; and (ii) person who has acted in concert with any other person.

If the company receives a notice in terms of this section, the company must:

 

    file a copy with the Takeover Regulation Panel; and

 

    report the information to the holders of the relevant class of securities unless the notice concerned a disposition of less than 1% of the class of securities.

Changes in Control

Affected transactions and offers are regulated under the terms of the Companies Act and the requirements embodied in the related Takeover Regulations. The JSE Listing Requirements also contain certain requirements with regard to the process involved in a merger or takeover. While the requirements of the Takeover Regulation Panel (established under section 196 of the Companies Act to, inter alia, regulate affected transactions) and the JSE Listings Requirements might have the general effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of a company, our current Memorandum of Incorporation does not impose additional restrictions on mergers or takeovers.

Register of Members

We keep a register of shareholders at our office and at the office of our transfer secretaries in South Africa.

The register of members includes:

 

    the names and addresses of the members;

 

    the shares held by each member, distinguishing each share by its denoting number, if any, by its class or kind, and by the amount paid or deemed to be paid thereon;

 

    the date on which the name of any person was entered in the register as a member; and

 

    the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Annual Report and Accounts

The board is required to keep such accounting records and books of account as are prescribed by the Companies Act.

The directors will cause to be prepared annual financial statements and a South African annual report as required by the Companies Act and the JSE Listing Requirements. We will deliver a copy of the notice and summarized consolidated financial statements to every member not less than fifteen days prior to the date of each annual general meeting.

Our annual report on Form 20-F is available on our website at www.harmony.co.za. We shall deliver a paper copy of the annual report containing our IFRS audited financial statements, free of charge, to any shareholder upon request.

Material Contracts

We enter into material contracts in connection with our business, as described in Item 4. “Information on the Company — Business” and in connection with financing arrangements, as described in Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources” .

 

136


Table of Contents

Exchange Controls

Introduction

The following is a general outline of South African exchange controls. Investors should consult a professional adviser as to the exchange control implications of their particular investments.

The Republic of South Africa’s exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on exporting capital from a Common Monetary Area consisting of South Africa, the Republic of Namibia and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Swaziland. Transactions between South African residents (including corporations) and foreigners are subject to these exchange controls, which are regulated by the South African Reserve Bank (“ SARB ”).

Since 1995 a number of exchange control regulations have been relaxed with regard to both residents and non-residents. In 2010, the government announced further steps on exchange control reform with the aim to achieve a macroprudential risk based approach to the management of foreign exchange. The reforms are being made to enable international firms to make investments through South Africa to the rest of Africa and to further enhance opportunities for offshore portfolio diversification for resident investors.

A considerable degree of flexibility is built into the system of exchange controls, and the SARB possesses substantial discretionary powers in approving or rejecting the applications that fall outside the authority granted to authorized dealers.

These comments relate to exchange controls in force at June 30, 2013. These controls are subject to change at any time, however, the government has previously announced most changes during the annual budget statement in February. It is not possible to predict whether existing exchange controls will be changed by the South African government in the future, however, the trend in recent years has been the continued gradual relaxation of the exchange controls.

Government Regulatory Considerations

Shares

A foreign investor may invest freely in shares in a South African company, whether listed on the JSE or not. The foreign investor may also sell his or her share investment in a South African company and transfer the proceeds out of South Africa without restriction. However, when the company is not listed on the JSE, the SARB must be satisfied that the sales price of any shares reflects fair market value.

Under present South African exchange control regulations, our ordinary shares and ADSs are freely transferable outside the Common Monetary Area between non-residents of the Common Monetary Area. No prior SARB approval is required for the transfer of proceeds to South Africa, in respect of shares listed on the JSE, provided these funds enter the country through the normal banking channels. In addition, the proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares on the JSE on behalf of those holders of ordinary shares who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area are freely remittable to those holders. Share certificates and warrant certificates held by non-residents will be endorsed with the words “non-resident.”

Loans

Generally, the granting of loans to us or our subsidiaries, and our ability to borrow from non-South African sources and the repatriation of dividends, interest and royalties by Harmony will be regulated by the Exchange Control Department of the SARB. If a foreign investor wishes to lend capital to a South African company, the prior approval of the SARB must be sought mainly in respect of the interest rate and terms of repayment applicable to such loan.

Interest on foreign loans is freely remittable abroad, provided the loans received prior approval from the SARB.

Investments

We are also required to seek approval from the SARB to use funds held in South Africa to make investments outside of South Africa.

Dividends

Dividends declared by a quoted company are freely transferable out of South Africa from both trading and non-trading profits earned in South Africa through a major bank as agent for the SARB.

Where 75% or more of a South African company’s capital, voting power, power of control or earnings is directly or indirectly controlled by non-residents, such a company is designated an “affected person” by the SARB, and certain restrictions are placed on its ability to obtain local financial assistance. We are not, and have never been, designated an “affected person” by the SARB.

 

137


Table of Contents

If an affected person made use of local borrowing facilities, the affected persons must apply for SARB approval prior to remitting dividends offshore. As a general matter, an affected person that has accumulated historical losses may not declare dividends out of current profits unless and until such time that the affected person’s local borrowings do not exceed the local borrowing limit.

Certain South African Tax Considerations

The discussion in this section is based on current law and our interpretation thereof. Changes in the law may alter the tax treatment of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, possibly on a retrospective basis. The following summary is not a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of our ordinary shares or ADSs, and does not cover the tax consequences that depend upon your particular tax circumstances. In particular, the following summary addresses tax consequences for holders of ordinary shares or ADSs who are not tax residents of South Africa. It specifically excludes the tax consequences for tax non-residents whose holding of shares or ADSs is effectively connected with a permanent establishment in South Africa through which the holder carries on business activities, or who is not the beneficial recipient of the dividends, or where the source of the transaction or dividends is deemed to be in South Africa. In addition, it does not cover the tax consequences for a holder that is not entitled to the benefits of the double taxation agreement concluded between the Republic of South Africa and the United States of America signed on February 17, 1997 (“ US Treaty ”). It also assumes that the holders would hold the ordinary shares or ADSs on capital account (that is, for investment purpose). We recommend that you consult your own tax adviser concerning the consequences of holding our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, in your particular situation.

Dividends

South Africa introduced Dividends Tax, effective on April 1, 2012 which is a withholding tax on dividends and payable by the shareholder receiving the dividend. Previously South Africa imposed a corporate tax known as STC at a rate of 10% on dividends declared by a South African company. It is important to appreciate that STC was not a withholding tax on dividends, but a tax on profits of a company. The rate of the dividend withholding tax is 15%. Dividends Tax is imposed on, amongst others, non-resident shareholders, and it is withheld by the company declaring and paying the dividend to its shareholders or the regulatory intermediary, as the case may be.

Article 10 of the US Treaty provides that a dividend withholding tax may be levied by South Africa. However, it may not exceed 5% of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner is a company which holds directly at least 10% of the voting stock of the South African company paying the dividends. As the US Treaty refers to a maximum withholding tax rate of 15% in other cases, the dividends tax withholding rate would therefore be 15%.

Capital Gains Tax

A Capital Gains Tax (“ CGT ”) was introduced with effect from October 1, 2001. In the case of an individual, 33.3% from March 1, 2012 (previously 25%) of the capital gain is included in its taxable income. In the case of a corporate entity, 66.6% for years of assessment commencing on or after March 1, 2012 (previously 50%) of such gain is included in its taxable income. CGT is only applicable to non-residents if the proceeds from the sale are attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-resident shareholder. The US Treaty (which will prevail in the event of a conflict) provides that the US holder of ordinary shares or ADSs will not be subject to CGT if the assets have been held as capital assets, unless they are linked to a permanent establishment of such non-resident shareholder in South Africa. To the extent that shares or ADSs are held on revenue account, a similar principle applies with reference to the payment of income tax. Accordingly, income tax is only payable to the extent that the gain is attributable to the carrying on of a business in South Africa through a permanent establishment situation therein. The current corporate rate is equal to 28%. Any gains realized on the disposal of equity shares are automatically deemed to be of a capital nature if they have been held for a continuous period of 3 years. Such provision applies automatically and is not elective. However, this deeming provision does not include an ADS.

Generally the domestic laws of South Africa provide that a capital gain will be deemed to have been sourced in South Africa and be subject to South African tax to the extent that the asset related to an interest in immovable property situated in South Africa. It includes any equity shares held by a person in a company if:

 

    80% or more of the market value of the equity shares, ownership or right to ownership or vested interest, as the case may be, at the time of disposal thereof is attributable directly or indirectly to immovable property held otherwise than as trading stock; and

 

    the person directly or indirectly holds at least 20% of the equity shares in the company or ownership or right to ownership of the other entity.

 

138


Table of Contents

The provisions of the US Treaty override the deemed source rules to the extent applicable. Article 13 of the US Treaty provides that South Africa is entitled to tax a gain that is attributable to the alienation of real property situated in South Africa, which concept includes the equivalent of a US real property interest, even if held through shares.

With effect from January 1, 2012 it is deemed that an amount will be derived by a person from a source within South Africa if the amount constitutes a dividend received by or accrued to that person.

Securities Transfer Tax

A Security Transfer Tax (“ STT ”) is applicable in respect of the transfer of any security issued by a South African company at a rate of 0.25% of the taxable amount of the security concerned (generally the market value thereof). A security is defined to include depository receipt in a company, in addition to company shares. STT is not payable on the issue of any security.

Although ADSs in respect of our shares are not listed on the JSE, reference is specifically made to the transfer of depository receipts in a South African company. As a consequence, STT will therefore be payable on the transfer of ADSs. In addition, the process of depositing shares listed on the JSE in return for ADSs, or withdrawing such shares from the deposit facility, may attract STT as and when the shares are transferred to or from the depository institution.

STT is payable by the broker or participant if a transaction is effected through a stockbroker or a strata participant, but it may be recovered from the person acquiring the beneficial ownership of the rights concerned. In other instances, STT is payable by the person acquiring beneficial ownership.

STT is also payable on the subsequent redemption or cancellation of shares or ADSs.

Interest

It is currently proposed that South Africa will implement a traditional withholding tax on interest at the rate of 15% effectively from January 1, 2015, which would be reduced to zero in the case of the US Treaty. However, the South African government announced that the treaties will be renegotiated to refer generally to a minimum 5% withholding tax on interest unless one is dealing with a developed tax system such as the US.

Capitalization Shares

Capitalization shares issued to holders of shares in lieu of cash dividends are currently not subject to Dividends Tax.

Voting Rights

There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by our charter on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote our ordinary shares.

Certain Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

Except as described below under the heading “Non-US Holders,” the following is a discussion of certain material US federal income tax consequences for a US holder of purchasing, owning, and disposing of the ordinary shares (for purposes of this summary, references to the ordinary shares include the ADSs, unless the context otherwise requires).

You will be a “US holder” if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District Columbia;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if: (i) a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable US Treasury regulations to be treated as a US person.

A “non-US holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is not a US holder for US federal income tax purposes. If you are a “non-US holder,” the discussion below under “Non-US Holders” will apply to you.

This summary is based on the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed US Treasury regulations, published Internal Revenue Service rulings, and court decisions that are now in effect, any and all of which are subject to differing interpretations and which could be materially and adversely changed. Any such change could apply retroactively and could affect the continued validity of this summary. This summary does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any proposed legislation which, if enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time.

 

139


Table of Contents

This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the ordinary shares. In particular, this summary deals only with US holders that will hold the ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. It does not address considerations that may be relevant to you if you are an investor that is subject to special tax rules, such as a bank, real estate investment trust, regulated investment company, insurance company, dealer in securities or currencies, trader in securities or commodities that elects mark-to-market treatment, person that will hold the ordinary shares as a hedge against currency risk or as a position in a “straddle” or conversion transaction, tax-exempt organization, person whose “functional currency” is not the US dollar, person liable for alternative minimum tax, or a person who owns directly, indirectly or by attribution, at least 10% of our stock. This summary also does not address any aspect of US federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, or state, local, or non-US tax laws, or, except as discussed herein, any tax reporting obligations of a holder of our ordinary shares.

If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of the ordinary shares, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder of the ordinary shares that is a partnership and partners in such a partnership should consult their own tax advisors about the US federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and disposing of the ordinary shares.

In general, if you hold ADSs, you will be treated as the holder of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for US federal income tax purposes.

We believe that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for US federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year. However, we cannot assure you that we will not be considered a PFIC in the current or future years. The determination whether or not we are a PFIC is a factual determination that is based on the types of income we earn and the value of our assets and cannot be made until the close of the applicable tax year. If we were currently or were to become a PFIC, US holders of ordinary shares would be subject to special rules and a variety of potentially adverse tax consequences under the Code.

Each prospective purchaser should consult his tax advisor with respect to the United States federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning, or disposing of shares or ADSs.

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion in “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below, under US federal income tax laws, if you are a US holder, the gross amount of dividends that you receive in cash (or that are part of a distribution that any shareholder has the right to receive in cash) in respect of the ordinary shares generally will be subject to US federal income taxation as dividend income to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). You must include the amount of any South African tax withheld from the dividend payment in this gross amount even though you do not in fact receive it. Dividends received by certain non-corporate US holders during taxable years beginning after January 1, 2013 will generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%, but may be taxed at a rate as high as 20%, where certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied, if such dividends constitute qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income includes dividends paid by a Qualified Foreign Corporation, and we believe that we are, and will continue to be, a Qualified Foreign Corporation. Holders of ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of their own particular circumstances. Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from certain US corporations.

Dividends paid in South African Rand will be includible in your gross income in a US dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day you receive (or the depository receives, in the case of the ADSs) the dividend, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. If the foreign currency received as a dividend is not converted into US dollars on the date of receipt, a US holder will have a basis in the foreign currency equal to its US dollar value on the date of receipt. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitations. You generally should not be required to recognize any foreign currency gain or loss to the extent such dividends paid in South African Rand are converted into US dollars immediately upon receipt by the applicable party. If we distribute non-cash property as a dividend, you generally will include in income an amount equal to the fair market value of the property, in US dollars, on the date that it is distributed. Subject to certain limitations, a US holder may be entitled to a credit or deduction against its US federal income taxes for the amount of any South African taxes that are withheld from dividend distributions made to such US holders. The decision to claim either a credit or deduction must be made annually and will apply to all foreign taxes paid by the US holder to any foreign country or US possession with respect to the applicable tax year.

 

140


Table of Contents

Dividends received from us will generally be income from non-United States sources, for US foreign tax credit purposes, subject to various classifications and other limitations. The rules relating to computing foreign tax credits are complex. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine the foreign tax credit implications of owning ordinary shares.

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the ordinary shares and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares.

Taxation of the Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion in “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below, if you are a US holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your ordinary shares, you will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount you receive on the sale and your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares, determined in U.S dollars. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you held the ordinary shares for more than one year. After January 1, 2013, long-term capital gain recognized by a non-corporate US holder is generally subject to a maximum tax rate of 15% but may be as high as 20%. In general, any capital gain or loss recognized upon the sale or exchange of ordinary shares will be treated as US source income or loss, as the case may be, for US foreign tax credit purposes. Your ability to offset capital losses against income is subject to limitations.

Deposits and withdrawals of ordinary shares by US holders in exchange for ADSs will not result in the realization of gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes.

To the extent that you incur South African securities transfer tax in connection with a transfer or withdrawal of ordinary shares as described under “— Certain South African Tax Considerations — Securities Transfer Tax” above, securities transfer tax will not be a creditable tax for US foreign tax credit purposes.

Medicare Tax on Unearned Income

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, US holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts and whose income exceed certain thresholds will be required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on “net investment income,” including, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares. US holders that are individuals, estates, or trusts should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

Non-US Holders

If you are a non-US holder of the ordinary shares, you generally will not be subject to US federal income or withholding tax on dividends received on such ordinary shares, unless such income is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment (or in the case of an individual, a fixed place of business) that you maintain in the United States, if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to US federal income taxation on a net income basis. In such cases, you generally will be taxed in the same manner as a US holder and will not be subject to US federal income tax withholding. If you are a corporate non-US holder, “effectively connected” dividends may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

If you are a non-US holder of the ordinary shares, you will also generally not be subject to US federal income or withholding tax in respect of gain realized on the sale of such ordinary shares, unless: (i) such gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment (or in the case of an individual, a fixed place of business) that you maintain in the United States, if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to US federal income taxation on a net income basis; or (ii) in the case of gain realized by an individual non-US holder, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met. In the first case, the non-US holder will be taxed in the same manner as a US holder. In the second case, the non-US holder will be subject to US federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the amount by which such non-US holder’s US-source capital gains exceed such non-US holder’s US-source capital losses. If you are a corporate non-US holder, “effectively connected” gains may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

 

141


Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

We believe that our ordinary shares will not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes for the current tax year. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is a factual determination that cannot be made until the close of the applicable tax year and that is based on the types of income we earn and the value of our assets (including goodwill), both of which are subject to change. In calculating goodwill for this purpose, we will value our total assets based on the total market value, determined with reference to the then-market price of the ordinary shares, and will make determinations regarding the amount of this value allocable to goodwill. Because the determination of goodwill will be based on the market price of the ordinary shares, it is subject to change. It is possible that the US Internal Revenue Service may challenge our valuation of our assets (including goodwill), which may result in us being classified as a PFIC. Thus, it is possible that we may be or become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year, and we cannot assure you that we will not be considered a PFIC in any such tax year.

In general, if you are a US holder, we will be a PFIC with respect to you if for any taxable year in which you held the ordinary shares:

 

    at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

 

    at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business), the excess of gains over losses from certain types of transactions in commodities, annuities, and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

If we are treated as a PFIC, and you are a US holder that did not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, you will be subject to special rules with respect to:

 

    any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your ordinary shares; and

 

    any excess distribution that we make to you (generally, any distributions to you during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of the ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for the ordinary shares).

Under these rules:

 

    the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ordinary shares;

 

    the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or received the excess distribution will be taxed as ordinary income;

 

    the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate applicable to you in effect for that year; and

 

    the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.

Special rules apply for calculating the amount of the foreign tax credit with respect to excess distributions by a PFIC.

If you own shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, you may make a mark-to-market election. If you make this election in a timely fashion, you generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to your ordinary shares. Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your ordinary shares at the end of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in your ordinary shares. You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your ordinary shares over the fair market value at the end of your taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Your basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain on a sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income.

We do not intend to furnish you with the information that you would need in order to make a “qualified electing fund” election to include your share of our income on a current basis.

If you own ordinary shares during any year that we are a PFIC, you must file US Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 (whether or not a mark-to-market election is made) that describes the distribution received on the ordinary shares and the gain realized on the disposition of the ordinary shares. The reduced tax rate for dividend income, discussed above in “Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares,” is not applicable to dividends paid by a PFIC.

 

142


Table of Contents

The rules dealing with PFICs and the mark-to-market election are very complex and affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the application of the PFIC rules to your ordinary shares under your particular circumstances.

US Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Rules

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain US-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 28%, unless the holder: (i) is a corporation or other exempt recipient; or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding from a payment will be allowed as a credit against the US holder’s or the non-US holder’s US federal income tax liability provided that the appropriate returns are filed. A non-US holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status to the payor, under penalties of perjury, on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN.

Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

US holders of “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 (and in some circumstances, a higher threshold) are generally required to file an information report with respect to such assets with their tax returns. “Specified foreign financial assets” may include financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-United States persons; (ii) financial instruments and contracts held for investment that have non-United States issuers or counterparties; and (iii) interests in foreign entities. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of this reporting requirement to their ownership of the ordinary shares.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS INTENDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF THE ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN LAWS, AND PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS

Not applicable.

STATEMENTS BY EXPERTS

Not applicable.

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

Our current Memorandum of Incorporation may be examined at our principal place of business at: Randfontein Office Park, Corner of Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1760, South Africa. We also file annual and furnish interim reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. You may read and copy any reports or other information on file at the SEC’s public reference room at the following location:

Public Reference Room

100 F Street, NW

Room 1580

Washington D.C. 20549

Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. The SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services. We file electronically with the SEC, and the documents it files are available on the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION

Not applicable.

 

143


Table of Contents

Item 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

General

We are exposed to market risks, including credit risk, foreign currency risk, commodity price risk and interest rate risk associated with underlying assets, liabilities and anticipated transactions. Following periodic evaluation of these exposures, we may enter into derivative financial instruments to manage these exposures. We have policies in areas such as counterparty exposure and hedging practices, which have been approved by our audit committee. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

We did not apply hedge accounting to incidental hedges held in the past.

In accordance with IAS 39 — Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, we account for our derivative financial instruments as hedging transactions if the following criteria are met:

 

    in the case of a hedge of an anticipated future transaction, there is a high probability that the transaction will occur.

Foreign Currency Sensitivity

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into transactions denominated in foreign currencies (primarily US dollars, Australian dollars and Kina). In addition, we incur investments and liabilities in US dollars, Australian dollars and PNG Kina from time to time. As a result, we are subject to transaction and translation exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We do not generally hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates.

Our revenues and costs are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US currencies to the US dollar because gold is generally sold throughout the world in US dollars, but most of our operating costs are incurred in Rand and other non-US currencies. Appreciation of the Rand and other non-US currencies against the US dollar increases working costs at our operations when those costs are translated into US dollars, which reduces operating margins and net income from our operations. Depreciation of the Rand and other non-US currencies against the US dollar reduces these costs when they are translated into US dollars, which increases operating margins and net income from our operations. See Item 3. “Key Information — Exchange Rates” and Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition” .

We did not have any currency contracts in place as of June 30, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Commodity Price Sensitivity

General

The market price of gold has a significant effect on our results of operations, our ability to pay dividends and undertake capital expenditures, and the market prices of our ordinary shares.

Gold prices have historically fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous industry factors over which we do not have any control. See Item 3. “Key Information — Risk Factors — The profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price of gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations” . The aggregate effect of these factors, all of which are beyond our control, is impossible for us to predict.

Harmony’s Hedging Policy

As a general rule, we sell our gold production at market prices. We generally do not enter into forward sales, commodity, derivatives or hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for the sale of our future gold production, although we may do so in the future. For more detailed information on our hedging policy.

Commodity Sales Agreements

We did not have any forward commodity sales agreements in place during fiscal 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Our interest rate risk arises mainly from long-term borrowings. We have variable interest rate borrowings. Variable rate borrowings expose us to cash flow interest rate risk. Interest rate risk arising from long-term borrowings is offset by cash, restricted cash and restricted investments held at variable rates.

 

144


Table of Contents

Sensitivity analysis - borrowings

A change of 100 basis points in interest rates on borrowings at June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

 

     June 30,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     ($ in millions)  

Increase in 100 basis points

     (3     (2     (2

Decrease in 100 basis points

     3        2        2   

Sensitivity analysis – financial assets

A change of 100 basis points in interest rates on financial assets at June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

 

     June 30,  
     2013     2012     2011  
     ($ in millions)  

Increase in 100 basis points

     4        3        1   

Decrease in 100 basis points

     (4     (3     (1

For further information on sensitivities, see note 4 of the consolidated financial statements in Item 18.

Item 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

On October 7, 2011, Harmony appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in place of Bank of New York Mellon as its depositary bank for ADRs. The principal terms regarding fees and charges that an ADR holder might have to pay, as well as any fee and other payments made by the depositary to us as part of the depositary agreement, are summarized below.

Fees and Expenses

 

Persons depositing shares or ADR holders must pay:    For
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)   

•      The execution and delivery of ADRs

  

•      The surrender of ADRs

$.02 (or less) per ADS    Any cash distribution to you
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs    Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to ADR holders
Registration or transfer fees    Transfer and registration of equity shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary   

•      Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

  

•      Converting foreign currency

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADR or share underlying an ADR, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes    As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities    As necessary

Payments of Taxes

ADR holders must pay any tax or other governmental charge payable by the custodian or the depositary on any ADS or ADR, deposited security or distribution. If an ADR holder owes any tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may:

 

    refuse to effect any transfer of such ADRs or any withdrawal of ADSs;

 

    withhold any dividends or other distributions; or

 

    sell part or all of the ADSs evidenced by such ADR,

and may apply dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of any sale in payment of the outstanding tax or other governmental charge. The ADR holder remains liable for any shortfall.

 

145


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF MINING TERMS

The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to assist the general reader in understanding certain terms as used in this annual report.

Alluvial : the product of sedimentary processes in rivers, resulting in the deposition of alluvium (soil deposited by a river).

Arenaceous : said of a sediment or sedimentary rock consisting wholly or in part of sand-sized fragments or having a sandy texture or the texture of such a sediment or rock.

Auriferous : a substance that contains gold (AU).

Beneficiation : the process of adding value to gold products by transforming gold bullion into fabricated gold products.

By-products : Any products emanating from the core process of producing gold, including silver and uranium in South Africa and copper, silver and molybdenum in Papua New Guinea.

Calc-silicate rock : A metamorphic rock consisting mainly of calcium-bearing silicates such as diopside and wollastonite, and formed by metamorphism of impure limestone or dolomite.

Carbon in leach (CIL) : Gold is leached from a slurry of gold ore with cyanide in agitated tanks and adsorbed on to carbon granules in the same circuit. Granules are separated from the slurry and treated to remove the gold.

Carbon In Pulp (CIP) : Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of gold ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry passes into the CIP circuit where carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is absorbed onto the carbon. Granules are separated from the slurry and treated to remove gold.

Carbon In Solution (CIS) : a process similar to CIP except that the gold, which has been leached by the cyanide into solution, is separated by the process of filtration (solid/liquid separation). The solution is then pumped through six stages where the solution comes into contact with the activated carbon granules.

Cash cost : total cash costs include site costs for all mining, processing and administration, reduced by contributions from by-products and include royalties and production taxes. Depreciation, rehabilitation, corporate administration, retrenchment, capital and exploration costs are excluded. Total cash costs per ounce are attributable total cash costs divided by attributable ounces of gold produced.

Conglomerate : a coarse-grained classic sedimentary rock, composed of rounded to sub-angular fragments larger than 2mm in diameter (granules, pebbles, cobbles, boulders) set in a fine-grained matrix of sand or silt, and commonly cemented by calcium carbonate, iron oxide, silica or hardened clay.

Crosscut : a mine working that is driven horizontally and at right angles to an adit, drift or level.

Cut and fill : a method of underground mining in which a stope is excavated and refilled with material (waste or tailings).

Cut-off grade : minimum grade at which a unit of ore will be mined to achieve the desired economic outcome.

Cyanide code : international management code for manufacture, transport and use of cyanide in producing gold. The aim is to promote responsible management of cyanide used in gold mining; to protect human health and reduce potential for environmental impacts.

Cyanide leaching : the extraction of a precious metal from an ore by its dissolution in a cyanide solution.

Decline : an inclined underground access way.

Deferred Stripping : the removal of overburden through stripping in the current period to access ore expected to be exploited in a future period. Costs incurred with deferred stripping are deferred until the ore is accessed, in order to ensure matching of costs and revenues.

Depletion : the decrease in quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production.

Development : process of accessing an orebody through shafts or tunnelling in underground mining.

Electro-winning : the process of removing gold from solution by the action of electric currents.

Elution : removal of the gold from the activated carbon before the zinc precipitation stage.

Exploration : activities associated with ascertaining the existence, location, extent or quality of mineralized material, including economic and technical evaluations of mineralized material.

 

146


Table of Contents

Fabricated gold : gold on which work has been performed to turn it into a product, such as jewelry, which differs from a pure investment product, such as a gold bullion bar.

Fatal injury frequency rate : the number of work-related injuries which result in loss of life per million hours worked.

Fluvial : produced by the action of a stream or river.

Footwall : the underlying side of a fault, orebody or stope.

Forward purchase : an agreement for the purchase of a commodity at a specified future date at a fixed price.

Forward sale : the sale of a commodity for delivery at a specified future date and price.

Gold reserves : the gold contained within proved and probable reserves on the basis of recoverable material (reported as mill delivered tons and head grade).

Gold lease rate swap : an agreement to pay a floating lease rate in exchange for the fixed lease rate inherent in establishing the fixed price in one or more forward gold sales.

Gold produced : refined gold derived from the mining process, measure in ounces or kilograms in saleable form.

Grade : quantity of gold contained in a unit weight of gold-bearing material, generally expressed in ounces per short ton of ore.

Greenfield : a potential mining site of unknown quality.

Greenstone : a field term applied to any compact dark-green altered or metamorphosed basic igneous rock that owes its color to the presence of chlorite, actinolite or epidote.

Grinding : reducing mineralized rock to the consistency of fine sand by crushing and abrading in a rotating steel grinding mill.

Head grade : the grade of the ore as delivered to the metallurgical plant.

Heap leaching : a low-cost technique for extracting metals from ore by percolating leaching solutions through heaps of ore placed on impervious pads. Generally used on low-grade ores.

Indicated mineral resource: Part of a mineral resource for which tonnage, densities, shape, physical characteristics, grade and mineral content can be estimated with a reasonable level of confidence. It is based on exploration, sampling and testing information using appropriate techniques from outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes. The locations are too widely or inappropriately spaced to confirm geological and/or grade continuity but close enough for continuity to be assumed.

Inferred mineral resource: Part of a mineral resource for which tonnage, grade and mineral content can be estimated with a low level of confidence. It is inferred from geological evidence and assumed but not verified geological and/or grade continuity. It is based on information gathered through appropriate techniques from outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes that may be limited or of uncertain quality and reliability.

Leaching : dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to absorption on to activated carbon.

Level : the workings or tunnels of an underground mine that are on the same horizontal plane.

Littoral : of or pertaining to a shore.

Longhole sub-level caving : a process for removing ore in which relatively thin blocks of ore are caused to cave in by successively undermining small panels of ore. The broken and caved ore is then extracted by mechanical means.

Lost time injury frequency rate : the number of lost time injuries per million hours.

Measured mineral resource: part of a mineral resource for which tonnage, densities, shape, physical characteristics, grade and mineral content can be estimated with a high level of confidence. It is based on detailed and reliable exploration, sampling and testing information using appropriate techniques from outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes. The locations are spaced closely enough to confirm geological and grade continuity.

 

147


Table of Contents

Measures : conversion factors from metric units to US units are provided below.

 

Metric unit         US equivalent

1 tonne

   = 1 t    = 1.10231 short tons

1 gram

   = 1 g    = 0.03215 ounces

1 gram per tonne

   = 1 g/t    = 0.02917 ounces per short ton

1 kilogram per tonne

   = 1 kg/t    = 29.16642 ounces per short ton

1 kilometer

   = 1 km    = 0.621371 miles

1 meter

   = 1 m    = 3.28084 feet

1 centimeter

   = 1 cm    = 0.3937 inches

1 millimeter

   = 1 mm    = 0.03937 inches

1 hectare

   = 1 ha    = 2.47105 acres

Metallurgical plant : a processing plant used to treat ore and extract the contained gold.

Mill delivered tons : a quantity, expressed in tons, of ore delivered to the metallurgical plant.

Milling/mill : the comminution of the ore, although the term has come to cover the broad range of machinery inside the treatment plant where the gold is separated from the ore.

Mineable : that portion of a mineralized deposit for which extraction is technically and economically feasible.

Mineralization : the presence of a target mineral in a mass of host rock.

Mineralized material : a mineralized body that has been delineated by appropriately spaced drilling and/or underground sampling to support a sufficient tonnage and average grade of metals to warrant further exploration. Such a deposit does not qualify as a reserve until a comprehensive evaluation based upon unit cost, grade, recoveries, and other material factors conclude legal and economic feasibility.

Morphology : the form or shape of a crystal or mineral aggregate.

Open-pit/Opencast/Open cut : mining in which the ore is extracted from a pit. The geometry of the pit may vary with the characteristics of the orebody.

Ore : a mixture of mineralized material from which at least one of the contained minerals can be mined and processed at an economic profit.

Ore grade : the average amount of gold contained in a ton of gold bearing ore expressed in ounces per ton.

Mineral reserves : that part of mineralized material which at the time of the reserve determination could be economically and legally extracted or produced. Mineral reserves are reported as general indicators of the life-of-mineralized materials. Changes in reserves generally reflect:

 

    development of additional reserves;

 

    depletion of existing reserves through production;

 

    actual mining experience; and

 

    price forecasts.

Grades of ore actually processed may be different from stated reserve grades because of geologic variation in different areas mined, mining dilution, losses in processing and other factors. Recovery rates vary with the metallurgical characteristics and grade of ore processed. Neither reserves nor projections of future operations should be interpreted as assurances of the economic life-of-mineralized material nor of the profitability of future operations.

Orebody : a well-defined mass of mineralized material of sufficient mineral content to make extraction economically viable.

Ounce : one Troy ounce, which equals 31.1035 grams.

Overburden : the soil and rock that must be removed in order to expose an ore deposit.

Overburden tons : tons that need to be removed to access an ore deposit.

Palaeotopography : the topography implied at some time in the past.

Pay limit : the breakeven grade at which the orebody can be mined without profit or loss, calculated using the forecast gold price, working costs and recovery factors.

 

148


Table of Contents

Placer : a sedimentary deposit containing economic quantities of valuable minerals mainly formed in alluvial environments.

Precipitate : the solid product of chemical reaction by fluids such as the zinc precipitation referred to below.

Probable reserves : reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proved reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proved reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.

Prospect : an area of land with insufficient data available on the mineralization to determine if it is economically recoverable, but warranting further investigation.

Prospecting license : an area for which permission to explore has been granted.

Proved reserves : reserves for which: (a) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling; and (b) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are well-established.

Pyrite : a brassy-colored mineral of iron sulphide (compound of iron and sulfur).

Quartz : a mineral compound of silicon and oxygen.

Recovery grade : the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.

Reef : a gold-bearing sedimentary horizon, normally a conglomerate band, which may contain economic levels of gold.

Refining : the final stage of metal production in which final impurities are removed from the molten metal by introducing air and fluxes. The impurities are removed as gases or slag.

Rehabilitation : the process of restoring mined land to a condition approximating its original state.

Sampling : taking small pieces of rock at intervals along exposed mineralization for assay (to determine the mineral content).

Shaft : a shaft provides principal access to the underground workings for transporting personnel, equipment, supplies, ore and waste. A shaft is also used for ventilation and as an auxiliary exit. It is equipped with a surface hoist system that lowers and raises conveyances for men, materials and ore in the shaft. A shaft generally has more than one conveyancing compartment.

Slimes : the finer fraction of tailings discharged from a processing plant after the valuable minerals have been recovered.

Slurry : a fluid comprising fine solids suspended in a solution (generally water containing additives).

Smelting : thermal processing whereby molten metal is liberated from beneficiated mineral or concentrate with impurities separating as lighter slag.

Spot price : the current price of a metal for immediate delivery.

Stockpile : a store of unprocessed ore.

Stockwork : mineralized material consisting of a three-dimensional network of planar to irregular veinlets closely enough spaced that the whole mass can be mined.

Stope : the underground excavation within the orebody where the main gold production takes place.

Stripping : the process of removing overburden to expose ore.

Sulphide : a mineral characterized by the linkages of sulfur with a metal or semi-metal, such as pyrite, FeS.

Syncline : a basin-shaped fold.

Tailings : finely ground rock from which valuable minerals have been extracted by milling.

Tailings dam (slimes dam) : Dam facilities designed to store discarded tailings.

Ton : one ton is equal to 2,000 pounds (also known as a “short” ton).

Tonnage : quantities where the ton or tonne is an appropriate unit of measure. Typically used to measure reserves of gold-bearing material in situ or quantities of ore and waste material mined, transported or milled.

 

149


Table of Contents

Tonne : one tonne is equal to 1,000 kilograms (also known as a “metric” ton).

Trend : the arrangement of a group of ore deposits or a geological feature or zone of similar grade occurring in a linear pattern.

Unconformity : the structural relationship between two groups of rock that are not in normal succession.

Waste : ore rock mined with an insufficient gold content to justify processing.

Waste rock : the non-mineralized rock and/or rock that generally cannot be mined economically that is hoisted to the surface for disposal on the surface normally close to the shaft on an allocated dump.

Yield : the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.

Zinc precipitation : a chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars.

PART II

Item 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

Item 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS

At a general meeting of the Company held on November 28, 2012, our shareholders authorized the board to allot and issue to 21,578,212 authorized but unissued ordinary shares with a par value of R0.50 each in the share capital of the Company, being 5% of the total issued share capital of the Company as at June 30, 2012, at such time or times to such person or persons or bodies corporate upon such terms and conditions as the directors may from time to time in their sole discretion determine, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the Listings Requirements.

At a general meeting of the Company held on November 30, 2011, our shareholders authorized the board to allot and issue up to 43,008,462 authorized but unissued ordinary shares with a par value of R0.50 each in the share capital of the Company, being 10% of the total issued share capital of the Company as at June 30, 2011, at such time or times to such person or persons or bodies corporate upon such terms and conditions as the directors may from time to time in their sole discretion determine, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the listings requirements of the JSE Limited (“ JSE Listings Requirements ”).

At a general meeting held on December 1, 2010, our shareholders authorized the board to allot and issue authorized but unissued ordinary shares with a par value of R0.50 each in the share capital of the Company (“ Unissued Shares ”) under and in accordance with the terms of the Harmony (2001) Share Option Scheme, the Harmony (2003) Share Option Scheme and the Harmony 2006 Share Plan and, in addition, as a general authority, to allot and issue up to 42,865,478 Unissued Shares, being 10% of the total share capital of the Company as at 30 June 2010, at such time or times to such person or persons or bodies corporate upon such terms and conditions as the directors may from time to time in their sole discretion determine, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, No 61 of 1973 and the JSE Listings Requirements.

USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

Item 15. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of June 30, 2013, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and Chief Financial Officer (“ CFO ”), carried out an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Exchange Act of the effectiveness of our “disclosure controls and procedures”. Based on the foregoing, our management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2013.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Harmony’s internal control over

 

150


Table of Contents

financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Where appropriate, the necessary actions are taken to remedy any failings or weaknesses identified from review of the effectiveness of the internal control system.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human error. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of change in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“ COSO ”). Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as of June 30, 2013, and has concluded that such internal control over financial reporting was effective based upon those criteria.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, an independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2013.

(c) Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

See report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, an independent registered public accounting firm, on page F-2.

(d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during fiscal 2013 that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Mr. John Wetton, independent non-executive chairman of the audit and risk committee, is regarded as being the Company’s “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the rules of the SEC.

In addition, the audit committee members through their collective experience meet a majority of the definitions of the SEC for an “audit committee financial expert” in both the private and public sectors. The members have served as directors and officers of numerous public companies and have over the years developed a strong knowledge and understanding of IFRS, overseeing the preparation, audit and evaluation of financial statements. We believe that the combined knowledge, skills and experience of the Audit Committee, and their authority to engage outside experts as they deem appropriate to provide them with advice on matters related to their responsibilities, enable them, as a group and under the guidance of Mr. Wetton, to act effectively in the fulfilment of their tasks and responsibilities required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Item 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

The Harmony Code of Ethics has been developed to respond to the challenge of ethical conduct in a business environment. The Code of Ethics goes beyond the Company’s legal and institutional responsibilities by formalizing our values. The purpose of the code is to guide employees’ behavior, not to provide specific answers to every conceivable situation in the workplace. We approached the development and the annual review of the Code of Ethics in a fully inclusive manner, with broad consultation and information gathering at all levels of the Company. Employees have been kept fully informed about the Code of Ethics and all employees are expected to comply with its contents. (The term “employees” is used in the broadest sense and includes all staff with which a service contract exists, including management, non-management, directors, contractors, consultants, suppliers and temporary staff.) An ethics committee meets quarterly to monitor the gift registers and any reported unethical behavior. The ethics committee reports to the executive committee who, in return, report to the social and ethics committee of the board tasked with monitoring the effective management of ethics in the group. The Code of Ethics is available

 

151


Table of Contents

on our website at www.harmony.co.za. Through a process of constructive employee engagements, Harmony has enshrined the following values as those to which the company and its employees subscribe: safety, accountability, achievement, connectedness and honesty . Harmony’s code of ethics commits the company, employees and contractors to these values, and to the highest ethical standards, free from conflicts of interest.

Item 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

AUDIT FEES

The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed for each of the two past fiscal years for professional fees to our principal accountants for the audit of the annual financial statements or for services normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years.

 

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012

   US$ 2.257 million   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

   US$ 2.137 million   

AUDIT-RELATED FEES

The following sets forth additional aggregate fees to those reported under “Audit Fees” in each of the last two fiscal years that were provided by the principal accountant that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements:

 

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012

   US$ 0.440 million   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

   US$ 0.307 million   

Fees related to interim reviews.

TAX FEES

The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning:

 

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012

   US$ 0.022 million   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

   US$ 0.079 million   

Services comprised advice on disclosure for completion of certain tax returns.

ALL OTHER FEES

The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for products and services provided by the principal accountant not described above, and relate primarily to sustainability assurance services:

 

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2012

   US$ 0.081 million   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

   US$ 0.243 million   

AUDIT COMMITTEE APPROVAL

Our audit committee pre-approves our engagement of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc to render audit or non-audit services. All of the services described above were approved by the audit committee.

Item 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

Item 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

Item 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

 

152


Table of Contents

Item 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Significant ways in which Harmony’s corporate governance practices differ from practices followed by publicly-listed US companies.

Foreign private issuers, such as Harmony, must briefly highlight any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those following by US-listed companies. Set out below is a brief, general summary of the significant differences:

US-listed companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee and all members of this committee must be non-executive directors. Harmony has a Nomination Committee which comprises five non-executive board members. The lead independent non-executive director serves as Chairman of the Nomination Committee.

For US-listed companies, the chairperson of this committee is required to be the chairperson of the Board of Directors. The current chairman of the Harmony Board of Directors, Patrice Motsepe, is Chairman of one of Harmony’s largest shareholders, African Rainbow Minerals Limited, and is thus not independent. He is, however, in terms of South African governance practices, a member of the Nomination Committee. The lead independent non-executive director was re-appointed in August 2013.

US-listed companies are required to have a remuneration committee composed entirely of independent directors. Harmony has appointed a Remuneration Committee, comprising six board members, all of whom are non-executive and five of whom are independent.

The non-management directors of US-listed companies must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management. Although Harmony does not specifically require such meetings of its non-executive directors, the board meets without executives after each board meeting. The board also has unrestricted access to all company information, records, documents and property. Directors may, if necessary, take independent professional advice at the company’s expense and non-executive directors have access to management and may meet separately with management, without the attendance of executive directors.

Item 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have elected to provide financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 and the related information pursuant to Item 18.

Item 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements

The financial statements appear in this annual report on Form 20-F beginning on page F-3. The report of the independent registered public accounting firm appears on page F-2.

Item 19. EXHIBITS

 

  *1.1   Memorandum of Incorporation of Harmony (previously known as Memorandum and Articles of Association)
  *2.1   Notice to shareholders dated October 25, 2013 in respect of the annual general meeting to be held on December 5, 2013
    2.2   Deposit Agreement among Harmony, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Limited, as Depositary, and owners and holders of American Depositary Receipts, dated as of October 7, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011)
    2.3   Form of ADR (included in Exhibit 2.2) (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011)
    4.1   Harmony (2003) Share Option Scheme, as amended (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, filed on November 3, 2005)
    4.2   Draw Down Facility Agreement with Westpac Bank dated June 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, filed on December 7, 2007)

 

153


Table of Contents
    4.3    Master Lease Facility Agreement dated June 14, 2007 between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Westpac Bank PNG Limited (Hidden Valley Project) (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, filed on October 29, 2008)
    4.4    Deed of Extinguishment of Royalty (Wafi-Golpu Project) dated February 16, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, filed on October 26, 2009
    4.5    Hidden Valley Joint Venture Agreement dated May 22, 2008 between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Newcrest PNG 1 Limited and Hidden Valley Services Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, filed on October 26, 2009)
    4.6    Master Co-operation Agreement dated on or about August 5, 2008 between Hidden Valley Services Limited, Wafi-Golpu Services Limited, Morobe Exploration Services Limited, Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Limited and Newcrest Mining Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, filed on October 26, 2009)
    4.7    Facilities Agreement dated December 11, 2009 between Nedbank Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and the Guarantors listed in Schedule 2 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010, filed on October 25, 2010)
    4.8    Facilities Agreement dated November 30, 2010 between Nedbank Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and the Guarantors listed in Schedule 2 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011)
    4.9    Amended and Restated Sale Agreement, dated September 10, 2010, between Evander Gold Mines Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Pluriclox (Proprietary) Limited, Taung Gold Limited, Clidet No. 790 (Proprietary) Limited and Clidet No. 791 (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011)
    4.10    Amended and Restated Joint Venture Agreement dated February 27, 2011 between Evander Gold Mines Limited and Taung Gold Holdings (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011)
    4.11    Option Cancellation Agreement dated September 3, 2010 between Armgold/Harmony Joint Venture (Proprietary) Limited, Witwatersrand Consolidated Gold Resources Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011)
    4.12    Amended and Restated Mining Right Abandonment Agreement dated September 3, 2010 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Witwatersrand Consolidated Gold Resources Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, filed on October 29, 2012)
    4.13    Amended and Restated Sale Agreement dated March 30, 2012 between Evander Gold Mines Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company, Taung Gold Secunda (Proprietary) Limited, Taung Gold Limited, Clidet No. 790 (Proprietary) Limited and Clidet No. 791 (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, filed on October 29, 2012)
    4.14    Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement, dated August 15, 2012, between Harmony Gold Mining Company, Emerald Panther Investments 91 (Proprietary) Limited, Pan African Resources Plc and Evander Gold Mines Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, filed on October 29, 2012)
    4.15    Harmony Shared Services Agreements, dated May 30, 2012, between Harmony Gold Mining Company and Evander Gold Mines Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, filed on October 29, 2012)
    4.16    Evander Shared Services Agreements, dated May 30, 2012, between Harmony Gold Mining Company and Evander Gold Mines Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, filed on October 29, 2012)
    4.17    Sale of Business Agreement, dated May 30, 2012, between Harmony Gold Mining Company and Evander Gold Mines Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, filed on October 29, 2012)
    4.18    Sale of Shares Agreement, dated May 21, 2011 between Pamodzi Uranium (Proprietary) Limited, Pamodzi Cooke (Proprietary) Limited, Armgold/Harmony Joint Investment Company (Proprietary) Limited, Gold One International Limited, Newshelf 1114 (Proprietary) Limited and Rand Uranium (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, filed on October 29, 2012)

 

154


Table of Contents
    4.19   Termination of Management Agreement between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Rand Uranium (Proprietary) Limited, dated September 21, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, filed on October 29, 2012)
  *4.20   Sale of Business Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited
  *4.21   First Addendum to the Sale of Business Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited
  *4.22   Second Addendum to the Sale of Business Agreement dated June 24, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited
  *4.23   Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and the Trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust
  *4.24   First Addendum to the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement dated May 28, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and the Trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust
  *4.25   Second Addendum to the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement dated July 10, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and the Trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust
  *4.26   Sale of Shares Agreement dated March 6, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and The Trustees for the time being of the Malibongwe Women Development Trust
  *4.27   Contractor Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited and ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited
  *4.28   Services Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited
  *4.29   Sale of Property Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited
  *4.30   Agreement of Lease dated March 20, 2013 between ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.31   Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.32   Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.33   Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.34   Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.35   Cashflow Waterfall Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited
  *4.36   Addendum to the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement dated May 28, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited

 

155


Table of Contents
  *4.37   Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.38   Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 23, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.39   Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.40   Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.41   Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.42   Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.43   Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.44   Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.45   Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.46   Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.47   Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.48   Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.49   Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.50   Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.51   Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.52   Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.53   First Addendum to the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement dated October 30, 2012 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Emerald Panther Investments 91 Proprietary Limited, Pan African Resources plc and Evander Gold Mines Limited
  *4.54   Second Addendum to the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement dated November 30, 2012 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Emerald Panther Investments 91 Proprietary Limited, Pan African Resources plc, Evander Gold Mines Limited, Randfontein Estates Limited and Firefly Investments 251 Proprietary Limited
  *4.55   Third Addendum to the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement dated February 28, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Emerald Panther Investments 91 Proprietary Limited, Pan African Resources plc, Evander Gold Mines Limited, Randfontein Estates Limited and Firefly Investments 251 Proprietary Limited
  *4.56   Covering Mortgage Bond dated November 30, 2012 between Emerald Panther Investments 91 Proprietary Limited and Evander Gold Mines Limited

 

156


Table of Contents
  *4.57   Pledge and Cession Agreement dated February 28, 2013 between Emerald Panther Investments 91 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.58   Pledge and Cession Agreement dated February 28, 2013 between Pan African Resources plc and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
  *4.59   Harmony 2006 Share Scheme (2010 Amended Version)
  *4.60   Amended Trust Deed of the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Riana Bisschoff, dated November 28, 2012
  *8.1   Significant subsidiaries of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
*12.1   Certification of the principal executive officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15(d)-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*12.2   Certification of the principal financial officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15(d)-14(a), pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*13.1   Certification of the principal executive officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*13.2   Certification of the principal financial officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*15.1   Information in respect of Harmony’s Board and Executive Management (Extracted from Harmony’s Annual Report 2013)
*15.2   Information in respect of Harmony’s Corporate Governance (Extracted from Harmony’s Annual Report 2013)
*15.3   Audit and Risk Committee Report (Extracted from Harmony’s Annual Report 2013)

 

* Filed herewith

 

157


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, we hereby certify that we meet all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that we have duly caused this annual report to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
By:   /s/ Graham Briggs
  Graham Briggs
  Chief Executive Officer
  Date: October 25, 2013

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

  

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2013 and 2012

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June  30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements for the years ended June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-7   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated income statements, statements of comprehensive income, statement of changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flow statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and its subsidiaries at June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15 (b). Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.

Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa

October 25, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Consolidated income statements

for the years ended June 30, 2013

 

            US dollar  

Figures in million

   Note      2013     2012     2011  

Continuing operations

         

Revenue

        1,803        1,953        1,659   

Cost of sales

     5         (1,831     (1,561     (1,533
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs

        (1,292     (1,276     (1,218

Amortization and depreciation

        (220     (247     (230

(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of assets

        (274     7        (39

Other items

        (45     (45     (46
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss)/profit

        (28     392        126   

Corporate, administration and other expenditure

        (53     (45     (46

Social investment expenditure

        (14     (9     (12

Exploration expenditure

        (76     (64     (46

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

     6         16        8        4   

Other expenses - net

     7         (40     (6     (3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss)/profit

     8         (195     276        23   

Loss from associates

        —          —          (7

Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of investment in associate

     9         —          7        (20

Impairment of investments

     20         (10     (19     —     

Net gain on financial instruments

     19         20        11        18   

Gain on farm-in option

     10         —          —          38   

Investment income

     11         21        12        19   

Finance costs

     12         (29     (37     (38
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/profit before taxation

        (193     250        33   

Taxation

     13         (69     16        55   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)/profit from continuing operations

        (262     266        88   

Discontinued operations

         

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

     14         36        75        (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)/profit for the year

        (226     341        86   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

Owners of the parent

        (226     341        86   

Non-controlling interest

        —          —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/earnings per ordinary share (cents)

     15          

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations

        (61     61        21   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

        8        18        (1
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (loss)/earnings

        (53     79        20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary share (cents)

     15          

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations

        (61     61        21   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

        8        18        (1
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total diluted (loss)/earnings

        (53     79        20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

for the years ended June 30, 2013

 

            US dollar  

Figures in million

   Note      2013     2012     2011  

Net (loss)/profit for the year

        (226     341        86   

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of income tax

        (668     (595     540   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign exchange translation (loss)/gain

     26         (667     (607     555   

Loss on fair value movement of available-for-sale investments

     26         (9     (7     (15

Impairment of available-for-sale investments recognized in profit or loss

     26         10        19        —     

Reversal of fair value movement on acquisition of associate

     26         (2     —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

        (894     (254     626   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

Owners of the parent

        (894     (254     626   

Non-controlling interest

        —          —          —     

All items in Other comprehensive income/(loss) will be reclassified to profit or loss when specific conditions are met.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Consolidated balance sheets

as at June 30, 2013

 

            US dollar  

Figures in million

   Note      2013     2012  

Assets

       

Non-current assets

       

Property, plant and equipment

     16         3,287        4,003   

Intangible assets

     17         220        268   

Restricted cash

     18         4        4   

Restricted investments

     19         206        224   

Deferred tax assets

     13         10        59   

Investments in associates

     22         11        —     

Investments in financial assets

     20         5        18   

Inventories

     24         6        7   

Trade and other receivables

     21         —          3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        3,749        4,586   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

       

Inventories

     24         143        121   

Trade and other receivables

     21         116        152   

Income and mining taxes

        13        14   

Cash and cash equivalents

        209        216   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        481        503   

Assets of disposal groups classified as held for sale

     14         —          174   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        481        677   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        4,230        5,263   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

       

Share capital and reserves

       

Share capital

     25         4,035        4,036   

Other reserves

     26         (702     (64

(Accumulated loss)/retained earnings

        (95     180   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        3,238        4,152   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

       

Deferred tax liabilities

     13         303        378   

Provision for environmental rehabilitation

     27         200        227   

Retirement benefit obligation

     29         19        22   

Other non-current liabilities

     28         5        4   

Borrowings

     30         226        183   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        753        814   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       

Borrowings

     30         28        38   

Income and mining taxes

        —          —     

Trade and other payables

     31         211        213   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        239        251   

Liabilities of disposal groups classified as held for sale

     14         —          46   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        239        297   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

        4,230        5,263   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity

for the years ended June 30, 2013

 

     Number of
ordinary shares
issued
     Share
capital
     Share
premium
    Retained
earnings/
(accumulated
loss)
    Other
reserves
    Total  
Figures in million (US dollar)                                       

Note

     25         25             26     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - June 30, 2010

     428,654,779         33         3,994        (159     (40     3,828   

Issue of shares

              

- Exercise of employee share options

     1,429,849         —           6        —          —          6   

Share-based payments

     —           —           —          —          19        19   

Net profit for the year

     —           —           —          86        —          86   

Other comprehensive income for the year

     —           —           —          —          540        540   

Dividends paid 1

     —           —           —          (29     —          (29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - June 30, 2011

     430,084,628         33         4,000        (102     519        4,450   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issue of shares

              

- Exercise of employee share options

     1,479,608         —           3        —          —          3   

Share-based payments

     —           —           —          —          12        12   

Net profit for the year

     —           —           —          341        —          341   

Other comprehensive loss for the year

     —           —           —          —          (595     (595

Dividends paid 1

     —           —           —          (59     —          (59
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - June 30, 2012

     431,564,236         33         4,003        180        (64     4,152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issue of shares

              

- Exercise of employee share options

     225,654         —           —          —          —          —     

- Shares issued to the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust

     3,500,000         —           —          —          —          —     

Share-based payments

     —           —           (1     —          30        29   

Net loss for the year

     —           —           —          (226     —          (226

Other comprehensive loss for the year

     —           —           —          —          (668     (668

Share of retained earnings on acquisition of associate

     —           —           —          2        —          2   

Dividends paid 1

     —           —           —          (51     —          (51
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance - June 30, 2013

     435,289,890         33         4,002        (95     (702     3,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Dividends per share is disclosed under the earnings per share note. Refer to note 15.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Consolidated cash flow statements

for the years ended June 30, 2013

 

            US dollar  

Figures in million

   Note      2013     2012     2011  

Cash flow from operating activities

         

Cash generated by operations

     32         359        586        346   

Interest received

        16        10        20   

Interest paid

        (14     (18     (19

Income and mining taxes paid

        (33     (33     (7
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated by operating activities

        328        545        340   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities

         

Increase in amounts invested in environmental trusts

        —          (6     (1

Decrease in restricted cash

        —          —          17   

Proceeds on disposal of Evander net of cash disposed

     32         139        —          —     

Proceeds on disposal of Mount Magnet

        —          —          30   

Proceeds on sale of available-for-sale financial assets

        —          —          2   

Disposal of investments

        —          —          2   

(Increase)/decrease in amounts invested in social trust fund

        (1     —          1   

Purchase of investment in associate

        (9     —          —     

Additions to intangible assets

        (1     (4     (2

Proceeds on disposal of investment in associate

        —          28        —     

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        16        22        18   

Additions to property, plant and equipment

        (429     (411     (448
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash utilized by investing activities

        (285     (371     (381
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities

         

Borrowings raised

        80        188        134   

Borrowings repaid

        (35     (159     (81

Ordinary shares issued

        —          3        6   

Dividends paid

        (50     (57     (30
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash (utilized)/generated by financing activities

        (5     (25     29   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

        (45     (35     13   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

        (7     114        1   

Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year

        216        102        101   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents - end of year

        209        216        102   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

For the years ended June 30, 2013

 

1. General Information

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the company) and its subsidiaries (collectively Harmony or the group) are engaged in gold mining and related activities, including exploration, extraction and processing. Gold bullion, the group’s principal product, is currently produced at its operations in South Africa and Papua New Guinea.

The company is a public company, incorporated and domiciled in South Africa. The address of its registered office is Randfontein Office Park, Corner Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1759.

The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the board of directors on October 25, 2013.

 

2. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements have been consistently applied in all years presented, except as stated under the heading ‘Recent accounting developments’.

The financial statements of the group have been prepared in accordance with, and are in compliance with, International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and IFRIC Interpretations (collectively IFRS).

Recent accounting developments

New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards adopted by the group.

The effective dates below are for financial periods beginning on or after the given date.

The following standards or amendments to standards have become effective but had no impact on the results of the group:

 

Pronouncement

  

Title

  

Effective date

IAS 1 (Amendment)    Presentation of Financial Statements - presentation of items on Other Comprehensive Income.    July 1, 2012
IAS 12 (Amendment)    Income Taxes - deferred tax on investment property    January 1, 2012

New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted.

At the date of authorization of these financial statements, the standards, amendments to standards and interpretations listed below were in issue but not yet effective. These new standards and interpretations have not been early adopted by the group and the group plans on adopting these standards, amendments to standards and interpretations on the dates when they become effective.

The following standards or amendments to standards are not expected to impact on the results of the group but will affect the disclosure in the financial statements:

 

Pronouncement

  

Title

  

Effective date

IFRS 7 (Amendment)    Financial instruments: Disclosure - asset and liability offsetting    January 1, 2013
IAS 19    Employee benefits    January 1, 2013
IAS 32 (Amendment)    Financial instruments: Presentation - asset and liability offsetting    January 1, 2014

The following standards or amendments to standards are not relevant to the group:

 

Pronouncement

  

Title

  

Effective date

IFRS 1 (Amendment)    First time adoption of IFRS - government loans    January 1, 2013
IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 (Amendments)    Amendments to Consolidated Financial Statements, Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities and Separate Financial Statements - investment entities    January 1, 2014

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The following standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards may possibly have an impact on the group:

 

Pronouncement

  

Title

  

Effective date

IFRS 10   

Consolidated financial statements

 

This standard builds on existing principles by identifying the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements. The standard provides additional guidance to assist in determining control where this is difficult to assess. This new standard might impact the entities that a group consolidates as its subsidiaries.

 

Based on management’s preliminary assessment, management does not expect there to be significant differences in entities controlled by the group.

   January 1, 2013
IFRS 11   

Joint arrangements

 

This standard provides for a more realistic reflection of joint arrangements by focusing on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. There are two types of joint arrangements: joint operations and joint ventures. Joint operations arise where a joint operator has rights to the assets and obligations relating to the arrangement and hence accounts for its interest in assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Joint ventures arise where the joint operator has rights to the net assets of the arrangement and hence equity accounts for its interest. Proportional consolidation of joint ventures is no longer allowed.

 

The group only has joint operations in PNG, through its 50% interest in mining and exploration assets located in Morobe province. The joint operations are currently accounted for by proportional consolidation. Going forward, the group will account for its interest in assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses of these unincorporated joint operations

   January 1, 2013
IFRS 12   

Disclosures of interests in other entities

 

This standard includes the disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose vehicles and other off balance sheet vehicles.

 

The group’s financial statements will include additional disclosure as a result of the new standard.

   January 1, 2013
IFRS 13   

Fair value

 

This standard aims to improve consistency and reduce complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across IFRSs. The requirements, which are largely aligned between IFRSs and US GAAP, do not extend the use of fair value accounting but provide guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within IFRS.

 

The group is currently assessing the impact of IFRS 13 but, based on a preliminary analysis, it is not expected to be material.

   January 1, 2013
IAS 27 (Revised)   

Separate Financial Statements

 

This standard includes the provisions on separate financial statements that are left after the control provisions of IAS 27 have been included in IFRS 10.

 

The revised standard is not applicable to Harmony. As there have been no changes to accounting in the separate financial statements, there will be no impact on Harmony’s separate financial statements as a result of the revised standard.

   January 1, 2013
IAS 28 (Revised)   

Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

 

This standard includes the requirements for joint ventures, as well as associates, to be equity accounted following the issue of IFRS 11.

 

There will be no impact on the group’s financial statements as a result of the revised standard as the principles of equity-accounting remain unchanged.

   January 1, 2013

 

F-9


Table of Contents
IFRIC 20   

Stripping costs in the production phase of a surface mine

 

The Interpretation clarifies that two types of benefits may accrue to an entity from stripping activity: 1) usable ore that can be used to produce inventory and 2) improved access to further quantities of material that will be mined in future periods. The Interpretation

   January 1, 2013
  

considers when and how to account separately for these two benefits arising from the stripping activity, as well as how to measure these benefits both initially and subsequently.

 

Management expects that the interpretation will result in transfers in and out of production cost to cease, with an increase in the depreciation charge. The initial transition will result in a restatement of the opening retained earnings where there is an adjustment related to the derecognition of current deferred stripping assets in excess of those to be recognized under IFRIC 20.

  
IFRS 9   

Financial instruments

 

This standard on classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities will replace IAS 39, ‘ Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement’ . IFRS 9 has two measurement categories amortized cost and fair value. All equity instruments are measured at fair value. A debt instrument is measured at amortized cost only if the entity is holding it to collect contractual cash flows and the cash flows represent principal and interest. For liabilities, the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. These include amortized-cost accounting for most financial liabilities, with bifurcation of embedded derivatives. The main change is that, in cases where the fair value option is taken for financial liabilities, the part of a fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is recorded in other comprehensive income rather than the income statement, unless this creates an accounting mismatch.

 

The impact of the standard is currently being assessed by management.

   January 1, 2015

Measurement basis

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of available-for-sale financial assets, financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and cash-settled share-based payments.

Accounting policies

Accounting policies are included in the relevant notes to the consolidated financial statements and have been highlighted in grey shading in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies below are applied throughout the financial statements:

 

2.1 Consolidation

The consolidated financial information includes the financial statements of the company, its subsidiaries, its’ proportionate interest in joint ventures, special purpose entities (SPEs) and its interests in associates.

 

  i. Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities over which the group has power to govern the financial and operating policies. This is normally when the group has a shareholding of more than one-half of the voting rights, which allows it to obtain benefits from the entity’s activities. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the group up until when that control ceases.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.

The group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the group recognizes any non-controlling interests in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognized directly in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

  ii. Associates

Associates are entities in which the group has significant influence, but not control, over operational and financial policies. This may be when there is a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights or when influence can be otherwise demonstrated, for example where the group has the right of representation on the board of directors of the entity.

Investments in associates are accounted for by using the equity method of accounting, and are initially recognized at cost. The group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. Cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. The group’s share of the associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the income statement, and its share of post-acquisition movement in reserves is recognized in other reserves. When the group’s shares of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, the group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

If an associate is acquired in stages, the cost of the associate is measured as the sum of the consideration paid for each purchase plus a share of investee’s profits and other equity movements. Any acquisition-related costs are treated as part of the investment in associate. Any related goodwill is calculated at each stage of the acquisition based on the consideration paid and the share of fair value of net assets acquired at the date of each acquisition.

Where the previously held interest was classified as an available-for-sale financial instrument, any existing gains or losses recognized in the available-for-sale revaluation reserve are reversed through other comprehensive income. The cost basis of the investment is then further adjusted by including the group’s share of profits after dividends, other comprehensive income and other equity movements relating to the previously held interest is accounted for in equity.

The carrying value of an associate is reviewed on a regular basis and, if impairment in the carrying value has occurred, it is written off in the period in which such impairment is identified.

Unrealized gains on transactions between the group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the group’s interest in the associates. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment that should be recognized.

Accounting policies of associates have been reviewed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.

 

  iii. Joint arrangements

Joint venture entities are those entities in which the group holds an interest and shares joint control over strategic, financial and operating decisions with one or more other venturers under a contractual arrangement. The group’s interest in jointly controlled entities is accounted for by proportionate consolidation. Under this method, the group includes its share of the joint venture’s individual income and expenses, assets and liabilities and cash flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in the group’s financial statements.

The group recognizes the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets by the group to the joint venture that is attributable to the other venturers. The group does not recognize its share of profits or losses from the joint venture that result from the purchase of assets by the group from the joint venture until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the net realizable value of current assets or an impairment loss, the loss is recognized immediately.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
  iv. Special purpose entities (SPEs)

SPEs are those undertakings that are created to satisfy the specific business needs of the group. These are consolidated where the group has the right to the majority of the benefits of the SPE and/or is exposed to the majority of the benefits of the SPE and/or is exposed to the majority of the risk thereof. SPEs are consolidated in the same manner as subsidiaries when the substance of the relationship indicates that the SPE is controlled by the group.

 

2.2 Foreign currency translation

 

  i. Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollar.

For translation of the Rand financial statement items to US dollar, the average of R8.82 (2012: R7.77) (2011: R6.99) per US$1 was used for income statement items (unless this average was not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case these items were translated at the rate on the date of the transactions) and the closing rate of R9.98 (2012: R8.21) per US$1 for asset and liability items. Equity items were translated at historic rates. The profit from discontinued operations was translated at the average rate for the eight months (being the period that Evander was part of the group during 2013) of R8.55 per US$1.

The translation effect from Rand to US dollar is included in other comprehensive income in the US$ financial statements.

References to “A$” refers to Australian currency, “R” to South African currency, “$” or “US$” to United States currency and “K” or “Kina” to Papua New Guinean currency.

 

  ii. Transactions and balances

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of foreign currency transactions and from the translation to year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the income statement. Gains and losses recognized in the income statement are included in the determination of “other expenses – net”.

 

  iii. Group companies

The results and financial position of all group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 

    assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet while equity items are translated at historic rates;

 

    income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (the rate on the date of the transaction is used if the average is not a reasonable rate for the translation of the transaction);

 

    all resulting exchange differences are recognized as a separate component of other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold or control is otherwise lost, exchange differences that were recorded in other comprehensive income are recognized in profit or loss in the period of the disposal or change in control.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.

 

2.3 Revenue recognition

Revenue arising from metal sales is only recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred, neither continuing managerial involvement nor effective control over the metals sold has been retained, the amount of revenue and costs incurred can be measured reliably and it is probable that economic benefits associated with the sale will flow to the group.

Revenue further excludes value-added tax. Revenues from silver and other by-products sales are credited to production costs as a by-product credit.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
2.4 Exploration expenditure

The group has elected to expense all exploration and evaluation expenditures until it is concluded that the project is technically feasible and commercially viable, and that future economic benefits are therefore probable. The information used to make that determination depends on the level of exploration as well as the degree of confidence in the orebody as set out below.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure on greenfield sites, being those where the group does not have any mineral deposits which are already being mined or developed, is expensed as incurred until the technical and commercial viability of the project has been demonstrated usually through the completion of a final feasibility study. However, in certain instances, the technical and commercial viability of the deposit may be demonstrated at an earlier stage, for example where an extended feasibility study is conducted and the underlying feasibility study in respect of specific components of the mineral deposit has advanced to such a stage that significant commercially viable reserves has been established, and the other criteria for the recognition of an asset have been met.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure on brownfield sites, being those adjacent to mineral deposits which are already being mined or developed, is expensed as incurred until the group is able to demonstrate that future economic benefits are probable through the completion of a feasibility study, after which the expenditure is capitalized as mine development cost. A ‘feasibility study’ consists of a comprehensive study of the viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where the mining method has been established, and which, if an effective method of mineral processing has been determined, includes a financial analysis based on reasonable assumptions of technical, engineering, operating economic factors and the evaluation of other relevant factors. The feasibility study, when combined with existing knowledge of the mineral property that is adjacent to mineral deposits that are already being mined or developed, allows the group to conclude that the project is technically feasible and commercially viable.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure relating to extensions of mineral deposits which are already being mined or developed, including expenditure on the definition of mineralization of such mineral deposits, is capitalized as a mine development cost following the completion of an economic evaluation equivalent to a feasibility study. This economic evaluation is distinguished from a feasibility study in that some of the information that would normally be determined in a feasibility study is instead obtained from the existing mine or development. This information when combined with existing knowledge of the mineral property already being mined or developed allow the directors to conclude that the directors to conclude that the project is technically feasible commercially viable.

 

2.5 Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment or when there is an indication of impairment.

Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed annually on June 30 for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognized in the income statement for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Each operating shaft, along with allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash generating unit as each shaft is largely independent from the cash flows of other shafts and assets belonging to the group.

Fair value less cost to sell is generally determined by using discounted estimated after-tax future cash flows. Future cash flows are estimated based on quantities of recoverable minerals, expected gold prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), production levels and cash costs of production, all based on life-of-mine plans. Future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a post-tax discount rate that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and risk specific to the asset. Refer to note 16 for detail.

The term “recoverable minerals” refers to the estimated amount of gold that will be obtained from reserves and resources and all related exploration stage mineral interests (except for other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential discussed separately below) after taking into account losses during ore processing and treatment. Estimates of recoverable minerals from such related exploration stage mineral interests will be risk adjusted based on management’s relative confidence in such materials. In estimating future cash flows, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there is identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of cash flows from other asset groups.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

With the exception of other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential, estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are included on an area of interest basis, which generally represents an individual operating mine, even if the mines are included in a larger mine complex.

In the case of mineral interests associated with other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential, cash flows and fair values are individually evaluated based primarily on recent exploration results and recent transactions involving sales of similar properties, if any. Assumptions underlying future cash flow estimates are subject to significant risks and uncertainties.

Impairment losses on goodwill are recognized immediately in the income statement and are not reversed. The impairment testing is performed annually on June 30 or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that it may be impaired.

Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed annually for possible reversal of the impairment at June 30. Reversal of impairments is also considered when there is objective evidence to indicate that the asset is no longer impaired. Where an impairment subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset or CGU is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but not higher than the carrying value that would have been determined had no impairment been recognized in prior years.

 

3. Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the group’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The resulting accounting estimates may differ from actual results. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are:

 

    Gold mineral reserves and resources – note 16;

 

    Production start date – note 16;

 

    Impairment of mining assets – note 16;

 

    Estimate of taxation – note 13;

 

    Impairment of goodwill – note 17;

 

    Estimate of exposure and liabilities with regard to rehabilitation costs – note 27;

 

    Estimate of employee benefit liabilities – note 29;

 

    Fair value of share-based payments – note 34;

 

    Assessment of contingencies – note 36.

Please refer to the specific notes for further information on the key accounting estimates and assumptions applied.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
4. Financial risk management

The group’s financial instruments expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and other price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The group may use derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

The group’s financial assets and liabilities are set out below:

 

Figures in million (US dollar)

   Loans and
receivables
     Available-
for-sale
financial
assets
     Held-to-
maturity
investments
     Fair value
through
profit or
loss
     Financial
liabilities at
amortized
cost
 

At June 30, 2013:

              

Restricted cash

     4         —           —           —           —     

Restricted investments

     —           —           101         105         —     

Investments in financial assets

     —           5         —           —           —     

Trade and other receivables

     94         —           —           —           —     

Cash and cash equivalents

     209         —           —           —           —     

Borrowings

     —           —           —           —           254   

Trade and other payables

     —           —           —           —           65   

At June 30, 2012:

              

Restricted cash

     4         —           —           —           —     

Restricted investments

     —           —           26         198         —     

Investments in financial assets

     —           18         —           —           —     

Trade and other receivables

     124         —           —           —           —     

Cash and cash equivalents

     216         —           —           —           —     

Borrowings

     —           —           —           —           221   

Trade and other payables

     —           —           —           —           41   

Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (group treasury) under policies approved by the board of directors. Group treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges certain selected financial risks in close co-operation with the group’s operating units. The board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and the investment of excess liquidity.

 

a) Market risk

 

  i. Foreign exchange risk

The group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the US dollar (US$). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognized assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. Harmony’s revenues are sensitive to the R/US$ exchange rate as all revenues are generated by gold sales denominated in US$. Harmony generally does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish an exchange rate in advance for the sale of its future gold production.

The group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from borrowings and cash denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of that entity. Harmony generally does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to manage this risk.

The group has reviewed its foreign currency exposure on financial assets and financial liabilities and has identified the following sensitivities for a 10% change in the exchange rate that would affect profit or loss.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Sensitivity analysis – borrowings

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Rand against US$

    

Increase by 10%

     21        13   

Decrease by 10%

     (21     (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing rate

     9.98        8.21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sensitivity analysis – financial assets

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Kina against A$

    

Increase by 10%

     1        1   

Decrease by 10%

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing rate

     2.04        2.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

US$ against A$

    

Increase by 10%

     1        2   

Decrease by 10%

     (1     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing rate

     0.92        1.02   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  ii. Other price risk

The group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in the fair value of the available-for-sale financial assets and fair value through profit or loss as a result of changes in market prices (other than changes in interest rates and foreign currencies). Harmony generally does not use any derivative instruments to manage this risk.

Sensitivity analysis

A 1% increase in the share prices of the available-for-sale investments at the reporting date, with all other variables held constant, would have increased other comprehensive income by US$0.1 million (2012: US$0.2 million); an equal change in the opposite direction would have decreased other comprehensive income by US$0.1 million (2012: US$0.2 million).

Certain of the restricted investments are linked to the Shareholder Weighted Top 40 Index (SWIX 40) on the JSE. A 1% increase in the SWIX 40 index at the reporting date, with all other variables held constant, would have increased profit or loss by US$0.8 million; (2012: US$0.6 million); an equal change in the opposite direction would have decreased profit or loss by US$0.5 million; (2012: US$0.6 million).

Commodity price sensitivity

The profitability of the group’s operations, and the cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the market price of gold. Harmony generally does not enter into forward sales, derivatives or other hedging arrangements to establish a price in advance for the sale of future gold production.

 

  iii. Interest rate risk

The group’s interest rate risk arises mainly from long-term borrowings. The group has variable interest rate borrowings. Variable rate borrowings expose the group to cash flow interest rate risk. The group has not entered into interest rate swap agreements.

Sensitivity analysis – borrowings

A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/ (decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2012.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Increase by 100 basis points

     (3     (2

Decrease by 100 basis points

     3        2   

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Interest rate risk arising from long-term borrowings is offset by cash, restricted cash and restricted investments held at variable rates.

Sensitivity analysis – financial assets

A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2012.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Increase by 100 basis points

     4        3   

Decrease by 100 basis points

     (4     (3

 

b) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that counterparty may default or not meet its obligations timeously. Financial instruments, which subject the group to concentrations of credit risk, consist predominantly of restricted cash, restricted investments, trade and other receivables (excluding non-financial instruments) and cash and cash equivalents.

Exposure to credit risk on trade and other receivables is monitored on a regular basis. Refer to note 21 for management’s assessment. The credit risk arising from restricted cash, cash and cash equivalents and restricted investments is managed by ensuring amounts are only invested with financial institutions of good credit quality. The group has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

Financial institutions’ credit rating by exposure :

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Credit rating

     

AAA

     15         —     

AA+  1

     36         44   

AA  1

     69         54   

AA-  1

     46         79   

A+

     47         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     213         220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

1     Includes restricted cash

     

AA+

     1         —     

AA

     2         4   

AA-

     1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted cash

     4         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted investments are held with financial institutions that have the following credit ratings:

AAA US$10.7 million (2012: nil), AA US$188.3 million (2012: US$219.7 million) and A+ US$2.3 million (2012: nil).

The social trust fund has been invested in unit trusts comprising shares in listed companies.

The group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of all financial assets determined to be exposed to credit risk, amounting to US$513.4 million as at June 30, 2013 (2012: US$569.0 million). The previous credit risk concentration from the Nedbank equity-linked deposits has been diversified during 2013, resulting in a decrease in the balance of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and a corresponding increase in the balance of the held-to-maturity investments. Refer to note 19.

 

c) Liquidity risk

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of business, the group receives cash from its operations and is required to fund working capital and capital expenditure requirements. The cash is managed to ensure that surplus funds are invested in a manner to achieve market-related returns and to provide sufficient liquidity at the minimum risk. The group is able to actively source financing at competitive rates.

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities (including principal and interest payments):

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   Current      More than 1 year  

2013

     

Borrowings

     

Due between 0 to six months

     21         —     

Due between six to 12 months

     20         —     

Due between one to two years

     —           22   

Due between two to five years

     —           212   

Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)

     65         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     106         234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2012

     

Borrowings

     

Due between 0 to six months

     28         —     

Due between six to 12 months

     24         —     

Due between one to two years

     —           46   

Due between two to five years

     —           154   

Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)

     41         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     93         200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

d) Capital risk management

The primary objective of managing the group’s capital is to ensure that there is sufficient capital available to support the funding requirements of the group, in a way that optimizes the cost of capital and matches the current strategic business plan.

The group manages and makes adjustments to the capital structure, which consists of debt and equity as and when borrowings mature or when funding is required. This may take the form of raising equity, market or bank debt or hybrids thereof. The group may also adjust the amount of dividends paid, sell assets to reduce debt or schedule projects to manage the capital structure.

There were no changes to the group’s approach to capital management during the year.

 

e) Fair value determination

The carrying values (less any impairment allowance) of short-term financial instruments are assumed to approximate their fair values.

The fair values of the available-for-sale financial assets are determined by reference to quoted market prices. The fair value of other non-current financial instruments is determined using a discounted cash flow model with market observable inputs, such as market interest rates.

The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities are assumed to approximate their fair values.

The following table presents the group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value by level (see list below) at June 30, 2013.

 

    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets (level 1).

 

    Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2).

 

    Inputs for the asset that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Assets

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Figures in million (US dollar)

        

Available-for-sale financial assets  1

     4         —           1   

Fair value through profit and loss  2

     —           105         —     

The following table presents the group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value by level at June 30, 2012:

 

Assets

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Figures in million (US dollar)

        

Available-for-sale financial assets  1

     16         —           2   

Fair value through profit and loss  2

     —           198         —     

 

  1   Refer to note 20. Level 1 and 2 fair values are either directly or indirectly derived from actively trading shares on the JSE.
  2 Level 2 fair values are directly derived from the Shareholders Weighted Top 40 index (SWIX 40) on the JSE, and are discounted at market interest rate. The fair value of US$4.5 million of the balance for 2013 is derived by reference to quoted prices of the shares held within the unit trust portfolio.

 

5. Cost of sales

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012     2011  

Production costs (a)

     1,292        1,276        1,218   

Amortization and depreciation of mining assets

     215        242        220   

Amortization and depreciation of assets other than mining assets (b)

     5        5        10   

Rehabilitation (credit)/expenditure (c)

     (2     (2     6   

Care and maintenance cost of restructured shafts

     8        11        17   

Employment termination and restructuring costs (d)

     5        10        20   

Share-based payments (e)

     30        11        18   

Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of assets (f)

     274        (7     39   

Other (g)

     4        15        (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     1,831        1,561        1,533   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

a) Production costs include mine production, transport and refinery costs, applicable general administrative costs, movement in inventories and ore stockpiles, ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs and transfers to and from deferred stripping. Employee termination costs are included, except for employee termination costs associated with major restructuring and shaft closures, which are separately disclosed. Production costs, analyzed by nature, consist of the following:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012     2011  

Labour costs, including contractors

     829        831        767   

Consumables

     372        354        340   

Water and electricity

     194        195        179   

Insurance

     13        16        15   

Transportation

     23        21        19   

Changes in inventory

     (24     (20     33   

Capitalization of mine development costs

     (153     (157     (161

Deferred stripping

     (27     (18     (6

By-products sales

     (29     (32     (23

Royalty expense

     25        15        13   

Other

     69        71        42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs from continuing operations

     1,292        1,276        1,218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

b) Amortization and depreciation of assets other than mining assets includes the amortization of intangible assets.
c) For the assumptions used to calculate the rehabilitation costs, refer to note 27. This expense includes the change in estimate for the rehabilitation provision where an asset no longer exists as well as ongoing rehabilitation cost. For 2013 financial year, US$7.3 million (2012: US$3.3 million) (2011: US$2.6 million) was spent on rehabilitation.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
d) During 2013, the group’s South African operations embarked on a program whereby voluntary severance packages were offered to all employees while Hidden Valley underwent a significant restructuring process.

During 2012, it was decided to halt mining in the sub-shaft at Bambanani and restructure the operation to accelerate the development of the shaft pillar.

During 2011, Merriespruit 1 shaft was closed and placed on care and maintenance due to mining no longer being economically viable. In addition, the voluntary retrenchment process, which the group commenced in the 2010 financial year, was finalized during the latter part of the 2011 financial year.

 

e) Refer to note 34 for details on the share-based payments schemes operated by the group.
f) Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of assets consist of the following:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012     2011  

Kalgold

     —           1        —     

Steyn 1 (Bambanani)

     —           —          15   

Steyn 2 (Bambanani)

     3         15        15   

Other

     —           —          —     

St Helena (Other-underground)

     3         —          9   

Target 1

     —           (23     —     

Hidden Valley

     268         —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total impairment/(reversal of impairment) of assets

     274         (7     39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the 2013 financial year, impairment to the value of US$268.0 million was recognized for Hidden Valley. This is due to the operation’s recent poor performance and the reduction in the US dollar gold and silver prices. Additional impairments of US$2.7 million (2012: US$15.4 million) (2011: US$15.3 million) were recognized on Steyn 2 as a result as of the revised business (life-of-mine) plans, which are completed in June of each year. Contributing factors to this write-down included increases in electricity and labour costs. Impairments of US$3.1 million (2012: US$1.0 million) (2011: US$23.6 million) were recognized during the year relating to operations where a decision was made not to mine in future.

An impairment of US$23.6 million was reversed in 2012 due to the revised life-of-mine plans at Target 1.

For assumptions used to calculate the recoverable amounts, refer to note 16.

 

g) Included in Other for the 2011, 2012 and 2013 financial years are amounts relating to inventory adjustments. Refer to note 24.

 

6. Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

 

Accounting policy

 

Gains and losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds of the sale with the carrying amount and are recognized in the income statement.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012      2011  

Profit on sale of property plant and equipment

     16         8         4   

For the 2013 financial year, US$6.8 million profit relates to the sale of the Merriespruit South mining right to Witwatersrand Consolidated Gold Resources Limited (Wits Gold). Also included is a profit of US$1.7 million for the sale of the Sir Albert Medical Centre and its pharmacy. The remaining profit and the totals for 2012 and 2011 are the sale of scrap material (including steel) from sites that are closed and being rehabilitated in the Free State.

 

F-20


Table of Contents
7. Other expenses – net

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012     2011  

Foreign exchange losses - net (a)

     38         4        4   

Bad debts provision expense/(credit) (b)

     —           (11     3   

Bad debts written off (b)

     —           12        —     

Other expenses - net (c)

     2         1        (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses - net

     40         6        3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the total for 2013 is a loss of US$39.8 million (2012: loss of US$5.8 million) related to the translation of the US dollar dominated loan into SA rand. Offsetting these losses were foreign exchange gains relating to the Australasian intercompany loans not designated as forming part of the net investment of the group’s international operations. The total for 2011 includes foreign exchange losses of US$6.2 million related to the liquidation of certain Australian dormant subsidiaries.

Included in the provision credit and bad debts written off for 2012 is an amount of US$5.9 million for Pamodzi Gold Limited (Pamodzi Gold) and its subsidiary companies. Pamodzi Gold is an associate (refer to note 22) and has been placed into liquidation.

Included in other expenses – net for 2013 is an amount of US$1.8 million (2012: US$3.2 million) provided for the pumping and treatment costs relating to the Klerksdorp, Orkney, Stilfontein and Hartbeesfontein (KOSH) Basin. Refer to note 28 in this regard. Also included is an amount of US$2.3 million for the share-based payment on the Phoenix transaction. Refer to note 34 for further detail.

 

8. Operating (loss)/profit

The following have been included in operating (loss)/profit:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012      2011  

Auditors’ remuneration

     2         3         3   

Made up as follows:

        

External

        

Fees - current year

     2         3         3   

Fees - other services

     —           —           —     

 

9. Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of investment in associate

During 2011 Harmony accepted an offer for the purchase of its investment in Rand Uranium (Proprietary) Limited. An impairment of US$20.3 million was recorded during the 2011 financial year to bring the investment in associate in line with its fair value less cost to sell. During 2012 an impairment reversal of US$6.8 million was recognized as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate.

 

10. Gain on farm-in option

During 2011, a gain of US$38.0 million was recognized on the cancellation of the Freegold farm-in option. The Freegold option allowed the group to acquire a beneficial interest of up to 40% in any future mines established by Wits Gold on certain properties in the Southern Free State. On November 5, 2010 the group received 4,376,194 shares in Wits Gold as consideration for the cancellation of the option.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
11. Investment income

 

Accounting policy

 

Interest income is recognized on a time proportion basis, taking into account the principal outstanding and the effective rate over the period to maturity, when it is determined that such income will accrue to the group.

 

Dividend income is recognized when the shareholder’s right to receive payment is established. This is recognized at the last date of registration.

 

Cash flows from dividends and interest received are classified under operating activities in the cash flow statement.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012      2011  

Interest received

     21         12         19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans and receivables

     2         2         2   

Held-to-maturity investments

     4         1         2   

Cash and cash equivalents

     14         7         8   

South African Revenue Services (SARS)

     1         2         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment income

     21         12         19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12. Finance costs

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012     2011  

Financial liabilities

      

Borrowings

     15        19        20   

Other creditors

     —          1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finance costs from financial liabilities

     15        20        21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-financial liabilities

      

Post-retirement benefits

     2        2        2   

Time value of money and inflation component of rehabilitation costs

     14        16        16   

South African Revenue Services (SARS)

     1        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finance costs from non-financial liabilities

     17        18        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finance costs before interest capitalized

     32        38        39   

Interest capitalized

     (3     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finance costs

     29        37        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The capitalization rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization in 2013 was 4.4% (2012: 9.1% and 2011: 9.7%).

 

13. Taxation

 

Accounting policy

 

Taxation is made up of current and deferred taxation. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the group operates and generates taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations is subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

 

Deferred taxation is recognized on temporary differences existing at each reporting date between the tax base of all assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts. Substantively enacted tax rates are used to determine future anticipated effective tax rates which in turn are used in the determination of deferred taxation, except to the extent that deferred tax arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and does not affect the accounting or taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction. Deferred tax is charged to profit or loss, except where the tax relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity in which case the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or

 

F-22


Table of Contents

directly in equity. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in tax rates is recognized in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items previously charged or credited directly to equity.

 

The principal temporary differences arise from amortization and depreciation on property, plant and equipment, provisions, unutilized tax losses and unutilized capital allowances carried forward. Deferred tax assets relating to the carry forward of unutilized tax losses and unutilized capital allowances are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unutilized tax losses and unutilized capital allowances can be utilized. The recoverability of these assets are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if recovery is no longer probable.

 

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

 

Interest received from and paid to the tax authorities are classified as investment income and finance cost on the income statement.

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

 

The group is subject to income tax in several jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. Where the final tax outcome is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Management has to exercise judgement with regards to deferred tax assets. Where the possibility exists that no future taxable income may flow against which these assets can be offset, the deferred tax assets are not recognized.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled. When different tax rates apply to different levels of taxable income, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the average tax rates that are expected to apply to the taxable profit (tax loss) of the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. At the group’s South African operations, such average tax rates are directly impacted by the profitability of the relevant mine. The deferred tax rate is therefore based on the current estimate of future profitability of an operation when temporary differences will reverse, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted at the balance sheet date. The future profitability of each mine, in turn, is determined by reference to the life-of-mine (LoM) plan for that operation. The LoM plan is influenced by factors as disclosed in note 16, which may differ from one year to the next and ultimately result in the deferred tax rate changing from one year to the next.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The taxation expense for the year is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012     2011  

SA taxation

      

Mining tax (a)

     37        4        (2

- current year

     37        10        1   

- prior year

     —          (6     (3

Non-mining tax (b)

     (6     19        3   

- current year

     —          6        4   

- prior year

     (6     13        (1

Deferred tax (c)

     (9     (19     (27

- current year

     (9     (19     25   

- Previously unrecognized temporary differences

     —          —          (52

Secondary Tax on Companies (STC)

     —          3        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     22        7        (25

Foreign taxation

      

Deferred tax

      

- current year (d)

     (9     (23     (30

- derecognition of deferred tax asset

     56        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total taxation expense/(credit)

     69        (16     (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation by type

      

Mining tax

     37        4        (2

Non-mining tax

     (6     19        3   

Deferred tax

     38        (42     (57

STC

     —          3        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     69        (16     (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  a) Mining tax on gold mining income in South Africa is determined according to a formula, based on the taxable income from mining operations. 5% of total revenue is exempt from taxation while the remainder is taxable at a higher rate than non-mining income as a result from applying the gold mining formula. Gold mining companies within the group that had elected to be exempt from Secondary Tax on Companies (STC) were taxed at higher rates than those that have not made the election. Dividend Tax (DT) was introduced on April 1, 2012 and replaced STC. Simultaneously with the introduction of DT only one formula is applicable for mining tax on gold mining income.

All qualifying mining capital expenditure is deducted from taxable mining income to the extent that it does not result in an assessed loss. Accounting depreciation is eliminated when calculating the South African mining tax income. Excess capital expenditure is carried forward as unredeemed capital to be claimed from future mining taxable income. The group has several tax paying entities in South Africa. In terms of the mining ring-fencing application, each ring-fenced mine is treated separately and deductions can normally only be utilized against mining income generated from the relevant ring-fenced mine.

 

  b) Non-mining income of mining companies is taxed at the statutory corporate rate of 28% (2012: 28%). During 2011, the non-mining income of mining companies that were exempt from STC was taxed at 35%, while those who had not made the election were taxed at 28%. The income for non-mining companies is taxed at the statutory corporate rate of 28% (2012 and 2011: 28%).

 

  c) The deferred tax rate used to calculate deferred tax is based on the current estimate of future profitability when temporary differences will reverse based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted at balance sheet date. Depending on the profitability of the operations, the deferred tax rate can consequently be significantly different from year to year.

 

  d) Mining and non-mining income of Australian and PNG operations are taxed at a standard tax rate of 30%.

 

  e) The recovery of the deferred tax asset previously recognized for the Hidden Valley operation was deemed unlikely as there are insufficient estimated future taxable profits against which it could be utilized. As a result, it was derecognized.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Income and mining tax rates

During March 2012, The National Treasury of South Africa repealed the higher gold mining tax formula due to the introduction of Dividend Tax. As a result the rates applicable as of that date were 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income. There have been no subsequent changes.

Major items causing the group’s income tax provision to differ from the South African maximum mining statutory tax rate of 34% (2012: 34%; 2011: 43%) for continuing operations were:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012     2011  

Tax on net (loss)/profit from continuing operations at the maximum mining statutory tax rate

     (66     85        15   

Non-allowable deductions

     33        23        4   

Loss from associates

     —          —          3   

Difference between effective mining tax rate and statutory mining rate on mining income  1

     (8     (13     (3

Difference between non-mining tax rate and statutory mining rate on non-mining income

     —          (1     (2

Effect on temporary differences due to changes in effective tax rates  2

     (4     (60     44   

Previously unrecognized temporary differences  3

     —          —          (52

Prior year adjustment

     (6     7        (4

Capital allowance, sale of business and other rate differences  4

     (52     (60     (61

Derecognition of deferred tax asset  5

     56        —          —     

Deferred tax asset not recognized  6

     116        —          —     

STC

     —          3        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income and mining taxation

     69        (16     (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income and mining tax rate

     30     (6 )%      (167 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  1 Includes the effect of the change in the Freegold mining ring fencing application in 2012.
  2 The significant decreases in the deferred tax rates of ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary Limited (Freegold) (24.3% to 22.9%) and Randfontein Estates Limited (Randfontein) (18.6% to 17.4%) are mainly due to the lower estimated profitability.
  3 The credit in 2011 of US$52 million is for the Freegold unredeemed capital allowance. The South African Revenue Service (SARS) previously disallowed Freegold’s “post 1973 gold mine” additional capital allowance claim. SARS withdrew the additional capital allowance claim on March 10, 2011, conceding that the Freegold operations are entitled to claim this capital allowance, which caused an increase in the deferred tax asset in the balance sheet and the resulting credit in the income statement,.
  4 This relates to the additional capital allowance that may be deducted from taxable income from mining operations in South Africa. A significant portion relates to Avgold Limited (Avgold), which has a 0% effective tax rate.
  5 Represents the derecognition of the previously recognized deferred tax asset in respect of tax losses for the Hidden Valley operation for which future taxable profits are no longer considered probable.
  6 This relates primarily to the Hidden Valley operation and represents tax losses and deductible temporary differences arising in the current year for which future taxable profits are not considered probable.

Deferred tax

The analysis of deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets

     (111     (371
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than 12 months

     (98     (353

Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months

     (13     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     404        707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability to be recovered after more than 12 months

     169        641   

Deferred tax liability to be recovered within 12 months

     235        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

     293        319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Deferred tax liabilities and assets on the balance sheet as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 relate to the following:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Gross deferred tax liability

     404        707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization and depreciation

     389        692   

Unrealized foreign exchange movements

     12        12   

Other

     3        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax asset

     (111     (371
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unredeemed capital expenditure

     (79     (313

Provisions, including non-current provisions

     (16     (30

Tax losses

     (16     (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

     293        319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprises:

    

Net deferred tax liability

     303        378   

Net deferred tax asset

     (10     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Movement in the net deferred tax liability recognized in the balance sheet is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     319        453   

Credit per income statement - continuing operations

     38        (42

Charge/(credit) per income statement - discontinued operations

     —          8   

Tax directly charged to other comprehensive income

     (2     12   

Foreign currency translation

     (62     (95

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     293        319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at June 30, the group had the following potential future tax deductions:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Unredeemed capital expenditure available for utilization against future mining taxable income  1

     2,130         2,343   

Tax losses carried forward utilizable against mining taxable income  2

     212         94   

Capital Gains Tax (CGT) losses available to be utilized against future CGT gains  4

     240         264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at June 30, the group has not recognized the following deferred tax asset amounts relating to the above

     672         445   

The unrecognized temporary differences are:

     

Unredeemed capital expenditure  3

     1,810         1,200   

Tax losses

     143         1   

CGT losses  4

     240         264   

 

  1   Includes Avgold (US$1,039.6 million (2012: US$1,194.6 million), Freegold US$166.0 million (2012: US$194.2 million), Randfontein US$153.7 million (2012: US$155.9 million) and Hidden Valley US$769.9 million (2012: US$786.2 million).These have an unlimited carry-forward period.
  2 These have an unlimited carry-forward period.
  3   Relates to Avgold and Hidden Valley.
  4 The CGT losses relates to the gross CGT losses available to be utilized against future CGT gains. Previously, the net amount after applying the inclusion rate of 50% was disclosed.

Secondary Taxation on Companies (STC)

STC was a tax levied on South African companies at a rate of 10% with effect from October 1, 2007 to March 31, 2012 on dividends distributed.

Current and deferred taxes are measured at the tax rate applicable to undistributed income and therefore only take STC into account to the extent that dividends had been received or paid.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

On declaration of a dividend, the company included the STC on this dividend in its computation of the income tax expense in the period of such declaration.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Available STC credits at end of year

     —           18   

Dividend Tax (DT)

A withholding tax of 15% on dividends (excluding a return of capital) and other distributions to the beneficial owners of shares (shareholders) became effective on April 1, 2012. DT will be withheld by the company declaring the dividend or the withholding agent, unless specifically exempt. Foreign residents could qualify for an exemption or a reduced DT rate in terms of their relevant tax treaty. The withholding tax is a tax on the shareholder and if applicable will be withheld by the company and will reduce the amount paid to the shareholder.

All STC credits were utilized in 2012, DT was withheld at a rate of 15% in respect of those shareholders that do not qualify for either a reduction or an exemption.

 

14. Disposal groups classified as held for sale and discontinued operations

 

Accounting policy

 

A non-current asset or disposal group (a business grouping of assets and their related liabilities) is designated as held for sale and stated at lower of carrying value and fair value less cost to sell, when its carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. The classification as held for sale of a non-current asset or disposal group occurs when it is available for immediate sale in its present condition and the sale is highly probable. A sale is considered highly probable if management is committed to a plan to sell the non-current asset or disposal group, an active divestiture programme has been initiated, the non-current assets or disposal group is marketed at a price reasonable to its fair value and the disposal will be completed within one year from classification.

 

Upon classification of a non-current asset or disposal group as held for sale it is reviewed for impairment. The impairment charged to the income statement is the excess of the carrying amount of the non-current asset or disposal group over its expected net selling price (fair value less costs to sell). At each subsequent reporting date, the carrying values are remeasured for possible impairment. A reversal of impairment is recognized for any subsequent increase in net selling price but not in excess of the cumulative impairment loss already recognized.

 

No depreciation is provided on non-current assets from the date they are classified as held for sale. Where an investment in associate is classified as held for sale, the group will no longer equity account for the investment.

 

When a disposal group is classified as held for sale it is also necessary to assess whether or not the criteria for discontinued operations are met. If the criteria are met, the results of the disposal group are classified as discontinued operations in the income statement and the comparative amounts restated for all periods presented. No restatement of balance sheet comparative amounts is done.

 

  a) The assets and liabilities of Evander Gold Mines Limited (Evander), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Harmony), have been classified as held for sale following the signing of a sale of shares and claims agreement on January 30, 2012. On May 30, 2012, Harmony announced the signing of a new sale of shares and claims agreement with Pan African Resources plc (Pan African).

All conditions precedent to the sale were fulfilled and the transaction was completed on February 28, 2013. The purchase consideration of US$170.0 million was adjusted for distributions received prior to the effective date of US$23.4 million. A group profit of US$11.4 million was recorded.

 

  b) On September 10, 2010, Harmony concluded a sale of assets agreement with Taung Gold Limited (Taung) in which Taung acquired the Evander 6 Shaft, the related infrastructure and surface rights permits as well as a mining right over the Evander 6 and Twistdraai areas. The transaction concluded in May 2012 and a profit on sale of property, plant and equipment of US$26.9 million was recognized and included in discontinued operations. The total purchase consideration of US$33.2 million was settled in cash with an initial payment of US$15.2 million received on April 29, 2011 and the final amount of US$30.1 million (including US$2.3 million held in escrow) on May 30, 2012.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The assets and liabilities of the operations classified as held for sale at the reporting dates are as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Balance sheet

     

Assets of disposal groups classified as held for sale

     

Property, plant and equipment

     —           137   

Restricted investments

     —           24   

Inventories

     —           9   

Mining and income tax

     —           1   

Trade and other receivables

     —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

     —           174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities of disposal groups classified as held for sale

     

Deferred income tax

     —           17   

Provision for environmental rehabilitation

     —           21   

Trade and other payables

     —           8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities of disposal groups classified as held for sale

     —           46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The analysis of the results and cash flows of discontinued operations are disclosed in the tables below:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012     2011  

Income statement

      

Revenue

     102        181        122   

Cost of sales

     (68     (111     (131

Expenses - net

     (1     (2     (8

Profit on sale of investment in subsidiary

     11        —          7   

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

     —          28        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations before tax

     44        96        (10

Taxation

     (8     (21     8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued operations

     36        75        (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows

      

Operating cash flows

     32        65        16   

Investing cash flows

     123        (10     18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash flows

     155        55        34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

15. (Loss)/earnings per share

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

Basic (loss)/earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to shareholders by the weighted number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Ordinary shares in issue (‘000)

     435,290        431,564        430,085   

Adjustment for weighted number of ordinary shares in issue (‘000)

     (733     (687     (670
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted number of ordinary shares in issue (‘000)

     434,557        430,877        429,415   

Treasury shares (‘000)

     (2,676     (59     (105
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted average number of shares in issue (‘000)

     431,881        430,818        429,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents
     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012      2011  

Net (loss)/profit from continuing operations

     (262     266         88   

Net profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

     36        75         (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net (loss)/profit attributable to shareholders

     (226     341         86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share from continuing operations (cents)

     (61     61         21   

Basic earnings/(loss) per share from discontinued operations (cents)

     8        18         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total basic (loss)/earnings per share (cents)

     (53     79         20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fully diluted (loss)/earnings per share

For diluted (loss)/earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potential dilutive ordinary shares as a result of share options granted to employees under the share option schemes in issue. A calculation is performed to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value, determined as the average annual market share price of the company’s shares, based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to the outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

 

     2013     2012      2011  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (‘000)

     431,881        430,818         429,310   

Potential ordinary shares (‘000)

     836        1,205         1,110   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for fully diluted earnings per share (‘000)

     432,717        432,023         430,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     US dollar  
     2013     2012      2011  

Fully diluted (loss)/earnings per share from continuing operations (cents)

     (61     61         21   

Fully diluted earnings/(loss) per share from discontinued operations (cents)

     8        18         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fully diluted (loss)/earnings per share (cents)

     (53     79         20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The inclusion of share options issued to employees, as potential ordinary shares, has a dilutive effect on the (loss)/earnings per share. The issue price and the exercise price include the fair value of any service to be supplied to the entity in the future under the share option or other share-based payment arrangement.

Dividends

 

Accounting policy

 

Dividends declared are recognized in the period in which they are approved by the Board of directors. Dividends are payable in South African rand.

 

Cash flows from dividends paid are classified under financing activities in the cash flow statement.

On August 13, 2012, the board declared a dividend of 50 SA cents (US$6.2 cents) per share related to the year ended June 30, 2012. An interim dividend of 50 SA cents (US$5.7 cents was declared on February 1, 2013.

On August 12, 2011, the board declared a dividend of 60 SA cents (US$8.4 cents) per share related to the year ended June 30, 2011. An interim dividend of 40 SA cents (US$5.2 cents) was declared on February 2, 2012.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012      2011  

Dividend declared

     51         59         29   

Dividend per share (cents)

     11.9         13.6         6.8   

 

16. Property, plant and equipment

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Mining assets (a)

     2,435         3,089   

Mining assets under construction (b)

     203         125   

Undeveloped properties (c)

     581         743   

Deferred stripping (d)

     64         43   

Other non-mining assets (e)

     4         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

     3,287         4,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  a) Mining assets

 

Accounting policy

 

Mining assets including mine development costs and mine plant facilities are initially recorded at cost, where after they are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Costs include expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

 

The net assets of operations placed on care and maintenance are impaired to their recoverable amount. Expenditure on the care and maintenance of these operations is charged against income, as incurred. Mineral and surface use rights represent mineral and surface use rights for parcels of land both owned and not owned by the group. Mineral and surface rights include acquired mineral use rights in production, development and exploration phase properties. The amount capitalized related to a mineral and surface right represents its fair value at the time it was acquired, either as an individual asset purchase or as part of a business combination, and is recorded at cost of acquisition.

 

The group’s mineral use rights are enforceable regardless of whether proved or probable reserves have been established. In certain limited situations, the nature of use changes from an exploration right to a mining right upon the establishment of proved and probable reserves. The group has the ability and intent to renew mineral use rights where the existing term is not sufficient to recover all identified and valued proved and probable reserves and/or undeveloped mineral interests.

 

Depreciation

 

Depreciation of mining assets is computed principally by the units of production method over life-of-mine based on estimated quantities of economically recoverable proved and probable reserves, which can be recovered in future from known mineral deposits.

 

In most instances, proved and probable reserves provide the best indication of the useful life of the group’s mines (and related assets). However, in some instances, proved and probable reserves may not provide a realistic indication of the useful life of the mine (and related assets). This may be the case, for example, where management is confident that further inferred resources will be converted into measured and indicated resources and if they are economically recoverable, they can also be classified as proved and probable reserves. Management is approaching economic decisions affecting the mine on this basis, but has chosen to delay the work required to designate them formally as reserves.

 

In assessing which resources to include so as to best reflect the useful life of the mine, management considers resources that have been included in the life-of-mine plan. To be included in the life-of-mine plan, resources need to be above the cut-off grade set by management, which means that the resource can be economically mined and is therefore commercially viable. This consistent systematic method of inclusion in the life-of-mine plan takes management’s view of the gold price, exchange rates as well as cost inflation into account. In declaring the resource, management would have had to obtain a specified level of confidence of the existence of the resource through drilling as required by the South African Code of Reporting Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves (SAMREC).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Additional confidence in the existence, commercially viability and economical recovery of such resources may be based on historical experience and available geological information, such as geological information obtained from other operations that are contiguous to the group’s as well as where the group mines continuations of these other operations’ orebodies and reefs. This is in addition to the drilling results obtained by the group and management’s knowledge of the geological setting of the surrounding areas, which would enable simulations and extrapolations to be done with a reasonable degree of accuracy.

 

In instances where management is able to demonstrate the economic recovery of such resources with a high level of confidence, such additional resources, which may also include certain, but not all, of the inferred resources, as well as the associated future development costs of accessing those resources are included in the calculation of depreciation. The future development costs are those costs that need to be incurred to access these inferred resources, for example the costs to complete a decline or level, which may include infrastructure and equipping costs. These amounts have been extracted from the cash flow projections for the life-of-mine plans.

 

Mineral rights associated with production phase mineral interests are amortized over the life-of-mine using the units-of-production method in order to match the amortization with the expected underlying future cash flows.

 

Impairment

 

Testing for impairment is done in terms of the group policy as discussed in note 2.5.

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements – gold mineral reserves and resources

 

Gold mineral reserves and resources are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and legally extracted from the group’s properties. In order to calculate the gold mineral reserves and resources, estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, commodity prices and exchange rates.

 

Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves and resources requires the size, shape and depth of the ore bodies to be determined by analyzing geological data such as the logging and assaying of drill samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgements and calculations to interpret the data.

 

Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the gold mineral reserves and resources change from year to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the mineral reserves and resources may change from year to year. Changes in the reserves and resources may affect the group’s financial results and financial position in a number of ways, including:

 

•     Asset carrying values may be affected due to changes in estimated cash flows;

 

•     Depreciation and amortization charged in the income statement may change as they are calculated on the units-of-production method; and

 

•     Environmental provisions may change as the timing and/or cost of these activities may be affected by the change in mineral reserves.

 

At the end of each financial year, the estimate of proved and probable gold mineral reserves and resources is updated. Depreciation of mining assets is prospectively adjusted, based on these changes.

 

Sensitivity analysis – gold mineral reserves and resources effect on depreciation

 

The group includes certain inferred resources in the denominator and future development costs in the numerator when performing the depreciation calculation for certain of its operations, where proved and probable reserves alone do not provide a realistic indication of the useful life of mine (and related assets). During the periods presented, this related to the Doornkop South Reef and Masimong shafts. Had the group only used proved and probable reserves in its calculations, depreciation for 2013 would have amounted to US$234.5 million (2012: US$272.8 million)) (2011: US$239.7 million), compared with the reported totals of US$220.2 million (2012: US$247.2 million) (2011: US$230.2 million).

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements – production start date

 

Various relevant criteria are considered in order to assess when the mine is substantially complete and ready for its intended use and moves into the production phase. Some of the criteria would include but are not limited to the following:

 

•     The level of capital expenditure compared to the total project cost estimates;

 

•     The ability to produce gold in a saleable form (where more than an insignificant amount of gold has been produced); and

 

•     The ability to sustain the ongoing production of gold.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Critical accounting estimates and judgements – impairment of assets

 

The recoverable amount of mining assets is generally determined utilizing discounted future cash flows. Management also considers such factors as the quality of the individual orebody, market risk, asset specific risks and country risk in determining the fair value.

 

Key assumptions for the calculations of the mining assets’ recoverable amounts are the gold price, marketable discount rates (cost-to-sell), exchange rates and the annual life-of-mine plans. In determining the gold price to be used, management assesses the long-term views of several reputable institutions on the gold price and based on this, derive the gold price. Due to the sudden, significant drop in the gold price during the last quarter of 2013, management also considered these institutions’ short-term and medium-term views and incorporated these into their determination. The life-of-mine plans are based on the proved and probable reserves as included in the Reserve Declaration, which are determined in terms of SAMREC and JORC, as well as resources where management has high confidence in the orebody and economical recovery of gold, based on historic and similar geological experience.

 

During the year under review, the group calculated the recoverable amounts (generally fair value less costs to sell) based on updated life-of-mine plans and the following gold price and exchange rate assumptions:

 

      2013      2012      2011  
      Short term
Year 1
     Medium term
Year 2
     Long term
Year 3
               

US$ gold price per ounce

     1,250         1,300         1,400         1,524         1,274   

Exchange rate (R/US$)

     9.95         9.57         8.89         8.21         7.57   

Rand gold price (R/kg)

     400,000         400,000         400,000         370,000         310,000   

 

For Hidden Valley, we used the US$ gold price assumptions as per the table and a post-tax real discount rate of 8.52% (2012: 4.49%) (2011: 5.09%). For the South Africa operations, we used the rand gold price assumptions as per the table and a post-tax real discount rate ranging between 6.21% and 10.20%, depending on the asset (2012: range of 5.04% and 8.70%) (2011: range of 5.09% and 8.47%). Cash flows used in the impairment calculations are based on life-of-mine plans which exceed five years for the majority of the mines. Refer to note 5 for details of impairments and reversals of impairments recorded.

 

Should management’s estimate of the future not reflect actual events, further impairments may be identified. Factors affecting the estimates include:

 

•      Changes to proved and probable ore reserves;

 

•      Economical recovery of resources;

 

•      The grade of the ore reserves may vary significantly from time to time;

 

•      Review of strategy;

 

•      Unforeseen operational issues at the mines;

 

•      Differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions;

 

•      Changes in the discount rate and foreign exchange rates; and

 

•      Changes in capital, operating mining, processing and reclamation costs.

 

Sensitivity analysis – impairment of assets

 

One of the most significant assumptions that influence the life-of-mine plans and therefore impairments is the expected gold price. A 10% decrease in the gold price assumption at the reporting date would have resulted in an additional impairment at Hidden Valley of US$196.6 million and at Steyn 2 Shaft (included in the Bambanani segment) of US$1.7 million as well as an impairment at Target 1 of US$35.1 million. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The movement in the mining assets balance is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Cost

    

Balance at beginning of year

     4,405        5,704   

Elimination of fully depreciated and impaired assets no longer in use

     —          (594

Additions

     264        310   

Disposals

     (5     (3

Adjustment to rehabilitation asset

     8        (11

Transfers and other movements

     84        94   

Translation

     (765     (757
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,991        4,743   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (338
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     3,991        4,405   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    

Balance at beginning of year

     1,316        2,148   

Elimination of fully depreciated and impaired assets no longer in use

     —          (594

Impairment of assets

     273        (7

Disposals

     —          (3

Depreciation 1

     216        256   

Transfers and other movements

     —          6   

Translation

     (249     (265
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,556        1,541   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (225
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     1,556        1,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value

     2,435        3,089   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  1   For the 2012 financial year, the amounts included both continuing and discontinued operations.

 

  b) Mining assets under construction

 

Accounting policy

 

At the group’s surface mines, when it has been determined that a mineral property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proved and probable reserves, costs incurred to develop the property are capitalized as incurred until the mine is considered to have moved into the production phase. These costs include costs to further delineate the ore body and remove overburden to initially expose the ore body. At the group’s underground mines, all costs incurred to develop the property, including costs to access specific ore blocks or other areas of the underground mine, are capitalized to the extent that such costs will provide future economic benefits. These costs include the cost of shaft sinking and access, the costs of building access ways, lateral development, drift development, ramps, box cuts and other infrastructure development.

 

During the development stage, the group may enter into arrangements whereby it agrees to transfer a part of its mineral interest in consideration for an agreement by another party (the farmee) to meet certain expenditure which would otherwise have to be undertaken by the group. Such arrangements, referred to as farm-in transactions, are accounted for as executory contracts – particularly when the expenditures to be incurred by the farmee are discretionary in nature, and the mineral interest to be transferred may vary depending upon such discretionary spend. At the date of completion of each party’s obligations under the farm-in arrangement, the group derecognizes the proportion of the mining assets and liabilities associated with the joint venture that it has sold to the farmee, and recognizes its interest in the capital expenditure (consideration received) at fair value within operating assets.

 

Borrowing costs are capitalized to the extent that they are directly attributable to the acquisition and construction of qualifying assets. Qualifying assets are assets that take a substantial time to get ready for their intended use. These costs are capitalized until the asset moves into the production phase. Other borrowing costs are expensed.

 

Where a depreciable asset is used in the construction or extension of a mine, the depreciation is capitalized against the mine’s cost.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Exploration properties acquired are recognized in the balance sheet within development cost and are shown at cost less provisions for impairment determined in accordance with the group’s accounting policy on impairment of non-financial assets.

 

Mineral interests associated with development and exploration phase mineral interests are not amortized until such time as the underlying property is converted to the production stage.

 

Capitalization of pre-production cost ceases when commercial levels of production are reached. Commercial levels of production are discussed under “production start date” above.

The movement in the mining assets under construction balance is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Cost

    

Balance at beginning of year

     125        98   

Additions

     170        103   

Finance costs capitalized 1

     3        1   

Disposals

     (18     —     

Transfers and other movements

     (52     (58

Translation

     (25     3   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value

     203        125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  1   The average capitalization rate applied was 4.4% (2012:9.1%)

 

  c) Undeveloped property

 

Accounting policy

 

Undeveloped properties are initially valued at the fair value of resources obtained through acquisitions. The carrying values of these properties are annually tested for impairment. Once development commences, these properties are transferred to mining properties and accounted for in accordance with the related accounting policy.

The movement in the undeveloped property balance is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Cost

    

Balance at beginning of year

     743        931   

Transfers and other movements

     (36     (37

Translation

     (125     (151
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     582        743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    

Balance at beginning of year

     —          5   

Impairment

     1        —     

Transfers and other movements

     —          (5

Translation

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value

     581        743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents
  d) Deferred Stripping

 

Accounting policy

 

Stripping costs incurred during the production phase to remove waste material are deferred and charged to production costs on the basis of the average life-of-mine stripping ratio. The average stripping ratio is calculated as the number of tonnes of waste material removed per tonne of ore mined. The average life-of-mine ratio is revised annually in the light of additional knowledge and change in estimates. The cost of “excess stripping” is capitalized as mine development costs when the actual stripping ratio exceeds the average life-of-mine stripping ratio. Where the average life-of-mine stripping ratio exceeds the actual stripping ratio, the cost is charged to the income statement.

The movement in the deferred stripping balance is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Cost

    

Balance at beginning of year

     43        18   

Additions

     33        5   

Transferred from/(to) production cost

     (6     18   

Translation

     (6     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value

     64        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  e) Other non-mining assets

 

Accounting policy

 

Land is shown at cost and not depreciated. Other non-mining fixed assets are shown at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

 

Other non-mining fixed assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

•       Vehicles at 20% per year;

 

•       Computer equipment at 33.3% per year;

 

•       Furniture and equipment at 16.67% per year.

 

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.

The movement in the non-mining assets balance is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Cost

    

Balance at beginning of year

     45        62   

Elimination of fully depreciated and impaired assets no longer in use

     —          (5

Additions

     4        —     

Disposals

     (1     —     

Transfers and other movements

     —          —     

Translation

     (9     (10

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     39        45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairments

    

Balance at beginning of year

     42        53   

Elimination of fully depreciated and impaired assets no longer in use

     —          (5

Depreciation

     1        3   

Disposals

     (1     —     

Translation

     (7     (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     35        42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value

     4        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents
  f) Additional disclosures for leased assets

 

Accounting policy

 

The group leases certain property, plant and equipment. Leases of property, plant and equipment, where the group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, are classified as finance leases. The assets are capitalized at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments.

 

Finance lease payments are allocated using the rate implicit in the lease, which is included in finance costs, and the capital repayment, which reduces the liability to the lessor. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in non-current borrowings, with the current portion included under current liabilities.

 

Capitalized lease assets are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives and the lease terms.

 

     US Dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Carrying value of capitalized leased assets (included in mining assets and mining assets under construction)

    
     2        12   

Cost

     4        29   

Accumulated depreciation

     (2     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance lease additions

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Except for the leased assets mentioned above, none of the assets listed above have been pledged or otherwise committed as security for any liabilities.

 

17. Intangible assets

 

Accounting policy

 

Intangible assets consist of all identifiable non-monetary assets without physical substance. They are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. The following are the main categories of intangible assets:

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill is an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life which is not amortized but tested for impairment on an annual basis, or when there is an indication of impairment. The excess of consideration transferred over the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and businesses is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisition of associates is included in investments in associates and tested for impairment as part of the overall balance.

 

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. If the composition of one or more cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated changes due to a re-organization, the goodwill is re-allocated to the units affected.

 

The gain or loss on disposal of an entity includes the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

 

Technology-based assets

 

Acquired computer software licences that require further internal development are capitalized on the basis of costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These technology-based assets are classified as intangible assets with a finite useful life. These assets are amortized on a straight line basis of over their estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually, as follows:

 

•       Computer software at 20% per year.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Critical accounting estimates and judgements – impairment of goodwill

 

Due to the wasting nature of mining assets and the finite life of a mine’s reserves, the allocation of goodwill to a shaft will eventually result in an impairment charge for the goodwill. The group tests annually whether separately identifiable goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 2.5. These calculations use the estimates as per note 16.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Goodwill (a)

     216         263   

Technology-based assets (b)

     4         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

     220         268   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  a) Goodwill

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Cost

    

Balance at beginning of year

     290        350   

Translation

     (52     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     238        290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairments

    

Balance at beginning of year

     27        33   

Translation

     (5     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     22        27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

     216        263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net book value of goodwill has been allocated to the following cash-generating units:

    

Bambanani

     23        27   

Tshepong

     56        68   

Phakisa

     133        163   

Joel

     4        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     216        263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  b) Technology-based assets

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Cost

    

Balance at beginning of year

     20        20   

Additions

     1        4   

Translation

     (4     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     17        20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairments

    

Balance at beginning of year

     15        17   

Amortization charge for the year

     1        1   

Translation

     (3     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     13        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

     4        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Technology-based assets include computer software and intellectual property which has been acquired and developed for the group. These assets are amortized over five years.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Accounting policy – Financial assets (applicable to notes 18, 19, 20 and 21)

 

Financial assets are initially measured at fair value when the group becomes a party to their contractual arrangements, with the exception of loans and receivables which are recognized on origination date. Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of financial instruments, with the exception of financial instruments classified as at fair value through profit or loss. The subsequent measurement of financial assets is discussed below.

 

A financial asset is derecognized when the right to receive cash flows from the asset has expired or the group has transferred its rights to receive cash and either (a) has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the assets.

 

On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and any cumulative gain or loss recognized in equity is recognized in profit or loss.

 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

The group classifies financial assets as follows:

 

•        Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when the group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. Loans and receivables are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Loans and receivables include trade and other receivables (excluding VAT and prepayments), restricted cash and cash and cash equivalents.

 

•        Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents exclude restricted cash.

 

•        Trade and other receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision for impairment (allowance account) and the amount of the loss is recognized in the income statement. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited in the income statement.

 

•        Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless the investment matures or management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value. The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. If the value for a financial instrument cannot be obtained from an active market, the group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques.

 

The group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity securities classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the securities are impaired. If considered impaired, the cumulative loss is removed from other reserves and recognized in the income statement. Subsequent increases in the fair value are recognized in equity as impairment losses recognized in the income statement are not reversed through the income statement.

 

•        Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. The group’s held-to-maturity investments are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a held-to-maturity investment is impaired as a result of an event.

 

A portion of restricted investments held by the trust funds (refer note 19) are classified as held-to-maturity investments .

 

•        Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss have two sub-categories: financial assets held-for-trading, and those designated at fair value through profit or loss at inception. These assets are subsequently measured at fair value with gains or losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in the income statement in the period in which they arise.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
18. Restricted cash

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Environmental guarantees a)

     3         3   

Lease security deposits

     1         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted cash

     4         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

a) The amount relates to funds set aside to serve as collateral against guarantees made to the Department of Mineral Resources (DMR) in South Africa for environmental and rehabilitation obligations. A portion of the funds are held on call account and rest is invested in money market funds.

 

19. Restricted investments

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Investments held by environmental trust funds ( a)

     201         219   

Investments held by social trust fund (b)

     5         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restricted investments

     206         224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  a) Environmental trust funds consist of:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Held-to-maturity financial assets

     101         21   

Fair value through profit or loss financial assets

     100         198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Environmental Trust Funds

     201         219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting policy

 

Contributions are made to the group’s environmental trust funds, created in accordance with statutory requirements, to fund the estimated cost of pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure at the end of the life of the group’s mines. The trusts are consolidated into the group as the group exercises control of the trust. The measurement of the investments held by the trust funds is dependent on their classification under financial assets. Income received and gains are treated in accordance with these classifications.

The environmental trust funds are irrevocable trusts under the group’s control. Contributions to the trusts are invested in interest-bearing short-term and medium-term cash investments and medium-term equity-linked notes issued by commercial banks that provide guaranteed interest and additional interest or growth linked to the growth of the Shareholder Weighted Top 40 index (SWIX 40) of the JSE. The equity-linked notes are designated fair value through profit or loss investments and recorded at fair value while the interest-bearing short-term investments are classified as held-to-maturity and recorded at amortized cost. These investments provide for the estimated cost of rehabilitation at the end of the life of the group’s mines. Income earned on the investments is retained in the funds and reinvested.

During 2013, a decision was made to diversify the credit risk concentration of the Nedbank equity-linked deposits. These funds were moved into short-term and medium-term fixed deposits with other banking institutions of good credit quality. These investments are classified as held-to-maturity investments.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of the movement in the investments held by environmental trust funds:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     219        275   

Interest income ¹

     4        1   

Fair value gain ¹

     19        12   

Disposal of equity-linked deposits

     (91     —     

Acquisition of held-to-maturity investments

     91        —     

Contributions made

     —          6   

Disposal of Evander 6 and Twistdraai

     —          (2

Translation

     (41     (49
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     201        243   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     201        219   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  1   Amounts for 2012 include discontinued operations.

 

  b) The social trust fund

The social trust fund is an irrevocable trust under the group’s control. The group has undertaken to donate over a period of 10 years to The Harmony Gold Mining Group Social Plan Trust in terms of an agreement signed on November 3, 2003. An initial donation of R18.5 million (US$2.7 million) was made during the 2004 year. Thereafter instalments of R3.5 million per annum were made with the final instalment in 2013. The purpose of the Trust is to fund the social plan to reduce the negative effects of restructuring on the group’s workforce, to put measures in place to ensure that the technical and life skills of the group’s workforce are developed and to develop the group’s workforce in such a manner as to avoid or minimize the effect of job losses and a decline in employment through turnaround or redeployment strategies.

During 2013, the funds were moved into a financial asset that is exposed to the fair value changes in the market and has been classified as fair value through profit or loss.

Reconciliation of the movement in the investment held by the social trust fund:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     5        5   

Contributions made

     1        1   

Interest income

     —          —     

Fair value gain

     1        —     

Claims paid

     —          —     

Translation

     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     5        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

20. Investment in financial assets

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     18        27   

Additions (a)

     9        —     

Fair value movement of available-for-sale investments (a) (b)

     (9     (5

Reversal of fair value movement on acquisition of associate (a)

     (2     —     

Reclassification to investments in associates (a)

     (9     —     

Translation

     (2     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     5        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The carrying amount consists of the following:

    

Available-for-sale financial assets:

    

Investment in listed shares - Wits Gold (b)

     4        16   

Investment in unlisted shares (c)

     1        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale financial assets

     5        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents
a) At June 30, 2012, the group held a 1.8% interest in Rand Refinery (Proprietary) Limited (Rand Refinery) of US$1.1 million, which was classified as an available-for-sale financial asset. The group purchased additional shares in three tranches in 2013, taking the group’s interest to just more than 10% and allowing for the appointment of a director to the Rand Refinery board. This resulted in the group being able to exercise a significant influence over the operations of Rand Refinery and as such the investment has been classified as an investment in associates.

During 2013, an amount of US$1.1 million was recorded in the fair value reserve for the investment. On the acquisition of the associate, the cumulative fair value gains were reversed from the fair value reserve and the cost of the investment reclassified to investments in associates. Refer to note 22.

 

b) At June 30, 2012, management determined that the investment in Wits Gold was impaired in terms of our accounting policy and the cumulative losses in the fair value reserves were reclassified to the income statement (refer to note 26). Subsequent losses of US$9.9 million have also been recorded in the income statement.
c) These investments have been valued by the directors by performing independent valuations on an annual basis to ensure that no significant prolonged decline in the value of the investments has occurred.

 

21. Trade and other receivables

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Current

    

Financial assets:

    

Trade receivables (gold)

     16        47   

Other trade receivables

     17        18   

Provision for impairment

     (3     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade receivables - net

     30        61   

Loans to associates and joint ventures (a)

     1        2   

Interest and other receivables (b)

     60        55   

Employee receivables

     3        3   

Non-financial assets:

    

Prepayments

     6        8   

Value added tax

     16        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     116        155   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current trade and other receivables

     116        152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current

    

Financial assets:

    

Loans to associates (c)

     12        14   

Other loans receivable

     —          3   

Provision for impairment (c)

     (12     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     —          3   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current trade and other receivables

     —          3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

a) The 2013 and 2012 balance is due from the Morobe Mining Joint Venture (MMJV) companies in PNG, for services and goods supplied in terms of the service level agreements entered into between the group and the joint venture companies.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
b) Included in the balance for the 2013 financial year is the self-insurance fund of US$32.4 million (2012: US$27.1 million) and an amount of US$6.9 million due from Evander.

Also included in interest and other receivables for the 2013 financial year is an amount of US$1.7 million (2012: S$2.1 million) owing by Pamodzi FS in terms of the asset purchase agreement, for rehabilitation trust funds to be released to the group.

No impairment allowance is necessary in respect of any balances included in interest and other receivables as all amounts are classified as fully performing.

 

c) The balance in 2013 comprises US$11.6 million (2012: US$14.1 million) owed by Pamodzi. Pamodzi was placed into liquidation during 2009 and the loan was provided in full. Harmony is a concurrent creditor in the Pamodzi Orkney liquidation.

The movement in the provision for impairment of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     4        18   

Impairment loss recognized

     1        2   

Reversal of impairment loss

     (1     (13

Translation

     (1     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     3        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The movement in the provision of loans receivables during the year was as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     14        17   

Translation

     (2     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     12        14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date was:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   Gross      Impairment  

June 30, 2013

     

Fully performing

     25         —     

Past due by 1 to 30 days

     2         —     

Past due by 31 to 60 days

     1         —     

Past due by 61 to 90 days

     1         —     

Past due by more than 90 days

     2         1   

Past due by more than 361 days

     2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2012

     

Fully performing

     52         —     

Past due by 1 to 30 days

     6         —     

Past due by 31 to 60 days

     2         —     

Past due by 61 to 90 days

     —           —     

Past due by more than 90 days

     2         1   

Past due by more than 361 days

     3         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     65         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The ageing of loans receivables at the reporting date was:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   Gross      Impairment  

June 30, 2013

     

Fully performing

     —           —     

Past due by 1 to 30 days

     —           —     

Past due by 31 to 60 days

     —           —     

Past due by 61 to 90 days

     —           —     

Past due by more than 361 days

     12         12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12         12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2012

     

Fully performing

     7         —     

Past due by 1 to 30 days

     —           —     

Past due by 31 to 60 days

     —           —     

Past due by 61 to 90 days

     —           —     

Past due by more than 361 days

     16         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     23         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Based on past experience, the group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of fully performing receivables as the amount relates to customers that have a good track record with the group. Similarly, the other loans and receivables noted above, other than those provided for, are fully performing and considered to be a low credit risk.

During the year 2013 and 2012 there was no renegotiation of the terms of any receivable.

There was no collateral pledged or held for any of the receivables as at June 30, 2012 and 2013.

 

22. Investment in associates

 

  a) Harmony acquired a 32.4% interest in Pamodzi on February 27, 2008, initially valued at US$46.5 million. Pamodzi was listed on the JSE and had interests in operating gold mines in South Africa. Pamodzi was placed in liquidation in March 2009 and the trading of its shares on the JSE was suspended. As at June 30, 2013, the liquidation process has not been concluded. No financial information subsequent to March 31, 2009 is available and therefore no information has been disclosed.

 

  b) At June 30, 2012, the group held 1.8% of the shares of Rand Refinery. An additional 8.5% interest was purchased in three tranches during 2013, resulting in a total shareholding of 10.38% on May 31, 2013. Although the group holds less than 20% of the equity shares of Rand Refinery, the group is able to exercise significant influence by virtue of having a right to appoint a director on the board. The investment was previously accounted for as available-for-sale (refer to note 20 for further detail), but since the 10% shareholding was attained and with the right to appoint a director on the board, the investment has been accounted for as an associate. As part of the accounting for the acquisition, the group elected the cost method for step acquisitions (refer to note 2.1) and has reversed the cumulative fair value gains recognized in other reserves prior to the acquisition of the investment in associate (refer to note 20). Offsetting this, the group has recognized its share of Rand Refinery’s retained earnings for the previously held interest, which amounted to US$2.1 million.

The movement during the year is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     —           —     

Reclassified from investment in financial assets

     9         —     

Share of retained earnings on acquisition of an associate

     2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     11         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The results of Rand Refinery for the year ended and its aggregated assets (including goodwill) and liabilities as at June 30, 2013 are as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013  

Assets

     98   

Liabilities

     14   

Revenue

     101   

Profit

     27   
  

 

 

 

Percentage interest held

     10
  

 

 

 

Rand Refinery’s year-end is September 30.

 

23. Investment in joint venture

Morobe Mining Joint Ventures (MMJV) partnership agreement (50%)

The group has a 50% interest in mining and exploration assets located in the Morobe province, PNG. Newcrest owns the remaining 50% interest in these assets. The assets include the Hidden Valley mine and the Wafi-Golpu projects. This partnership was formed during the 2009 financial year through a range of transactions, which included Newcrest’s purchase of a 30.01% participating interest and a further farm-in of an additional 19.99% participating interest in the assets. The total value of the transaction was estimated at US$530 million and was completed by June 30, 2009.

The following are the group’s effective share of income, expenses, assets and liabilities, which are included in the 2013 consolidated financial statements:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  
     50     50

Revenue

     135        150   

Production costs

     (137     (110
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production (loss)/profit

     (2     40   

Impairment

     (268     —     

Exploration expenditure

     (58     (49

Other costs

     (46     (29

Taxation (expense)/credit

     (36     11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (410     (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     498        702   

Current assets

     105        90   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     603        792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     25        25   

Current liabilities

     58        51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     83        76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

24. Inventories

 

Accounting policy

 

Inventories which include bullion on hand, gold in process, gold in lock-up, ore stockpiles and stores and materials, are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is assessed at each reporting date and is determined with reference to relevant market prices.

 

The cost of bullion, gold in process and gold in lock-up is determined by reference to production cost, including amortization and depreciation at the relevant stage of production. Ore stockpiles are valued at average production cost. Stockpiles and gold in lock-up are classified as non-current assets where the stockpile exceeds current processing capacity and where a portion of static gold in lock-up is expected to be recovered more than 12 months after balance sheet date.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Gold in process inventories represent materials that are currently in the process of being converted to a saleable product. In-process material is measured based on assays of the material fed to process and the projected recoveries at the respective plants. In-process inventories are valued at the average cost of the material fed to process attributable to the source material coming from the mine or stockpile plus the in-process conversion costs, including the applicable depreciation relating to the process facility, incurred to that point in the process. Gold in process includes gold in lock-up which is generally measured from the plants onwards. Gold in lock-up is expected to be extracted when plants are demolished at the end of their useful lives, which is largely dependent on the estimated useful life of the operations feeding the plants. Where mechanized mining is used in underground operations, in-progress material is accounted for at the earliest stage of production when reliable estimates of quantities and costs are capable of being made. At the group’s open pit operations, gold in process represents production in broken ore form.

 

Consumable stores are valued at weighted average cost value after appropriate allowances for redundant and slow moving items.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Gold in lock-up

     6        12   

Gold in-process, ore stockpiles and bullion on hand

     71        62   

Stores and materials at weighted average cost

     72        63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventories

     149        137   

Non-current portion of gold in lock-up and gold in-process

     (6     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     143        130   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current portion of inventories

     143        121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the balance above is:

    

Inventory valued at net realizable value

     15        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the 2013 financial year, a write-down of US$1.0 million (2012: US$9.9 million) was made for the net realizable value adjustment for other gold in lock-up, as well as US$1.9 million (2012: US$3.9 million) relating to certain stockpiles.

During 2012 write-downs were made of US$1.9 million and US$2.1 million) for the Steyn plant and Freddies rock dump demolishment projects, respectively. The write-downs were as a result of changes to the life-of-mine plans.

During the year, a reversal of US$0.9 million (2012: nil) to the provision for slow moving stock was made. This was primarily the result of a process of improving stock management. The total provision at June 30, 2013 was US$5.3 million (2012: US$7.6 million).

 

25. Share capital

 

Accounting policy

 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

 

The cost of treasury shares is eliminated against the share capital balance.

Authorized

1,200,000,000 (2012: 1,200,000,000) ordinary shares of 50 SA cents each.

Issued

435,289,890 (2012: 431,564,236) ordinary shares of 50 SA cents each. All issued shares are fully paid.

The directors have been authorized to allot and issue up to 21,578,212 authorized but unissued ordinary shares of the company, being 5% of the total issued share capital of the company as at June 30, 2012, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and the JSE Limited Listings Requirements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Note 34 set out details in respect of the share option scheme and shares held in trust for the employees of the group.

Share issues

Shares issued in the 2012 and 2013 financial years relate to the exercise of share options by employees. During August 2012, 3.5 million shares were issued to the Tlhakanelo Trust, the vehicle used for the employee share ownership plan.

Treasury shares

Included in the total of issued shares is an amount of 335 shares held by Lydenburg Exploration Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the company.

During August 2012, 3.5 million shares were issued to the Tlhakanelo Trust. As the trust is controlled by the group, the shares are treated as treasury shares. During 2013, 937,548 shares were exercised by employees and the remaining 2,562,452 shares are still held as treasury shares.

 

26. Other reserves

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Foreign exchange translation reserve (a)

     (805     (138

Fair value movement of available-for-sale financial assets (b)

     —          1   

Equity component of convertible bond (c)

     41        41   

Acquisition of non-controlling interest in subsidiary (d)

     (57     (57

Share-based payments (e)

     136        106   

Repurchase of equity interest (f)

     (13     (13

Other

     (4     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other reserves

     (702     (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

a) The balance of the foreign exchange translation reserve movement represents the cumulative translation effect of the group’s off-shore operations. The US dollar amount includes the translation effect from rand to US dollar.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     (138     469   

Current year’s foreign exchange movement

     (669     (595

Tax on foreign exchange movement

     2        (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     (805     (138
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

b) The balance of the fair value movement reserve represents the movement in the fair value of the available-for-sale financial assets. For details on the movement, refer to note 20.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     1        (11

Fair value movement - unrealized

     (9     (5

Impairment recognized in profit or loss

     10        19   

Reversal of fair value movement on acquisition of associate

     (2     —     

Translation

     —          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     —          1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

c) On May 24, 2004, the group issued a convertible bond. The amount representing the value of the equity conversion component is included in other reserves, net of deferred income taxes. The equity conversion component is determined on the issue of the bonds and is not changed in subsequent periods. The convertible bonds were repaid in 2009.
d) On March 15, 2004 Harmony announced that it had made an off market cash offer to acquire all the ordinary shares, listed and unlisted options of Abelle Limited, held by non-controlling interests. The excess of the purchase price of US$86.5 million (A$123 million) over the carrying amount of non-controlling interest acquired, amounting to US$57 million has been accounted for under other reserves.

 

F-46


Table of Contents
e) Share-based payments

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     106         94   

Share-based payments expensed (i)

     28         12   

PhoenixCo Option (ii)

     2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     136         106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

i. The group issues equity-settled instruments to certain qualifying employees under an employee share option scheme and employee share option plan (ESOP) to purchase shares in the company’s authorized but unissued ordinary shares. Equity share-based payments are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the date of the grant. Share-based payments are expensed over the vesting period, based on the group’s estimate of the shares that are expected to eventually vest. During the 2013 financial year, the equity-settled share-based payment expense of US$28.4 million (2012: US$12.2 million) was charged to the income statement (refer to note 34 for more detail).
ii. On March 20, 2013 Harmony signed transaction and funding agreements to give effect to an empowerment transaction to dispose of 30% of its Free State based Phoenix tailings operation (Phoenix) to BEE shareholders (refer to note 34 for more detail).

 

f) On March 19, 2010, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited concluded an agreement with African Vanguard Resources (Proprietary) Limited (AVRD), for the purchase of its 26% share of the mining titles of the Doornkop South Reef. The original sale of the 26% share in the mining titles was accounted for as an in-substance call option by AVRD over the 26% mineral right. The agreement to purchase AVRD’s 26% interest during the 2010 financial year is therefore considered to be a repurchase of the option (equity interest). The 26% interest was transferred from AVRD to Harmony in exchange for Harmony repaying the AVRD Nedbank loan and the issue of 2,162,359 Harmony shares. The difference between the value of the shares issued of US$20.5 million, the liability to the African Vanguard Resources Proprietary Limited and transaction costs, have been taken directly to equity.

 

Accounting policy – Provisions (applicable to note 27 and 28)

 

Provisions are recognized when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events where it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefit will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made.

 

The amount recognized as a provision is the net present value of the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at balance sheet date using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The estimate take into account the associated risks and uncertainties. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as interest expense.

 

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, the provision is reversed,

 

27. Provision for environmental rehabilitation

 

Accounting policy

 

Estimated long-term environmental obligations, comprising pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure, are based on the group’s environmental management plans in compliance with current technological, environmental and regulatory requirements.

 

Based on disturbances to date, the net present value of expected rehabilitation cost estimates are recognized and provided for in full in the financial statements. The estimates are reviewed annually and are discounted using a pre-tax risk-free rate that is adjusted to reflect the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.

 

Annual changes in the provision consist of finance costs relating to the change in the present value of the provision and inflationary increases in the provision estimate, as well as changes in estimates. The present value of environmental disturbances created is capitalized to mining assets against an increase in

 

F-47


Table of Contents
the rehabilitation provision. If a decrease in the liability exceeds the carrying amount of the asset, the excess is recognized immediately in the income statement. If the asset value is increased and there is an indication that the revised carrying value is not recoverable, impairment is performed in accordance with the accounting policy dealing with impairments of non-financial assets. Rehabilitation projects undertaken, included in the estimates are charged to the provision as incurred. The cost of on-going current programmes to prevent and control pollution is charged against income as incurred. Over time, the liability is increased to reflect an interest element, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the life of the related asset.

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

 

Significant judgement is applied in estimating ultimate rehabilitation cost that will be required in future to rehabilitate the group’s mines. Ultimate cost may significantly differ from current estimates.

 

For the South African operations, management used an inflation rate of 6.00% (2012: 6.30%) (2011: 6.60%) and the expected life of the mines according to the life-of-mine plans in the calculation of the estimated net present value of the rehabilitation liability. The discount rates used for the calculation are dependent on the shaft’s life of mine and are as follows: for 12 months – 5.3% (2012: 5.5%) (2011: 5.75%); for one to five years – 6.2% (2012: 5.75%) (2011: 7.25%); for six to nine years – 6.4% (2012: 7.75%) (2011: 8.50%) and for ten years or more – 7.25% (2012: 8.25%) (2011: 8.75%). These estimates were based on recent yields determined on government bonds.

 

In calculating the rehabilitation liability in PNG for 2013, an inflation rate of 2.5% (2012: 2.95%) (2011: 3.30%) was used, together with a discount rate of 6.8% (2012: 7.50%) (2011: 7.0%).

The group’s mining and exploration activities are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations. The group has made, and expects to make in the future, expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures. Estimated future reclamation costs are based principally on legal and regulatory requirements.

The following is a reconciliation of the total liability for environmental rehabilitation:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Provision raised for future rehabilitation

    

Balance at beginning of year

     227        293   

Disposal of assets

     —          (2

Change in estimate - Balance sheet

     8        (12

Change in estimate - Income statement

     (9     (5

Time value of money and inflation component of rehabilitation costs 1

     14        17   

Translation

     (40     (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     200        248   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for environmental rehabilitation

     200        227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  1   Amounts for 2012 include both continuing and discontinued operations.

While the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs to be incurred in the future is uncertain, the group has estimated that, based on current environmental and regulatory requirements, the total undiscounted cost for the mines is approximately US$261.7 million (2012: US$343.9 million). Kalgold is working closely with the DMR to endorse the conversion of the D-zone pit into a strategic water resource and not to backfill.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Future net undiscounted obligation

    

Ultimate estimated rehabilitation cost

     262        344   

Amounts invested in environmental trust funds (Refer to note 19)

     (201     (243
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total future net undiscounted obligation

     61        101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The group intends to finance the ultimate rehabilitation costs from the money invested in environmental trust funds as well as the proceeds on sale of assets and gold from plant clean-up at the time of mine closure. The group has guarantees in place relating to some of the environmental liabilities. Refer to notes 36.

During 2012 and 2013, the group rehabilitated certain decommissioned operations in the Free State as part of its overall strategy of eliminating safety and health exposures and reducing environmental liability.

 

28. Other non-current liabilities

 

Accounting policy

 

Refer to note 34 for the accounting policy on share-based payments and the accounting policy on provisions.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

ESOP share-based payment liability (a)

     1         —     

Other (b)

     4         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other non-current liabilities

     5         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

a) The liability relates to the cash-settled share-based payment transaction following the award of ESOP share appreciation rights (SARs) to qualifying employees through the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust during the 2013 financial year. Refer to note 34 for more details.
b) Included in Other is a provision of US$4.2 million (2012: US$3.2 million) relating to the pumping and treatment costs of fissure water in the KOSH Basin. This provision was raised following the High Court’s dismissal of Harmony’s application to have a directive issued by the Department of Water Affairs (DWAF) in November 2005 set aside, as it relates to the Orkney operations, which were sold in 2008. Harmony filed an application to appeal the judgment on July 20, 2012 and the appeal will be heard in November 2013.

 

29. Retirement benefit obligation

 

Accounting policy

 

The group provides medical cover for current employees and certain retirees through certain funds. The medical accounting costs for the defined benefit plan are assessed using the projected unit credit method. The health care obligation is measured as the present value of the estimated future cash outflows using high quality corporate bond interest rates consistent with the term and risks of the obligation together with adjustments for unrecognized past service cost. Actuarial gains and losses as a result of these valuations are recognized in the income statement at revaluation date. The future liability for current and retired employees and their dependants is accrued in full based on actuarial valuations obtained annually.

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

 

An updated actuarial valuation is carried out at the end of each financial year. Assumptions used to determine the liability included a discount rate of 9.3%, no increases in employer subsidies (in terms of the agreement) and mortality rates according to the SA 1956/62 mortality table (SA “a mf” tables) (60 years) and a medical inflation rate of 7.3% (2012: discount rate of 9.60%, 60 years and 7.45% inflation rate) (2011: discount rate of 9.80%, 60 years and 7.65% inflation rate).

 

Management determined the discount rate by assessing government bonds with similar terms to the liability. The changes to the discount rate and medical inflation rate are similar to changes in interest and inflation rates in South Africa.

 

a) Pension and provident funds

The group contributes to several pension and provident funds governed by the Pension Funds Act, 1956 for the employees of its South African subsidiaries. The pension funds are multi-employer industry plans. The group’s liability is limited to its annually determined contributions.

The provident funds are funded on a “money accumulative basis” with the member’s and employer’s contributions having been fixed in the constitution of the funds.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The Australian group companies make contributions to each employee’s superannuation (pension) funds in accordance with the Superannuation Guarantee Scheme (SGS). The SGS is a Federal Government initiative enforced by law which compels employers to make regular payments to regulated funds providing for each employee on their retirement. The SGS were set at a minimum of 9% of gross salary and wages for the 2013 year (2012: 9%). The fund is a defined contribution plan.

The PNG Superannuation Act 2002 requires a compulsory employer contribution of 8.4% (2012: 8.4%) into an approved superannuation (pension) fund if an employee is appointed for a period of three months or more. The approved superannuation funds are defined contribution plans.

Substantially all the group’s employees are covered by the above mentioned retirement benefit plans. Funds contributed by the group for the 2013 financial year amounted to US$57.6 million (2012: US$70.8 million)).

 

b) Post-retirement benefits other than pensions:

Harmony inherited a post-retirement medical benefit obligation, which existed at the time of the Freegold acquisition in 2002. The group’s obligation in this regard is to pay a subsidy of 2% for every completed year of employment up to a maximum of 50% of total medical aid contributions, commencing on date of retirement. Should the employee die, either in service or after retirement, this benefit will transfer to his/her dependants. The medical aid tariffs are based on the Minemed medical scheme (Minemed) options. Effective September 1, 2013, Minemed was amalgamated with Bestmed medical scheme and the rates have been updated accordingly. Except for the pre-mentioned employees, Harmony has no other post-retirement obligation for the other group employees.

The liability is unfunded and will be settled out of cash and cash equivalents when it becomes due. The liability is based on an actuarial valuation conducted during the year ended June 30, 2013, using the projected unit credit method. The next actuarial valuation will be performed on June 30, 2014.

The principal actuarial assumptions used to determine the present value of unfunded obligations are discussed above. In addition the following was also considered:

 

    It is assumed that all Continuation and Widow Members (CAWMs) will remain on the current benefit option and income band. For employed members, post-employment contributions were assumed to be equal to the average payable for the current CAWMs membership.

 

    It is assumed that not all employed members will remain employed until retirement therefore estimated resignation and ill-health retirement rates are also taken into account.

 

    It is assumed that 90% of employed members will be married at retirement or earlier death and that wives are four years younger than their husbands. It is assumed that the only dependents will be spouses.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Present value of unfunded obligations

     19        22   

Current employees

     11        13   

Retired employees

     8        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Movement in the liability recognized in the balance sheet

    

Balance at beginning of year

     22        25   

Contributions paid

     (1     (1

Other expenses included in staff costs/current service cost

     —          1   

Interest cost

     2        2   

Net actuarial loss/(gain) recognized during the year

     —          (1

Translation

     (4     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     19        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial gains/losses are included in cost of sales in the income statement. The net actuarial loss recognized during the 2011 year was US$0.1 million, the 2010 year was US$0.9 million and the 2009 year was nil.

 

F-50


Table of Contents
     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

The net liability of the defined benefit plan is as follows:

     

Present value of defined benefit obligation

     19         22   

Fair value of plan assets

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net retirement benefit obligation liability

     19         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The present value of the defined benefit obligation was US$24.6 million in 2011, US$20.1 million in 2010 and US$19.7 million in 2009.

The effect of a percentage point increase and decrease in the assumed medical cost trend rates is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Effect of a 1% increase::

     

Aggregate of service cost and interest cost

     —           —     

Defined benefit obligation

     3         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of a 1% decrease::

     

Aggregate of service cost and interest cost

     —           —     

Defined benefit obligation

     2         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The group expects to contribute approximately US$0.6 million to the benefit plan in 2014.

 

Accounting policy – Financial liabilities (applicable to notes 30 and 31)

 

Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value when the group becomes a party to their contractual arrangements. Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of financial liabilities, with the exception of financial liabilities classified as at fair value through profit or loss. The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities is discussed below.

 

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires.

 

The group classifies financial liabilities as follows:

 

•        Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value net of transaction costs incurred and subsequently measured at amortized cost, comprising original debt less principal payments and amortization, using the effective yield method. Any difference between proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period of the borrowing using the effective interest rate method.

 

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are capitalized as a pre-payment and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates, to the extent it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is expensed.

 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

 

•        Trade and other payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

 

30. Borrowings

Westpac Bank

In July 2007, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields entered into US dollar finance lease agreements with Westpac Bank for the purchase of mining fleet to be used on the Hidden Valley project. There is no debt covenant clause in the agreements.

Nedbank Limited

On December 11, 2009, the company entered into a loan facility with Nedbank Limited, comprising a term facility of US$119.4 million and a revolving credit facility of US$79.6 million. The facility was utilized to fund the acquisition of the Pamodzi Free State assets as well as the group’s major capital projects and working capital requirements. Interest accrues on a day to day basis over the term of the loan at a variable interest.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

On November 30, 2010, the company entered into an additional loan facility with Nedbank Limited, comprising of a term facility of US$70.1 million and a revolving credit facility of US$35.0 million. Interest terms are identical to the original facility. The repayments terms of the original revolving credit facility were amended to coincide with the repayment on the new facility.

Syndicated revolving credit facility

On August 11, 2011, the company entered into a loan facility which was jointly arranged by Nedbank Limited and FirstRand Bank Limited (acting through its Rand Merchant Bank division) (syndicate), comprising of a US$300 million syndicated revolving credit facility. The facility is utilized to fund exploration projects in PNG. The facility attracts interest at LIBOR plus 260 basis points, which is payable quarterly.

Terms and debt repayment schedule at June 30, 2013:

 

    

Interest charge

  

Repayment terms

  

Repayment date

  

Security

Westpac Bank (Secured finance lease)    US - LIBOR plus 1.25%    Quarterly    December 30, 2013    Mining fleet
Nedbank Limited (Secured loan - term facility 1)    3 month JIBAR plus 3.5%, payable quarterly    Bi-annual equal instalments of R90 million (US$9.0 million)    December 31, 2014   
Nedbank Limited (Secured loan - term facility 2)    3 month JIBAR plus 3.5%, payable quarterly    Bi-annual equal instalments of R62.5 million (US$6.3 million)    December 31, 2014    Cession and pledge of operating subsidiaries shares
Nedbank Limited (Secured loan - revolving credit facility)    1 or 3 month JIBAR plus 3.5%, payable after interest interval    Repayable on maturity    November 30, 2013   
Syndicated (Secured loan - US$ revolving credit facility)    LIBOR plus 260 basis points, payable quarterly    Repayable on maturity    September 15, 2015    Cession and pledge of operating subsidiaries shares

Debt covenants

The debt covenant tests for the group for both the Nedbank Limited facilities and syndicated revolving credit facility are as follows:

 

    The group’s interest cover shall not be less than two (EBIT 1 / Total interest).

 

    Current ratio shall not be less than one (Current assets / current liabilities).

 

    Cash flow from operating activities shall be above R100 million for the six months prior to the evaluation date.

 

    Total net debt shall not exceed R3 billion plus the Rand equivalent of US$300 million.

 

    Market capitalization to net debt ratio shall not be less than six times.

 

  1   EBIT as defined in the agreement excludes unusual items such as impairments.

The debt covenant tests are performed on a quarterly basis. No breaches of the covenants were identified during the tests in the 2013 financial year.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Interest-bearing borrowings

 

     US Dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Non-current borrowings

    

Westpac Bank (secured finance lease)

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

     —          3   

Repayments

     (2     (4

Net adjustments to current portion

     2        (1

Translation

     —          2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nedbank Limited (secured loan - term facilities)

     16        56   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

     56        112   

Repayments

     (33     (37

Amortization of issue costs

     1        —     

Translation

     (8     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nedbank Limited (secured loan - revolving credit facilities)

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

     —          66   

Draw down

     —          58   

Repayments

     —          (106

Issue costs

     —          (2

Amortization of issue costs

     —          3   

Translation

     —          (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Syndicated (secured loan - US$ revolving credit facility)

     210        127   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

     127        —     

Draw down

     80        130   

Issue cost

     —          (6

Amortization of issue costs

     2        1   

Net adjustments to current portion

     1        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current borrowings

     226        183   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current borrowings

    

Current portion of the finance lease from Westpac Bank

     —          3   

Current portion of the loans from Nedbank Limited

     30        37   

Current portion of the loans from syndicate

     (2     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current borrowings

     28        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing borrowings

     254        221   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The future minimum lease payments for Westpac Bank finance leases are:

    

Due within one year

     —          3   

Due within one and two years

     —          —     

Due between two and five years

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     —          3   

Future finance charges

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     —          3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents
     US Dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

The maturity of borrowings is as follows:

     

Current

     28         38   

Between one to two years

     16         36   

Between two to five years

     210         147   

Over five years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     254         221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Undrawn committed borrowing facilities:

     

Expiring within one year

     85         —     

Expiring after one year

     90         274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     175         274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Effective rate  
     2013     2012  

Westpac Bank

     1.7     1.6

Nedbank Limited

     8.7     9.1

Syndicated

     2.7     3.0

 

31. Trade and other payables

 

Accounting policy

 

The group accrues for the cost of the leave days granted to employees during the period in which the leave days accumulate.

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Financial liabilities:

     

Trade payables

     58         34   

Other liabilities

     6         7   

ESOP share-based payment liability (a)

     1         —     

Non-financial liabilities:

     

Payroll accruals

     35         42   

Leave liabilities (b)

     32         39   

Shaft related accruals

     53         69   

Other accruals

     21         24   

Value added tax

     5         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     211         221   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —           (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade and other payables

     211         213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

a) The liability relates to the cash-settled share-based payment transaction following the award of ESOP SARs to qualifying employees through the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust during the 2013 financial year. Refer to note 34 for more details.

 

F-54


Table of Contents
b) Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognized on an ongoing basis. An accrual is made for the estimated liability for annual leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the balance sheet date. The movement in the liability recognized in the balance sheet is as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

     37        41   

Benefits paid

     (39     (39

Total expense per income statement

     40        44   

Translation

     (6     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     32        39   

Reclassification to held for sale

     —          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     32        37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

32. Cash generated by operations

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012     2011  

All amounts disclosed include discontinued operations

      

Reconciliation of (loss)/profit before taxation to cash generated by operations:

      

(Loss)/profit before taxation

     (149     346        21   

Adjustments for:

      

Amortization and depreciation

     220        256        254   

Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of assets

     274        (7     39   

Share-based payments

     35        12        19   

Net decrease in provision for post-retirement benefits

     —          (1     —     

Net (decrease)/increase in provision for environmental rehabilitation

     (9     (5     8   

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

     (16     (36     (4

Loss from associates

     —          —          7   

(Reversal of impairment)/impairment of investment in associate

     —          (7     20   

Impairment of investments

     10        19        —     

Net gain on financial instruments

     (22     (12     (20

Gain on farm-in option

     —          —          (38

Profit on sale of investment in subsidiary

     (11     —          (7

Interest received

     (22     (13     (20

Finance cost

     30        39        41   

Inventory adjustments

     (20     (3     48   

Deferred stripping allocations

     (27     —          —     

Foreign exchange translation difference

     39        1        —     

Other non-cash adjustments

     1        4        (8

Effect of changes in operating working capital items

      

Receivables

     20        (12     (15

Inventories

     (24     (9     (20

Payables

     30        14        21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated by operations

     359        586        346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional cash flow information

 

i. The income and mining taxes paid in the statement of cash flow represents actual cash paid less refunds received.

 

ii. At June 30, 2013, US$175.1 million (2012: US$273.6 million) of borrowing facilities had not been drawn down and is therefore available for future operating activities and future capital commitments. Refer to note 30.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

For the financial year ended June 30, 2013

 

  a) Acquisitions and disposal of investments/businesses

Disposal of Evander

The conditions precedent for the sale of Evander Gold Mine Limited were fulfilled and the transaction was completed on February 28, 2013. The purchase consideration of US$170.0 million was adjusted for distributions received prior to the effective date of US$23.4 million. Refer to note 14.

The aggregate fair values of assets and liabilities sold were:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012      2011  

Property, plant and equipment

     141        —           —     

Funds set aside for environmental rehabilitation

     24        —           —     

Inventories

     11        —           —     

Trade and other receivables

     2        —           —     

Cash and cash equivalents

     3        —           —     

Profit on disposal

     11        —           —     

Environmental liability

     (20     —           —     

Trade and other payables

     (10     —           —     

Deferred tax liability

     (18     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase consideration

     144        —           —     

Cash and cash equivalents

     (3     —           —     

Translation

     (2     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total proceeds received in cash

     139        —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  b) Principal non-cash transactions

Share-based payments (refer to note 34)

For the financial year ended June 30, 2012

 

  a) Acquisitions and disposal of investments/businesses

Disposal of investment in Rand Uranium

On January 6, 2012, the transaction with Gold One International Limited was concluded and the first payment of US$23.8 million was received. Further payments were made during April 2012 totalling US$11.0 million. These amounts were for the sale of the group’s 40% investment in Rand Uranium as well as for the outstanding balance of the subordinated shareholder’s loan of US$6.8 million.

 

  b) Principal non-cash transactions

Share-based payments (refer to note 34)

For the financial year ended June 30, 2011

 

  a) Principal non-cash transactions

Disposal of Freegold farm-in option (refer note 10)

Share-based payments (refer to note 34)

 

33. Employee benefits

 

Accounting policy

 

•        Pension, provident and medical plans are funded through annual contributions. The group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity in terms of the defined contribution pension, provident and medical plans which are charged to the income statement in the year to which they relate. The group’s liability is limited to its monthly determined contributions and it has no further liability, legally or constructive if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Refer to note 29 for details of the post-retirement medical benefit plan.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

•       Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The group recognizes termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to either: terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal; or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after balance sheet date are discounted to present value.

 

     2013      2012  

Number of permanent employees as at June 30:

     

South African operations 1

     30,673         33,935   

International operations 2

     1,729         1,905   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total number of permanent employees

     32,402         35,840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Aggregate earnings

     

The aggregate earnings of employees including directors were:

     

Salaries and wages and other benefits

     745         791   

Retirement benefit costs

     58         60   

Medical aid contributions

     21         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total aggregated earnings 3

     824         873   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  1 2,521 employees were attributable to the discontinued operations at June 30, 2012.
  2 The total number of employees in Australia, including the Brisbane office, at June 30, 2013 was 101 (2012: 107). The total for the international operations includes the joint venture employees.
  3 These amounts have been included in production cost, corporate expenditure and capital expenditure.

The amounts include Evander for the eight months it was a part of the group.

During the 2013 financial year US$11.4 million (2012: US$7.9 million) was included in the payroll cost for termination costs. Termination costs include the cost relating to the voluntary retrenchment process as well as retrenchments due to the shaft closures (refer to note 5).

 

34. Share-based payments

 

Accounting policy

 

The group operates the following employee share incentive plans:

 

•      equity-settled, share-based payments plan, where the group grants share options to certain employees in exchange for services received, and

 

•      equity-settled and cash-settled employee share ownership plan.

 

Equity share-based payments are measured at fair value that includes market performance conditions but excluded the impact of any service and non-market performance conditions of the equity instruments at the date of the grant. The share-based payments are expensed over the vesting period, based on the group’s estimate of the shares that are expected to eventually vest. The group used an appropriate option pricing model in determining the fair value of the options granted. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the estimates of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable are revised. The impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, is recognized in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options are exercised.

 

Cash-settled share based payments are measured at fair value. The liability is remeasured at each balance sheet date until the date of settlement.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

 

The fair value of options granted is being determined using a binominal, Black-Scholes or a Monte Carlo valuation model. The significant inputs into the model are: vesting period, risk free interest rate, volatility, price on date of grant and dividend yield.

The total cost relating to share-based payments is made up as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Employee share-based payments

     30         11   

Other share-based payments

     2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share based payments

     32         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employee share-based payments

During the year Harmony issued new awards under its 2012 employee share ownership plan to all employees other than management at the group’s South African operations. The group also has the 2003 scheme and the 2006 share plan that are active. The objective of these schemes is to recognize the contributions of employees to the group’s financial position and performance and to retain key employees.

The total cost relating to employee share-based payments is made up as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012  

2012 employee share ownership plan (a)

     24        —     

2006 share plan (b)

     11        12   

Discontinued operations

     (5     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total employee share-based payments included in cost of sales

     30        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There was no cost for the 2003 scheme for the 2012 and 2013 years. Refer to (c) below for the detail on the scheme.

The directors are authorized to issue up to 60,011,669 ordinary shares to participants who have received awards in accordance with Harmony’s employee share incentive schemes.

Subsequent to the annual general meeting held on December 1, 2010, 1,039,794 ordinary shares have been issued in terms of the 2003 scheme and 7,563,837 share option awards have been granted in terms of the 2006 share plan. The Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust is authorized to allocate 12,864,000 ordinary shares to the employee share ownership plan.

 

  a) 2012 Employee share ownership plan

During August 2012, Harmony issued awards under its employee share ownership plan (ESOP). The ESOP will see approximately 33,000 employees participating in a direct ownership of the company. The ESOP recognizes the importance of the employees who sustain our business, promotes a shared common interest in delivering returns to all stakeholders and further enhances Harmony’s black economic empowerment (BEE) status. The ESOP is overseen by the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust.

In terms of the ESOP rules, qualifying employees are offered one scheme share for every two share appreciation rights (SARs). In August 2012, all qualifying employees were awarded a minimum of 100 scheme shares and 200 SARs with employees with service longer than 10 years receiving an additional 10%. Both the scheme shares and SARs will vest in five equal portions on each anniversary of the award. At the annual general meeting on November 28, 2012, the shareholders authorized the acceleration of the vesting from August to March each year.

Future offers will be made to new qualifying employees, who have not previously received an offer during each year following the first allocation date. The number of scheme shares and SARs offered to new qualifying employees will reduce by one fifth on each anniversary of the first allocation date. During March 2013, new qualifying employees were awarded 80 scheme shares and 160 SARs which will vest in four equal portions on each anniversary of the award.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

On the fifth anniversary of the first allocation date, any unallocated scheme shares and SARs will be distributed to all employees who participated in the ESOP and who are still employed with the company pro rata in accordance with the number of Scheme Shares previously allocated to the employees.

The Scheme Shares are accounted for as equity-settled.

The SARs incorporates a cash bonus with a minimum pay-out guarantee of R18 and a maximum pay-out ceiling of R32 per SAR over the vesting period. The SARs include an equity-settled portion as well as a cash-settled portion related to the cash bonus. The cash-settled portion has been recognized in the balance sheet in Trade and other payables (note 31) and Non-current liabilities (note 28), the fair value of which will be remeasured at each reporting date.

The total cost relating to the 2012 ESOP is made up as follows:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

2012 Employee share ownership plan

     

Equity-settled

     17         —     

Cash-settled

     7         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Activity on awards

 

     Scheme
Shares
    SARs        

Activity on awards outstanding

   Number
of
awards
    Number
of
awards
    Weighted
average
award
price (SA
rand)
 

For the year ended June 30, 2013

      

Balance at beginning of year

     —          —          —     

Awards granted

     3,517,560        7,035,120        79.35   

Awards exercised

     (971,112     (1,942,224     80.03   

Awards forfeited

     (53,580     (107,160     79.54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     2,492,868        4,985,736        79.08   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

List of awards granted but not yet exercised (listed by grant date)

   Number of
awards
     Award price
(SA Rand)
     Remaining
life (years)
 

As at June 30, 2013

        

Scheme shares

        

August 8, 2012 allocation

     2,392,548         n/a         3.7   

March 8, 2013 allocation

     100,320         n/a         3.7   
  

 

 

       
     2,492,868         

Share appreciation rights

        

August 8, 2012 allocation

     4,785,096         80.03         3.7   

March 8, 2013 allocation

     200,640         56.35         3.7   
  

 

 

       
     4,985,736         

Total awards granted but not yet exercised

     7,478,604         
  

 

 

       

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Gain realized by participants on awards traded during the year

     9         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of awards vested during the year

     9         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Measurement

The fair value of equity instruments granted during the year was valued using the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein binomial tree on the equity-settled portion of the SARs. The minimum pay-out guarantee is valued at net present value and the spot share price on grant date was used for the scheme shares.

(i) Assumptions applied at grant date for awards granted during the year

 

     Scheme Shares      SARs  

Price at date of grant (SA Rand per share)

     

August 8, 2012 allocation

     80.03         80.03   

March 8, 2013 allocation

     56.35         56.35   

Risk-free interest rate:

     

August 8, 2012 allocation

     n/a         5.38

March 8, 2013 allocation

     n/a         5.35

Expected volatility*:

     

August 8, 2012 allocation

     n/a         32.40

March 8, 2013 allocation

     n/a         37.33

Expected dividend yield:

     

for all allocations

     n/a         1

Minimum pay-out guarantee (SA Rand per SAR)

     

for all allocations

     n/a         18.00 to 32.00   

Vesting period (from grant date):

     

August 8, 2012 allocation

     5 years         5 years   

March 8, 2013 allocation

     4 years         4 years   

 

  * The volatility is measured as an annualized standard deviation of historical share price returns, using an exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) model, with a lambda of 0.99. The volatility is calculated on the grant date, and takes into account the previous three years of historical data.

(ii) Fair values used as a basis to recognize share-based cost

 

     SA rand per award  
     Scheme
Shares
     SARs      Minimum
pay-out
guarantee
 

August 8, 2012 allocation

     79.53         3.30         15.72   

March 8, 2013 allocation

     55.85         2.63         15.75   

(iii) Cash-settled liability

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Non-current

     1         —     

Current

     1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash-settled liability

     2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  b) Options granted under the 2006 share plan

The 2006 share plan consists of share appreciation rights (SARs), performance shares (PS) and restricted shares (RS). The share plan is equity-settled.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Award

  

Vesting

  

Performance criteria

SARs   

SARs will vest in equal thirds in year three, four and five, subject to the performance conditions having been satisfied.

 

The SARs will have an expiry date of six years from the grant date and the offer price equals the closing market price of the underlying shares on the trading date immediately preceding the grant.

   The group’s headline earnings per share must have grown since the allocation date by more than the South African Consumer Price Index (CPI).
PS    The PS will vest after three years from the grant date, if and to the extent that the performance conditions have been satisfied.   

•        50% (senior management)/70% (management) of the number of the shares awarded are linked to the annual gold production of the group in relation to the targets set annually.

 

•        50% (senior management) 30% (management) of the number shares awarded are linked to the group’s performance in comparison to the South African Gold Index.

RS    The RS will vest after three years from grant date.    The participant is still employed within the group.

Termination of employees’ participation in the share plan is based on “no fault” and “fault” definitions.

 

Fault    All unvested and unexercised SARs and all PS and RS not yet vested are lapsed and cancelled.
No fault    Accelerated vesting occurs and all unvested and unexercised share options are settled in accordance with the rules of the plan.

Activity on share options and rights

 

     SARs            PS     RS  

Activity on options and rights granted but not yet exercised

   Number of
options and
rights
    Weighted
average
option price
(SA rand)
     Number of
rights
    Number of
rights
 

For the year ended June 30, 2013

         

Balance at beginning of year

     6,333,626        83.91         2,701,001        411,686   

Options granted

     2,165,186        69.46         2,184,695        296,838   

Options exercised

     (449     70.54         (183,198     —     

Options forfeited and lapsed

     (1,253,562     88.85         (668,200     (40,251
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     7,244,801        78.72         4,034,298        668,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2012

         

Balance at beginning of year

     6,782,820        79.66         3,693,583        347,883   

Options granted

     1,078,224        104.79         1,202,521        163,000   

Options exercised

     (689,505     76.72         (695,253     —     

Options forfeited and lapsed

     (837,913     81.61         (1,499,850     (99,197
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     6,333,626        83.91         2,701,001        411,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents
     SARs      PS      RS  

Options and rights vested but not exercised at year end

   2013      2012      2013      2012      2013      2012  

Options and rights vested but not exercised

     2,160,116         1,404,987         —           —           —           —     

Weighted average option price (SA rand)

     75.23         83.36         n/a         n/a         n/a         n/a   

 

List of options and rights granted but not yet exercised (listed by grant date)

   Number of
options and
rights
     Option
price (SA
Rand)
     Remaining life
(years)
 

As at June 30, 2013

        

Share appreciation rights

        

November 15, 2007

     883,149         70.54         0.4   

March 7, 2008

     46,154         102.00         0.7   

December 5, 2008

     1,054,155         77.81         1.4   

November 16, 2009

     1,584,129         77.28         2.4   

November 15, 2010

     848,345         84.81         3.4   

November 15, 2011

     894,733         104.79         4.4   

November 16, 2012

     1,934,136         68.84         5.4   
  

 

 

       
     7,244,801         

Performance shares

        

November 15, 2010

     975,392         n/a         0.4   

November 15, 2011

     1,015,961         n/a         1.4   

September 27, 2012

     6,160         n/a         2.2   

November 16, 2012

     2,036,785         n/a         2.4   
  

 

 

       
     4,034,298         

Restricted shares

        

November 15, 2010

     247,877         n/a         0.4   

November 15, 2011

     129,000         n/a         1.4   

September 27, 2012

     30,802         n/a         2.2   

November 16, 2012

     260,594         n/a         2.4   
  

 

 

       
     668,273         
  

 

 

       

Total options and rights granted but not yet exercised

     11,947,372         
  

 

 

       

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Gain realized by participants on options and rights traded during the year

     1         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of share options and rights vested during the year

     1         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Measurement

The fair value of equity instruments granted during the year were valued using the Monte Carlo simulation on the market-linked PS, Cox-Ross-Rubenstein binomial tree on the SARs and spot share price on grant date for the RS.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

(i) Assumptions applied at grant date for options and rights granted during 2012 and 2013

 

     SARs     Performance
shares
    Restricted
shares
 

Price at date of grant (SA Rand per share):

      

November 15, 2011 share allocation

     113.80        n/a        113.80   

September 27, 2012 share allocation

     n/a        n/a        68.51   

November 16, 2012 share allocation

     67.60        n/a        67.60   

Risk-free interest rate:

      

November 15, 2011 share allocation

     6.89     6.30     n/a   

September 27, 2012 share allocation

     n/a        5.30     n/a   

November 16, 2012 share allocation

     5.97     5.47     n/a   

Expected volatility *:

      

November 15, 2011 share allocation

     39.13     39.13     n/a   

September 27, 2012 share allocation

     n/a        39.90     n/a   

November 16, 2012 share allocation

     37.22     37.22     n/a   

Expected dividend yield:

      

November 15, 2011 share allocation

     0.00     0.00     0.00

September 27, 2012 share allocation

     n/a        0.00     0.00

November 16, 2012 share allocation

     1     0.00     0.00

Vesting period (from grant date):

      

for all allocations

     5 years        3 years        3 years   

 

  * The volatility is measured as an annualized standard deviation of historical share price returns, using an exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) model, with a lambda of 0.99. The volatility is calculated on the grant date, and takes into account the previous three years of historical data.

In all cases, valuation date is the same as the allocation date.

(ii) Fair values used as a basis to recognize share-based cost

 

     SARs      Performance
shares
     Restricted
shares
 

2013

        

September 27, 2012 share allocation

     n/a         56.31         68.51   

November 16, 2012 share allocation

     25.48         58.04         67.60   

2012

        

November 15, 2011 share allocation

     53.92         72.71         113.80   

 

  c) Options granted under the 2003 scheme

A fifth of the options granted under the 2003 scheme are exercisable annually from the grant date with an expiry date of 10 years from the grant date. The offer price of these options equaled the closing market price of the underlying shares on the trading date immediately preceding the granting of options. The options are equity-settled.

On resignation and retirement, share options which have vested may be taken up at the employee’s election before the last day of service. On death, the deceased estate has a period of twelve months to exercise these options.

Following the introduction of the 2006 share plan, no further options were granted for the 2003 option scheme, and all options are vested.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Activity on share options

 

     2013      2012  

Activity on share options granted but not yet exercised

   Number of
options
    Weighted
average
option price
(SA rand)
     Number of
options
    Weighted
average
option price
(SA rand)
 

For the year ended June 30

         

Balance at beginning of year

     829,559        49.43         1,347,203        50.12   

Options exercised

     (2,728     39.00         (517,644     51.25   

Options forfeited and lapsed

     (81,485     81.48         —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     745,346        45.97         829,559        49.43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

List of options vested but not yet exercised (listed by grant date)

   At June 30,
2013
     Option price
(SA rand)
     Remaining life
(years)
 

August 10, 2004

     191,328         66.15         1.1   

April 26, 2005

     554,018         39.00         1.8   
  

 

 

       

Total options granted but not yet exercised

     745,346         
  

 

 

       

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average market value of options traded during the year

     —           7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gain realized by participants on options traded during the year

     —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other share-based payments

On March 20, 2013 Harmony signed transaction and funding agreements to give effect to an empowerment transaction to dispose of 30% of its Free State based Phoenix operation (Phoenix) to BEE shareholders, which includes a free-carry allocation of 5% to a Community Trust that has been created and is currently controlled by Harmony. The transaction closed on June 25, 2013, following the fulfilment of the last condition precedent. In terms of the agreements Phoenix was transferred to a newly incorporated subsidiary (PhoenixCo).

The awards to the BEE partners have been accounted for as in-substance options as the BEE partners will only share in the upside, and not the downside, of their equity interest in PhoenixCo until the date the financing provided by Harmony is fully repaid. On this date the options will be exercised. The award of the option to the BEE partners is accounted for by the group as an equity-settled share-based payment arrangement. The in-substance options carry no vesting conditions and the fair value of the options of US$2.3 million has been expensed on the grant date, June 25, 2013 (included in Other Expenses – net).

A subscription price paid by the BEE shareholders of US$0.2 million was received and has been recorded in other reserves as an option premium.

Measurement

The share-based cost was calculated using the Monte Carlo simulation. The fair value of the option is the difference between the expected future enterprise value of PhoenixCo and the expected loan balances at redemption date, and the present value of the trickle dividend determined in accordance with the cash flow waterfall per the signed transaction and funding arrangements.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

The following assumptions were applied at grant date:

   2013  

Business value (R’million)

     450   

Exercise price (R’million)

     2   

Risk-free interest rate

     6.08

Expected volatility *

     37.33

Expected dividend yield

     8.04

Vesting period (from grant date)

     0 years   

Equity value attributable to the BEE partners

     25.00

Expected redemption date

     December 31, 2020   

 

  * The volatility is measured in relation to a comparable listed company’s share price volatility.

 

35. Related parties

None of the directors or major shareholders of Harmony or, to the knowledge of Harmony, their families, had an interest, directly or indirectly, in any transaction from July 1, 2010 or in any proposed transaction that has affected or will materially affect Harmony or its subsidiaries, other than as stated below.

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the group, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of the group.

During 2013, the executive directors received remuneration of US$2.4 million, comprising of US$1.7 million for salaries, US$0.04 million for retirement contributions, US$0.4 million for bonuses and US$0.3 million from the exercising of share options. The non-executive directors received US$0.7 million in directors’ fees. The aggregate of remuneration received by executive management was US$4.3 million (including share options exercised).

During 2012, the executive directors received remuneration of US$3.3 million, comprising of US$1.8 million for salaries, US$0.03 million for retirement contributions, US$0.4 million for bonuses and US$1.1 million from the exercising of share options. The non-executive directors received US$0.8 million in directors’ fees. The aggregate of remuneration received by executive management was US$6.4 million (including share options exercised).

The following directors own shares in Harmony at year-end:

 

Name of director/prescribed officer

   Number of shares  
   2013      2012  

Graham Briggs 1

     14,347         —     

Frank Abbott 1

     73,900         —     

Ken Dicks 2

     20,000         —     

Andre Wilkens

     101,303         101,303   

Jaco Boshoff 3

     7,000         —     

Johannes van Heerden 4

     6,500         —     

 

  1   Purchased September 3, 2012 .
  2   Purchased in two tranches on September 5, 2012 and May 6, 2013.
  3   Purchased October 17, 2012.
  4   Purchased in two tranches on September 17, 2012 and September 27, 2012.

Subsequent to year-end, Frank Abbott purchased 65,600 shares on August 23, 2013.

African Rainbow Minerals Limited (ARM) currently holds 14.6% of Harmony’s shares. Patrice Motsepe, Andre Wilkens, Joaquim Chissano and Frank Abbott are directors of ARM.

All production of the group’s South African operations is sent to Rand Refinery in which Harmony holds a 10.38% interest, Refer to note 22.

During the financial year ended June 30, 2013 Harmony sold its 100% interest in Evander. Refer to note 14.

 

F-65


Table of Contents
     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Sales and services rendered to related parties

     

Associates

     —           40   

Joint ventures

     2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2         42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchases and services acquired from related parties

     

Associates

     —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding balances due by related parties 1

     

Associates

     2         2   

Joint ventures

     1         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding balances due to related parties 1

     

Associates 2

     2         2   

 

  1   Included under current receivables and current payables.
  2 Retained from the consideration for the Pamodzi FS acquisition pending the transfer of rehabilitation trust funds .

Refer to note 21 for detail on the items relating to the loans to associates and provisions raised against these loans.

The outstanding balances from the related parties are not secured and there are no special terms and conditions that apply.

 

36. Commitments and contingencies

Commitments and guarantees

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Capital expenditure commitments

     

Contracts for capital expenditure

     18         39   

Share of joint venture’s contract for capital expenditure

     23         24   

Authorized by the directors but not contracted for

     155         275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital commitments

     196         338   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

This expenditure will be financed from existing resources and, where appropriate, borrowings.

The group is contractually obliged to make the following payments in respect of operating leases for land and buildings:

 

     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Within one year

     1         —     

Between one year and five years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments for operating leases

     1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contractual obligations in respect of mineral tenement leases amount to US$32.6 million (2012: US$17.2 million). This includes US$30.8 million) (2012: US$16.5 million)) for the MMJV. For details on the group’s finance leases, refer to note 16.

 

F-66


Table of Contents
     US dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012  

Guarantees 1

     

Guarantees and suretyships

     2         4   

Environmental guarantees 2

     35         47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     37         51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  1   Guarantees and suretyships of US$1.3 million and environmental guarantees of US$4.1 million relating to the Evander group, which are in the process of being replaced by Pan African or cancelled, have been excluded.
  2   At June 30, 2013, US$2.6 million (2012: US$3.2 million) has been pledged as collateral for environmental guarantees in favour of certain financial institutions. Refer to note 18.

Contingent liabilities

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

 

Contingencies will only realize when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The exercise of significant judgement and estimates of the outcome of future events are required during the assessment of the impact of such contingencies.

 

Litigation and other judicial proceedings as a rule raise difficult and complex legal issues and are subject to uncertainties and complexities including, but not limited to, the facts and circumstances of each particular case, issues regarding the jurisdiction in which the suit is brought and differences in applicable law. Upon resolution of any pending legal matter, the group may be forced to incur charges in excess of the presently established provisions and related insurance coverage. It is possible that the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the group could be materially affected by the outcome of the litigation.

The following contingent liabilities have been identified:

a) On April 18, 2008, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited was made aware that it had been named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court in the Southern District of New York on behalf of certain purchasers and sellers of Harmony’s American Depository Receipts (ADRs) and options with regard to certain of its business practices. Harmony retained legal counsel.

The company reached a mutually acceptable settlement with the plaintiff class and this settlement was found to be fair and reasonable and was approved by the United States District Court in November 2011. A single class member has filed an appeal of the District Court’s order approving the settlement. That appeal resulted in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirming the decision of the District Court. The objecting plaintiff has asked the United Stated Supreme Court to review the case and this is pending. The settlement amount has been paid into escrow by the company’s insurers and will be distributed to the plaintiffs once the appeal has been finalized.

b) On March 3, 2011, judgement was handed down in the Constitutional Court, in the case of Mr Thembekile Mankayi v AngloGold Ashanti Limited (AGA) regarding litigation in terms of the Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act (ODIMWA). The judgement allows Mr Mankayi’s executor to proceed with the case in the High Court of South Africa. Should anyone bring similar claims against Harmony in future, those claimants would need to prove that silicosis was contracted while in the employment of the company and that it was contracted due to negligence on the company’s part. The link between the cause (negligence by the company while in its employ) and the effect (the silicosis) will be an essential part of any case.

On August 23, 2012, Harmony and all its subsidiaries were served with court papers entailing an application by three of its former employees, requesting the South Gauteng High Court to certify a class action. In essence, the applicants want the court to declare them as representing a class of people for purposes of instituting an action for relief and to obtain directions as to what procedure to follow in pursuing the relief required against Harmony.

On January 8, 2013, Harmony and its subsidiaries, alongside other mining companies operating in South Africa (collectively the respondents) were served with another application to certify a class on behalf of classes of mine workers, former mine workers and their dependents who were previously employed by, or who are currently employed by the respondents and who allegedly contracted silicosis and/or other occupational lung diseases. Harmony has filed notices of its intention to oppose both

 

F-67


Table of Contents

applications and has instructed its attorneys to defend the claims. Following the receipt of the aforesaid application, Harmony was advised that there was a potential overlap between the application of August 23, 2012 and the application of January 8, 2013. After deliberation between the respondents’ attorneys and the applicants’ attorneys, it was resolved that the applicants’ attorneys will consolidate the two applications and serve an amended application which will be considered by the respondents. The respondents are awaiting a consolidated application of the two separate applications to be served.

On May 3, 2013, Harmony received a summons from Richard Spoor Attorneys on behalf of an employee. The plaintiff is claiming R25 million (US$2.5 million) in damages plus interest from Harmony and another mining company. The plaintiff alleges to have contracted silicosis with progressive massive fibrosis during the course of his employment. Harmony’s attorneys are still awaiting certain medical records in the preparation of the case.

At this stage, and in the absence of a court decision on this matter, it is uncertain as to whether the company will incur any costs related to silicosis claims in the near future. Due to the limited information available on any claims and potential claims and the uncertainty of the outcome of these claims, no estimation can be made for the possible obligation.

c) On December 1, 2008, Harmony issued 3,364,675 Harmony shares to Rio Tinto Limited (Rio Tinto) for the purchase of Rio Tinto’s rights to the royalty agreement entered into prior to our acquisition of the Wafi deposits in PNG. The shares were valued at US$23 million on the transaction date. An additional US$10 million in cash will be payable when the decision to mine is made. Of this amount, Harmony is responsible for paying the first US$6 million, with the balance of US$4 million being borne equally by the joint venture partners.

d) The group may have a potential exposure to rehabilitate groundwater and radiation that may exist where the group has and/or continues to operate. The group has initiated analytical assessments to identify, quantify and mitigate impacts if and when (or as and where) they arise. Numerous scientific, technical and legal studies are underway to assist in determining the magnitude of the contamination and to find sustainable remediation solutions. The group has instituted processes to reduce future potential seepage and it has been demonstrated that Monitored Natural Attenuation (MNA) by the existing environment will contribute to improvement in some instances. The ultimate outcome of the matter cannot presently be determined and no provision for any liability that may result has been made in the financial statements. Should the group determine that any part of these contingencies require them being recorded and accounted for as liabilities, that is where they become estimable and probable, it could have material impact on the financial statements of the group.

e) Due to the interconnected nature of mining operations in South Africa, any proposed solution for potential flooding and potential decant risk posed by deep groundwater needs to be a combined one, supported by all the mines located in these goldfields. As a result, the Department of Mineral Resource and affected mining companies are involved in the development of a Regional Mine Closure Strategy. Harmony operations have conducted a number of specialist studies and the risk of surface decant due to rising groundwater levels has been obviated at the entire Free State region and Kalgold. Therefore there is no contingency arising from these operations. Additional studies have been commissioned at Doornkop and Kusasalethu. In view of the limitation of current information for accurate estimation of a liability, no reliable estimate can be made for these operations.

f) In terms of the sale agreements entered into with Rand Uranium, Harmony retained financial exposure relating to environmental disturbances and degradation caused by it before the effective date, in excess of US$7.5 million of potential claims. Rand Uranium is therefore liable for all claims up to US$7.5 million and retains legal liability. The likelihood of potential claims cannot be determined presently and no provision for any liability has been made in the financial statements.

 

F-68


Table of Contents
37. Subsequent events

There have been no material transactions subsequent to year-end.

 

38. Segment report

 

Accounting policy

 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker (CODM). The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the executive committee.

The group has one main economic product, being gold. In order to determine operating and reportable segments, management reviewed various factors, including geographical location as well as managerial structure. It was determined that an operating segment consists of a shaft or a group of shafts or open pit mine managed by a single general manager and management team.

After applying the quantitative thresholds from IFRS 8, the reportable segments were determined as: Kusasalethu, Doornkop, Phakisa, Tshepong, Masimong, Target 1, Bambanani, Joel, Unisel, Target 3, Hidden Valley and Evander (the operation including its surface sources have been classified as held for sale and discontinued operation). All other operating segments have been grouped together under all other surface operations.

When assessing profitability, the CODM considers the revenue and production costs of each segment. The net of these amounts is the operating profit or loss. Therefore, operating profit has been disclosed in the segment report as the measure of profit or loss. The CODM also considers capital expenditure when assessing the overall economic sustainability of each segment. The CODM, however, does not consider depreciation or impairment and therefore these amounts have not been disclosed in the segment report

Segment assets consist of mining assets, mining assets under construction and deferred stripping included under property, plant and equipment which can be attributed to the shaft or group of shafts. Current and non-current group assets that are not allocated at a shaft level, form part of the reconciliation to total assets.

A reconciliation of the segment totals to the consolidated financial statements has been included in note 39.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

SEGMENT REPORT (US dollar)

 

   

Revenue

June 30,

   

Production cost

June 30,

   

Production profit/(loss)

June 30,

   

Mining assets

June 30,

   

Capital expenditure

June 30,

   

Ounces produced*

June 30,

   

Tons milled*

June 30,

 
    2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011     2013     2012     2011  
    US$ million     US$ million     US$ million     US$ million     US$ million     oz     t’000  

Continuing operations

                                         

South Africa

                                         

Underground

                                         

Kusasalethu

    137        299        254        168        185        189        (31     114        65        344        397        475        48        53        54        88,093        181,105        180,334        784        1,320        1,212   

Doornkop

    183        165        112        118        111        86        65        54        26        338        394        455        32        38        42        116,738        98,863        80,763        1,112        1,023        792   

Phakisa

    125        137        79        111        103        68        14        34        11        455        542        637        38        39        53        78,255        81,695        56,649        565        575        427   

Tshepong

    214        286        287        162        164        168        52        122        119        388        450        530        35        37        39        133,554        169,980        207,950        1,147        1,359        1,481   

Masimong

    186        174        190        110        109        108        76        65        82        99        119        133        19        27        26        116,256        103,526        137,605        958        1,029        957   

Target 1

    203        196        140        106        110        103        97        86        37        271        322        362        38        33        42        127,542        116,708        102,111        790        869        805   

Bambanani

    106        71        132        67        77        118        39        (6     14        88        115        142        14        34        46        66,970        44,174        98,092        231        217        470   

Joel

    165        145        65        74        73        60        91        72        5        29        26        27        18        11        11        103,782        85,618        46,586        674        614        448   

Unisel

    93        86        87        64        64        63        29        22        24        66        44        36        9        9        11        58,289        51,216        62,661        492        434        500   

Target 3

    84        61        14        58        55        14        26        6        —          46        42        41        16        12        21        52,277        36,106        25,881        355        348        83   

Other 1

    —          —          11        —          —          17        —          —          (6     —          —          63        —          —          —          —          —          8,488        —          —          136   

Surface

                                         

All other surface operations

    172        183        148        117        115        121        55        68        27        26        28        23        28        20        21        110,534        108,412        107,962        11,118        10,281        11,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total South Africa

    1,668        1,803        1,519        1,155        1,166        1,115        513        637        404        2,150        2,479        2,924        295        313        366        1,052,290        1,077,403        1,115,082        18,226        18,069        18,492   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

International

                                         

Hidden Valley

    135        150        140        137        110        103        (2     40        37        394        682        646        57        38        42        85,007        88,800        100,246        2,033        1,948        1,852   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total international

    135        150        140        137        110        103        (2     40        37        394        682        646        57        38        42        85,007        88,800        100,246        2,033        1,948        1,852   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total continuing operations

    1,803        1,953        1,659        1,292        1,276        1,218        511        677        441        2,544        3,161        3,570        352        351        408        1,137,297        1,166,203        1,215,328        20,259        20,017        20,344   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

                                         

Evander

    102        181        122        63        99        95        39        82        27        —          121        140        16        23        28        62,855        108,317        87,900        430        704        916   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total discontinued operations

    102        181        122        63        99        95        39        82        27        —          121        140        16        23        28        62,855        108,317        87,900        430        704        916   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operations

    1,905        2,134        1,781        1,355        1,375        1,313        550        759        468        2,544        3,282        3,710        368        374        436        1,200,152        1,274,520        1,303,228        20,689        20,721        21,260   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the segment information to the consolidated income statements and balance sheets (refer to note 39)

    (102     (181     (122     (63     (99     (95           1,686        1,981        2,170                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

                   
    1,803        1,953        1,659        1,292        1,276        1,218              4,230        5,263        5,880                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

                   

 

#   Capital expenditure for international operations excludes expenditure spent on Wafi-Golpu of US$61 million (2012: US$40 million) and also excludes non-operational capital expenditure for 2011 relating to PNG of US$8 million and exploration capitalized of US$6 million
* Production statistics are unaudited
1   Consists of shafts included in the Virginia segment which were placed on care and maintenance during 2011 with the exception of Unisel which has been separately disclosed.

 

F-70


Table of Contents
39. Reconciliation of segment information to consolidated income statements and balance sheets

 

     US Dollar  

Figures in million

   2013     2012     2011  

Revenue from:

      

Discontinued operations

     102        181        122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production costs from:

      

Discontinued operations

     (63     99        95   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of production profit to consolidated (loss)/profit before taxation and discontinued operations

      

Total segment revenue

     1,905        2,134        1,781   

Total segment production costs

     (1,355     (1,375     (1,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Production profit

     550        759        468   

Less discontinued operations

     (39     (82     (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     511        677        441   

Cost of sales items other than production costs

     (539     (285     (315
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization and depreciation of mining assets

     (215     (242     (220

Amortization and depreciation of other than mining assets

     (5     (5     (10

Rehabilitation credit/(expenditure)

     2        2        (6

Care and maintenance cost of restructured shafts

     (8     (11     (17

Employment termination and restructuring costs

     (5     (10     (20

Share-based payments

     (30     (11     (18

(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of assets

     (274     7        (39

Other

     (4     (15     15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross (loss)/profit

     (28     392        126   

Corporate, administration and other expenditure

     (53     (45     (46

Social investment expenditure

     (14     (9     (12

Exploration expenditure

     (76     (64     (46

Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment

     16        8        4   

Other expenses - net

     (40     (6     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss)/profit

     (195     276        23   

Loss from associate

     —          —          (7

Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of investment in associate

     —          7        (20

Impairment of investments

     (10     (19     —     

Net gain on financial instruments

     20        11        18   

Gain on farm-in option

     —          —          38   

Investment income

     21        12        19   

Finance costs

     (29     (37     (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/profit before taxation and discontinued operations

     (193     250        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of total segment assets to consolidated assets includes the following:

 

     US Dollar  

Figures in million

   2013      2012      2011  

Non-current assets

        

Property, plant and equipment

     743         721         897   

Intangible assets

     220         268         320   

Restricted cash

     4         4         5   

Restricted investments

     206         224         278   

Investments in associates

     11         —           —     

Deferred tax asset

     10         59         170   

Investments in financial assets

     5         18         27   

Inventories

     6         7         25   

Trade and other receivables

     —           3         3   

Current assets

        

Inventories

     143         121         124   

Trade and other receivables

     116         152         158   

Income and mining taxes

     13         14         21   

Cash and cash equivalents

     209         216         102   

Assets of disposal groups classified as held for sale

     —           174         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,686         1,981         2,170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-72

Exhibit 1.1

THE COMPANIES ACT, NO. 71 OF 2008

(AS AMENDED)

MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

OF

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

A PUBLIC COMPANY

 

 

REGISTRATION NUMBER: 1950/038232/06

 

REGISTRATION DATE: 25 August 1950

 

 

LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1

 

INTERPRETATION

     1   

2

 

JURISTIC PERSONALITY

     5   

3

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     6   

4

 

POWERS OF THE COMPANY

     6   

5

 

RESTRICTIVE CONDITIONS

     6   

6

 

ISSUE OF SHARES AND VARIATION OF RIGHTS

     7   

7

 

CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES

     10   

8

 

SECURITIES REGISTER

     11   

9

 

TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

     13   

10

 

NO LIEN

     15   

11

 

TRANSMISSION OF SECURITIES

     15   

12

 

RESTRICTIONS ON DEBT INSTRUMENTS

     16   

13

 

CAPITALISATION SHARES

     16   

14

 

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN SECURITIES

     17   

15

 

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

     17   

16

 

ACQUISITION BY THE COMPANY OF ITS OWN SHARES

     17   

17

 

RECORD DATE FOR EXERCISE OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

     18   

18

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     18   

19

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS BY ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION

     24   

20

 

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

     24   

21

 

PROXIES AND REPRESENTATIVES

     27   

22

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ RESOLUTIONS

     30   

23

 

SHAREHOLDERS ACTING OTHER THAN AT A MEETING

     31   

24

 

COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     31   

25

 

POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     34   

26

 

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

     36   

27

 

DIRECTORS’ COMPENSATION AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

     39   

28

 

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

     40   

29

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

     41   

30

 

BORROWING POWERS

     41   

31

 

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

     42   

32

 

ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     43   

33

 

COMPANY SECRETARY

     44   

34

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

     45   

35

 

ACCESS TO COMPANY RECORDS

     47   

36

 

PAYMENT OF COMMISSION

     48   

37

 

NOTICES

     49   

38

 

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

     50   

39

 

COMPANY RULES

     51   

 

LOGO


1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Memorandum of Incorporation, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

1.1.1 Act ” means the Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008, as amended, consolidated or re-enacted from time to time, and includes the Regulations and all schedules to such Act;

 

1.1.2 Board ” means the board of Directors of the Company from time to time;

 

1.1.3 Certificated Securities ” means Securities issued by the Company that are not Uncertificated Securities;

 

1.1.4 Central Securities Depositary ” has the meaning set out in section 1 of the Securities Services Act;

 

1.1.5 Commission ” means the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission established by section 185 of the Act;

 

1.1.6 Company ” means the company named on the first page of this document, duly incorporated under the registration number endorsed thereon;

 

1.1.7 Director ” means a member of the Board as contemplated in section 66 of the Act, and includes any person occupying the position of a director, by whatever name designated;

 

1.1.8 Electronic Communication ” has the meaning set out in section 1 of the Electronic Communications and Transactions Act, No 25 of 2002;

 

1.1.9 IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards formulated by the International Accounting Standards Board, or its successor body;

 

1.1.10 JSE ” means the exchange, licensed under the Security Services Act, operated by JSE Limited (Registration number 2005/022939/06), a public company duly incorporated in the Republic;

 

LOGO

1


1.1.11 JSE Listings Requirements ” means the Listings Requirements of the JSE applicable from time to time;

 

1.1.12 Participant ” has the meaning set out in section 1 of the Securities Services Act;

 

1.1.13 Regulations ” means the regulations published in terms of the Act from time to time;

 

1.1.14 Republic ” means the Republic of South Africa;

 

1.1.15 Securities ” means –

 

1.1.15.1 any shares, notes, bonds, debentures or other instruments, irrespective of their form or title, issued, or authorised to be issued, by the Company; or

 

1.1.15.2 anything falling within the meaning of “securities” as set out in section 1 of the Securities Services Act;

 

1.1.16 Securities Register ” means the register of issued Securities of the Company required to be established in terms of section 50(1) of the Act and referred to in clause 8;

 

1.1.17 Securities Services Act ” means the Securities Services Act, No 36 of 2004, including any amendment, consolidation or re-enactment thereof;

 

1.1.18 SENS ” means the Securities Exchange News Service established and operated by the Listings Division of the JSE;

 

1.1.19 Share ” means one of the units into which the proprietary interest in the Company is divided;

 

1.1.20 Shareholder ” means the holder of a Share issued by the Company who is entered as such in the Securities Register, subject to the provisions of section 57(1) of the Act;

 

1.1.21 Solvency and Liquidity Test ” has the meaning attributed thereto in section 4 of the Act;

 

LOGO

2


1.1.22 Sub-register ” means the record of Uncertificated Securities administered and maintained by a Participant, which forms part of the Securities Register in terms of the Act;

 

1.1.23 Uncertificated Securities ” means any “uncertificated securities” defined as such in section 29 of the Securities Services Act; and

 

1.1.24 Uncertificated Securities Register ” means the record of uncertificated securities administered and maintained by a Participant or Central Securities Depositary, as determined in accordance with the rules of the Central Securities Depositary.

 

1.2 In this Memorandum of Incorporation, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise –

 

1.2.1 words and expressions defined in the Act and which are not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Act;

 

1.2.2 a reference to the Act shall include reference to the Regulations;

 

1.2.3 a reference to a section by number refers to the corresponding section of the Act;

 

1.2.4 a reference to a clause by number refers to a corresponding provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

1.2.5 in any instance where there is a conflict between a provision (be it expressed, implied or tacit) of this Memorandum of Incorporation and –

 

1.2.5.1 an alterable provision of the Act, the provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation shall prevail to the extent that it alters an alterable provision of the Act; and

 

1.2.5.2 an unalterable provision of the Act, the unalterable provision of the Act shall prevail to the extent of the conflict unless the Memorandum of Incorporation imposes on the Company a higher standard, greater restriction, longer period of time or similarly more onerous requirement than would otherwise apply to the company in terms of an unalterable provision of the Act, in which event the relevant provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation shall prevail to the extent of the conflict;

 

LOGO

3


1.2.6 clause headings are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

1.2.7 an expression which denotes –

 

1.2.7.1 any gender includes the other genders;

 

1.2.7.2 a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ; and

 

1.2.7.3 the singular includes the plural and vice versa ;

 

1.2.8 if the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated), the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the immediately succeeding business day;

 

1.2.9 any words or expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout the whole of this Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

1.2.10 any reference to a notice shall be construed as a reference to a written notice, and shall include a notice which is transmitted electronically in a manner and form permitted in terms of the Act and/or the Regulations.

 

1.3 Any reference in this Memorandum of Incorporation to –

 

1.3.1 days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of the Republic from time to time;

 

1.3.2 law ” means any law of general application, as amended and re-enacted from time to time, and includes the common law and any statute, constitution, decree, treaty, regulation, directive, ordinance, by-law, order or any other enactment of legislative measure of government (including local and provincial government) statutory or regulatory body which has the force of law; and

 

LOGO

4


1.3.3 writing ” means legible writing and in English and includes printing, typewriting, lithography or any other mechanical process, as well as any electronic communication in a manner and a form permitted in terms of the Act and/or the Regulations.

 

1.4 The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

1.5 Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Memorandum of Incorporation in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

1.6 Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

1.7 Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

1.8 Any reference herein to “ this Memorandum of Incorporation ” shall be construed as a reference to this Memorandum of Incorporation as amended from time to time.

 

2 JURISTIC PERSONALITY

 

2.1 The Company is a pre-existing company as defined in the Act and, as such, continues to exist as a public company as if it had been incorporated and registered in terms of the Act, as contemplated in item 2 of the Fifth Schedule to the Act, and this Memorandum of Incorporation replaces and supersedes the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company applicable immediately prior to the filing hereof.

 

LOGO

5


2.2 The Company is governed by –

 

2.2.1 the unalterable provisions of the Act, subject only to any higher standard, greater restriction, longer period of time or similarly more onerous requirement imposed on the Company by this Memorandum of Incorporation than would otherwise have applied to the Company in terms of the unalterable provisions of the Act;

 

2.2.2 the alterable provisions of the Act, subject to the extent that this Memorandum of Incorporation alters the effect of such alterable provision of the Act; and

 

2.2.3 the other provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation, dealing with such matters as the Act does not address.

 

3 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

No person shall, solely by reason of being an incorporator, Shareholder or Director of the Company, be liable for any liabilities or obligations of the Company.

 

4 POWERS OF THE COMPANY

 

4.1 The Company has all of the legal powers and capacity contemplated in the Act, and no provision contained in this Memorandum of Incorporation should be interpreted or construed as negating, limiting, or restricting those powers in any way whatsoever.

 

4.2 The legal powers and capacity of the Company are not subject to any restrictions, limitations or qualifications, as contemplated in section 19(1)(b)(ii) of the Act.

 

5 RESTRICTIVE CONDITIONS

This Memorandum of Incorporation does not contain any restrictive conditions applicable to the Company as contemplated in section 15(2)(b) or (c) of the Act or prohibit the amendment of any particular provision hereof as contemplated in section 15(2)(c) of the Act.

 

LOGO

6


6 ISSUE OF SHARES AND VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

6.1 The Company is authorised to issue –

 

6.1.1 1,200,000,000 (one billion and two hundred million) ordinary Shares with a par value of R0.50 (fifty cents) each, of the same class, each of which ranks pari passu in respect of all rights and entitles the holder to –

 

6.1.1.1 vote on any matter to be decided by the Shareholders of the Company and to 1 (one) vote in respect of each ordinary share held in the case of a vote by means of a poll;

 

6.1.1.2 participate proportionally in any distribution made by the Company; and

 

6.1.1.3 receive proportionally the net assets of the Company upon its liquidation;

 

6.1.2 such number of each of such further classes of Shares, if any, as are set out in Schedule 1 hereto. The Shares in each such further class shall rank pari passu in respect of all rights and be subject to the preferences, rights, limitations and other terms associated with each such class set out in the applicable Schedule to this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

6.2 The Board shall have all of the powers afforded to it in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation and under and in terms of the Act, except for the power to –

 

6.2.1 create any class of Shares;

 

6.2.2 convert one class of Shares into one or more other classes; or

 

6.2.3 increase or decrease the number of authorised Shares of any class of the Company’s Shares; or

 

6.2.4 consolidate and reduce the number of the Company’s issued and authorised Shares of any class; or

 

LOGO

7


6.2.5 subdivide its Shares of any class by increasing the number of its issued and authorised Shares of that class without an increase of its capital; or

 

6.2.6 reclassify any classified Shares that have been authorised but not issued; or

 

6.2.7 classify any unclassified Shares that have been authorised but not issued; or

 

6.2.8 determine or vary the preferences, rights, limitations or other terms of any Shares,

which powers shall only be capable of being exercised by the Shareholders by way of a special resolution of the Shareholders.

 

6.3 Each Share issued by the Company has associated with it an irrevocable right of the Shareholder to vote on any proposal to amend the preferences, rights, limitations and other terms associated with that Share as contemplated in clause 20.2.

 

6.4 In addition, and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 6.2, the name of the Company, the numbers of authorised Shares of each class, and the preferences, rights, limitations and other terms associated with each class of Shares as set out in this Memorandum of Incorporation may be changed only by an amendment of this Memorandum of Incorporation by special resolution of the Shareholders and in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements, and such amendments shall not be implemented without a special resolution adopted by the holders of Shares of that class at a separate meeting.

 

6.5 No Shares may be authorised in respect of which the preferences, rights, limitations or any other terms of any class of Shares may be varied in response to any objectively ascertainable external fact or facts as provided for in sections 37(6) and 37(7) of the Act.

 

6.6 The Company may only issue Shares which are fully paid up and freely transferable and only within the classes and to the extent that those Shares have been authorised by or in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

LOGO

8


6.7 The Board may, subject to clause 6.11 and the further provisions of this clause 6.7, resolve to issue Shares at any time, but only within the classes and to the extent that those Shares have been authorised by or in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

6.8 All issues of Shares for cash and all issues of options and convertible securities granted or issued for cash must, in addition, be in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

6.9 All Securities of the Company for which a listing is sought on the JSE and all Securities of the same class as Securities of the Company which are listed on the JSE must, notwithstanding the provisions of section 40(5) of the Act, but unless otherwise required by the Act, only be issued after the Company has received the consideration approved by the Board for the issuance of such Securities.

 

6.10 Subject to what may be authorised by the Act, the JSE Listings Requirements and at meetings of Shareholders in accordance with clause 6.12, and subject to clause 6.11, the Board may only issue unissued ordinary shares if such ordinary shares have first been offered to existing ordinary Shareholders in proportion to their shareholding on such terms and in accordance with such procedures as the Board may determine, unless such Shares are issued for the acquisition of assets by the Company.

 

6.11 Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses 6.2, 6.10 and 6.12, any issue of Shares, Securities convertible into Shares, or rights exercisable for Shares in a transaction, or a series of integrated transactions shall, in accordance with the provisions of section 41(3) of the Act, require the approval of the Shareholders by special resolution if the voting power of the class of Shares that are issued or are issuable as a result of the transaction or series of integrated transactions will be equal to or exceed 30% (thirty percent) of the voting power of all the Shares of that class held by Shareholders immediately before that transaction or series of integrated transactions.

 

LOGO

9


6.12 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 6.10, the Shareholders may at a general meeting authorise the Directors to issue Shares and/or grant options to subscribe for Shares as the Directors in their discretion think fit, provided that such transaction(s) has/have been approved by the JSE and comply with the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

6.13 Except to the extent that any such right is specifically included as one of the rights, preferences or other terms upon which any class of Shares is issued or as may otherwise be provided in this Memorandum of Incorporation, and particularly clause 6.10 of this Memorandum of Incorporation, no Shareholder shall have any pre-emptive or other similar preferential right to be offered or to subscribe for any additional Shares issued by the Company.

 

7 CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES

 

7.1 Securities of the Company are to be issued in certificated or uncertificated form, as shall be determined by the Board from time to time. Except to the extent otherwise provided in the Act, the rights and obligations of Security holders shall not be different solely on the basis of their Securities being Certificated Securities or Uncertificated Securities and each provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation applies with respect to any Uncertificated Securities in the same manner as it applies to Certificated Securities, unless otherwise stated or indicated by the context.

 

7.2 Any Certificated Securities may cease to be evidenced by certificates and thereafter become Uncertificated Securities.

 

7.3 Any Uncertificated Securities may be withdrawn from the Uncertificated Securities Register, and certificates issued evidencing those Securities at the election of the holder of those Uncertificated Securities. A holder of Uncertificated Securities who elects to withdraw all or part of the Uncertificated Securities held by it in an Uncertificated Securities Register, and obtain a certificate in respect of those withdrawn Securities, may so notify the relevant Participant or Central Securities Depository as required by the rules of the Central Securities Depository.

 

LOGO

10


7.4 After receiving notice from a Participant or Central Securities Depository, as the case may be, that the holder of Uncertificated Securities wishes to withdraw all or part of the Uncertificated Securities held by it in an Uncertificated Securities Register, and obtain a certificate in respect thereof, the Company shall –

 

7.4.1 immediately enter the relevant Security holder’s name and details of its holding of Securities in the Securities Register and indicate on the Securities Register that the securities so withdrawn are no longer held in uncertificated form; and

 

7.4.2 within 10 (ten) business days (or 20 (twenty) business days in the case of a holder of Securities who is not resident within the Republic) prepare and deliver to the relevant person a certificate in respect of the Securities and notify the Central Securities Depository that the Securities are no longer held in uncertificated form.

 

7.5 The Company may charge a holder of its Securities a reasonable fee to cover the actual cost of issuing any certificate as contemplated in this clause.

 

8 SECURITIES REGISTER

 

8.1 The Company must establish or cause to be established a Securities Register in the form prescribed by the Act and the Regulations and maintain the Securities Register in accordance with the prescribed standards.

 

8.2 As soon as practicable after the issue or transfer of any Securities, as the case may be, the Company must enter or cause to be entered in the Securities Register, in respect of every class of Securities it has issued or which have been transferred –

 

8.2.1 the total number of Uncertificated Securities;

 

8.2.2 with respect to Certificated Securities –

 

8.2.2.1 the names and addresses of the persons to whom the Certificated Securities were issued or transferred;

 

LOGO

11


8.2.2.2 the number of Certificated Securities issued or transferred to each of them;

 

8.2.2.3 in the case of Securities other than Shares as contemplated in section 43 of the Act, the number of those Securities issued and outstanding and the names and addresses of the registered owners of the Securities and any holders of beneficial interests therein; and

 

8.2.2.4 any other prescribed information.

 

8.3 If the Company has issued Uncertificated Securities, or has issued Securities that have ceased to be Certificated Securities as contemplated in clause 7.2, a record must be administered and maintained by a Participant or Central Securities Depository, in the prescribed form, as the Uncertificated Securities Register, which –

 

8.3.1 forms part of the Securities Register; and

 

8.3.2 must contain, with respect to all Uncertificated Securities contemplated in this clause 8, any details referred to in clause 8.2.2, read with the changes required by the context or as determined by the rules of the Central Securities Depository.

 

8.4 The Securities Register or Uncertificated Securities Register maintained in accordance with the Act shall be sufficient proof of the facts recorded in it, in the absence of evidence to the contrary.

 

8.5 Unless all the Shares rank equally for all purposes, the Shares, or each class of Shares, and any other Securities, must be distinguished by an appropriate numbering system.

 

8.6 A certificate evidencing any Certificated Securities of the Company –

 

8.6.1 must state on its face –

 

8.6.1.1 the name of the Company;

 

8.6.1.2 the name of the person to whom the Securities were issued or transferred; and

 

LOGO

12


8.6.1.3 the number and class of Shares and designation of the series, if any, evidenced by that certificate;

 

8.6.2 must be signed by 2 (two) persons authorised by the Board, which signatures may be affixed or placed on the certificate by autographic, mechanical or electronic means; and

 

8.6.3 is proof that the named Security holder owns the Securities, in the absence of evidence to the contrary.

 

8.7 A certificate remains valid despite the subsequent departure from office of any person who signed it.

 

8.8 If, as contemplated in clause 8.5, all of the Shares rank equally for all purposes, and are therefore not distinguished by a numbering system –

 

8.8.1 each certificate issued in respect of those Shares must be distinguished by a numbering system; and

 

8.8.2 if the Share has been transferred, the certificate must be endorsed with a reference number or similar device that will enable each preceding holder of the Share in succession to be identified,

provided that the failure of any Share certificate to satisfy the provisions of clauses 8.6 to 8.8 is not a contravention of the Act and does not invalidate that certificate.

 

9 TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

 

9.1 The instrument of transfer of any Certificated Securities shall be signed by both the transferor and the transferee and the transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such Certificated Securities until the name of the transferee is entered in the Securities Register. The Directors may, however, in their discretion in such cases as they deem fit, dispense with requiring the signature of the transferee on the instrument of transfer.

 

9.2 Subject to such restrictions as may be applicable, (whether by virtue of the preferences, rights, limitations or other terms associated with the Securities in question), any Shareholder or holder of other Securities may transfer all or any of its Certificated Securities by instrument in writing in any usual or common form or any other form which the Directors may approve.

 

LOGO

13


9.3 Every instrument of transfer shall be delivered to the principal place of business of the Company, accompanied by –

 

9.3.1 the certificate issued in respect of the Certificated Securities to be transferred; and/or

 

9.3.2 such other evidence as the Company may require to prove the title of the transferor, or his or her right to transfer the Certificated Securities.

 

9.4 All authorities to sign transfer deeds or other instruments of transfer granted by holders of Securities for the purpose of transferring Certificated Securities which may be lodged, produced or exhibited with or to the Company at its registered office shall, as between the Company and the grantor of such authorities, be taken and deemed to continue and remain in full force and effect, and the Company may allow the same to be acted upon until such time as express notice in writing of the revocation of the same shall have been given and lodged at such of the Company’s offices at which the authority was first lodged, produced or exhibited. Even after the giving and lodging of such notice, the Company shall be entitled to give effect to any instruments signed under the authority to sign and certified by any officer of the Company as being in order before the giving and lodging of such notice.

 

9.5 All instruments of transfer, when registered, shall either be retained by the Company or disposed of in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time decide. Any instrument of transfer which the Directors may decline to register shall (unless the Directors shall resolve otherwise) be returned on demand to the person who lodged it.

 

9.6 The transfer of Uncertificated Securities may be effected only –

 

9.6.1 by a Participant or Central Securities Depository;

 

LOGO

14


9.6.2 on receipt of an instruction to transfer sent and properly authenticated in terms of the rules of a Central Securities Depository or an order of a Court; and

 

9.6.3 in accordance with section 53 of the Act and the rules of the Central Securities Depository.

 

9.7 Securities transfer tax and other legal costs payable in respect of any transfer of Securities pursuant to this Memorandum of Incorporation will be paid by the Company to the extent that the Company is liable therefor in law, but shall, to that extent, be recoverable from the person acquiring such Securities.

 

10 NO LIEN

Fully paid Securities shall not be subject to any lien in favour of the Company and shall be freely transferrable.

 

11 TRANSMISSION OF SECURITIES

 

11.1 The executor of the estate of a deceased sole holder of a Security shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to such Security. In the case of a Security registered in the names of 2 (two) or more holders, the survivor or survivors, or the executor of the estate of any deceased Shareholder, as determined by the Board, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the Security. Any person who submits proof of his appointment as the executor, administrator, trustee, curator, or guardian in respect of the estate of a deceased Shareholder or holder of other Securities (“ Security Holder ”) of the Company, or of a Security Holder whose estate has been sequestrated or of a Security Holder who is otherwise under a disability or as the liquidator of any body corporate which is a Security Holder of the Company, shall be entered in the Securities Register nomine officii , and shall thereafter, for all purposes, be deemed to be a Securities Holder.

 

11.2

Subject to the provisions of clause 11.1, any person becoming entitled to any Security by virtue of the death of a Security Holder shall, upon producing such evidence that he has such title or rights as the Directors

 

LOGO

15


  think sufficient, have the right either to have such Security transferred to himself or to make such other transfer of the Security as such Security Holder could have made, provided that in respect of a transfer other than to himself –

 

11.2.1 the Directors shall have the same right to refuse or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a proposed transfer of such Security by such Security Holder before his death; and

 

11.2.2 a person becoming entitled to any Security shall not, unless and until he is himself registered as a Security Holder in respect of such Security, be entitled to exercise any voting or other right attaching to such Security or any other right relating to meetings of the Company.

 

12 RESTRICTIONS ON DEBT INSTRUMENTS

The granting of special privileges to holders of debt instruments, such as attending and voting at general meetings and the appointment of Directors, is prohibited.

 

13 CAPITALISATION SHARES

 

13.1 Any capitalisation issue by the Company shall be subject to the fulfillment of the requirements set out in section 47 of the Act, as contemplated in clauses 13.2 and 13.3.

 

13.2 The Board shall have the power, subject to approval from the JSE and compliance with the JSE Listings Requirements, to –

 

13.2.1 approve the issuing of any authorised Shares as capitalisation Shares; or

 

13.2.2 to issue Shares of one class as capitalisation Shares in respect of Shares of another class; or

 

13.2.3 to resolve to permit Shareholders to elect to receive a cash payment in lieu of a capitalisation Share.

 

LOGO

16


13.3 The Board may not resolve to offer a cash payment in lieu of awarding a capitalisation share, as contemplated in clause 13.2.3, unless the Board –

 

13.3.1 has considered the Solvency and Liquidity Test as required by section 46 of the Act, on the assumption that every such Shareholder would elect to receive cash; and

 

13.3.2 is satisfied that the Company would satisfy the Solvency and Liquidity Test immediately upon the completion of the distribution.

 

14 BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN SECURITIES

The Company’s issued Securities may be held by, and registered in the name of, one person for the beneficial interest of another person as set out in section 56(1) of the Act.

 

15 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

The Board may authorise the Company –

 

15.1 as contemplated in section 44 of the Act, to provide financial assistance by way of loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise to any person for the purpose of, or in connection with, the subscription of any option, or any Securities, issued or to be issued by the Company or a related or inter-related company, or for the purchase of any such Securities of the Company or a related or inter-related company; and/or

 

15.2 as contemplated in section 45 of the Act, to provide direct or indirect financial assistance to a Director, prescribed officer of the Company or a related or inter-related company or corporation, or to a member of a related or inter-related corporation,

and the authority of the Board in this regard is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

LOGO

17


16 ACQUISITION BY THE COMPANY OF ITS OWN SHARES

Subject to the JSE Listings Requirements and the provisions of sections 46 and 48 of the Act –

 

16.1 the Board may determine that the Company acquire a number of its own Shares; and

 

16.2 the board of any subsidiary of the Company may determine that such subsidiary acquire Shares.

 

17 RECORD DATE FOR EXERCISE OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

 

17.1 The record date for the purpose of determining which Shareholders are entitled to –

 

17.1.1 receive notice of a Shareholders’ meeting;

 

17.1.2 participate in and vote at a Shareholders’ meeting;

 

17.1.3 decide any matter by written consent or by Electronic Communication;

 

17.1.4 receive a distribution; or

 

17.1.5 be allotted or exercise other rights,

shall be determined by the Board, provided that, for as long as the JSE Listings Requirements apply to the Company and prescribe a record date, such record date shall be the record date so prescribed.

 

17.2 Such record date must be published to the Shareholders in a manner that satisfies the JSE Listings Requirements and any other prescribed requirements.

 

18 SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

18.1 The Board, or any prescribed officer of the Company authorised by the Board, is entitled to call a Shareholders’ meeting at any time.

 

LOGO

18


18.2 Subject to the provisions of section 60 of the Act dealing with the passing of resolutions of Shareholders otherwise than at a meeting of Shareholders, the Company shall hold a Shareholders’ meeting –

 

18.2.1 at any time that the Board is required by the Act, the JSE Listings Requirements or this Memorandum of Incorporation to refer a matter to Shareholders for decision; or

 

18.2.2 whenever required in terms of the Act to fill a vacancy on the Board; or

 

18.2.3 when required in terms of clause 18.3 or by any other provision of this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

18.3 The Board shall call a meeting of Shareholders if 1 (one) or more written and signed demands by Shareholders calling for such a meeting are delivered to the Company and –

 

18.3.1 each such demand describes the specific purpose for which the meeting is proposed; and

 

18.3.2 in aggregate, demands for substantially the same purpose are made and signed by the holders, as of the earliest time specified in any of those demands, of at least 10% (ten percent) of the voting rights entitled to be exercised in relation to the matter proposed to be considered at the meeting.

 

18.4 In addition to other meetings of the Company that may be convened from time to time, the Company shall convene an annual general meeting of its Shareholders once in each calendar year, but no more than 15 (fifteen) months after the date of the previous annual general meeting.

 

18.5 The Company shall deliver notices of meetings to each Shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting who has elected to receive such documents.

 

18.6 Subject to the provisions of the JSE Listings Requirements, any such annual general meeting –

 

18.6.1 shall be capable of being held by Electronic Communication in accordance with the further provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation; and

 

LOGO

19


18.6.2 shall not be capable of being held in accordance with the provisions of section 60 of the Act set out in clause 23.

 

18.7 Each annual general meeting of the Company contemplated in clause 18.4 shall provide for at least the following business to be transacted –

 

18.7.1 the presentation of the directors’ report, audited financial statements for the immediately preceding financial year of the Company and an audit committee report;

 

18.7.2 the election of Directors, to the extent required by the Act and by clause 24.7 of this Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

18.7.3 the appointment of an auditor and an audit committee for the following financial year; and

 

18.7.4 any matters raised by the Shareholders, with or without advance notice to the Company.

 

18.8 Save as otherwise provided herein, the Company is not required to hold any other Shareholders’ meetings other than those specifically required by the Act and the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

18.9 The Board may determine the location of any Shareholders’ meeting, and the Company may hold any such meeting in the Republic or in any foreign country, and the authority of the Board and the Company in this regard is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

18.10 All meetings (whether called for the passing of special or ordinary resolutions) shall be called on not less than 15 (fifteen) business days’ notice.

 

18.11 The quorum for a Shareholders’ meeting to begin or for a matter to be considered, shall be at least 3 (three) Shareholders entitled to attend and vote, present in person. In addition –

 

18.11.1 a Shareholders’ meeting may not begin until sufficient persons are present at the meeting to exercise, in aggregate, at least 25% (twenty five percent) of the voting rights that are entitled to be exercised in respect of at least one matter to be decided at the meeting; and

 

LOGO

20


18.11.2 a matter to be decided at a Shareholders’ meeting may not begin to be considered unless sufficient persons are present at the meeting to exercise, in aggregate, at least 25% (twenty five percent) of all of the voting rights that are entitled to be exercised in respect of that matter at the time the matter is called on the agenda.

 

18.12 The time periods specified in sections 64(4) and (5) of the Act apply to the Company without variation and, accordingly, if within 1 (one) hour after the appointed time for a meeting to begin, the requirements of clause 18.11 –

 

18.12.1 for that meeting to begin have not been satisfied, the meeting shall be postponed, without any motion, vote or further notice, for 1 (one) week; and

 

18.12.2 for consideration of a particular matter to begin have not been satisfied –

 

18.12.2.1 if there is other business on the agenda of the meeting, consideration of that matter may be postponed to a later time in the meeting without any motion or vote; or

 

18.12.2.2 if there is no other business on the agenda of the meeting, the meeting shall be adjourned, without any motion or vote, for 1 (one) week.

 

18.13 Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses 18.12.1 and 18.12.2, the person intended to chair a meeting that cannot begin due to the operation of clause 18.11 may extend the 1 (one) hour limit allowed in clause 18.12 for a reasonable period on the grounds that –

 

18.13.1 exceptional circumstances affecting weather, transportation or Electronic Communication have generally impeded or are generally impeding the ability of Shareholders to be present at the meeting; or

 

18.13.2 one or more particular Shareholders, having been delayed, have communicated an intention to attend the meeting, and those Shareholders, together with others in attendance, would satisfy the requirements of clause 18.11.

 

LOGO

21


18.14 The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting to any particular Shareholder or Shareholders, or an immaterial defect in the manner or form of giving notice of any such meeting, shall not invalidate any resolution passed at any such meeting.

 

18.15 The Company shall not be required to give further notice of a meeting that has been postponed or adjourned in terms of clause 18.12 unless the location for the meeting is different from –

 

18.15.1 the location of the postponed or adjourned meeting; or

 

18.15.2 the location announced at the time of adjournment, in the case of an adjourned meeting.

 

18.16 If at the time appointed in terms of clause 18.12 for a postponed meeting to begin, or for an adjourned meeting to resume, the requirements of clause 18.11 have not been satisfied, the Shareholders present in person or by proxy will be deemed to constitute a quorum.

 

18.17 After a quorum has been established for a meeting, or for a matter to be considered at a meeting, all the Shareholders forming part of the quorum must be present at the meeting for the matter to be considered at the meeting.

 

18.18 The chairman of a meeting may with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and must if the meeting resolves thus) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but an adjourned meeting may only deal with matters which could legally be dealt with at the meeting on which the adjournment took place.

 

18.19 The maximum period allowable for an adjournment of a Shareholders’ meeting is as set out in section 64(12) of the Act, without variation.

 

18.20 The chairman or deputy chairman, if any, of the Board shall preside as chairman at every Shareholder’s meeting.

 

LOGO

22


18.21 If there is no such chairman or deputy chairman, or if at any meeting the chairman and the deputy chairman are not present within 15 (fifteen) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose 1 (one) of their number to be chairman. If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within 30 (thirty) minutes after the time appointed for commencement of the meeting, the Shareholders present shall, by way of a poll, elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

18.22 The chairman of a Shareholders’ meeting may –

 

18.22.1 appoint any firm or persons to act as scrutineers for the purpose of confirming any powers of attorney received and for counting the votes at the meeting;

 

18.22.2 act on a certificate given by any such scrutineers without requiring production at the meeting of the forms of proxy or himself counting the votes.

 

18.23 If any votes were counted which ought not to have been counted or if any votes were not counted which ought to have been counted, the error shall not vitiate the resolution, unless –

 

18.23.1 it is brought to the attention of the chairman at the meeting; and

 

18.23.2 in the opinion of the chairman of the meeting, it is of sufficient magnitude to vitiate the resolution.

 

18.24 Any objection to the admissibility of any vote (whether on a show of hands or on a poll) shall be raised –

 

18.24.1 at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to was recorded; or

 

18.24.2 at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the result of the poll was announced,

 

LOGO

23


and every vote not then disallowed shall be valid for all purposes. Any objection made timeously shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

18.25 Any minutes of a meeting, or a resolution, signed by the chairman of the meeting, or by the chairman of the next meeting of the Shareholders, are evidence of the proceedings of that meeting, or the adoption of that resolution, as the case may be.

 

18.26 Even if he is not a Shareholder –

 

18.26.1 any Director; or

 

18.26.2 the company’s attorney (or where the company’s attorneys are a firm, any partner or director thereof),

may attend and speak at any Shareholders’ meeting, but may not vote, unless he is a Shareholder or the proxy or representative of a Shareholder.

 

19 SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS BY ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION

Subject to the provisions of the JSE Listings Requirements, the Board may conduct a Shareholders’ meeting by Electronic Communication, as set out in section 63 of the Act, and the power of the Company to do so is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

20 VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

20.1 Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting attached to any Shares by or in accordance with this Memorandum of Incorporation, at a meeting of the Company –

 

20.1.1 every person present and entitled to exercise voting rights shall be entitled to 1 (one) vote on a show of hands, irrespective of the number of voting rights that person would otherwise be entitled to exercise;

 

20.1.2 on a poll any person who is present at the meeting, whether as a Shareholder or as proxy for a Shareholder, has the number of votes determined in accordance with the voting rights associated with the Securities held by that Shareholder; and

 

LOGO

24


20.1.3 the holders of Securities other than ordinary Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution at a meeting of Shareholders, except as provided in clause 20.2.

 

20.2 If any resolution is proposed as contemplated in clause 6.4, the holders of such Shares (“ Affected Shareholders ”) shall be entitled to vote at the meeting of ordinary Shareholders as contemplated in clause 20.1, provided that –

 

20.2.1 the votes of the Shares of that class held by the Affected Shareholders (“ Affected Shares ”) shall not carry any special rights or privileges and each Affected Shareholder shall be entitled to 1 (one) vote for every Affected Share held; and

 

20.2.2 the total voting rights of the Affected Shareholders in respect of the Affected Shares shall not be more than 24.99% (twenty four point nine nine percent) of the total votes (including the votes of the ordinary Shareholders) exercisable at that meeting (with any cumulative fraction of a vote in respect of any Affected Shares held by an Affected Shareholder rounded down to the nearest whole number).

 

20.3 Voting shall be conducted by means of a polled vote in respect of any matter to be voted on at a meeting of Shareholders if a demand is made for such a vote by –

 

20.3.1 at least 5 (five) persons having the right to vote on that matter, either as Shareholders or as proxies representing Shareholders; or

 

20.3.2 a Shareholder who is, or Shareholders who together are, entitled, as Shareholders or proxies representing Shareholders, to exercise at least 10% (ten percent) of the voting rights entitled to be voted on that matter; or

 

20.3.3 the chairman of the meeting.

 

LOGO

25


20.4 At any meeting of the Company a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded in accordance with the provisions of clause 20.3, and unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or defeated, and an entry to that effect in the book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

20.5 If a poll is duly demanded, it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. In computing the majority on the poll, regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled.

 

20.6 In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place, or at which the poll is demanded, shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

20.7 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman (as contemplated in clause 18.21) or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuation of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question upon which the poll has been demanded.

 

20.8 Where there are joint registered holders of any Share, any 1 (one) of such persons may exercise all of the voting rights attached to that Share at any meeting, either personally or by proxy, as if he or she were solely entitled thereto. If more than 1 (one) of such joint holders is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, the person so present whose name stands first in the Securities Register in respect of such Share shall alone be entitled to vote in respect thereof.

 

LOGO

26


20.9 The board of any company or the controlling body of any other entity or person that holds any Securities of the Company may authorise any person to act as its representative at any meeting of Shareholders of the Company, in which event the following provisions will apply –

 

20.9.1 the person so authorised may exercise the same powers of the authorising company, entity or person as it could have exercised if it were an individual holder of Shares; and

 

20.9.2 the authorising company, entity or person shall lodge a resolution of the directors of such company or controlling body of such other entity or person confirming the granting of such authority, and certified under the hand of the chairman or secretary thereof, with the Company before the commencement of any Shareholders’ meeting at which such person intends to exercise any rights of such Shareholder, unless excused from doing so by the chairman of such meeting in his sole discretion.

 

21 PROXIES AND REPRESENTATIVES

 

21.1 Any Shareholder may at any time appoint any natural person (or two or more natural persons concurrently), including a natural person who is not a Shareholder, as a proxy to –

 

21.1.1 participate in, and speak and vote at, a Shareholders’ meeting on behalf of that Shareholder; or

 

21.1.2 give or withhold written consent on behalf of that Shareholder to a decision contemplated in section 60 of the Act,

provided that a Shareholder may appoint more than 1 (one) proxy to exercise voting rights attached to different Securities held by the Shareholder.

 

21.2 A proxy appointment –

 

21.2.1 must be in writing, dated and signed by the Shareholder; and

 

LOGO

27


21.2.2 remains valid for –

 

21.2.2.1 1 (one) year after the date on which it was signed; or

 

21.2.2.2 any longer or shorter period expressly set out in the appointment,

unless it is revoked in a manner contemplated in the Act or expires earlier as contemplated in the Act.

 

21.3 The holder of a power of attorney or other written authority from a Shareholder may, if so authorised thereby, represent such Shareholder at any meeting of the Company and such holder shall deliver the power of attorney or other written authority (if any), or a copy thereof, to the Company before such holder exercises any rights of the Shareholder at a Shareholders’ meeting. A Shareholder so represented at a meeting of the Company shall be deemed for purposes of this Memorandum of Incorporation to be a Shareholder who is present at the meeting.

 

21.4 All of the remaining provisions of the Act relating to the appointment and revocation of proxies and the rights of proxies generally shall apply and, in particular –

 

21.4.1 a Shareholder has the right to appoint 2 (two) or more persons concurrently as proxies as set out in section 58(3)(a) of the Act (“ Concurrent Proxies ”), provided that the instrument appointing such Concurrent Proxies clearly states the order in which the votes of the Concurrent Proxies are to take precedence in the event that both or all of the Concurrent Proxies are present, and vote, at the meeting concerned;

 

21.4.2 a Shareholder’s proxy may delegate the proxy’s powers to another person as set out in section 58(3)(b) of the Act;

 

21.4.3 a Shareholder or his proxy must deliver to the Company a copy of the instrument appointing a proxy not later than 48 (forty eight) hours before the commencement of the meeting at which the proxy intends to exercise that Shareholder’s rights, provided that the chairman of the meeting may, in his discretion, accept proxies that have been delivered after the expiry of the aforementioned period up until the time of commencement of the meeting; and

 

LOGO

28


21.4.4 unless the instrument appointing a proxy provides otherwise, a Shareholder’s proxy may decide, without direction from the Shareholder, whether to exercise or abstain from exercising any voting right of the Shareholder, as set out in section 58(7) of the Act,

and none of such rights or powers are limited, restricted or varied by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

21.5 Every instrument of proxy shall, as far as circumstances permit, be substantially in the following form, or in such other form as the Directors may approve from time to time –

 

“I/We  

 

   
being a shareholder of  

 

  Limited do hereby appoint  

 

   
or failing him/her      

 

   

or failing him/her, the chairman of the meeting as my/our proxy to vote or abstain from voting on my/our behalf at the meeting of the Company to be held at                      on                      and at any adjournment thereof as follows: –

 

     In favour of    Against    Abstain

Special Resolution 1

        

Ordinary Resolution 1

        

(Indicate instruction to proxy by way of a cross in space provided above). Except as instructed above or if no instructions are inserted above, my/our proxy may vote as he/she thinks fit.

SIGNED this      day of              in the year of         .

 

 

SHAREHOLDER’S SIGNATURE

(Note – A shareholder entitled to attend, speak and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend, speak and vote in his/her stead, and such proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company).”

 

LOGO

29


22 SHAREHOLDERS’ RESOLUTIONS

 

22.1 For an ordinary resolution to be approved it must be supported by more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights of Shareholders exercised on the resolution, as provided in section 65(7) of the Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Memorandum of Incorporation, to the extent that the JSE Listings Requirements require a higher percentage in respect of any particular ordinary resolution, the Company shall not implement such ordinary resolution unless the Company has obtained the support of the applicable percentage prescribed in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

22.2 For a special resolution to be approved it must be supported by the holders of at least 75% (seventy five percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution, as provided in section 65(9) of the Act.

 

22.3 No matters, except –

 

22.3.1 those matters set out in section 65(11) of the Act; or

 

22.3.2 any other matter required by the Act to be resolved by means of a special resolution; or

 

22.3.3 for so long as the Company’s securities are listed on the JSE, any other matter required by the JSE Listings Requirements to be resolved by means of a special resolution,

require a special resolution adopted at a Shareholders’ meeting of the Company.

 

22.4 In the event that any Shareholder abstains from voting in respect of any resolution, such Shareholder will, for the purposes of determining the number of votes exercised in respect of that resolution, be deemed not to have exercised a vote in respect thereof.

 

LOGO

30


23 SHAREHOLDERS ACTING OTHER THAN AT A MEETING

 

23.1 In accordance with the provisions of section 60 of the Act, but subject to clause 23.4, a resolution that could be voted on at a Shareholders’ meeting (other than in respect of the election of Directors) may instead be –

 

23.1.1 submitted by the Board for consideration to the Shareholders entitled to exercise the voting rights in relation to the resolution; and

 

23.1.2 voted on in writing by such Shareholders within a period of 20 (twenty) business days after the resolution was submitted to them.

 

23.2 A resolution contemplated in clause 23.1 –

 

23.2.1 will have been adopted if it is supported by persons entitled to exercise sufficient voting rights for it to have been adopted as an ordinary or special resolution, as the case may be, at a properly constituted Shareholders’ meeting; and

 

23.2.2 if adopted, will have the same effect as if it had been approved by voting at a meeting.

 

23.3 Within 10 (ten) business days after adopting a resolution in accordance with the procedures provided in this clause 23, the Company shall deliver a statement describing the results of the vote, consent process, or election to every Shareholder who was entitled to vote on or consent to the resolution.

 

23.4 The provisions of this clause 23 shall not apply to any Shareholder meetings that are called for in terms of the Listings Requirements or the passing of any resolution in terms of clause 24.2 or to any annual general meeting of the Company.

 

24 COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

24.1 In addition to the minimum number of Directors, if any, that the Company must have to satisfy any requirement in terms of the Act to appoint an audit committee and a social and ethics committee, the Board must comprise at least 4 (four) Directors. There shall be no restriction on the maximum number of Directors that may be appointed to the Board unless otherwise determined by the Shareholders at any time, and from time to time, by way of ordinary resolution.

 

LOGO

31


24.2 Subject to the provisions of clause 25.1.1, all Directors shall be elected by an ordinary resolution of the Shareholders at a general or annual general meeting of the Company and no election of a Director in accordance with a resolution passed in terms of section 60 of the Act shall be competent. Any Shareholder will have the right to nominate Directors.

 

24.3 Every person holding office as a Director, prescribed officer, company secretary or auditor of the Company immediately before the effective date of the Act will, as contemplated in item 7(1) of Schedule 5 to the Act, continue to hold that office.

 

24.4 In any election of Directors –

 

24.4.1 the election is to be conducted as a series of votes, each of which is on the candidacy of a single individual to fill a single vacancy, with the series of votes continuing until all vacancies on the Board have been filled; and

 

24.4.2 in each vote to fill a vacancy –

 

24.4.2.1 each vote entitled to be exercised may be exercised once; and

 

24.4.2.2 the vacancy is filled only if a majority of the votes exercised support the candidate.

 

24.5 There shall be no ex officio Directors as contemplated in section 66(4)(a)(ii) of the Act.

 

24.6 Apart from satisfying the qualification and eligibility requirements set out in section 69 of the Act, and save as may otherwise be required in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation, a person need not satisfy any eligibility requirements or qualifications to become or remain a Director or a prescribed officer of the Company.

 

LOGO

32


24.7 The Directors shall rotate in accordance with the following provisions of this clause 24.7 –

 

24.7.1 at each annual general meeting referred to in clause 18.4, 1/3 (one third) of the non-executive Directors for the time being, or if their number is not 3 (three) or a multiple of 3 (three), the number nearest to 1/3 (one third), but not less than 1/3 (one third), shall retire from office, provided that if a Director is appointed as an executive Director or as an employee of the Company in any other capacity, he or she shall not, while he or she continues to hold that position or office, be subject to retirement by rotation and he or she shall not, in such case, be taken into account in determining the retirement of Directors by rotation;

 

24.7.2 the non-executive Directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election, but as between persons who were elected as Directors on the same day, those to retire shall, unless they otherwise agree among themselves, be determined by lot;

 

24.7.3 a retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election;

 

24.7.4 the Company, at the general meeting at which a Director retires in the above manner, or at any other general meeting, may fill the vacancy by electing a person to the Board, provided that the Company shall not be entitled to fill the vacancy by means of a resolution passed in accordance with clause 23; and

 

24.7.5 if at any meeting at which an election of Directors ought to take place the offices of the retiring Directors are not filled, unless it is expressly resolved not to fill such vacancies, the meeting shall stand adjourned and the further provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation, including clauses 18.12 to 18.16 (inclusive) will apply mutatis mutandis to such adjournment, and if at such adjourned meeting the vacancies are not filled, the retiring Directors, or such of them as have not had their offices filled, shall be deemed to have been re-elected at such adjourned meeting.

 

24.8 The Board shall provide the Shareholders with a recommendation in the notice of the meeting at which the re-election of a retiring Director is proposed, as to which retiring Directors are eligible for re-election, taking into account that Director’s past performance and contribution.

 

LOGO

33


24.9 If the number of Directors falls below the minimum number fixed in accordance with this Memorandum of Incorporation, the remaining Directors must as soon as possible and in any event not later than 3 (three) months from the date that the number falls below such minimum, fill the vacancy/ies in accordance with clause 25.1.1 or convene a general meeting for the purpose of filling the vacancies, and the failure by the Company to have the minimum number of Directors during the said 3 (three) month period does not limit or negate the authority of the board of Directors or invalidate anything done by the board of Directors while their number is below the minimum number fixed in accordance with this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

24.10 The Directors in office may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the number of Directors on the Board, but if after the expiry of the 3 (three) month period contemplated in clause 24.9, their number remains below the minimum number fixed in accordance with this Memorandum of Incorporation, they may, for as long as their number is reduced below such minimum, act only for the purpose of filling vacancies in the number of Directors on the Board in terms of section 68(3) of the Act or of summoning general meetings of the Company, but not for any other purpose.

 

24.11 Life directorships and directorships for an indefinite period are not permissible.

 

25 POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

25.1 The Board has the power to –

 

25.1.1 appoint Directors to fill a casual vacancy in the number of Directors on the Board on a temporary basis, as set out in section 68(3) of the Act, provided that such appointment must be confirmed by the Shareholders, in accordance with clause 24.2, at the next general meeting, as required in terms of section 70(3)(b)(i) of the Act; and

 

LOGO

34


25.1.2 exercise all of the powers and perform any of the functions of the Company, as set out in section 66(1) of the Act,

and the powers of the Board in this regard are only limited and restricted as contemplated in this clause 25.

 

25.2 In addition to clause 25.1.1, either the chairman or the deputy chairman of the Board shall be entitled, with the written consent of the remaining Directors on the Board, to appoint any person as a Director in terms of section 66(4)(a)(i) of the Act, provided that such appointment must be ratified by the Shareholders in accordance with clause 24.2, at the next general meeting.

 

25.3 The Directors may at any time and from time to time by power of attorney appoint any person or persons to be the attorney or attorneys and agent(s) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation) and for such period and subject to such conditions as the Directors may from time to time think fit. Any such appointment may, if the Directors think fit, be made in favour of any company, the shareholders, directors, nominees or managers of any company or firm, or otherwise in favour of any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors. Any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection or convenience of persons dealing with such attorneys and agents as the Directors think fit. Any such attorneys or agents as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in them.

 

25.4 Save as otherwise expressly provided herein, all cheques, promissory notes, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments, and all documents to be executed by the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time determine.

 

25.5

All acts performed by the Directors or by a committee of Directors or by any person acting as a Director or a member of a committee shall,

 

LOGO

35


  notwithstanding that it shall afterwards be discovered that there was some defect in the election of the Directors or persons acting as aforesaid, or that any of them were disqualified from or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.

 

25.6 A Director may hold any other office under the Company (except that of auditor) or any subsidiary of the Company in conjunction with the office of Director, for such period and on such terms as to remuneration (in addition to the remuneration to which he may be entitled as a Director) and otherwise as a disinterested quorum of the Directors may determine.

 

25.7 A Director may be or become a director or other officer of, or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise, provided that the appointment and remuneration in respect of such other office must be determined by a disinterested quorum of Directors.

 

25.8 Each Director, prescribed officer and member of any committee of the Board (whether or not such latter persons are also members of the Board) shall, subject to the exemptions contained in section 75(2) of the Act and the qualifications contained in section 75(3) of the Act, comply with all of the provisions of section 75 of the Act in the event that they (or any person who is a related person to them) has a personal financial interest in any matter to be considered by the Board.

 

25.9 The proposal of any resolution to Shareholders in terms of section 20(2) and section 20(6) of the Act is prohibited in the event that such a resolution would lead to the ratification of an act that is contrary to the JSE Listings Requirements, unless otherwise agreed with the JSE.

 

26 DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

 

26.1 Save as may be provided otherwise herein, the Directors may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit.

 

LOGO

36


26.2 The Directors may elect a chairman and a deputy chairman of the Board and determine the period for which each is to hold office. The chairman, or in his absence the deputy chairman, shall preside over all meetings of Directors. If no chairman or deputy chairman is elected, or if at any meeting neither is present or willing to act as chairman thereof within 10 (ten) minutes of the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present shall choose 1 (one) of their number to be chairman of such meeting.

 

26.3 In addition to the provisions of section 73(1) of the Act, any Director shall at any time be entitled to call a meeting of the Directors.

 

26.4 The Board has the power to –

 

26.4.1 consider any matter and/or adopt any resolution other than at a meeting contemplated in section 74 of the Act and, accordingly, any decision that could be voted on at a meeting of the Board may instead be adopted by the written consent of a majority of the Directors, given in person or by Electronic Communication, provided that each Director has received notice of the matter to be decided. Such resolution inserted in the minute book, shall be as valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of Directors. Any such resolution may consist of several documents and shall be deemed to have been passed on the date on which it was signed by the last Director who signed it (unless a statement to the contrary is made in that resolution);

 

26.4.2 conduct a meeting entirely by Electronic Communication, or to provide for participation in a meeting by Electronic Communication, as set out in section 73(3) of the Act, provided that, as required by such section, the Electronic Communication facility employed ordinarily enables all persons participating in the meeting to communicate concurrently with each other without an intermediary and to participate reasonably effectively in the meeting;

 

LOGO

37


26.4.3 determine the manner and form of providing notice of its meetings contemplated in section 73(4) of the Act, provided that –

 

26.4.3.1 the notice period for the convening of any meeting of the Board will be at least 7 (seven) days unless the decision of the Directors is required on an urgent basis which justifies a shorter period of notice, in which event the meeting may be called on shorter notice. The decision of the chairman of the Board, or failing the chairman for any reason, the decision of any (two) directors as to whether a matter should be decided on an urgent basis, and the period of notice to be given, shall be final and binding on the directors;

 

26.4.3.2 an agenda of the matters to be discussed at the meeting shall be given to each Director, together with the notice referred to in clause 26.4.3.1; and

 

26.4.4 proceed with a meeting despite a failure or defect in giving notice of the meeting, as provided in section 73(5) of the Act,

and the powers of the Board in respect of the above matters are not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

26.5 The quorum requirement for a Directors’ meeting (including an adjourned meeting) to begin, the voting rights at such a meeting, and the requirements for approval of a resolution at such a meeting are as set out in section 73(5) of the Act, subject only to clause 26.5.5, and accordingly –

 

26.5.1 if all of the Directors of the Company –

 

26.5.1.1 acknowledge actual receipt of the notice convening a meeting; or

 

26.5.1.2 are present at a meeting; or

 

26.5.1.3 waive notice of a meeting,

the meeting may proceed even if the Company failed to give the required notice of that meeting or there was a defect in the giving of the notice;

 

26.5.2 a majority of the Directors must be present at a meeting before a vote may be called at any meeting of the Directors;

 

LOGO

38


26.5.3 each Director has 1 (one) vote on a matter before the Board;

 

26.5.4 a majority of the votes cast in favour of a resolution is sufficient to approve that resolution;

 

26.5.5 in the case of a tied vote the chairman may cast a deciding vote in addition to any deliberative vote, provided that should the quorum be 2 (two) and should only 2 (two) Directors be present at the meeting, the chairman shall not have a casting vote.

 

26.6 Resolutions adopted by the Board –

 

26.6.1 must be dated and sequentially numbered; and

 

26.6.2 are effective as of the date of the resolution, unless any resolution states otherwise.

 

26.7 Any minutes of a meeting, or a resolution, signed by the chairman of the meeting, or by the chairman of the next meeting of the Board, are evidence of the proceedings of that meeting, or the adoption of that resolution, as the case may be.

 

27 DIRECTORS’ COMPENSATION AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

 

27.1 The Company may pay remuneration to the Directors for their services as Directors in accordance with a special resolution approved by the Shareholders within the previous 2 (two) years, as set out in section 66(8) and (9) of the Act, and the power of the Company in this regard is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

27.2 Any Director who –

 

27.2.1 serves on any executive or other committee; or

 

27.2.2 devotes special attention to the business of the Company; or

 

27.2.3 goes or resides outside the Republic for the purpose of the Company; or

 

LOGO

39


27.2.4 otherwise performs or binds himself to perform services which, in the opinion of the Directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director,

may be paid such extra remuneration or allowances in addition to or in substitution of the remuneration to which he may be entitled as a Director, as a disinterested quorum of the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

27.3 The Directors may also be paid all their travelling and other expenses properly and necessarily incurred by them in connection with –

 

27.3.1 the business of the Company; and

 

27.3.2 attending meetings of the Directors or of committees of the Directors of the Company.

 

28 EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

28.1 The Directors may from time to time appoint 1 (one) or more Director/s to the office of executive Director for such term and at such remuneration as they may think fit (subject only to the requirements of section 66(8) and (9) of the Act, and may revoke such appointment subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case, provided that the period of office of an executive Director appointed in terms of an agreement shall not exceed the term of his employment with the Company.

 

28.2 Should an executive Director’s employment with the Company be suspended for any reason whatsoever, such executive Director shall, for so long as his employment is suspended, ipso facto be suspended from holding office as a Director.

 

28.3 An executive Director shall ipso facto cease to hold office as a Director should such executive Director cease to be employed by the Company for any reason whatsoever.

 

28.4 Subject to the provisions of any contract between himself and the Company, and the provisions of clause 28.3, an executive Director shall be subject to the same provisions as to disqualification and removal as the other Directors of the Company.

 

LOGO

40


28.5 The Directors may from time to time entrust to and confer upon an executive Director for the time being such of the powers exercisable in terms of this Memorandum of Incorporation by the Directors as they may think fit, and may confer such powers for such time and to be exercised for such objects and purposes, and upon such terms and conditions, and with such restrictions, as they think expedient; and they may confer such powers either collaterally with or to the exclusion of and in substitution for all or any of the powers of the Directors in that behalf, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

 

29 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

29.1 The Company may –

 

29.1.1 advance expenses to a Director or directly or indirectly indemnify a Director in respect of the defence of legal proceedings, as set out in section 78(4) of the Act;

 

29.1.2 indemnify a Director in respect of liability as set out in section 78(5) of the Act; and/or

 

29.1.3 purchase insurance to protect the Company or a Director as set out in section 78(7) of the Act,

and the power of the Company in this regard is not limited, restricted or extended by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

29.2 The provisions of clause 29.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of any former Director, prescribed officer or member of any committee of the Board, including the audit committee.

 

30 BORROWING POWERS

 

30.1 Subject to the provisions of clause 30.2 the other provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation, the Directors may from time to time –

 

30.1.1 borrow for the purposes of the Company such sums as they think fit; and

 

LOGO

41


30.1.2 secure the payment or repayment of any such sums, or any other sum, as they think fit, whether by the creation and issue of Securities, mortgage or charge upon all or any of the property or assets of the Company.

 

30.2 The Directors shall procure (but as regards subsidiaries of the Company only insofar as by the exercise of voting and other rights or powers of control exercisable by the Company they can so procure) that the aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding in respect of moneys so borrowed or raised by –

 

30.2.1 the Company; and

 

30.2.2 all the subsidiaries for the time being of the Company (excluding moneys borrowed or raised by any of such companies from any other of such companies but including the principal amount secured by any outstanding guarantees or suretyships given by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for the time being for the indebtedness of any other company or companies whatsoever and not already included in the aggregate amount of the moneys so borrowed or raised),

shall not exceed the aggregate amount at that time authorised to be borrowed or secured by the Company or the subsidiaries for the time being of the Company (as the case may be).

 

31 COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

 

31.1 The Board may –

 

31.1.1 appoint committees of Directors and delegate to any such committee any of the authority of the Board as contemplated in section 72(1) of the Act; and

 

31.1.2 only include in any such committee persons who are Directors,

and the power of the Board in this regard is limited by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

LOGO

42


31.2 The authority of a committee appointed by the Board as contemplated in section 72(2)(b) and (c) of the Act is not limited or restricted by this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

31.3 If and for as long as it is required to do so in terms of the Act or the Regulations and unless the Company is exempted from doing so by the Tribunal in terms of section 72(5) of the Act, the Board must appoint a social and ethics committee having the powers and functions prescribed in terms of section 72 of the Act and the Regulations.

 

31.4 If and for as long as any of the Company’s Securities are listed on the JSE, the Board shall appoint such Board committees as are required by the JSE Listings Requirements, having such functions and powers as are prescribed by or in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements.

 

31.5 The Company must further appoint an audit committee in the manner and for the purposes set out in Part D of Chapter 3 of the Act.

 

32 ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

32.1 The Company shall keep all such accurate and complete accounting records, in English, as are necessary to enable the Company to satisfy its obligations in terms of –

 

32.1.1 the Act;

 

32.1.2 any other law with respect to the preparation of financial statements to which the Company may be subject; and

 

32.1.3 this Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

32.2 The Company shall each year prepare annual financial statements within 6 (six) months after the end of its financial year, or such shorter period as may be appropriate to provide the required notice of an annual general meeting in terms of section 61(7) of the Act.

 

32.3 The Company shall appoint an auditor each year at its annual general meeting. If the Company appoints a firm as its auditor, any change in the composition of the members of that firm shall not by itself create a vacancy in the office of auditor.

 

LOGO

43


32.4 The annual financial statements of the Company must be prepared and audited in accordance with the provisions of section 30 of the Act.

 

32.5 In accordance with section 62(3)(d) of the Act, a summary of the annual financial statements must be sent to Shareholders at least 15 (fifteen) business days before the date of the annual general meeting of the Company at which such annual financial statements will be considered.

 

32.6 The annual financial statements shall be prepared on a basis that is not inconsistent with any unalterable provision of the Act and shall –

 

32.6.1 satisfy, as to form and content, the financial reporting standards of IFRS; and

 

32.6.2 subject to and in accordance with IFRS –

 

32.6.2.1 present fairly the state of affairs and business of the Company and explain the transactions and financial position of the business of the Company;

 

32.6.2.2 show the Company’s assets, liabilities and equity, as well as its income and expenses;

 

32.6.2.3 set out the date on which the statements were produced and the accounting period to which they apply; and

 

32.6.2.4 bear on the first page thereof a prominent notice indicating that the annual financial statements have been audited and the name and professional designation of the person who prepared them.

 

33 COMPANY SECRETARY

 

33.1 The Company must appoint a company secretary.

 

33.2 The company secretary must have the requisite knowledge of, or experience with, relevant laws and be a permanent resident of the Republic.

 

33.3 The Board must fill any vacancy in the office of company secretary within 60 (sixty) business days after such vacancy arises by a person whom the Directors consider to have the requisite knowledge and experience.

 

LOGO

44


34 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

34.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act (and particularly section 46 of the Act), and the JSE Listings Requirements, the Company may make distributions, provided that distributions may not provide that capital shall be repaid upon the basis that it may be called up again.

 

34.2 No distribution shall bear interest against the Company, except as otherwise provided under the conditions of issue of the Shares in respect of which such distribution is payable.

 

34.3 Distributions may be declared either free of or subject to the deduction of income tax and any other tax or duty in respect of which the Company may be chargeable.

 

34.4 Dividends are declared by the directors in accordance with the Act.

 

34.5 The Directors may from time to time declare and pay to the Shareholders such interim distributions as the Directors consider to be appropriate.

 

34.6 All unclaimed monies that are due to any Shareholder/s shall be held by the Company in trust for an indefinite period until lawfully claimed by such Shareholder/s, subject to the laws of prescription.

 

34.7 Any distribution, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of a Share may be paid in any way determined by the directors, including by way of cash, electronic funds transfer or by cheque or warrant sent by post and addressed to –

 

34.7.1 the holder at his registered address; or

 

34.7.2 in the case of joint holders, the holder whose name appears first in the Securities Register in respect of the share, at his registered address; or

 

LOGO

45


34.7.3 such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct.

 

34.8 In the event of any distribution, interest or other sum being paid by cheque or warrant in accordance with clause 34.7, every such cheque or warrant shall –

 

34.8.1 be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is addressed; and

 

34.8.2 be sent at the risk of the holder or joint holders.

 

34.9 The Company shall not be responsible for the loss in transmission of any cheque or warrant or of any document (whether similar to a cheque or warrant or not) sent by post as aforesaid.

 

34.10 A holder or any one of two or more joint holders, or his or their agent duly appointed in writing, may give valid receipts for any distributions or other moneys paid in respect of a Share held by such holder or joint holders.

 

34.11 In the event of any distribution, interest or other sum being paid by cheque or warrant in accordance with clause 34.7, when such cheque or warrant is paid, it shall discharge the Company of any further liability in respect of the amount concerned.

 

34.12 Any distribution paid in a manner determined by the Directors, and if the directives of the Directors in that regard are complied with, the Company shall not be liable for any loss or damage which a Shareholder may suffer as a result thereof.

 

34.13 Without detracting from the ability of the Company to issue capitalisation Shares, any distribution may be paid wholly or in part –

 

34.13.1 by the distribution of specific assets; or

 

34.13.2 by the issue of Shares, debentures or securities of the Company or of any other company; or

 

34.13.3 in cash; or

 

LOGO

46


34.13.4 in any other way which the Directors or the Company in general meeting may at the time of declaring the distribution determine.

 

34.14 Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle that difficulty as they think expedient, and in particular may fix the value which shall be placed on such specific assets on distribution.

 

34.15 The Directors may –

 

34.15.1 determine that cash payments shall be made to any Shareholder on the basis of the value so fixed in order to secure equality of distribution; and

 

34.15.2 vest any such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the persons entitled to the distribution as the Directors deem expedient.

 

34.16 Any distribution must be made payable to Shareholders registered as at a date subsequent to the date of declaration thereof or the date of confirmation thereof, whichever is the later date.

 

35 ACCESS TO COMPANY RECORDS

 

35.1 Each person who holds or has a beneficial interest in any Securities issued by the Company is entitled to inspect and copy, without any charge for any such inspection or upon payment of no more than the prescribed maximum charge for any such copy, the information contained in the records of the Company referred to in section 26(1) of the Act, being –

 

35.1.1 this Memorandum of Incorporation, and any amendments or alterations thereof;

 

35.1.2 a record of the Directors, including the details of any person who has served as a Director, for a period of 7 (seven) years after that person has ceased to serve as a Director, and any information relating to such persons referred to in section 24(5) of the Act;

 

35.1.3 all –

 

35.1.3.1 reports presented at an annual general meeting of the Company for a period of 7 (seven) years after the date of any such meeting; and

 

LOGO

47


35.1.3.2 annual financial statements required by the Act for a period of 7 (seven) years after the date on which each such particular statements were issued;

 

35.1.4 notice and minutes of all Shareholders’ meetings, including –

 

35.1.4.1 all resolutions adopted by them, for 7 (seven) years after the date each such resolution was adopted; and

 

35.1.4.2 any document that was made available by the Company to the holders of Securities in relation to each such resolution;

 

35.1.5 any written communications sent generally by the Company to all holders of any class of the Company’s Securities, for a period of 7 (seven) years after the date on which each of such communications was issued; and

 

35.1.6 the Securities Register.

 

35.2 A person not contemplated in clause 35.1 has a right to inspect the Securities Register and the register of Directors of the Company upon payment of an amount not exceeding the prescribed maximum fee for any such inspection.

 

35.3 A person who wishes to inspect the Uncertificated Securities Register may do so only through the Company in terms of section 26 of the Act, and in accordance with the rules of the Central Securities Depository. Within 5 (five) business days after the date of a request for inspection, the Company must produce a record of the Uncertificated Securities Register, which record must reflect at least the details referred to in section 50(3)(b) of the Act at the close of business on the day on which the request for inspection was made.

 

36 PAYMENT OF COMMISSION

 

36.1 The Company may pay a commission at a rate not exceeding 10% (ten percent) of the issue price of a Share to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for any Shares or for procuring or agreeing to procure, whether absolutely or conditionally, subscriptions for any Shares.

 

LOGO

48


36.2 Commission may be paid out of capital or profits, whether current or accumulated, or partly out of the one and partly out of the other.

 

36.3 Such commission may be paid in cash or, if authorised by the Company in general meeting, by the allotment of fully or partly paid-up Shares, or partly in one way and partly in the other.

 

36.4 The Company may, on any issue of Shares, pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

37 NOTICES

 

37.1 All notices shall be given by the Company to each Shareholder and simultaneously to the Issuer Regulation Division of the JSE, and shall be given in writing in any manner authorised by the JSE Listings Requirements and the Regulations, and particularly Table CR 3 annexed to the Regulations. All notices shall, in addition to the above, be released through SENS provided that, in the event that the Shares or other Securities of the Company are not listed on the JSE, all the provisions of this Memorandum of Incorporation relating to the publication of notices via SENS shall no longer apply and such notices shall thereafter only be published in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

 

37.2 Each Shareholder –

 

37.2.1 shall notify in writing to the Company an address, which address shall be his registered address for the purposes of receiving written notices from the Company by post; and

 

37.2.2 may notify in writing to the Company an email address and/or facsimile number, which address shall be his address for the purposes of receiving notices by way of Electronic Communication.

 

37.3 Any Shareholder whose address in the Securities Register is an address not within the Republic, shall be entitled to have notices served upon him at such address.

 

LOGO

49


37.4 In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall, unless such holders otherwise in writing request and the Directors agree, be given to that Shareholder whose name appears first in the Securities Register and a notice so given shall be deemed sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

37.5 Any notice sent by any means permitted in Table CR 3 annexed to the Regulations shall be deemed to have been delivered as provided for that method of delivery in such Table.

 

37.6 Every person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever becomes entitled to any Share, shall be bound by every notice in respect of that Share which, previously to his name and address being entered in the Securities Register, was given to the person from whom he derives his title to such Share.

 

37.7 Any notice or document delivered or sent by electronic mail, by post or delivered to the registered address of any Shareholder in pursuance of this Memorandum of Incorporation shall, notwithstanding that such Shareholder was then deceased, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Shares, whether held solely or jointly with other persons by such Shareholder, until some other person be registered in his stead as the sole or joint holder thereof, and such service shall for all purposes of this Memorandum of Incorporation be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on his heirs, executors or administrators, and all persons (if any) jointly interested with him in any such Shares.

 

38 AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

 

38.1 Subject to the provisions of clause 6.4 and section 17 of the Act, this Memorandum of Incorporation may only be altered or amended by way of a special resolution of the ordinary Shareholders in accordance with section 16(1)(c) of the Act, except if such amendment is in compliance with a Court order as contemplated in section 16(1)(a) of the Act.

 

LOGO

50


38.2 An amendment of this Memorandum of Incorporation will take effect from the later of –

 

38.2.1 the date on, and time at, which the Commission accepts the filing of the notice of amendment contemplated in section 16(7) of the Act; and

 

38.2.2 the date, if any, set out in the said notice of amendment,

save in the case of an amendment that changes the name of the Company, which will take effect from the date set out in the amended registration certificate issued by the Commission.

 

39 COMPANY RULES

The Board is prohibited from making, amending or appealing any rules as contemplated in section 15(3) of the Act and the Board’s capacity to make such rules is hereby excluded.

ADOPTION

This Memorandum of Incorporation was adopted by special resolution of the Shareholders on 28 November 2012.

 

LOGO

51


SCHEDULE “1”

ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES

The Company is not authorised to issue any further Shares in addition to the Shares contemplated in clause 6.1.1 of the Memorandum of Incorporation to which this schedule is Schedule 1.

 

LOGO

Exhibit 2.1

Notice of annual general meeting

Notice is hereby given that the annual general meeting (AGM) of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (company) will be held on Thursday, 5 December 2013 at 11:00 (SA time) at the Hilton Hotel, 138 Rivonia Road, Sandton, Johannesburg, South Africa (see map on page 5), to conduct the business set out below and to consider and, if deemed fit, adopt, with or without modification, the ordinary and special resolutions set out in this notice.

In terms of section 59(1)(a) and (b) of the Companies Act 71 of 2008, as amended (the Act), the board of directors of the company (board) has set the record date for the purpose of determining which shareholders are entitled to:

 

(i) receive notice of the AGM (being the date on which a shareholder must be registered in the company’s securities register to receive notice of the AGM) as Friday, 18 October 2013; and

 

(ii) participate in and vote at the AGM (being the date on which a shareholder must be registered in the company’s securities register to participate in and vote at the AGM) as Friday, 29 November 2013.

PRESENTATION OF ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited consolidated annual financial statements of the company and its subsidiaries, incorporating the reports of the auditors, the audit and risk committee and the directors for the year ended 30 June 2013 will be presented to the shareholders as required in terms of section 30(3)(d) of the Act.

Summarised consolidated financial statements are included in the integrated annual report on pages 89 to 116. The complete consolidated annual financial statements are available on Harmony’s website at www.harmony.co.za.

PRESENTATION OF GROUP SOCIAL AND ETHICS COMMITTEE REPORT

In accordance with regulation 43(5)(c) of the Act, the report on pages 20 to 21 of the integrated annual report will be presented to shareholders at the AGM.

RESOLUTIONS FOR CONSIDERATION AND ADOPTION

 

1. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 1:

Re-election of director

“RESOLVED THAT Joaquim Chissano, who retires by rotation at this AGM in accordance with the company’s memorandum of incorporation and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the company.” (Joaquim Chissano’s résumé is on page 58 of the integrated annual report).

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 1 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

2. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 2:

Re-election of director

“RESOLVED THAT Cathie Markus, who retires by rotation at this AGM in accordance with the company’s memorandum of incorporation and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the company.” (Cathie Markus’ brief résumé is on page 58 of the integrated annual report).

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 2 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

3. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 3:

Re-election of director

“RESOLVED THAT André Wilkens, who retires by rotation at this AGM in accordance with the company’s memorandum of incorporation and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the company.” (André Wilkens’ résumé is on page 59 of the integrated annual report).

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 3 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.


Notice of annual general meeting

 

4. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 4:

Election of director

“RESOLVED THAT Karabo Nondumo, who was appointed after the last AGM of the company, whose period of office terminates in accordance with the company’s memorandum of incorporation on the date of this AGM and who is eligible and available for election, be and is hereby elected as a director of the company.” (Karabo Nondumo’s résumé is on

page 59 of the integrated annual report).

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 4 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

5. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 5:

Election of director

“RESOLVED THAT Vishnu Pillay, who was appointed after the last AGM of the company, whose period of office terminates in accordance with the company’s memorandum of incorporation on the date of this AGM and who is eligible and available for election, be and is hereby elected as a director of the company.” (Vishnu Pillay’s résumé is on page 59 of the integrated annual report.)

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 5 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

6. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 6:

Re-election of audit and risk committee member

“RESOLVED THAT John Wetton be and is hereby re-elected as a member of the company’s audit and risk committee.” (John Wetton’s résumé is on page 59 of the integrated annual report).

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 6 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

7. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 7:

Re-election of audit and risk committee member

“RESOLVED THAT Fikile De Buck be and is hereby re-elected as a member of the company’s audit and risk committee.” (Fikile De Buck’s résumé is on page 56 of the integrated annual report).

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 7 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

8. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 8:

Re-election of audit and risk committee member

“RESOLVED THAT Simo Lushaba be and is hereby re-elected as a member of the company’s audit and risk committee.” (Simo Lushaba’s résumé is on page 58 of the integrated annual report).

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 8 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

9. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 9:

Re-election of audit and risk committee member

“RESOLVED THAT Modise Motloba be and is hereby re-elected as a member of the company’s audit and risk committee.” (Modise Motloba’s résumé is on page 56 of the integrated annual report).

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 9 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

10. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 10:

Election of audit and risk committee member

“RESOLVED THAT Karabo Nondumo be and is hereby elected as a member of the company’s audit and risk committee.” (Karabo Nondumo’s résumé is on page 59 of the integrated annual report).

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 10 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

Harmony Annual General Meeting 2013   n     1


Notice of annual general meeting

 

11. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 11:

Reappointment of external auditors

“RESOLVED THAT PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated be and is hereby reappointed as the external auditor of the company to hold office until conclusion of the next annual general meeting.”

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 11 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

12. ORDINARY RESOLUTION NUMBER 12:

Approval of remuneration policy

“RESOLVED, as a non-binding advisory vote that the remuneration policy of the company, as set out on page 78 of the integrated annual report, be and is hereby approved.”

As this matter is non-binding, no minimum voting threshold is needed.

 

13. SPECIAL RESOLUTION NUMBER 1:

Non-executive directors’ remuneration

“RESOLVED, as a special resolution in terms of section 66(9) of the Act, that the company be and is hereby authorised to pay the following annual remuneration to its non-executive directors for their services as directors for a period of two years from the date of this AGM or until the non-executive directors’ remuneration is amended by way of special resolution of shareholders, whichever comes first:

 

      Board     Audit
and risk
    Social
and ethics
    Remuneration     Nomination
Investment
    Technical  

Financial year

  Chairman     Deputy
chairman
    Lid*     Member     Chairman     Member     Chairman     Member     Chairman     Member     Chairman     Member     Chairman     Member  

FY13** (R’000)

    888.5        377        285        192        211        105.5        167        83.5        167        83.5        167        83.5        167        83.5   

Two years from annual general meeting (R’000)

    933        396        300        202        222        111        176        88        176        88        176        88        176        88   

 

* Lead independent director
** For information purposes

Ad hoc fees: R9 030 per ad hoc meeting/attendance to company business per day

The percentage of voting rights required for special resolution number 1 to be adopted: at least 75% (seventy-five percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

 

14. SPECIAL RESOLUTION NUMBER 2:

Financial assistance to related and inter-related companies

“RESOLVED, as a special resolution in terms of section 45 of the Act, that the shareholders of the company hereby approve of the company providing, at any time and from time to time during the period of two years starting on the date of this special resolution number 2, any direct or indirect financial assistance as contemplated in section 45 of the Act to any one or more related or inter-related companies or corporations of the company and/or to any one or more juristic persons who are members of, or are related to, any such related or inter-related company or corporation, provided that:

 

  (a) (i) the recipient or recipients of such financial assistance, and (ii) the form, nature and extent of such financial assistance, and (iii) the terms and conditions under which such financial assistance is provided, are determined by the board from time to time;

 

  (b) the board may not authorise the company to provide any financial assistance pursuant to this special resolution number 2 unless the board meets all those requirements of section 45 of the Act which it is required to meet to authorise the company to provide such financial assistance; and

 

  (c) such financial assistance to a recipient thereof is, in the opinion of the board, required for the purpose of (i) meeting all or any of such recipient’s operating expenses (including capital expenditure), and/or (ii) funding the growth, expansion, reorganisation or restructuring of the businesses or operations of such recipient, and/or (iii) funding such recipient for any other purpose which, in the opinion of the board, is directly or indirectly in the interests of the company.”

 

2


Notice of annual general meeting

 

The percentage of voting rights required for special resolution number 2 to be adopted: at least 75% (seventy-five percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

Notice in terms of section 45(5) of the Act

Notice is hereby given to shareholders of the company in terms of section 45(5) of the Act of a resolution adopted by the board authorising the company to provide such direct or indirect financial assistance as specified in special resolution number 2 above:

 

  (a) by the time that this notice of annual general meeting is delivered to shareholders of the company, the board will have adopted a resolution (section 45 board resolution) authorising the company to provide, at any time during the period of two years beginning on the date on which special resolution number 2 is adopted, any direct or indirect financial assistance as contemplated in section 45 of the Act to any one or more related or inter-related companies or corporations of the company and/or to any one or more juristic persons who are members of, or are related to, any such related or inter-related company or corporation;

 

  (b) the section 45 board resolution will be effective only if and to the extent that special resolution 2 is adopted by the shareholders of the company, and the provision of any such direct or indirect financial assistance by the company, pursuant to such resolution, will always be subject to the board being satisfied that (i) immediately after providing such financial assistance, the company will satisfy the solvency and liquidity test as referred to in section 45(3)(b)(i) of the Act, and that (ii) the terms under which such financial assistance is to be given are fair and reasonable to the company as referred to in section 45(3)(b)(ii) of the Act; and

 

  (c) in-as-much as the section 45 board resolution contemplates that such financial assistance will in the aggregate exceed one-tenth of 1% (one percent) of the company’s net worth at the date of adopting such resolution, the company hereby provides notice of the section 45 board resolution to its shareholders. Such notice will also be provided to any trade union representing any employees of the company.

 

15. SPECIAL RESOLUTION NUMBER 3:

Amendment of the company’s memorandum of incorporation

“RESOLVED, as a special resolution, that the company’s memorandum of incorporation be and is hereby amended by the addition of the following new clause 29.3:

 

‘29.3    Without derogating from the provisions of clauses 29.1 and 29.2 and subject to the provisions of the Act, the company hereby indemnifies the directors against all claims and/or awards which may be made against any such director, or damages, costs, losses and/or expenses which may be suffered or incurred by any such director, as the case may be, at any time, by reason of any contract entered into, or any act or omission by the director, relating to the discharge of his duties or in his capacity as a director, to the fullest extent permitted by law. For the purposes of this clause 29.3, ‘director’ shall have the meaning ascribed to that term in section 78(1)’”

The percentage of voting rights required for special resolution number 3 to be adopted: at least 75% (seventy-five percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution.

ELECTRONIC PARTICIPATION

Should any shareholder of the company wish to participate in the AGM by way of electronic participation, that shareholder is obliged to apply in writing (including details on how the shareholder or its representative can be contacted) to the transfer secretaries at the address set out below at least 5 (five) business days prior to the AGM. Shareholders who wish to participate in the meeting by dialling in must note that they will not be able to vote electronically. Should such shareholders wish to have their votes counted at the meeting, they are welcome to cast their votes via representation at the meeting either by proxy or by letter of representation, as provided for in this notice of AGM. The costs of accessing any means of electronic participation provided by the company will be borne by the shareholder. The company cannot be held liable for any loss, damage, penalty or claim arising in any way from using the telecommunication facility whether or not as a result of any act or omission on the part of the company or anyone else.

IDENTIFICATION, PROXIES AND VOTING

Shareholders are reminded that:

 

   

a shareholder eligible to attend and vote at the AGM is entitled to appoint a proxy (or proxies) to attend, participate in and vote at the meeting in place of the shareholder. Shareholders are referred to the proxy form attached to this notice in this regard;

 

   

a proxy need not also be a shareholder of the company; and

 

   

in terms of section 63(1) of the Act, any person attending or participating in a general meeting of shareholders must present reasonably satisfactory identification and the person presiding at the general meeting must be reasonably satisfied that the right of any person to participate in and vote (whether as shareholder or proxy for a shareholder) has been reasonably verified.

 

Harmony Annual General Meeting 2013   n     3


Notice of annual general meeting

 

All beneficial owners whose shares have been dematerialised through a central securities depository participant (CSDP) or broker other than with ‘own name’ registration, must provide the CSDP or broker with their voting instructions in terms of their custody agreement should they wish to vote at the AGM. Alternatively, they may request the CSDP or broker to provide them with a letter of representation, in terms of their custody agreements, should they wish to attend the AGM.

Unless you advise your CSDP or broker, in terms of your agreement, by the cut-off time stipulated therein, that you wish to attend the AGM or send a proxy to represent you, your CSDP or broker will assume that you do not wish to attend the AGM or send a proxy.

Forms of proxy (enclosed) must be dated and signed by the shareholder appointing a proxy and must be received at the offices of the transfer secretaries, Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited by no later than 11:00 (SA time) on Tuesday, 3 December 2013.

In compliance with section 58(8)(b)(i) of the Act, a summary of the rights of a shareholder to be represented by proxy is set out immediately below:

An ordinary shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the AGM may appoint any individual (or individuals) as a proxy/ies to attend, participate in and vote at the AGM in place of the shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the company.

A proxy appointment must be in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder appointing a proxy and, subject to the rights of a shareholder to revoke such appointment (as set out below), remains valid only until the end of the AGM.

A proxy may delegate its authority to act on behalf of a shareholder to another person, subject to any restrictions set out in the instrument appointing the proxy.

The appointment of a proxy is suspended at any time and to the extent that the shareholder who appointed such proxy chooses to act directly and in person in exercising any rights as a shareholder.

The appointment of a proxy is revocable by the shareholder cancelling this in writing, or making a later inconsistent appointment of a proxy, and delivering a copy of the revocation instrument to the proxy and to the company. The revocation of a proxy appointment constitutes a complete and final cancellation of the proxy’s authority to act on behalf of the shareholder as of the later of (a) the date stated in the revocation instrument, if any; and (b) the date on which the revocation instrument is delivered to the company as required in the first sentence of this paragraph.

If the instrument appointing the proxy or proxies has been delivered to the company, as long as that appointment remains in effect, any notice required by the Act or the company’s memorandum of incorporation to be delivered by the company to the shareholder, must be delivered by the company to (a) the shareholder, or (b) the proxy or proxies, if the shareholder has (i) directed the company to do so in writing; and (ii) paid any reasonable fee charged by the company for doing so.

Attention is also drawn to the notes to the form of proxy.

Completing a form of proxy does not preclude any shareholder from attending the AGM.

On a show of hands, every shareholder present in person or by proxy, and if a member is a body corporate, its representative, will have one vote and, on a poll, every shareholder present in person or by proxy and, if the person is a body corporate, its representative, will have one vote for every share held or represented by him/her.

By order of the board

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

R Bisschoff

Company secretary

Randfontein

25 October 2013

 

4


Notice of annual general meeting

 

From OR Tambo International

 

   

Take the R24 JOHANNESBURG highway

 

   

Take the NI2/N3 NORTH highway

 

   

Take the MARLBORO ROAD turn off

 

   

At the traffic light, turn left and carry on until you see a “Shell” petrol/gas station on your left

 

   

Turn right into SOUTH ROAD and carry on this road until you reach a T-junction (which will bring you to RIVONIA ROAD)

 

   

Turn left into RIVONIA ROAD

 

   

You will pass the Southern Sun Grayston Hotel on your left, followed by an apartment block

 

   

HILTON SANDTON is directly after these two buildings, also on your left

 

LOGO   

From Pretoria

 

•    Take the N1 to Johannesburg, then the M1

 

•    Take the GRAYSTON offramp, turn right into GRAYSTON DRIVE

 

•    Turn left into RIVONIA ROAD (McDonalds on your right)

 

•    You will pass the Southern Sun Grayston Hotel on your left, followed by an apartment block

 

•    HILTON SANDTON is directly after these two buildings, also on your left

 

138 Rivonia Road • Sandton • 2146

Tel: +27 (0) 11 322 1888

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING – EXPLANATORY NOTES

Presentation of annual financial statements

At the annual general meeting (AGM), the directors must present the annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2013 to shareholders as required in terms of section 30(3)(d) of the Act, together with the reports of the directors, audit and risk committee and the auditors. These are included in the integrated annual report.

Presentation of group social and ethics committee report

At the AGM, the social and ethics committee must report, through one of its members, on matters within its mandate as required in terms of Regulation 43(5)(c) of the Act.

Ordinary resolutions 1 to 3 – re-election of directors

In accordance with the company’s memorandum of incorporation, one-third of directors are required to retire at each AGM and may offer themselves for re-election.

The following directors are eligible and available for re-election:

 

   

J Chissano

 

   

C Markus

 

   

A Wilkens

 

Harmony Annual General Meeting 2013   n     5


Notice of annual general meeting

 

Ordinary resolutions 4 and 5 – election of directors

In accordance with the company’s memorandum of incorporation, directors appointed since the last AGM to fill any vacancy and serve as a director of the company are required to retire at the first AGM following their appointment and may offer themselves for re-election.

The following directors are eligible and available for election:

 

    K Nondumo

 

    V Pillay

Ordinary resolutions 6 to 10 – election of audit and risk committee

In terms of section 94(2) of the Act, a public company must at each AGM elect an audit committee comprising at least three members who are directors and who meet the criteria of section 94(4) of the Act. Regulation 42 to the Act specifies that one third of the members of the audit committee must have appropriate academic qualifications or experience in the areas as listed in the regulation.

The board is satisfied that the proposed members of the audit and risk committee meet all relevant requirements.

Ordinary resolution 11 – reappointment of external auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated has indicated its willingness to continue in office and ordinary resolution 11 proposes the reappointment of that firm as the company’s auditors with effect from 1 July 2013. Section 90(3) of the Act requires the designated auditor to meet the criteria as set out in section 90(2) of the Act.

The board is satisfied that both PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated and the designated auditor meet all relevant requirements.

Ordinary resolution 12 – remuneration policy

The King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa, 2009 (King III) recommends that the remuneration policy of the company be submitted to shareholders for consideration and for an advisory, non-binding vote to give shareholders an opportunity to indicate their support for or opposition to the material provisions of the remuneration strategy.

Special resolution 1 – non-executive directors’ remuneration

In terms of section 66(8) and section 66(9) of the Act, companies may pay remuneration to directors for their services as directors unless otherwise provided by the memorandum of incorporation and on approval of shareholders by way of a special resolution. Executive directors are not specifically remunerated for their services as directors but as employees of the company and, as such, the resolution as included in this notice requests approval only for the remuneration paid to non-executive directors for their service as directors of the company. The proposed fees are recommended for approval for a period of 2 (two) years from the date of this AGM or until such time as the non-executive directors’ remuneration is amended by way of special resolution of shareholders, whichever comes first.

Special resolution 2 – financial assistance to related and inter-related companies

Section 45(2) of the Act authorises the board to provide direct or indirect financial assistance to a related or inter-related company, subject to subsections (3) and (4) of section 45 of the Act and unless otherwise provided in the company’s memorandum of incorporation.

In terms of section 45(3) of the Act, a special resolution of shareholders is required in this instance. The main purpose of this special resolution is to approve granting such financial assistance.

Special resolution 3 – amendment of the company’s memorandum of incorporation

Special resolution number 3 seeks to amend the company’s memorandum of incorporation to provide for an indemnity to directors, subject to and in compliance with the provisions of the Act. The company’s memorandum of incorporation currently allows the company to indemnify directors, alternate directors, prescribed officers and members of committees. However, the indemnity will need to be effected by separate indemnity agreements with each director, alternate director, prescribed officer and committee member. To obviate the administrative process involved with entering into separate indemnity agreements, it is proposed that the indemnity instead be effected by the memorandum of incorporation.

The proposed amendments to the memorandum of incorporation have been approved by the board.

General

Shareholders and proxies attending the AGM are reminded that section 63(1) of the Act requires that reasonably satisfactory identification be presented for such shareholder or proxy to be allowed to attend or participate in the meeting.

 

6


Form of proxy

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

Incorporated in the Republic of South Africa

Registration number: 1950/038232/06

(Harmony or company)

JSE share code: HAR

NYSE share code: HMY

ISIN code: ZAE 000015228

TO BE COMPLETED BY CERTIFICATED SHAREHOLDERS AND DEMATERIALISED SHAREHOLDERS WITH ‘OWN NAME’ REGISTRATION ONLY

For completion by registered members of Harmony who are unable to attend the annual general meeting of the company to be held at the Hilton Hotel, 138 Rivonia Road, Sandton, Johannesburg, South Africa (see map on page 5), on Thursday, 5 December 2013 at 11:00 (SA time) or at any adjournment thereof.

 

I/We (please print names in full)     
of (address)     
being the holder/s of    shares in the company, do hereby appoint:
1    or, failing him/her
2    or, failing him/her

the chairman of the annual general meeting, as my/our proxy to attend, speak and, on a poll, vote on my/our behalf at this annual general meeting of members or at any adjournment, and to vote or abstain from voting as follows on the ordinary and special resolutions to be proposed at such meeting:

 

     For    Against    Abstain

  1. Ordinary resolution 1: to re-elect Joaquim Chissano as a director

        

  2. Ordinary resolution 2: to re-elect Cathie Marcus as a director

        

  3. Ordinary resolution 3: to re-elect André Wilkens as a director

        

  4. Ordinary resolution 4: to elect Karabo Nondumo as a director

        

  5. Ordinary resolution 5: to elect Vishnu Pillay as a director

        

  6. Ordinary resolution 6: to re-elect John Wetton as a member of the audit committee

        

  7. Ordinary resolution 7: to re-elect Fikile De Buck as a member of the audit and risk committee

        

  8. Ordinary resolution 8: to re-elect Simo Lushaba as a member of the audit and risk committee

        

  9. Ordinary resolution 9: to re-elect Modise Motloba as a member of the audit committee

        

10. Ordinary resolution 10: to elect Karabo Nondumo as a member of the audit committee

        

11. Ordinary resolution 11: to reappoint the external auditors

        

12. Ordinary resolution 12: to approve the remuneration policy

        

13. Special resolution 1: to approve non-executive directors’ remuneration

        

14. Special resolution 2: financial assistance to related and inter-related companies

        

16. Special resolution 3: amendment of the company’s memorandum of incorporation

        

Please indicate with an ‘X’ in the appropriate spaces above how you wish your vote to be cast. If no indication is given, the proxy may vote or abstain as he/she sees fit.

 

Signed at    this    day of    2013
Signature
Assisted by me, where applicable (name and signature)

Completed forms of proxy must be lodged with Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited by no later than 11:00 on Tuesday, 3 December 2013

Please read the notes and instructions on the reverse side.

 

Harmony Annual General Meeting 2013   n     7


Notes

 

1. A form of proxy is only to be completed by those ordinary shareholders who are:

 

  1.1 registered holders of ordinary shares in certificated form; or

 

  1.2 holders of dematerialised shares of the company in their own name.

 

2. If you have already dematerialised your ordinary shares through a central securities depository participant (CSDP) or broker and wish to attend the annual general meeting, you must request your CSDP or broker to provide you with a letter of representation or instruct your CSDP or broker to vote by proxy on your behalf in terms of the agreement entered into between yourself and your CSDP or broker.

 

3. A member may insert the name of a proxy or the names of two alternative proxies of the member’s choice in the space provided. The person whose name stands first on the form of proxy and who is present at the annual general meeting of shareholders will be entitled to act to the exclusion of those whose names follow.

 

4. On a show of hands, a member of the company present in person or by proxy will have one (1) vote irrespective of the number of shares he/she holds or represents, provided that a proxy will, irrespective of the number of members he/she represents, have only one (1) vote. On a poll, a member who is present or represented by proxy will be entitled to that proportion of the total votes in the company which the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the shares held by him/her bears to the aggregate amount of the nominal value of all the shares issued by the company.

 

5. A member’s instructions to the proxy must be indicated by inserting the relevant numbers of votes exercisable by the member in the appropriate box. Failure to comply will be deemed to authorise the proxy to vote or to abstain from voting at the annual general meeting as he/she deems fit in respect of all the member’s votes exercisable. A member or the proxy is not obliged to use all the votes exercisable by the member or by the proxy, but the total of votes cast and in respect of which abstention is recorded may not exceed the total of votes exercisable by the member or by the proxy.

 

6. Forms of proxy (enclosed) must be dated and signed by the shareholder appointing a proxy and must be received at the offices of the transfer secretaries, Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited, 13th Floor, Rennie House, 19 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg, 2001 (PO Box 4844, Johannesburg, 2000, Fax number: 086 674 2450) by no later than 11:00 (SA time) on Tuesday, 3 December 2013.

 

7. Completing and lodging this form of proxy will not preclude the relevant member from attending the annual general meeting and speaking and voting in person to the exclusion of any proxy appointed in terms hereof.

 

8. Documentary evidence establishing the authority of a person signing this form of proxy in a representative capacity or other legal capacity must be attached to this form of proxy, unless previously recorded by the transfer secretaries or waived by the chairman of the annual general meeting.

 

9. The completion of blank spaces overleaf need not be initialled. Any alteration or correction made to this form of proxy must be initialled by the signatory/ies.

 

10. Despite the aforegoing, the chairman of the annual general meeting may waive any formalities that would otherwise be a prerequisite for a valid proxy.

 

11. If any shares are jointly held, all joint members must sign this form of proxy. If more than one of those members is present at the annual general meeting either in person or by proxy, the person whose name appears first in the register will be entitled to vote.

 

8

Exhibit 4.20

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban stellenbosch

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@ens.co.za www.ens.co.za

SALE OF BUSINESS AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description      Page   
1.  

PARTIES

     1   
2.  

INTERPRETATION

     1   
3.  

INTRODUCTION

     16   
4.  

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     16   
5.  

SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS

     18   
6.  

SALE

     19   
7.  

INTRA-GROUP TRANSACTION

     20   
8.  

PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

     22   
9.  

PAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

     23   
10.  

VALUE-ADDED TAX

     23   
11.  

CLOSING

     24   
12.  

BUSINESS LIABILITIES

     26   
13.  

THE CONTRACTS

     26   
14.  

NEW REHABILITATION TRUST

     27   
15.  

SERVITUDES

     28   
16.  

INTERIM PERIOD ACTIVITIES

     28   
17.  

SECTION 34 OF THE INSOLVENCY ACT

     28   
18.  

CESSION OF THE TAILINGS DAMS MINING RIGHT

     29   
19.  

WARRANTIES BY THE SELLER

     31   
20.  

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     32   
21.  

GENERAL WARRANTIES

     34   
22.  

SUPPORT

     35   
23.  

BREACH

     35   
24.  

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     36   
25.  

NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

     37   
26.  

BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

     38   
27.  

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     38   
28.  

GENERAL

     38   
29.  

COSTS

     40   
30.  

SIGNATURE

     40   

Annexure 1: DEED OF CESSION

Annexure 2: LIST OF INFRASTRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT

Annexure 3: MATERIAL CONTRACTS

Annexure 4: MINING AREA DIAGRAM

Annexure 5: SAAIPLAAS PLANT DIAGRAM

Annexure 6: ST HELENA DIAGRAM

Annexure 7: WARRANTIES

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


WHEREBY IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS :

 

1. PARTIES

 

  1.1. The Parties to this Agreement are –

 

  1.1.1. Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited; and

 

  1.1.2. Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited.

 

  1.2. The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

 

  2.1. In this Agreement, unless the context indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  2.1.1. Abandonment ” means the abandonment by the Seller of the Tailings Dam Mining Right in terms of section 56(f) of the MPRDA;

 

  2.1.2. AFSA ” means the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa;

 

  2.1.3. Agreement ” means this sale of business agreement;

 

  2.1.4. Amendment Approval ” means the approval granted by the Minister on 31 January 2012 in terms of which the Minister approves the Seller’s application to amend the decision of the Minister in respect of the granting of the Mining Right to include the gold ore in respect of the Tailings Dams;

 

  2.1.5. Applications ” means the Section 11 Application, the Section 102 Application and the Tailing Dam Mining Right Application;

 

  2.1.6. BEECo 1 ” means Business Venture Investments No 1677 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/035756/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.7. BEECo 1’s Existing MOI ” means the memorandum of incorporation of BEECo 1 as at the Signature Date;

 

  2.1.8. BEECo 1’s New MOI ” means the memorandum of incorporation of BEECo 1 approved by the shareholder of BEECo 1 to replace BEECo 1’s Existing MOI;

 

  2.1.9. BEECo 2 ” means Business Venture Investments No 1687 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/030646/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

1


  2.1.10. BEECo 2’s Existing MOI ” means the memorandum of incorporation of BEECo 2 as at the Signature Date;

 

  2.1.11. BEECo 2’s New MOI ” means the memorandum of incorporation of BEECo 2 approved by the shareholder of BEECo 2 to replace BEECo 2’s Existing MOI;

 

  2.1.12. BEECo 3 ” means Business Venture Investments 1688 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/030648/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.13. BEECo 3’s Existing MOI ” means the memorandum of incorporation of BEECo 3 as at the Signature Date;

 

  2.1.14. BEECo 3’s New MOI ” means the memorandum of incorporation of BEECo 3 approved by the shareholder of BEECo 3 to replace BEECo 3’s Existing MOI;

 

  2.1.15. BEECo Undertakings ” means the undertakings given to the Seller by –

 

  2.1.15.1. Kopano Ke Matla and the Kopano Ke Matla Trust, in terms of which Kopano Ke Matla and the Kopano Ke Matla Trust undertakes not to Dispose of the shares in the issued share capital of Kopano held by Kopano Ke Matla and the shares in the issued share capital of Kopano Ke Matla held by the Kopano Ke Matla Trust for the duration of the Lock-In Period; and

 

  2.1.15.2. the Masincazelane Trust, in terms of which the Masincazelane Trust undertakes not to Dispose of the shares in the issued share capital of Masincazelane Investments held by the Masincazelane Trust for the duration of the Lock-In Period;

 

  2.1.16. Business ” means that part of the Seller’s business which constitutes the mining of the Tailings Dams, and which consists of the Business Assets and the Business Liabilities;

 

  2.1.17. Business Assets ” means the following assets owned by the Seller and used in or in connection with the Business –

 

  2.1.17.1. the Contracts;

 

  2.1.17.2. the Infrastructure and Equipment;

 

  2.1.17.3. all movable assets owned by the Seller which are located on the immovable property on which the St Helena Dams are situated;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

2


  2.1.17.4. the Tailings Dams; and

 

  2.1.17.5. the Tailings Dams Mining Right;

 

  2.1.18. Business Liabilities ” means –

 

  2.1.18.1. the Seller’s obligations under the Contracts;

 

  2.1.18.2. the Environmental Liabilities; and

 

  2.1.18.3. the Rehabilitation Liabilities;

 

  2.1.19. Cashflow Waterfall Agreement ” means the cashflow waterfall agreement entered or to be entered into the Seller, the Purchaser, BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV setting out the priority of payment obligations of the Purchaser;

 

  2.1.20. Closing ” means closing as contemplated in clause 10.1;

 

  2.1.21. Closing Date ” means the 3 rd (third) business day after the date on which the last of the Conditions Precedent has been fulfilled or waived, as the case may be;

 

  2.1.22. Community Trust ” means the trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust, a trust established in accordance with the laws of South Africa and lodged with the Master of the High Court, Johannesburg with Master’s Reference number IT248/2013;

 

  2.1.23. Conditions Precedent ” means the conditions precedent set out in clause 4.1;

 

  2.1.24. Contractor Agreement ” means the contract mining agreement entered or to be entered into between the Seller and the Purchaser in terms of which, from the Closing Date until the date of execution of the Deed of Cession, the Seller appoints the Purchaser to mine the Tailings Dams;

 

  2.1.25. Contracts ” means all agreements in force on the Closing Date to which the Seller is a party relating solely to the Business, including the Material Contracts;

 

  2.1.26. Deed of Amendment ” means a notarial deed of amendment giving effect to the Mining Right Amendment;

 

  2.1.27. Deed of Cession ” means a notarial deed of cession in respect of the Tailings Dams Mining Right, substantially similar to the draft attached hereto as Annexure 1, or such other form as may be agreed between the Parties;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

3


  2.1.28. Deeds ” means the Deed of Amendment and the Deed of Cession;

 

  2.1.29. Dispose ” means –

 

  2.1.29.1. any sale, transfer, cession, assignment, lease, alienation, donation, renunciation, surrender, waiver, relinquishment, exchange or other disposal of any nature whatsoever, including by way of the granting of an option or the entering into of a derivative transaction; or

 

  2.1.29.2. the granting, creating or allowing an any mortgage, pledge, lien, assignment or cession conferring security, hypothecation, security interest, preferential right or trust arrangement or other encumbrance securing any obligation of any person;

 

  2.1.30. DMR ” means the Department of Mineral Resources of the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.31. Due Diligence Investigation ” means the limited due diligence investigation conducted or to be conducted in respect of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV, and their respective shareholders, by the Seller and/or its representatives;

 

  2.1.32. Effective Date ” means 1 March 2013;

 

  2.1.33. Employees ” means all employees of the Seller employed solely in respect of the Business as at the Closing Date;

 

  2.1.34. Environment ” means the surroundings within which humans exist and that are made up of the land, water and atmosphere of the earth, all forms of life, ecological systems; and the physical, chemical, aesthetic and cultural properties and conditions of the foregoing that influence human health and well-being;

 

  2.1.35. Environmental Law ” means –

 

  2.1.35.1. common law duties and rules, national, provincial and municipal legislation (including regulations and other subsidiary legislation); and self-executing provisions of international agreements approved by Parliament, that are concerned with the protection or rehabilitation of the Environment, the use of natural resources (including land), and the maintenance of an Environment conducive to human health and well-being;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

4


  2.1.35.2. directives, orders or other instructions lawfully given by a Governmental Body exercising powers under any provision referred to in this clause 2.1.35; and

 

  2.1.35.3. Licences, authorisations and exemptions issued under any provision referred to in this clause 2.1.35;

 

  2.1.36. Environmental Liability ” means –

 

  2.1.36.1. any liability of the Seller arising under any Environmental Law or any Health and Safety Law in respect of the Tailings Dams, the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility and the Infrastructure and Equipment; or

 

  2.1.36.2. any liability involving any Regulated Material, damage or harm to the Environment, site assessment or characterisation, remediation (including operation and maintenance), treatment, containment, mitigation, removal, monitoring, assessing, resource damage, harm to a resource, enforcement proceedings, directives, other remediation or administrative orders, citizen suits, property damage, economic loss, personal injury or death of any employee or other individual, occupational or other exposure or actions whether claimed or instituted by one or more private parties (including the Parties hereto) or Governmental Bodies, in either case (whether under clause 2.1.36.1 or this clause 2.1.36.2) including any fees and expenses of attorneys, counsel, accountants, consultants, and experts, whether based on any Environmental Law or any Health and Safety Law which became or becomes effective before, on or after the Closing Date in respect of the Tailings Dams, the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility and the Infrastructure and Equipment, and whether arising out of or related to on-site or off-site matters;

 

  2.1.37. Excluded Liabilities ” means all liabilities of the Seller, other than the Business Liabilities relating to the Business as at the Closing Date;

 

  2.1.38. Freegold ” means ARMgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited, registration number 2001/029602/07, a private company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

5


  2.1.39. Freegold Lease Agreement ” means the lease agreement entered, or to be entered into, between Freegold and the Seller in terms of which Freegold leases the St Helena Dams to the Seller;

 

  2.1.40. Freegold Sale Agreement ” means the sale agreement entered, or to be entered into, between Freegold and the Purchaser in terms of which Freegold sells the St Helena Dams to the Purchaser;

 

  2.1.41. Funding Agreements ” means the Loan Agreements and the Pledge Agreements;

 

  2.1.42. Funding Rate ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in clause 14.3 of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreements;

 

  2.1.43. Governmental Body ” means any country, any national body, any state, province, municipality, or subdivision of any of the foregoing, any Governmental department, or any agency, court, entity, commission, board, ministry, bureau, locality or authority of any of the foregoing, or any quasi-Governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing, exporting, or other Governmental or quasi-Governmental function;

 

  2.1.44. Harmony Trust ” means the Harmony Gold Environmental Trust, MR No. 8785/99;

 

  2.1.45. Health and Safety Laws ” means all laws regulating health and safety in the workplace;

 

  2.1.46. Income Tax Act ” means the Income Tax Act, No 58 of 1962;

 

  2.1.47. Infrastructure and Equipment ” means all buildings and associated fixtures and fittings and all mining related equipment used solely in the Business on the Signature Date, including the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility and excluding the Shared Infrastructure and Equipment, a list of which is attached hereto as Annexure 2;

 

  2.1.48. Insolvency Act ” means the Insolvency Act, No 24 of 1936;

 

  2.1.49. Kopano ” means Kopano Resources (Proprietary) Limited, registration number 2000/023004/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

6


  2.1.50. Kopano Ke Matla ” means Kopano Ke Matla Investment Company (Proprietary) Limited, registration number 1996/003807/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.51. Kopano Ke Matla Trust ” means the trustees for the time being of the Kopano Ke Matla Trust, Master’s reference number IT10689/96, a trust duly established in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.52. Labour Relations Act ” means the Labour Relations Act, No 66 of 1995;

 

  2.1.53. Licences ” means any licence, permit, approval, consent, authorisation, order, licence application, and licence amendment application of or to a Governmental Body and all governmental or third party product registrations or approvals;

 

  2.1.54. Loan Agreements ” means, in respect of each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV, the loan agreement entered or to be entered into between the Seller and each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV in terms of which the Seller advances to each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV, an amount equal to the shareholder loan amount to be advanced by each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV to the Purchaser on the Closing Date in accordance with the provisions of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement;

 

  2.1.55. Lock-In Period ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Purchaser’s New MOI;

 

  2.1.56. Management Accounts ” means the internally prepared management accounts of the Seller in respect of the Business provided by the Seller to the Purchaser prior to the Signature Date;

 

  2.1.57. Masincazelane Investments ” means Masincazelane Investments (Proprietary) Limited, registration number 1999/019043/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.58. Masincazelane Trust ” means the Trustees for the time being of the Masincazelane Trust, Master’s reference number IT8190/07, a trust duly established in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.59. Material Contracts ” means the material contracts which are listed in Annexure 3, attached hereto;

 

  2.1.60. Mining Area ” means the area outlined in black on the diagram attached hereto as Annexure 4;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

7


  2.1.61. Mining Right ” means the mining right with file number FS30/5/1/2/2/82 MR which was granted to the Seller and converted in terms of Item 7 of Schedule II of the MPRDA;

 

  2.1.62. Mining Right Amendment ” means the amendment of the Mining Right by the deletion therefrom of the Tailings Dams arising as a result of the grant of the Tailings Dams Mining Right;

 

  2.1.63. Mining Titles Office ” means the Mining Titles Office contemplated in section 2 of the MTRA;

 

  2.1.64. Minister ” means the Minister of Mineral Resources;

 

  2.1.65. MPRDA ” means the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, No 28 of 2002;

 

  2.1.66. MTRA ” means the Mining Titles Registration Act, 1967;

 

  2.1.67. New Rehabilitation Trust ” means the new rehabilitation trust to be established by the Purchaser to make provision for the Rehabilitation Liabilities as set out in clause 14;

 

  2.1.68. NNR Act ” means the National Nuclear Regulator Act, 1999;

 

  2.1.69. Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement;

 

  2.1.70. Pledge Agreements ” means, in respect of each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEE Co3 and Sikhuliso SPV, the pledge agreement entered or to be entered into between the Seller and each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV in terms of which each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV pledge their shares in the issued share capital of the Purchaser to the Seller as security for their obligations under and in terms of the respective Loan Agreements;

 

  2.1.71. Purchase Consideration ” means the amount payable by the Purchaser to the Seller for the Business in terms of this Agreement;

 

  2.1.72. Purchaser ” means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/041001/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

8


  2.1.73. Purchaser’s Existing MOI ” means the memorandum of incorporation of the Purchaser as at the Signature Date;

 

  2.1.74. Purchaser’s New MOI ” means the memorandum of incorporation of the Purchaser approved by the shareholders of the Purchaser to replace the Purchaser’s Existing MOI;

 

  2.1.75. Purchaser’s Power of Attorney ” means a power of attorney authorising any of the persons named in such power of attorney (on behalf of the Purchaser) to execute the Deed of Cession and all or any other document(s) necessary in order to procure the transfer of the Business and/or the Tailings Dams Mining Right from the Seller to the Purchaser;

 

  2.1.76. Regulated Material ” means –

 

  2.1.76.1. any material, substance, waste (including any solid, liquid, semisolid or gas or gaseous mixture), product, by-product, chemical, pesticide, fungicide, rodenticide, pollutant, hazardous material, hazardous substance, hazardous waste, solid waste, or non-hazardous waste as the foregoing terms are considered or defined as harmful, under, or regulated by, any applicable Environmental Law or health and safety law, or known or suspected to pose a threat to health, safety or the Environment;

 

  2.1.76.2. any petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof);

 

  2.1.76.3. any asbestos, asbestos containing material, and presumed asbestos containing material;

 

  2.1.76.4. any radioactive substance;

 

  2.1.76.5. any polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB); and

 

  2.1.76.6. any methylene chloride, trichloroethylene, 1.2-trans-dichloroethylene, dioxins or dibenzofurans;

 

  2.1.77. Rehabilitation Liabilities ” means the Seller’s obligations to rehabilitate all environmental disturbances, including health and pollution, and degradation existing in respect of the Tailings Dams, the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility and the Infrastructure and Equipment as at the Closing Date and any obligation to rehabilitate all environmental disturbances, including health and pollution, and degradation existing in respect of the Tailings Dams, the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility and the Infrastructure and Equipment after the Closing Date, and shall include -

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

9


  2.1.77.1. all restoration, anti-pollution measures, anti-flooding measures, making safe, rehabilitation, compliance with the terms of any rehabilitation plans and/or programs approved by the DMR;

 

  2.1.77.2. compliance with all Environmental Laws; and

 

  2.1.77.3. the obtaining of the relevant certificate in terms of section 43 of the MPRDA,

 

       but specifically excludes the rehabilitation liabilities to be transferred in terms of the Contractor Agreement;

 

  2.1.78. Saaiplaas Plant ” means the processing plant owned by the Seller, situated on the Mining Right Area, which consists of the Saaiplaas Plant Crushing Facility and the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility and all fixtures and fittings thereon;

 

  2.1.79. Saaiplaas Plant Crushing Facility ” means the facility which forms part of the Saaiplaas Plant, being the structure which is east of the line marked as 22 to 37on the diagram attached hereto as Annexure 5;

 

  2.1.80. Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility ” means the facility which forms part of the Saaiplaas Plant as outlined in green on the diagram attached hereto as Annexure 5;

 

  2.1.81. Sale ” means the sale by the Seller of the Business to the Purchaser in terms of this Agreement;

 

  2.1.82. Section 11 Application ” means an application by the Seller to the Minister for the Section 11 Consent;

 

  2.1.83. Section 11 Consent ” means the written consent of the Minister to the transfer of the Tailings Dams Mining Right to the Purchaser in terms of Section 11 of the MPRDA;

 

  2.1.84. Seller ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, registration number 1950/038232/06, a limited liability public company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

10


  2.1.85. Seller’s Attorneys ” means Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Incorporated, registration number 2006/018200/21, a firm of attorneys duly incorporated as a private company in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.86. Seller’s Designated Account ” means the bank account nominated by the Seller, the details of which are set out below, or such other account as the Seller may designate in writing on 5 (five) business days’ notice to the Purchaser –

 

Name of Account:                Harmony Gold Mining Company Current Account
Bank:    Nedbank Limited
Branch:    Corporate Client Services
Branch Code:    145405
Account Number:    1454115866

 

  2.1.87. Seller’s Power of Attorney ” means a power of attorney authorising any of the persons named in such power of attorney (on behalf of the Seller) to execute the Deeds and all or any other document(s) necessary in order to procure the transfer of the Business and/or the Tailings Dams Mining Right from the Seller to the Purchaser;

 

  2.1.88. Services Agreement ” means the services agreement entered or to be entered into between the Seller and the Purchaser, in terms of which the Seller agrees to continue to provide to the Purchaser, for a limited period, the services provided by the Seller in respect of the Business as at the Signature Date;

 

  2.1.89. Servitudes ” means servitudes which give the Purchaser access, to the extent that the Purchaser does not have such access, to the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility, the Tailings Dams, the St Helena Dams and the pipelines and powerlines in respect of the Business, and such additional servitudes as may be agreed between the Purchaser and the Seller, in writing;

 

  2.1.90. Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing;

 

  2.1.91. Sikhuliso ” means Sikhuliso Resources (Proprietary) Limited, registration number 2006/021911/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.92. Sikhuliso SPV ” means Histopath Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/082229/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Sikhuliso;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

11


  2.1.93. Sikhuliso SPV’s Existing MOI ” means the memorandum of incorporation of Sikhuliso SPV as at the Signature Date;

 

  2.1.94. Sikhuliso SPV MOI Amendment Resolution ” means a resolution amending Sikhuliso SPV’s Existing MOI to include (i) ring fencing provisions and (ii) undertakings given by Sikhuliso not to Dispose of the Sikhuliso SPV Shares for the duration of the Lock-In Period;

 

  2.1.95. Sikhuliso SPV Shares ” means the shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso SPV held by Sikhuliso;

 

  2.1.96. Sikhuliso Undertaking ” means the undertaking given by each of the shareholders of Sikhuliso to the Seller, in terms of which each of the shareholders of Sikhuliso (i) undertakes not to Dispose of the Sikhuliso Shares for the duration of the Lock-In Period and (ii) the Seller holds the share certificates in respect of the Sikhuliso Shares for the duration of the Lock-In Period;

 

  2.1.97. Sikhuliso Shares ” means the shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso held by the shareholders of Sikhuliso;

 

  2.1.98. Shared Infrastructure and Equipment ” means those buildings and associated fixtures and fittings and mining related equipment used in the Business on the Signature Date which is also used by the Seller in its other business operations;

 

  2.1.99. St Helena Dams ” means the tailings deposition sites situated on the immovable property held by Freegold, currently known as St Helena Dams 1, 2 and 3, as depicted on the diagram attached hereto as 0;

 

  2.1.100. Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement ” means the sale, subscription and shareholders agreement entered or to be entered into between BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3, the Community Trust, Sikhuliso SPV, the Seller and the Purchaser in terms of which, inter alia , (i) the Seller subscribes for an additional 1% (one percent) of the shares in the issued share capital of the Purchaser, (ii) each of BEE Co1, BEECo 2 and BEECo 3 subscribe for 3% (three percent) of the shares in the issued share capital of the Purchaser, (iii) Sikhuliso SPV subscribes for 16% (sixteen percent) of the shares in the issued share capital of the Purchaser, (iv) the Seller sells 5% (five percent) of the shares in the issued share capital of the Company to the Community Trust and (v) the relationships between the shareholders of the Purchaser and the Purchaser and its shareholders are regulated;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

12


  2.1.101. Tailings ” means the residue produced after or during the processing of the Tailings Dams;

 

  2.1.102. Tailings Dams ” means the tailings dams situated on the Mining Area and known as “Brand A”, “Dam 21” and “Dam H1”;

 

  2.1.103. Tailings Dams Mining Right ” means a mining right in respect of the Tailings Dams, which mining right excludes the area on which the Tailings Dams are situated and the minerals contained in the gold bearing auriferous reefs in the area on which the Tailings Dams are situated;

 

  2.1.104. Tailings Dams Mining Right Application ” means the application for the grant of the Tailings Dams Mining Right;

 

  2.1.105. Transaction Agreements ” means the –

 

  2.1.105.1. BEECo Undertakings;

 

  2.1.105.2. Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  2.1.105.3. Contractor Agreement;

 

  2.1.105.4. Freegold Sale Agreement;

 

  2.1.105.5. Funding Agreements;

 

  2.1.105.6. Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement;

 

  2.1.105.7. Services Agreement; and

 

  2.1.105.8. Sikhuliso Undertaking;

 

  2.1.106. VAT ” means value-added tax as levied from time to time in terms of the VAT Act;

 

  2.1.107. VAT Act ” means the Value-Added Tax Act, No 89 of 1991; and

 

  2.1.108. Warranties ” means the warranties in 0 and otherwise expressly given by the Seller to the Purchaser in terms of this Agreement.

 

  2.2. In this Agreement -

 

  2.2.1. clause headings and the heading of the Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

13


  2.2.2. an expression which denotes -

 

  2.2.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  2.2.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ;

 

  2.2.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa ;

 

  2.2.2.4. a Party includes a reference to that Party’s successors in title and assigns allowed at law; and

 

  2.2.2.5. a reference to a consecutive series of two or more clauses is deemed to be inclusive of both the first and last mentioned clauses.

 

  2.3. Any reference in this Agreement to –

 

  2.3.1. business hours ” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h30 and 17h00 on any business day. Any reference to time shall be based upon South African Standard Time;

 

  2.3.2. days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of the Republic of South Africa from time to time;

 

  2.3.3. laws ” means all constitutions; statutes; regulations; by-laws; codes; ordinances; decrees; rules; judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgements, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards; policies; voluntary restraints; guidelines; directives; compliance notices; abatement notices; agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any Governmental Body; and the common law, and “ law ” shall have a similar meaning; and

 

  2.3.4. person ” means any person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

  2.4. The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

14


  2.5. Any substantive provision, conferring rights or imposing obligations on a Party and appearing in any of the definitions in this clause 2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall be given effect to as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement.

 

  2.6. Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout this Agreement.

 

  2.7. Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Agreement in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

  2.8. A reference to any statutory enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  2.9. Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.10. If the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.11. Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

  2.12. The rule of construction that this Agreement shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting of this Agreement, shall not apply.

 

  2.13. No provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person ( stipulatio alteri ) who is not a Party to this Agreement.

 

  2.14. The use of any expression in this Agreement covering a process available under South African law, such as winding-up, shall, if either of the Parties to this Agreement is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.

 

  2.15. Any reference in this Agreement to “ this Agreement ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

  2.16. In this Agreement the words “ clause ” or “ clauses ” and “ annexure ” or “ annexures ” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Agreement.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

15


3. INTRODUCTION

 

  3.1. The Seller carries on the Business.

 

  3.2. The Purchaser wishes to purchase the Business as a going concern and the Seller is prepared to sell the Business to the Purchaser on the terms and conditions herein contained.

 

  3.3. The Seller wishes to cede to the Purchaser in terms of section 11 of the MPRDA, the Tailings Dams Mining Right, subject to the provisions of clause 18, which cession the Purchaser wishes to accept on the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

  3.4. The Parties wish to record in writing their agreement in respect of the above and matters ancillary thereto.

 

4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

  4.1. Save for clauses 1 to 5 and clause 16 and clauses 18 to 30 all of which will become effective immediately, this Agreement is subject to the fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent that –

 

  4.1.1. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, the shareholder of the Purchaser (being the Seller) has passed resolutions approving the substitution of the Purchaser’s Existing MOI with the Purchaser’s New MOI, with effect from the Effective Date;

 

  4.1.2. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, a notice of amendment to substitute the Purchaser’s Existing MOI with the Purchaser’s New MOI has been lodged at the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission in the manner prescribed by the Companies Act;

 

  4.1.3. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, the shareholder of BEECo 1 (being Kopano) has passed resolutions approving the substitution of BEECo 1’s Existing MOI with BEECo 1’s New MOI, with effect from the Effective Date;

 

  4.1.4. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, a notice of amendment to substitute BEECo 1’s Existing MOI with BEECo 1’s New MOI has been lodged at the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission in the manner prescribed by the Companies Act;

 

  4.1.5. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, the shareholder of BEECo 2 (being Masincazelane Investments) has passed resolutions approving the substitution of BEECo 2’s Existing MOI with BEECo 2’s New MOI, with effect from the Effective Date;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

16


  4.1.6. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, a notice of amendment to substitute BEECo 2’s Existing MOI with BEECo 2’s New MOI has been lodged at the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission in the manner prescribed by the Companies Act;

 

  4.1.7. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, the shareholder of BEECo 3 (being the Seller) has passed resolutions approving the substitution of BEECo 3’s Existing MOI with BEECo 3’s New MOI, with effect from the Effective Date;

 

  4.1.8. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, a notice of amendment to substitute BEECo 3’s Existing MOI with BEECo 3’s New MOI has been lodged at the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission in the manner prescribed by the Companies Act;

 

  4.1.9. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, the shareholder of Sikhuliso SPV (being Sikhuliso) has passed resolutions approving the amendment of Sikhuliso SPV’s Existing MOI in accordance with the Sikhuliso SPV Amending Resolution, with effect from the Effective Date;

 

  4.1.10. by not later than 23h59 on 1 April 2013, a notice of amendment to amend Sikhuliso SPV’s Existing MOI in accordance with the Sikhuliso SPV Amending Resolution has been lodged at the Companies and Intellectual Property Commission in the manner prescribed by the Companies Act;

 

  4.1.11. by not later than 23h59 on 1 May 2013, the Seller has delivered to Sikhuliso SPV, BEECo 1, BEECo 2 and BEECo 3 a written notice stating that the Seller is satisfied with the results of the Due Diligence Investigation;

 

  4.1.12. by not later than 23h59 on 1 May 2013, the counterparties to the Material Contracts have consented in writing to the assignment of all of the Seller’s rights and obligations under the Material Contracts to the Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date, save to the extent that the terms of any Material Contract provide that such consent is not required;

 

  4.1.13. by not later than 23h59 on 1 May 2013, the Parties have, in accordance with the provisions of section 197(6) of the Labour Relations Act concluded an agreement, as contemplated by that section, with each of the union representatives of the Employees recording the exclusion of the transfer of their contracts of employment to the Purchaser in terms of section 197(2) of the Labour Relations Act and the incidence of liability of the Parties in relation to each of the Employees; and

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

17


  4.1.14. by not later than 23h59 on 1 May 2013, each of the Transaction Agreements has been entered into and has become unconditional in accordance with its terms, save for any condition requiring that this Agreement becomes unconditional.

 

  4.2. The Seller shall use reasonable endeavours to procure the fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent contained in clauses 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 and the Conditions Precedent contained in clauses 4.1.11 to 4.1.13 as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date.

 

  4.3. The Purchaser shall use reasonable endeavours to procure the fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent contained in clauses 4.1.3 to 4.1.10 as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date.

 

  4.4. The Seller and the Purchaser shall use their reasonable endeavours and the Seller and the Purchaser will co-operate in good faith to procure the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent contained in clause 4.1.14 as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date.

 

  4.5. The Conditions Precedent set out in –

 

  4.5.1. clauses 4.1.3 to 4.1.13 have been inserted for the benefit of the Seller which will be entitled to waive fulfilment of the said Conditions Precedent, in whole or in part, on written notice to the Purchaser prior to the expiry of the relevant time periods set out in those clauses; and

 

  4.5.2. clauses 4.1.1, 4.1.2 and 4.1.14 has been inserted for the benefit of the Purchaser and the Seller which will be entitled to waive fulfilment of any of the said Conditions Precedent, in whole or in part, by written agreement between the Parties.

 

  4.6. Unless all the Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled or waived by not later than the relevant dates for fulfilment thereof set out in clause 4.1 (or such later date or dates as may be agreed in writing between the Parties before the aforesaid date or dates) the provisions of this Agreement, save for clauses 1 to 4 and clauses 18 to 30 which will remain of full force and effect, will never become of any force or effect and the status quo ante will be restored as near as may be possible and neither of the Parties will have any claim against the other in terms hereof or arising from the failure of the Conditions Precedent, save for any claims arising from a breach of clause 4.2, 4.3 and/or clause 4.4.

 

5. SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS

 

  5.1. The Seller shall, together with the Purchaser, to the extent applicable, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, prepare and submit the Applications to the DMR, which means of submission may include submission electronically via the website of the DMR or manual lodgement, together with any further documents as may be required to be submitted in connection with the Applications.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

18


  5.2. The Seller and the Purchaser shall –

 

  5.2.1. sign all documents and expeditiously provide all necessary information for submission of the Applications upon being required to do so;

 

  5.2.2. use their reasonable commercial endeavours and shall take all such steps and render all such assistance as may be reasonably necessary to procure that the Applications and all requisite documents are properly prepared and duly submitted within the time period specified in clause 5.1, or earlier; and

 

  5.2.3. do everything reasonably required by the DMR in order to enable the Applications to be dealt with, to the extent that it is within its power to do so.

 

6. SALE

 

  6.1. The Seller hereby sells to the Purchaser which hereby purchases the Business as a going concern.

 

  6.2. Notwithstanding the Signature Date and the Closing Date, ownership of and risk in, and benefit attaching to, the Business will, against payment of the Purchase Consideration (together with any accrued interest thereon), be deemed to have passed to the Purchaser on the Effective Date, excluding the Tailings Dams Mining Right which will be ceded to the Purchaser in accordance with the provisions of clause 18 with effect from the date of execution of the Deed of Cession.

 

  6.3. Possession and effective control of the Business will be given to the Purchaser on the Closing Date, excluding the Tailings Dams Mining Right which will be ceded to the Purchaser in accordance with the provisions of clause 18 with effect from the date of execution of the Deed of Cession.

 

  6.4. The Purchaser acknowledges that ownership of the Saaiplaas Plant Crushing Facility remains with the Seller and the Seller is entitled to do all such things as it deems necessary in respect of the Saaiplaas Plant Crushing Facility, including dismantling and removing the Saaiplaas Plant Crushing Facility and rehabilitating the immovable property on which the Saaiplaas Plant Crushing Facility is located.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

19


7. INTRA-GROUP TRANSACTION

 

  7.1. The Seller and the Purchaser acknowledge and agree that section 45 of the Income Tax Act, which section provides for corporate roll-over relief where an asset is disposed of by one company to another company (which is a resident of South Africa) and both companies form part of the same group of companies as at the end of the day of that transaction, shall automatically apply to the disposal of the Business Assets by the Seller to the Purchaser in terms of this Sale. In particular, the Seller and the Purchaser acknowledge and agree that –

 

  7.1.1. both the Seller and the Purchaser are companies incorporated under the laws of South Africa and therefore qualify as “companies” as defined in section 1 of the Income Tax Act;

 

  7.1.2. the Purchaser is a “resident” of South Africa as the purchaser is incorporated under the laws of South Africa and accordingly satisfies the requirements of the definition of a “resident” in terms of section 1 of the Income Tax Act;

 

  7.1.3. both the Seller and the Purchaser form part of the same group of companies in that 70% (seventy percent) of the equity shares of the Purchaser is held by the Seller as at the date of the Sale and thereby meet the requirements of the definition of “group of companies” in section 1 as read with section 41 of the Income Tax Act. Further, the Seller and Purchaser shall equally form part of the same group of companies as at the end of the day of the Sale;

 

  7.1.4. the Purchaser shall, pursuant to the implementation of this Sale, acquire the Business Assets as -

 

  7.1.4.1. capital assets where the Seller held such assets as capital assets;

 

  7.1.4.2. trading stock where the Seller held such assets as trading stock; and

 

  7.1.4.3. allowance assets where the Seller held such assets as allowance assets.

 

  7.2. Accordingly, the Seller and the Purchaser shall abide by the provisions of section 45 of the Income Tax Act in the implementation of this Sale and confirm that the Seller and the Purchaser have not agreed in writing that the provisions of section 45 of the Income Tax Act do not apply to the disposal of the Business Assets in terms of section 45(6)(g) of the Income Tax Act.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

20


  7.3. The Purchaser shall, within 30 (thirty) days of the Sale, report this transaction in terms of section 45 of the Income Tax Act to the Commissioner for the South African Revenue Service in terms of section 41(5) of the Income Tax Act.

 

  7.4. Accordingly, and from a tax perspective, the Business Assets shall be transferred by the Seller to the Purchaser in terms of section 45 of the Income Tax Act having regard to the following principles –

 

  7.4.1. in respect of capital assets transferred by the Seller to the Purchaser –

 

  7.4.1.1. the Seller is deemed to have disposed of those assets for an amount equal to the base cost of those assets on the date of disposal; and

 

  7.4.1.2. the Seller and the Purchaser must, for purposes of determining any capital gain or capital loss in respect of a disposal of that asset by the Purchaser, be deemed to be one and the same person with respect to –

 

  7.4.1.2.1. the date of acquisition of that asset by the Seller and the amount and date of incurral by the Seller of any expenditure in respect of that asset allowable in terms of paragraph 20 of the Eighth Schedule to the Income Tax Act; and

 

  7.4.1.2.2. any valuation of that asset effected by the Seller as contemplated in paragraph 29(4) of the Eighth Schedule to the Income Tax Act;

 

  7.4.2. in respect of assets held as trading stock –

 

  7.4.2.1. the Seller must be deemed to have disposed of that asset for an amount equal to the amount taken into account by the Seller in respect of that asset in terms of section 11(a) or 22(1) or (2); and

 

  7.4.2.2. the Seller and the Purchaser must, for purposes of determining any taxable income derived by the Purchaser from a trade carried on by it, be deemed to be one and the same person with respect to the date of acquisition of that asset by the Seller and the amount and date of incurral by the Seller of any cost or expenditure incurred in respect of that asset as contemplated in section 11(a) or 22(1) (2);

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

21


  7.4.3. in respect of allowance assets transferred by the Seller –

 

  7.4.3.1. no allowance allowed to the Seller in respect of that asset must be recovered or recouped by the Seller or included in the Seller’s income for the year of that transfer; and

 

  7.4.3.2. the Seller and the Purchaser must be deemed to be one and the same person for purposes of determining the amount of any allowance or deduction –

 

  7.4.3.2.1. to which the Purchaser may be entitled in respect of that asset; or

 

  7.4.3.2.2. that is to be recovered or recouped by or included in the income of the Purchaser in respect of that asset;

 

  7.4.4. in respect of a contract in respect of which an allowance in terms of section 24C of the Income Tax Act was allowable –

 

  7.4.4.1. no allowance allowed to the Seller in respect of that obligation must be included in the Seller’s income for the year of the transfer; and

 

  7.4.4.2. the Seller and the Purchaser must be deemed to be one and the same person for purposes of determining the amount of any allowance –

 

  7.4.4.2.1. to which the Purchaser may be entitled in respect of that obligation; or

 

  7.4.4.2.2. that is to be included in the income of the Purchaser in respect of that obligation.

 

8. PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

 

  8.1. The Purchase Consideration is an amount equal to R460,600,000 (four hundred and sixty million and six hundred thousand rand, which amount the Parties agree is the effective valuation of the Business as at the Effective Date.

 

  8.2. The Purchaser will assume the Rehabilitation Liabilities, in return for which the Seller will procure the transfer from the Harmony Trust to the New Rehabilitation Trust, the full amount which has been provided in the Harmony Trust for the Rehabilitation Liabilities in accordance with the provisions of clause 14.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

22


  8.3. The Seller and the Purchaser shall report the transactions contemplated hereby on all tax returns required to be filed by them in a manner consistent with such allocation.

 

9. PAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

 

  9.1. The Purchase Consideration will be paid by the Purchaser, on the Closing Date, against compliance by the Seller with clause 11.1, as follows –

 

  9.1.1. by the payment to the Seller of an amount equal to R4,606,000 (four million six hundred and six thousand rand), the payment of which shall be set-off against the obligation of the Seller to make payment of an amount equal to R4,606,000 (four million six hundred and six thousand rand) to the Purchaser for the subscription of an additional 1 (one) share in the issued share capital of the Purchaser in terms of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement; and

 

  9.1.2. by the Purchaser crediting a loan account in its books of account in the name of the Seller for an amount equal to R455,994,000 (four hundred and fifty five million nine hundred and ninety four thousand rand), which loan account shall bear interest at the Funding Rate plus 100 (one hundred) basis points.

 

  9.2. All payments to be made under or arising from this Agreement will be made by electronic transfer of immediately available and freely transferable funds, free of any deductions or set-off whatsoever, in the currency of the Republic of South Africa and, in the case of payments made by the Purchaser, to the Seller’s Designated Account.

 

  9.3. For purposes of section 45(3A) of the Income Tax Act -

 

  9.3.1. the Seller, which forms part of the same group of companies as the Purchaser, shall be deemed to have acquired the debt contemplated in clause 9.1.2 for an amount of expenditure of nil; and

 

  9.3.2. where an amount, other than interest, is received by or accrues to the Seller from any company that forms part of the same group of companies as the Seller (such as the Purchaser) in respect of the said debt and that amount is applied by the Seller in settlement of the debt, that amount must be disregarded in determining the aggregate capital gain or taxable income of the Seller.

 

10. VALUE-ADDED TAX

 

  10.1. The Parties record that they are, for purposes of the VAT Act, deemed to be one and the same person in terms of section 8(25) of the VAT Act.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

23


  10.2. The Parties agree that –

 

  10.2.1. both the Seller and the Purchaser are registered VAT vendors, registered in terms of the VAT Act;

 

  10.2.2. the Business is –

 

  10.2.2.1. an enterprise capable of separate operation; and

 

  10.2.2.2. being sold as a going concern;

 

  10.2.3. the aforesaid enterprise will constitute an income earning activity on the Closing Date and the date of transfer thereof to the Purchaser;

 

  10.2.4. the assets necessary to carry on the enterprise are being disposed of by the Seller to the Purchaser in terms of this Agreement.

 

  10.3. Should, for any reason, the provisions of section 8(25) of the VAT Act not be applicable to this Agreement, the sale of the Business in any event falls within the ambit of section 11(1)(e) of the VAT Act and as such the Parties agree that the Purchase Consideration for the supply includes VAT at the rate of zero percent.

 

  10.4. Should the South African Revenue Service rule that VAT is payable in respect of the sale of the Business or any Business Assets at a rate exceeding zero percent, the Purchaser shall pay such VAT to the Seller when the Seller is required to make payment thereof, against the delivery of a tax invoice to the Purchaser.

 

  10.5. Each of the Purchaser and Seller respectively warrant to the other that they will, as at the time of supply (as defined in section 9(1) of the VAT Act) of the enterprise to the Purchaser, be registered as vendors in terms of the VAT Act.

 

  10.6. The Purchaser shall, on or before the Closing Date, provide the Seller with a copy of its VAT registration certificate (form VAT-103) for the records of the Seller.

 

11. CLOSING

 

  11.1. On the Closing Date representatives of the Parties shall meet at 10h00 at the offices of the Seller, or such other place as the Parties may agree, at which meeting the Seller will –

 

  11.1.1. give possession of the Business to the Purchaser and place the Purchaser in control of the management of the Business;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

24


  11.1.2. deliver to the Purchaser all of the Business Assets (excluding the Tailings Dams Mining Right), by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances; and

 

  11.1.3. deliver to the Purchaser (to the extent to which they exist) all books, records and other relevant documents pertaining solely to the Business (including all such records as exist only in electronic form, which shall be copied onto such devices or memory storage disks or drives as the Purchaser may reasonably require), provided that –

 

  11.1.3.1. insofar as the Seller is obliged in law to retain any such book, record or document, it shall deliver a photocopy thereof to the Purchaser; and

 

  11.1.3.2. if the Seller requires, at any time after the Closing Date, to make copies of or inspect any such book, record or document relating to any period prior to the Closing Date, in terms of or in order to comply with any law or other legal obligation, it shall be entitled to do so during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to the Purchaser.

 

  11.2. The Seller hereby undertakes to sign and execute upon request by the Purchaser all such documents as may be required to procure, at the cost of the Purchaser, the transfer and, to the extent possible, the registration of the transfer of the Business Assets into the name of the Purchaser. If the Seller fails to sign and execute any document within 5 (five) business days of any written request therefor by the Purchaser, the Seller hereby appoints the Purchaser as its attorney and agent in rem suam to do all such things and sign and execute any documents on its behalf to procure the transfer of the Business Assets into the name of the Purchaser.

 

  11.3. Upon closing in terms of this clause 11, the Purchaser will pay to the Seller the Purchase Consideration.

 

  11.4. The Parties may, by agreement in writing, dispense with a meeting on the Closing Date and may instead ensure delivery of the documents referred to in clause 11.1 and clause 11.2, and payment of the Purchase Consideration, in such other manner as they agree to be convenient.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

25


12. BUSINESS LIABILITIES

 

  12.1. Against compliance by the Purchaser with its obligations under clause 11.3 –

 

  12.1.1. the Seller hereby delegates the Business Liabilities to the Purchaser on the Closing Date with effect from the Effective Date; and

 

  12.1.2. the Purchaser hereby accepts such delegation and assumes the Business Liabilities on the Closing Date with effect from the Effective Date.

 

  12.2. The Purchaser undertakes to discharge such Business Liabilities as and when they fall due.

 

  12.3. The Purchaser hereby indemnifies and holds the Seller harmless against all claims, damage, loss and/or expense which may be made against and/or suffered by the Seller in connection with and/or arising from the Business Liabilities or in respect of the Purchaser’s failure to discharge the Business Liabilities timeously.

 

  12.4. The Business Liabilities will for all purposes exclude the Excluded Liabilities. The Excluded Liabilities are excluded from the Sale and will be retained by the Seller for its own account. The Seller hereby indemnifies and holds the Purchaser harmless against all claims, damage, loss and/or expense which may be made against and/or suffered by the Purchaser in connection with and/or arising from the Excluded Liabilities or in respect of the Seller’s failure to discharge the Excluded Liabilities or any of them.

 

13. THE CONTRACTS

 

  13.1. To the extent that consent of the counterparty to the assignment of a Contract is not required, the Seller hereby assigns its rights and obligations under the Contracts to the Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date, which will take over and complete all Contracts for its own account. The Purchaser hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts such assignment.

 

  13.2. The Seller hereby indemnifies the Purchaser and holds it harmless against any and all claims which may, in respect of the Business, be made against it and all liabilities which may be incurred by the Purchaser under any of the Contracts assigned to it in terms of clause 13.1, but only in respect of claims, the cause of action of which arose before the Closing Date.

 

  13.3. The Purchaser hereby indemnifies the Seller and holds it harmless against any and all claims which may, in respect of the Business, be made against it and all liabilities which may be incurred by the Seller under any of the Contracts assigned to it in terms of clause 13.1, but only in respect of claims, the cause of action of which arises after the Closing Date.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

26


14. NEW REHABILITATION TRUST

 

  14.1. The Seller shall as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, procure that the New Rehabilitation Trust has been established and that letters of authority have been issued to the trustees by the Master of the High Court.

 

  14.2. Digby Wells Environmental has estimated that the rehabilitation liability as per the requirements of the MPRDA to be an amount equal to R87,540,494 (eighty seven million five hundred and forty thousand four hundred and ninety four rand). This recordal of such estimate does not constitute, in any way whatsoever, a warranty by the Seller, and the Purchaser shall have no claim against the Seller to the extent that the rehabilitation liability as per the requirements of the MPRDA is more than R87,540,954 (eighty seven million five hundred and forty thousand four hundred and ninety four rand).

 

  14.3. The amount in the Harmony Trust, which amount is ring-fenced in the Harmony Trust for the Rehabilitation Liabilities, shall be an amount equal to the amount referred to in clause 14.2.

 

  14.4. The Seller will, on the later of –

 

  14.4.1. the date which is 30 (thirty) business days after the execution of the Deed of Cession; and

 

  14.4.2. the date which is 60 (sixty) business days after the date on which letters of authority have been issued to the trustees of the New Rehabilitation Trust,

procure the transfer from the Harmony Trust to the New Rehabilitation Trust, the full amount which has been provided in the Harmony Trust for the Rehabilitation Liabilities as at the date of transfer, subject to the following –

 

  14.4.3. the Purchaser shall continue to make contributions to the Harmony Trust for the Rehabilitation Liabilities until the date of transfer;

 

  14.4.4. the New Rehabilitation Trust shall be a separate fund in respect of the Rehabilitation Liabilities and shall not be used for any other purpose;

 

  14.4.5. the trust deed of the New Rehabilitation Trust will not be amended without the Seller’s prior written approval;

 

  14.4.6. the Seller shall have the right from time to time, to appoint a trustee to the New Rehabilitation Trust;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

27


  14.4.7. the Purchaser will deposit amounts into the New Rehabilitation Trust as agreed with the DMR. To the extent that any contributions to the New Rehabilitation Trust are in arrears after the Closing Date, the Purchaser hereby undertakes that it shall not distribute any cash from its business, in any form or manner whatsoever, until such arrears have been extinguished; and

 

  14.4.8. the Purchaser will provide the Seller, on an annual basis, with an estimate of the Rehabilitation Liabilities, details of all amounts paid into or by the New Rehabilitation Trust and a copy of the accounts of the New Rehabilitation Trust.

 

15. SERVITUDES

The Seller shall use reasonable commercial endeavours to procure the registration of the Servitudes as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date. With effect from the Closing Date, the Seller hereby grants to the Purchaser rights of access in order to enable to the Purchaser to adequately access the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility, the Tailings Dams, the St Helena Dams and the pipelines and powerlines in respect of the Business until such date as the Servitude in respect of each of the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility, the Tailings Dams, the St Helena Dams and the pipelines and powerlines in respect of the Business is registered.

 

16. INTERIM PERIOD ACTIVITIES

The Seller shall procure that from the Signature Date until the Closing Date –

 

  16.1. the Business will be carried on in substantially the normal and ordinary course, and the Seller shall not enter into any contract or commitment or do anything which, in any such case, is out of the normal and ordinary course of the Business; and

 

  16.2. no activities, save for the processing of the Tailings Dams in the normal and ordinary course, shall be conducted in respect of the Tailings Dams (save to the extent required by law, in terms of the provisions of this Agreement, the Mining Right or any mining works programme or environmental management programme in respect of the Mining Right),

without obtaining the prior written consent of the Purchaser, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

17. SECTION 34 OF THE INSOLVENCY ACT

 

  17.1. The Parties agree that notice of the Sale will not be published as contemplated in section 34 of the Insolvency Act.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

28


  17.2. Without in any way detracting from the rights and remedies of the Purchaser contemplated in clauses 23 –

 

  17.2.1. the Seller hereby indemnifies the Purchaser and holds the Purchaser harmless against any claim of any nature which may be made against the Purchaser by any creditor of the Seller pursuant to the provisions of section 34 of the Insolvency Act and against any loss or damage of any nature whatsoever which the Purchaser may suffer as a result of the non-publication of the notices referred to in clause 17.1, save to the extent that such loss or damage arises from a failure by the Purchaser to comply with its obligations in terms of this Agreement;

 

  17.2.2. the Purchaser shall not be under any duty to resist any proceedings to attach or to take possession of any of the Business Assets by any person who alleges that the Sale is void because such transaction has not been advertised, provided that the Purchaser shall be obliged, within 2 (two) business days after becoming aware of such proceedings, to give written notice thereof to the Seller; and

 

  17.2.3. if the Purchaser gives notice pursuant to clause 17.2.2, the Seller shall be obliged to procure that the Business Assets concerned are released from attachment or are returned to the Purchaser, as the case may be, within 10 (ten) business days of receipt of such notice from the Purchaser.

 

18. CESSION OF THE TAILINGS DAMS MINING RIGHT

 

  18.1. The Seller and the Purchaser undertake to do all such things as may be necessary to procure the cession of the Tailings Dams Mining Right from the Seller to the Purchaser.

 

  18.2. The Purchaser acknowledges that as at the Signature Date, the Mining Right does not include the gold ore in respect of the Tailings Dams. Pursuant to the Amendment Approval, the Seller shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that the DMR shall –

 

  18.2.1. amend the Mining Right to include the gold ore in respect of the Tailings Dams and either –

 

  18.2.1.1. execute a new Mining Right including the gold ore in respect of the Tailings Dams; or

 

  18.2.1.2. execute a deed of amendment in terms of which the Mining Right is amended to included the gold ore in respect of the Tailings Dams;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

29


  18.2.2. grant the Tailings Dams Mining Right to the Seller and execute such Tailings Dam Mining Right in the name of the Seller; or

 

  18.3. In the event that the DMR amends the Mining Right to include the gold ore in respect of the Tailings Dams as contemplated in clause 18.2.1, the Seller and the Purchaser acknowledge that, the cession of the Tailings Dams Mining Right from the Seller to the Purchaser shall be subject to –

 

  18.3.1. receipt of the grant by the DMR of the Tailings Dams Mining Right (subject to the Abandonment by the Seller provided that such grant and Abandonment takes place contemporaneously);

 

  18.3.2. execution of the Tailings Dams Mining Right in the name of the Seller;

 

  18.3.3. the grant of the Section 102 Application;

 

  18.3.4. receipt of all such documents as may be necessary to execute the deed of cession, including the Section 11 Consent and to the extent applicable, the Seller’s Power of Attorney and the Purchaser’s Power of Attorney;

 

  18.3.5. amendment of the Seller’s certificate of registration granted under the NNR Act to exclude the Tailings Dams and the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility; and

 

  18.3.6. the Purchaser being granted a certificate of registration under the NNR Act in respect of the Tailings Dams and the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility.

 

  18.4. In the event that the DMR grants the Tailings Dams Mining Right to the Seller and executes such Tailings Dam Mining Right in the name of the Seller as contemplated in clause 18.2.2, the Seller and the Purchaser acknowledge that, the cession of the Tailings Dams Mining Right from the Seller to the Purchaser shall be subject to –

 

  18.4.1. receipt of all such documents as may be necessary to execute the deed of cession, including the Section 11 Consent and to the extent applicable, the Seller’s Power of Attorney and the Purchaser’s Power of Attorney;

 

  18.4.2. amendment of the Seller’s certificate of registration granted under the NNR Act to exclude the Tailings Dams and the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility; and

 

  18.4.3. the Purchaser being granted a certificate of registration under the NNR Act in respect of the Tailings Dams and the Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

30


  18.5. The Seller shall procure that, subject to receipt of the grant of the Tailings Dam Mining Right and execution of the Tailings Dams Mining Right by the DMR and the Seller as contemplated in clause 18.3, the Deed of Amendment shall be executed.

 

  18.6. Forthwith after the execution of the Deed of Cession and, to the extent applicable, the Deed of Amendment , the Seller shall procure that the Deed of Cession and, to the extent applicable, the Deed of Amendment are lodged for registration in terms of the MTRA within the 30 (thirty) day period contemplated in section 11(4) of the MPRDA.

 

  18.7. The Purchaser acknowledges that the grant of the Tailings Dam Mining Right, and subsequent cession thereof to the Purchaser, shall not vest in the Purchaser any rights in and to the Mining Area (including the area below the Tailings Dams) and the Seller shall be entitled, at all times, to continue its processing activities in respect of the area below the Tailings Dams.

 

19. WARRANTIES BY THE SELLER

 

  19.1. Subject to the limitations and qualifications set out in clause 19.3, the Seller hereby gives to and in favour of the Purchaser the Warranties more fully set out in this Agreement and in 0. Each Warranty –

 

  19.1.1. is a separate Warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other Warranty or by any other words in this Agreement;

 

  19.1.2. is, insofar as it is promissory or relates to a future event, deemed to have been given as at the date of fulfilment of the promise or future happening of the event, as the case may be;

 

  19.1.3. is given as at the Signature Date, the Effective Date and the Closing Date and the periods between those dates; and

 

  19.1.4. shall continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of the Sale.

 

  19.2. It is recorded that the Purchaser has entered into this Agreement on the strength of the Warranties and on the basis that the Warranties will be correct on the Signature Date, the Effective Date and the Closing Date and the period between those dates.

 

  19.3. The Warranties are limited and qualified -

 

  19.3.1. by anything which arises as a result of any change in any applicable law or in its interpretation; and

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

31


  19.3.2. by anything to the extent that it is within the actual knowledge of the Purchaser at the Signature Date.

 

  19.4. The Purchaser acknowledges and warrants that as at the Signature Date, it does not know of, or have any ground to suspect, anything which may be, or would with the lapse of time or giving of notice, or both, be likely to become, a breach of any Warranty.

 

  19.5. Save for those Warranties and representations expressly given or made in this Agreement or in 0, no warranties or representations are given or made, in respect of the Business, the Tailings, the Tailings Dams Mining Right and/or the Tailings Dams, or any other matter whatsoever, whether express, tacit or implied, and the Business is being sold on a voetstoots basis.

 

20. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

  20.1. Notwithstanding the Warranties, representations and undertakings given by the Seller, no liability shall attach to the Seller in relation to claims, losses or liabilities –

 

  20.1.1. for any loss of profit or any other indirect, special or consequential loss;

 

  20.1.2. which are less than R3,000,000 (three million rand) in aggregate, provided that when such aggregate or individual claims or loss exceed the said amount, the Seller shall, subject to clauses 20.1.3 and 20.1.4, be liable for the full amount of such claim/s and/or loss and/or liabilities and not only for the amount in excess of the said amount;

 

  20.1.3. if the Purchaser has not issued summons against the Seller for recovery of such claims, losses or liabilities or made a demand for arbitration in regard thereto in terms of clause 24.1 by a date which is 18 (eighteen) months after the Closing Date, provided that if the Purchaser has, before such date, given written notice in respect of any claim which it may have to the Seller and has within 180 (one hundred and eighty) days after such date issued summons or commenced arbitration proceedings for the recovery thereof, the Warranties and indemnities given in respect of such notified matter shall survive as long as may be necessary to permit the final resolution of such matter; or

 

  20.1.4. which in aggregate exceed an amount equal to the Purchase Consideration on the basis that the aggregate amount recoverable from the Seller, exclusive of interest and costs, from whatever cause arising, shall be limited to the aforesaid amount.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

32


  20.2. The Purchaser shall have no claim whatsoever against the Seller in respect of any breach of any of the Warranties or representations contained in this Agreement and Annexure “ 6 ” hereto if and to the extent that –

 

  20.2.1. such breach or claim occurs as a result of any legislation not in force at the Signature Date which takes effect retrospectively;

 

  20.2.2. such breach or claim would not have arisen but for any voluntary act or omission on the part of the Purchaser or any person connected with it otherwise than in the normal and ordinary course of business; or

 

  20.2.3. such breach or claim arises as a result only of any changes after the Closing Date in the accounting bases, policies or methods used by the Business to value any of its assets or to provide for any of its liabilities.

 

  20.3. Any claim by the Purchaser against the Seller based on a breach of a representation, undertaking or Warranty contained in this Agreement shall be reduced by the aggregate of –

 

  20.3.1. any provisions in respect thereof, as reflected in the Management Accounts;

 

  20.3.2. an amount equal to any tax benefit received by the Purchaser as a result thereof, based on the nominal tax rate applicable at the time;

 

  20.3.3. any amount recovered from any third party in respect thereof (provided that nothing contained in this clause 20.3.3 shall be construed as placing any obligation on the Purchaser to take any steps to recover any amount from any third party); and

 

  20.3.4. any amount by which the subject matter of the claim has been or is made good or otherwise compensated for without cost to the Purchaser.

 

  20.4. All amounts available for set-off or otherwise liable to be deducted pursuant to clauses 20.2 or 20.3, shall be taken into account for the purpose of determining the amount of loss sustained in connection with the limits referred to in clause 20.1.

 

  20.5. Nothing in this clause 20 shall in any way diminish the Purchaser’s common law obligation to mitigate its loss.

 

  20.6. If any potential claim arises by reason of liability which is contingent only, then the Seller shall not be under any obligation to make any payment pursuant to such claim until such time as the contingent liability ceases to be contingent and becomes actual.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

33


21. GENERAL WARRANTIES

 

  21.1. Each of the Parties hereby warrants to and in favour of the other that –

 

  21.1.1. it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement;

 

  21.1.2. this Agreement constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  21.1.3. the execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not –

 

  21.1.3.1. contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject;

 

  21.1.3.2. contravene any provision of that Party’s constitutional documents; or

 

  21.1.3.3. conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it; and

 

  21.1.4. to the best of its knowledge and belief, it is not aware of the existence of any fact or circumstance that may impair its ability to comply with all of its obligations in terms of this Agreement;

 

  21.1.5. it is entering into this Agreement as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity);

 

  21.1.6. the natural person who signs and executes this Agreement on its behalf is validly and duly authorised to do so;

 

  21.1.7. no other party is acting as a fiduciary for it; and

 

  21.1.8. it is not relying upon any statement or representation by or on behalf of any other Party, except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

  21.2. Each of the representations and warranties given by the Parties in terms of clause 21.1 shall –

 

  21.2.1. be a separate warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement; and

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

34


  21.2.2. continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

22. SUPPORT

The Parties undertake at all times to do all such things, perform all such actions and take all such steps and to procure the doing of all such things, the performance of all such actions and the taking of all such steps as may be open to them and necessary for or incidental to the putting into effect or maintenance of the terms, conditions and/or import of this Agreement.

 

23. BREACH

 

  23.1. If a Party (“ Defaulting Party ”) commits any breach of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 5 (five) business days (“ Notice Period ”) of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied, then the Party giving the notice (“ Aggrieved Party ”) will be entitled, at its option –

 

  23.1.1. to claim immediate specific performance of any of the Defaulting Party’s obligations under this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, whether or not such obligation has fallen due for performance and to require the Defaulting Party to provide security to the satisfaction of the Aggrieved Party for the Defaulting Party’s obligations; or

 

  23.1.2. to cancel this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, in which case written notice of the cancellation shall be given to the Defaulting Party, and the cancellation shall take effect on the giving of the notice. No Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement unless the breach is a material breach. A breach will be deemed to be a material breach if -

 

  23.1.2.1. it is capable of being remedied, but is not so remedied within the Notice Period; or

 

  23.1.2.2. it is incapable of being remedied or is not remedied within the Notice Period, and payment in money will compensate for such breach but such payment is not made within the Notice Period.

 

  23.2. The Parties agree that any costs awarded will be recoverable on an attorney-and-own-client scale unless the Court specifically determines that such scale shall not apply, in which event the costs will be recoverable in accordance with the High Court tariff, determined on an attorney-and-client scale.

 

  23.3. The Aggrieved Party’s remedies in terms of this clause 23 are without prejudice to any other remedies to which the Aggrieved Party may be entitled in law.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

35


  23.4. Notwithstanding the aforegoing, after the Closing Date, neither of the Parties will have the right to cancel this Agreement as a result of a breach thereof, and the Parties’ only remedies thereafter will be to claim specific performance of all the Defaulting Party’s obligations, together with damages, if any.

 

24. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  24.1. In the event of there being any dispute or difference between the Parties arising out of this Agreement, the said dispute or difference shall on written demand by either Party be submitted to arbitration in Johannesburg in accordance with the AFSA rules, which arbitration shall be administered by AFSA.

 

  24.2. Should AFSA, as an institution, not be operating at that time or not be accepting requests for arbitration for any reason, then the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AFSA rules for commercial arbitration (as last applied by AFSA) before an arbitrator appointed by agreement between the Parties to the dispute or failing agreement within 10 (ten) business days of the demand for arbitration, then either Party to the dispute shall be entitled to forthwith call upon the chairperson of the Johannesburg Bar Council to nominate the arbitrator, provided that the person so nominated shall be an advocate of not less than 10 (ten) years standing as such. The person so nominated shall be the duly appointed arbitrator in respect of the dispute. In the event of the attorneys of the Parties to the dispute failing to agree on any matter relating to the administration of the arbitration, such matter shall be referred to and decided by the arbitrator whose decision shall be final and binding on the Parties to the dispute.

 

  24.3. Either Party to the dispute may appeal the decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators in terms of the AFSA rules for commercial arbitration.

 

  24.4. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit a Party to the dispute from applying to the appropriate court for urgent relief or for judgment in relation to a liquidated claim.

 

  24.5. Any arbitration in terms of this clause 24 (including any appeal proceedings) shall be conducted in camera and the Parties shall treat as confidential details of the dispute submitted to arbitration, the conduct of the arbitration proceedings and the outcome of the arbitration.

 

  24.6. This clause 24 will continue to be binding on the Parties notwithstanding any termination or cancellation of the Agreement.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

36


  24.7. The Parties agree that the written demand by a Party in terms of clause 24.1 that the dispute or difference be submitted to arbitration, is to be deemed to be a legal process for the purpose of interrupting extinctive prescription in terms of the Prescription Act, 1969.

 

25. NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

 

  25.1. The Parties select as their respective domicilia citandi et executandi the following physical addresses, and for the purposes of giving or sending any notice provided for or required under this Agreement, the said physical addresses as well as the following telefax numbers –

 

  25.1.1. Seller:

 

  Physical Address:    Block 27
     Randfontein Office Park
     Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
  Telefax:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
 

 

Marked for the attention of: The Company Secretary

 

  25.1.2. Purchaser:

 

  Physical Address:    Block 27
     Randfontein Office Park
     Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
  Telefax:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
 

 

Marked for the attention of: Frank Abbott

provided that a Party may change its domicilium or its address for the purposes of notices to any other physical address or telefax number by written notice to the other Party to that effect. Such change of address will be effective 5 (five) business days after receipt of the notice of the change.

 

  25.2. All notices to be given in terms of this Agreement will be given in writing and will -

 

  25.2.1. be delivered by hand or sent by telefax;

 

  25.2.2. if delivered by hand during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of delivery. Any notice delivered after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day; and

 

  25.2.3. if sent by telefax during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of successful transmission of the telefax. Any telefax sent after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

37


  25.3. Notwithstanding the above, any notice given in writing, and actually received by the Party to whom the notice is addressed, will be deemed to have been properly given and received, notwithstanding that such notice has not been given in accordance with this clause 25.

 

26. BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

This Agreement will also be for the benefit of and be binding upon the successors in title and permitted assigns of the Parties or either of them.

 

27. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  27.1. This Agreement will in all respects be governed by and construed under the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  27.2. Subject to clause 24, the Parties hereby consent and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg in any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement.

 

28. GENERAL

 

  28.1. Whole Agreement

 

  28.1.1. This Agreement constitutes the whole of the agreement between the Parties relating to the matters dealt with herein and, save to the extent otherwise provided herein, no undertaking, representation, term or condition relating to the subject matter of this Agreement not incorporated in this Agreement shall be binding on the Parties.

 

  28.1.2. This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all agreements between the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) and undertakings given to or on behalf of the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) in relation to the subject matter hereof.

 

  28.2. Variations to be in Writing

No addition to or variation, deletion, or agreed cancellation of all or any clauses or provisions of this Agreement will be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by the Parties.

 

  28.3. No Indulgences

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to the other Parties in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder, and no delay or forbearance in the enforcement of any right of a Party arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party under this Agreement, shall in any

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

38


circumstances be construed to be an implied consent or election by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of or otherwise affect any of the Party’s rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop or preclude any such Party from enforcing at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term hereof. Failure or delay on the part of a Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement will not constitute or be deemed to be a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

  28.4. No Waiver or Suspension of Rights

No waiver, suspension or postponement by either Party of any right arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by such Party. Any such waiver, suspension or postponement will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose given.

 

  28.5. Provisions Severable

All provisions and the various clauses of this Agreement are, notwithstanding the manner in which they have been grouped together or linked grammatically, severable from each other. Any provision or clause of this Agreement which is or becomes unenforceable in any jurisdiction, whether due to voidness, invalidity, illegality, unlawfulness or for any other reason whatever, shall, in such jurisdiction only and only to the extent that it is so unenforceable, be treated as pro non scripto and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain of full force and effect. The Parties declare that it is their intention that this Agreement would be executed without such unenforceable provision if they were aware of such unenforceability at the time of execution hereof.

 

  28.6. Continuing Effectiveness of Certain Provisions

The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

  28.7. No Assignment

Neither this Agreement nor any part, share or interest herein nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be ceded, delegated or assigned by either Party without the prior signed written consent of the other Party, save as otherwise provided herein.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

39


  28.8. Exclusion of Electronic Signature

The reference in clauses 28.2, 28.4 and 28.7 to writing signed by a Party shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be read and construed as excluding any form of electronic signature.

 

29. COSTS

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.

 

30. SIGNATURE

 

  30.1. This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  30.2. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  30.3. The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

  30.4. The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

For:    HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED   
Signature:   

/s/

  
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:   

Graham Briggs

  
Date:   

20 March 2013

  
Place:   

Sandton

  

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

40


For:    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:   

/s/

  
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:   

Graham Briggs

  
Date:   

20 March 2013

  
Place:   

Sandton

  

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

41


Annexure 1

DEED OF CESSION

Protocol No            

NOTARIAL DEED OF CESSION (PROSPECTING RIGHT)

BE IT HEREBY MADE KNOWN:

THAT on the [•] day of [•] 2012, before me,

[NOTARY PUBLIC]

Notary Public, duly admitted and sworn, residing and practising at Johannesburg in the Province of Gauteng, and in the presence of the subscribing witnesses, personally came and appeared -

[APPEARER]

in her capacity as the attorney and agent of -

 

1. HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(registration number 1950/038232/06)

(hereinafter referred to as the “ Cedent ”)

[s/he], the said Appearer, being duly authorised hereto under and by virtue of a power of attorney granted in [his/her] favour on the [•] day of [•] by [•], in his capacity as the duly authorised representative of the Cedent under and by virtue of a resolution of the directors of the Cedent passed on the [•] day of [•];

and

 

2. BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(registration number 2012/041001/07)

(hereinafter referred to as the “ Cessionary ”)

[s/he], the said Appearer, being duly authorised hereto under and by virtue of a power of attorney granted in [his/her] favour on the [•] day of [•] by [•], in [his/her] capacity as the duly authorised representative of the Cessionary under and by virtue of a resolution of the directors of the Cessionary passed on the [•] day of [•];

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


which powers of attorney and certified copies of which resolutions have this day been exhibited to me, the Notary, and now remain filed in my Protocol;

AND THE APPEARERS DECLARED THAT WHEREAS:

 

A the Cedent is the holder of the mining right with file number MP[•] MR [•] ([•]) (“ Tailings Dams Mining Right ”);

 

B in terms of a sale of business agreement entered into between the Cessionary and the Cedent dated [•], as amended from time to time (“ Sale of Business Agreement ”), the Cedent agreed to cede its right, title and interest in and to the Tailings Dams Mining Right to the Cessionary, which cession the Cessionary is prepared to accept; and

 

C the Director-General of the Department of Mineral Resources, by virtue of the powers delegated to him, consented to the cession on [•], in terms of section 11(2) of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, No 28 of 2002 and clause [•] of the Mining Right.

NOW THEREFORE THESE PRESENTS WITNESS:

 

3. CESSION

The Cedent hereby cedes, assigns, transfers and makes over its right, title and interest in the Tailings Dams Mining Right to the Cessionary, its successors in title or assigns, subject to such terms and conditions as are mentioned or referred to in the Tailings Dams Mining Right, and the Cessionary hereby accepts the cession and assignment of the Cedent’s right, title, interest and obligations in and to the Tailings Dams Mining Right.

 

4. COMPENSATION

Compensation for the cession of the Cedent’s right, title and interest in and to the Tailings Dams Mining Right will be payable by the Cessionary to the Cedent in terms of the provisions of the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

5. COSTS

Each party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the preparation and registration of this cession.

THUS DONE AND EXECUTED at Sandton on the day, month and year first aforewritten in the presence of the undersigned witnesses.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

2


AS WITNESSES

 

1.  

 

     

 

        q.q. CEDENT
2.  

 

     

 

        q.q. CESSIONARY
       

 

QUOD ATTESTOR

NOTARY PUBLIC

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

3


Annexure 2

LIST OF INFRASTRUCTURE AND EQUIPMENT

 

SHAFT : METALLURGICAL PLANTS   
BUSINESS UNIT: SAAIPLAAS PLANT   
Compiled/Updated by: HENDRIK MOMBERG    Designation: PLANT MANAGER

 

   

Infrastructure

 

Units

 

Comments

  2012  
  Feed - monitoring slime dams      

H 1 and Brand A monitor

supply pump stations

    3   
1   Water pumps        
  Brand A dam   : 250-105 KSB pumps   ea   250 kW     4   
    : 2750 kPa C-5 pumps   ea   200 kW     4   
    : 200-C 5 pumps   ea   200 kW     4   
  H 1 dam   : 250-105 KSB pumps   ea   250 kW  
  Dam 21   : 200-C 5 pumps   ea   200 kW     10   
2   Slurry pumps        
  Brand A dam   : 2750 kPa D-frame pump   ea   200 kW     4   
    : 2750 kPa D-frame pump   ea   200 kW     3   
    : All Metal D-frame pump   ea   200 kW     1   
  H 1 dam   : 2750 kPa D-frame pump   ea   200 kW     2   
    : All Metal D-frame pump   ea   200 kW     0   
  Dam 21   : 2750 kPa D-frame pump   ea   200 kW     4   
    : 2750 kPa D-frame pump   ea   200 kW     4   
    : All Metal D-frame pump   ea   160 kW     1   
3   Slurry vibrating screens        
  Brand A dam   : 2 Screens   ea   11 kW ( 2 Motors per screen )     2   
  H 1 dam   : 2 Screens   ea   11 kW ( 2 Motors per screen )     2   
  Dam 21   : 2 Screens   ea   12 kW ( 2 Motors per screen )     2   
4   Rubberlined pipelines     km       14   
  Plant - equipment        
1   Thickeners     ea       4   
  Thickener underflow pumps   : 850 kPa B-frame pump   ea   37 kW / 45 kW     4   
  Thickener circulation pumps   : 850 kPa B-frame pump   ea   37 kW / 45 kW     4   
  Additional underflow pumps   : 850 kPa C-frame pump   ea   90 kW     4   
2   Cyanide dosing tanks     ea       2   
3   Linear screens        
  24 m2     ea   7.5 kW     2   
  20 m2     ea   7.5 kW     2   
  12 m2     ea   5.5 kW     1   

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


4   CIL pachucas - 1000m3     ea       10   
5   CIL screens        
  MPS 600 Kemix Interstage Rotary Screen     ea   11 kW     20   
6   Residue pachucas - 600m3     ea       3   
7   Carbon handling pachucas - 600m3     ea       2   
8   Redundant pachucas - 600m3     ea    
9   Residue pumps        
  2750 kPa D-frame pump     ea   200 kW / 132 kW     15   
  850 kPa CD-frame pump     ea   75 kW / 90 kW  
10   Glandservice pumps        
  Residue and Massflow   : 2750 kPa C-5 pump   ea   90 kW     6   
  Thickeners   : 2700 kPa A-5 pump   ea   22 kW     4   
11   Flushing, hosing and booster pumps        
  Lime booster pumps   : 2750 kPa C-5 pump   ea   110 kW     2   
  Flushing and hosing pumps   : 2750 kPa C-5 pump   ea   90 kW     3   
  Mill Return pumps   : 850 kPa D-frame pump   ea   90 kW     2   
12   Reagent cyanide pumps        
  SPX 25 Bredel Hose pump     ea   0.75 kW     4   
13   Reagent cyanide storages     ea       2   
14   Reagent lime storages     ea       2   
15   Reagent lime pumps        
  BC-Frame Envirotech pump     ea   30 kW     2   
16   Reagent flocculent make up system     ea       1   
17   Reagent flocculent dosing pumps        
  C 81 M Mono pump     ea   4 kW     3   
18   Massflow pumps        
  Transfer pump   : 850 kPa D-frame pump   ea   200 kW     3   
  Pre-leach pump   : 850 kPa D-frame pump   ea   200 kW  
  Slurry transfer pump to Central plant   : 850 kPa C-frame pump   ea   37 kW     1   
  Woodchip pump   : 850 kPa B-frame pump   ea   22 kW     2   
  Woodchip vibrating screen     ea       1   
19   Carbon goulds pumps        
  Carbon Transfer pump (Loaded)   : 6x6” Goulds pump   ea   45 kW     1   
  Carbon Drain pump   : 3x3” Goulds pump   ea   7.5 kW     1   
  Carbon tranfer pump (Fresh/Regen)   : 6x6” Gould pump   ea   45 kW     1   
20   Pachuca emptying pump        
  8x8” Goulds pump     ea   110 kW     1   
21   Residue pipelines     km  

Include ring-mains and

new 3rd residue line

    36   
22   Return water and dam pumps        
  3 Dam   : 2750 kPa C-5 pump   ea   90 kW     2   
  13 Dam   : 2750 kPa D-frame pump   ea   200 kW     5   
23   Spillage pumps        
  65 mm Titan pump     ea   7.5 kW     10   
  125 mm Titan pump     ea   22 Kw     1   

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

2


  B-frame Galligher     ea   37 kW     1   
  G3 Sala pump     ea   18 kW     1   
  B-frame pump (Spillage sumps)     ea   37 kW     3   
  B-frame pump (Browns bund pump)     ea   45 kW     1   
  80 mm V/S Envirotech pumps     ea   7.5kW / 11 kW     4   
  50 mm V/S Envirotech pumps     ea   7.5 kW / 11 kW     2   
   

Trackless equipment :please give make, model

 

Units

 

Comments

  2012  
1   4 * 4 bakkies        
  2.2 Toyota Hilux 4x4     ea   HD 249     1   
  2.5 TD Ford Ranger 4x4     ea   HD 847 & HD 872     2   
2   LDV bakkies        
  2.4 D Toyota Hilux Raider     ea   HD 266     1   
  B1800 Mazda     ea   HD 561     1   
  2.2 Ford Ranger     ea   HD 846     1   
  2.7 D KIA K2700 1.3 ton Workhorse     ea   HD 750     1   
  Toyota Hilux 2.4 D     ea   HD 979     1   
3   10 ton Toyota Hino Truck with HIAB     ea   HD 268     1   
4   Hino carbon transport horse     ea       1   
  Hino carbon transport tanker     ea       1   
5   Double cab 4 * 4     ea  

3.0 Nissan Hardbody

D/C (HD 874)

    1   
6   Forklifts        
  JCB Telescopic Forklift (with out-riggers)     ea   HD 559     1   
  JCB Telescopic Forklift (no out-riggers)     ea   HD 566     1   
  Catterpillar IT14G forklift/Loader     ea   HD 557     1   
  Komatsu Forklift     ea   HD 62  
  Komatsu Forklift     ea   HD 745     1   
  Cat Forklift - telescopic handler     ea   HD 962     1   
7   Bob cat     ea   HD 575     1   
  Health and Safety Equipment        
1   Cyanide emergency room     ea       1   
2   Cyanide fixed gas monitors - dosing tank and residue           1   
3   Fire fighting trailer with hoses and nozzels, etc     ea       1   
4   Fire hydrant systems       10 Hydrant points in plant     1   
5   Monitoring systems        
  Fire detection System - all substations       Complete     5   
  Number of Heads        
6   Fire suppression system       In progress and to do all     4   

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

3


C               
   Buildings            
1    Offices       ea         3   
2    Workshops       ea         6   
3    Security fence, surveylance equipment       ea         1   
D               
   Main Infrastructure            
   Water Pumping          Pump station complete, pipelines      1   
   Compressed air          New compressor plant      1   
   Power          Sub stations, overhead lines      9   
   Diesel generators          Emergency power units      2   

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

4


Annexure 3

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

Operational contract

 

  CS/12/05/0011 – J.W. Plant Hire and Sales (Pty) Ltd – Hiring of equipment

Capital contracts

 

  Agreement entered into between Harmony and Frasier Alexander (Proprietary) Limited on or about 22 April in respect of the hydraulic re-mining of the Tailings Dams;

 

  Agreement entered into between Harmony and Frasier Alexander (Proprietary) Limited on or about 10 April 2011 in respect of the construction of the St Helena Dams;

 

  CS/12/03/0012 – Epoch Resources (Pty) Ltd – Construction site supervision of St Helena’s 1,2 and 3 Tailings Storage Facility

 

  CS/12/04/0001 – Fraser Alexander Construction A Division of Fraser Alexander (Pty) Ltd – Construction of St Helena 1,2 and 3 Slime Dam and Associated Structure

 

  CS/12/05/0001 – Elpiejoly (Pty) Ltd T/A Mining and Contracting Services – Manufacturing and construction of 2 X CIL Tanks at Saaiplaas Plant

 

  CS/12/04/0014 – Quality Tube Services (Pty) Ltd – The supply and deliver of piping for Phoenix 500 Project

 

  Freegold Lease Agreement.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


Annexure 4

MINING AREA DIAGRAM

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


Annexure 5

SAAIPLAAS PLANT DIAGRAM

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


Annexure 6

ST HELENA DAMS DIAGRAM

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


Annexure 7

WARRANTIES

The Warranties contained in this 0 are given by the Seller on the basis set out in clause 19 of the Agreement to which this 0 is attached.

To the extent that the Agreement may have been signed on a date which results in the use of any tense being inappropriate, the Warranties shall be read in the appropriate tense.

 

1. WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE BUSINESS

 

  1.1. The Seller is the sole and beneficial owner of the Business and is entitled and able to give free and unencumbered title to the Business to the Purchaser.

 

  1.2. No person has any right (including any option or right of first refusal) to acquire any interest in or to the Business other than the Purchaser in terms of this Agreement.

 

  1.3. No person is entitled (otherwise than as a shareholder of the Seller) to participate or share in, nor to a commission on (save salesmen in the employ of the Seller with respect to the Business), the income or the profits of the Business or to any payment of any kind calculated with reference to the profits or income of the Business.

 

  1.4. The Seller’s books, accounts and records pertaining to the Business have been properly maintained according to law, do not contain any material inaccuracies or discrepancies and are capable of being written up within a reasonable time so as to record, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, all the transactions relating to the Business.

 

2. WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE BUSINESS ASSETS

 

  2.1. The Seller is, subject to the provisions of the Funding Agreements, the sole and beneficial owner of the Business Assets and has the right and is able to sell and give free and unencumbered title to the Business Assets to the Purchaser, save for the Tailings Dams Mining Right which the Seller will be able to give free and unencumbered title following the grant of the Tailings Dams Mining Right.

 

  2.2. The Seller has no fixed or current assets used in or in relation to the Business other than the Business Assets which constitute all assets used by the Seller in respect of the Business.

 

  2.3. Save for those Business Assets required to be released from pledges and/or cessions in favour of creditors, none of the Business Assets are subject to any reservation of ownership, lease, lien, hypothec, mortgage, notarial bond, pledge or other encumbrance whatsoever.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


  2.4. All the Business Assets are insured against the risks to which they are ordinarily subject [for amounts which accord with sound business practice][for their full replacement value], all premiums due in respect of such insurance have been paid and the Seller has complied with all of the conditions to which the liability of the insurer under the policies of insurance will be subject.

 

3. WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE CONTRACTS

 

  3.1. True and complete copies of all Contracts have been delivered to the Purchaser. The Seller is not aware of any fact or circumstance which will or is likely to result in any loss being suffered by the Business in respect of any such Contract.

 

  3.2. All of the Contracts were entered into in the ordinary and normal course of the Business, are of full force and effect according to their terms.

 

  3.3. The entering into of this Agreement and/or its implementation does not constitute a breach of any of the Seller’s contractual obligations nor will the entering into or implementation of this Agreement entitle any person to terminate or vary any Contract relating to the Business.

 

4. WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE TAILINGS DAMS

 

  4.1. The Seller is the holder of the Mining Right.

 

  4.2. Subject to the grant of the Tailings Dams Mining Right and the Section 11 Consent, the Seller will be entitled and able to give free and unencumbered title in the Tailings Dams Mining Right to the Purchaser.

 

  4.3. To the best of the Seller’s knowledge and belief, no person has any right whatsoever (whether pursuant to any option, right of first refusal or otherwise) to acquire the Tailings Dams Mining Right other than the Purchaser in terms of this Agreement.

 

  4.4. To the best of the Seller’s knowledge and belief, the Seller is not subject to or party to any legal restriction, law, claim or encumbrance or any other restriction which would prevent or have an adverse affect on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or its obligations in terms of this Agreement.

 

  4.5. There is no pending litigation to which the Seller is a party in respect of the Mining Right or the Tailings Dams Mining Right and, to the best of the Seller’s knowledge and belief, no demands or other claims have been made against the Seller in respect of the Mining Right or the Tailings Dams Mining Right.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

2


5. WARRANTY RELATING TO ENVIRONMENTAL, REHABILITATION AND HEALTH AND SAFETY LAWS

To the best of the Seller’s knowledge and belief, the applicable provisions of the MPRDA and the Mine, Health and Safety Act, 1996 in respect of the Tailings Dams, the Tailings Dams Mining Right and the Infrastructure and Equipment have been complied with in all material respects and there are no disputes or legal proceedings against the Seller.

 

6. WARRANTY RELATING TO THE AMOUNT TO BE TRANSFERRED TO THE NEW REHABILITATION TRUST

The amount set aside in the Harmony Trust in respect of the Rehabilitation Liabilities, as the Signature Date, the Closing Date and the date of transfer of such amount into the New Rehabilitation Trust is ring-fenced solely for the purposes of transferring such amount to the New Rehabilitation Trust for the Rehabilitation Liabilities.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

3

Exhibit 4.21

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@problemsolved.co.za www.problemsolved.co.za

FIRST ADDENDUM TO THE SALE OF BUSINESS AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


1. INTERPRETATION

 

   In this Addendum –

 

  1.1. Addendum ” means this first addendum to the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.2. Sale of Business Agreement ” means the sale of business agreement entered into between the Parties on 20 March 2013; and

 

  1.3. unless otherwise defined herein or the context indicates otherwise, words and expressions defined in the Sale of Business Agreement will have the same meanings and any reference to the word “clause” or “annexure” refers to a clause or annexure of the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

2. INTRODUCTION

 

  2.1. The Parties have agreed to amend the Sale of Business Agreement by making certain amendments.

 

  2.2. The Parties have agreed to extend the date for fulfilment of the Condition Precedent contained in clause 4.1.14.

 

  2.3. The Parties wish to record their agreement in writing.

 

3. AMENDMENT

 

  The Parties hereby amend the Sale of Business Agreement by deleting the words and numbers –

 

  3.1. 1 March 2013 where they appear in clause 2.1.32 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers 1 April 2013 ”;

 

  3.2. R460,600,000 ( four hundred and sixty million and six hundred thousand rand )” where they appear in clause 8.1 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers R449,689,872.46 ( four hundred and forty nine million six hundred and eighty nine thousand and eight hundred and seventy two rand forty six cents );

 

  3.3. R4,606,000 ( four million six hundred and six thousand rand )” where they appear in clause 9.1.1 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers R4,496,898.72 ( four million four hundred and ninety six thousand and eight hundred and ninety eight rand seventy two cents )”; and

 

  3.4. R445,994,000 ( four hundred and forty five million and nine hundred and ninety four thousand rand )” where they appear in clause 9.1.2 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers R445,192,974.00 ( four hundred and forty five million one hundred and ninety two thousand and nine hundred and seventy four rand )”.

 

2


4. EXTENSION

The Parties hereby extend the date for fulfilment of the Condition Precedent contained in clause 4.1.14 to 14 June 2013.

 

5. SAVINGS CLAUSE

Save to the extent specifically or by necessary implication modified in or inconsistent with the provisions of this Addendum or unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, all the terms and conditions of the Sale of Business Agreement shall mutatis mutandis continue to apply.

 

6. COSTS

Each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Addendum.

 

7. SIGNATURE

 

  7.1. This Addendum is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  7.2. This Addendum may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Addendum as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  7.3. The persons signing this Addendum in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

FOR             HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   Frank Abbott
Date:   24 May 2013
Place:   Randfontein

 

3


FOR             BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   Frank Abbott
Date:   24 May
Place:   Randfontein

 

4

Exhibit 4.22

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@problemsolved.co.za www.problemsolved.co.za

SECOND ADDENDUM TO THE SALE OF BUSINESS AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


1. INTERPRETATION

In this Addendum –

 

  1.1. Addendum ” means this second addendum to the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.2. Sale of Business Agreement ” means the sale of business agreement entered into between the Parties on 20 March 2013, as amended; and

 

  1.3. unless otherwise defined herein or the context indicates otherwise, words and expressions defined in the Sale of Business Agreement will have the same meanings and any reference to the word “clause” or “annexure” refers to a clause or annexure of the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

2. INTRODUCTION

 

  2.1. The Parties have agreed to amend the definition of “Closing Date in the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

  2.2. The Parties wish to record their agreement in writing.

 

3. AMENDMENT

The Parties hereby amend the Sale of Business Agreement by deleting clause 2.1.21 and replacing same with the following new clause 2.1.21 –

2.1.21 “Closing Date” means 25 June 2013;

 

4. SAVINGS CLAUSE

Save to the extent specifically or by necessary implication modified in or inconsistent with the provisions of this Addendum or unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, all the terms and conditions of the Sale of Business Agreement shall mutatis mutandis continue to apply.

 

5. COSTS

Each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Addendum.

 

6. SIGNATURE

 

  6.1. This Addendum is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

2


  6.2. This Addendum may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Addendum as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  6.3. The persons signing this Addendum in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

FOR             HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   Frank Abbott
Date:   24 June 2013
Place:   Johannesburg

 

FOR             BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   Frank Abbott
Date:   24 June 2013
Place:   Johannesburg

 

3

Exhibit 4.23

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban stellenbosch

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@ens.co.za www.ens.co.za

SUBSCRIPTION, SALE AND SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE HARMONY GOLD COMMUNITY TRUST

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description    Page  

PART 1

     3   

1.

 

PARTIES

     3   

2.

 

INTERPRETATION

     3   

3.

 

INTRODUCTION

     11   

4.

 

CONDITION PRECEDENT

     11   

PART 2:

     12   

5.

 

SUBSCRIPTION

     12   

6.

 

PAYMENT OF SUBSCRIPTION CONSIDERATION

     12   

7.

 

ISSUE OF THE SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

     13   

PART 3:

     15   

8.

 

SALE AND PURCHASE

     15   

9.

 

PURCHASE CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT

     15   

10.

 

CLOSING DATE

     15   

11.

 

SALE WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

     16   

PART 4:

     16   

12.

 

SHARE CAPITAL

     16   

13.

 

ADDITIONAL SHARE CAPITAL

     17   

14.

 

INITIAL FUNDING OF THE COMPANY

     17   

15.

 

LOAN FINANCING

     19   

16.

 

EQUITY FINANCING

     21   

17.

 

TRANSACTION COSTS, EXTRAORDINARY DIVIDEND DECLARATION AND PAYMENT

     22   

18.

 

BEE SHAREHOLDERS PUT OPTION

     23   

19.

 

FAIR MARKET VALUE OF THE PUT OPTION SHARES

     25   

20.

 

EXEMPTION FROM RIGHTS OF PRE-EMPTION

     25   

21.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

     26   

22.

 

ANNUAL BUDGET

     26   

23.

 

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS WAIVER

     27   

24.

 

RELEASE FROM SURETYSHIP OBLIGATIONS

     27   

25.

 

AMENDMENTS TO THE MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

     28   

26.

 

NECESSARY CHANGES TO AGREEMENT IN CERTAIN CASES

     28   

PART 5:

     28   

27.

 

GENERAL WARRANTIES

     28   

28.

 

PUBLICITY

     30   

29.

 

SUPPORT

     30   

30.

 

BREACH

     30   

31.

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     31   

32.

 

NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

     32   

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


33.

 

BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

     34   

34.

 

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     34   

35.

 

GENERAL

     34   

36.

 

COSTS

     36   

37.

 

SIGNATURE

     36   

Annexure A: Memorandum of Incorporation

  

 

2


PART 1

INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS

 

1. PARTIES

 

  1.1. The parties to this Agreement are –

 

  1.1.1. Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited;

 

  1.1.2. Histopath Proprietary Limited;

 

  1.1.3. Business Venture Investments No 1677 Proprietary Limited;

 

  1.1.4. Business Venture Investments No 1687 Proprietary Limited;

 

  1.1.5. Business Venture Investments No 1688 Proprietary Limited;

 

  1.1.6. the trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust; and

 

  1.1.7. Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited.

 

  1.2. The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

 

  2.1. In this Agreement, unless the context indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  2.1.1. Advisory Costs ” means all legal, financial and other advisory costs incurred by the Shareholders (excluding Harmony) in relation to the Transaction, up to a maximum aggregate amount of R3,900,000 (three million and nine hundred thousand rand) (exclusive of VAT);

 

  2.1.2. AFSA ” means the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa;

 

  2.1.3. Agreement ” means the subscription, sale and shareholders agreement contained in this document, including all annexures hereto;

 

  2.1.4. Annual Budget ” means the annual budget of the Company approved in terms of clause 22;

 

  2.1.5. BBBEE Act ” means the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, No.53 of 2003, as amended;

 

3


  2.1.6. BEE Shareholders Put Option ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in clause 18.1 of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement;

 

  2.1.7. BEECo 1 ” means Business Venture Investments No 1677 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/035756/07, a limited liability company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.8. BEECo 1 Subscription ” means the subscription by BEECo 1 for the BEECo 1 Subscription Shares;

 

  2.1.9. BEECo 1 Subscription Consideration ” means R184,240 (one hundred and eighty four thousand two hundred and forty rand);

 

  2.1.10. BEECo 1 Subscription Shares ” means 3 (three) Shares, constituting 3% (three percent) of the entire issued share capital of the Company;

 

  2.1.11. BEECo 2 ” means Business Venture Investments No 1687 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/030646/07, a limited liability company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.12. BEECo 2 Subscription ” means the subscription by BEECo 2 for the BEECo 2 Subscription Shares;

 

  2.1.13. BEECo 2 Subscription Consideration ” means R184,240 (one hundred and eighty four thousand two hundred and forty rand);

 

  2.1.14. BEECo 2 Subscription Shares ” means 3 (three) Shares, constituting 3% (three percent) of the entire issued share capital of the Company;

 

  2.1.15. BEECo 3 ” means Business Venture Investments No 1688 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/030648/07, a limited liability company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.16. BEECo 3 Subscription ” means the subscription by BEECo 3 for the BEECo 3 Subscription Shares;

 

  2.1.17. BEECo 3 Subscription Consideration ” means R184,240 (one hundred and eighty four thousand two hundred and forty rand);

 

  2.1.18. BEECo 3 Subscription Shares ” means 3 (three) Shares, constituting 3% (three percent) of the entire issued share capital of the Company;

 

  2.1.19. BEE Co Undertaking ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

4


  2.1.20. Black Enterprise ” means a legal entity which has 50.1% (fifty point one percent) or more of its equity owned, directly or indirectly, by Black People and 50.1% (fifty point one percent) of participation in its board of directors is controlled by Black People;

 

  2.1.21. Black People ” means Africans, Coloureds and/or Indians, that are citizens of the Republic of South Africa by birth or descent or are citizens of the Republic of South Africa by naturalization, and “ Black Person ” shall have a corresponding meaning;

 

  2.1.22. Black Trust ” means a trust that meets all of the qualification criteria for trusts set out in Annexure 100B (3) of the Codes of Good Practice;

 

  2.1.23. Board ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

  2.1.24. Business ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.25. Cashflow Waterfall Agreement ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.26. Closing Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.27. Codes of Good Practice ” means the Codes of Good Practice on Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment contemplated in section 9 of the BBBEE Act, gazetted on 9 February 2007, as amended;

 

  2.1.28. Community Trust ” means the trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust, a trust established in accordance with the laws of South Africa and lodged with the Master of the High Court, Johannesburg, with Master’s Reference number IT248/2013;

 

  2.1.29. Companies Act ” means the Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008;

 

  2.1.30. Company ” means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/041001/07, a limited liability company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.31. Company’s Designated Account ” means the bank account nominated by the Company, the details of which are set out below, or such other account as the Company may designate in writing on 5 (five) days’ notice to each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV –

 

5


Name of Account:

   Harmony Gold Mining Company Current Account

Bank:

   Nedbank Limited

Branch:

   Corporate Client Services

Branch Code:

   145405

Account Number:

   1454115866

 

  2.1.32. Condition Precedent ” means the condition precedent set out clause 4;

 

  2.1.33. Directors ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

  2.1.34. Encumber ” means cede, pledge, subordinate, grant any option over, grant a right of retention over, enter into a derivative transaction, hedge, lend or enter into any arrangement or transaction whatsoever (whether or not subject to any suspensive or resolutive condition) which may have the same or similar effect as any of the aforementioned or in any other manner encumber for the purpose of creating a security, and Encumbered and Encumbrance shall have a corresponding meaning;

 

  2.1.35. Fair Market Value ” shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

  2.1.36. Funding Agreements ” shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.37. Funding Costs means the costs incurred by the Shareholders in procuring funding arising out of and in relation to their participation in the Transaction;

 

  2.1.38. Harmony ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, registration number 1950/038232/06, a public company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.1. Harmony Subscription ” means the subscription by Harmony for the Harmony Subscription Share;

 

  2.1.2. Harmony Subscription Consideration ” means R4,606,000 (four million six hundred and six thousand rand);

 

  2.1.3. Harmony Subscription Share ” means 1 (one) Share, constituting 1% (one percent) of the entire issued share capital of the Company;

 

  2.1.4. Independent Attorney ” means such independent senior commercial attorney as may be agreed between the relevant Shareholders, or failing agreement within 10 (ten) business days from the date of a request by any Shareholder for such agreement, appointed by the President for the time being of the Law Society of the Northern Provinces or its successor;

 

6


  2.1.5. Independent Merchant Bank ” means such independent merchant bank as may be agreed between the relevant Shareholders, or failing agreement within 10 (ten) business days from the date of a request by any Shareholder for such agreement, appointed by the Executive President for the time being of the South Africa Institute of Chartered Accountants;

 

  2.1.6. Loan Agreements ” shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.7. Loan Claims ” shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

  2.1.8. Memorandum of Incorporation ” means the memorandum of incorporation of the Company, set out in Annexure A hereto which, in fulfilment of one of the conditions precedent to the Sale of Business Agreement, shall replace the current memorandum of incorporation of the Company;

 

  2.1.9. Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement listed in clause 1.1, and “ Party ” shall be a reference to any one of them as the context requires;

 

  2.1.10. Payment Date ” means -

 

  2.1.10.1. the last day of June and December of each year; and

 

  2.1.10.2. the Final Maturity Date (as defined in the Loan Agreements);

 

  2.1.11. Pledge Agreements ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.12. Prime Rate ” means the publicly quoted basic rate of interest, compounded monthly in arrears and calculated on a 365 (three hundred and sixty five) day year irrespective of whether or not the year is a leap year, from time to time published by Absa Bank Limited as being its prime overdraft rate, as certified by any representative of that bank whose appointment and designation it will not be necessary to prove;

 

  2.1.13. Purchase Consideration ” means the consideration payable by the Community Trust for its acquisition of the Sale Shares in terms of this Agreement, being an amount of R1.00 (one rand);

 

  2.1.14. Sale ” means the sale of the Sale Shares to the Community Trust by Harmony;

 

7


  2.1.15. Sale of Business Agreement ” means the sale of business agreement entered into, or to be entered into, between Harmony and the Company in terms of which the Business is sold by Harmony to the Company;

 

  2.1.16. Sale Shares ” mean 5 (five) Shares constituting 5% (five percent) of the entire issued share capital of the Company;

 

  2.1.17. Services Agreement ” means the shared services agreement entered into, or to be entered into, between the Company and Harmony in terms of which, inter alia, Harmony continues to provide to the Company, for a limited period, the services provided by the Seller in respect of the Business as at the Signature Date;

 

  2.1.18. Shareholder ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Memorandum of Incorporation;

 

  2.1.19. Shareholder Loans ” means loans advanced to the Company by the Shareholders from time to time;

 

  2.1.20. Shares ” means ordinary shares in the issued share capital of the Company;

 

  2.1.21. Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing;

 

  2.1.22. Sikhuliso SPV ” means Histopath Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/082229/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.23. Sikhuliso SPV Subscription ” means the subscription by Sikhuliso SPV for the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Shares;

 

  2.1.24. Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Consideration ” means R982,613 (nine hundred and eighty two thousand six hundred and thirteen rand);

 

  2.1.25. Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Shares ” means 16 (sixteen) Shares, constituting 16% (sixteen percent) of the entire issued share capital of the Company;

 

  2.1.26. Special Majority of Shareholders ” means Shareholders holding issued Shares constituting not less than 80% (eighty percent) of the total number of issued Shares at the relevant time;

 

  2.1.27. Subscription Shares ” means, collectively, the BEECo 1 Subscription Shares, the BEECo 2 Subscription Shares, the BEECo 3 Subscription Shares and the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Shares;

 

8


  2.1.28. Transaction ” means, collectively, the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.29. Transaction Costs ” means, collectively, 50% (fifty percent) of the Advisory Costs and 100% (one hundred percent) of the Funding Costs;

 

  2.1.30. VAT ” means value-added tax as levied from time to time in terms of the VAT Act; and

 

  2.1.31. VAT Act ” means the Value-Added Tax Act, No 89 of 1991.

 

  2.2. In this Agreement -

 

  2.2.1. clause headings and the heading of the Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  2.2.2. an expression which denotes -

 

  2.2.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  2.2.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ;

 

  2.2.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa ;

 

  2.2.2.4. a Party includes a reference to that Party’s successors in title and assigns allowed at law; and

 

  2.2.2.5. a reference to a consecutive series of two or more clauses is deemed to be inclusive of both the first and last mentioned clauses.

 

  2.3. Any reference in this Agreement to –

 

  2.3.1. business hours ” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h30 and 17h00 on any business day. Any reference to time shall be based upon South African Standard Time;

 

  2.3.2. days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of the Republic of South Africa from time to time;

 

  2.3.3. laws ” means all constitutions; statutes; regulations; by-laws; codes; ordinances; decrees; rules; judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgements, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards; policies; voluntary restraints; guidelines; directives; compliance notices; abatement notices; agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any Governmental Body; and the common law, and “ law ” shall have a similar meaning; and

 

9


  2.3.4. person ” means any person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

  2.4. The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

  2.5. Any substantive provision, conferring rights or imposing obligations on a Party and appearing in any of the definitions in this clause 2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall be given effect to as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement.

 

  2.6. Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout this Agreement.

 

  2.7. Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Agreement in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

  2.8. A reference to any statutory enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  2.9. Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.10. If the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the immediately preceding business day.

 

  2.11. Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

  2.12. The rule of construction that this Agreement shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting of this Agreement, shall not apply.

 

  2.13. No provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person ( stipulatio alteri ) who is not a Party to this Agreement.

 

10


  2.14. The use of any expression in this Agreement covering a process available under South African law, such as winding-up, shall, if either of the Parties to this Agreement is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.

 

  2.15. Any reference in this Agreement to “ this Agreement ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

  2.16. In this Agreement the words “ clause ” or “ clauses ” and “ annexure ” or “ annexures ” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Agreement.

 

3. INTRODUCTION

 

  3.1. Harmony intends selling the Business to the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

  3.2. As at the Signature Date, Harmony holds Shares constituting 100% (one hundred percent) of the entire issued share capital of the Company. In fulfilment of the conditions precedent to the Sale of Business Agreement, the Parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement in order to give effect to the Harmony Subscription, the BEECo 1 Subscription, the BEECo 2 Subscription, the BEECo 3 Subscription, the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription and the Sale.

 

  3.3. The Parties also wish to regulate the relationship between them as shareholders in the Company, inter se , and as between themselves and the Company.

 

  3.4. The Parties wish to record in writing their agreement in respect of the above and matters ancillary thereto.

 

4. CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

  4.1. Save for clauses 1 to 4, and clauses 27 to 37 all of which shall become effective immediately, the provisions of this Agreement are subject to the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent that, by not later than the date for fulfilment of the last of the conditions precedent to the Sale of Business Agreement, the Sale of Business Agreement is entered into by all of the parties thereto and becomes unconditional, save for any condition requiring that this Agreement is entered into and becomes unconditional.

 

  4.2. The Parties shall use their reasonable commercial endeavours and the Parties will co-operate in good faith to procure the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date.

 

11


  4.3. Unless the Condition Precedent has been fulfilled by not later than the relevant date for fulfilment thereof set out in clause 4.1 the provisions of this Agreement, save for clauses 1 to 4, and clauses 27 to 37, which will remain of full force and effect, will never become of any force or effect and the status quo ante will be restored as near as may be possible and none of the Parties will have any claim against the others in terms hereof or arising from the failure of the Condition Precedent, save for any claims arising from a breach of clause 4.2.

PART 2:

SUBSCRIPTION FOR SHARES IN THE COMPANY

 

5. SUBSCRIPTION

 

   On the Closing Date –

 

  5.1. Harmony shall subscribe for the Harmony Subscription Shares at the Harmony Subscription Consideration;

 

  5.2. BEECo 1 shall subscribe for the BEECo 1 Subscription Shares at the BEECo 1 Subscription Consideration;

 

  5.3. BEECo 2 shall subscribe for the BEECo 2 Subscription Shares at the BEECo 2 Subscription Consideration;

 

  5.4. BEECo 3 shall subscribe for the BEECo 3 Subscription Shares at the BEECo 3 Subscription Consideration; and

 

  5.5. Sikhuliso SPV shall subscribe for the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Shares at the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Consideration,

 

   on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

6. PAYMENT OF SUBSCRIPTION CONSIDERATION

 

  6.1. On the Closing Date –

 

  6.1.1. the obligation of Harmony to pay the Harmony Subscription Consideration shall be set-off against the obligation of the Company to pay an amount equal to R4,606,000 (four million six hundred and six thousand rand) to Harmony pursuant to the provisions of clause 9.1.1 of the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  6.1.2. BEECo 1 shall pay the BEECo 1 Subscription Consideration;

 

  6.1.3. BEECo 2 shall pay the BEECo 2 Subscription Consideration;

 

  6.1.4. BEECo 3 shall pay the BEECo 3 Subscription Consideration; and

 

12


  6.1.5. Sikhuliso SPV shall pay the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Consideration,

 

     into the Company’s Designated Account.

 

  6.2. The payment of the BEECo 1 Subscription Consideration, the BEECo 2 Subscription Consideration, the BEECo 3 Subscription Consideration and the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Consideration shall be made by electronic transfer of immediately available and freely transferable funds, free of any deductions or set-off whatsoever, in the currency of the Republic of South Africa.

 

7. ISSUE OF THE SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

  7.1. On the Closing Date, the representatives of each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3, Sikhuliso SPV and the Company shall meet at the offices of Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Inc. at 150 West Street, Sandton, Johannesburg or such other venue as they may agree in writing (“ Closing Meeting ”).

 

  7.2. At the Closing Meeting, the Company shall -

 

  7.2.1. issue the Harmony Subscription Share to Harmony by setting-off of the Harmony Subscription Consideration against the Company’s obligation to pay an amount equal to R4,606,000 (four million six hundred and six thousand rand) to Harmony pursuant to the provisions of clause 9.1.1 of the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  7.2.2. issue, upon receipt of the payment of -

 

  7.2.2.1. the BEECo 1 Subscription Consideration, the BEECo 1 Subscription Shares to BEECo 1;

 

  7.2.2.2. the BEECo 2 Subscription Consideration, issue the BEECo 2 Subscription Shares to BEECo 2;

 

  7.2.2.3. the BEECo 3 Subscription Consideration, the BEECo 3 Subscription Shares to BEECo 3; and

 

  7.2.2.4. the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Consideration, the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Shares to Sikhuliso SPV,

 

  7.2.3. deliver -

 

  7.2.3.1. original share certificates in respect of the Harmony Subscription Share, the BEECo 1 Subscription Shares, the BEECo 2 Subscription Shares, the BEECo 3 Subscription Shares and the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Shares;

 

13


  7.2.3.2. updated securities register of the Company, reflecting each of Harmony, BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV as Shareholders in the Company;

 

  7.2.3.3. a copy of resolutions of the directors of the Company –

 

  7.2.3.3.1. approving the issue of the Harmony Subscription Share, BEECo 1 Subscription Shares, the BEECo 2 Subscription Shares, the BEECo 3 Subscription Shares and the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Shares;

 

  7.2.3.3.2. noting, with effect from the Closing Date, the appointment of such directors as each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV may be entitled to nominate for appointment to the Board; and

 

  7.2.3.3.3. authorising and instructing the company secretary to –

 

  7.2.3.3.3.1. update the Securities Register of the Company to reflect each of Harmony, BEECo 1, BBECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV as shareholders of the Company; and

 

  7.2.3.3.3.2. issue new share certificates to each of Harmony BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV reflecting their shareholding in the Company.

 

  7.3. Harmony, BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3, Sikhuliso SPV and the Company may, by agreement in writing, dispense with a meeting on the Closing Date and the Company may instead procure delivery of the documents referred to in clause 7.2, in such other manner as they may agree to be convenient.

 

14


PART 3:

SALE AND PURCHASE OF SALE SHARES

 

8. SALE AND PURCHASE

 

  8.1. With effect from the Closing Date, Harmony hereby sells the Sale Shares to the Community Trust, which hereby purchases the Sale Shares, as one indivisible transaction, on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

  8.2. All risk in, benefits attaching to and ownership of, the Sale Shares shall pass to the Community Trust with effect from the Closing Date.

 

  8.3. The Community Trust shall be liable for the payment of all securities transfer tax payable on the transfer of the Sale Shares to it pursuant to this Agreement.

 

9. PURCHASE CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT

 

  9.1. The Purchase Consideration shall be payable on the Closing Date by the Community Trust to Harmony.

 

  9.2. The payment of the Purchase Consideration by the Community Trust to Harmony on the Closing Date shall be in full discharge of the Community Trust’s obligations to pay the Purchase Consideration.

 

10. CLOSING DATE

 

  10.1. At the Closing Meeting, Harmony or its representative/s shall deliver, or procure the delivery of -

 

  10.1.1. an original share certificate in respect of the Sale Shares;

 

  10.1.2. the original share transfer form in respect of the transfer of the Sale Shares duly completed and signed by the registered holder thereof and dated not more than 3 (three) days earlier than the Closing Date, but in blank as to the transferee;

 

  10.1.3. copies of the resolutions of the Board, whereby the Board -

 

  10.1.3.1. approves all the terms and conditions of the sale and transfer of the Sale Shares as contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

  10.1.3.2. appoints the person nominated by the Community Trust as a director of the Company;

 

  10.1.3.3. authorises and instructs the company secretary to –

 

  10.1.3.3.1. update the Securities Register of the Company to reflect the transfer of the Sale Shares from Harmony to the Community Trust; and

 

15


  10.1.3.3.2. issue a new share certificate to the Community Trust and a new share certificate to Harmony reflecting their shareholding in the Company pursuant to the sale and transfer of the Sale Shares.

 

  10.2. Harmony and the Community Trust may, by agreement in writing, dispense with a meeting on the Closing Date and Harmony may instead procure delivery of the documents referred to in clause 10.1, and the Community Trust may procure the payment of the Purchase Consideration, in such other manner as they may agree to be convenient.

 

11. SALE WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

 

  11.1. Harmony gives the following warranties and representations to the Community Trust, which warranties and representations are given as at the Signature Date, the Closing Date and each day between those dates –

 

  11.1.1. it is, or will be, the sole registered and beneficial owner of the Sale Shares;

 

  11.1.2. it has, or shall have, procured all the required approvals in respect of the sale and transfer of the Sale Shares;

 

  11.1.3. the Sale Shares are, or will be, free of any Encumbrances and no agreement has been or will have been entered into which may give rise to any of the Sale Shares being so Encumbered; and

 

  11.1.4. the Sale Shares are, or will be, fully paid up in terms of the Companies Act.

 

  11.2. No other warranties or representations, express or implied or tacit whether by Law, contract or otherwise and whether they induced the conclusion of this Agreement or not, shall be binding on Harmony and the Community Trust hereby irrevocably waives any right (common law or otherwise) it may have to rely thereon, and the Sale Shares are sold by Harmony and purchased by the Community Trust on the basis that they shall be transferred to the Community Trust, save for the warranties and representations given by Harmony in terms of this Agreement, voetstoots and with the exclusion of all common law and other remedies.

PART 4:

SHAREHOLDING PROVISIONS

 

12. SHARE CAPITAL

 

  12.1. It is hereby recorded that, as at the Signature Date, Harmony holds 74 (seventy four) Shares in the issued share capital of the Company.

 

16


  12.2. Subsequent to the implementation of the Harmony Subscription, the BEECo 1 Subscription, the BEECo 2 Subscription, the BEECo 3 Subscription, the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription and the Sale –

 

  12.2.1. the authorised share capital of the Company shall be 1,000 (one thousand) Shares;

 

  12.2.2. the issued share capital of the Company will be 100 (one hundred) Shares;

 

  12.2.3. the authorised and issued Shares will rank parri passu in all respects; and

 

  12.2.4. the issued Shares shall be held as follows –

 

Shareholder

   Shares      Percentage  

Harmony

     70         70

Sikhuliso SPV

     16         16

BEECo 1

     3         3

BEECo 2

     3         3

BEECo 3

     3         3

Community Trust

     5         5
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13. ADDITIONAL SHARE CAPITAL

 

   If the Company is obliged in terms of this Agreement, or a decision is made in terms of the Memorandum of Incorporation, to increase the issued share capital or stated capital of the Company at any time, the authorised shares shall, if required, be increased in order to accommodate the issue of further shares and each Shareholder undertakes to vote in favour of the required special resolution to amend the Memorandum of Incorporation to that end. Furthermore, each Shareholder irrevocably authorises every other Shareholder, acting individually and not necessarily together with other Shareholders, to act on its behalf to vote in favour of such special resolution, including (to the extent required) to attend any meeting for such purpose.

 

14. INITIAL FUNDING OF THE COMPANY

 

  14.1. On the Closing Date, the Company shall credit its books of account with a loan, in the name of Harmony, in an amount equal to R455,994,000 (four hundred and fifty five million nine hundred and ninety four thousand rand) (“ Harmony Shareholder Loan ”), as provided for in clause 9.1.2 of the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

  14.2. In addition, on the Closing Date –

 

17


  14.2.1. Sikhuliso SPV shall advance an amount equal to R97,278,720 (ninety seven million two hundred and seventy eight thousand seven hundred and twenty rand) to the Company (“ Sikhuliso SPV Shareholder Loan ”); and

 

  14.2.2. each of the BEECos shall advance an amount equal to R18,239,760 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty rand) to the Company (“ BEECo Shareholder Loans ”),

 

     which amounts shall be equal to the amounts advanced by Harmony to the BEECos and Sikhuliso SPV in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreements (“ Loan Amounts ”) in order to enable –

 

  14.2.3. the BEECos to advance the BEECo Shareholder Loans; and

 

  14.2.4. Sikhuliso SPV to advance the Sikhuliso SPV Shareholder Loan.

 

  14.3. The Shareholder Loans set out in clauses 14.1 and 14.2 will -

 

  14.3.1. in respect of the BEECo Shareholder Loan and the Sikhuliso SPV Shareholder Loan -

 

  14.3.1.1. bear interest at the applicable interest rate payable on the Loan Amounts in terms of the Loan Agreements, from time to time (“ Funding Rate ”); and

 

  14.3.1.2. be advanced simultaneously to the Company on the Closing Date by, or on behalf of, Sikhuliso SPV and the BEECos into the Company’s Designated Account, by electronic transfer of immediately available and freely transferable funds, free of any deductions or set-off whatsoever, in the currency of the Republic of South Africa;

 

  14.3.2. in respect of the Harmony Shareholder Loan, bear interest at a rate of 100 (one hundred) basis points above the Funding Rate;

 

  14.3.3. be repayable in accordance with the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement; and

 

  14.3.4. subject to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, immediately become due and payable in the event that –

 

  14.3.4.1. the Company is placed in liquidation or under business rescue, whether provisional or final and whether compulsory or voluntary; or

 

18


  14.3.4.2. the Company enters into a compromise or other similar arrangement with its creditors generally.

 

  14.4. The Company hereby indemnifies each Shareholder against the payment of any amount (which does not comprise capital or interest) which such Shareholder is required to make under the Loan Agreement to which it is party (each such amount, an “ Indemnity Payment Amount ”). Each such Indemnity Payment Amount shall be paid on the Payment Date which immediately succeeds the date on which such Indemnity Payment Amount was incurred under the provisions of such Loan Agreement.

 

  14.5. Subject to the provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation, any working or other capital required by the Company, in addition to the Shareholder Loans made by Harmony, Sikhuliso SPV and the BEECos on the Closing Date as set out in clauses 14.1 and 14.2, will be determined from time to time by the Board and will be borrowed or otherwise obtained from –

 

  14.5.1. outside sources wherever possible; or

 

  14.5.2. through loan financing in terms of clause 15 or through equity financing in terms of clause 16.

 

  14.6. No Shareholder will be required or obliged to issue any guarantee, suretyship or indemnity to third parties for the obligations of the Company unless previously agreed by a Special Majority of the Shareholders, including the Shareholder who is required to give such guarantee, suretyship or indemnity. Should any of the Shareholders issue any guarantees, suretyships or indemnities in accordance with the approval of a Special Majority of the Shareholders as aforesaid, all the Shareholders shall bear any loss or damage arising out of any such guarantee, suretyship or indemnity strictly pro rata to their respective shareholdings in the Company at the time the guarantee, suretyship or indemnity was given and the Shareholders hereby indemnify each other accordingly.

 

15. LOAN FINANCING

 

  15.1. If the Board, acting reasonably in the circumstances and subject to the provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation, decides at any time that borrowings from a bank or other outside sources are not desirable, the Shareholders shall be entitled to provide the required funds, in addition to the Shareholder Loans made by Harmony, Sikhuliso SPV and the BEECos on the Closing Date as set out in clauses 14.1 and 14.2, in proportion to their respective shareholdings at the time or in such other proportions as the Shareholders may agree in writing.

 

19


  15.2. Should the Shareholders provide the required funds in proportion to their respective shareholdings at the time or in such other proportions as agreed in writing between them (“ Proportionate Loan Claims ”), in addition to the Shareholder Loans made by Harmony, Sikhuliso SPV and the BEECos on the Closing Date as set out in clauses 14.1 and 14.2, such Proportionate Loan Claims will, unless otherwise agreed in writing –

 

  15.2.1. be unsecured;

 

  15.2.2. bear interest at the Prime Rate;

 

  15.2.3. be advanced simultaneously to the Company;

 

  15.2.4. be subject to the same terms and conditions;

 

  15.2.5. be repayable to the Shareholders simultaneously and proportionately;

 

  15.2.6. be repaid prior to the declaration of any dividends or other distributions to the Shareholders; and

 

  15.2.7. be repaid as and when determined by the Board, provided that the Proportionate Loan Claims will immediately become due and payable and interest will thereafter accrue at the Prime Rate in the event that –

 

  15.2.7.1. the Company is placed in liquidation or under business rescue, whether provisional or final and whether compulsory or voluntary; or

 

  15.2.7.2. the Company enters into a compromise or other similar arrangement with its creditors generally.

 

  15.3. Should any Shareholder elect not to provide its pro rata portion of any funding in terms of this clause 15 to the Company (“ Non-compliant Shareholder ”) –

 

  15.3.1. Harmony shall be entitled, but not obligated, to call for the financing of the Company by way of share capital, on the terms set out in clause 16, by way of written notice to the Company to that effect as soon as reasonably possible after an election by any Shareholder not to provide its pro rata portion of any funding to the Company. If Harmony makes such an election, the provisions of clause 16 shall apply; and

 

  15.3.2. if Harmony does not make an election as required in clause 15.3.1, any of the other Shareholders shall be entitled, but not obligated, to advance loan funding to the Company over and above the Proportionate Loan Claims required to be advanced by such Shareholder/s (“ Disproportionate Loan Claims ”), in the place of the Non-compliant Shareholder/s. The Disproportionate Loan Claims will be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Proportionate Loan Claims but will bear interest at the rate of 200 (two hundred) basis points above the Prime Rate.

 

20


16. EQUITY FINANCING

 

  16.1. In the event that the Board determines that funding by way of share capital is preferable to funding by way of loan account, or Harmony makes an election in terms of clause 15.3.1, the Fair Market Value of the Company shall be agreed or determined in accordance with the provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation.

 

  16.2. Upon the Fair Market Value of the Company having been agreed or determined, each Shareholder will have 20 (twenty) business days within which to notify the Company if it wishes to provide the required funds in proportion to its shareholding at the time. If any Shareholder (“ Non-Contributing Party ”) elects not to or fails to contribute its pro rata portion of the funding that it is entitled to provide in accordance with the provisions hereof within the time specified by the Board for that contribution, the remaining Shareholders (“ Financing Parties ”) shall be entitled but not obliged (subject to the due contribution of the amount required from each of them) to provide the additional finance to the Company on the basis that –

 

  16.2.1. all or any of the Financing Parties shall have the right, but shall not be obliged, to contribute the whole or part of the financing originally required of the Non-Contributing Party;

 

  16.2.2. the finance provided by the Financing Parties shall be wholly applied (notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement) in subscribing for additional Shares; and

 

  16.2.3. the number of Shares allotted and issued in the instance referred to in clause 16.2.2 shall be determined by the Board having regard to the amount of the additional finance provided and the Fair Market Value of the Company at that time and the Board shall notify the Shareholders of such determination in writing. If any Shareholder disputes the determination of the Board in terms of this clause 16.2.3 by giving written notice to that effect to the Board and the remaining Shareholders within 5 (five) business days after the date of the notice from the Board, the number of Shares to be allotted and issued shall be determined by the Independent Merchant Bank, who shall act as experts and not as arbitrators.

 

  16.3. Each of the Shareholders hereby consents to any dilution of its shareholding pursuant to clause 16.2 where such Party is a Non-Contributing Party, consents to the issue of the additional Shares by the Company to the Financing Parties and acknowledges that any such dilution pursuant to this clause 16 will not constitute unjust, inequitable or oppressive conduct on the part of the Financing Parties or by the Company.

 

21


  16.4. The Non-Contributing Party shall sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to clause 16.2 and in default thereof, hereby appoints the Company as its attorney and agent in rem suam , in its name, place and stead to do all such things and sign all such documents on its behalf.

 

17. TRANSACTION COSTS, EXTRAORDINARY DIVIDEND DECLARATION AND PAYMENT

 

  17.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, the Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, to make a Distribution to all of the Shareholders in proportion to their shareholding in the Company as at the date of such distribution on the following terms –

 

  17.1.1. Harmony will determine the amount of the Distribution, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and Harmony being satisfied, in its sole discretion, that the Company will have adequate distributable reserves following the Distribution;

 

  17.1.2. each Shareholder shall only be entitled to receive a Distribution in an amount that is in proportion to its shareholding in the Company as at the date of such Distribution; and

 

  17.1.3. each of Sikhuliso and the BEE Shareholders hereby authorise the Company to pay out of the proceeds payable to it pursuant to the Distribution, such portion of its Distribution as is equal to its proportionate share of the Transaction Costs directly to Harmony, for and on its behalf in discharge of its obligation to make payment of its proportionate share of the Transaction Cost to Harmony.

 

  17.2. The Transaction Costs shall be repaid by each of BEECo 1, BEECo 2, BEECo 3 and Sikhuliso SPV, utilising the proceeds of the Distribution to be made by the Company in terms of clause 17.1, in the following manner –

 

  17.2.1. 50% (fifty percent) of the Advisory Costs shall be repaid to Harmony, in the following proportions –

 

  17.2.1.1. BEECo 1 shall repay 12% (twelve percent) of 50% (fifty percent) of the Advisory Costs;

 

  17.2.1.2. BEECo 2 shall repay 12% (twelve percent) of 50% (fifty percent) of the Advisory Costs;

 

22


  17.2.1.3. BEECo 3 shall repay 12% (twelve percent) of 50% (fifty percent) of the Advisory Costs; and

 

  17.2.1.4. Sikhuliso SPV shall repay 64 (sixty four percent) of 50% (fifty percent) of the Advisory Costs; and

 

  17.2.2. 100% (one hundred percent) of the Funding Costs shall be repaid to Harmony in proportion to their shareholding in the Company as at the Closing Date.

 

18. BEE SHAREHOLDERS PUT OPTION

 

  18.1. In the circumstances contemplated in clause 9 of the Contractor Agreement and/or clause 7 of the Services Agreement, Harmony hereby grants to BEE Co1, BEE Co 2, BEE Co 3 and Sikhuliso SPV collectively (“ BEE Shareholders ”) an irrevocable option to oblige Harmony to purchase 100% (one hundred percent) of the ordinary shares in the issued share capital of the Company held by each of the BEE Shareholders in the Company (“ Put Option Shares ”) plus the Loan Claims (if any) of such BEE Shareholder (collectively “ Put Option Equity ”), which option (“ BEE Shareholders Put Option ”) shall be capable of being exercised on the following terms -

 

  18.1.1. any BEE Shareholder shall be entitled to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option in respect of such BEE Shareholder’s Put Option Equity, provided that the level of water in Dam 13 has decreased such that the Company is not supplied with or not able to pump, as the case may be, at least 80% (eighty percent) of the Water Allocation for a period of more than 6 (six) consecutive months (“ Sixth Month Period ”);

 

  18.1.2. the BEE Shareholders Put Option shall be capable of being exercised at any time from the end of the Sixth Month Period to 60 (sixty) days after the end of the Six Month Period (“ Option Exercise Period ”), provided that to the extent that a BEE Shareholder does not exercise the BEE Shareholder Put Option during the first Option Exercise Period, it shall not be entitled to exercise the BEE Shareholder Put Option thereafter;

 

  18.1.3. any BEE Shareholder may exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option in respect of such BEE Shareholder’s Put Option Equity during the Option Exercise Period by delivering to Harmony a written notice (“ Option Exercise Notice ”), which written notice shall -

 

  18.1.3.1. state the Equity which the BEE Shareholder proposes to sell to Harmony, which for the avoidance of doubt, must be 100% (one hundred percent) of the Put Option Shares held by the BEE Shareholder;

 

23


  18.1.3.2. be given in accordance with the provisions of clause 18.1.1 and this clause 18.1.3; and

 

  18.1.3.3. become effective immediately upon receipt thereof by Harmony;

 

  18.1.4. the Option Exercise Notice may not be rejected or refused by Harmony if it complies with the provisions of clauses 18.1.1 and 18.1.3; and

 

  18.1.5. subject to the provisions of clauses 18.1.1 and 18.1.3 being complied with by a BEE Shareholder, Harmony agrees to purchase the Put Option Equity from such BEE Shareholder.

 

  18.2. The purchase consideration to be paid by Harmony to each of the BEE Shareholders for such BEE Shareholder’s Put Option Equity (“ Put Option Consideration ”) shall be equal to the sum of the fair market value of the Put Option Shares, as determined in terms of clause 19, and the face value of the Loan Claims, which Put Option Consideration shall be payable in cash.

 

  18.3. The Put Option Consideration shall be settled by Harmony to the relevant BEE Shareholder within 30 (thirty) days after the date on which the BEE Shareholder exercises the BEE Shareholders Put Option in accordance with the provisions of clauses 18.1.1 and 18.1.3, provided that where –

 

  18.3.1. the approvals as set out in clause 18.4.1, if any, are required, have not been obtained; or

 

  18.3.2. there is a dispute regarding the Put Option Consideration,

 

     the Put Option Consideration shall be paid by Harmony within 10 (ten) days after the last of all such approvals have been obtained or the dispute has been resolved in accordance with the provisions of clause 31, as the case may be.

 

  18.4. The terms of the sale agreement resulting pursuant to the exercise of the BEE Shareholder Put Option shall be, that –

 

  18.4.1. such sale shall be subject to Harmony and the relevant BEE Shareholder obtaining all regulatory approvals which may be required for the purchase of the Put Option Equity. The Parties undertake to do all things, perform all such actions and take all such steps and to procure the doing of all such things, the performance of all such actions and the taking of all such steps as may be open to them and necessary for or incidental to expediting any regulatory approval process; and

 

24


  18.4.2. simultaneously with the settlement of the Put Option Consideration, the BEE Shareholders shall deliver to Harmony –

 

  18.4.2.1. the relevant share certificates and transfer forms in respect of the Put Option Shares; and

 

  18.4.2.2. a resolution of the board of directors or trustees of each of the BEE Shareholders approving the transfer of the Put Option Shares to Harmony.

 

  18.5. Harmony shall be entitled, upon the exercise of a BEE Shareholder Put Option, to nominate a Black Enterprise, Black Person or Black Trust to purchase the Put Option Equity, or portion thereof, from the relevant BEE Shareholder and will in such event assign its rights and obligations under this clause 18 to such Black Enterprise, Black Person or Black Trust, provided that such Black Enterprise, Black Person or Black Trust shall be required to agree, in writing, to be bound by all the terms and conditions contained in this clause 18.

 

19. FAIR MARKET VALUE OF THE PUT OPTION SHARES

 

  19.1. If the fair market value of the Put Option Shares is required to be determined in terms of this Agreement, Harmony and the BEE Shareholders shall attempt to agree such value in writing.

 

  19.2. Should Harmony and the BEE Shareholders fail to agree in writing the fair market value of the Put Option Shares within 10 (ten) business days from the date of a request by any one of Harmony or the BEE Shareholders for such agreement, the fair market value of the Put Option Shares will be determined by the Independent Merchant Bank. In so certifying the Independent Merchant Bank shall –

 

  19.2.1. act as experts and not as arbitrators;

 

  19.2.2. value the Put Option Shares having regard to the price a willing buyer would pay to a willing seller negotiating at arm’s length; and

 

  19.2.3. value the Put Option Shares at the value they would have been at, had the circumstances contemplated in clause 19.3.2 of the Sale of Business Agreement not occurred.

 

20. EXEMPTION FROM RIGHTS OF PRE-EMPTION

 

   Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 14.3 of the Memorandum of Incorporation, Sikhuliso and the BEECos shall not be bound by the provisions of clauses 14.3 to 14.15 (inclusive) of the Memorandum of Incorporation to the extent that Sikhuliso and/or any of the BEECos have exercised the BEE Shareholder Put Option in accordance with the provisions of clause 18 and Harmony shall not be bound by the provisions of clauses 14.3 to 14.15 (inclusive) of the Memorandum of Incorporation in respect of the sale of the Sale Shares to the Community Trust in accordance with the provisions of clause 8.

 

25


21. MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

   Subject to the provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation -

 

  21.1. control and management of the Company will vest in the Board;

 

  21.2. the Board will be responsible for and have the following powers and authority –

 

  21.2.1. the management of the Company;

 

  21.2.2. determining the strategic policy of the Company and preparing the Annual Budget from time to time; and

 

  21.2.3. ensuring compliance with any approvals framework agreed to by a Special Majority of the Shareholders from time to time;

 

  21.3. the day-to-day management of the Company will be –

 

  21.3.1. subject to the policies and principles determined from time to time by the Board; and

 

  21.3.2. the responsibility of a Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer who will be appointed by the Directors and who will be assisted by the other executive Directors;

 

  21.4. the operations of the Company will be conducted inter alia on the following basis –

 

  21.4.1. audited accounts will be prepared as soon as possible after each financial year end but in any event by not later than 90 (ninety) days thereafter;

 

  21.4.2. monthly management accounts will be prepared as soon as possible after each month end but in any event by not later than 30 (thirty) days thereafter and circulated monthly to the Shareholders; and

 

  21.4.3. Shareholders shall be entitled to receive all information relating to the Company reasonably requested by them.

 

22. ANNUAL BUDGET

 

   Subject to the provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation -

 

26


  22.1. the management of the Company shall every year by no later than 60 (sixty) days prior to the end of the financial year of the Company, submit to the Board for approval a proposed Annual Budget for the conduct of the Company’s business during the next financial year, in the form and level of detail determined by the Board from time to time;

 

  22.2. the Annual Budget shall include but not be limited to –

 

  22.2.1. a cash flow statement for the ensuing financial year; and

 

  22.2.2. a capital expenditure programme specifying amounts outstanding on approved capital expenditure brought forward from the prior year as well as proposed future capital expenditure commitments of the Company; and

 

  22.3. the Board shall evaluate, amend, finalise and approve the Annual Budget within 30 (thirty) days of receipt.

 

23. PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS WAIVER

 

  23.1. Harmony hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, with effect from the Closing Date, all and any pre-emptive rights in its favour in respect of the BEECo 1 Subscription Shares, the BEECo 2 Subscription Shares, the BEECo 3 Subscription Shares and the Sikhuliso SPV Subscription Shares.

 

  23.2. The waiver in this clause 23 constitutes the whole waiver given by Harmony in relation to the subscriptions recorded and implemented on the terms and subject to the conditions in this Agreement.

 

  23.3. Each of Sikhuliso SPV and the BEECos hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, with effect from the Closing Date, all and any pre-emptive rights in its favour pursuant to the exercise by Harmony of its rights under and in terms of the Pledge Agreements.

 

24. RELEASE FROM SURETYSHIP OBLIGATIONS

 

   If one or more of the Shareholders purchase the entire shareholding of another Shareholder pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the Memorandum of Incorporation, the purchasing Shareholder/s shall be obliged to use its/their best endeavours to procure the release of the selling Shareholder from any guarantees given for the obligations of the Company, provided that such best endeavours shall not require the discharge or material variation of any principal obligation and, until the release is procured, the purchasing Shareholder/s shall indemnify the selling Shareholder against liability under any such guarantee.

 

27


25. AMENDMENTS TO THE MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

 

   Each Shareholder undertakes in favour of every other Shareholder that it will not vote in favour of any addition to or variation, deletion, or agreed cancellation of all or any clauses or provisions of the Memorandum of Incorporation unless such addition, variation, deletion or cancellation is approved in writing by each of the Shareholders.

 

26. NECESSARY CHANGES TO AGREEMENT IN CERTAIN CASES

 

  26.1. To the extent that at any time the number of Shareholders or the percentage shareholding of the Shareholders changes from the number of Shareholders and percentage shareholding existing at the Closing Date or any such other change in circumstances occurs (“ Change ”) with the result that certain provisions of this Agreement are no longer appropriate or do not cater for such Change then –

 

  26.1.1. the Shareholders shall, within 30 (thirty) days of such Change occurring, meet and in good faith attempt to negotiate and sign a new shareholders agreement on the same terms and conditions as those contained in this Agreement, subject to the correction of the inconsistencies contemplated in clause 26.1;

 

  26.1.2. should the Shareholders fail to sign a new shareholders agreement within 60 (sixty) days of such Change occurring, the matter shall be referred by the Company to an Independent Attorney and a new shareholders agreement shall be prepared and finalised by the Independent Attorney, acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator; and

 

  26.1.3. the Company and all of the Shareholders will be deemed to be bound by the shareholders agreement prepared and finalised by the Independent Attorney pursuant to clause 26.1.2, whether they agree to sign it or not.

 

  26.2. Until such time as any Change has been addressed in a new shareholders agreement as contemplated in clause 26.1, the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied, mutatis mutandis , to the Shareholders but giving due cognisance to the interpretation thereof in the context of the Change.

PART 5:

GENERAL

 

27. GENERAL WARRANTIES

 

  27.1. Each of the Parties hereby warrants to and in favour of the other that –

 

28


  27.1.1. it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement;

 

  27.1.2. this Agreement constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  27.1.3. the execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not –

 

  27.1.3.1. contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject;

 

  27.1.3.2. contravene any provision of that Party’s constitutional documents;

 

  27.1.3.3. conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it; and

 

  27.1.4. to the best of its knowledge and belief, it is not aware of the existence of any fact or circumstance that may impair its ability to comply with all of its obligations in terms of this Agreement;

 

  27.1.5. it is entering into this Agreement as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity);

 

  27.1.6. the natural person who signs and executes this Agreement on its behalf is validly and duly authorised to do so;

 

  27.1.7. no other party is acting as a fiduciary for it; and

 

  27.1.8. it is not relying upon any statement or representation by or on behalf of any other Party, except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

  27.2. Each of the representations and warranties given by the Parties in terms of clause 27.1 shall –

 

  27.2.1. be a separate warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement;

 

  27.2.2. continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

  27.2.3. prima facie be deemed to be material and to be a material representation inducing the other Party to enter into this Agreement.

 

29


28. PUBLICITY

 

  28.1. Subject to clause 28.3, each Party undertakes to keep confidential and not to disclose to any third party, save as may be required in law (including by the rules of any recognised securities exchange, where applicable) or permitted in terms of this Agreement, the nature, content or existence of this Agreement and any and all information given by a Party to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  28.2. No announcements of any nature whatsoever will be made by or on behalf of a Party relating to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, save for any announcement or other statement required to be made in terms of the provisions of any law or by the rules of any recognised securities exchange, in which event the Party obliged to make such statement will first consult with the other Party in order to enable the Parties in good faith to attempt to agree the content of such announcement, which (unless agreed) must go no further than is required in terms of such law or rules. This will not apply to a Party wishing to respond to the other Party which has made an announcement of some nature in breach of this clause 28.

 

  28.3. This clause 28 shall not apply to any disclosure made by a Party to its professional advisors or consultants, provided that they have agreed to the same confidentiality undertakings, or to any judicial or arbitral tribunal or officer, in connection with any matter relating to this Agreement or arising out of it.

 

29. SUPPORT

 

   The Parties undertake at all times to do all such things, perform all such actions and take all such steps and to procure the doing of all such things, the performance of all such actions and the taking of all such steps as may be open to them and necessary for or incidental to the putting into effect or maintenance of the terms, conditions and/or import of this Agreement.

 

30. BREACH

 

  30.1. If a Party (“ Defaulting Party ”) commits any breach of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 5 (five) business days (“ Notice Period ”) of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied, then the Party giving the notice (“ Aggrieved Party ”) will be entitled, at its option –

 

  30.1.1. to claim immediate specific performance of any of the Defaulting Party’s obligations under this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, whether or not such obligation has fallen due for performance and to require the Defaulting Party to provide security to the satisfaction of the Aggrieved Party for the Defaulting Party’s obligations; or

 

30


  30.1.2. to cancel this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, in which case written notice of the cancellation shall be given to the Defaulting Party, and the cancellation shall take effect on the giving of the notice. Neither Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement unless the breach is a material breach. A breach will be deemed to be a material breach if -

 

  30.1.2.1. it is capable of being remedied, but is not so remedied within the Notice Period; or

 

  30.1.2.2. it is incapable of being remedied or is not remedied within the Notice Period, and payment in money will compensate for such breach but such payment is not made within the Notice Period.

 

  30.2. The Parties agree that any costs awarded will be recoverable on an attorney-and-own-client scale unless the Court specifically determines that such scale shall not apply, in which event the costs will be recoverable in accordance with the High Court tariff, determined on an attorney-and-client scale.

 

  30.3. The Aggrieved Party’s remedies in terms of this clause 30 are without prejudice to any other remedies to which the Aggrieved Party may be entitled in law.

 

31. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  31.1. In the event of there being any dispute or difference between any Parties arising out of this Agreement, the said dispute or difference shall on written demand by either Party be submitted to arbitration in Johannesburg in accordance with the AFSA rules, which arbitration shall be administered by AFSA.

 

  31.2. Should AFSA, as an institution, not be operating at that time or not be accepting requests for arbitration for any reason, then the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AFSA rules for commercial arbitration (as last applied by AFSA) before an arbitrator appointed by agreement between the Parties to the dispute or failing agreement within 10 (ten) business days of the demand for arbitration, then any Party to the dispute shall be entitled to forthwith call upon the chairperson of the Johannesburg Bar Council to nominate the arbitrator, provided that the person so nominated shall be an advocate of not less than 10 (ten) years standing as such. The person so nominated shall be the duly appointed arbitrator in respect of the dispute. In the event of the attorneys of the Parties to the dispute failing to agree on any matter relating to the administration of the arbitration, such matter shall be referred to and decided by the arbitrator whose decision shall be final and binding on the parties to the dispute.

 

31


  31.3. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit a Party to the arbitration from applying to the appropriate court for urgent relief or for judgment in relation to a liquidated claim.

 

  31.4. Any arbitration in terms of this clause 31 (including any appeal proceedings) shall be conducted in camera and the Parties shall treat as confidential details of the dispute submitted to arbitration, the conduct of the arbitration proceedings and the outcome of the arbitration.

 

  31.5. This clause 31 will continue to be binding on the Parties notwithstanding any termination or cancellation of the Agreement.

 

  31.6. The Parties agree that the written demand by a party to the dispute in terms of clause 31.1 that the dispute or difference be submitted to arbitration, is to be deemed to be a legal process for the purpose of interrupting extinctive prescription in terms of the Prescription Act, 1969.

 

32. NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

 

  32.1. The Parties select as their respective domicilia citandi et executandi the following physical addresses, and for the purposes of giving or sending any notice provided for or required under this Agreement, the said physical addresses as well as the following telefax numbers -

 

  32.1.1. Harmony :

 

Physical Address:    Block 27, Randfontein Office Park, Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue. Randfontein
Telefax:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
Marked for the attention of:    The Company Secretary

 

  32.1.2. Sikhuliso SPV :

 

Physical Address:    638 Jacqueline Drive, Garsfontein, 0081
Telefax:    +27 (0) 86 539 2740
Marked for the attention of:    the Company Secretary

 

  32.1.3. BEECo 1 :

 

Physical Address:    Building H303, 18 Melrose Arch, Ground Floor, Melrose Arch
Telefax:    +27 (0) 11 684 1116
Marked for the attention of:    Mr. Collin Matjila

 

  32.1.4. BEECo 2 :

 

Physical Address:    Block A, Boston House, 3A De-La-Rey Road, Rivonia, 2128
Telefax:    +27 (0) 11 234 0926
Marked for the attention of:    Livhu Nengovhela

 

32


  32.1.5. BEECo 3 :

 

Physical Address:    268 Jubilee Avenue, Halfway House, Midrand, 1682
Telefax:    +27 (0) 11 805 3191
Marked for the attention of:    Ms Lesego Tibane

 

  32.1.6. Community Trust :

 

Physical Address:    Block 27, Randfontein Office Park, Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue. Randfontein
Telefax:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
Marked for the attention of:    the Trustees

 

  32.1.7. The Company :

 

Physical Address:    Block 27, Randfontein Office Park, Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue. Randfontein
Telefax:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
Marked for the attention of:    Frank Abbott

 

     provided that a Party may change its domicilium or its address for the purposes of notices to any other physical address or telefax number by written notice to the other Party to that effect. Such change of address will be effective 5 (five) business days after receipt of the notice of the change.

 

  32.2. All notices to be given in terms of this Agreement will be given in writing and will -

 

  32.2.1. be delivered by hand or sent by telefax, and not by way of email;

 

  32.2.2. if delivered by hand during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of delivery. Any notice delivered after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day; and

 

  32.2.3. if sent by telefax during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of successful transmission of the telefax. Any telefax sent after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day.

 

33


  32.3. Notwithstanding the above, any notice given in writing, and actually received by the Party to whom the notice is addressed, will be deemed to have been properly given and received, notwithstanding that such notice has not been given in accordance with this clause 32.

 

33. BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

 

   This Agreement will also be for the benefit of and be binding upon the successors in title and permitted assigns of the Parties or any of them.

 

34. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  34.1. This Agreement will in all respects be governed by and construed under the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  34.2. Subject to clause 31, the Parties hereby consent and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg in any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement.

 

35. GENERAL

 

  35.1. Whole Agreement

 

  35.1.1. This Agreement constitutes the whole of the agreement between the Parties relating to the matters dealt with herein and, save to the extent otherwise provided herein, no undertaking, representation, term or condition relating to the subject matter of this Agreement not incorporated in this Agreement shall be binding on any of the Parties.

 

  35.1.2. This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all agreements between the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) and undertakings given to or on behalf of the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) in relation to the subject matter hereof.

 

  35.2. Variations to be in Writing

 

     No addition to or variation, deletion, or agreed cancellation of all or any clauses or provisions of this Agreement will be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by the Parties.

 

  35.3. No Indulgences

 

    

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to the other Parties in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder, and no delay or forbearance in the enforcement of any right of any Party arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party under this Agreement,

 

34


  shall in any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent or election by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of or otherwise affect any of the Party’s rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop or preclude any such Party from enforcing at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term hereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement will not constitute or be deemed to be a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

  35.4. No Waiver or Suspension of Rights

 

     No waiver, suspension or postponement by any Party of any right arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by such Party. Any such waiver, suspension or postponement will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose given.

 

  35.5. Provisions Severable

 

     All provisions and the various clauses of this Agreement are, notwithstanding the manner in which they have been grouped together or linked grammatically, severable from each other. Any provision or clause of this Agreement which is or becomes unenforceable in any jurisdiction, whether due to voidness, invalidity, illegality, unlawfulness or for any other reason whatever, shall, in such jurisdiction only and only to the extent that it is so unenforceable, be treated as pro non scripto and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain of full force and effect. The Parties declare that it is their intention that this Agreement would be executed without such unenforceable provision if they were aware of such unenforceability at the time of execution hereof.

 

  35.6. Continuing Effectiveness of Certain Provisions

 

     The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

  35.7. No Assignment

 

     Neither this Agreement nor any part, share or interest herein nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be ceded, delegated or assigned by any Party without the prior signed written consent of the other Parties, save as otherwise provided herein.

 

35


36. COSTS

 

   Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.

 

37. SIGNATURE

 

  37.1. This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  37.2. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  37.3. The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

  37.4. The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

For             HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   Graham Briggs
Date:   20 March 2013
Place:   Sandton

 

For             BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   Graham Briggs
Date:   20 March 2013
Place:   Sandton

 

36


For         HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   Sipho Tsotsi
Date:   18 March 2013
Place:   Sandton

 

For             BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   M.C. Matjila
Date:   20 March 2013
Place:   Johannesburg

 

For             BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

L. Nengouhela

Date:   20 March 2013
Place:   Johannesburg

 

For             BUSINES VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   Medi M. Moknena
Date:   20 March 2013
Place:   Johannesburg

 

37


For             THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE HARMONY GOLD COMMUNITY TRUST

 

Signature:   /s/
  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:   Neil Terblanche
Date:   20/03/13
Place:   Sandton

 

38


Annexure A

MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

Exhibit 4.24

FIRST ADDENDUM TO THE SUBSCRIPTION, SALE AND SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE HARMONY GOLD COMMUNITY TRUST


1. INTERPRETATION

 

     In this Addendum –

 

  1.1. Addendum ” means this first addendum to the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement;

 

  1.2. Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement ” means the subscription, sale and shareholders’ agreement entered into between the Parties on 20 March 2013; and

 

  1.3. unless otherwise defined herein or the context indicates otherwise, words and expressions defined in the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement will have the same meanings and any reference to the word “clause” or “annexure” refers to a clause or annexure of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement.

 

2. INTRODUCTION

 

  2.1. The Parties have agreed to amend the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement by making certain amendments.

 

  2.2. The Parties wish to record their agreement in writing.

 

3. AMENDMENT

 

     The Parties hereby amend the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement by deleting the words and numbers –

 

  3.1. R184,240 ( one hundred and eighty four thousand two hundred and forty rand )” appearing in clause 2.1.9 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers “ R179,876 ( one hundred and seventy nine thousand eight hundred and seventy six rand )”;

 

  3.2. R184,240 ( one hundred and eighty four thousand two hundred and forty rand )” appearing in clause 2.1.13 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers “ R179,876 ( one hundred and seventy nine thousand eight hundred and seventy six rand )”;

 

  3.3. R184,240 ( one hundred and eighty four thousand two hundred and forty rand )” appearing in clause 2.1.17 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers “ R179,876 ( one hundred and seventy nine thousand eight hundred and seventy six rand )”;

 

  3.4. R4,606,000 ( four million six hundred and six thousand rand )” appearing in clause 2.1.2 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers “ R4,496,898.72 ( four million four hundred and ninety six thousand eight hundred and ninety eight rand seventy two cents )”;

 

2


  3.5. R982,613 ( nine hundred and eight two thousand six hundred and thirteen rand )” appearing in clause 2.1.24 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers “ R959,338 ( nine hundred and fifty nine thousand three hundred and thirty eight rand )”;

 

  3.6. R455,994,000 ( four hundred and fifty five million nine hundred and ninety four thousand rand )” appearing in clause 14.1 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers “ R445,192,974 ( four hundred and forty five million one hundred and ninety two thousand and nine hundred and seventy four rand )”;

 

  3.7. R97,278,720 ( ninety seven million two hundred and seventy eight thousand and seven hundred and twenty rand )” appearing in clause 14.2.1 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers “ R94,974,501 ( ninety four million nine hundred and seventy four thousand five hundred and one rand )”; and

 

  3.8. R18,239,760 ( eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty rand )” appearing in clause 14.2.2 and the replacement thereof with the words and numbers “ R17,807,719 ( seventeen million eight hundred and seven thousand seven hundred and nineteen rand )”.

 

4. SAVINGS CLAUSE

 

     Save to the extent specifically or by necessary implication modified in or inconsistent with the provisions of this Addendum or unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, all the terms and conditions of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement shall mutatis mutandis continue to apply.

 

5. COSTS

 

     Each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Addendum.

 

6. SIGNATURE

 

  6.1. This Addendum is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  6.2. This Addendum may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Addendum as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  6.3. The persons signing this Addendum in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

3


FOR    HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Signature:        /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Frank Abbott   
Date:    24 May 2013   
Place:    Randfontein   
FOR    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Frank Abbott   
Date:    24 May 2013   
Place:    Randfontein   
FOR    HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:        
Date:        
Place:        
FOR    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    M.L. Majila   
Date:    23 May 2013   
Place:        

 

4


FOR    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:        /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:        
Date:        
Place:        
FOR    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    M.M. Mokuena   
Date:    28/05/2013   
Place:    Midrand   
FOR    THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE HARMONY GOLD COMMUNITY TRUST
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Neil Terblanche   
Date:    24 May 2013   
Place:    Randfontein   

 

5

Exhibit 4.25

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@problemsolved.co.za www.problemsolved.co.za

SECOND ADDENDUM TO THE SUBSCRIPTION, SALE AND SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE HARMONY GOLD COMMUNITY TRUST

 

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


1. INTERPRETATION

 

     In this Addendum –

 

  1.1. Addendum ” means this second addendum to the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

  1.2. Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement ” means the subscription, sale and shareholders’ agreement entered into between the Parties on 20 March 2013, as amended; and

 

  1.3. unless otherwise defined herein or the context indicates otherwise, words and expressions defined in the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement will have the same meanings and any reference to the word “clause” or “annexure” refers to a clause or annexure of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement.

 

2. INTRODUCTION

 

  2.1. The Parties have agreed to amend the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement by deleting clause 14.3.2 and replacing same with a new clause 14.3.2.

 

  2.2. The Parties wish to record their agreement in writing.

 

3. AMENDMENT

 

     The Parties hereby amend the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement by deleting clause 14.3.2 and replacing same with a new clause 14.3.2 –

 

  14.3.2 in respect of the Harmony Shareholder Loan –

 

  14.3.2.1 bear interest at a rate of 100 (one hundred) basis points above the Funding Rate;

 

  14.3.2.2 be repayable in 15 (fifteen) equal semi-annual instalments commencing on 31 December 2013 and terminating on 31 December 2020, subject to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement; and

 

  14.3.2.3 at the election of Harmony, failure of the Company to repay the Harmony Shareholder Loan shall not constitute a default by the Company;

 

4. SAVINGS CLAUSE

 

     Save to the extent specifically or by necessary implication modified in or inconsistent with the provisions of this Addendum or unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, all the terms and conditions of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement shall mutatis mutandis continue to apply.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

1


5. COSTS

 

     Each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Addendum.

 

6. SIGNATURE

 

  6.1. This Addendum is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  6.2. This Addendum may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Addendum as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  6.3. The persons signing this Addendum in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

FOR    HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Signature:        /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Frank Abbott   
Date:    27 June 2013   
Place:    Randfontein   
FOR    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Frank Abbott   
Date:    27 June 2013   
Place:    Randfontein   

 

2


FOR    HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:        /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    M. Mashabh   
Date:    5 July 2013   
Place:    Sandton   
FOR    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    M.C. Matjila   
Date:    8 July 2013   
Place:    Johannesburg   
FOR    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Livhu Nengovhela   
Date:    10 July 2013   
Place:    Sandton   
FOR    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:        
Date:        
Place:        

 

3


FOR    THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE HARMONY GOLD COMMUNITY TRUST
Signature:        /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Neil Terblanche   
Date:    27 June 2013   
Place:    Randfontein   

 

4

Exhibit 4.26

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@problemsolved.co.za www.problemsolved.co.za

 

      
  

 

SALE OF SHARES AGREEMENT

 

entered into between

 

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

 

and

 

THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE MALIBONGWE WOMEN DEVELOPMENT TRUST

 

      law | tax | forensics | IP | africa    edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated    registration number 2006/018200/21  


edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@problemsolved.co.za www.problemsolved.co.za

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

   Page  
1.  

PARTIES

     1   
2.  

INTERPRETATION

     1   
3.  

INTRODUCTION

     4   
4.  

SALE

     4   
5.  

PAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

     4   
6.  

CLOSING

     4   
7.  

GENERAL WARRANTIES

     5   
8.  

SUPPORT

     5   
9.  

BREACH

     6   
10.  

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     6   
11.  

NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

     7   
12.  

BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

     8   
13.  

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     9   
14.  

GENERAL

     9   
15.  

COSTS

     10   
16.  

SIGNATURE

     11   

 

      law | tax | forensics | IP | africa    edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated    registration number 2006/018200/21  


1. PARTIES

 

  1.1. The Parties to this Agreement are –

 

  1.1.1. Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited; and

 

  1.1.2. The Trustees for the time being of the Malibongwe Women Development Trust.

 

  1.2. The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

 

  2.1. In this Agreement, unless the context indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  2.1.1. AFSA ” means the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa;

 

  2.1.2. Agreement ” means this sale of shares agreement;

 

  2.1.3. Closing ” means closing as contemplated in clause 6;

 

  2.1.4. Company ” means Business Venture Investments No 1688 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/030648/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.5. Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement;

 

  2.1.6. Purchase Consideration ” means an amount equal to R1 (one rand);

 

  2.1.7. Purchaser ” means the trustees for the time being of the Malibongwe Women Development Trust, a trust established in accordance with the laws of South Africa and lodged with the Master of the High Court, with Master’s Reference number IT;10665/2005.

 

  2.1.8. Sale ” means the sale of the Sale Shares by the Seller to the Purchaser in terms of this Agreement;

 

  2.1.9. Sale Shares ” means 100 (one hundred) Shares constituting 100% (one hundred percent) of the entire issued share capital of the Company as at the Signature Date.

 

  2.1.10. Seller ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, registration number 1950/038232/06-, a limited liability public company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa; and

 

      law | tax | forensics | IP | africa    edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated    registration number 2006/018200/21  

 

1


  2.1.11. Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing.

 

  2.2. In this Agreement –

 

  2.2.1. clause headings and the heading of the Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation; and

 

  2.2.2. an expression which denotes –

 

  2.2.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  2.2.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ;

 

  2.2.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa ; and

 

  2.2.2.4. a Party includes a reference to that Party’s successors in title and assigns allowed at law; and

 

  2.2.3. a reference to a consecutive series of two or more clauses is deemed to be inclusive of both the first and last mentioned clauses.

 

  2.3. Any reference in this Agreement to –

 

  2.3.1. business hours ” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h30 and 17h00 on any business day. Any reference to time shall be based upon South African Standard Time;

 

  2.3.2. days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of the Republic of South Africa from time to time;

 

  2.3.3. laws ” means all constitutions; statutes; regulations; by-laws; codes; ordinances; decrees; rules; judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgments, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards; policies; voluntary restraints; guidelines; directives; compliance notices; abatement notices; agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any Governmental Body; and the common law, and “ law ” shall have a similar meaning;

 

  2.3.4. person ” means any natural person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, unincorporated association, Governmental Body, or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality; and

 

2


  2.3.5. tax ” means all income tax, capital gains tax, secondary tax on companies (or any similar tax replacing or substituting it), dividend tax, VAT, stamp duty, securities transfer tax, uncertificated securities tax, PAYE, levies, assessments, imposts, deductions, charges and withholdings whatsoever in terms of any tax legislation, and includes all penalties and interest payable as a consequence of any failure or delay in paying any taxes.

 

  2.4. The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

  2.5. Any substantive provision, conferring rights or imposing obligations on a Party and appearing in any of the definitions in this clause 2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall be given effect to as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement.

 

  2.6. Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Agreement in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

  2.7. A reference to any statutory enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  2.8. Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.9. If the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.10. Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

  2.11. The rule of construction that this Agreement shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting of this Agreement, shall not apply.

 

  2.12. No provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person ( stipulatio alteri ) who is not a Party to this Agreement.

 

3


  2.13. The use of any expression in this Agreement covering a process available under South African law, such as winding-up, shall, if any of the Parties to this Agreement is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.

 

  2.14. Any reference in this Agreement to “ this Agreement ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

  2.15. In this Agreement the words “ clause ” or “ clauses ” refer to clauses of this Agreement.

 

3. INTRODUCTION

 

  3.1. The Sale Shares are beneficially owned by and registered in the name of the Seller.

 

  3.2. The Purchaser wishes to purchase the Sale Shares from the Seller and the Seller has agreed to sell the Sale Shares to the Purchaser on the Signature Date, on the terms and subject to the conditions herein contained.

 

  3.3. The Parties wish to record in writing their agreement in respect of the above and matters ancillary thereto.

 

4. SALE

 

  4.1. The Seller hereby sells to the Purchaser, which hereby purchases, the Sale Shares, as one indivisible transaction.

 

  4.2. All risk in and all benefit attaching to the Sale Shares will, against settlement of the Purchase Consideration (together with any accrued interest thereon), pass from the Seller to the Purchaser on the Signature Date.

 

5. PAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

The Purchase Consideration will be paid by the Purchaser to the Seller on the Signature Date, against compliance by the Seller with the provisions of clause 6.1.

 

6. CLOSING

 

  6.1. On the Signature Date the Seller will deliver to the Purchaser –

 

  6.1.1. an original share certificate in respect of the Sale Shares; and

 

  6.1.2. a share transfer form in respect of the Sale Shares duly completed by the registered holders thereof.

 

4


  6.2. Upon closing in terms of this clause 6, the Purchaser will pay to the Seller the Purchase Consideration.

 

  6.3. The Parties may, by agreement in writing, dispense with a meeting on the Signature Date and may instead ensure delivery of the documents referred to in clause 6.1, in such other manner as they agree to be convenient.

 

7. GENERAL WARRANTIES

 

  7.1. Each of the Parties hereby warrants to and in favour of the others that –

 

  7.1.1. it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement;

 

  7.1.2. this Agreement constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  7.1.3. the execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not –

 

  7.1.3.1. contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject;

 

  7.1.3.2. contravene any provision of that Party’s constitutional documents; or

 

  7.1.3.3. conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it.

 

  7.2. Each of the representations and warranties given by the Parties in terms of clause 7.1, shall –

 

  7.2.1. be a separate warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement;

 

  7.2.2. continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

  7.2.3. prima facie be deemed to be material and to be a material representation inducing the other Parties to enter into this Agreement.

 

8. SUPPORT

The Parties undertake at all times to do all such things, perform all such actions and take all such steps and to procure the doing of all such things, the performance of all such actions and the taking of all such steps as may be open to them and necessary for or incidental to the putting into effect or maintenance of the terms, conditions and/or import of this Agreement.

 

5


9. BREACH

 

  9.1. If a Party (“ Defaulting Party ”) commits any breach of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 5 (five) business days (“ Notice Period ”) of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied, then the Party giving the notice (“ Aggrieved Party ”) will be entitled, at its option –

 

  9.1.1. to claim immediate specific performance of all or any of the Defaulting Party’s obligations under this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, whether or not such obligation has fallen due for performance; or

 

  9.1.2. to cancel this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, in which case written notice of the cancellation shall be given to the Defaulting Party, and the cancellation shall take effect on the giving of the notice. No Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement unless the breach is a material breach. A breach will be deemed to be a material breach if –

 

  9.1.2.1. it is capable of being remedied, but is not so remedied within the Notice Period; or

 

  9.1.2.2. it is incapable of being remedied and payment in money will compensate for such breach but such payment is not made within the Notice Period.

 

  9.2. The Parties agree that any costs awarded will be recoverable on an attorney-and-own-client scale unless the Court specifically determines that such scale shall not apply, in which event the costs will be recoverable in accordance with the High Court tariff, determined on an attorney-and-client scale.

 

  9.3. The Aggrieved Party’s remedies in terms of this clause 9 are without prejudice to any other remedies to which the Aggrieved Party may be entitled in law.

 

  9.4. Notwithstanding the aforegoing, after the closing in full of the Sale in accordance with clause 6, none of the Parties will have the right to cancel this Agreement as a result of a breach thereof, and the Parties’ only remedies thereafter will be to claim specific performance of all the Defaulting Party’s obligations, together with damages, if any.

 

10. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  10.1. In the event of there being any dispute or difference between the Parties arising out of this Agreement, the said dispute or difference shall on written demand by any Party be submitted to arbitration in Johannesburg in accordance with the AFSA rules, which arbitration shall be administered by AFSA.

 

6


  10.2. Should AFSA, as an institution, not be operating at that time or not be accepting requests for arbitration for any reason, then the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AFSA rules for commercial arbitration (as last applied by AFSA) before an arbitrator appointed by agreement between the parties to the dispute or failing agreement within 10 (ten) business days of the demand for arbitration, then any party to the dispute shall be entitled to forthwith call upon the chairperson of the Johannesburg Bar Council to nominate the arbitrator, provided that the person so nominated shall be an advocate of not less than 10 (ten) years standing as such. The person so nominated shall be the duly appointed arbitrator in respect of the dispute. In the event of the attorneys of the parties to the dispute failing to agree on any matter relating to the administration of the arbitration, such matter shall be referred to and decided by the arbitrator whose decision shall be final and binding on the parties to the dispute.

 

  10.3. Any party to the arbitration may appeal the decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators in terms of the AFSA rules for commercial arbitration.

 

  10.4. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit a party to the arbitration from applying to the appropriate court for urgent relief or for judgment in relation to a liquidated claim.

 

  10.5. Any arbitration in terms of this clause 10 (including any appeal proceedings) shall be conducted in camera and the Parties shall treat as confidential details of the dispute submitted to arbitration, the conduct of the arbitration proceedings and the outcome of the arbitration.

 

  10.6. This clause 10 will continue to be binding on the Parties notwithstanding any termination or cancellation of the Agreement.

 

  10.7. The Parties agree that the written demand by a party to the dispute in terms of clause 10.1 that the dispute or difference be submitted to arbitration, is to be deemed to be a legal process for the purpose of interrupting extinctive prescription in terms of the Prescription Act, No 68 of 1969.

 

11. NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

 

  11.1. The Parties select as their respective domicilia citandi et executandi the following physical addresses, and for the purposes of giving or sending any notice provided for or required under this Agreement, the said physical addresses as well as the following telefax numbers –

 

7


  11.1.1. Seller:

 

Physical:    Block 27, Randfontein Ofiice Park, Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
Fax:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332

 

  11.1.2. Purchaser:

 

Physical:    268 Jubilee Avenue, Halfway House, 1682
Fax:    +27 (0) 11 805 3191

provided that a Party may change its domicilium or its address for the purposes of notices to any other physical address or telefax number in the Republic of South Africa by written notice to the other Parties to that effect. Such change of address will be effective 5 (five) business days after receipt of the notice of the change.

 

  11.2. All notices to be given in terms of this Agreement will be given in writing, in English, and will –

 

  11.2.1. be delivered by hand or sent by telefax, and not by way of email;

 

  11.2.2. if delivered by hand during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of delivery. Any notice delivered after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day; and

 

  11.2.3. if sent by telefax during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of successful transmission of the telefax. Any telefax sent after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day.

 

  11.3. Notwithstanding the above, any notice given in writing in English, and actually received by the Party to whom the notice is addressed, will be deemed to have been properly given and received, notwithstanding that such notice has not been given in accordance with this clause.

 

  11.4. The Parties record that whilst they may correspond via email during the currency of this Agreement for operational reasons, no formal notice required in terms of this Agreement, nor any amendment of or variation to this Agreement may be given or concluded via email.

 

12. BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

This Agreement will also be for the benefit of and be binding upon the successors in title and permitted assigns of the Parties or any of them.

 

8


13. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  13.1. This Agreement will in all respects be governed by and construed under the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  13.2. Subject to clause 10, the Parties hereby consent and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg in any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement.

 

14. GENERAL

 

  14.1. Whole Agreement

 

  14.1.1. This Agreement constitutes the whole of the agreement between the Parties relating to the matters dealt with herein and, save to the extent otherwise provided herein, no undertaking, representation, term or condition relating to the subject matter of this Agreement not incorporated in this Agreement shall be binding on any of the Parties.

 

  14.1.2. This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all agreements between the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) and undertakings given to or on behalf of the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) in relation to the subject matter hereof.

 

  14.2. Variations to be in Writing

No addition to or variation, deletion, or agreed cancellation of all or any clauses or provisions of this Agreement will be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by the Parties.

 

  14.3. No Indulgences

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to the other Parties in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder, and no delay or forbearance in the enforcement of any right of any Party arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party under this Agreement, shall in any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent or election by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of or otherwise affect any of the Party’s rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop or preclude any such Party from enforcing at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term hereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement will not constitute or be deemed to be a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

9


  14.4. No Waiver or Suspension of Rights

No waiver, suspension or postponement by any Party of any right arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by such Party. Any such waiver, suspension or postponement will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose given.

 

  14.5. Provisions Severable

All provisions and the various clauses of this Agreement are, notwithstanding the manner in which they have been grouped together or linked grammatically, severable from each other. Any provision or clause of this Agreement which is or becomes unenforceable in any jurisdiction, whether due to voidness, invalidity, illegality, unlawfulness or for any other reason whatever, shall, in such jurisdiction only and only to the extent that it is so unenforceable, be treated as pro non scripto and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain of full force and effect. The Parties declare that it is their intention that this Agreement would be executed without such unenforceable provision if they were aware of such unenforceability at the time of execution hereof.

 

  14.6. Continuing Effectiveness of Certain Provisions

The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

  14.7. No Assignment

Neither this Agreement nor any part, share or interest herein nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be ceded, delegated or assigned by any Party without the prior signed written consent of the other Parties, save as otherwise provided herein.

 

  14.8. Exclusion of Electronic Signature

The reference in clauses 14.2, 14.4 and 14.7 to writing signed by a Party shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be read and construed as excluding any form of electronic signature.

 

15. COSTS

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.

 

10


16. SIGNATURE

 

  16.1. This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  16.2. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  16.3. The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

  16.4. The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

FOR   HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Frank Abbott

Date:  

6 March 2015

Place:  

Randfontein

 

FOR   THE TRUSTEES FOR THE TIME BEING OF THE MALIBONGWE WOMEN DEVELOPMENT TRUST
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

M. M. Mokuena

Date:  

5 March 2013

Place:  

Midrand

 

11

Exhibit 4.27

edward nathan sonnenbergs

Johannesburg cape town durban stellenbosch

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south Africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@ens.co.za www.ens.co.za

CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

ARMGOLD/HARMONY FREEGOLD JOINT VENTURE COMPANY (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description    Page  

1. PARTIES

     1   

2. INTERPRETATION

     1   

3. INTRODUCTION

     10   

4. APPOINTMENT

     11   

5. DURATION

     11   

6. OBLIGATIONS OF PHOENIXCO

     11   

7. PHOENIXCO’S ANCILLARY RIGHTS

     13   

8. HARMONY’S OBLIGATIONS

     14   

9. SUPPLY OF WATER

     14   

10. MINING COSTS

     16   

11. SALE OF GOLD

     16   

12. DELIVERY OF LOADED CARBON AND BY-PRODUCTs

     16   

13. REHABILITATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES

     16   

14. CONSIDERATION

     17   

15. SUBCONTRACTING

     18   

16. HEALTH AND SAFETY

     19   

17. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS

     20   

18. SECURITY

     20   

19. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     20   

20. INDEMNITY

     21   

21. INSURANCE

     22   

22. FORCE MAJEURE

     23   

23. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

     23   

24. GENERAL WARRANTIES

     24   

25. SUPPORT

     25   

26. BREACH

     25   

27. TERMINATION

     26   

28. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     27   


29. NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

     28   

30. BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

     29   

31. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     29   

32. GENERAL

     29   

33. COSTS

     31   

34. SIGNATURE

     31   

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

2


WHEREBY IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS :

 

1. PARTIES

 

  1.1. The Parties to this Agreement are –

 

  1.1.1. Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited;

 

  1.1.2. Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited; and

 

  1.1.3. ARMgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited.

 

  1.2. The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

 

  2.1. In this Agreement, unless the context indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  2.1.1. AFSA ” means the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa;

 

  2.1.2. Agreement ” means this contractor agreement;

 

  2.1.3. By-products ” means all metalloid or precious by-products arising from the treatment of tailings reclaimed from the Tailings Dams through the conduct of the Mining Operations by PhoenixCo and which do not constitute Loaded Carbon;

 

  2.1.4. Deed of Cession ” means a notarial deed of cession in terms of which Harmony cedes the Tailings Dams Mining Right to PhoenixCo as contemplated in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.5. DMR ” means the Department of Mineral Resources;

 

  2.1.6. Duration of the Appointment ” means the duration of PhoenixCo’s appointment as exclusive independent contractor to conduct the Mining Operations for and on behalf of Harmony, which appointment shall commence on the Sale of Business Agreement Effective Date and shall, unless terminated or cancelled earlier in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, terminate on the Transfer Date;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

1


  2.1.7. Elution ” means the treatment of Loaded Carbon by the stripping of the Au-CN molecules from the carbon particles through a caustic wash resulting in the production of gold sludge;

 

  2.1.8. EMP ” means that part of the environmental management programme –

 

  2.1.8.1. forming part of the Mining Right which covers the Plant and the Tailings Dams; and

 

  2.1.8.2. forming part of the Freegold Mining Right which covers the New Tailings Deposition Site;

 

  2.1.9. Environment ” means the surroundings within which humans exist and that are made up of the land, water and atmosphere of the earth, all forms of life, ecological systems; and the physical, chemical, aesthetic and cultural properties and conditions of the foregoing that influence human health and well-being;

 

  2.1.10. Environmental Approval ” means all permits, authorisations, Licences, consents, and any other approvals issued or required by any governmental authority pursuant to the Environmental Laws;

 

  2.1.11. Environmental Law ” means –

 

  2.1.11.1. common law duties and rules, national, provincial and municipal legislation (including regulations and other subsidiary legislation); and self-executing provisions of international agreements approved by Parliament, that are concerned with the protection or rehabilitation of the Environment, the use of natural resources (including land), and the maintenance of an Environment conducive to human health and well-being;

 

  2.1.11.2. directives, orders or other instructions lawfully given by a Governmental Body exercising powers under any provision referred to in this clause 2.1.11; and

 

  2.1.11.3. Licences, authorisations and exemptions issued under any provision referred to in this clause 2.1.11;

 

  2.1.12. Environmental Liabilities ” means –

 

  2.1.12.1. any liability arising under any Environmental Law or any Health and Safety Law; or

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

2


  2.1.12.2. any liability involving any Regulated Material, damage or harm to the Environment, site assessment or characterisation, remediation (including operation and maintenance), treatment, containment, mitigation, removal, monitoring, assessing, resource damage, harm to a resource, enforcement proceedings, directives, other remediation or administrative orders, citizen suits, property damage, economic loss, personal injury or death of any employee or other individual, occupational or other exposure or actions whether claimed or instituted by one or more private parties (including the Parties hereto) or Governmental Bodies, in either case (whether under clause 2.1.12.1 or this clause 2.1.12.2) including any fees and expenses of attorneys, counsel, accountants, consultants, and experts, whether based on any Environmental Law or any Health and Safety Law which became or becomes effective before, on or after the Effective Date, and whether arising out of or related to on-site or off-site matters,

 

       but specifically excludes anything which forms part of the Rehabilitation Liabilities;

 

  2.1.13. Facilities ” mean those facilities which PhoenixCo determines are required for the Mining Operations, which may include access and through-roads;

 

  2.1.14. Fraser Alexander Construction ” means Fraser Alexander (Proprietary) Limited registration number 2005/028043/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa and acting through its Fraser Alexander Construction Division;

 

  2.1.15. Fraser Alexander Tailings ” means Fraser Alexander (Proprietary) Limited registration number 2005/028043/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa and acting herein through its Fraser Alexander Tailings Division;

 

  2.1.16. Fraser Alexander Agreements ” means the agreement entered into between –

 

  2.1.16.1. Harmony and Fraser Alexander Tailings on or about 22 April 2011 in respect of the hydraulic re-mining of the Tailings Dams; and

 

  2.1.16.2. Harmony and Fraser Alexander Construction on or about 10 April 2011 in respect of the construction of the New Deposition Site;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

3


  2.1.17. Freegold ” means ARMgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited, registration number 2001/029602/07, a private company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.18. Freegold Mining Right ” means the mining right converted in terms of Item 7 of Schedule II of the MPRDA with DMR reference number FS 30/5/1/2/2/82 granted to Freegold;

 

  2.1.19. Freegold’s CoR ” means Freegold’s certificate of registration under the National Nuclear Regulator Act, No 47 of 1999 in respect of the New Tailings Deposition Site;

 

  2.1.20. Gold ” means the gold which is extracted from the Loaded Carbon by way of Elution and Refining;

 

  2.1.21. Governmental Body ” means any country, any national body, any state, province, municipality, or subdivision of any of the foregoing, any Governmental department, or any agency, court, entity, commission, board, ministry, bureau, locality or authority of any of the foregoing, or any quasi-Governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing, exporting, or other Governmental or quasi-Governmental function;

 

  2.1.22. Harmony ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, registration number 1950/038232/06, a limited liability public company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.23. Harmony’s CoR ” means Harmony’s certificate of registration under the National Nuclear Regulator Act, No 47 of 1999 in respect of the Mining Area;

 

  2.1.24. Harmony Environmental Liabilities ” means all Environmental Liabilities pursuant to or in connection with the conduct of Harmony’s Mining and other operations within or outside the Immovable Property and/or the Mining Area other than the PhoenixCo Environmental Liabilities;

 

  2.1.25. Harmony Rehabilitation Liabilities ” means all Rehabilitation Liabilities pursuant to or in connection with the conduct of Harmony’s Mining and other operations within or outside the Immovable Property and/or the Mining Area other than the PhoenixCo Rehabilitation Liabilities;

 

  2.1.26. Health and Safety Law ” means all laws regulating health and safety in the workplace, including but not limited to, laws governing compensation for injuries sustained and illnesses suffered in the course and scope of employment;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

4


  2.1.27. Immovable Property ” means the immovable property over which the Mining Right was granted;

 

  2.1.28. Loaded Carbon ” means carbon material infused with Au-CN molecules arising from the treatment of tailings reclaimed from the Tailings Dams through the conduct of the Mining Operations by PhoenixCo, from which gold sludge will be extracted by way of Elution;

 

  2.1.29. Licence ” means any licence, permit, approval, consent, authorisation, order, licence application, and licence amendment application of or to a Governmental Body and all governmental or third party product registrations or approvals;

 

  2.1.30. MHSA ” means the Mine, Health and Safety Act, No 29 of 1996;

 

  2.1.31. Mine ” shall bear the meaning as ascribed to that term in section 1 of the MPRDA, and “ Mining ” shall have a corresponding meaning;

 

  2.1.32. Mining Area ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.33. Mining Operations ” means the Mining of the Tailings Dams and all activities and operations related to the exploitation of gold bearing material by tailings reclamation from the Tailings Dams and the processing of such material through the Plant and the deposition of the new tailings arising from the Plant in accordance with Harmony’s instructions from time to time until such time as the New Tailings Deposition Site have been commissioned whereafter the new tailings shall be deposited on the New Tailings Deposition Site;

 

  2.1.34. Mining Right ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.35. MPRDA ” means the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, No 28 of 2002;

 

  2.1.36. New Tailings Deposition Site ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to “St Helena Dams” in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.37. Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement;

 

  2.1.38. PhoenixCo ” means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/041001/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

5


  2.1.39. PhoenixCo Environmental Liabilities ” means all Environmental Liabilities arising pursuant to or in connection with the Mining Operations or any part thereof;

 

  2.1.40. PhoenixCo Rehabilitation Liabilities ” means all Rehabilitation Liabilities arising pursuant to or in connection with the Mining Operations or any part thereof, including the –

 

  2.1.40.1. obtaining of relevant certificate in terms of section 43 of the MPRDA in respect of the Tailings Dams Mining Area, the Immovable Property, the Plant, the Pipelines Area and the New Tailings Deposition Site which are contained, referred to, dealt with or contemplated in, the EMP;

 

  2.1.40.2. maintaining the surface of the Tailings Dams Mining Area, the Immovable Property, the Plant, the Pipelines Area and the New Tailings Deposition Site; and

 

  2.1.40.3. remedying all and any damage caused to the Tailings Dams Mining Area, the Immovable Property, the Plant, the Pipelines Area and the New Tailings Deposition Site, whether such damage occurred above or below the surface;

 

  2.1.41. Pipelines Area ” means all areas over which pipelines in respect of the Mining Operations are situated;

 

  2.1.42. Plant ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to “ Saaiplaas Plant Leaching Facility ” in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.43. Refine ” means the smelting and refining of the gold sludge arising out of the Elution through the refinery owned and operated by Rand Refinery Limited or any other refinery, and “ Refining ” shall have a corresponding meaning;

 

  2.1.44. Regulated Material ” means—

 

  2.1.44.1. any material, substance, waste (including any solid, liquid, semisolid or gas or gaseous mixture), product, by-product, chemical, pesticide, fungicide, rodenticide, pollutant, hazardous material, hazardous substance, hazardous waste, solid waste, or non-hazardous waste as the foregoing terms are considered or defined as harmful, under, or regulated by, any applicable Environmental Law or Health and Safety Law, or known or suspected to pose a threat to health, safety or the Environment;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

6


  2.1.44.2. any petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof);

 

  2.1.44.3. any asbestos, asbestos containing material, and presumed asbestos containing material;

 

  2.1.44.4. any radioactive substance;

 

  2.1.44.5. any polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB); and

 

  2.1.44.6. any methylene chloride, trichloroethylene, 1.2-trans-dichloroethylene, dioxins or dibenzofurans;

 

  2.1.45. Rehabilitation Liabilities ” means the obligations to rehabilitate all environmental disturbances, including health and pollution, and degradation (including any object and/or thing within the Immovable Property, the Mining Area, the Plant, the Pipelines Area and/or the New Tailings Deposition Site), and shall include -

 

  2.1.45.1. all restoration, anti-pollution measures, anti-flooding measures and obligations, making safe, rehabilitation, compliance with the terms of any rehabilitation plans and/or programs approved by the DMR;

 

  2.1.45.2. all general compliance with Environmental Laws; and

 

  2.1.45.3. all compliance with all lawful directives of all regulatory authorities;

 

  2.1.46. Representatives ” means any employees, representatives, officers, directors, consultants, agents, contractors and sub-contractors of PhoenixCo or its shareholders and, in the case of such contractors and sub-contractors, their employees, representatives, directors, officers, consultants, agents, contractors and sub-contractors;

 

  2.1.47. Sale of Business Agreement ” means the sale of business agreement entered into or to be entered into between the Parties in terms of which Harmony sells the Tailings Dams and specified associated assets and liabilities to PhoenixCo;

 

  2.1.48. Sale of Business Agreement Effective Date ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to “Effective Date” in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.49. Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing;

 

  2.1.50. Tailings Dams ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

7


  2.1.51. Tailings Dams Mining Area ” means that portion of the Mining Area on which the Tailings Dams are situated;

 

  2.1.52. Tailings Dams Mining Right ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.53. Transfer Date ” means the date of execution of the Deed of Cession;

 

  2.1.54. VAT ” means value-added tax as levied from time to time in terms of the VAT Act; and

 

  2.1.55. VAT Act ” means the Value-Added Tax Act, No 89 of 1991.

 

  2.2. In this Agreement -

 

  2.2.1. clause headings and the heading of the Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  2.2.2. an expression which denotes -

 

  2.2.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  2.2.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa;

 

  2.2.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

  2.2.2.4. a Party includes a reference to that Party’s successors in title and assigns allowed at law; and

 

  2.2.2.5. a reference to a consecutive series of two or more clauses is deemed to be inclusive of both the first and last mentioned clauses.

 

  2.3. Any reference in this Agreement to –

 

  2.3.1. business hours ” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h30 and 17h00 on any business day. Any reference to time shall be based upon South African Standard Time;

 

  2.3.2. days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of the Republic of South Africa from time to time;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

8


  2.3.3. laws ” means all constitutions; statutes; regulations; by-laws; codes; ordinances; decrees; rules; judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgements, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards; policies; voluntary restraints; guidelines; directives; compliance notices; abatement notices; agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any Governmental Body; and the common law, and “ law ” shall have a similar meaning; and

 

  2.3.4. person ” means any person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

  2.4. The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

  2.5. Any substantive provision, conferring rights or imposing obligations on a Party and appearing in any of the definitions in this clause 2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall be given effect to as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement.

 

  2.6. Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout this Agreement.

 

  2.7. Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Agreement in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

  2.8. A reference to any statutory enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  2.9. Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.10. If the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.11. Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

9


  2.12. The rule of construction that this Agreement shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting of this Agreement, shall not apply.

 

  2.13. No provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person ( stipulatio alteri ) who is not a Party to this Agreement.

 

  2.14. The use of any expression in this Agreement covering a process available under South African law, such as winding-up, shall, if either of the Parties to this Agreement is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.

 

  2.15. Any reference in this Agreement to “ this Agreement ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

  2.16. In this Agreement the words “ clause ” or “ clauses ” refer to clauses of this Agreement.

 

3. INTRODUCTION

 

  3.1. Harmony owns the Mining Right.

 

  3.2. The Parties have entered into or will be entering into the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

  3.3. In terms of the Sale of Business Agreement, Harmony will, inter alia , apply for and cede the Tailings Dams Mining Right to PhoenixCo.

 

  3.4. The Parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement whereby, pending the cession by Harmony of the Tailings Dams Mining Right to PhoenixCo, Harmony will appoint PhoenixCo as an independent contractor to conduct the Mining Operations for and on behalf of Harmony.

 

  3.5. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement constitutes a temporary and interim arrangement in order to allow PhoenixCo to conduct the Mining Operations pending the cession by Harmony of the Tailings Dams Mining Right to PhoenixCo.

 

  3.6. Once the Tailings Dams Mining Right has been ceded by Harmony to PhoenixCo, PhoenixCo will conduct the Mining Operations for and on its own behalf.

 

  3.7. The Parties accordingly wish to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions set out below.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

10


4. APPOINTMENT

 

  4.1. Harmony hereby appoints PhoenixCo, which appointment PhoenixCo accepts, as an exclusive independent contractor, as contemplated in section 101 of the MPRDA, to conduct the Mining Operations on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

  4.2. PhoenixCo’s appointment as Harmony’s contractor in terms of clause 4.1 shall be for the exclusive conducting by PhoenixCo of the Mining Operations for and on behalf of Harmony.

 

  4.3. It is expressly recorded that Harmony shall not be entitled to appoint any other third party as an independent contractor, to conduct all or any part of the Mining Operations for the Duration of the Appointment.

 

5. DURATION

 

  5.1. The appointment of PhoenixCo as an exclusive independent contractor in terms of clause 4 shall commence on the Sale of Business Agreement Effective Date and shall, unless terminated or cancelled earlier in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, endure until the Transfer Date.

 

  5.2. Harmony shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement at any time after the 5 th (fifth) anniversary of the Sale of Business Effective Date on not less than 90 (ninety) days written notice to PhoenixCo.

 

  5.3. If the Sale of Business Agreement terminates, lapses or is cancelled for any reason whatsoever this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

 

6. OBLIGATIONS OF PHOENIXCO

 

  6.1. PhoenixCo shall conduct the Mining Operations, and shall, in connection therewith -

 

  6.1.1. be responsible for the overall development, management, operation and administration of the Mining Operations;

 

  6.1.2. conduct the Mining Operations with due care and diligence, in accordance with this Agreement, and shall maintain the highest standards of workmanship and conform in all regards to the provisions of the Mining Right as it applies to the Tailings Dams;

 

  6.1.3. obtain and keep current for the Duration of the Appointment, all Environmental Approvals in respect of the Mining Operations and the Tailings Dams Mining Area;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

11


  6.1.4. carry out all of its activities and functions in relation to and/or concerning the Mining Operations in compliance with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the MHSA, the MPRDA and the Environmental Laws), the EMP and the requirements of the Mining Right;

 

  6.1.5. at all times maintain accurate and complete accounting and other financial records in respect of the Mining Operations and Harmony shall be allowed reasonable access at all reasonable times to examine such financial records;

 

  6.1.6. immediately notify Harmony in writing of any accident (and the consequences of such accident on the activities of PhoenixCo) and/or any other matter of which Harmony should be reasonably aware, concerning and/or relating to the Mining Operations, including –

 

  6.1.6.1. any injury to and/or death of any person; and/or

 

  6.1.6.2. any damage and/or potential damage to the Environment, other than in the ordinary course of business or as contemplated in the EMP; and

 

  6.1.7. be deemed to have satisfied itself and to have taken into account all conditions and circumstances relevant for conducting the Mining Operations, including climatic, hydrological, geological, ground stability, hygiene and other conditions at the Mining Area;

 

  6.1.8. be entitled, with Harmony’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to erect, install and commission the Facilities on the Tailings Dams Mining Area. PhoenixCo shall remain the owner of all Facilities installed on the Tailings Dams Mining Area, and accordingly shall retain all risk in the Facilities. Notwithstanding the method of installation of the Facilities, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as transferring the rights of ownership or the risk in such Facilities to Harmony;

 

  6.1.9. be entitled, with Harmony’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld, if necessary for the Mining Operations, to build additional roads or up-grade existing roads on the Tailings Dams Mining Area;

 

  6.1.10. rehabilitate in accordance with the EMP, all disturbances as a result of the Mining Operations;

 

  6.1.11. provide Harmony with copies of all correspondence sent to or received by PhoenixCo from any Governmental Body relating to the Mining Right or the Mining Operations;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

12


  6.1.12. in consultation with Harmony, compile and submit, on behalf of Harmony, the –

 

  6.1.12.1. annual assessment of all financial provisions for rehabilitation in relation to the Mining Operations in terms of section 41(3) of the MPRDA,

 

  6.1.12.2. monthly returns in respect of Mining Operations in terms of section 28(2)(a) of the MPRDA and Regulation 15;

 

  6.1.12.3. audited annual financial report or financial statements reflecting the balance sheet and profit and loss account in terms of section 28(2)(b) of the MPRDA;

 

  6.1.12.4. annual report detailing the extent of its compliance with the provisions of section 2(d) and (f) and the social and labour plan in terms of section 28(2)(c) of the MPRDA; and

 

  6.1.12.5. annual report on social and labour plan compliance in terms of Regulation 45,

 

       provided that PhoenixCo shall not submit any of the documents referred to in clause 6.1.12 until such time as they have been approved by Harmony; and

 

  6.1.13. procure its registration under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty (Administration) Act, No 29 of 2008 and payment of royalties in respect of the Mining Operations under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, No 28 of 2008.

 

  6.2. Subject to the provisions of clause 6.1, PhoenixCo will have full control of the Mining Operations.

 

7. PHOENIXCO’S ANCILLARY RIGHTS

 

     Subject to the provisions of the Sale of Business Agreement, without in any way limiting or detracting from the rights which PhoenixCo may have in terms of this Agreement or which PhoenixCo may require for the proper conduct of the Mining Operations, Harmony, insofar as it is legally entitled to do so, grants to PhoenixCo, its officials, employees, contractors and agents, the right of access to, way over and egress from the Tailings Dams Mining Area, to the free use of the surface of the Tailings Dams Mining Area which might reasonably be necessary for Mining Operations and generally to do and carry out all such things as PhoenixCo may deem necessary for the conduct of the Mining Operations.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

13


8. HARMONY’S OBLIGATIONS

 

  8.1. Harmony acknowledges that notwithstanding the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with section 101 of the MPRDA, Harmony remains responsible for the compliance of Mining Operations with the provisions of the MPRDA.

 

  8.2. For the Duration of the Appointment, Harmony shall be obliged to provide PhoenixCo with all such assistance as it may reasonably require for the purposes of carrying out its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  8.3. Harmony shall, at its cost and to the extent required by PhoenixCo for the conduct of the Mining Operations –

 

  8.3.1. provide PhoenixCo with access to (and where reasonably required, copies of) all information that Harmony may have in its possession or under its control that is directly or indirectly related to the Mining Operations;

 

  8.3.2. ensure that all of Harmony’s rights in respect of the Tailings Dams Mining Area, including the Mining Right, remain in full force and effect and in good standing with all governmental and other regulatory authorities exercising jurisdiction in relation thereto, and ensure that they are not capable of termination or cancellation by the grantors thereof; and

 

  8.3.3. keep PhoenixCo informed of all material developments pertaining to the Tailings Dams Mining Area and/or the Mining Right as would be reasonably relevant to a person in PhoenixCo’s position and appointed as a mining contractor as set out in this Agreement.

 

  8.4. Harmony and Freegold hereby authorises PhoenixCo to make use of Harmony’s CoR and Freegold’s COR respectively in the conduct of the Mining Operations.

 

9. SUPPLY OF WATER

 

  9.1. Harmony undertakes to supply PhoenixCo with water for the conduct of the Mining Operations, in accordance with the provisions of this clause 9.

 

  9.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Harmony shall supply water to PhoenixCo until such time as PhoenixCo has procured its own independent water source.

 

  9.3. Harmony shall supply PhoenixCo with water, from Harmony’s water source known as “ Dam 13 ”, subject to the following provisions -

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

14


  9.3.1. Harmony shall not be obliged to supply PhoenixCo with more water than is available in Dam 13 after providing for such water as may be necessary for the purposes of conducting Harmony’s operations or the operations of any of its other subsidiaries;

 

  9.3.2. PhoenixCo shall –

 

  9.3.2.1. collect the run-off water from its deposition facilities, including the New Tailings Deposition Site and shall redirect such run-off water to Dam 13;

 

  9.3.2.2. maintain its water reticulation systems and beneficiation plant equipment and conduct the Mining Operations and slurry pumping in accordance with industry standards in order to ensure that there is no wastage of water; and

 

  9.3.2.3. be responsible for the pumping of water from Dam 13 to PhoenixCo’s operations and the redirection of the run-off water to Dam 13, and all costs associated therewith, including the costs of pumping, maintenance, labour, depreciation and water tariff costs; and

 

  9.3.3. in the event that the level of water in Dam 13 decreases such that Harmony is not able to pump its required monthly supply of water necessary for the purposes of conducting Harmony’s operations and the operations of any of its other subsidiaries (“ Harmony’s Water Requirements ”), the supply of water by Harmony to PhoenixCo shall be decreased by the amount of water which is required by Harmony to make up Harmony’s Water Requirements, provided that the decrease in the supply of water shall be subject, mutatis mutandis , to the provisions of clauses 8.3.3.1 and 8.3.3.2 of the Services Agreement (as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement).

 

  9.4. Harmony shall be obliged to notify PhoenixCo as soon as reasonably practicable after it becomes aware that the supply of water to PhoenixCo is likely to be decreased as provided for in clause 9.3.3.

 

  9.5. Notwithstanding the supply of water by Harmony, PhoenixCo undertakes do all such things as may be necessary to procure an independent water source for the purposes of the Mining Operations.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

15


10. MINING COSTS

 

     PhoenixCo shall bear all of the costs incurred by it (without any mark-up) in the conducting the Mining Operations.

 

11. SALE OF GOLD

 

  11.1. Harmony shall be responsible for the Elution, the Refining and the marketing, sale and realisation of the Gold and By-products for its own benefit and account.

 

  11.2. Harmony shall use reasonable commercial endeavours to sell or procure the sale of the Gold and By-products within a period of 10 (ten) business days from the date on which the Loaded Carbon and By-products are collected from the Mine in accordance with the provisions of clause 12.

 

12. DELIVERY OF LOADED CARBON AND BY-PRODUCTS

 

  12.1. PhoenixCo shall make available to Harmony at the Mine, on an ad hoc basis and/or as and when required by Harmony, the Loaded Carbon produced by PhoenixCo from time to time in terms of this Agreement, from where the Loaded Carbon shall be collected by Harmony for Elution at Harmony’s plant known as “Central Plant” and Refining, prior to marketing, sale and realisation.

 

  12.2. PhoenixCo shall make available to Harmony at the Mine, on an ad hoc basis and/or as and when required by Harmony, the By-products produced by PhoenixCo from time to time in terms of this Agreement, from where the By-products shall be collected by Harmony.

 

13. REHABILITATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES

 

  13.1. PhoenixCo hereby assumes all of the PhoenixCo Rehabilitation Liabilities and the PhoenixCo Environmental Liabilities.

 

  13.2. PhoenixCo undertakes to discharge the PhoenixCo Rehabilitation Liabilities and the PhoenixCo Environmental Liabilities as and when they fall due.

 

  13.3. PhoenixCo hereby indemnifies and holds Harmony harmless against all claims, liability, damage, loss, penalty, expense and cost (including legal costs on an attorney and own client scale, clean-up costs and reasonable expert fees) of any nature whatsoever which Harmony may sustain as a result of or attributable to any of the PhoenixCo Rehabilitation Liabilities and/or the PhoenixCo Environmental Liabilities, or in respect of PhoenixCo’s failure to discharge such liabilities in a timely manner.

 

  13.4. Harmony shall retain, and shall be responsible for, the Harmony Rehabilitation Liabilities and the Harmony Environmental Liabilities.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

16


  13.5. Harmony undertakes to discharge the Harmony Rehabilitation Liabilities and the Harmony Environmental Liabilities as and when they fall due.

 

  13.6. Harmony hereby indemnifies and holds PhoenixCo harmless against all claims, liability, damage, loss, penalty, expense and cost (including legal costs on an attorney and own client scale, clean-up costs and reasonable expert fees) of any nature whatsoever which PhoenixCo may sustain as a result of or attributable to any of the Harmony Rehabilitation Liabilities and/or the Harmony Environmental Liabilities, or in respect of Harmony’s failure to discharge such liabilities in a timely manner.

 

14. CONSIDERATION

 

  14.1. Subject to clause 14.5, in consideration for PhoenixCo conducting the Mining Operations for and behalf of Harmony in terms of this Agreement -

 

  14.1.1. Harmony shall pay to PhoenixCo, in South African rands, an amount equal to all net proceeds, excluding VAT, received by Harmony from time to time for the sale by it of Gold; and

 

  14.1.2. Harmony shall pay to PhoenixCo, in South African rands, an amount equal to all net proceeds, excluding VAT, received by Harmony from time to time for the sale by it of By-products,

 

       less the costs referred to in clause 14.3.

 

  14.2. For the purposes of the calculation of net proceeds in terms of clause 14.1, any amount received or paid by Harmony in a currency other than South African rands shall be converted to South African rands at the rate of exchange that Harmony converted such amount.

 

  14.3. For the avoidance of doubt, the proceeds paid by Harmony to PhoenixCo from time to time in terms of clauses 14.1.1 and 14.1.2 shall be net of all costs actually incurred by Harmony -

 

  14.3.1. relating to any currency conversion in terms of clause 14.2;

 

  14.3.2. for the purposes of transporting the Loaded Carbon and By-products (including the costs of freight and insurance);

 

  14.3.3. for the purposes of transporting the Gold to the relevant facility for Refining;

 

  14.3.4. in conducting the Elution and procuring the Refining and the marketing, sale and realisation of the Gold and By-products; and

 

  14.3.5. in providing water to PhoenixCo as contemplated in clause 9.1,

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

17


  as such costs have, where applicable, historically been incurred by Harmony on the basis that Harmony shall not make any financial gain or loss as a result of such costs being deducted from the proceeds paid by Harmony to PhoenixCo.

 

  14.4. Immediately upon receipt by Harmony of proceeds from time to time in terms of clauses 14.1.1 and 14.1.2, Harmony shall make payment of such proceeds, less the costs referred to in clause 14.3, plus VAT thereon, to PhoenixCo and PhoenixCo shall issue to Harmony an invoice in relation to the aggregate amount received by it.

 

  14.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Harmony shall not be obligated to pay any consideration to PhoenixCo for PhoenixCo conducting the Mining Operations for and behalf of Harmony in terms of this Agreement in the event that -

 

  14.5.1. no Loaded Carbon and/or By-products are made available by PhoenixCo to Harmony in terms of clause 12 for any reason whatsoever; or

 

  14.5.2. Loaded Carbon and/or By-products are made available by PhoenixCo to Harmony in terms of clause 12, but Harmony is unable to on sell the Gold and By-products for any reason whatsoever, provided that Harmony shall have used reasonable commercial endeavours to attempt to on sell such Gold and By-products and provided further that Harmony shall not have done anything to frustrate the sale of such Gold and By-products,

 

       and the Parties accordingly agree that PhoenixCo shall have no claim against Harmony for any direct or indirect damages (including, without limitation, loss of revenue) as a result of such aforesaid non-payment by Harmony.

 

  14.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, it is agreed that Harmony shall be entitled to set-off any amount due and owing by PhoenixCo to Harmony against any amount owing by Harmony to PhoenixCo under this Agreement.

 

15. SUBCONTRACTING

 

  15.1. PhoenixCo shall not, without the prior written consent of Harmony but subject to the provisions of clause 15.3, appoint and/or allow any other person or third party subcontractor to conduct all or any part of the Mining Operations in terms of this Agreement, or allow such person or third party subcontractor to assign or subcontract any of the Mining Operations.

 

  15.2. Appointing and/or allowing any other person or third party subcontractor to conduct all or any part of the Mining Operations shall not relieve PhoenixCo of any liability or obligation under this Agreement, and PhoenixCo shall be liable to Harmony for the acts and omissions of all persons and third party subcontractors (and employees and agents of those persons and third party subcontractors) conducting the Mining Operations as if they were acts or omissions of PhoenixCo.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

18


  15.3. The provisions of clause 15.1 shall not apply to the Fraser Alexander Agreements, it being agreed and acknowledged that Fraser Alexander shall continue to render services under the Fraser Alexander Agreements to PhoenixCo as a subcontractor, it being recorded that Harmony’s rights and obligations under the Fraser Alexander Agreements will be assigned to PhoenixCo in fulfilment of one of the conditions precedent to the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

16. HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

  16.1. In accordance with the provisions of section 2A(3) of the MHSA, the board of Harmony has appointed an employee of Harmony (“ 2A Nominee ”) to fulfil the MHSA functions of the chief executive officer of Harmony. Harmony may from time to time and at its discretion, replace a 2A Nominee with any other member of its board as the 2A Nominee.

 

  16.2. Harmony shall appoint one or more managers nominated by PhoenixCo as appointee/s under section 3 of the MHSA, subject to it being satisfied as to the competence of such nominees.

 

  16.3. Any manager appointed under clause 16.2 shall report any MHSA matter or incident to the 2A Nominee in writing forthwith after such matter or incident has come to his attention.

 

  16.4. Notwithstanding any appointments or provisions under the MHSA, PhoenixCo shall ensure that all its employees comply with all relevant Health and Safety Laws, Environmental Laws and other legislation and regulations that are applicable to the performance of PhoenixCo’s obligations in terms hereof.

 

  16.5. PhoenixCo shall ensure that all its employees are properly trained in order to perform their work safely and with due regard to health standards.

 

  16.6. PhoenixCo shall –

 

  16.6.1. provide its employees with any and all information, instruction, training or supervision that may be required to enable them to perform their work safely and to minimise risk to health and safety;

 

  16.6.2. ensure that every one of its employees becomes familiar with work-related hazards and risks and the measures that must be taken to eliminate, control and minimise those hazards and risks; and

 

  16.6.3. ensure that its employees are properly trained in all work and emergency procedures.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

19


  16.7. In the event that an employee of PhoenixCo is injured whilst on duty or on the Site, Harmony shall be entitled to supply any medical attention which may be deemed necessary without first obtaining the prior consent of PhoenixCo, at the cost of PhoenixCo.

 

17. MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS

 

  17.1. PhoenixCo’s employees shall undergo medical examinations determined by Harmony upon entering and/or exiting the Mining Area.

 

  17.2. All of the employees of PhoenixCo shall, at the cost of PhoenixCo, undergo initial, periodic and exit examinations, and such other examinations as may be required by Harmony.

 

18. SECURITY

 

  18.1. All employees of PhoenixCo who undertake work in the performance of PhoenixCo’s obligations in terms of this Agreement may be screened by the security department of Harmony.

 

  18.2. Harmony reserves the right to refuse access to the Mining Area to any employee of PhoenixCo who is found to have been convicted of any crime.

 

  18.3. Should any of the employees of PhoenixCo commit any illegal act, Harmony shall be entitled to require that employee to summarily vacate the Mining Area.

 

  18.4. All equipment and materials removed from the Mining Area will be dealt with in accordance with Harmony’s standard security procedures.

 

  18.5. Notwithstanding the aforegoing, it is specifically recorded that PhoenixCo is responsible for the security of all equipment which is in its possession.

 

  18.6. No unauthorised persons shall be granted access to the operations on the Mining Area.

 

19. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

  19.1. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no liability shall attach to PhoenixCo, its shareholders or the Representatives for any actual or contingent losses, claims, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses of any nature whatsoever which Harmony may suffer or incur as a result of or in connection with the conduct of the Mining Operations (including any act or omission) by PhoenixCo, its shareholders or the Representatives in terms of this Agreement, except by reason of, and to the extent of any gross negligence, wilful misconduct and/or fraud by PhoenixCo, any of its shareholders or any of the Representatives, as the case may be, provided that any liability arising from –

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

20


  19.1.1. gross negligence or wilful misconduct shall be limited to the aggregate amount paid by Harmony to PhoenixCo in terms of this Agreement divided by the number of months in respect of which such amounts have been paid multiplied by 12 (twelve); and

 

  19.1.2. fraud shall be limited to actual damages suffered by Harmony.

 

  19.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event will PhoenixCo be liable to Harmony for any loss of profit or any other indirect, special or consequential loss (including loss of revenue, income or profits, diminution of value or loss of business reputation or opportunity relating to a breach or alleged breach hereof).

 

  19.3. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the limitation of liability contemplated in clauses 19.1 and 19.2 shall not limit Harmony from claiming specific performance of PhoenixCo’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

20. INDEMNITY

 

  20.1. PhoenixCo hereby indemnifies and holds Harmony harmless against any liability, loss, claim, costs or damages which may be incurred by Harmony or brought against or claimed from Harmony arising out of or in connection with PhoenixCo’s conducting of the Mining Operations and/or its presence on the Mining Area, including, without derogating from the generality of the aforegoing -

 

  20.1.1. any disease, death or injury of or to any of Harmony’s or PhoenixCo’s employees howsoever arising, and whether or not in the course of conducting the Mining Operations;

 

  20.1.2. any claim or liability of Harmony under or in terms of the MHSA;

 

  20.1.3. any disease, death or injury of or to any person, arising out of, due to or in connection with the undertaking by PhoenixCo of its obligations in terms of this Agreement;

 

  20.1.4. any damage to property arising out of, due to or in connection with the undertaking by PhoenixCo of its obligations in terms of this Agreement; or

 

  20.1.5. the cost of any damages arising from any industrial action by PhoenixCo’s employees.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

21


  20.2. Should Harmony at any time incur any liability, loss, damages, costs or claims as envisaged in this clause 20, it shall be entitled, without prejudice to any other rights which it may have, to withhold any or all monies due to PhoenixCo in terms of this Agreement until such time as PhoenixCo has made good its obligations in terms of this clause 20.

 

  20.3. Neither Party shall be responsible nor liable for any special, indirect or consequential damages (including that of pure economic loss) of whatsoever nature suffered by the other Party.

 

21. INSURANCE

 

  21.1. PhoenixCo shall, at its cost, insure the Mining Operations (including the constituent materials and equipment) for the full replacement value thereof from the Signature Date until the Transfer Date or the date in clause 5.3, against any loss or damage arising from any negligent or wilful act or omission on the part of PhoenixCo and/or any subcontractor, Harmony or any of their servants, agents and/or employees, and against any fortuitous act or occurrence which is beyond the control of either PhoenixCo or Harmony.

 

  21.2. During the currency of this Agreement, PhoenixCo shall also, at its own expense, insure against –

 

  21.2.1. public liability;

 

  21.2.2. claims by third parties arising from any act or omission on the part of PhoenixCo, its agents, employees or subcontractors in the course of conducting the Mining Operations and remedying any defects therein; and

 

  21.2.3. PhoenixCo’s liability to Harmony in terms of indemnification obligations provided for in this Agreement.

 

  21.3. The policies taken out in terms of clauses 21.1 and 21.2 shall be to the satisfaction of Harmony and with an insurance company approved of by Harmony. Should any policy be insufficient to cover the risks assumed in terms hereof or become unsatisfactory to Harmony for any reason, then Harmony shall be entitled to require PhoenixCo to effect alternative policies.

 

  21.4. PhoenixCo shall on or before the Sale of Business Agreement Effective Date and from time to time thereafter, furnish Harmony with copies of all insurance policies referred to in this clause 21 together with proof that the premiums are paid and the provisions thereof are being complied with.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

22


  21.5. Should PhoenixCo fail to comply with the provisions of this clause 21, Harmony shall forthwith, and without notice to PhoenixCo, be entitled to effect the relevant insurance and pay the relevant premiums. In the event of Harmony fulfilling PhoenixCo’s obligations in terms hereof, PhoenixCo shall reimburse Harmony with 5 (five) business days of such payment being made by Harmony to the insurer. Failing reimbursement, Harmony shall be entitled to claim payment thereof from PhoenixCo.

 

22. FORCE MAJEURE

 

  22.1. Delay or failure to comply with or breach of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement by either Party if occasioned by or resulting from an act of God or public enemy, fire, explosion, earthquake, flood, storm or other adverse weather conditions, war declared or undeclared, civil war, revolution, civil commotion or other civil disorder, sabotage, riot, strikes, lock-outs or other labour disputes, blockade, embargo, sanctions, epidemics, act of any Government or other authority, compliance with law, regulations or demands of any Government or Governmental agency, limitations imposed by exchange control or foreign investment or other similar regulations or any other circumstances of like or different nature beyond the reasonable control of the Party so failing, will not be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement nor will it subject either Party to any liability to the other. It is understood that neither Party will be required to settle any labour dispute against its will.

 

  22.2. Should either Party be prevented from carrying out any contractual obligation by any circumstance described above, such obligation will be postponed provided the Party suffering such circumstance notifies the other Party within 5 (five) business days of becoming aware thereof. The Parties will thereupon promptly meet to determine whether an equitable solution can be found.

 

  22.3. Should such force majeure circumstance last continuously for a period of 10 (ten) Business Days, and no mutually acceptable arrangement is arrived at within a period of 5 (five) business days thereafter, either Party will be entitled to terminate this Agreement forthwith on written notice.

 

  22.4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this clause 22, a lack of funds and/or economic hardship shall not constitute a force majeure event.

 

23. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

 

  23.1. PhoenixCo shall, for the Duration of the Appointment, act in respect of the Mining Operations as a contractor in terms of section 101 of the MPRDA and as the representative of Harmony for the limited purposes set out in this Agreement.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

23


  23.2. The relationship between Harmony and PhoenixCo shall be governed in terms of this Agreement and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to constitute a partnership between Harmony and PhoenixCo, neither shall they by reason of the actions of any one of them incur any personal liability as co-partners to any third party and neither of them shall be entitled and/or empowered to represent or hold out to any third party that it is able and/or empowered to bind the other of them in any way, save as specifically recorded herein.

 

  23.3. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is specifically recorded (and PhoenixCo hereby irrevocably and unconditionally acknowledges) that PhoenixCo shall not be, nor shall it represent and/or hold itself out to anyone whomsoever and/or in any manner whatsoever as, the agent of Harmony other than for the specific and limited purposes of undertaking the Mining Operations on the terms and conditions recorded in this Agreement, nor shall PhoenixCo be authorised and/or entitled, nor shall it represent and/or hold itself out to anyone whomsoever and/or in any manner whatsoever as able and/or entitled, to represent Harmony in any matter other than in respect of the Mining Operations, to enter into any agreement of whatsoever nature for and on behalf of Harmony, to sign any document whatsoever for and on behalf of Harmony, to incur any liability of whatsoever nature for and on behalf of Harmony, and/or to bind the credit of Harmony in any manner and/or to any extent whatsoever.

 

24. GENERAL WARRANTIES

 

  24.1. Each of the Parties hereby warrants to and in favour of the other that –

 

  24.1.1. it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement;

 

  24.1.2. this Agreement constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  24.1.3. the execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not –

 

  24.1.3.1. contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject;

 

  24.1.3.2. contravene any provision of that Party’s constitutional documents; or

 

  24.1.3.3. conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it; and

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

24


  24.1.3.4. to the best of its knowledge and belief, it is not aware of the existence of any fact or circumstance that may impair its ability to comply with all of its obligations in terms of this Agreement;

 

  24.1.3.5. it is entering into this Agreement as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity);

 

  24.1.3.6. the natural person who signs and executes this Agreement on its behalf is validly and duly authorised to do so;

 

  24.1.3.7. no other party is acting as a fiduciary for it; and

 

  24.1.3.8. it is not relying upon any statement or representation by or on behalf of any other Party, except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

  24.2. Each of the representations and warranties given by the Parties in terms of clause 24.1 shall –

 

  24.2.1. be a separate warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement; and

 

  24.2.2. continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

25. SUPPORT

 

     The Parties undertake at all times to do all such things, perform all such actions and take all such steps and to procure the doing of all such things, the performance of all such actions and the taking of all such steps as may be open to them and necessary for or incidental to the putting into effect or maintenance of the terms, conditions and/or import of this Agreement.

 

26. BREACH

 

  26.1. If a Party (“ Defaulting Party ”) commits any breach of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 20 (twenty) business days (“ Notice Period ”) of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied, then the Party giving the notice (“ Aggrieved Party ”) will be entitled, at its option –

 

  26.1.1. to claim immediate specific performance of any of the Defaulting Party’s obligations under this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, whether or not such obligation has fallen due for performance and to require the Defaulting Party to provide security to the satisfaction of the Aggrieved Party for the Defaulting Party’s obligations; or

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

25


  26.1.2. to cancel this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, in which case written notice of the cancellation shall be given to the Defaulting Party, and the cancellation shall take effect on the giving of the notice. Neither Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement unless the breach is a material breach. A breach will be deemed to be a material breach if -

 

  26.1.2.1. it is capable of being remedied, but is not so remedied within the Notice Period; or

 

  26.1.2.2. it is incapable of being remedied or is not remedied within the Notice Period, and payment in money will compensate for such breach but such payment is not made within the Notice Period.

 

  26.2. The Parties agree that any costs awarded will be recoverable on an attorney-and-own-client scale unless the Court specifically determines that such scale shall not apply, in which event the costs will be recoverable in accordance with the High Court tariff, determined on an attorney-and-client scale.

 

  26.3. The Aggrieved Party’s remedies in terms of this clause 26 are without prejudice to any other remedies to which the Aggrieved Party may be entitled in law.

 

  26.4. Notwithstanding the aforegoing, after the Effective Date, neither of the Parties will have the right to cancel this Agreement as a result of a breach thereof, and the Parties’ only remedies thereafter will be to claim specific performance of all the Defaulting Party’s obligations, together with damages, if any.

 

27. TERMINATION

 

     Upon the termination or cancellation of this Agreement for any reason other than the occurrence of the Transfer Date, PhoenixCo, its employees, and/or agents shall forthwith –

 

  27.1. vacate the Mining Area;

 

  27.2. ensure that the Tailings Dams Mining Area is left in good order and condition, and take all steps, at PhoenixCo’s cost, to preserve and protect the Mining Operations;

 

  27.3. at its cost, rehabilitate that part of the Mining Area on which PhoenixCo has conducted the Mining Operations; and

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

26


  27.4. remove the Facilities within 4 (four) months of the termination of this Agreement for whatsoever reason and shall furthermore during that period be entitled to access to the Tailings Dams Mining Area to remove any buildings, structures and installations (collectively referred to as “ Improvements ”) brought onto or erected by PhoenixCo on the Mining Area. In the event of any such Improvements not being removed within the aforesaid period, the Improvements will become the property of Harmony without liability for compensation to PhoenixCo or any other person therefore.

 

28. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  28.1. In the event of there being any dispute or difference between the Parties arising out of this Agreement, the said dispute or difference shall on written demand by any Party be submitted to arbitration in Johannesburg in accordance with the AFSA rules, which arbitration shall be administered by AFSA.

 

  28.2. Should AFSA, as an institution, not be operating at that time or not be accepting requests for arbitration for any reason, then the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AFSA rules for commercial arbitration (as last applied by AFSA) before an arbitrator appointed by agreement between the Parties to the dispute or failing agreement within 10 (ten) business days of the demand for arbitration, then any Party to the dispute shall be entitled to forthwith call upon the chairperson of the Johannesburg Bar Council to nominate the arbitrator, provided that the person so nominated shall be an advocate of not less than 10 (ten) years standing as such. The person so nominated shall be the duly appointed arbitrator in respect of the dispute. In the event of the attorneys of the Parties to the dispute failing to agree on any matter relating to the administration of the arbitration, such matter shall be referred to and decided by the arbitrator whose decision shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

  28.3. Any Party to the dispute may appeal the decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators in terms of the AFSA rules for commercial arbitration.

 

  28.4. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit a Party from applying to the appropriate court for urgent relief or for judgment in relation to a liquidated claim.

 

  28.5. Any arbitration in terms of this clause 28 (including any appeal proceedings) shall be conducted in camera and the Parties shall treat as confidential details of the dispute submitted to arbitration, the conduct of the arbitration proceedings and the outcome of the arbitration.

 

  28.6. This clause 28 will continue to be binding on the Parties notwithstanding any termination or cancellation of the Agreement.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

27


  28.7. The Parties agree that the written demand by a Party in terms of clause 28.1 that the dispute or difference be submitted to arbitration, is to be deemed to be a legal process for the purpose of interrupting extinctive prescription in terms of the Prescription Act, 1969.

 

29. NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

 

  29.1. The Parties select as their respective domicilia citandi et executandi the following physical addresses, and for the purposes of giving or sending any notice provided for or required under this Agreement, the said physical addresses as well as the following telefax numbers and email addresses -

 

  29.1.1. Harmony:

 

       Physical Address:  Block 27

 

       Randfontein Office Park

 

       Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

 

       Telefax:                   +27 (0) 86 628 2332

 

       Marked for the attention of: The Company Secretary

 

  29.1.2. PhoenixCo:

 

       Physical Address:  Block 27

 

       Randfontein Office Park

 

       Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

 

       Telefax:                   +27 (0) 86 628 2332

 

       Marked for the attention of: Frank Abbott

 

  29.1.3. Freegold:

 

       Physical Address:  Block 27

 

       Randfontein Office Park

 

       Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

 

       Telefax:                   +27 (0) 86 628 2332

 

       Marked for the attention of: the Company Secretary

 

     provided that a Party may change its domicilium or its address for the purposes of notices to any other physical address or telefax number by written notice to the other Parties to that effect. Such change of address will be effective 5 (five) business days after receipt of the notice of the change.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

28


  29.2. All notices to be given in terms of this Agreement will be given in writing and will -

 

  29.2.1. be delivered by hand, sent by telefax or by email;

 

  29.2.2. if delivered by hand or sent by email during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of delivery. Any notice delivered after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day; and

 

  29.2.3. if sent by telefax during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of successful transmission of the telefax. Any telefax sent after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day.

 

  29.3. Notwithstanding the above, any notice given in writing, and actually received by the Party to whom the notice is addressed, will be deemed to have been properly given and received, notwithstanding that such notice has not been given in accordance with this clause 29.

 

30. BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

 

     This Agreement will also be for the benefit of and be binding upon the successors in title and permitted assigns of the Parties or any of them.

 

31. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  31.1. This Agreement will in all respects be governed by and construed under the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  31.2. Subject to clause 28, the Parties hereby consent and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg in any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement.

 

32. GENERAL

 

  32.1. Whole Agreement

 

  32.1.1. This Agreement constitutes the whole of the agreement between the Parties relating to the matters dealt with herein and, save to the extent otherwise provided herein, no undertaking, representation, term or condition relating to the subject matter of this Agreement not incorporated in this Agreement shall be binding on the Parties.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

29


  32.1.2. This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all agreements between the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) and undertakings given to or on behalf of the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) in relation to the subject matter hereof.

 

  32.2. Variations to be in Writing

 

       No addition to or variation, deletion, or agreed cancellation of all or any clauses or provisions of this Agreement will be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by the Parties.

 

  32.3. No Indulgences

 

       No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to the other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder, and no delay or forbearance in the enforcement of any right of any Party arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party under this Agreement, shall in any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent or election by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of or otherwise affect any of the Party’s rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop or preclude any such Party from enforcing at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term hereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement will not constitute or be deemed to be a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

  32.4. No Waiver or Suspension of Rights

 

       No waiver, suspension or postponement by any Party of any right arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by such Party. Any such waiver, suspension or postponement will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose given.

 

  32.5. Provisions Severable

 

       All provisions and the various clauses of this Agreement are, notwithstanding the manner in which they have been grouped together or linked grammatically, severable from each other. Any provision or clause of this Agreement which is or becomes unenforceable in any jurisdiction, whether due to voidness, invalidity, illegality, unlawfulness or for any other reason whatever, shall, in such jurisdiction only and only to the extent that it is so unenforceable, be treated as pro non scripto and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain of full force and effect. The Parties declare that it is their intention that this Agreement would be executed without such unenforceable provision if they were aware of such unenforceability at the time of execution hereof.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

30


  32.6. Continuing Effectiveness of Certain Provisions

 

       The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

  32.7. No Assignment

 

       Neither this Agreement nor any part, share or interest herein nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be ceded, delegated or assigned by any Party without the prior signed written consent of the other Party, save as otherwise provided herein.

 

  32.8. Exclusion of Electronic Signature

 

       The reference in clauses 32.2, 32.4 and 32.7 to writing signed by a Party shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be read and construed as excluding any form of electronic signature.

 

33. COSTS

 

     Each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.

 

34. SIGNATURE

 

  34.1. This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  34.2. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  34.3. The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

  34.4. The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

31


FOR    HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Signature:        /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Graham Briggs   
Date:    20 March 2013   
Place:    Sandton   
FOR    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Graham Briggs   
Date:    20 March 2013   
Place:    Sandton   
FOR    ARMGOLD/HARMONY FREEGOLD JOINT VENTURE COMPANY (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
Signature:    /s/   
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:    Graham Briggs   
Date:    20 March 2013   
Place:    Sandton   

 

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

32

Exhibit 4.28

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban stellenbosch

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@ens.co.za www.ens.co.za

SERVICES AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description    Page  
1.  

PARTIES

     1   
2.  

INTERPRETATION

     1   
3.  

INTRODUCTION

     9   
4.  

NATURE AND DURATION OF AGREEMENT

     9   
5.  

APPOINTMENT

     10   
6.  

DEPOSITION SERVICES

     10   
7.  

INTERIM SERVICES

     11   
8.  

WATER SUPPLY SERVICES

     11   
9.  

EMPLOYEE SECONDMENT SERVICE

     13   
10.  

TREASURY FUNCTION SERVICE

     13   
11.  

ELUTION SERVICES

     14   
12.  

OBLIGATIONS OF PHOENIXCO

     15   
13.  

SERVICE FEE

     15   
14.  

DISBURSEMENTS

     16   
15.  

PAYMENT OF THE SERVICE FEE AND DISBURSEMENTS

     16   
16.  

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     17   
17.  

INDEMNITY

     18   
18.  

REPORTING

     19   
19.  

FORCE MAJEURE

     20   
20.  

GENERAL WARRANTIES

     21   
21.  

CONFIDENTIALITY

     22   
22.  

PUBLICITY

     24   
23.  

SUPPORT

     24   
24.  

BREACH

     25   
25.  

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     26   
26.  

NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

     27   
27.  

BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

     28   
28.  

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     28   
29.  

NEW LAWS AND INABILITY TO PERFORM

     29   
30.  

GENERAL

     29   
31.  

COSTS

     31   
32.  

SIGNATURE

     31   

 

Annexure 1 Contracts

     33   

Annexure 2 Elution Services Description and Flowchart

     34   

Annexure 3 Services

     35   

Annexure 4 Service Fees

     37   

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


1. PARTIES

 

  1.1. The Parties to this Agreement are –

 

  1.1.1. Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited; and

 

  1.1.2. Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited.

 

  1.2. The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

 

  2.1. In this Agreement, unless the context indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  2.1.1. AFSA ” means the Arbitration Foundation of Southern Africa;

 

  2.1.2. Agreement ” means this shared services agreement;

 

  2.1.3. BEE Co 1 ” means Business Venture Investments No 1677 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/035756/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.4. BEE Co 2 ” means Business Venture Investments No 1687 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/030646/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.5. BEE Co 3 ” means Business Venture Investments 1688 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/030648/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.6. Business ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.7. Closing Date ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

1


  2.1.8. Confidential Information ” means any information or data relating to the Parties (even if not marked as being confidential, restricted, secret, proprietary or any similar designation), in whatever format and whether recorded or not (and if recorded, whether recorded in writing, on any electronic medium or otherwise), which –

 

  2.1.8.1. by its nature or content is identifiable as confidential and/or proprietary to a Party; or

 

  2.1.8.2. is intended or by its nature or content could reasonably be expected to be confidential and/or proprietary to a Party,

and includes –

 

  2.1.8.3. information relating to a Party’s existing and future strategic objectives and existing and future business plans and corporate opportunities;

 

  2.1.8.4. technical, commercial, scientific, marketing, business or financial information, techniques, know-how, operating methods and procedures;

 

  2.1.8.5. details of costs, sources of materials and customer lists (whether actual or potential) and other information relating to the existing and prospective customers and suppliers of a Party;

 

  2.1.8.6. pricing, price lists and purchasing policies;

 

  2.1.8.7. computer data, programmes and source codes;

 

  2.1.8.8. products, drawings, designs, plans, functional and technical requirements and specifications; and

 

  2.1.8.9. any information which is not readily available to a competitor of a Party in the ordinary course of business;

 

  2.1.9. Contracts ” means the contracts referred to in the list attached hereto as Annexure “ 1 ”;

 

  2.1.10. Contractor Agreement ” means the contract mining agreement entered or to be entered into between Harmony and PhoenixCo in terms of which, from the Closing Date to the Contractor Agreement Termination Date, Harmony appoints PhoenixCo to process the Tailings Dams;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

2


  2.1.11. Contractor Agreement Termination Date ” means the date on which the Contractor Agreement terminates in accordance with its provisions;

 

  2.1.12. CPI ” means the average annual rate of change (expressed as a percentage) in the Consumer Price Index, for all urban areas as published in the Government Gazette by Statistics South Africa, or such other index reflecting the official rate of inflation in the Republic of South Africa as may replace it, which annual change shall be determined by comparing the most recently published monthly index with the index published in respect of the corresponding month in the previous year;

 

  2.1.13. Deposition Service ” means the service to be provided by Harmony to PhoenixCo in terms of which Harmony grants access to PhoenixCo to dump the Tailings on such deposition site as Harmony may direct;

 

  2.1.14. Disbursements ” means all and any disbursements incurred or to be incurred by Harmony on behalf of PhoenixCo in rendering a Service;

 

  2.1.15. Electricity Supply Services ” means the services to be provided by Harmony in respect of the Business in terms of which Harmony provides power to PhoenixCo for the operation of the Business;

 

  2.1.16. Elution Services ” means the elution and associated services provided by Harmony in respect of the Business as at the Signature Date, which services are described and illustrated in the description and flowchart attached hereto as Annexure “ 2 ”;

 

  2.1.17. Employee Secondment Services ” means the supply by Harmony of employees to PhoenixCo, as set out in clause 9.2;

 

  2.1.18. Employees ” means all employees of Harmony employed solely in respect of the Business as at the Closing Date;

 

  2.1.19. Event of Force Majeure ” means any event or circumstance whatsoever which shall not be within the reasonable control of a Party including vis major , casus fortuitus , any act of God, strike, theft, fire, explosion, riot, insurrection or other civil disorder, war (whether declared or not) or military operations, international restrictions, any requirement of any international authority, any requirement of any government or other competent local authority, any court order, export control and any shortage and/or cessation of transport facilities or of the supply of electricity;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

3


  2.1.20. First Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and terminating on the 2 nd (second) anniversary of the Closing Date;

 

  2.1.21. Funding Agreements ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.22. Harmony ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, registration number 1950/038232/06, a limited liability public company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.23. Harmony’s Group ” means Harmony and its wholly owned subsidiaries excluding all members of PhoenixCo and its subsidiaries;

 

  2.1.24. Harmony Group Company ” means any company within Harmony’s Group;

 

  2.1.25. Harmony Shareholder Loan ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in clause 14.1 of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement;

 

  2.1.26. Harmony’s Designated Account ” means the bank account nominated by Harmony, the details of which are set out below, or such other account as Harmony may designate in writing on 5 (five) business days notice to PhoenixCo –

 

Name of Account

   Harmony Gold Mining Company Current Account

Bank:

   Nedbank Limited

Branch:

   Corporate Client Services

Branch Code:

   145405

Account Number:

   1454115866

 

  2.1.27. Independent Auditors ” means such independent auditors as may be agreed between the Parties, or failing agreement within 10 (ten) business days from the date of a request by either Party for such agreement, appointed by the Executive President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants;

 

  2.1.28. Integrated Services ” means the following Services to be provided by Harmony to PhoenixCo in terms of this Agreement: finance, information technology, management accounting, payroll administration, human resources and supply chain;

 

  2.1.29. Month ” means a “cost month” , determined from time to time by Harmony;

 

  2.1.30. Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

4


  2.1.31. PhoenixCo ” means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/041001/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.32. Prime Rate ” means the publicly quoted basic rate of interest, compounded monthly in arrears and calculated on a 365 (three hundred and sixty five) day year irrespective of whether or not the year is a leap year, from time to time published by Absa Bank Limited as being its prime overdraft rate, as certified by any representative of that bank whose appointment and designation it will not be necessary to prove;

 

  2.1.33. Rand Refinery Contract ” means the agreement entered into between Harmony and Rand Refinery Limited in terms of which Rand Refinery Limited refines gold produced by Harmony Group Companies;

 

  2.1.34. Representatives ” means any employees, representatives, officers, directors, consultants, agents, contractors and sub-contractors of Harmony or a Harmony Group Company and, in the case of such contractors and sub-contractors, their employees, representatives, directors, officers, consultants, agents, contractors and sub-contractors;

 

  2.1.35. Sale of Business Agreement ” means the sale of business agreement entered or to be entered into between Harmony and PhoenixCo, in terms of which PhoenixCo purchases the Business from Harmony;

 

  2.1.36. Service Fee ” means the service fees determined in accordance with clause 13;

 

  2.1.37. Services ” means –

 

  2.1.37.1. those services which have been agreed between Harmony and PhoenixCo and which are listed in the annexure attached hereto as Annexure “ 3 ”, including the Integrated Services, the Elution Services, the interim Services provided in terms of clause 6, the Water Supply Services, the Treasury Function Services, the Deposition Services and the Employee Secondment Services;

 

  2.1.37.2. the services rendered by Harmony or a Harmony Group Company, as the case may be, to PhoenixCo, as at the Closing Date, to the extent that such services have not been listed in Annexure “ 3 ”; and

 

  2.1.37.3. any other service which may be agreed, in writing, between Harmony and PhoenixCo;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

5


  2.1.38. Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing;

 

  2.1.39. Sikhuliso SPV ” means Histopath Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/082229/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.40. St Helena Dams ” shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.41. Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.42. Tailings ” means the residue produced after or during the processing of the Tailings Dams;

 

  2.1.43. Tailings Dams ” shall bear the meaning ascribed to that term in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.44. Treasury Function Service ” means the treasury function provided by Harmony in respect of the Business, as at the Closing Date;

 

  2.1.45. VAT ” means value-added tax as levied from time to time in terms of the VAT Act;

 

  2.1.46. VAT Act ” means the Value-Added Tax Act, 1991;

 

  2.1.47. Water Allocation ” means an amount of not more than 720 (seven hundred and twenty) megalitres of water per month; and

 

  2.1.48. Water Supply Services ” means the supply by Harmony of water required by PhoenixCo to conduct the Business to PhoenixCo.

 

  2.2. In this Agreement -

 

  2.2.1. clause headings and the heading of the Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  2.2.2. an expression which denotes -

 

  2.2.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  2.2.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ;

 

  2.2.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa ;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

6


  2.2.2.4. a Party includes a reference to that Party’s successors in title and assigns allowed at law; and

 

  2.2.2.5. a reference to a consecutive series of two or more clauses is deemed to be inclusive of both the first and last mentioned clauses.

 

  2.3. Any reference in this Agreement to –

 

  2.3.1. business hours ” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h30 and 17h00 on any business day. Any reference to time shall be based upon South African Standard Time;

 

  2.3.2. days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of the Republic of South Africa from time to time;

 

  2.3.3. laws ” means all constitutions; statutes; regulations; by-laws; codes; ordinances; decrees; rules; judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgements, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards; policies; voluntary restraints; guidelines; directives; compliance notices; abatement notices; agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any Governmental Body; and the common law, and “ law ” shall have a similar meaning; and

 

  2.3.4. person ” means any person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

  2.4. The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

  2.5. Any substantive provision, conferring rights or imposing obligations on a Party and appearing in any of the definitions in this clause 2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall be given effect to as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement.

 

  2.6. Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout this Agreement.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

7


  2.7. Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Agreement in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

  2.8. A reference to any statutory enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  2.9. Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.10. If the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.11. Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

  2.12. The rule of construction that this Agreement shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting of this Agreement, shall not apply.

 

  2.13. No provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person ( stipulatio alteri ) who is not a Party to this Agreement.

 

  2.14. The use of any expression in this Agreement covering a process available under South African law, such as winding-up, shall, if either of the Parties to this Agreement is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.

 

  2.15. Whenever any person is required to act “ as an expert and not as an arbitrator ” in terms of this Agreement, then -

 

  2.15.1. the determination of the expert shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding;

 

  2.15.2. subject to any express provision to the contrary, the expert shall determine the liability for his or its charges, which shall be paid accordingly;

 

  2.15.3. the expert shall be entitled to determine such methods and processes as he or it may, in his or its sole discretion, deem appropriate in the circumstances provided that the expert may not adopt any process which is manifestly biased, unfair or unreasonable;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

8


  2.15.4. the expert shall consult with the relevant Parties (provided that the extent of the expert’s consultation shall be in his or its sole discretion) prior to rendering a determination; and

 

  2.15.5. having regard to the sensitivity of any confidential information, the expert shall be entitled to take advice from any person considered by him or it to have expert knowledge with reference to the matter in question.

 

  2.16. Any reference in this Agreement to “ this Agreement ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

  2.17. This Agreement incorporates the annexures which annexures shall have the same force and effect as if set out in the body of this Agreement. In this Agreement the words “ clause ” or “ clauses ” and “ annexure ” or “ annexures ” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Agreement.

 

3 . INTRODUCTION

 

  3.1. As at the Closing Date, Harmony provides the Services in respect of the Business.

 

  3.2. Harmony shall continue to provide the Services to PhoenixCo on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

  3.3. PhoenixCo wishes to appoint Harmony and Harmony wishes to accept such appointment to perform and render, or cause to be performed and rendered, the Services to PhoenixCo upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

  3.4. The Parties wish to record in writing their agreement in respect of the above and matters ancillary thereto.

 

4. NATURE AND DURATION OF AGREEMENT

 

  4.1. This Agreement shall commence on the Closing Date and shall endure indefinitely, subject to the right of PhoenixCo or Harmony to terminate this Agreement, on not less than 6 (six) months’ written notice to the other Party, provided that such written notice shall not be given prior to the 18 th (eighteenth) month after the Closing Date such that this Agreement shall not terminate prior to the expiry of the First Period.

 

  4.2. The Parties acknowledge and agree that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, PhoenixCo shall be entitled to terminate the provision of any of the Services on not less than 3 (three) months’ written notice to Harmony, provided that PhoenixCo shall not be entitled to give such written notice in terms of this clause 4.2 prior to the 21 st (twenty first) month after the Closing Date such that no Service shall be terminated prior to the expiry of the First Period and provided further that, to the extent that PhoenixCo wishes to terminate any one of the Integrated Services, it shall be obliged to terminate all of the Integrated Services.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

9


  4.3. This Agreement shall endure in accordance with the provisions of clauses 4.1 and 4.2, unless terminated in accordance with the provisions of clause 24.

 

5. APPOINTMENT

 

  5.1. PhoenixCo hereby appoints Harmony to perform and render, or cause to be performed and rendered, the Services with effect from the Closing Date, which appointment Harmony hereby accepts with effect from the Closing Date, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

  5.2. Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 5.1, the Water Supply Services, the Electricity Supply Services and the Elution Services shall only be provided by Harmony with effect from the Contractor Agreement Termination Date.

 

  5.3. This Agreement shall operate as a severable and distinct agreement in respect of each of the Services.

 

  5.4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Harmony shall have the right to appoint any Harmony Group Company as subcontractor in respect of the whole or any part of the Services, provided that Harmony hereby guarantees, as surety for and co-principal debtor in solidum with such Harmony Group Company, the due and proper compliance by such Harmony Group Company with all the terms and conditions herein imposed on Harmony.

 

  5.5. The Services shall be rendered using the same degree of skill, care, diligence, efficiency, prudence and foresight and subject to the same internal procedures, standards, time frames and policies as are generally applied by Harmony or a Harmony Group Company, as the case may be, from time to time in rendering the same or similar services to its business units, provided that in rendering the Services, Harmony or the Harmony Group Company, as the case may be, shall be obliged to act at all times in a manner which is not grossly negligent in the circumstances. Harmony or the Harmony Group Company, as the case may be, shall render the Services in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.

 

6. DEPOSITION SERVICES

The Deposition Services shall be provided until such time as PhoenixCo is able to deposit Tailings on the St Helena Dams and shall resume, subject to the provisions of clause 4, in the event that PhoenixCo is unable to dump the Tailings on the St Helena Dams.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

10


7. INTERIM SERVICES

 

  7.1. Harmony shall, with effect from the Closing Date, provide the services currently provided in terms of the Contracts to PhoenixCo, on the same terms and conditions as Harmony provides the other Services in terms of this Agreement.

 

  7.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement but subject to the right of termination in terms of clause 4.1, Harmony shall provide each interim service until such time as PhoenixCo has entered into separate contracts with the relevant service provider or an alternative service provider, as the case may be, for the provision of such services directly to PhoenixCo (“ Separate Contracts ”), whereafter such services shall no longer be provided by Harmony in terms of this Agreement.

 

  7.3. PhoenixCo undertakes to do all such things as may be necessary to enter into and expedite the entering into of the Separate Contracts as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, and Harmony undertakes to do all such things as may be necessary to assist PhoenixCo in this regard.

 

8. WATER SUPPLY SERVICES

 

  8.1. Harmony shall supply PhoenixCo with the water required by PhoenixCo to conduct the Business, in accordance with the provisions of this clause 8, with effect from the Contractor Agreement Termination Date.

 

  8.2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement but subject to the right of termination in terms of clause 4.1, Harmony shall provide the Water Supply Services until such time as PhoenixCo has procured its own independent water source.

 

  8.3. Harmony shall supply PhoenixCo with the water required by PhoenixCo to conduct the Business from Harmony’s water source known as “ Dam 13 ” subject to the following provisions -

 

  8.3.1. Harmony shall not be obliged to supply PhoenixCo with more water than is available in Dam 13 after providing for such water as may be necessary for the purposes of conducting Harmony’s operations or the operations of any of its other subsidiaries;

 

  8.3.2. PhoenixCo shall –

 

  8.3.2.1. collect the run-off water from its depositional facilities, including the St Helena Dams and shall redirect such run-off water to Dam 13;

 

  8.3.2.2. maintain its water reticulation systems and beneficiation plant equipment and conduct its mining activities and slurry pumping in accordance with industry standards in order to ensure that there is no wastage of water; and

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

11


  8.3.2.3. be responsible for the pumping of water from Dam 13 to PhoenixCo’s operations and the redirection of the run-off water to Dam 13, and all costs associated therewith, including the costs of pumping, maintenance, labour, depreciation and water tariff costs; and

 

  8.3.3. in the event that the level of water in Dam 13 decreases such that Harmony is not able to pump its required monthly supply of water necessary for the purposes of conducting its operations and the operations of any of its other subsidiaries (“ Harmony’s Water Requirements ”), the supply of water by Harmony to PhoenixCo shall be decreased by the amount of water which is required by Harmony to make up Harmony’s Water Requirements, subject to the following provisions -

 

  8.3.3.1. if the level of water in Dam 13 decreases such that PhoenixCo is not able to pump at least 80% (eighty percent) of the Water Allocation for a period of less than 6 (six) consecutive months which results in PhoenixCo not being able to service the normal loan repayments during this period, Harmony shall be obliged to fund any shortfall experienced by PhoenixCo in funding the operational expenses of PhoenixCo necessary for the operation of the Business (including PhoenixCo’s obligation to repay loan accounts in terms of the Funding Agreements), by way of a shareholder’s loan, the repayment of which loan shall be –

 

  8.3.3.1.1. subordinate to the repayment by PhoenixCo of the shareholder loans made by each of the shareholders of PhoenixCo on the Closing Date as set out in clauses 14.1 and 14.2 of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement; and

 

  8.3.3.1.2. repayable in accordance with the provisions of clause 15.2 of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement,

 

       provided that PhoenixCo shall be obliged to do all such things as may be necessary to reduce the operational costs of the Business during this period; or

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

12


  8.3.3.2. if the level of water in Dam 13 decreases such that PhoenixCo is not able to pump at least 80% (eighty percent) of the Water Allocation for a period of more than 6 (six) consecutive months, Harmony hereby grants to BEE Co 1, BEE Co 2, BEE Co 3 and Sikhuliso SPV (collectively), the BEE Shareholders Put Option on the terms and conditions contained in clause 18 of the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders Agreement, provided that to the extent that BEE Co 1, BEE Co 2, BEE Co 3 and Sikhuliso SPV elect not to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option, the obligations of Harmony as contained in clause 8.3.3.1 shall continue to be applicable.

 

  8.4. Notwithstanding the supply of water by Harmony, PhoenixCo undertakes do all such things as may be necessary to procure an independent water source for the purposes of operating its Business.

 

9. EMPLOYEE SECONDMENT SERVICE

 

  9.1. It is recorded that Harmony and PhoenixCo have, or will, sign, in fulfilment of a condition precedent to the Sale of Business Agreement, an agreement in terms of which the contracts of employment of the Employees shall not be transferred from Harmony to PhoenixCo, in accordance with the provisions of section 197(6) of the Labour Relations Act, 1995.

 

  9.2. The Parties have therefore agreed that Harmony shall provide the Employee Secondment Service to PhoenixCo, in terms of which employees of Harmony shall remain employed by Harmony but shall be seconded to PhoenixCo to provide their services to PhoenixCo.

 

10. TREASURY FUNCTION SERVICE

 

  10.1. As part of the Treasury Function Service provided by Harmony to PhoenixCo, Harmony shall –

 

  10.1.1. collect the proceeds payable to PhoenixCo arising as a result of the sale of gold by PhoenixCo, plus all interest accrued thereon, if any; and

 

  10.1.2. make payment of all amounts owing to creditors of PhoenixCo in respect of any claim such creditors, including any Harmony Group Company, may have against PhoenixCo, as and when such claims arise, plus all interest accrued thereon, provided that Harmony shall not be obliged to provide any credit whatsoever and provided further that there are sufficient proceeds to pay such creditors, if any,

 

       on PhoenixCo’s behalf.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

13


  10.2. Harmony shall be entitled, at its election, to provide working capital to PhoenixCo for the purpose of paying its creditors, which shall constitute a loan repayable by PhoenixCo to Harmony on demand, with interest to accrue at the Prime Rate.

 

11. ELUTION SERVICES

 

  11.1. If at any time either Party is of the view that the manner in which the Elution Services are being provided (i) is not being provided in a fair and equitable manner or would impose an unreasonable hardship upon either of the Parties, (ii) is not being provided in accordance with the description and/or the flowchart attached hereto as Annexure “ 2 ” and/or (iii) should not be provided in accordance with the description and/or the flowchart attached hereto as Annexure “ 2 ” (“ Dispute ”), such Dispute shall, at the election of either Party, be referred to the Chief Executive Officers of both Parties, who shall meet and in good faith, after full consideration of the circumstances, attempt to agree, as to how the Dispute may be resolved in a fair and equitable manner. In particular, the Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to determine whether –

 

  11.1.1. the manner in which the Elution Services are being provided is fair and equitable;

 

  11.1.2. if it is determined that such procedure or policy is not fair and equitable, determine the changes to be made to the manner in which the Elution Services are being provided in order to ensure that it is fair and equitable;

 

  11.1.3. an amendment and/or variation to the description and/or flowchart set out in Annexure “ 2 ” is required; and/or

 

  11.1.4. to the extent that the provision of the Elution Services as at the date of the Dispute has resulted in a loss to Harmony or PhoenixCo, the loss which has occurred and the means by which Harmony or PhoenixCo, as the case may be, shall be compensated for such loss.

 

  11.2. Should the Chief Executive Officers be unable to resolve the Dispute within 15 (fifteen) business days after the Dispute has been referred to them, such Dispute may be referred by either Party to an independent mining expert acceptable to both Parties, with not less than 10 (ten) years’ experience in the metallurgy industry (failing which the South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy shall be called upon to select such independent mining expert), which independent mining expert, acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator, shall be instructed to make the determinations set out in clauses 11.1.1 to 11.1.4.

 

  11.3. The determination of the independent mining expert shall be final and binding.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

14


12. OBLIGATIONS OF PHOENIXCO

 

  12.1. At PhoenixCo’s cost and expense and if required by Harmony in order to enable Harmony to perform and render the Services, PhoenixCo shall timeously, but in any event by not later than 5 (five) business days after receipt of written request from Harmony -

 

  12.1.1. provide all relevant information and data to Harmony;

 

  12.1.2. make available to, and allow Harmony and its Representatives access, at all reasonable times, to –

 

  12.1.2.1. all relevant databases, records and electronic systems;

 

  12.1.2.2. all relevant premises;

 

  12.1.2.3. all relevant equipment; and

 

  12.1.2.4. suitably qualified representatives of PhoenixCo as may be necessary to enable Harmony to provide the Services.

 

  12.2. PhoenixCo shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the information and data referred to in clause 12.1.1 and the databases, records and electronic systems referred to in clause 12.1.2.1 shall be accurate and correct in all material respects and that use thereof by Harmony for purposes of performing and rendering the Services in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall, to the extent necessary, be authorised (by all relevant authorities and other persons from whom such authorisation shall be required in terms of any applicable law and/or agreement such that use by Harmony does not infringe any third party rights) in terms of all relevant procedures.

 

13. SERVICE FEE

 

     The Service Fee payable by PhoenixCo to Harmony for the provision of each of the Services shall be as set out in Annexure “ 4 ” attached hereto per month, which Service Fees shall escalate in accordance with CPI on each anniversary of the Signature Date, provided that, from the Closing Date, Harmony shall not be obliged to –

 

  13.1. provide any credit whatsoever to PhoenixCo;

 

  13.2. pay any amount to any third party on behalf of PhoenixCo, save as set out in clause 10.1.2; or

 

  13.3. pay any amount to the employees of PhoenixCo on behalf of PhoenixCo.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

15


14. DISBURSEMENTS

 

     PhoenixCo shall reimburse Harmony for all direct costs actually incurred by it in performing and rendering the Services pursuant to this Agreement from the Closing Date, plus VAT thereon including, without limitation -

 

  14.1. costs incurred by Harmony on behalf of any Harmony Group Company;

 

  14.2. costs incurred by any Harmony Group Company;

 

  14.3. costs incurred in the provision of the Elution Services;

 

  14.4. costs incurred in the provision of power;

 

  14.5. remuneration of the Employees which are seconded by Harmony to PhoenixCo in terms of the Employee Secondment Service;

 

  14.6. all reasonable travel, accommodation and subsistence costs incurred by the Representatives; and

 

  14.7. all costs and expenses actually incurred by Harmony in consulting with external professional advisors in relation to the Services including, without limitation, reasonable costs incurred in consulting with accountants, legal advisors and banking advisors and professional advisors in the industry relevant to the Services (which external professional advisors Harmony may consult whenever reasonably necessary in performing and rendering the Services), provided that, where reasonably possible, Harmony, will, in co-operation with PhoenixCo, procure that PhoenixCo instructs the relevant external professional advisor directly, and that PhoenixCo is invoiced by such external professional advisor directly.

 

15. PAYMENT OF THE SERVICE FEE AND DISBURSEMENTS

 

  15.1. PhoenixCo shall pay to Harmony the Service Fee in respect of each Service and, to the extent applicable, the Disbursements in respect of each Service in accordance with this clause 15.

 

  15.2. Harmony shall present to PhoenixCo a VAT invoice within 10 (ten) business days of the end of each Month, reflecting the Service Fees and the Disbursements, if any, and to the extent applicable, the VAT payable in respect of such Disbursements, payable in respect of each of the Services rendered by Harmony during that Month and an itemised break down of the calculation of the total fee payable by PhoenixCo (“ Total Service Fee ”). The Total Service Fee shall be paid by PhoenixCo to Harmony within 10 (ten) business days of receipt by PhoenixCo of the aforesaid VAT invoice, by electronic transfer of immediately available and freely transferable funds to Harmony’s Designated Account.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

16


  15.3. Each of the Parties shall be responsible for and shall pay all taxes and levies levied against it in connection with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  15.4. Should PhoenixCo fail to make any payment under or arising from this Agreement on the due date thereof then, without prejudice to such other rights as may accrue to Harmony consequent upon such failure, at the election of Harmony –

 

  15.4.1. the Harmony Shareholders Loan will be increased by an amount equal to such overdue amount; or

 

  15.4.2. such overdue amount will bear interest at 200 (two hundred) basis points above the Prime Rate, from the due date for payment to the date of actual payment, both dates inclusive.

 

  15.5. Should there be any dispute between the Parties as to the calculation of the Total Service Fee, including in respect of any itemised break down contemplated in clause 15.2, such dispute shall first be submitted to the Chief Executive Officers of Harmony and PhoenixCo for resolution. Should the Chief Executive Officers of Harmony and PhoenixCo be unable to resolve the dispute within 10 (ten) business days after the dispute was referred to them, such dispute will be referred to the Independent Auditors for determination, who shall act as experts and not as arbitrators. The Parties agree that the payment of any amount in dispute between the Parties shall be payable, to the extent that it is determined to be payable, following the resolution of the dispute in terms of this clause 15.5. All amounts which are not the subject matter of any dispute between the Parties shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of clauses 15.1 to 15.4.

 

16. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

  16.1. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no liability shall attach to Harmony, any Harmony Group Company or the Representatives for any actual or contingent losses, claims, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses of any nature whatsoever which PhoenixCo or any other person may suffer or incur as a result of or in connection with the performance or rendering of the Services (including any act or omission) by Harmony, any Harmony Group Company or Representatives in terms of this Agreement, except by reason of, and to the extent of any gross negligence, wilful misconduct and/or fraud by Harmony, a Harmony Group Company or their Representatives, as the case may be, provided that any liability arising from –

 

  16.1.1. gross negligence or wilful misconduct shall be limited to the aggregate amount paid by PhoenixCo in relation to such Service, divided by the number of months in respect of which the Service Fee has been paid multiplied by 12 (twelve); and

 

  16.1.2. fraud shall be limited to actual damages suffered by PhoenixCo.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

17


  16.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event will Harmony be liable to PhoenixCo or any third party for any loss of profit or any other indirect, special or consequential loss (including loss of revenue, income or profits, diminution of value or loss of business reputation or opportunity relating to a breach or alleged breach hereof).

 

  16.3. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the limitation of liability contemplated in clauses 16.1 and 16.2 shall not limit PhoenixCo from claiming specific performance of Harmony’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

17. INDEMNITY

 

  17.1. Without prejudice to any of the rights of Harmony or any Harmony Group Company, as the case may be, or any of their Representatives (“ Indemnified Parties ”) at law or in terms of any other provision of this Agreement, PhoenixCo hereby gives the Indemnified Parties an indemnity against and shall hold each of the Indemnified Parties harmless against all actual and contingent losses, claims, liabilities, damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal costs on the scale as between attorney and own client and any additional legal costs) and expenses of any nature whatsoever (but excluding for any loss of profit or any other indirect, special or consequential loss (including loss of revenue, income or profits, diminution of value or loss of business reputation or opportunity relating to a breach or alleged breach hereof)) which any of the Indemnified Parties may suffer or incur as a result of or in connection with the performance or rendering of the Services (including any act or omission) by the Indemnified Parties in terms of this Agreement (“ Indemnified Loss ”), except by reason of, and to the extent of the Indemnified Parties’ gross negligence and/or wilful misconduct or fraud.

 

  17.2. Harmony shall not admit any liability in respect of any claim which may be made in respect of any Indemnified Loss. Harmony will notify PhoenixCo of any claim which may be made against the Indemnified Parties as expeditiously as possible after Harmony becomes aware thereof. PhoenixCo will be entitled to contest the claim concerned in the name of the Indemnified Party, at its own cost, and will be entitled to control the proceedings in regard thereto, provided that -

 

  17.2.1. the actions of PhoenixCo shall be subject to such conditions and restrictions as Harmony may reasonably stipulate if PhoenixCo’s actions in relation to the Indemnified Loss could have implications outside of the actual liability concerned for Harmony or any Harmony Group Company, as the case may be;

 

  17.2.2. PhoenixCo delivers to Harmony a written indemnity on terms reasonably acceptable to Harmony, indemnifying the Indemnified Party against all charges and all legal costs (not limited by any scale) which may be incurred or awarded as a consequence of such steps. Harmony will be entitled to require PhoenixCo to give reasonable security against such costs; and

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

18


  17.2.3. Harmony will -

 

  17.2.3.1. render reasonable assistance to PhoenixCo (at the expense of PhoenixCo) in regard to the steps taken by PhoenixCo; and

 

  17.2.3.2. make all relevant books and records available to PhoenixCo.

 

  17.3. PhoenixCo shall be obliged to pay the relevant Indemnified Party the amount of any Indemnified Loss suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Party as soon as the Indemnified Party is obliged to pay the amount thereof (in the case of any Indemnified Loss which involves a payment by them) or as soon as the Indemnified Party suffers the Indemnified Loss (in the case of an Indemnified Loss which does not involve a payment by them). If any Indemnified Party makes any payment in respect of the Indemnified Loss, Harmony shall provide PhoenixCo with proof of such payment.

 

  17.4. Any claim by a Party (“ Claiming Party ”) against the other Party (“ Paying Party ”) based on a breach of a representation, undertaking or warranty contained in this Agreement, or in respect of any other matter against which a Paying Party has undertaken to indemnify the Claiming Party, shall be reduced by an amount equal to any tax benefit received by the Claiming Party as a result thereof, based on the nominal tax rate applicable at the time (“ Tax Benefit ”). A Claiming Party is assumed to be entitled to such Tax Benefit unless it proves otherwise, before the date on which the payment of the claim must be made by the Paying Party.

 

  17.5. If any payment of a claim in terms of this Agreement gives rise to a liability of the Claiming Party to pay VAT, the Paying Party hereby undertakes to pay the Claiming Party the amount of such VAT.

 

18. REPORTING

 

  18.1. Representatives designated by each of the Parties in writing (“ Designated Representatives ”), will meet on a monthly basis, or more frequently at their discretion, to ensure that the Services are being performed in accordance with the scope of the Services.

 

  18.2. The Designated Representatives will address any performance related issues, the maintenance of quality standards or personnel disputes which may arise in relation to the delivery of the Services.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

19


  18.3. If any dispute arises between the Parties in relation to the performance of the Services, the Designated Representatives will have the authority to resolve any dispute as soon as is practicable.

 

  18.4. If the Designated Representatives are unable to resolve the dispute within a reasonable period of time, the issue will be escalated and determined in accordance with the provisions of clause 25.

 

19. FORCE MAJEURE

 

  19.1. Should Harmony or any Harmony Group Company be prevented from fulfilling any of its obligations in terms of this Agreement in respect of the Services as a result of an Event of Force Majeure, then –

 

  19.1.1. those obligations shall be deemed to have been suspended to the extent that, and for so long as Harmony or the Harmony Group Company shall so be prevented from fulfilling them and the corresponding obligations of PhoenixCo shall be suspended to the corresponding extent;

 

  19.1.2. Harmony shall promptly notify PhoenixCo in writing of such Event of Force Majeure, and such notice shall include an estimation of the approximate period for which the suspension in terms of clause 19.1.1 will endure. Such estimate shall not be binding on Harmony; and

 

  19.1.3. the duration of any period in which any Services affected by the Event of Force Majeure shall have been agreed to be performed, as well as each period within which, and each date by which, any obligation shall be required to be performed in terms of this Agreement, shall be extended or postponed, as the case may be, by the period of suspension in terms of clause 19.1.1.

 

  19.2. In the event that Harmony or any Harmony Group Company shall -

 

  19.2.1. partially or completely cease to be prevented from fulfilling its obligations (excluding the obligation to pay any amount due to be paid in terms of this Agreement) by the Event of Force Majeure, Harmony shall immediately give written notice to PhoenixCo of such cessation, and Harmony or the Harmony Group Company shall, as soon as possible, fulfil its obligations which shall previously have been suspended, provided that, in the event, and to the extent that, fulfilment shall no longer be possible or PhoenixCo shall have given written notice that it no longer requires such fulfilment, Harmony or the Harmony Group Company shall not be obliged to fulfil its suspended obligations, and PhoenixCo shall not be obliged to fulfil its corresponding obligations; or

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

20


  19.2.2. be unable to perform any of its obligations (excluding the obligation to pay any amount due to be paid in terms of this Agreement) in terms of this Agreement for a period of more than 20 (twenty) business days as a result of any Event of Force Majeure, PhoenixCo shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement by giving 10 (ten) business days’ written notice to that effect to Harmony, provided that if Harmony or the Harmony Group Company shall be able to provide some or part of the Services in terms of this Agreement, PhoenixCo shall not be entitled to cancel this Agreement, and the Parties undertake to amend the scope of the Services to be provided by Harmony or the Harmony Group Company in terms of this Agreement accordingly. Further, PhoenixCo shall be entitled to procure those Services affected by the Event of Force Majeure from any third party.

 

  19.3. Subject to clause 19.2.2, in the event that Harmony or a Harmony Group Company shall be unable to perform any of the Services in terms of this Agreement at any time as a result of an Event of Force Majeure, PhoenixCo, shall be entitled to procure the relevant Service from any third party for as long as Harmony or a Harmony Group Company shall be unable to perform such Service.

 

20. GENERAL WARRANTIES

 

  20.1. Each of the Parties hereby warrants to and in favour of the other that –

 

  20.1.1. it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement;

 

  20.1.2. this Agreement constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  20.1.3. the execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not –

 

  20.1.3.1. contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject;

 

  20.1.3.2. contravene any provision of that Party’s constitutional documents; or

 

  20.1.3.3. conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it;

 

  20.1.4. to the best of its knowledge and belief, it is not aware of the existence of any fact or circumstance that may impair its ability to comply with all of its obligations in terms of this Agreement;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

21


  20.1.5. it is entering into this Agreement as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity);

 

  20.1.6. the natural person who signs and executes this Agreement on its behalf is validly and duly authorised to do so;

 

  20.1.7. no other party is acting as a fiduciary for it; and

 

  20.1.8. it is not relying upon any statement or representation by or on behalf of any other Party, except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

  20.2. Each of the representations and warranties given by the Parties in terms of clause 20.1 shall –

 

  20.2.1. be a separate warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement;

 

  20.2.2. continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

  20.2.3. prima facie be deemed to be material and to be a material representation inducing the other Party to enter into this Agreement.

 

21. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  21.1. The Parties undertake that during the operation of, and after the expiration, termination or cancellation of, this Agreement for any reason, they will keep confidential –

 

  21.1.1. any Confidential Information which a Party (“ Disclosing Party ”) communicates to the other Party (“ Recipient ”) in writing, visual or machine readable form (including by fax and other forms of electronic transmission) or orally and which is stated to be or by its nature is intended to be confidential; and

 

  21.1.2. all other information of the same confidential nature concerning the business of a Disclosing Party which comes to the knowledge of the Recipient whilst it is engaged in negotiating the terms of this Agreement or after its conclusion.

 

  21.2. If a Recipient is uncertain about whether any information is to be treated as confidential in terms of this clause 21 it shall be obliged to treat it as such until written clearance is obtained from the Disclosing Party.

 

  21.3. Each Party undertakes, subject to clause 21.4, not to disclose any information which is to be kept confidential in terms of this clause 21, nor to use such information for its own or anyone else’s benefit.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

22


  21.4. Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 21.3, a Recipient shall be entitled to disclose any information to be kept confidential if and to the extent only that the disclosure is bona fide and necessary for the purposes of carrying out its duties in terms of this Agreement.

 

  21.5. The obligation of confidentiality placed on the Parties in terms of this clause 21 shall cease to apply to a Recipient in respect of any information which –

 

  21.5.1. is or becomes generally available to the public other than by the negligence or default of the Recipient or by the breach of this Agreement by the Recipient;

 

  21.5.2. the Disclosing Party confirms in writing is disclosed on a non-confidential basis;

 

  21.5.3. has lawfully become known by or come into the possession of the Recipient on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Disclosing Party having the legal right to disclose same, provided that such knowledge or possession is evidenced by the written records of the Recipient existing at the Signature Date; or

 

  21.5.4. is disclosed pursuant to a requirement or request by operation of law, regulation or court order, to the extent of compliance with such requirement or request only and not for any other purpose,

 

       provided that –

 

  21.5.5. the onus shall at all times rest on the Recipient to establish that information falls within the exclusions set out in clauses 21.5.1 to 21.5.4;

 

  21.5.6. information will not be deemed to be within the foregoing exclusions merely because such information is embraced by more general information in the public domain or in the Recipient’s possession; and

 

  21.5.7. any combination of features will not be deemed to be within the foregoing exclusions merely because individual features are in the public domain or in the Recipient’s possession, but only if the combination itself and its principle of operation are in the public domain or in the Recipient’s possession.

 

  21.6. In the event that the Recipient is required to disclose confidential information of the Disclosing Party as contemplated in clause 21.5.4, the Recipient will –

 

  21.6.1. advise the Disclosing Party thereof in writing prior to disclosure, if possible;

 

  21.6.2. take such steps to limit the disclosure to the minimum extent required to satisfy such requirement and to the extent that it lawfully and reasonably can;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

23


  21.6.3. afford the Disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity, if possible, to intervene in the proceedings;

 

  21.6.4. comply with the Disclosing Party’s reasonable requests as to the manner and terms of any such disclosure; and

 

  21.6.5. notify the Disclosing Party of the recipient of, and the form and extent of, any such disclosure or announcement immediately after it is made.

 

22. PUBLICITY

 

  22.1. Subject to clause 22.3, each Party undertakes to keep confidential and not to disclose to any third party, save as may be required in law (including by the rules of any recognised securities exchange, where applicable) or permitted in terms of this Agreement, the nature, content or existence of this Agreement and any and all information given by a Party to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  22.2. No announcements of any nature whatsoever will be made by or on behalf of a Party relating to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, save for any announcement or other statement required to be made in terms of the provisions of any law or by the rules of any recognised securities exchange, in which event the Party obliged to make such statement will first consult with the other Party in order to enable the Parties in good faith to attempt to agree the content of such announcement, which (unless agreed) must go no further than is required in terms of such law or rules. This will not apply to a Party wishing to respond to the other Party which has made an announcement of some nature in breach of this clause 22.

 

  22.3. This clause 22 shall not apply to any disclosure made by a Party to its professional advisors or consultants, provided that they have agreed to the same confidentiality undertakings, or to any judicial or arbitral tribunal or officer, in connection with any matter relating to this Agreement or arising out of it.

 

23. SUPPORT

 

     The Parties undertake at all times to do all such things, perform all such actions and take all such steps and to procure the doing of all such things, the performance of all such actions and the taking of all such steps as may be open to them and necessary for or incidental to the putting into effect or maintenance of the terms, conditions and/or import of this Agreement.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

24


24. BREACH

 

  24.1. The Parties record that -

 

  24.1.1. the termination of any individual Service in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement will not affect the continuation of any other Services provided in terms of this Agreement, provided that, to the extent that PhoenixCo wishes to terminate any one of the Integrated Services, it shall be obliged to terminate all of the Integrated Services; and

 

  24.1.2. each Service may only be terminated in whole (and not in part only).

 

  24.2. If a Party -

 

  24.2.1. takes steps to place itself, or is placed, in liquidation, whether voluntarily or compulsorily, or in judicial management, in either case whether provisionally or finally;

 

  24.2.2. takes steps to de-register itself or is de-registered;

 

  24.2.3. commits a material breach of any provision of this Agreement and fails to remedy the breach within 10 (ten) business days after it receives written notice to do so (“ Notice Period ”), provided that -

 

  24.2.3.1. if the breach can reasonably be remedied within a shorter period, the Party giving the notice may specify that shorter period in the notice and the Party in default shall remedy the breach within that period; or

 

  24.2.3.2. if the breach cannot reasonably be remedied within such 10 (ten) business day period, the Party in default shall be entitled to an extension, not exceeding a further 10 (ten) business days, to remedy the breach, on condition that the Party in default provides evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the other Party within such 10 (ten) business day period that effective steps to remedy the breach have been initiated and continues to provide such evidence on an ongoing basis that the steps are being expeditiously pursued,

 

     the Party shall be in default.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

25


  24.3. If a Party is in default (“ Defaulting Party ”), the other Party (“ the Aggrieved Party ”) shall be entitled, at its option without prejudice to any other right that it may have under this Agreement or at law -

 

  24.3.1. to claim immediate specific performance of any of the Defaulting Party’s obligations under this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, whether or not such obligation has fallen due for performance and to require the Defaulting Party to provide security to the satisfaction of the Aggrieved Party for the Defaulting Party’s obligations; or

 

  24.3.2. to cancel this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, in which case written notice of the cancellation shall be given to the Defaulting Party, and the cancellation shall take effect on the giving of the notice. Neither Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement unless the breach is a material breach. A breach will be deemed to be a material breach if -

 

  24.3.2.1. it is capable of being remedied, but is not so remedied within the Notice Period; or

 

  24.3.2.2. it is incapable of being remedied or is not remedied within the Notice Period, and payment in money will compensate for such breach but such payment is not made within the Notice Period.

 

  24.4. The Parties agree that any costs awarded will be recoverable on an attorney-and-own-client scale unless the Court specifically determines that such scale shall not apply, in which event the costs will be recoverable in accordance with the High Court tariff, determined on an attorney-and-client scale.

 

  24.5. The Aggrieved Party’s remedies in terms of this clause 24 are without prejudice to any other remedies to which the Aggrieved Party may be entitled in law.

 

25. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

  25.1. In the event of there being any dispute or difference between the Parties arising out of this Agreement, the said dispute or difference shall on written demand by either Party be submitted to arbitration in Johannesburg in accordance with the AFSA rules, which arbitration shall be administered by AFSA.

 

  25.2.

Should AFSA, as an institution, not be operating at that time or not be accepting requests for arbitration for any reason, then the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AFSA rules for commercial arbitration (as last applied by AFSA) before an arbitrator appointed by agreement between the Parties or failing agreement within 10 (ten) business days of the demand for arbitration, then either Party shall be entitled to forthwith call upon

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

26


  the chairperson of the Johannesburg Bar Council to nominate the arbitrator, provided that the person so nominated shall be an advocate of not less than 10 (ten) years standing as such. The person so nominated shall be the duly appointed arbitrator in respect of the dispute. In the event of the attorneys of the Parties failing to agree on any matter relating to the administration of the arbitration, such matter shall be referred to and decided by the arbitrator whose decision shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

  25.3. Either Party may appeal the decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators in terms of the AFSA rules for commercial arbitration.

 

  25.4. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit a Party from applying to the appropriate court for urgent relief or for judgment in relation to a liquidated claim.

 

  25.5. Any arbitration in terms of this clause 25 (including any appeal proceedings) shall be conducted in camera and the Parties shall treat as confidential details of the dispute submitted to arbitration, the conduct of the arbitration proceedings and the outcome of the arbitration.

 

  25.6. This clause 25 will continue to be binding on the Parties notwithstanding any termination or cancellation of the Agreement.

 

  25.7. The Parties agree that the written demand by a Party in terms of clause 25.1 that the dispute or difference be submitted to arbitration, is to be deemed to be a legal process for the purpose of interrupting extinctive prescription in terms of the Prescription Act, 1969.

 

26. NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

 

  26.1. The Parties select as their respective domicilia citandi et executandi the following physical addresses, and for the purposes of giving or sending any notice provided for or required under this Agreement, the said physical addresses as well as the following telefax numbers -

 

  Physical Address Harmony

 

       Block 27

 

       Randfontein Office Park

 

       Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

 

  Telefax: +27 (0) 86 628 2332

Marked for the attention of: The Company Secretary

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

27


  Physical Address PhoenixCo

 

       Block 27

 

       Randfontein Office Park

 

       Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

 

  Telefax: +27 (0) 86 628 2332

Marked for the attention of: Frank Abbott

 

       provided that a Party may change its domicilium or its address for the purposes of notices to any other physical address or telefax number by written notice to the other Party to that effect. Such change of address will be effective 5 (five) business days after receipt of the notice of the change.

 

  26.2. All notices to be given in terms of this Agreement will be given in writing and will -

 

  26.2.1. be delivered by hand or sent by telefax, and not by way of email;

 

  26.2.2. if delivered by hand during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of delivery. Any notice delivered after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day; and

 

  26.2.3. if sent by telefax during business hours, be presumed to have been received on the date of successful transmission of the telefax. Any telefax sent after business hours or on a day which is not a business day will be presumed to have been received on the following business day.

 

  26.3. Notwithstanding the above, any notice given in writing, and actually received by the Party to whom the notice is addressed, will be deemed to have been properly given and received, notwithstanding that such notice has not been given in accordance with this clause 26.

 

27. BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

 

     This Agreement will also be for the benefit of and be binding upon the successors in title and permitted assigns of the Parties or either of them.

 

28. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  28.1. This Agreement will in all respects be governed by and construed under the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

28


  28.2. Subject to clause 25, the Parties hereby consent and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg in any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement.

 

29. NEW LAWS AND INABILITY TO PERFORM

 

  29.1. If any law comes into operation subsequent to the signature of this Agreement which law affects any aspect or matter or issue contained in this Agreement, the Parties undertake to enter into negotiations in good faith regarding a variation of this Agreement in order to ensure that neither this Agreement nor its implementation constitutes a contravention of such law.

 

  29.2. If either Party is prevented from performing any of its obligations in terms of this Agreement as a result of any existing or new law or as a result of any event beyond its reasonable control whether or not foreseeable, including general power failures, breakdown of telecommunication networks or computers, political intervention, imposition of sanctions, riot or insurrection, it shall not be liable for any failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement while such event persists and shall have the right (unless such event has or is likely to persist for a period not exceeding 30 (thirty) days) to terminate this Agreement at any time after the intervention of or becoming aware of such event.

 

  29.3. If this Agreement is terminated by either Party in accordance with the provisions of this clause 29 neither Party shall have any claim or obligation in respect of any loss suffered or damages incurred as a result of such cancellation.

 

30. GENERAL

 

  30.1. Whole Agreement

 

  30.1.1. This Agreement constitutes the whole of the agreement between the Parties relating to the matters dealt with herein and, save to the extent otherwise provided herein, no undertaking, representation, term or condition relating to the subject matter of this Agreement not incorporated in this Agreement shall be binding on either of the Parties.

 

  30.1.2. This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all agreements between the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) and undertakings given to or on behalf of the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) in relation to the subject matter hereof.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

29


  30.2. Variations to be in Writing

 

       No addition to or variation, deletion, or agreed cancellation of all or any clauses or provisions of this Agreement will be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by the Parties.

 

  30.3. No Indulgences

 

       No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to the other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder, and no delay or forbearance in the enforcement of any right of any Party arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party under this Agreement, shall in any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent or election by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of or otherwise affect any of the Party’s rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop or preclude any such Party from enforcing at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term hereof. Failure or delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement will not constitute or be deemed to be a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

  30.4. No Waiver or Suspension of Rights

 

       No waiver, suspension or postponement by any Party of any right arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by such Party. Any such waiver, suspension or postponement will be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose given.

 

  30.5. Provisions Severable

 

       All provisions and the various clauses of this Agreement are, notwithstanding the manner in which they have been grouped together or linked grammatically, severable from each other. Any provision or clause of this Agreement which is or becomes unenforceable in any jurisdiction, whether due to voidness, invalidity, illegality, unlawfulness or for any other reason whatever, shall, in such jurisdiction only and only to the extent that it is so unenforceable, be treated as pro non scripto and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain of full force and effect. The Parties declare that it is their intention that this Agreement would be executed without such unenforceable provision if they were aware of such unenforceability at the time of execution hereof.

 

  30.6. Continuing Effectiveness of Certain Provisions

 

       The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

30


  30.7. No Assignment

 

       Neither this Agreement nor any part, share or interest herein nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be ceded, delegated or assigned by either Party without the prior signed written consent of the other Party, save as otherwise provided herein.

 

  30.8. Exclusion of Electronic Signature

 

       The reference in clauses 30.2, 30.4 and 30.7 to writing signed by a Party shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, be read and construed as excluding any form of electronic signature.

 

31. COSTS

 

     Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Agreement.

 

32. SIGNATURE

 

  32.1. This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  32.2. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  32.3. The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

  32.4. The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

31


For:    HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Signature:   

/s/

  
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:   

Graham Briggs

  
Date:   

20 march 2013

  
Place:   

Sandton

  
Witness:   

 

  
Witness:   

 

  
For:    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:   

/s/

  
   who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto   
Name:   

Graham Briggs

  
Date:   

20 March 2013

  
Place:   

Sandton

  
Witness:   

 

  
Witness:   

 

  

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

32


Annexure 1

CONTRACTS

 

    Fraser Alexander Construction A Division of Fraser Alexander (Pty) Ltd – Treatment of Tailings;

 

    Rand Refinery Contract;

 

    The memorandum of agreement for the rendering of security services made and entered into between Harmony and Protea Coin Group (Security Services) (Proprietary) Limited on or about 17 January 2010.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


Annexure 2

ELUTION SERVICES DESCRIPTION AND FLOWCHART

 

1. Loaded Carbon (carbon particles which have attracted Au-CN molecules (gold-cyanide) is produced in a Carbon-in-Leach process (CIL) – Saaiplaas has its own CIL plant;

 

2. The Loaded Carbon produced in the Saaiplaas Plant is screened and bagged at Saaiplaas Plant and then transported to Harmony’s Central plant by road;

 

3. The Loaded Carbon is sampled for gold content as a check for gold accounting purposes in the event of a dispute between the Central and Saaiplaas Plants;

 

4. Central Plant treats the Loaded Carbon using an Elution process (the stripping of the Au-CN molecules from the carbon particles through a Caustic Wash);

 

5. The Central Plant has two Elution circuits operating completely independently;

 

6. One Elution circuit is dedicated to the Loaded Carbon sent from the Phoenix Plant, whilst another is shared by Central and Joel Plants. Therefore the Elution of the Saaiplaas Loaded Carbon is undertaken in a dedicated closed circuit, with no other gold entering or exiting the dedicated Phoenix Elution circuit;

 

7. The Caustic Wash produces an Eluant solution (Au-CN molecule in solution);

 

8. The Eluant is sent to the Electrowinning process (where gold is plated onto cathodes and Gold plated onto the cathodes is washed, filtered and dried;

 

9. Spend Eluant (solution exiting the electrowinning process) is pumped to the Central Plant CIP circuit;

 

10. Spend Phoenix Eluant is sampled and gold content calculated. The gold determined to be contained in the spent Eluant is credited to Phoenix Plant and subtracted from Central Plant’s production;

 

11. Total gold allocated to the Phoenix Plant is equal to the sum of the actual gold eluted (and recovered from the electrowinning process plus gold in the Phoenix spend Eluant;

 

12. After Elution, the carbon particles are regenerated and returned to Saaiplaas Plant;

 

13. Central Plant charges PhoenixCo a fixed rand per Elution rate calculated monthly, per carbon ton eluted. (Therefore the aggregate of direct cost and overheads divided by tons treated);

 

14. Gold sludge is sent to Rand Refinery for treatment and production of pure gold; and

 

15. Refining charges are assigned to all Harmony operations based on gold production (and PhoenixCo will continue to contribute to the aggregate Harmony refining cost based on gold ounces produced.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


Annexure 3

SERVICES

 

Service

  

Brief Description – Services to be supplied by

Harmony on a cost recovery basis (Disbursements)

Environmental and radiation    Environmental, radiation and rehabilitation liability and consulting services.
Surveying    Surveying of tonnages mined and other surveying services.
Financial Services    Various accounting services including Oracle system support, payroll financial reporting, financial forecasting and taxation, corporate reporting together with Risk and Assurance service.
Ore Reserve Services    Drilling, geological modelling and ore resource/reserve determination.
Deposition Services    Provide PhoenixCo with depositional sites (FSS1, 4 and 6 and Brand D) until the St. Helena Dams have been commissioned.
Health    Access to Harmony’s hospital and health services.
Power    Provision of power.
Water    Provision of water including all pumping, reticulation and maintenance services and the supply of the Water Allocation, or portion thereof.
Information Technology    The provisions of information technology services.
Engineering    Including shared engineer with Central plant and consulting services, share of Group Metallurgical manager.
Workshop    Repair and maintenance services.
Compressed Air    Provision of compressed air from Saaiplaas Number 2 Shaft.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


Social & Labour Plan Costs    Social & Labour Plan Costs until new Mining Right Registered and Transferred.
Assay    Use of assay laboratory services.
Human Resources    Human resources and industrial relations services.
Project Management    Project management services, including project engineering services.
Elusion Services    Elusion treatment of loaded carbon at Central Plant.
Technical Services    Chief electrician, quality control, contract negotiation.
Stores and Procurement    Provision of central stores facility, management of procurement.
Quality Management    Provision of quality management services, ISO certification.
Security and Safety    Safety auditing and consulting.
Security Capacity    Providing security to PhoenixCo facilities until PhoenixCo procures its own security services.
General Corporate Services    Legal and secretarial services, management services.
Employee Secondment Services    Secondment of employees of Harmony to PhoenixCo.
Interim Services    Temporary supply of services in terms of the Contracts.
Treasury Function Services    Management of PhoenixCo’s treasury function.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

36


Annexure 4

SERVICE FEE

 

Total Service Fee Per Month (Excluding VAT)
Service

   Rands
% Fee
    200000
Year 1 Monthly Fee - Rands
 

Environmental and radiation

     2     4000   

Surveying

     2     4000   

Financial Services

     5     10000   

Ore Reserve Services

     2     4000   

Depositional Sites

     1     2000   

Provision of Phoenix Project management and staff

     11     22000   

Health

     2     4000   

Power

     2     4000   

Water

     2     4000   

Information Technology

     6     12000   

Engineering

     5     10000   

Workshop

     4     8000   

Compressed Air

     2     4000   

Social & Labour Plan Implementation

     2     4000   

Assay

     2     4000   

Human Resources

     5     10000   

Project Management

     5     10000   

Elusion

     9     18000   

Technical services

     5     10000   

Stores and Procurement

     11     22000   

Quality Management

     3     6000   

Safety & Security

     4     8000   

Security Capacity

     0     0   

General Corporate Services

     4     8000   

Interim Services

     0     0   

Treasury Function Services

     4     8000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     200000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

Exhibit 4.29

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban stellenbosch

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@ens.co.za www.ens.co.za

SALE OF PROPERTY AGREEMENT

entered into between

ARMGOLD / HARMONY FREEGOLD JOINT VENTURE COMPANY (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description    Page  
1.  

PARTIES

     1   
2.  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   
3.  

INTRODUCTION

     6   
4.  

CONDITION PRECEDENT

     6   
5.  

SALE AND PURCHASE

     7   
6.  

SUBDIVISION

     7   
7.  

PURCHASE PRICE

     7   
8.  

TRANSFER OF THE PROPERTY

     7   
9.  

RISK, OWNERSHIP AND OCCUPATION

     7   
10.  

VOETSTOOTS

     8   
11.  

LIABILITIES

     8   
12.  

NEW REHABILITATION TRUST

     8   
13.  

BREACH

     8   
14.  

NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

     9   
15.  

GOVERNING LAW

     10   
16.  

JURISDICTION

     10   
17.  

SEVERABILITY

     10   
18.  

GENERAL

     11   
19.  

COSTS

     11   
20.  

SIGNATURE

     12   

Annexure A: SKETCH PLAN – PROPERTY

Annexure B: SKETCH PLAN – ST HELENA DAM

 

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


1. PARTIES

 

  1.1. The Parties to this Agreement are:

 

  1.1.1. ARMGold / Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited; and

 

  1.1.2. Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited.

 

  1.2. The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  2.1. Unless inconsistent with the context, the words and expressions set forth below shall bear the following meanings and cognate expressions shall bear corresponding meanings -

 

  2.1.1. Agreement ” means this sale of property agreement and the annexures;

 

  2.1.2. Business ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.3. Condition Precedent ” means the condition precedent set out in clause 4;

 

  2.1.4. Conveyancer ” means Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Incorporated, registration number 2006/018200/21, a firm of attorneys duly incorporated as a private company in South Africa, (Attention: Andrew Bembridge);

 

  2.1.5. DMR ” means the Department of Mineral Resources of South Africa;

 

  2.1.6. Environment ” means the surroundings within which humans exist and that are made up of the land, water and atmosphere of the earth, all forms of life, ecological systems; and the physical, chemical, aesthetic and cultural properties and conditions of the foregoing that influence human health and well-being;

 

  2.1.7. Environmental Law ” means –

 

  2.1.7.1. common law duties and rules, national, provincial and municipal legislation (including regulations and other subsidiary legislation); and self-executing provisions of international agreements approved by Parliament, that are concerned with the protection or rehabilitation of the Environment, the use of natural resources (including land), and the maintenance of an Environment conducive to human health and well-being;

 

  2.1.7.2. directives, orders or other instructions lawfully given by a Governmental Body exercising powers under any provision referred to in this clause 2.1.7; and

 

  2.1.7.3. Licences, authorisations and exemptions issued under any provision referred to in this clause 2.1.7;

 

  2.1.8. Environmental Liability ” means –

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

1


  2.1.8.1. any liability of the Seller arising under any Environmental Law or any Health and Safety Law in respect of the St Helena Dams; or

 

  2.1.8.2. any liability involving any Regulated Material, damage or harm to the Environment, site assessment or characterisation, remediation (including operation and maintenance), treatment, containment, mitigation, removal, monitoring, assessing, resource damage, harm to a resource, enforcement proceedings, directives, other remediation or administrative orders, citizen suits, property damage, economic loss, personal injury or death of any employee or other individual, occupational or other exposure or actions whether claimed or instituted by one or more private parties (including the Parties hereto) or Governmental Bodies, in either case (whether under clause 2.1.8.1 or this clause 2.1.8.2) including any fees and expenses of attorneys, counsel, accountants, consultants, and experts, whether based on any Environmental Law or any Health and Safety Law which became or becomes effective before, on or after the Closing Date in respect of the St Helena Dams, and whether arising out of or related to on-site or off-site matters;

 

  2.1.9. Existing Lease ” means the lease agreement entered or to be entered into between the Seller and Harmony in terms of which the Seller leases the Property to Harmony, which lease agreement is ceded to the Purchaser in terms of the provisions of the Sale of Business Agreement with effect from the closing date of the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.10. Governmental Body ” means any country, any national body, any state, province, municipality, or subdivision of any of the foregoing, any Governmental department, or any agency, court, entity, commission, board, ministry, bureau, locality or authority of any of the foregoing, or any quasi-Governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing, exporting, or other Governmental or quasi-Governmental function;

 

  2.1.11. Harmony ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, registration number 1950/038232/06, a limited liability public company duly incorporated in South Africa;

 

  2.1.12. Health and Safety Laws ” means all laws regulating health and safety in the workplace,

 

  2.1.13. Liabilities ” means the Environmental Liabilities and the Rehabilitation Liabilities;

 

  2.1.14. Land ” means –

 

  2.1.14.1. Portion 1 of the Farm St. Helena 42, District of Welkom, Province of the Free State; and

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

2


  2.1.14.2. Portion 2 of the Farm St. Helena 42, District of Welkom, Province of the Free State;

 

  2.1.15. Licences ” means any licence, permit, approval, consent, authorisation, order, licence application, and licence amendment application of or to a Governmental Body and all governmental or third party product registrations or approvals;

 

  2.1.16. MPRDA ” means the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, No 28 of 2002;

 

  2.1.17. New Rehabilitation Trust ” shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  2.1.18. Parties ” means the Purchaser and the Seller and “Party” shall, as the context requires, be a reference to either one of them;

 

  2.1.19. Property ” means the portion of the Land, as will appear from the letters A2 and B2 on the sketch plan attached hereto as Annexure A;

 

  2.1.20. Purchaser ” means Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/041001/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in South Africa;

 

  2.1.21. Regulated Material ” means –

 

  2.1.21.1. any material, substance, waste (including any solid, liquid, semisolid or gas or gaseous mixture), product, by-product, chemical, pesticide, fungicide, rodenticide, pollutant, hazardous material, hazardous substance, hazardous waste, solid waste, or non-hazardous waste as the foregoing terms are considered or defined as harmful, under, or regulated by, any applicable Environmental Law or health and safety law, or known or suspected to pose a threat to health, safety or the Environment;

 

  2.1.21.2. any petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof);

 

  2.1.21.3. any asbestos, asbestos containing material, and presumed asbestos containing material;

 

  2.1.21.4. any radioactive substance;

 

  2.1.21.5. any polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB); and

 

  2.1.21.6. any methylene chloride, trichloroethylene, 1.2-trans-dichloroethylene, dioxins or dibenzofurans;

 

  2.1.22. Rehabilitation Liabilities ” means the Seller’s obligations to rehabilitate all environmental disturbances, including health and pollution, and degradation existing in respect of the St Helena Dams as at the Transfer Date and any obligation to rehabilitate all environmental disturbances, including health and pollution, and degradation existing in respect of the St Helena Dams after the Transfer Date, and shall include –

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

3


  2.1.22.1. all restoration, anti-pollution measures, anti-flooding measures, making safe, rehabilitation, compliance with the terms of any rehabilitation plans and/or programs approved by the DMR;

 

  2.1.22.2. compliance with all Environmental Laws; and

 

  2.1.22.3. the obtaining of the relevant certificate in terms of section 43 of the MPRDA.

 

  2.1.23. Sale of Business Agreement ” means the sale of business agreement entered into, or to be entered into, between Harmony and the Purchaser in terms of which the Business is sold by Harmony to the Purchaser;

 

  2.1.24. Seller ” means ARMGold / Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited, registration number 2001/029602/07, a private company incorporated in South Africa;

 

  2.1.25. Signature Date ” means the date of the signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing;

 

  2.1.26. South Africa ” means the Republic of South Africa as constituted from time to time;

 

  2.1.27. St. Helena Dams ” means the mine dumps and tailing set out and depicted by the letters ABCDEFKLMNPJ on the sketch plan attached hereto as Annexure B, measuring approximately 370 (three hundred and seventy) hectares in extent on Annexure B attached hereto;

 

  2.1.28. St Helena Rehabilitation Trust ” means the trustees for the time being of the St Helena Rehabilitation Trust, Master’s Reference No. 4325/2003, a trust duly established in South Africa;

 

  2.1.29. Subdivision Date ” means the date on which a diagram depicting the Property is approved by the Surveyor General;

 

  2.1.30. Transfer Date ” means the date of the registration of transfer of the Property into the name of the Purchaser;

 

  2.1.31. VAT ” means value added tax imposed in terms of the Value Added Tax Act, 1991, including any similar tax which may be imposed in place thereof from time to time; and

 

  2.1.32. VAT Act ” means the Value Added Tax Act 1991.

 

  2.2. In this Agreement -

 

  2.2.1. clause headings and the heading of the Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

4


  2.2.2. an expression which denotes -

 

  2.2.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  2.2.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa;

 

  2.2.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

  2.2.2.4. a Party includes a reference to that Party’s successors in title and assigns allowed at law; and

 

  2.2.2.5. a reference to a consecutive series of two or more clauses is deemed to be inclusive of both the first and last mentioned clauses.

 

  2.3. Any reference in this Agreement to –

 

  2.3.1. business hours ” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h30 and 17h00 on any business day. Any reference to time shall be based upon South African Standard Time;

 

  2.3.2. days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of South Africa from time to time;

 

  2.3.3. laws ” means all constitutions; statutes; regulations; by-laws; codes; ordinances; decrees; rules; judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgements, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards; policies; voluntary restraints; guidelines; directives; compliance notices; abatement notices; agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any Governmental Body; and the common law, and “ law ” shall have a similar meaning; and

 

  2.3.4. person ” means any person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

  2.4. The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

  2.5. Any substantive provision, conferring rights or imposing obligations on a Party and appearing in any of the definitions in this clause 2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall be given effect to as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement.

 

  2.6. Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout this Agreement.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

5


  2.7. Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Agreement in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

  2.8. A reference to any statutory enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  2.9. Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.10. If the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.11. Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

  2.12. The rule of construction that this Agreement shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting of this Agreement, shall not apply.

 

  2.13. No provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person (stipulatio alteri) who is not a Party to this Agreement.

 

  2.14. The use of any expression in this Agreement covering a process available under South African law, such as winding-up, shall, if either of the Parties to this Agreement is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.

 

  2.15. Any reference in this Agreement to “ this Agreement ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

  2.16. In this Agreement the words “ clause ” or “ clauses ” and “ annexure ” or “ annexures ” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Agreement.

 

3. INTRODUCTION

 

  3.1. The Seller is the owner of the Land on which the St. Helena Dams are situated.

 

  3.2. The Purchaser wishes to purchase the area of the Land on which the St. Helena Dams are situate.

 

  3.3. Accordingly, the Purchaser is willing to purchase the Property from the Seller and the Seller is willing to sell the Property to the Purchaser.

 

4. CONDITION PRECEDENT

 

  4.1. Save for clauses 1 to 4, and clauses 13 to 19 all of which shall become effective immediately, the provisions of this Agreement are subject to the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent that, by not later than the date for fulfilment of the last of the conditions precedent to the Sale of Business Agreement, the Sale of Business Agreement is entered into by all of the parties thereto and becomes unconditional, save for any condition requiring that this Agreement is entered into and becomes unconditional.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

6


  4.2. Unless the Condition Precedent has been fulfilled by not later than the relevant date for fulfilment thereof set out in clause 4.1 the provisions of this Agreement, save for clauses 1 to 4, and clauses 13 to 19, which will remain of full force and effect, will never become of any force or effect and the status quo ante will be restored as near as may be possible and neither of the Parties will have any claim against the other in terms hereof or arising from the failure of the Condition Precedent.

 

5. SALE AND PURCHASE

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Seller hereby sells to the Purchaser who hereby purchases the Property with effect from and inclusive of the Transfer Date.

 

6. SUBDIVISION

 

  6.1. It is recorded that the Property is used for the purposes of a mine and accordingly Section 3(e)(i) of the Subdivision of Agricultural Land Act 70 of 1970 is not applicable to the Subdivision of the Land.

 

  6.2. The Seller shall, as soon as reasonably possible and at its cost, have the Property surveyed and a diagram of the Property approved by the Surveyor General.

 

7. PURCHASE PRICE

 

  7.1. The purchase price for the Property is R1.00 (one rand) (“Purchase Price”) excluding VAT.

 

  7.2. The Purchase Price shall be paid by the Purchaser to the Seller on the Transfer Date.

 

8. TRANSFER OF THE PROPERTY

Registration of transfer of the Property into the name of the Purchaser shall be effected by the Conveyancer as soon as reasonably possible after -

 

  8.1. the Subdivision Date; and

 

  8.2. all necessary transfer documents have been signed by the Parties, who shall do so within 7 (seven) days of being called on to do so by the Conveyancer.

 

9. RISK, OWNERSHIP AND OCCUPATION

With effect from the Transfer Date -

 

  9.1. occupation and all the benefits and risks of ownership of the Property shall pass to the Purchaser subject to the Lease;

 

  9.2. the Purchaser shall be liable for all rates and taxes and other imposts levied in respect of the Property; and

 

  9.3. the Purchaser shall become liable for and forthwith refund to the Seller a proportionate share of any rates and taxes and other imposts paid by the Seller in respect of any period after the Transfer Date.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

7


10. VOETSTOOTS

The Purchaser acknowledges that -

 

  10.1. the Purchaser has acquainted itself with the nature, condition, beacons, extent and locality of the Property as set out on the plan attached as Annexure A;

 

  10.2. the Purchaser will have no claim whatsoever against the Seller for any deficiency in the size of the Property which may be revealed on any re-survey nor shall the Seller benefit from any possible excess; and

 

  10.3. the Property is sold to the extent as it now lies, voetstoots, subject to all conditions and servitudes mentioned or referred to in the current and/or prior title deeds of the Property and any town planning scheme applicable thereto.

 

11. LIABILITIES

 

  11.1. Against compliance by the Purchaser with its obligations under clause 7.2 –

 

  11.1.1. the Seller hereby delegates the Liabilities to the Purchaser on the Transfer Date; and

 

  11.1.2. the Purchaser hereby accepts such delegation and assumes the Liabilities on the Transfer Date.

 

  11.2. The Purchaser undertakes to discharge such Liabilities as and when they fall due.

 

  11.3. The Purchaser hereby indemnifies and holds the Seller harmless against all claims, damage, loss and/or expense which may be made against and/or suffered by the Seller in connection with and/or arising from the Liabilities or in respect of the Purchaser’s failure to discharge the Liabilities timeously.

 

12. NEW REHABILITATION TRUST

The Seller will, on the later of –

 

  12.1. the date which is 30 (thirty) business days after the Transfer Date; and

 

  12.2. the date which is 60 (sixty) business days after the date on which letters of authority have been issued to the trustees of the New Rehabilitation Trust,

(“ Date of Transfer ”) procure the transfer from the St Helena Rehabilitation Trust to the New Rehabilitation Trust, the full amount which has been provided in the St Helena Rehabilitation Trust for the Rehabilitation Liabilities as at the Date of Transfer, provided that the Purchaser shall continue to make contributions to the St Helena Rehabilitation Trust for the Rehabilitation Liabilities until the Date of Transfer.

 

13. BREACH

Should either Party (the “ Defaulting Party ”) commit a breach of any of the provisions hereof, then the other Party (the “ Aggrieved Party ”) shall be entitled to give the Defaulting Party 14 (fourteen) calendar days written notice to remedy the breach. If the Defaulting Party fails to comply with such notice, the Aggrieved Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement or to claim immediate

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

8


payment and/or performance by the Defaulting Party of all of the Defaulting Party’s obligations whether or not the due date for payment and/or performance shall have arrived, in either event without prejudice to the Aggrieved Party’s rights to claim damages. The aforegoing is without prejudice to such other rights as the Aggrieved Party may have at law; provided always that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Aggrieved Party shall not be entitled to cancel this Agreement for any breach by the Defaulting Party unless such breach is a material breach going to the root of this Agreement and is incapable of being remedied by a payment in money, or if it is capable of being remedied by a payment in money, the Defaulting Party fails to pay the amount concerned within 14 (fourteen) days after such amount has been determined.

 

14. NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

 

  14.1. Notices

 

  14.1.1. Each Party chooses the addresses set out opposite its name below as its addresses to which any written notice in connection with this Agreement may be addressed –

 

  14.1.1.1. Seller :

Physical Address:     Block 27

                                   Randfontein Office Park

                                   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

Telefax:                     +27 (0) 86 628 2332

Marked for the attention of: the Company Secretary

 

  14.1.1.2. Purchaser :

Physical Address:     Block 27

                                   Randfontein Office Park

                                   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

Telefax:                     +27 (0) 86 628 2332

Marked for the attention of: Frank Abbott

 

  14.1.2. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by telefax transmitted to its telefax number or by email set out opposite its name above.

 

  14.1.3. Either Party may by written notice to the other Party change its chosen addresses and/or telefax number and/or email address for the purposes of clause 14.1.1 to any other address(es) and/or telefax number or email, provided that the change shall become effective on the 14 th (fourteenth) day after the receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  14.1.4. Any notice given in terms of this Agreement shall:

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

9


  14.1.4.1. if sent by a courier service be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the 7 th (seventh) business day following the date of such sending;

 

  14.1.4.2. if delivered by hand be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery;

 

  14.1.4.3. if transmitted by facsimile or by email be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the 1 st (first) business day after the date of transmission;

unless the contrary is proved.

 

  14.1.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it, notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address and/or telefax number, and/or email.

 

  14.2. Domicilia

 

  14.2.1. Each of the Parties chooses its physical address set out opposite its name in clause 14.1.1 as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with this Agreement may be served.

 

  14.2.2. Either Party may by written notice to the other Party change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante , in South Africa; provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Party pursuant to clause 14.1.4.

 

15. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed, construed and take effect in all respects in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

16. JURISDICTION

The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, High Court of South Africa (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Agreement.

 

17. SEVERABILITY

Each provision in this Agreement is severable from all others, notwithstanding the manner in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences, paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their intention to continue to be bound by this Agreement notwithstanding that any provision may be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

10


18. GENERAL

 

  18.1. This document constitutes the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.

 

  18.2. No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded herein.

 

  18.3. No addition to, variation or consensual cancellation of this Agreement and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation or suspension of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of all the Parties.

 

  18.4. No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder or enforcement of any right arising from this Agreement and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party shall under any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party’s rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term hereof.

 

  18.5. The Parties undertake at all times to do all such things, to perform all such acts and to take all such steps and to procure the doing of all such things, the performance of all such actions and the taking of all such steps as may be open to them and necessary for or incidental to the putting into effect or maintenance of the terms, conditions and import of this Agreement.

 

  18.6. Save as is specifically provided in this Agreement, no Party shall be entitled to cede, assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties affected by such transfer of rights or obligations, which consent may not unreasonably be withheld or delayed.

 

19. COSTS

 

  19.1. Each Party shall bear their own costs of and incidental to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement.

 

  19.2. All legal costs incurred by either Party in consequence of any default of the provisions of this Agreement by the other Party shall be payable by the Defaulting Party on demand on the scale as between attorney and own client and shall include collection charges, the costs incurred by the non-defaulting Party in endeavouring to enforce such rights prior to the institution of legal proceedings and the costs incurred in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of any judgement awarded in favour of the non-defaulting Party in relation to its rights in terms of or arising out of this Agreement.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

11


20. SIGNATURE

 

  20.1. This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  20.2. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  20.3. The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

  20.4. The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

For: ARMGOLD / HARMONY FREEGOLD JOINT VENTURE COMPANY (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

 

Signature:

 

/s/

  Who warrants his/her authority hereto

Name:

 

Graham Briggs

Date:

 

20 March 2013

Place:

 

Sandton

 

For: BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:

 

/s/

  Who warrants his/her authority hereto

Name:

 

Graham Briggs

Date:

 

20 March 2013

Place:

 

Sandton

 

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

12


Annexure A

SKETCH PLAN – PROPERTY

 

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


Annexure B

SKETCH PLAN – ST HELENA DAM

 

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

Exhibit 4.30

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban stellenbosch

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@ens.co.za www.ens.co.za

AGREEMENT OF LEASE

entered into between

ARMGOLD / HARMONY FREEGOLD JOINT VENTURE COMPANY (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED

and

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description    Page  
1.  

PARTIES

     1   
2.  

INTERPRETATION

     1   
3.  

LETTING AND HIRING

     5   
4.  

DURATION

     5   
5.  

RENT

     5   
6.  

PAYMENTS

     5   
7.  

USE OF THE LEASE PREMISES

     5   
8.  

CESSION AND SUB-LETTING

     6   
9.  

SUNDRY DUTIES OF THE LESSEE

     6   
10.  

ENFORCEMENT BY LESSOR

     6   
11.  

EXCLUSION OF LESSOR FROM CERTAIN LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

     6   
12.  

LESSOR’S RIGHTS OF ENTRY

     7   
13.  

REMEDY FOR BREACH

     7   
14.  

APPROPRIATION OF PAYMENTS

     7   
15.  

JURISDICTION

     7   
16.  

DOMICILIA AND NOTICES

     8   
17.  

SEVERABILITY

     8   
18.  

WHOLE AGREEMENT

     8   
19.  

NON-WAIVER

     9   
20.  

SIGNATURE

     9   

Annexure A

     11   

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21


1. PARTIES

 

  1.1. The Parties to this Lease are –

 

  1.1.1. ARMGold / Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited; and

 

  1.1.2. Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited.

 

  1.2. The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

 

  2.1. In this Lease, unless inconsistent with the context, the following expressions shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder -

 

  2.1.1. Charges ” means levies, taxes, fees or other amounts payable by the Lessor to any authority having jurisdiction over the Land that arise from the ownership and use of the Land, calculated on a pro-rata basis that the area of the Lease Area bears to the total area of the Land;

 

  2.1.2. CPI ” means the average annual rate of change (expressed as a percentage) in the Consumer Price Index, for all urban areas as published in the Government Gazette by Statistics South Africa, or such other index reflecting the official rate of inflation in the Republic of South Africa as may replace it, which annual change shall be determined by comparing the most recently published monthly index with the index published in respect of the corresponding month in the previous year;

 

  2.1.3. Land ” means

 

  2.1.3.1. Portion 1 of the Farm St. Helena 42, District of Welkom, Province of the Free State; and

 

  2.1.3.2. Portion 2 of the Farm St. Helena 42, District of Welkom, Province of the Free State;

 

  2.1.4. Lease ” means this agreement of lease;

 

  2.1.5. Leased Premises ” means the area of the Land depicted by the portion of the Land, as will appear from the letters A2 and B2 on the sketch plan attached hereto as Annexure A;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

1


  2.1.6. Lessee ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited registration number 1950/038232/06, a limited liability public company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.7. Lessor ” means ARMGold / Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited, registration number 2001/029602/07, a private company incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

  2.1.8. Month ” means a calendar month, and more specifically in reference to a number of months from a specific date, a calendar month commencing on that date or the same date of any subsequent month and in any other context, a month of the calendar, that is, one of the twelve months of the calendar;

 

  2.1.9. Parties ” means the Parties to this Lease and “ Party ” means either one of them;

 

  2.1.10. Prime Rate ” means the publicly quoted basic rate of interest, compounded monthly in arrears and calculated on a 365 (three hundred and sixty five) day year irrespective of whether or not the year is a leap year, from time to time published by Absa Bank Limited as being its prime overdraft rate, as certified by any representative of that bank whose appointment and designation it will not be necessary to prove;

 

  2.1.11. Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Lease by the Party last signing;

 

  2.1.12. VAT ” means value added tax imposed in terms of the Value Added Tax Act, 1991, including any similar tax which may be imposed in place thereof from time to time;

 

  2.1.13. VAT Act ” means the Value Added Tax Act 1991; and

 

  2.1.14. Year ” means a period of 12 (twelve) consecutive months.

 

  2.2. In this Lease -

 

  2.2.1. clause headings and the heading of the Lease are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  2.2.2. an expression which denotes -

 

  2.2.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  2.2.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ;

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

2


  2.2.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa ;

 

  2.2.2.4. a Party includes a reference to that Party’s successors in title and assigns allowed at law; and

 

  2.2.2.5. a reference to a consecutive series of two or more clauses is deemed to be inclusive of both the first and last mentioned clauses.

 

  2.3. Any reference in this Lease to –

 

  2.3.1. “business hours” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h30 and 17h00 on any business day. Any reference to time shall be based upon South African Standard Time;

 

  2.3.2. days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of the Republic of South Africa from time to time;

 

  2.3.3. laws ” means all constitutions; statutes; regulations; by-laws; codes; ordinances; decrees; rules; judicial, arbitral, administrative, ministerial, departmental or regulatory judgements, orders, decisions, rulings, or awards; policies; voluntary restraints; guidelines; directives; compliance notices; abatement notices; agreements with, requirements of, or instructions by any Governmental Body; and the common law, and “ law ” shall have a similar meaning; and

 

  2.3.4. person ” means any person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality.

 

  2.4. The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

  2.5. Any substantive provision, conferring rights or imposing obligations on a Party and appearing in any of the definitions in this clause 2 or elsewhere in this Lease, shall be given effect to as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Lease.

 

  2.6. Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout this Lease.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

3


  2.7. Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Lease in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

  2.8. A reference to any statutory enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  2.9. Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.10. If the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Lease is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.11. Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

  2.12. The rule of construction that this Lease shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting of this Lease, shall not apply.

 

  2.13. No provision of this Lease shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person ( stipulatio alteri ) who is not a Party to this Lease.

 

  2.14. The use of any expression in this Lease covering a process available under South African law, such as winding-up, shall, if either of the Parties to this Lease is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.

 

  2.15. Any reference in this Lease to “ this Lease ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Lease or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

  2.16. In this Lease the words “ clause ” or “ clauses ” and “ annexure ” or “ annexures ” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Lease.

 

  2.17. Any provision of this Lease imposing a restraint, prohibition or restriction on the Lessee shall be so construed that the Lessee is not only bound to comply therewith but is also obliged to procure that the same restraint, prohibition or restriction is observed by everybody occupying or entering the Leased Premises through, under, by arrangement with, or at the invitation of, the Lessee, including (without limiting the generality of this provision) the family, guests and employees of the Lessee and any independent contractors or workers engaged by the Lessee.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

4


3. LETTING AND HIRING

 

     The Lessor lets and the Lessee hires the Leased Premises.

 

4. DURATION

 

     This Lease shall come into operation on the Signature Date and terminate 9 (nine) Years and 11 (eleven) Months thereafter.

 

5. RENT

 

     The rental payable by the Lessee to the Lessor -

 

  5.1. is R100 (one hundred rand) per annum;

 

  5.2. shall be payable annually in advance commencing on the Signature Date;

 

  5.3. shall be net of VAT insofar as it is applicable which tax shall be recoverable by the Lessor from the Lessee in addition to the rent and such other amounts;

 

  5.4. shall be reduced pro rata in the same proportion as the lease period (i.e. nine Months) bears to one Year;

 

  5.5. shall escalate at the rate of CPI.

 

6. PAYMENTS

 

  6.1. The Lessee shall reimburse the Lessor for all Charges paid by the Lessor, within 5 (five) business days after receipt by the Lessee of a valid tax invoice in respect of such Charges.

 

  6.2. Payment by the Lessee to the Lessor shall be made free of bank exchange and without deduction or set off into a bank account designated by the Lessor, in writing, to the Lessee.

 

  6.3. The Lessee shall not withhold, defer or make any deduction from any payment due to the Lessor under this Lease, whether or not the Lessor is indebted to the Lessee or in breach of any obligation to the Lessee.

 

  6.4. All amounts payable under this Lease and not paid on due date shall bear interest reckoned from the due dates of such amounts until they are paid, at the Prime Rate.

 

7. USE OF THE LEASE PREMISES

 

     The Leased Premises shall be used for the construction of deposition sites.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

5


8. CESSION AND SUB-LETTING

 

     The Lessee shall be entitled, without the prior written consent of the Lessor, to -

 

  8.1. cede all or any of the rights of the Lessee under this Lease;

 

  8.2. sub-let the Leased Premises in whole or part; or

 

  8.3. part with or give up possession or occupation of the Leased Premises to any third party.

 

9. SUNDRY DUTIES OF THE LESSEE

 

     The Lessee shall -

 

  9.1. lawfully conduct the activities for which the Leased Premises are let in a diligent manner and in accordance with generally accepted sound mining practice, and upon termination of mining activities, comply with all rehabilitation and environment management plans relating to the rehabilitation of the Leased Premises; and

 

  9.2. not contravene any of the conditions of title of the Leased Premises.

 

10. ENFORCEMENT BY LESSOR

 

     Without in any way diminishing either the Lessee’s obligations or the Lessor’s rights set out herein, if the Lessee fails to carry out any of the Lessee’s obligations provided in this Lease, the Lessor shall be entitled, at its discretion, to enforce or to carry out the same on behalf of the Lessee and to recover from the Lessee all costs and expenses so incurred by the Lessor.

 

11. EXCLUSION OF LESSOR FROM CERTAIN LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

 

     The Lessee shall have no claim for damages against the Lessor and may not withhold or delay any payment due to the Lessor by reason directly or indirectly of -

 

  11.1. a breach by the Lessor of any of its obligations under this lease other than the inability by the Lessee to use the land for mining purposes;

 

  11.2. any act or omission of the Lessor or any agent or servant of or contractor to the Lessor, whether or not negligent, wilfully wrongful or otherwise actionable at law; and

 

  11.3. any failure or suspension of, or any interruption in, the supply of water or any other amenity or service to the Leased Premises, whatever the cause.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

6


12. LESSOR’S RIGHTS OF ENTRY

 

     The Lessor’s representatives, agents, servants and contractors may, with prior written permission of the Lessee, without thereby giving rise to any claim or right of action on the part of the Lessee or any other occupier of the Leased Premises, enter the Leased Premises in order to gain access to the Leased Premises to inspect any part of it.

 

13. REMEDY FOR BREACH

 

  13.1. Should the Lessee commit any breach of this Lease and fail to remedy such breach within 30 (thirty) days after posting by the Lessor of a written demand that it be remedied, the Lessor shall be entitled, without prejudice to any alternative or additional right of action or remedy available to the Lessor under the circumstances, to take such action as it may require to enforce the provisions of this Lease.

 

  13.2. The Lessor shall not be entitled to cancel this Lease but the Lessor may recover and accept payment of all amount which would have been payable in all respects as if they had been payments on account of the damages suffered by the Lessor by reason of the unlawful breach of this lease on the part of the Lessee.

 

14. APPROPRIATION OF PAYMENTS

 

     The Lessor shall be entitled in its sole and absolute discretion to appropriate and/or re-appropriate any amounts received from the Lessee towards the payment of any rent or other amounts owing by the Lessee to the Lessor notwithstanding any attempted allocation thereof by the Lessee.

 

15. JURISDICTION

 

  15.1. At the option of the Lessor any action or application arising out of this lease, its enforcement or any cancellation thereof may be brought either -

 

  15.1.1. in the Magistrate’s Court having jurisdiction in respect of the Lessee notwithstanding that the amount in issue may exceed the jurisdiction of such court; or

 

  15.1.2. in the High Court of South Africa and the Lessee hereby consents to the jurisdiction thereof in respect of any application or action brought against it by the Lessor arising out of this lease its enforcement or cancellation.

 

  15.2. It shall be within the absolute discretion of the Lessor whether to proceed against the Lessee in the Magistrate’s Court referred to in 15.1.1, the High Court referred to in 15.1.2 or any other court having jurisdiction.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

7


16. DOMICILIA AND NOTICES

 

  16.1. The Parties choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi the addresses mentioned in sub-clause 16.1.1 and 16.1.2 below, provided that such domicilium of either Party may be changed by written notice from such party to the other Party with effect from the date of receipt or deemed receipt by the latter of such notice -

 

  16.1.1. Lessee:

 

       Physical Address: Block 27
       Randfontein Office Park
       Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

 

  Telefax:   +27 (0) 86 628 2332

 

       Marked for the attention of: Frank Abbott

 

  16.1.2. Lessor:

 

       Physical Address: Block 27
       Randfontein Office Park
       Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

 

  Telefax:   +27 (0) 86 628 2332

 

       Marked for the attention of: The Company Secretary

 

  16.2. Any notice, acceptance, demand or other communication properly addressed by either party to the other party at the latter’s domicilium in terms hereof for the time being and sent by prepaid registered post shall be deemed to be received by the latter on the fifth business day following the date of posting thereof. This provision shall not be construed as precluding the utilisation of other means and methods (including telefacsimile) for the transmission or delivery of notices, acceptances, demands and other communications, but no presumption of delivery shall arise if any such other means or method is used.

 

17. SEVERABILITY

 

     If any provision of this Lease is unenforceable, the Lessor shall be entitled to elect, at any time, that such provision shall be severed from the remaining provisions of this Lease which shall not be affected and shall remain of full force and effect.

 

18. WHOLE AGREEMENT

 

     This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and no modification, variation, alteration or consensual cancellation shall be of any force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by both Parties.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

8


19. NON-WAIVER

 

  19.1. No relaxation or indulgence which the Lessor may show to the Lessee shall in any way prejudice his rights hereunder and, in particular, no acceptance by the Lessor of rent after due date (whether on one or more occasions) shall preclude or stop him from exercising any rights enjoyed by it hereunder by reason of any subsequent payment not being made strictly on due date.

 

  19.2. The receipt by the Lessor or its agents of any rent or other payments shall in no way whatsoever prejudice or operate as a waiver, rescission or abandonment of any cancellation or right of cancellation effected or required prior to such receipt.

 

20. SIGNATURE

 

  20.1. This Agreement is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  20.2. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  20.3. The persons signing this Agreement in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

  20.4. The Parties record that it is not required for this Agreement to be valid and enforceable that a Party shall initial the pages of this Agreement and/or have its signature of this Agreement verified by a witness.

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

9


For:    ARMGOLD / HARMONY FREEGOLD JOINT VENTURE COMPANY (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
Signature:   

/s/

  
   Who warrants his/her authority hereto   
Name:   

Graham Briggs

  
Date:   

20 March 2013

  
Place:   

Sandton

  
For:    HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Signature:   

/s/

  
   Who warrants his/her authority hereto   
Name:   

Graham Briggs

  
Date:   

20 March 2013

  
Place:   

Sandton

  

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

 

10


Annexure A

SKETCH PLAN – LAN

 

        

 

law | tax | forensics | IP | africa

   edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated        registration number 2006/018200/21

Exhibit 4.31

EXECUTION VERSION

BORROWER PLEDGE AND CESSION

 

1. As security for the obligations (the “ Secured Indebtedness ”) which

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/035756/07)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

(the “ Pledgor ”)

at present has and may from time to time in the future have or incur to

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Registration No. 1950/038232/06)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

(the “ Lender ” and together with the Pledgor, collectively hereinafter the “ Parties ” and each of them a “ Party ” as the context may require)

to pay all amounts due from time to time by the Pledgor under a term loan facility agreement (the “ Term Facility Agreement ”) entered into on or about the date hereof between the Lender (as lender) and the Pledgor (as borrower) and the other Transaction Documents (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement) to which it is party, the Pledgor pledges and cedes in securitatem debiti to the Lender with effect from the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement) –

 

  1.1. the Pledged Shares (as defined in Annexure A ), and any capitalisation shares which may be issued on account of the holding of such shares and any rights and proceeds of any rights to subscribe for shares or other rights attaching to such shares (including, without limitation, any distribution in specie ) and any proceeds arising from the disposal of such shares or such proceeds or other rights or an election to receive cash in respect of such shares, including, without limitation, any ordinary or preference shares in the issued share capital of the Company (as defined in Annexure A ) from time to time issued to the Pledgor as well as its rights to receive from the Company any dividends or other distributions in respect of such shares;

 

  1.2. all rights to any bank account into which the proceeds contemplated in clauses 1.1 and 1.3 hereof and any repayment of Ceded Claims (as defined below) may from time to time be paid; and

 

  1.3.

all claims of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising which the Pledgor at present has, and may from time to time have, against the Company, including, without limitation, any


  claim which it may from time to time have against the Company in respect of monies owing by the Company to it under a Shareholder Loan Agreement (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement), its loan account, if any, as well as in respect of any unpaid dividends or other distributions (the “ Ceded Claims ”) and, which together with (a) the Pledged Shares and (b) the rights to any bank account referred to in clause 1.2 hereof and (c) all other rights and interests ceded in terms of this clause 1.3, constitute the “ Collateral ”,

all on the terms and conditions contained in this pledge and cession (this “ Pledge and Cession ”).

 

2. In this Pledge and Cession, unless the context otherwise requires, capitalised terms and expressions not otherwise defined shall bear the meanings given to them in the Term Facility Agreement (whether directly or by incorporation by reference).

 

3. By no later than the Closing Date, the Pledgor shall deliver to the Lender, in respect of its Pledged Shares –

 

  3.1. the share certificates accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s of the Pledged Shares and in blank as to transferee;

 

  3.2. a certified copy of a resolution passed by the directors of the Company irrevocably acknowledging and approving the pledge and cession of the Collateral and the transfer of the Collateral to any transferee; and

 

  3.3. such other consents or authorities as may be required for the transfer of the Pledged Shares or any of them to any transferee.

 

4. Should any of the Pledged Shares which are certificated as of the date of this Pledge and Cession at any time in the future be dematerialised, then the Pledgor shall forthwith, upon the happening of that event, deliver to the Lender a written acknowledgement signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, confirming and specifying (to the Lender’s satisfaction) –

 

  4.1. the Pledgor’s ownership of the Pledged Shares and that such shares are held by the relevant central securities depository participant;

 

  4.2. the entry, in accordance with the applicable rules, of this Pledge and Cession in favour of the Lender in the Pledgor’s securities account kept by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant in respect of the Pledged Shares;

 

  4.3. that the relevant central securities depository participant will not remove the entry referred to in clause 4.2 from the relevant securities account nor will the Pledged Shares be transferred to a third party without the written consent of the Lender, acting on the instructions of the Lender, first having been obtained; and

 

  4.4. no other security cession or pledge was noted against the Pledged Shares at any time that the entry referred to in clause 4.2 was made against the relevant securities account,

 

2


and in the event that the Lender is entitled to exercise its rights in terms of this Pledge and Cession, the Pledgor will instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the Pledged Shares to the Lender (or its nominee) by effecting the necessary entries into the relevant securities account; in the event of the Pledgor not giving the necessary instruction as aforesaid, the Pledgor irrevocably nominates constitutes and appoints the Lender (or its nominee) as its lawfully appointed attorney and agent, with full power and authority, to do all such things as necessary to give effect to the provisions of this clause 4, and in particular to instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the shares to the Lender (or its nominee).

 

5. Without in any way limiting or derogating from any other provision hereof, if at any time hereafter any shares in the capital of the Company are issued to or acquired by the Pledgor for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, any other class of shares (howsoever described) which are issued by the Company to the Pledgor, then the documents of title evidencing any such shares shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s thereof and in blank as to transferee, together with certified copies of such other irrevocable resolutions, consents and authorities as may be required for the transfer of such Pledged Shares. If such shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall forthwith comply with the provisions of clause 4 ( mutatis mutandis ) in respect of such shares.

 

6. All bonus or new shares which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession or, if such further shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall procure that they become subject to this Pledge and Cession and, in particular, the arrangements contemplated in clause 4 mutatis mutandis . All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such bonus or new shares from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Lender mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

7.

 

  7.1. Any distribution in specie which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and if –

 

  7.1.1. such distribution in specie consists of certificated shares, the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession;

 

3


  7.1.2. such distribution in specie consists of dematerialised shares, a written acknowledgement, signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 4 hereof); and

 

  7.1.3. such distribution in specie consists of any other asset, such asset shall be delivered to the Lender and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession.

 

  7.2. All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such distribution in specie from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Lender mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

 

8. All shares required to be delivered to the Lender from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall comprise Pledged Shares for all purposes in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

9. If at any time during the currency of this Pledge and Cession, any Event of Default occurs and is continuing the Lender shall be entitled, and the Pledgor hereby authorises the Lender irrevocably and in rem suam without further authority or consent of any nature whatsoever required from the Pledgor, unless required by applicable law, without first obtaining an order of court –

 

  9.1. to convene general meetings of the Company for any purpose whatsoever including, without limitation, for the purpose of removing the directors of the Company appointed by the Pledgor as a result of the holding of the Pledged Shares and to appoint in their stead such persons as directors as the Lender in its sole and absolute discretion deems fit; and/or

 

  9.2. to give special notice of an intention to pass any resolution which requires special notice under the Companies Act and to consent to short notice of or to waive notice of any general meeting of the Company; and/or

 

  9.3. to attend any general meeting of shareholders of the Company as the Pledgor’s proxy or representative, to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit, and to represent the Pledgor in all respects at any such meeting; and/or

 

  9.4. to procure the registration of all or any of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee, or any other person, and to exercise any voting rights attaching thereto in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit; and/or

 

4


  9.5. to receive all dividends or other distributions or payments paid from time to time on account of the Collateral which dividends and other payments and distributions shall, if irrevocably received and retained by the Lender, be applied in pro tanto discharge of the Pledgor’s liability to the Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and/or

 

  9.6. whether after registration of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee or any other person or without such registration, to realise the Collateral either by public auction or by private treaty, in the latter case on reasonable notice to the Pledgor not exceeding 7 (seven) days, as the Lender may deem fit, and/or, at the Lender’s election, to take over the Collateral at a fair value which, in the absence of agreement, shall be determined by an independent accountant agreed to by the Parties or, failing agreement, appointed by the President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (or the successor body thereto) (which independent accountant shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall determine the liability for its charges which will be paid accordingly) provided that if any determination is manifestly unjust, and the court exercises its general power, if any, to correct such determination, the Parties shall be bound thereby, and to pro tanto apply the net proceeds of the sale (after all expenses of realisation) to, or set off the purchase price payable by it for the Collateral against the Pledgor’s indebtedness to the Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness on the basis that any excess on realisation or any balance owing to the Pledgor, as the case may be, will be paid to the Pledgor and any shortfall will remain as a debt due by the Pledgor to the Lender; and/or

 

  9.7. to convey valid title in the Collateral to any purchaser thereof (including the Lender); and/or

 

  9.8. to give notice of the cession to the Company and/or to recover the amount of the Ceded Claims or other sums forming part of the Collateral directly from it; and/or

 

  9.9. to institute such legal proceedings or other action as the Lender in its sole and absolute discretion may deem fit on behalf and in the name of the Pledgor in respect of the Collateral, and to proceed to the final end and determination thereof; and/or

 

  9.10. to take all such further or other steps as the Lender may consider necessary to deal with the Collateral.

 

10. If at any time the Lender becomes entitled to exercise its rights under clause 9, the Pledgor hereby authorises and appoints the Lender irrevocably and in rem suam as the Pledgor’s attorney and agent in the Pledgor’s name, place and stead to sign and execute –

 

  10.1. any proxy in favour of the Lender or its nominee to enable the Lender to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them; and

 

  10.2. such documents as may be necessary –

 

5


  10.2.1. in order to render the Pledged Shares or any of them negotiable including, without limitation, the signature of share transfer declarations;

 

  10.2.2. to receive payment of the purchase price of the Collateral; and/or

 

  10.2.3. to enable the Lender to exercise any of the rights granted to it herein.

 

11. The Pledgor undertakes that until the full, final and irrevocable discharge of all obligations owing by the Pledgor to the Lender hereunder, under the Term Facility Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents and, save as contemplated in the Transaction Documents or save as otherwise agreed in writing by the Lender, it will not sell, grant any further cession, encumber or otherwise Dispose of the Collateral.

 

12. A certificate signed by any director or manager of the Lender reflecting the amount of –

 

  12.1. the Pledgor’s indebtedness to such Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and

 

  12.2. any costs or expenses incurred by the Lender in the exercise of its rights herein and the net proceeds of any realisation of the Collateral,

shall be presumed to be correct, unless the contrary be proved.

 

13. The Lender shall not be –

 

  13.1. obliged to take any steps which it is authorised or entitled to take or exercise any rights granted to it herein; and

 

  13.2. liable to the Pledgor for any loss or damage (whether directly or indirectly, consequential or otherwise), fines, Taxes or other fiscal charges or penalties or claims which the Pledgor may suffer or sustain as a consequence, directly or indirectly, of –

 

  13.2.1. the Lender exercising any of its rights under this Pledge and Cession, save in respect of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Lender;

 

  13.2.2. any omission or delay by the Lender including any delay in exercising any of its rights hereunder or its failure to insure or protect the Pledgor’s interests in the Collateral in any way; or

 

  13.2.3. the loss or destruction of any documents delivered by the Pledgor to the Lender in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

6


14. The provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall be and continue to be of full force and effect and binding on the Pledgor notwithstanding –

 

  14.1. the Lender agreeing with the Pledgor, any variation or departure (however substantial) of or from the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document so that any such variation or departure shall, whatever its nature, be binding upon the Pledgor in all circumstances, notwithstanding that it may increase or otherwise affect the liability of the Pledgor; or

 

  14.2. the Lender releasing or granting any time or any indulgence whatsoever to the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any contravention by the Pledgor of the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or entering into any transaction or arrangements whatsoever with or in relation to the Pledgor and/or any third party; or

 

  14.3. the Lender taking, accepting, varying, dealing with, enforcing, abstaining from enforcing, surrendering or releasing any security for the obligations secured hereby in such manner as they think fit, or claiming, proving for, accepting or transferring any payment in respect of such obligations in any composition by, or sequestration of, the Pledgor and/or any third party or abstaining from so claiming, proving, accepting or transferring; or

 

  14.4. the winding up, dissolution, administration, reorganisation or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of the Lender or the Pledgor or any change in their respective status, function, control or ownership; or

 

  14.5. any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document being or becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or ineffective in any manner or respect whatsoever; or

 

  14.6. any time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to be granted to the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document; or

 

  14.7. any amendment to, or any variation, waiver or release of any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document; or

 

  14.8. any other act, event or omission which, but for this clause 14, might operate or might otherwise have operated to discharge, impair or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the Pledgor herein contained or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon the Lender, whether by the Term Facility Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or by applicable law.

 

15.

The liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under this Pledge and Cession shall remain in force notwithstanding any settlement of account, act, omission, neglect, event or matter whatsoever, and in particular but without limitation, shall not be considered satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of all or any of the liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Without prejudice to its generality, the foregoing

 

7


  shall apply in relation to anything which would have discharged the Pledgor (wholly or in part) or which would have afforded the Pledgor with any legal or equitable defence, and in relation to any winding up, sequestration, dissolution or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of, or any change in constitution or corporate identity or loss of corporate identity by the Pledgor (if applicable) or any other person.

 

16. The Pledgor shall be entitled to cancel this Pledge and Cession and to the return of the Pledged Shares together with documents rendering them negotiable when the Secured Indebtedness has been fully, finally and irrevocably extinguished and discharged.

 

17. The Pledgor shall render to the Lender such assistance as the Lender may require for the purposes of enforcing its rights in respect of the Collateral and/or to prove the amount of the Ceded Claims or any portion thereof.

 

18.

 

  18.1. The Pledgor, on each day that this Pledge and Cession is in force:

 

  18.1.1. warrants and represents that it is and will remain the sole and beneficial owner of the Collateral to the exclusion of all others and no person (other than the Lender) has an option or right of refusal over the Collateral;

 

  18.1.2. warrants and represents that the Collateral pledged and ceded to the Lender under this Pledge and Cession has not been pledged and/or ceded (either outright or as security), discounted, factored, mortgaged under notarial bond or otherwise, or otherwise disposed of or hypothecated, nor has it been subject to any other rights in favour of any person;

 

  18.1.3. warrants and represents that it has the power, authority and legal right to sign and perform this Pledge and Cession;

 

  18.1.4. warrants and represents that all obligations undertaken by it under this Pledge and Cession constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Pledge and Cession, and that the constitutional documents of the Company do not place any limitations or restrictions on the Pledgor to pledge and cede the Collateral as provided for in this Pledge and Cession other than such consents as have been obtained prior to the Closing Date;

 

  18.1.5. warrants and represents that its entry into the Term Facility Agreement and this Pledge and Cession and the fulfilment of its obligations in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof do not contravene any applicable law or any contractual obligation binding on it; and

 

8


  18.1.6. save as expressly contemplated by, and subject to the provisions of the Term Facility Agreement and this Pledge and Cession, acknowledges that it may not pledge, cede, assign or transfer or in any other manner create any Security whatsoever, or allow any Security whatsoever to be created, over or deal with the Collateral without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

  18.2. Should the Collateral be subject to any right in breach of the representation and warranty in clause 18.1.2 then, without prejudice to any other rights that the Lender may have, any reversionary or other interests the Pledgor may have in the Collateral are also ceded to the Lender and if the holder of that cession or right is entitled to possession of any of the documents referred to in clause 3, and it exercises that right, then the Pledgor shall deliver photocopies of the documents to the Lender, and as soon as the holder of that cession or right ceases to be entitled to possession or gives up possession, the Pledgor shall deliver the relevant documents to the Lender. Without in any way limiting or derogating from the foregoing, the Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that the Lender shall be entitled to receive payment from such prior cessionary of such amounts as such prior cessionary shall receive in excess of the sums due to them by the Pledgor.

 

  18.3. It is recorded that the Lender has entered into the Term Facility Agreement and the Transaction Documents on the strength of and relying on, inter alia , the warranties and representations in this clause 18, each of which shall be deemed to be separate warranties and representations, given without prejudice to any other warranty or representation, and deemed to be material representations inducing the Lender to enter into the Term Facility Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

19. This Pledge and Cession is in addition to and not in substitution for any other security held or hereafter to be held by the Lender from any party in connection with the Secured Indebtedness, or otherwise and the Lender shall, without prejudice to their rights hereunder, be entitled to release any such additional security held by them.

 

20. The Pledgor hereby renounces the legal benefits and exceptions of excussion, division, non numeratae pecuniae and non causa debiti , the Pledgor declaring itself to be fully acquainted with the full meaning and effect of this renunciation.

 

21. This Pledge and Cession shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

22. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg) (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Pledge and Cession.

 

23.

Each provision in this Pledge and Cession is severable from all other provisions, notwithstanding the manner in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any

 

9


  judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences, paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their intention to continue to be bound by this Pledge and Cession notwithstanding that any provision may be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force. The Parties agree that in such event, and insofar as may be available under applicable law, to substitute valid, legal and enforceable provisions for the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions so as to implement the intention of the Parties hereto to the extent legally possible.

 

24.

 

  24.1. The Parties choose as their addresses for notices for all purposes under this Pledge and Cession, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature, the addresses set out in the Term Facility Agreement.

 

  24.2. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Pledge and Cession shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by hand delivery, courier or facsimile.

 

  24.3. Any Party may by notice to the other Parties change the physical address chosen as its address for notices to another physical address in Gauteng, South Africa or its facsimile number, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that addressee on the 14 th  (fourteenth) Business Day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  24.4. Any notice to a Party –

 

  24.4.1. delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its address for notices shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery; or

 

  24.4.2. sent by facsimile to its chosen facsimile number stipulated against its name in the Term Facility Agreement, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of despatch (unless the contrary is proved).

 

  24.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or communication actually received by the Pledgor shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address for notices.

 

25. No amendment or variation of, addition to, deletion from, or consensual cancellation of this Pledge and Cession or any provision or term thereof and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Pledge and Cession shall bind the Lender unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties. Any such extension, waiver or relaxation which is so given or made shall be construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 

10


26. No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall operate as an estoppel against the Lender in respect of its rights hereunder nor shall it operate so as to preclude the Lender thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Pledge and Cession.

 

27.

 

  27.1. The Lender shall be entitled on written notice to but without the consent of the Pledgor (and without notice following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing) to assign or otherwise transfer all or any of its rights and/or obligations under this Pledge and Cession to any party to whom it cedes or delegates it rights and/or obligations under the Term Facility Agreement subject to and in accordance with the provisions thereof. The Pledgor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably consents to the splitting of all ordinary claims against it hereunder (both known and unknown as of any date, present and future, actual and contingent) which may result from such assignment or transfer.

 

  27.2. The Pledgor shall not be entitled to cede any of its rights nor delegate any of its obligations in terms of this Pledge and Cession to any person without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

28. The Pledgor undertakes to pay on first demand all costs and expenses of whatsoever nature incurred by the Lender in exercising or enforcing any of its rights hereunder together with the costs of and incidental to the transfer of the Pledged Shares, including, without limitation, any transfer duty or securities transfer Tax which may be payable in connection therewith.

 

29. This Pledge and Cession may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile shall constitute a valid counterpart for all purposes hereunder.

 

30. The Pledgor acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all the provisions of this Pledge and Cession and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Pledgor acknowledges that all of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession have been negotiated as between it and the Lender and are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with this Pledge and Cession.

 

11


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

Name: M.C. Matjila
Title: Director
Witness: /s/
Date: 20 March 2013

 

Accepted the benefits hereof:
Signed for and on behalf of:    
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited     Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
(in its capacity as lender)     (in its capacity as lender)

/s/

   

/s/

Name: Graham Briggs     Name: Graham Briggs
Title: Director     Title: Director
Witness: /s/     Witness: /s/
Date: 20 March 2013     Date: 20 March 2013


Annexure A

For the purposes of this Pledge and Cession –

 

1. Company ” means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/041001/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

2. Pledged Shares ” means 3 (three) ordinary shares in the issued share capital of the Company (comprising 3% (three per cent) of the entire ordinary issued share capital of the Company, together with any shares in the capital of the Company that may hereafter be acquired by the Pledgor for any reason.

Exhibit 4.32

EXECUTION VERSION

BORROWER PLEDGE AND CESSION

 

1. As security for the obligations (the “ Secured Indebtedness ”) which

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/030646/07)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

(the “ Pledgor ”)

at present has and may from time to time in the future have or incur to

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Registration No. 1950/038232/06)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

(the “ Lender ” and together with the Pledgor, collectively hereinafter the “ Parties ” and each of them a “ Party ” as the context may require)

to pay all amounts due from time to time by the Pledgor under a term loan facility agreement (the “ Term Facility Agreement ”) entered into on or about the date hereof between the Lender (as lender) and the Pledgor (as borrower) and the other Transaction Documents (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement) to which it is party, the Pledgor pledges and cedes in securitatem debiti to the Lender with effect from the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement) –

 

  1.1. the Pledged Shares (as defined in Annexure A ), and any capitalisation shares which may be issued on account of the holding of such shares and any rights and proceeds of any rights to subscribe for shares or other rights attaching to such shares (including, without limitation, any distribution in specie ) and any proceeds arising from the disposal of such shares or such proceeds or other rights or an election to receive cash in respect of such shares, including, without limitation, any ordinary or preference shares in the issued share capital of the Company (as defined in Annexure A ) from time to time issued to the Pledgor as well as its rights to receive from the Company any dividends or other distributions in respect of such shares;

 

  1.2. all rights to any bank account into which the proceeds contemplated in clauses 1.1 and 1.3 hereof and any repayment of Ceded Claims (as defined below) may from time to time be paid; and

 

  1.3.

all claims of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising which the Pledgor at present has, and may from time to time have, against the Company, including, without limitation, any


  claim which it may from time to time have against the Company in respect of monies owing by the Company to it under a Shareholder Loan Agreement (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement), its loan account, if any, as well as in respect of any unpaid dividends or other distributions (the “ Ceded Claims ”) and, which together with (a) the Pledged Shares and (b) the rights to any bank account referred to in clause 1.2 hereof and (c) all other rights and interests ceded in terms of this clause 1.3, constitute the “ Collateral ”,

all on the terms and conditions contained in this pledge and cession (this “ Pledge and Cession ”).

 

2. In this Pledge and Cession, unless the context otherwise requires, capitalised terms and expressions not otherwise defined shall bear the meanings given to them in the Term Facility Agreement (whether directly or by incorporation by reference).

 

3. By no later than the Closing Date, the Pledgor shall deliver to the Lender, in respect of its Pledged Shares –

 

  3.1. the share certificates accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s of the Pledged Shares and in blank as to transferee;

 

  3.2. a certified copy of a resolution passed by the directors of the Company irrevocably acknowledging and approving the pledge and cession of the Collateral and the transfer of the Collateral to any transferee; and

 

  3.3. such other consents or authorities as may be required for the transfer of the Pledged Shares or any of them to any transferee.

 

4. Should any of the Pledged Shares which are certificated as of the date of this Pledge and Cession at any time in the future be dematerialised, then the Pledgor shall forthwith, upon the happening of that event, deliver to the Lender a written acknowledgement signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, confirming and specifying (to the Lender’s satisfaction) –

 

  4.1. the Pledgor’s ownership of the Pledged Shares and that such shares are held by the relevant central securities depository participant;

 

  4.2. the entry, in accordance with the applicable rules, of this Pledge and Cession in favour of the Lender in the Pledgor’s securities account kept by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant in respect of the Pledged Shares;

 

  4.3. that the relevant central securities depository participant will not remove the entry referred to in clause 4.2 from the relevant securities account nor will the Pledged Shares be transferred to a third party without the written consent of the Lender, acting on the instructions of the Lender, first having been obtained; and

 

  4.4. no other security cession or pledge was noted against the Pledged Shares at any time that the entry referred to in clause 4.2 was made against the relevant securities account,

 

2


and in the event that the Lender is entitled to exercise its rights in terms of this Pledge and Cession, the Pledgor will instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the Pledged Shares to the Lender (or its nominee) by effecting the necessary entries into the relevant securities account; in the event of the Pledgor not giving the necessary instruction as aforesaid, the Pledgor irrevocably nominates constitutes and appoints the Lender (or its nominee) as its lawfully appointed attorney and agent, with full power and authority, to do all such things as necessary to give effect to the provisions of this clause 4, and in particular to instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the shares to the Lender (or its nominee).

 

5. Without in any way limiting or derogating from any other provision hereof, if at any time hereafter any shares in the capital of the Company are issued to or acquired by the Pledgor for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, any other class of shares (howsoever described) which are issued by the Company to the Pledgor, then the documents of title evidencing any such shares shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s thereof and in blank as to transferee, together with certified copies of such other irrevocable resolutions, consents and authorities as may be required for the transfer of such Pledged Shares. If such shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall forthwith comply with the provisions of clause 4 ( mutatis mutandis ) in respect of such shares.

 

6. All bonus or new shares which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession or, if such further shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall procure that they become subject to this Pledge and Cession and, in particular, the arrangements contemplated in clause 4 mutatis mutandis . All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such bonus or new shares from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Lender mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

7.

 

  7.1. Any distribution in specie which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and if –

 

  7.1.1. such distribution in specie consists of certificated shares, the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession;

 

3


  7.1.2. such distribution in specie consists of dematerialised shares, a written acknowledgement, signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 4 hereof); and

 

  7.1.3. such distribution in specie consists of any other asset, such asset shall be delivered to the Lender and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession.

 

  7.2. All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such distribution in specie from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Lender mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

 

8. All shares required to be delivered to the Lender from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall comprise Pledged Shares for all purposes in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

9. If at any time during the currency of this Pledge and Cession, any Event of Default occurs and is continuing the Lender shall be entitled, and the Pledgor hereby authorises the Lender irrevocably and in rem suam without further authority or consent of any nature whatsoever required from the Pledgor, unless required by applicable law, without first obtaining an order of court –

 

  9.1. to convene general meetings of the Company for any purpose whatsoever including, without limitation, for the purpose of removing the directors of the Company appointed by the Pledgor as a result of the holding of the Pledged Shares and to appoint in their stead such persons as directors as the Lender in its sole and absolute discretion deems fit; and/or

 

  9.2. to give special notice of an intention to pass any resolution which requires special notice under the Companies Act and to consent to short notice of or to waive notice of any general meeting of the Company; and/or

 

  9.3. to attend any general meeting of shareholders of the Company as the Pledgor’s proxy or representative, to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit, and to represent the Pledgor in all respects at any such meeting; and/or

 

  9.4. to procure the registration of all or any of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee, or any other person, and to exercise any voting rights attaching thereto in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit; and/or

 

4


  9.5. to receive all dividends or other distributions or payments paid from time to time on account of the Collateral which dividends and other payments and distributions shall, if irrevocably received and retained by the Lender, be applied in pro tanto discharge of the Pledgor’s liability to the Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and/or

 

  9.6. whether after registration of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee or any other person or without such registration, to realise the Collateral either by public auction or by private treaty, in the latter case on reasonable notice to the Pledgor not exceeding 7 (seven) days, as the Lender may deem fit, and/or, at the Lender’s election, to take over the Collateral at a fair value which, in the absence of agreement, shall be determined by an independent accountant agreed to by the Parties or, failing agreement, appointed by the President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (or the successor body thereto) (which independent accountant shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall determine the liability for its charges which will be paid accordingly) provided that if any determination is manifestly unjust, and the court exercises its general power, if any, to correct such determination, the Parties shall be bound thereby, and to pro tanto apply the net proceeds of the sale (after all expenses of realisation) to, or set off the purchase price payable by it for the Collateral against the Pledgor’s indebtedness to the Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness on the basis that any excess on realisation or any balance owing to the Pledgor, as the case may be, will be paid to the Pledgor and any shortfall will remain as a debt due by the Pledgor to the Lender; and/or

 

  9.7. to convey valid title in the Collateral to any purchaser thereof (including the Lender); and/or

 

  9.8. to give notice of the cession to the Company and/or to recover the amount of the Ceded Claims or other sums forming part of the Collateral directly from it; and/or

 

  9.9. to institute such legal proceedings or other action as the Lender in its sole and absolute discretion may deem fit on behalf and in the name of the Pledgor in respect of the Collateral, and to proceed to the final end and determination thereof; and/or

 

  9.10. to take all such further or other steps as the Lender may consider necessary to deal with the Collateral.

 

10. If at any time the Lender becomes entitled to exercise its rights under clause 9, the Pledgor hereby authorises and appoints the Lender irrevocably and in rem suam as the Pledgor’s attorney and agent in the Pledgor’s name, place and stead to sign and execute –

 

  10.1. any proxy in favour of the Lender or its nominee to enable the Lender to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them; and

 

  10.2. such documents as may be necessary –

 

5


  10.2.1. in order to render the Pledged Shares or any of them negotiable including, without limitation, the signature of share transfer declarations;

 

  10.2.2. to receive payment of the purchase price of the Collateral; and/or

 

  10.2.3. to enable the Lender to exercise any of the rights granted to it herein.

 

11. The Pledgor undertakes that until the full, final and irrevocable discharge of all obligations owing by the Pledgor to the Lender hereunder, under the Term Facility Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents and, save as contemplated in the Transaction Documents or save as otherwise agreed in writing by the Lender, it will not sell, grant any further cession, encumber or otherwise Dispose of the Collateral.

 

12. A certificate signed by any director or manager of the Lender reflecting the amount of –

 

  12.1. the Pledgor’s indebtedness to such Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and

 

  12.2. any costs or expenses incurred by the Lender in the exercise of its rights herein and the net proceeds of any realisation of the Collateral,

shall be presumed to be correct, unless the contrary be proved.

 

13. The Lender shall not be –

 

  13.1. obliged to take any steps which it is authorised or entitled to take or exercise any rights granted to it herein; and

 

  13.2. liable to the Pledgor for any loss or damage (whether directly or indirectly, consequential or otherwise), fines, Taxes or other fiscal charges or penalties or claims which the Pledgor may suffer or sustain as a consequence, directly or indirectly, of –

 

  13.2.1. the Lender exercising any of its rights under this Pledge and Cession, save in respect of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Lender;

 

  13.2.2. any omission or delay by the Lender including any delay in exercising any of its rights hereunder or its failure to insure or protect the Pledgor’s interests in the Collateral in any way; or

 

  13.2.3. the loss or destruction of any documents delivered by the Pledgor to the Lender in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

6


14. The provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall be and continue to be of full force and effect and binding on the Pledgor notwithstanding –

 

  14.1. the Lender agreeing with the Pledgor, any variation or departure (however substantial) of or from the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document so that any such variation or departure shall, whatever its nature, be binding upon the Pledgor in all circumstances, notwithstanding that it may increase or otherwise affect the liability of the Pledgor; or

 

  14.2. the Lender releasing or granting any time or any indulgence whatsoever to the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any contravention by the Pledgor of the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or entering into any transaction or arrangements whatsoever with or in relation to the Pledgor and/or any third party; or

 

  14.3. the Lender taking, accepting, varying, dealing with, enforcing, abstaining from enforcing, surrendering or releasing any security for the obligations secured hereby in such manner as they think fit, or claiming, proving for, accepting or transferring any payment in respect of such obligations in any composition by, or sequestration of, the Pledgor and/or any third party or abstaining from so claiming, proving, accepting or transferring; or

 

  14.4. the winding up, dissolution, administration, reorganisation or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of the Lender or the Pledgor or any change in their respective status, function, control or ownership; or

 

  14.5. any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document being or becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or ineffective in any manner or respect whatsoever; or

 

  14.6. any time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to be granted to the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document; or

 

  14.7. any amendment to, or any variation, waiver or release of any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document; or

 

  14.8. any other act, event or omission which, but for this clause 14, might operate or might otherwise have operated to discharge, impair or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the Pledgor herein contained or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon the Lender, whether by the Term Facility Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or by applicable law.

 

15.

The liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under this Pledge and Cession shall remain in force notwithstanding any settlement of account, act, omission, neglect, event or matter whatsoever, and in particular but without limitation, shall not be considered satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of all or any of the liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Without prejudice to its generality, the foregoing

 

7


  shall apply in relation to anything which would have discharged the Pledgor (wholly or in part) or which would have afforded the Pledgor with any legal or equitable defence, and in relation to any winding up, sequestration, dissolution or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of, or any change in constitution or corporate identity or loss of corporate identity by the Pledgor (if applicable) or any other person.

 

16. The Pledgor shall be entitled to cancel this Pledge and Cession and to the return of the Pledged Shares together with documents rendering them negotiable when the Secured Indebtedness has been fully, finally and irrevocably extinguished and discharged.

 

17. The Pledgor shall render to the Lender such assistance as the Lender may require for the purposes of enforcing its rights in respect of the Collateral and/or to prove the amount of the Ceded Claims or any portion thereof.

18.

 

  18.1. The Pledgor, on each day that this Pledge and Cession is in force:

 

  18.1.1. warrants and represents that it is and will remain the sole and beneficial owner of the Collateral to the exclusion of all others and no person (other than the Lender) has an option or right of refusal over the Collateral;

 

  18.1.2. warrants and represents that the Collateral pledged and ceded to the Lender under this Pledge and Cession has not been pledged and/or ceded (either outright or as security), discounted, factored, mortgaged under notarial bond or otherwise, or otherwise disposed of or hypothecated, nor has it been subject to any other rights in favour of any person;

 

  18.1.3. warrants and represents that it has the power, authority and legal right to sign and perform this Pledge and Cession;

 

  18.1.4. warrants and represents that all obligations undertaken by it under this Pledge and Cession constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Pledge and Cession, and that the constitutional documents of the Company do not place any limitations or restrictions on the Pledgor to pledge and cede the Collateral as provided for in this Pledge and Cession other than such consents as have been obtained prior to the Closing Date;

 

  18.1.5. warrants and represents that its entry into the Term Facility Agreement and this Pledge and Cession and the fulfilment of its obligations in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof do not contravene any applicable law or any contractual obligation binding on it; and

 

8


  18.1.6. save as expressly contemplated by, and subject to the provisions of the Term Facility Agreement and this Pledge and Cession, acknowledges that it may not pledge, cede, assign or transfer or in any other manner create any Security whatsoever, or allow any Security whatsoever to be created, over or deal with the Collateral without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

  18.2. Should the Collateral be subject to any right in breach of the representation and warranty in clause 18.1.2 then, without prejudice to any other rights that the Lender may have, any reversionary or other interests the Pledgor may have in the Collateral are also ceded to the Lender and if the holder of that cession or right is entitled to possession of any of the documents referred to in clause 3, and it exercises that right, then the Pledgor shall deliver photocopies of the documents to the Lender, and as soon as the holder of that cession or right ceases to be entitled to possession or gives up possession, the Pledgor shall deliver the relevant documents to the Lender. Without in any way limiting or derogating from the foregoing, the Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that the Lender shall be entitled to receive payment from such prior cessionary of such amounts as such prior cessionary shall receive in excess of the sums due to them by the Pledgor.

 

  18.3. It is recorded that the Lender has entered into the Term Facility Agreement and the Transaction Documents on the strength of and relying on, inter alia , the warranties and representations in this clause 18, each of which shall be deemed to be separate warranties and representations, given without prejudice to any other warranty or representation, and deemed to be material representations inducing the Lender to enter into the Term Facility Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

19. This Pledge and Cession is in addition to and not in substitution for any other security held or hereafter to be held by the Lender from any party in connection with the Secured Indebtedness, or otherwise and the Lender shall, without prejudice to their rights hereunder, be entitled to release any such additional security held by them.

 

20. The Pledgor hereby renounces the legal benefits and exceptions of excussion, division, non numeratae pecuniae and non causa debiti , the Pledgor declaring itself to be fully acquainted with the full meaning and effect of this renunciation.

 

21. This Pledge and Cession shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

22. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg) (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Pledge and Cession.

 

23.

Each provision in this Pledge and Cession is severable from all other provisions, notwithstanding the manner in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any

 

9


  judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences, paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their intention to continue to be bound by this Pledge and Cession notwithstanding that any provision may be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force. The Parties agree that in such event, and insofar as may be available under applicable law, to substitute valid, legal and enforceable provisions for the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions so as to implement the intention of the Parties hereto to the extent legally possible.

24.

 

  24.1. The Parties choose as their addresses for notices for all purposes under this Pledge and Cession, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature, the addresses set out in the Term Facility Agreement.

 

  24.2. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Pledge and Cession shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by hand delivery, courier or facsimile.

 

  24.3. Any Party may by notice to the other Parties change the physical address chosen as its address for notices to another physical address in Gauteng, South Africa or its facsimile number, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that addressee on the 14 th  (fourteenth) Business Day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  24.4. Any notice to a Party –

 

  24.4.1. delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its address for notices shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery; or

 

  24.4.2. sent by facsimile to its chosen facsimile number stipulated against its name in the Term Facility Agreement, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of despatch (unless the contrary is proved).

 

  24.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or communication actually received by the Pledgor shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address for notices.

 

25. No amendment or variation of, addition to, deletion from, or consensual cancellation of this Pledge and Cession or any provision or term thereof and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Pledge and Cession shall bind the Lender unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties. Any such extension, waiver or relaxation which is so given or made shall be construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 

10


26. No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall operate as an estoppel against the Lender in respect of its rights hereunder nor shall it operate so as to preclude the Lender thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Pledge and Cession.

27.

 

  27.1. The Lender shall be entitled on written notice to but without the consent of the Pledgor (and without notice following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing) to assign or otherwise transfer all or any of its rights and/or obligations under this Pledge and Cession to any party to whom it cedes or delegates it rights and/or obligations under the Term Facility Agreement subject to and in accordance with the provisions thereof. The Pledgor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably consents to the splitting of all ordinary claims against it hereunder (both known and unknown as of any date, present and future, actual and contingent) which may result from such assignment or transfer.

 

  27.2. The Pledgor shall not be entitled to cede any of its rights nor delegate any of its obligations in terms of this Pledge and Cession to any person without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

28. The Pledgor undertakes to pay on first demand all costs and expenses of whatsoever nature incurred by the Lender in exercising or enforcing any of its rights hereunder together with the costs of and incidental to the transfer of the Pledged Shares, including, without limitation, any transfer duty or securities transfer Tax which may be payable in connection therewith.

 

29. This Pledge and Cession may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile shall constitute a valid counterpart for all purposes hereunder.

 

30. The Pledgor acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all the provisions of this Pledge and Cession and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Pledgor acknowledges that all of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession have been negotiated as between it and the Lender and are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with this Pledge and Cession.

 

11


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

Name: L. Nengovhela

Title: Director

Witness: /s/

Date: 20 March 2013

Accepted the benefits hereof:

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited     Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
(in its capacity as lender)     (in its capacity as lender)

/s/

   

/s/

Name: Graham Briggs     Name: Graham Briggs
Title: Director     Title: Director
Witness: /s/     Witness: /s/
Date: 20 March 2013     Date: 20 March 2013


Annexure A

For the purposes of this Pledge and Cession –

 

1. Company ” means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/041001/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

2. Pledged Shares ” means 3 (three) ordinary shares in the issued share capital of the Company (comprising 3% (three per cent) of the entire ordinary issued share capital of the Company, together with any shares in the capital of the Company that may hereafter be acquired by the Pledgor for any reason.

Exhibit 4.33

EXECUTION VERSION

BORROWER PLEDGE AND CESSION

 

1. As security for the obligations (the “ Secured Indebtedness ”) which

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/030648/07)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

(the “ Pledgor ”)

at present has and may from time to time in the future have or incur to

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Registration No. 1950/038232/06)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

(the “ Lender ” and together with the Pledgor, collectively hereinafter the “ Parties ” and each of them a “ Party ” as the context may require)

to pay all amounts due from time to time by the Pledgor under a term loan facility agreement (the “ Term Facility Agreement ”) entered into on or about the date hereof between the Lender (as lender) and the Pledgor (as borrower) and the other Transaction Documents (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement) to which it is party, the Pledgor pledges and cedes in securitatem debiti to the Lender with effect from the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement) –

 

  1.1. the Pledged Shares (as defined in Annexure A ), and any capitalisation shares which may be issued on account of the holding of such shares and any rights and proceeds of any rights to subscribe for shares or other rights attaching to such shares (including, without limitation, any distribution in specie ) and any proceeds arising from the disposal of such shares or such proceeds or other rights or an election to receive cash in respect of such shares, including, without limitation, any ordinary or preference shares in the issued share capital of the Company (as defined in Annexure A ) from time to time issued to the Pledgor as well as its rights to receive from the Company any dividends or other distributions in respect of such shares;

 

  1.2. all rights to any bank account into which the proceeds contemplated in clauses 1.1 and 1.3 hereof and any repayment of Ceded Claims (as defined below) may from time to time be paid; and

 

  1.3.

all claims of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising which the Pledgor at present has, and may from time to time have, against the Company, including, without limitation, any


  claim which it may from time to time have against the Company in respect of monies owing by the Company to it under a Shareholder Loan Agreement (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement), its loan account, if any, as well as in respect of any unpaid dividends or other distributions (the “ Ceded Claims ”) and, which together with (a) the Pledged Shares and (b) the rights to any bank account referred to in clause 1.2 hereof and (c) all other rights and interests ceded in terms of this clause 1.3, constitute the “ Collateral ”,

all on the terms and conditions contained in this pledge and cession (this “ Pledge and Cession ”).

 

2. In this Pledge and Cession, unless the context otherwise requires, capitalised terms and expressions not otherwise defined shall bear the meanings given to them in the Term Facility Agreement (whether directly or by incorporation by reference).

 

3. By no later than the Closing Date, the Pledgor shall deliver to the Lender, in respect of its Pledged Shares –

 

  3.1. the share certificates accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s of the Pledged Shares and in blank as to transferee;

 

  3.2. a certified copy of a resolution passed by the directors of the Company irrevocably acknowledging and approving the pledge and cession of the Collateral and the transfer of the Collateral to any transferee; and

 

  3.3. such other consents or authorities as may be required for the transfer of the Pledged Shares or any of them to any transferee.

 

4. Should any of the Pledged Shares which are certificated as of the date of this Pledge and Cession at any time in the future be dematerialised, then the Pledgor shall forthwith, upon the happening of that event, deliver to the Lender a written acknowledgement signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, confirming and specifying (to the Lender’s satisfaction) -

 

  4.1. the Pledgor’s ownership of the Pledged Shares and that such shares are held by the relevant central securities depository participant;

 

  4.2. the entry, in accordance with the applicable rules, of this Pledge and Cession in favour of the Lender in the Pledgor’s securities account kept by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant in respect of the Pledged Shares;

 

  4.3. that the relevant central securities depository participant will not remove the entry referred to in clause 4.2 from the relevant securities account nor will the Pledged Shares be transferred to a third party without the written consent of the Lender, acting on the instructions of the Lender, first having been obtained; and

 

2


  4.4. no other security cession or pledge was noted against the Pledged Shares at any time that the entry referred to in clause 4.2 was made against the relevant securities account,

and in the event that the Lender is entitled to exercise its rights in terms of this Pledge and Cession, the Pledgor will instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the Pledged Shares to the Lender (or its nominee) by effecting the necessary entries into the relevant securities account; in the event of the Pledgor not giving the necessary instruction as aforesaid, the Pledgor irrevocably nominates constitutes and appoints the Lender (or its nominee) as its lawfully appointed attorney and agent, with full power and authority, to do all such things as necessary to give effect to the provisions of this clause 4, and in particular to instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the shares to the Lender (or its nominee).

 

5. Without in any way limiting or derogating from any other provision hereof, if at any time hereafter any shares in the capital of the Company are issued to or acquired by the Pledgor for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, any other class of shares (howsoever described) which are issued by the Company to the Pledgor, then the documents of title evidencing any such shares shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s thereof and in blank as to transferee, together with certified copies of such other irrevocable resolutions, consents and authorities as may be required for the transfer of such Pledged Shares. If such shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall forthwith comply with the provisions of clause 4 ( mutatis mutandis ) in respect of such shares.

 

6. All bonus or new shares which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession or, if such further shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall procure that they become subject to this Pledge and Cession and, in particular, the arrangements contemplated in clause 4 mutatis mutandis . All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such bonus or new shares from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Lender mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

 

7.     

 

  7.1. Any distribution in specie which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and if –

 

  7.1.1. such distribution in specie consists of certificated shares, the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession;

 

3


  7.1.2. such distribution in specie consists of dematerialised shares, a written acknowledgement, signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 4 hereof); and

 

  7.1.3. such distribution in specie consists of any other asset, such asset shall be delivered to the Lender and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession.

 

  7.2. All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such distribution in specie from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Lender mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

 

8. All shares required to be delivered to the Lender from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall comprise Pledged Shares for all purposes in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

9. If at any time during the currency of this Pledge and Cession, any Event of Default occurs and is continuing the Lender shall be entitled, and the Pledgor hereby authorises the Lender irrevocably and in rem suam without further authority or consent of any nature whatsoever required from the Pledgor, unless required by applicable law, without first obtaining an order of court -

 

  9.1. to convene general meetings of the Company for any purpose whatsoever including, without limitation, for the purpose of removing the directors of the Company appointed by the Pledgor as a result of the holding of the Pledged Shares and to appoint in their stead such persons as directors as the Lender in its sole and absolute discretion deems fit; and/or

 

  9.2. to give special notice of an intention to pass any resolution which requires special notice under the Companies Act and to consent to short notice of or to waive notice of any general meeting of the Company; and/or

 

  9.3. to attend any general meeting of shareholders of the Company as the Pledgor’s proxy or representative, to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit, and to represent the Pledgor in all respects at any such meeting; and/or

 

  9.4. to procure the registration of all or any of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee, or any other person, and to exercise any voting rights attaching thereto in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit; and/or

 

4


  9.5. to receive all dividends or other distributions or payments paid from time to time on account of the Collateral which dividends and other payments and distributions shall, if irrevocably received and retained by the Lender, be applied in pro tanto discharge of the Pledgor’s liability to the Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and/or

 

  9.6. whether after registration of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee or any other person or without such registration, to realise the Collateral either by public auction or by private treaty, in the latter case on reasonable notice to the Pledgor not exceeding 7 (seven) days, as the Lender may deem fit, and/or, at the Lender’s election, to take over the Collateral at a fair value which, in the absence of agreement, shall be determined by an independent accountant agreed to by the Parties or, failing agreement, appointed by the President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (or the successor body thereto) (which independent accountant shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall determine the liability for its charges which will be paid accordingly) provided that if any determination is manifestly unjust, and the court exercises its general power, if any, to correct such determination, the Parties shall be bound thereby, and to pro tanto apply the net proceeds of the sale (after all expenses of realisation) to, or set off the purchase price payable by it for the Collateral against the Pledgor’s indebtedness to the Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness on the basis that any excess on realisation or any balance owing to the Pledgor, as the case may be, will be paid to the Pledgor and any shortfall will remain as a debt due by the Pledgor to the Lender; and/or

 

  9.7. to convey valid title in the Collateral to any purchaser thereof (including the Lender); and/or

 

  9.8. to give notice of the cession to the Company and/or to recover the amount of the Ceded Claims or other sums forming part of the Collateral directly from it; and/or

 

  9.9. to institute such legal proceedings or other action as the Lender in its sole and absolute discretion may deem fit on behalf and in the name of the Pledgor in respect of the Collateral, and to proceed to the final end and determination thereof; and/or

 

  9.10. to take all such further or other steps as the Lender may consider necessary to deal with the Collateral.

 

10. If at any time the Lender becomes entitled to exercise its rights under clause 9, the Pledgor hereby authorises and appoints the Lender irrevocably and in rem suam as the Pledgor’s attorney and agent in the Pledgor’s name, place and stead to sign and execute -

 

  10.1. any proxy in favour of the Lender or its nominee to enable the Lender to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them; and

 

  10.2. such documents as may be necessary -

 

5


  10.2.1. in order to render the Pledged Shares or any of them negotiable including, without limitation, the signature of share transfer declarations;

 

  10.2.2. to receive payment of the purchase price of the Collateral; and/or

 

  10.2.3. to enable the Lender to exercise any of the rights granted to it herein.

 

11. The Pledgor undertakes that until the full, final and irrevocable discharge of all obligations owing by the Pledgor to the Lender hereunder, under the Term Facility Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents and, save as contemplated in the Transaction Documents or save as otherwise agreed in writing by the Lender, it will not sell, grant any further cession, encumber or otherwise Dispose of the Collateral.

 

12. A certificate signed by any director or manager of the Lender reflecting the amount of -

 

  12.1. the Pledgor’s indebtedness to such Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and

 

  12.2. any costs or expenses incurred by the Lender in the exercise of its rights herein and the net proceeds of any realisation of the Collateral,

shall be presumed to be correct, unless the contrary be proved.

 

13. The Lender shall not be -

 

  13.1. obliged to take any steps which it is authorised or entitled to take or exercise any rights granted to it herein; and

 

  13.2. liable to the Pledgor for any loss or damage (whether directly or indirectly, consequential or otherwise), fines, Taxes or other fiscal charges or penalties or claims which the Pledgor may suffer or sustain as a consequence, directly or indirectly, of -

 

  13.2.1. the Lender exercising any of its rights under this Pledge and Cession, save in respect of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Lender;

 

  13.2.2. any omission or delay by the Lender including any delay in exercising any of its rights hereunder or its failure to insure or protect the Pledgor’s interests in the Collateral in any way; or

 

  13.2.3. the loss or destruction of any documents delivered by the Pledgor to the Lender in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

14. The provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall be and continue to be of full force and effect and binding on the Pledgor notwithstanding -

 

6


  14.1. the Lender agreeing with the Pledgor, any variation or departure (however substantial) of or from the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document so that any such variation or departure shall, whatever its nature, be binding upon the Pledgor in all circumstances, notwithstanding that it may increase or otherwise affect the liability of the Pledgor; or

 

  14.2. the Lender releasing or granting any time or any indulgence whatsoever to the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any contravention by the Pledgor of the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or entering into any transaction or arrangements whatsoever with or in relation to the Pledgor and/or any third party; or

 

  14.3. the Lender taking, accepting, varying, dealing with, enforcing, abstaining from enforcing, surrendering or releasing any security for the obligations secured hereby in such manner as they think fit, or claiming, proving for, accepting or transferring any payment in respect of such obligations in any composition by, or sequestration of, the Pledgor and/or any third party or abstaining from so claiming, proving, accepting or transferring; or

 

  14.4. the winding up, dissolution, administration, reorganisation or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of the Lender or the Pledgor or any change in their respective status, function, control or ownership; or

 

  14.5. any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document being or becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or ineffective in any manner or respect whatsoever; or

 

  14.6. any time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to be granted to the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document; or

 

  14.7. any amendment to, or any variation, waiver or release of any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document; or

 

  14.8. any other act, event or omission which, but for this clause 14, might operate or might otherwise have operated to discharge, impair or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the Pledgor herein contained or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon the Lender, whether by the Term Facility Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or by applicable law.

 

15.

The liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under this Pledge and Cession shall remain in force notwithstanding any settlement of account, act, omission, neglect, event or matter whatsoever, and in particular but without limitation, shall not be considered satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of all or any of the liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Without prejudice to its generality, the foregoing

 

7


  shall apply in relation to anything which would have discharged the Pledgor (wholly or in part) or which would have afforded the Pledgor with any legal or equitable defence, and in relation to any winding up, sequestration, dissolution or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of, or any change in constitution or corporate identity or loss of corporate identity by the Pledgor (if applicable) or any other person.

 

16. The Pledgor shall be entitled to cancel this Pledge and Cession and to the return of the Pledged Shares together with documents rendering them negotiable when the Secured Indebtedness has been fully, finally and irrevocably extinguished and discharged.

 

17. The Pledgor shall render to the Lender such assistance as the Lender may require for the purposes of enforcing its rights in respect of the Collateral and/or to prove the amount of the Ceded Claims or any portion thereof.

 

18.     

 

  18.1. The Pledgor, on each day that this Pledge and Cession is in force:

 

  18.1.1. warrants and represents that it is and will remain the sole and beneficial owner of the Collateral to the exclusion of all others and no person (other than the Lender) has an option or right of refusal over the Collateral;

 

  18.1.2. warrants and represents that the Collateral pledged and ceded to the Lender under this Pledge and Cession has not been pledged and/or ceded (either outright or as security), discounted, factored, mortgaged under notarial bond or otherwise, or otherwise disposed of or hypothecated, nor has it been subject to any other rights in favour of any person;

 

  18.1.3. warrants and represents that it has the power, authority and legal right to sign and perform this Pledge and Cession;

 

  18.1.4. warrants and represents that all obligations undertaken by it under this Pledge and Cession constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Pledge and Cession, and that the constitutional documents of the Company do not place any limitations or restrictions on the Pledgor to pledge and cede the Collateral as provided for in this Pledge and Cession other than such consents as have been obtained prior to the Closing Date;

 

  18.1.5. warrants and represents that its entry into the Term Facility Agreement and this Pledge and Cession and the fulfilment of its obligations in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof do not contravene any applicable law or any contractual obligation binding on it; and

 

8


  18.1.6. save as expressly contemplated by, and subject to the provisions of the Term Facility Agreement and this Pledge and Cession, acknowledges that it may not pledge, cede, assign or transfer or in any other manner create any Security whatsoever, or allow any Security whatsoever to be created, over or deal with the Collateral without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

  18.2. Should the Collateral be subject to any right in breach of the representation and warranty in clause 18.1.2 then, without prejudice to any other rights that the Lender may have, any reversionary or other interests the Pledgor may have in the Collateral are also ceded to the Lender and if the holder of that cession or right is entitled to possession of any of the documents referred to in clause 3, and it exercises that right, then the Pledgor shall deliver photocopies of the documents to the Lender, and as soon as the holder of that cession or right ceases to be entitled to possession or gives up possession, the Pledgor shall deliver the relevant documents to the Lender. Without in any way limiting or derogating from the foregoing, the Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that the Lender shall be entitled to receive payment from such prior cessionary of such amounts as such prior cessionary shall receive in excess of the sums due to them by the Pledgor.

 

  18.3. It is recorded that the Lender has entered into the Term Facility Agreement and the Transaction Documents on the strength of and relying on, inter alia , the warranties and representations in this clause 18, each of which shall be deemed to be separate warranties and representations, given without prejudice to any other warranty or representation, and deemed to be material representations inducing the Lender to enter into the Term Facility Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

19. This Pledge and Cession is in addition to and not in substitution for any other security held or hereafter to be held by the Lender from any party in connection with the Secured Indebtedness, or otherwise and the Lender shall, without prejudice to their rights hereunder, be entitled to release any such additional security held by them.

 

20. The Pledgor hereby renounces the legal benefits and exceptions of excussion, division, non numeratae pecunia e and non causa debiti , the Pledgor declaring itself to be fully acquainted with the full meaning and effect of this renunciation.

 

21. This Pledge and Cession shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

22. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg) (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Pledge and Cession.

 

23.

Each provision in this Pledge and Cession is severable from all other provisions, notwithstanding the manner in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any

 

9


  judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences, paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their intention to continue to be bound by this Pledge and Cession notwithstanding that any provision may be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force. The Parties agree that in such event, and insofar as may be available under applicable law, to substitute valid, legal and enforceable provisions for the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions so as to implement the intention of the Parties hereto to the extent legally possible.

 

24.     

 

  24.1. The Parties choose as their addresses for notices for all purposes under this Pledge and Cession, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature, the addresses set out in the Term Facility Agreement.

 

  24.2. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Pledge and Cession shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by hand delivery, courier or facsimile.

 

  24.3. Any Party may by notice to the other Parties change the physical address chosen as its address for notices to another physical address in Gauteng, South Africa or its facsimile number, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that addressee on the 14 th  (fourteenth) Business Day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  24.4. Any notice to a Party –

 

  24.4.1. delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its address for notices shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery; or

 

  24.4.2. sent by facsimile to its chosen facsimile number stipulated against its name in the Term Facility Agreement, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of despatch (unless the contrary is proved).

 

  24.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or communication actually received by the Pledgor shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address for notices.

 

25. No amendment or variation of, addition to, deletion from, or consensual cancellation of this Pledge and Cession or any provision or term thereof and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Pledge and Cession shall bind the Lender unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties. Any such extension, waiver or relaxation which is so given or made shall be construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 

10


26. No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall operate as an estoppel against the Lender in respect of its rights hereunder nor shall it operate so as to preclude the Lender thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Pledge and Cession.

 

27.     

 

  27.1. The Lender shall be entitled on written notice to but without the consent of the Pledgor (and without notice following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing) to assign or otherwise transfer all or any of its rights and/or obligations under this Pledge and Cession to any party to whom it cedes or delegates it rights and/or obligations under the Term Facility Agreement subject to and in accordance with the provisions thereof. The Pledgor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably consents to the splitting of all ordinary claims against it hereunder (both known and unknown as of any date, present and future, actual and contingent) which may result from such assignment or transfer.

 

  27.2. The Pledgor shall not be entitled to cede any of its rights nor delegate any of its obligations in terms of this Pledge and Cession to any person without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

28. The Pledgor undertakes to pay on first demand all costs and expenses of whatsoever nature incurred by the Lender in exercising or enforcing any of its rights hereunder together with the costs of and incidental to the transfer of the Pledged Shares, including, without limitation, any transfer duty or securities transfer Tax which may be payable in connection therewith.

 

29. This Pledge and Cession may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile shall constitute a valid counterpart for all purposes hereunder.

 

30. The Pledgor acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all the provisions of this Pledge and Cession and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Pledgor acknowledges that all of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession have been negotiated as between it and the Lender and are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with this Pledge and Cession.

 

11


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

   
Name: M.M. Mokuena    
Title: Director    
Witness: /s/    
Date: 20/03/2013    

 

Accepted the benefits hereof:    
Signed for and on behalf of:    
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited     Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
(in its capacity as lender)     (in its capacity as lender)

/s/

   

/s/

Name: Graham Briggs     Name: Graham Briggs
Title: Director     Title: Director
Witness: /s/     Witness: /s/
Date: 20/03/2013     Date: 20/03/13


Annexure A

For the purposes of this Pledge and Cession –

 

1. Company ” means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/041001/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

2. Pledged Shares ” means 3 (three) ordinary shares in the issued share capital of the Company (comprising 3% (three per cent) of the entire ordinary issued share capital of the Company, together with any shares in the capital of the Company that may hereafter be acquired by the Pledgor for any reason.

Exhibit 4.34

EXECUTION VERSION

BORROWER PLEDGE AND CESSION

 

1. As security for the obligations (the “ Secured Indebtedness ”) which

HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/082229/07)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

(the “ Pledgor ”)

at present has and may from time to time in the future have or incur to

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Registration No. 1950/038232/06)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

(the “ Lender ” and together with the Pledgor, collectively hereinafter the “ Parties ” and each of them a “ Party ” as the context may require)

to pay all amounts due from time to time by the Pledgor under a term loan facility agreement (the “ Term Facility Agreement ”) entered into on or about the date hereof between the Lender (as lender) and the Pledgor (as borrower) and the other Transaction Documents (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement) to which it is party, the Pledgor pledges and cedes in securitatem debiti to the Lender with effect from the Closing Date (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement) –

 

  1.1. the Pledged Shares (as defined in Annexure A ), and any capitalisation shares which may be issued on account of the holding of such shares and any rights and proceeds of any rights to subscribe for shares or other rights attaching to such shares (including, without limitation, any distribution in specie ) and any proceeds arising from the disposal of such shares or such proceeds or other rights or an election to receive cash in respect of such shares, including, without limitation, any ordinary or preference shares in the issued share capital of the Company (as defined in Annexure A ) from time to time issued to the Pledgor as well as its rights to receive from the Company any dividends or other distributions in respect of such shares;

 

  1.2. all rights to any bank account into which the proceeds contemplated in clauses 1.1 and 1.3 hereof and any repayment of Ceded Claims (as defined below) may from time to time be paid; and

 

  1.3.

all claims of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising which the Pledgor at present has, and may from time to time have, against the Company, including, without limitation, any


  claim which it may from time to time have against the Company in respect of monies owing by the Company to it under a Shareholder Loan Agreement (as such term is defined in the Term Facility Agreement), its loan account, if any, as well as in respect of any unpaid dividends or other distributions (the “ Ceded Claims ”) and, which together with (a) the Pledged Shares and (b) the rights to any bank account referred to in clause 1.2 hereof and (c) all other rights and interests ceded in terms of this clause 1.3, constitute the “ Collateral ”,

all on the terms and conditions contained in this pledge and cession (this “ Pledge and Cession ”).

 

2. In this Pledge and Cession, unless the context otherwise requires, capitalised terms and expressions not otherwise defined shall bear the meanings given to them in the Term Facility Agreement (whether directly or by incorporation by reference).

 

3. By no later than the Closing Date, the Pledgor shall deliver to the Lender, in respect of its Pledged Shares –

 

  3.1. the share certificates accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s of the Pledged Shares and in blank as to transferee;

 

  3.2. a certified copy of a resolution passed by the directors of the Company irrevocably acknowledging and approving the pledge and cession of the Collateral and the transfer of the Collateral to any transferee; and

 

  3.3. such other consents or authorities as may be required for the transfer of the Pledged Shares or any of them to any transferee.

 

4. Should any of the Pledged Shares which are certificated as of the date of this Pledge and Cession at any time in the future be dematerialised, then the Pledgor shall forthwith, upon the happening of that event, deliver to the Lender a written acknowledgement signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, confirming and specifying (to the Lender’s satisfaction) -

 

  4.1. the Pledgor’s ownership of the Pledged Shares and that such shares are held by the relevant central securities depository participant;

 

  4.2. the entry, in accordance with the applicable rules, of this Pledge and Cession in favour of the Lender in the Pledgor’s securities account kept by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant in respect of the Pledged Shares;

 

  4.3. that the relevant central securities depository participant will not remove the entry referred to in clause 4.2 from the relevant securities account nor will the Pledged Shares be transferred to a third party without the written consent of the Lender, acting on the instructions of the Lender, first having been obtained; and

 

2


  4.4. no other security cession or pledge was noted against the Pledged Shares at any time that the entry referred to in clause 4.2 was made against the relevant securities account,

and in the event that the Lender is entitled to exercise its rights in terms of this Pledge and Cession, the Pledgor will instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the Pledged Shares to the Lender (or its nominee) by effecting the necessary entries into the relevant securities account; in the event of the Pledgor not giving the necessary instruction as aforesaid, the Pledgor irrevocably nominates constitutes and appoints the Lender (or its nominee) as its lawfully appointed attorney and agent, with full power and authority, to do all such things as necessary to give effect to the provisions of this clause 4, and in particular to instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the shares to the Lender (or its nominee).

 

5. Without in any way limiting or derogating from any other provision hereof, if at any time hereafter any shares in the capital of the Company are issued to or acquired by the Pledgor for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, any other class of shares (howsoever described) which are issued by the Company to the Pledgor, then the documents of title evidencing any such shares shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s thereof and in blank as to transferee, together with certified copies of such other irrevocable resolutions, consents and authorities as may be required for the transfer of such Pledged Shares. If such shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall forthwith comply with the provisions of clause 4 ( mutatis mutandis ) in respect of such shares.

 

6. All bonus or new shares which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession or, if such further shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall procure that they become subject to this Pledge and Cession and, in particular, the arrangements contemplated in clause 4 mutatis mutandis . All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such bonus or new shares from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Lender mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

 

7.     

 

  7.1. Any distribution in specie which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and if –

 

  7.1.1. such distribution in specie consists of certificated shares, the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession;

 

3


  7.1.2. such distribution in specie consists of dematerialised shares, a written acknowledgement, signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, shall be delivered to the Lender ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 4 hereof); and

 

  7.1.3. such distribution in specie consists of any other asset, such asset shall be delivered to the Lender and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession.

 

  7.2. All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such distribution in specie from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Lender mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

 

8. All shares required to be delivered to the Lender from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall comprise Pledged Shares for all purposes in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

9. If at any time during the currency of this Pledge and Cession, any Event of Default occurs and is continuing the Lender shall be entitled, and the Pledgor hereby authorises the Lender irrevocably and in rem suam without further authority or consent of any nature whatsoever required from the Pledgor, unless required by applicable law, without first obtaining an order of court -

 

  9.1. to convene general meetings of the Company for any purpose whatsoever including, without limitation, for the purpose of removing the directors of the Company appointed by the Pledgor as a result of the holding of the Pledged Shares and to appoint in their stead such persons as directors as the Lender in its sole and absolute discretion deems fit; and/or

 

  9.2. to give special notice of an intention to pass any resolution which requires special notice under the Companies Act and to consent to short notice of or to waive notice of any general meeting of the Company; and/or

 

  9.3. to attend any general meeting of shareholders of the Company as the Pledgor’s proxy or representative, to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit, and to represent the Pledgor in all respects at any such meeting; and/or

 

  9.4. to procure the registration of all or any of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee, or any other person, and to exercise any voting rights attaching thereto in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit; and/or

 

4


  9.5. to receive all dividends or other distributions or payments paid from time to time on account of the Collateral which dividends and other payments and distributions shall, if irrevocably received and retained by the Lender, be applied in pro tanto discharge of the Pledgor’s liability to the Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and/or

 

  9.6. whether after registration of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee or any other person or without such registration, to realise the Collateral either by public auction or by private treaty, in the latter case on reasonable notice to the Pledgor not exceeding 7 (seven) days, as the Lender may deem fit, and/or, at the Lender’s election, to take over the Collateral at a fair value which, in the absence of agreement, shall be determined by an independent accountant agreed to by the Parties or, failing agreement, appointed by the President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (or the successor body thereto) (which independent accountant shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall determine the liability for its charges which will be paid accordingly) provided that if any determination is manifestly unjust, and the court exercises its general power, if any, to correct such determination, the Parties shall be bound thereby, and to pro tanto apply the net proceeds of the sale (after all expenses of realisation) to, or set off the purchase price payable by it for the Collateral against the Pledgor’s indebtedness to the Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness on the basis that any excess on realisation or any balance owing to the Pledgor, as the case may be, will be paid to the Pledgor and any shortfall will remain as a debt due by the Pledgor to the Lender; and/or

 

  9.7. to convey valid title in the Collateral to any purchaser thereof (including the Lender); and/or

 

  9.8. to give notice of the cession to the Company and/or to recover the amount of the Ceded Claims or other sums forming part of the Collateral directly from it; and/or

 

  9.9. to institute such legal proceedings or other action as the Lender in its sole and absolute discretion may deem fit on behalf and in the name of the Pledgor in respect of the Collateral, and to proceed to the final end and determination thereof; and/or

 

  9.10. to take all such further or other steps as the Lender may consider necessary to deal with the Collateral.

 

10. If at any time the Lender becomes entitled to exercise its rights under clause 9, the Pledgor hereby authorises and appoints the Lender irrevocably and in rem suam as the Pledgor’s attorney and agent in the Pledgor’s name, place and stead to sign and execute -

 

  10.1. any proxy in favour of the Lender or its nominee to enable the Lender to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them; and

 

  10.2. such documents as may be necessary -

 

5


  10.2.1. in order to render the Pledged Shares or any of them negotiable including, without limitation, the signature of share transfer declarations;

 

  10.2.2. to receive payment of the purchase price of the Collateral; and/or

 

  10.2.3. to enable the Lender to exercise any of the rights granted to it herein.

 

11. The Pledgor undertakes that until the full, final and irrevocable discharge of all obligations owing by the Pledgor to the Lender hereunder, under the Term Facility Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents and, save as contemplated in the Transaction Documents or save as otherwise agreed in writing by the Lender, it will not sell, grant any further cession, encumber or otherwise Dispose of the Collateral.

 

12. A certificate signed by any director or manager of the Lender reflecting the amount of -

 

  12.1. the Pledgor’s indebtedness to such Lender in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and

 

  12.2. any costs or expenses incurred by the Lender in the exercise of its rights herein and the net proceeds of any realisation of the Collateral,

shall be presumed to be correct, unless the contrary be proved.

 

13. The Lender shall not be -

 

  13.1. obliged to take any steps which it is authorised or entitled to take or exercise any rights granted to it herein; and

 

  13.2. liable to the Pledgor for any loss or damage (whether directly or indirectly, consequential or otherwise), fines, Taxes or other fiscal charges or penalties or claims which the Pledgor may suffer or sustain as a consequence, directly or indirectly, of -

 

  13.2.1. the Lender exercising any of its rights under this Pledge and Cession, save in respect of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Lender;

 

  13.2.2. any omission or delay by the Lender including any delay in exercising any of its rights hereunder or its failure to insure or protect the Pledgor’s interests in the Collateral in any way; or

 

  13.2.3. the loss or destruction of any documents delivered by the Pledgor to the Lender in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

14. The provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall be and continue to be of full force and effect and binding on the Pledgor notwithstanding -

 

6


  14.1. the Lender agreeing with the Pledgor, any variation or departure (however substantial) of or from the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document so that any such variation or departure shall, whatever its nature, be binding upon the Pledgor in all circumstances, notwithstanding that it may increase or otherwise affect the liability of the Pledgor; or

 

  14.2. the Lender releasing or granting any time or any indulgence whatsoever to the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any contravention by the Pledgor of the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or entering into any transaction or arrangements whatsoever with or in relation to the Pledgor and/or any third party; or

 

  14.3. the Lender taking, accepting, varying, dealing with, enforcing, abstaining from enforcing, surrendering or releasing any security for the obligations secured hereby in such manner as they think fit, or claiming, proving for, accepting or transferring any payment in respect of such obligations in any composition by, or sequestration of, the Pledgor and/or any third party or abstaining from so claiming, proving, accepting or transferring; or

 

  14.4. the winding up, dissolution, administration, reorganisation or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of the Lender or the Pledgor or any change in their respective status, function, control or ownership; or

 

  14.5. any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document being or becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or ineffective in any manner or respect whatsoever; or

 

  14.6. any time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to be granted to the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document; or

 

  14.7. any amendment to, or any variation, waiver or release of any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement and/or any other Transaction Document; or

 

  14.8. any other act, event or omission which, but for this clause 14, might operate or might otherwise have operated to discharge, impair or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the Pledgor herein contained or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon the Lender, whether by the Term Facility Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or by applicable law.

 

15.

The liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under this Pledge and Cession shall remain in force notwithstanding any settlement of account, act, omission, neglect, event or matter whatsoever, and in particular but without limitation, shall not be considered satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of all or any of the liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under the Term Facility Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Without prejudice to its generality, the foregoing

 

7


  shall apply in relation to anything which would have discharged the Pledgor (wholly or in part) or which would have afforded the Pledgor with any legal or equitable defence, and in relation to any winding up, sequestration, dissolution or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of, or any change in constitution or corporate identity or loss of corporate identity by the Pledgor (if applicable) or any other person.

 

16. The Pledgor shall be entitled to cancel this Pledge and Cession and to the return of the Pledged Shares together with documents rendering them negotiable when the Secured Indebtedness has been fully, finally and irrevocably extinguished and discharged.

 

17. The Pledgor shall render to the Lender such assistance as the Lender may require for the purposes of enforcing its rights in respect of the Collateral and/or to prove the amount of the Ceded Claims or any portion thereof.

 

18.     

 

  18.1. The Pledgor, on each day that this Pledge and Cession is in force:

 

  18.1.1. warrants and represents that it is and will remain the sole and beneficial owner of the Collateral to the exclusion of all others and no person (other than the Lender) has an option or right of refusal over the Collateral;

 

  18.1.2. warrants and represents that the Collateral pledged and ceded to the Lender under this Pledge and Cession has not been pledged and/or ceded (either outright or as security), discounted, factored, mortgaged under notarial bond or otherwise, or otherwise disposed of or hypothecated, nor has it been subject to any other rights in favour of any person;

 

  18.1.3. warrants and represents that it has the power, authority and legal right to sign and perform this Pledge and Cession;

 

  18.1.4. warrants and represents that all obligations undertaken by it under this Pledge and Cession constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Pledge and Cession, and that the constitutional documents of the Company do not place any limitations or restrictions on the Pledgor to pledge and cede the Collateral as provided for in this Pledge and Cession other than such consents as have been obtained prior to the Closing Date;

 

  18.1.5. warrants and represents that its entry into the Term Facility Agreement and this Pledge and Cession and the fulfilment of its obligations in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof do not contravene any applicable law or any contractual obligation binding on it; and

 

  18.1.6. save as expressly contemplated by, and subject to the provisions of the Term Facility Agreement and this Pledge and Cession, acknowledges that it may not pledge, cede, assign or transfer or in any other manner create any Security whatsoever, or allow any Security whatsoever to be created, over or deal with the Collateral without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

8


  18.2. Should the Collateral be subject to any right in breach of the representation and warranty in clause 18.1.2 then, without prejudice to any other rights that the Lender may have, any reversionary or other interests the Pledgor may have in the Collateral are also ceded to the Lender and if the holder of that cession or right is entitled to possession of any of the documents referred to in clause 3, and it exercises that right, then the Pledgor shall deliver photocopies of the documents to the Lender, and as soon as the holder of that cession or right ceases to be entitled to possession or gives up possession, the Pledgor shall deliver the relevant documents to the Lender. Without in any way limiting or derogating from the foregoing, the Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that the Lender shall be entitled to receive payment from such prior cessionary of such amounts as such prior cessionary shall receive in excess of the sums due to them by the Pledgor.

 

  18.3. It is recorded that the Lender has entered into the Term Facility Agreement and the Transaction Documents on the strength of and relying on, inter alia , the warranties and representations in this clause 18, each of which shall be deemed to be separate warranties and representations, given without prejudice to any other warranty or representation, and deemed to be material representations inducing the Lender to enter into the Term Facility Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

19. This Pledge and Cession is in addition to and not in substitution for any other security held or hereafter to be held by the Lender from any party in connection with the Secured Indebtedness, or otherwise and the Lender shall, without prejudice to their rights hereunder, be entitled to release any such additional security held by them.

 

20. The Pledgor hereby renounces the legal benefits and exceptions of excussion, division, non numeratae pecunia e and non causa debiti , the Pledgor declaring itself to be fully acquainted with the full meaning and effect of this renunciation.

 

21. This Pledge and Cession shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

22. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg) (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Pledge and Cession.

 

23.

Each provision in this Pledge and Cession is severable from all other provisions, notwithstanding the manner in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any

 

9


  judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences, paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their intention to continue to be bound by this Pledge and Cession notwithstanding that any provision may be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force. The Parties agree that in such event, and insofar as may be available under applicable law, to substitute valid, legal and enforceable provisions for the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions so as to implement the intention of the Parties hereto to the extent legally possible.

 

24.     

 

  24.1. The Parties choose as their addresses for notices for all purposes under this Pledge and Cession, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature, the addresses set out in the Term Facility Agreement.

 

  24.2. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Pledge and Cession shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by hand delivery, courier or facsimile.

 

  24.3. Any Party may by notice to the other Parties change the physical address chosen as its address for notices to another physical address in Gauteng, South Africa or its facsimile number, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that addressee on the 14 th  (fourteenth) Business Day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  24.4. Any notice to a Party –

 

  24.4.1. delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its address for notices shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery; or

 

  24.4.2. sent by facsimile to its chosen facsimile number stipulated against its name in the Term Facility Agreement, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of despatch (unless the contrary is proved).

 

  24.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or communication actually received by the Pledgor shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address for notices.

 

25. No amendment or variation of, addition to, deletion from, or consensual cancellation of this Pledge and Cession or any provision or term thereof and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Pledge and Cession shall bind the Lender unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties. Any such extension, waiver or relaxation which is so given or made shall be construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 

10


26. No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall operate as an estoppel against the Lender in respect of its rights hereunder nor shall it operate so as to preclude the Lender thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Pledge and Cession.

 

27.     

 

  27.1. The Lender shall be entitled on written notice to but without the consent of the Pledgor (and without notice following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing) to assign or otherwise transfer all or any of its rights and/or obligations under this Pledge and Cession to any party to whom it cedes or delegates it rights and/or obligations under the Term Facility Agreement subject to and in accordance with the provisions thereof. The Pledgor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably consents to the splitting of all ordinary claims against it hereunder (both known and unknown as of any date, present and future, actual and contingent) which may result from such assignment or transfer.

 

  27.2. The Pledgor shall not be entitled to cede any of its rights nor delegate any of its obligations in terms of this Pledge and Cession to any person without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

28. The Pledgor undertakes to pay on first demand all costs and expenses of whatsoever nature incurred by the Lender in exercising or enforcing any of its rights hereunder together with the costs of and incidental to the transfer of the Pledged Shares, including, without limitation, any transfer duty or securities transfer Tax which may be payable in connection therewith.

 

29. This Pledge and Cession may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile shall constitute a valid counterpart for all purposes hereunder.

 

30. The Pledgor acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all the provisions of this Pledge and Cession and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Pledgor acknowledges that all of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession have been negotiated as between it and the Lender and are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with this Pledge and Cession.

 

11


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

Histopath Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

   
Name: Sipho Tsotsi    
Title: Managing Director    
Witness: /s/    
Date: 18 March 2013    

 

Accepted the benefits hereof:    
Signed for and on behalf of:    
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited     Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
(in its capacity as lender)     (in its capacity as lender)

/s/

   

/s/

Name: Graham Briggs     Name: Graham Briggs
Title: Director     Title: Director
Witness: /s/     Witness: /s/
Date: 20 March 2013     Date: 20 March 2013


Annexure A

For the purposes of this Pledge and Cession –

 

1. Company ” means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/041001/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

2. Pledged Shares ” means 16 (sixteen) ordinary shares in the issued share capital of the Company (comprising 16% (sixteen per cent) of the entire ordinary issued share capital of the Company, together with any shares in the capital of the Company that may hereafter be acquired by the Pledgor for any reason.

Exhibit 4.35

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban stellenbosch

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@problemsolved.co.za www.problemsolved.co.za

 

      

EXECUTION VERSION

CASHFLOW WATERFALL AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Registration No. 1950/038232/06)

(in its capacity as Lender and Sponsor)

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/041001/07)

and

HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/082229/07)

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/035756/07)

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/030646/07)

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/030648/07)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

   Page  
1.  

PARTIES

     3   
2.  

INTERPRETATION

     3   
3.  

INTRODUCTION AND RECORDAL

     8   
4.  

CASHFLOW WATERFALL

     9   
5.  

PAYMENT INSTRUCTION

     10   
6.  

GENERAL WARRANTIES

     10   
7.  

JOINT VENTURE

     11   
8.  

NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

     11   
9.  

BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

     13   
10.  

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

     13   
11.  

GENERAL

     14   
12.  

SIGNATURE

     15   

 

2


1. PARTIES

 

  1.1. The Parties to this Agreement are -

 

  1.1.1. HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED (Registration No. 1950/038232/06) (in its capacity as Lender and Sponsor);

 

  1.1.2. BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED (Registration No. 2012/041001/07);

 

  1.1.3. HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED (Registration No. 2012/082229/07);

 

  1.1.4. BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED (Registration No. 2012/035756/07);

 

  1.1.5. BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED (Registration No. 2012/030646/07); and

 

  1.1.6. BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED (Registration No. 2012/030648/07).

 

  1.2. The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

 

  2.1. In this Agreement -

 

  2.1.1. clause headings are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  2.1.2. an expression which denotes -

 

  2.1.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  2.1.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa; and

 

  2.1.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

  2.2. save as defined in this Agreement, terms defined in the Facility Agreements (as the context may require) shall bear the same meanings when used herein and the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them hereunder and cognate expressions shall have the corresponding meanings, namely -

 

  2.2.1. Agreement ” means this cashflow waterfall agreement as it may be amended, novated or supplemented from time to time;

 

3


  2.2.2. CPI ” means the weighted average consumer price index, all items of the 12 (twelve) areas specified in the notice as notified by Statistics South Africa (with the average for the year 2009 as a base which equals 100 (one hundred);

 

  2.2.3. Discharge Date ” means the date on which all of the obligations under the Finance Documents have been fully, finally and irrevocably discharged to the satisfaction of the Lender;

 

  2.2.4. Excess Free Cashflow ” means Free Cashflow after providing for all required or reasonably anticipated Stay-In-Business Expenditure;

 

  2.2.5. Facility Agreements ” means –

 

  2.2.5.1. the Histopath Term Loan Facility Agreement;

 

  2.2.5.2. the R18 239 760.00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) term loan facility agreement dated on or about the date of this Agreement, between BEECo1 (as borrower) and the Lender;

 

  2.2.5.3. the R18 239 760.00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) term loan facility agreement dated on or about the date of this Agreement, between BEECo2 (as borrower) and the Lender; and

 

  2.2.5.4. the R18 239 760.00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) term loan facility agreement dated on or about the date of this Agreement, between BEECo3 (as borrower) and the Lender;

 

  2.2.6. Harmony ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration number 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;

 

  2.2.7. Histopath Term Loan Facility Agreement ” means the R97 278 720.00 (ninety seven million two hundred and seventy eight thousand seven hundred and twenty Rand) term loan facility agreement dated on or about the date of this Agreement, between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

  2.2.8. Indemnity Payment Amount ” means each amount (other than principal or interest) required to be paid by the Project Company to a BEE Shareholder pursuant to the indemnity provisions of clause 14.4 of the Subscription Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement;

 

4


  2.2.9. Indexed ” means, in relation to any sum, that sum adjusted annually to take account of year-on-year changes in the CPI since the Signature Date;

 

  2.2.10. Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement;

 

  2.2.11. Prescribed Ratio ” means, in relation to a BEE Shareholder, the ratio comprised by the Facility Outstandings of that BEE Shareholder to the aggregate Facility Outstandings of all BEE Shareholders;

 

  2.2.12. Signature Date ” means the date of signature of this Agreement by the Party last signing;

 

  2.2.13. Sponsor Loan ” means the loan contemplated in clause 9.1.2 of the Sale of Business Agreement (as defined in the Subscription Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement);

 

  2.2.14. Stay-In-Business Expenditure ” means the following fees, expenses and charges, and VAT thereon –

 

  2.2.14.1. all audit fees of the Project Company;

 

  2.2.14.2. all legal and other fees and expenses incurred in respect of the ongoing activities of the Project Company, the holding, protection and realisation of its assets, matters ancillary thereto and the eventual winding-up or termination of the Project Company;

 

  2.2.14.3. bank charges in respect of all bank accounts maintained by the Project Company in terms of the Transaction Documents and in respect of all payments to and from such accounts;

 

  2.2.14.4. the fees payable to the board of directors of the Project Company from time to time;

 

  2.2.14.5. expenditure incurred on or associated with meetings of the board of directors of the Project Company;

 

  2.2.14.6. all other fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the board of directors of the Project Company for or in connection with the administration and operation of the Project Company, including professional fees and disbursements incurred in the course of any dispute to which the Project Company is or may become a party; and

 

  2.2.14.7. all taxes, levies or other imposts payable on or in respect of the income or capital of the Project Company, including income, capital gains or other taxes arising from the disposal of any of the assets of the Project Company.

 

5


  2.3. In this Agreement -

 

  2.3.1. Clause headings and the heading of the Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  2.3.2. an expression which denotes -

 

  2.3.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  2.3.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa;

 

  2.3.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

 

  2.3.2.4. a Party includes a reference to that Party’s successors in title and assigns allowed at law.

 

  2.4. Any reference in this Agreement to -

 

  2.4.1. business hours ” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h30 and 17h00 on any business day. Any reference to time shall be based upon South African Standard Time;

 

  2.4.2. days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of South Africa from time to time;

 

  2.4.3. law ” means any law of general application and includes the common law and any statute, constitution, decree, treaty, regulation, directive, ordinance, by-law, order or any other enactment of legislative measure of government (including local and provincial government) statutory or regulatory body which has the force of law;

 

  2.4.4. person ” means any person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality; and

 

  2.4.5. writing ” means legible writing and in English and excludes any form of electronic communication contemplated in the Electronic Communications and Transactions Act, No. 25 of 2002.

 

6


  2.5. The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “ include without limitation ” and “ including without limitation ”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

  2.6. The words “ shall ” and “ will ” and “ must ” used in the context of any obligation or restriction imposed on a Party have the same meaning.

 

  2.7. Any substantive provision, conferring rights or imposing obligations on a Party and appearing in any of the definitions in this clause 2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall be given effect to as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Agreement.

 

  2.8. Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout this Agreement.

 

  2.9. Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Agreement in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

  2.10. A reference to any statutory enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  2.11. Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

  2.12. If the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Agreement is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the immediately preceding business day.

 

  2.13. Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

  2.14. The rule of construction that this Agreement shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting of this Agreement, shall not apply.

 

  2.15. The expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

7


  2.16. No provision of this Agreement shall (unless otherwise stipulated) constitute a stipulation for the benefit of any person ( stipulatio alteri ) who is not a Party to this Agreement;

 

  2.17. The use of any expression in this Agreement covering a process available under South African law, such as winding-up, shall, if either of the Parties to this Agreement is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.

 

  2.18. Whenever any person is required to act “as an expert and not as an arbitrator” in terms of this Agreement, then -

 

  2.18.1. the determination of the expert shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding;

 

  2.18.2. subject to any express provision to the contrary, the expert shall determine the liability for his or its charges, which shall be paid accordingly;

 

  2.18.3. the expert shall be entitled to determine such methods and processes as he or it may, in his or its sole discretion, deem appropriate in the circumstances provided that the expert may not adopt any process which is manifestly biased, unfair or unreasonable;

 

  2.18.4. the expert shall consult with the relevant Parties (provided that the extent of the expert’s consultation shall be in his or its sole discretion) prior to rendering a determination; and

 

  2.18.5. having regard to the sensitivity of any confidential information, the expert shall be entitled to take advice from any person considered by him or it to have expert knowledge with reference to the matter in question.

 

  2.19. Any reference in this Agreement to “this Agreement” or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

  2.20. In this Agreement the words “ clause ” or “ clauses ” and “ annexure ” or “ annexures ” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Agreement.

 

3. INTRODUCTION AND RECORDAL

 

  3.1. The Parties have entered into the Transaction Documents in order to facilitate (i) the funding of the Project Company and (ii) the several transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents.

 

  3.2. Pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents, the Parties hereby wish to record the priority of the payments due under the Transaction Documents.

 

8


4. CASHFLOW WATERFALL

 

  4.1. On each Payment Date, the Project Company shall apply Excess Free Cashflow in accordance with the following order of priority –

 

  4.1.1. first , to the payment of any Indemnity Payment Amount due by a BEE Shareholder on such Payment Date;

 

  4.1.2. second , on a pari passu and pro rata (in the Prescribed Ratio) basis, to the payment of all accrued interest due and payable under each Shareholder Loan;

 

  4.1.3. third , on a pari passu and pro-rata (in the Prescribed Ratio) basis, to the payment of all capital repayments due under each Shareholder Loan;

 

  4.1.4. fourth , to the payment of an annual trickle dividend which shall not in aggregate exceed an amount of R2 500 000.00 (two million five hundred thousand Rand) (Indexed), to the shareholders of the Project Company, pro rata to their respective shareholding;

 

  4.1.5. fifth , on a pari passu and pro-rata (in the Prescribed Ratio) basis, to the payment of a voluntary pre-payment under each Shareholder Loan in an amount determined by the Sponsor, provided such amount shall not exceed 50% (fifty per cent) of the balance of Excess Free Cashflow following the payments at “first” to (and including) “fourth” above;

 

  4.1.6. sixth , to the payment of all accrued unpaid interest in respect of the Sponsor Loan;

 

  4.1.7. seventh , to the payment of arrear capital payments in respect of the Sponsor Loan;

 

  4.1.8. eighth , to the payment of all scheduled capital repayments in respect of the Sponsor Loan;

 

  4.1.9. ninth , to the payment of an annual trickle dividend which shall not in aggregate exceed an amount of R2 500 000.00 (two million five hundred thousand Rand) (Indexed) to the shareholders of the Project Company, pro rata to their respective shareholding;

 

  4.1.10. tenth , to the payment of a voluntary capital pre-payment under the Sponsor Loan in an amount determined by the Sponsor; and

 

  4.1.11. eleventh , following the full, final and irrevocable discharge of the Sponsor Loan, to the payment of ordinary dividends to the shareholders of the Project Company, pro rata to their respective shareholding.

 

9


5. PAYMENT INSTRUCTION

 

  5.1. On each date on which payment of an amount at “first”, “second”, “third” and “fifth” in the cashflow waterfall in clause 4.1 hereof is made to a BEE Shareholder (each a “ Relevant Payment ”), such BEE Shareholder hereby irrevocably and unconditionally instructs the Project Company to pay such Relevant Payment directly to the Lender.

 

  5.2. Each Relevant Payment received by the Lender shall be applied in accordance with the order of priority contained in each Facility Agreement.

 

6. GENERAL WARRANTIES

 

  6.1. Each of the Parties hereby warrants to and in favour of the others that -

 

  6.1.1. it has the legal capacity and has taken all necessary corporate action required to empower and authorise it to enter into this Agreement;

 

  6.1.2. this Agreement constitutes an agreement valid and binding on it and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  6.1.3. the execution of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not -

 

  6.1.3.1. contravene any law or regulation to which that Party is subject;

 

  6.1.3.2. contravene any provision of that Party’s constitutional documents; or

 

  6.1.3.3. conflict with, or constitute a breach of any of the provisions of any other agreement, obligation, restriction or undertaking which is binding on it.

 

  6.2. Each of the representations and warranties given by the Parties in terms of clause 6.1, shall -

 

  6.2.1. be a separate warranty and will in no way be limited or restricted by inference from the terms of any other warranty or by any other words in this Agreement;

 

  6.2.2. continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of any or all the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; and

 

  6.2.3. prime facie be deemed to be material and to be a material representation inducing the other Parties to enter into this Agreement.

 

10


7. JOINT VENTURE

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership or joint venture amongst the Parties.

 

8. NOTICES AND DOMICILIA

 

  8.1. Notices

 

  8.1.1. Each Party chooses the addresses set out opposite its name below as its addresses to which any written notice in connection with the Finance Documents may be addressed:

 

  8.1.1.1. Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (in its capacity as Lender and Sponsor):

 

  Address:    Block 27
     Randfontein Office Park
     Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
     Randfontein
  Telefax No:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
  Attention:    The Company Secretary

 

  8.1.1.2. Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited:

 

  Address:    Block 27
     Randfontein Office Park
     Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
     Randfontein
  Telefax No:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
  Attention:    The Company Secretary

 

  8.1.1.3. Histopath Proprietary Limited:

 

  Address:    638 Jacqueline Drive
     Garsfontein
     0081
  Telefax No:    +27 (0) 86 539 2740
  Attention:    Sikhuliso Resources Directors

 

11


  8.1.1.4. Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited:

 

  Address:    Building H303
     18 Melrose Arch
     Ground Floor
     Melrose Arch
  Telefax No:    +27 11 684 1116
  Attention:    Mr Collin Matjila

 

  8.1.1.5. Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited:

 

   Address:    Block A
      Boston House
      3A De-La-Rey Road
      Rivonia
      2128
   Telefax No:    +27 (0) 11 234 0926
   Attention:    Livhu Nengovhela

 

  8.1.1.6. Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited:

 

   Address:    268 Jubilee Avenue
      Halfway House
      Midrand
      1682
   Telefax No:    +27 (0) 11 805 3191
   Attention:    Ms Lesego Tibane

 

  8.1.2. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of the Transaction Documents shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by telefax transmitted to its telefax number set out opposite its name above.

 

  8.1.3. Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its chosen physical addresses and/or telefax number for the purposes of clause 8.1.1 to any other address(es) and/or telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective on the 14 th (fourteenth) day after the receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  8.1.4. Any notice given in terms of this Agreement shall:

 

  8.1.4.1. if sent by a courier service be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the 7 th (seventh) Business Day following the date of such sending;

 

12


  8.1.4.2. if delivered by hand be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery;

 

  8.1.4.3. if transmitted by facsimile or e-mail be deemed to have been received by the addressee on the 1 st (first) Business Day after the date of transmission,

unless the contrary is proved.

 

  8.1.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it, notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address and/or telefax number.

 

  8.2. Domicilia

 

  8.2.1. Each of the Parties chooses its physical address referred to in clause 8.1 (Notices) as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with this Agreement may be served.

 

  8.2.2. Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante , in South Africa; provided that any such change shall only be effective on the 14 th (fourteenth) day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Party pursuant to clause 8.1.4.

 

9. BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT

This Agreement will also be for the benefit of and be binding upon the successors in title and permitted assigns of the Parties or any of them.

 

10. APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  10.1. This Agreement will in all respects be governed by and construed under the laws of the Republic of South Africa.

 

  10.2. The Parties hereby consent and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of the Republic of South Africa (South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg) to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise under and/or out of and/or relating to and/or in connection with this Agreement.

 

  10.3. The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle disputes. The Parties agree not to argue to the contrary and waive objection to this court on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with any Transaction Document.

 

13


11. GENERAL

 

  11.1. Whole Agreement

 

  11.1.1. This Agreement constitutes the whole of the agreement between the Parties relating to the matters dealt with herein and, save to the extent otherwise provided herein, no undertaking, representation, term or condition relating to the subject matter of this Agreement not incorporated in this Agreement shall be binding on either of the Parties.

 

  11.1.2. This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all agreements between the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) and undertakings given to or on behalf of the Parties (and other persons, as may be applicable) in relation to the subject matter hereof.

 

  11.2. Variations to be in Writing

No addition to or variation, deletion, or agreed cancellation of all or any clauses or provisions of this Agreement will be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by the Parties.

 

  11.3. No Indulgences

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to the other Parties in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder, and no delay or forbearance in the enforcement of any right of any Party arising from this Agreement, and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party under this Agreement, shall in any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent or election by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of or otherwise affect any of the Party’s rights in terms of or arising from this Agreement or estop or preclude any such Party from enforcing at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term hereof.

 

  11.4. Provisions Severable

All provisions and the various clauses of this Agreement are, notwithstanding the manner in which they have been grouped together or linked grammatically, severable from each other. Any provision or clause of this Agreement which is or becomes unenforceable in any jurisdiction, whether due to voidness, invalidity, illegality, unlawfulness or for any other reason whatever, shall, in such jurisdiction only and only to the extent that it is so unenforceable, be treated as pro non scripto and the remaining provisions and clauses of

 

14


this Agreement shall remain of full force and effect. The Parties declare that it is their intention that this Agreement would be executed without such unenforceable provision if they were aware of such unenforceability at the time of execution hereof.

 

  11.5. Transfer

Save as specifically provided for in the Transaction Documents, no Party shall be entitled to cede or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed.

 

  11.6. Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts. The Parties undertake to take whatever steps may be necessary to ensure that all counterparts are duly signed by all of them without delay.

 

12. SIGNATURE

Signed on behalf of the Parties, each signatory hereto warranting that he/she has due authority to do so.

 

15


Signed for and on behalf of:

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (as Lender and Sponsor)

 

/s/

   

 

Name: Graham Briggs     Name:
Title: Director     Title:
Date: 20 March 2013     Date:

Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

   

 

Name: Graham Briggs     Name:
Title: Director     Title:
Date: 20 March 2013     Date:

Signed for and on behalf of:

Histopath Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

   

 

Name: Sipho Tsotsi     Name:
Title: Managing Director     Title:
Date: 18 March 2013     Date:


Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

   

 

Name: M.C. Matjila     Name:
Title: Director     Title:
Date: 20 March 2013     Date:

Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

   

 

Name: L. Nengovhela     Name:
Title: Director     Title:
Date: 20 March 2013     Date:

Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

   

 

Name: M.M. Moira     Name:
Title: Director     Title:
Date: 20 March 2013     Date:

 

2

Exhibit 4.36

EXECUTION VERSION

ADDENDUM TO THE CASHFLOW WATERFALL AGREEMENT

between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Registration No. 1950/038232/06)

(in its capacity as Lender and Sponsor)

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1692 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/041001/07)

and

HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/082229/07)

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/035756/07)

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/030646/07)

and

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/030648/07)


WHEREBY THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1. In this Addendum –

 

  1.1.1. headings are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  1.1.2. an expression which denotes –

 

  1.1.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  1.1.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ;

 

  1.1.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa .

 

  1.2. Save as defined herein capitalised terms and expressions not otherwise defined shall bear the meanings ascribed to them in the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement (as defined below) and the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  1.2.1. Addendum ” means this addendum to the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement as it may be amended, replaced or novated from time to time;

 

  1.2.2. Cashflow Waterfall Agreement ” means the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement dated on or about 20 March 2013 between the Parties, setting out the priority of payment obligations of Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited (Registration No 2012/041001/07), all on the terms and conditions contained therein;

 

  1.2.3. Parties ” means the parties to this Addendum and includes a reference to their respective lawful successors and permitted assigns and any liquidator, curator, business rescue practitioner (or similar representative) of each of them.

 

2. CONFLICT WITH THE CASHFLOW WATERFALL AGREEMENT

If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement at any time, the provisions of this Addendum shall prevail.

 

3. AMENDMENTS

The Cashflow Waterfall Agreement is hereby amended, with effect from the date of last signature of this Addendum by the Parties, by:

 

  3.1. the deletion of the number and words “ R18 239 760,00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) where they appear in clauses 2.2.5.2, 2.2.5.3 and 2.2.5.4 of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement and the replacement thereof with the number and words R17 807 719,00 (seventeen million eight hundred and seven thousand seven hundred and nineteen Rand) ”; and

 

  3.2. the deletion of the number and words “ R97 278 720.00 (ninety seven million two hundred and seventy eight thousand seven hundred and twenty Rand) where they appear in clause 2.2.7 of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement and the replacement thereof with the number and words R94 974 501,00 (ninety four million nine hundred and seventy four thousand five hundred and one Rand) ”.

 

2


4. TRANSACTION DOCUMENT

This Addendum comprises a Finance Document for all purposes under the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement.

 

5. RETENTION

Save as expressly contemplated in this Addendum the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

6. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS

This Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall comprise one and the same instrument. A facsimile copy of this Addendum shall comprise a valid counterpart for the purpose of this provision.

 

7. WHOLE AGREEMENT

This Addendum comprises a written amendment to the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement within the contemplation of clause 11.2 thereof. This Addendum constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

3


Signed for and on behalf of:

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

 

/s/

Name: Frank Abbott
Title: Director
Date: 24 may 2013
Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

Name: Frank Abbott
Title: Director
Date: 24 May 2013
Signed for and on behalf of:

Histopath Proprietary Limited

 

/s/

Name: Sipho Tsotsi
Title: Director
Date: 24 may 2013


Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited

/s/

Name: M. Matjila
Title: Director
Date: 23 May 2013
Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited

/s/

Name: L. Nengovhela
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: 27 May 2013
Signed for and on behalf of:

Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited

/s/

Name: M.M. Mokuena
Title: Chair (Trustee)
Date: 28 May 2013

Exhibit 4.37

EXECUTION VERSION

R18,239,760 TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(as Borrower)

and

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(as Lender)


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 20 March 2013 and made between:

 

(1) BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED (Registration No. 2012/035756/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa (the “ Borrower ”); and

 

(2) HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa (the “ Lender ”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1. Definitions

In this Agreement:

 

  1.1.1. Acceptable Bank means:

 

  1.1.1.1. any of Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Investec Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited;

 

  1.1.1.2. a bank or financial institution which has an international rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations of A+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1- or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency,

and any other bank or financial institution approved by the Lender;

 

  1.1.2. Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person, or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company;

 

  1.1.3. Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche or any other firm approved in advance by the Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

2


  1.1.4. Available Commitment means the Lender’s Commitment under the Facility;

 

  1.1.5. Base Rate means:

 

  1.1.5.1. for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum, JIBAR; or

 

  1.1.5.2. for an Interest Period of the Loan which is less than a full period of 3 (three) Months, (a Broken JIBAR Period ), the rate determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

LOGO

 

where:     
R   =    the Base Rate;
R 1   =    JIBAR for the period closest to but less than the Broken JIBAR Period plus, if this would result in R 1 being equal to the JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate, 0.01 per cent.;
R2   =    JIBAR for the period closest to but greater than the Broken JIBAR Period;
T   =    the number of days in the Broken JIBAR Period;
T 1   =    the number of days in the period for which R1 is quoted on the first day of the Broken JIBAR Period;
T2   =    the number of days in the period for which R 2 is quoted on the first day of the Broken JIBAR Period;

 

  1.1.6. BEECo2 means Business Venture Investments No 1687 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/030646/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.7. BEECo3 means Business Venture Investments No 1688 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/030648/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.8. BEE Shareholder means:

 

  1.1.8.1. the Borrower;

 

3


  1.1.8.2. Histopath;

 

  1.1.8.3. BEECo2;

 

  1.1.8.4. BEECo3; and

 

  1.1.8.5. the Community Trust;

 

  1.1.9. BEE Shareholders Put Option has the meaning given to that term in Clause 18.1 ( BEE Shareholders Put Option ) of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement;

 

  1.1.10. Break Costs means the amount (if any) determined by the Lender by which:

 

  1.1.10.1. the interest which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of an amount repaid or prepaid in respect of any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum, if the principal amount of that Loan or Unpaid Sum received had been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  1.1.10.2. the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a Reference Bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

 

  1.1.11. Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday, a Sunday or official public holiday) on which banks are open for general business in Johannesburg;

 

  1.1.12. Cashflow Waterfall Agreement ” means the agreement dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Lender, the Borrower, the other BEE Shareholders, the Project Company and the Sponsor, setting out the priority of payment obligations of the Project Company;

 

  1.1.13. Closing Date means the date on which the Lender issues the notice contemplated by Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent );

 

  1.1.14. Commitment means R18 239 760,00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred under this Agreement;

 

4


  1.1.15. Community Trust means the trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust, a trust established under the laws of South Africa (Master’s reference number IT248/2013);

 

  1.1.16. Companies Act means the Companies Act, 2008, including all regulations promulgated under that act;

 

  1.1.17. Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or otherwise in the agreed form;

 

  1.1.18. Default means:

 

  1.1.18.1. an Event of Default; or

 

  1.1.18.2. any event or circumstance specified in Clause 21 ( Events of Default ) which (with the expiry of any applicable grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) would be an Event of Default;

 

  1.1.19. Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  1.1.19.1. a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  1.1.19.2. the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  1.1.19.2.1. from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  1.1.19.2.2. from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted;

 

5


  1.1.20. Environment means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

  1.1.20.1. air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

 

  1.1.20.2. water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

 

  1.1.20.3. land (including, without limitation, land under water);

 

  1.1.21. Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law;

 

  1.1.22. Environmental Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

 

  1.1.22.1. the pollution or protection of the Environment;

 

  1.1.22.2. harm to or the protection of human health;

 

  1.1.22.3. the conditions of the workplace; or

 

  1.1.22.4. the generation, handling, storage, use, release, emission or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste;

 

  1.1.23. Environmental Permit means any permit and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of the Project Company, or any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the Project Company or another member of the Group;

 

  1.1.24. Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 21 ( Events of Default );

 

  1.1.25. Facility means the amortising term loan facility made available under this Agreement, as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility );

 

  1.1.26.

Facility Outstandings means, at any time, the aggregate of all amounts of loan principal, accrued interest, Break Costs, early settlement premia, fees and all other amounts outstanding in respect of the Facility under the Finance

 

6


  Documents (including, without limitation, any claim for direct damages or restitution, any claim as a result of any recovery by the Borrower or another person of a payment or discharge under the Finance Documents on the grounds of preference, and each amount which would be included in any of the above but for any discharge, non-provability or unenforceability of a claim in any insolvency or other proceedings);

 

  1.1.27. Final Discharge Date means the date on which:

 

  1.1.27.1. the Facility Outstandings have been irrevocably and unconditionally finally paid and discharged in full (whether or not as a result of enforcement);

 

  1.1.27.2. the Lender has no commitment to provide finance or any other form of credit or financial accommodation to any person under any Finance Document,

as certified by the Lender within 5 (five) Business Days of request by the Borrower, if all the requirements above have in fact been met;

 

  1.1.28. Final Maturity Date means 31 December 2019;

 

  1.1.29. Finance Document means:

 

  1.1.29.1. this Agreement;

 

  1.1.29.2. the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  1.1.29.3. the Security Documents;

 

  1.1.29.4. a Compliance Certificate;

 

  1.1.29.5. any document amending any Finance Document referred to in paragraphs 1.1.29.1 to 1.1.29.4 above,

and any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

  1.1.30. Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  1.1.30.1. moneys borrowed, credit provided and debit balances at financial institutions;

 

  1.1.30.2. any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

7


  1.1.30.3. any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  1.1.30.4. the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  1.1.30.5. receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  1.1.30.6. any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  1.1.30.7. any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the mark-to-market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

  1.1.30.8. any amount raised by the issue of a share which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) is mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of its holder;

 

  1.1.30.9. any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

  1.1.30.10. the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs 1.1.30.1 to 1.1.30.9 above;

 

  1.1.31. First Payment Date means 31 December 2013;

 

  1.1.32. FreeGold means ARMgold-Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited (Registration No 2001/029602/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.33. Group means the Project Company and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time;

 

8


  1.1.34. Histopath means Histopath Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/082229/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.35. Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary;

 

  1.1.36. IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

 

  1.1.37. Insurance means any contract or policy of insurance and reinsurance taken out by or on behalf of a member of the Group or under which it has a right to claim;

 

  1.1.38. Intellectual Property Rights means:

 

  1.1.38.1. any know-how, patent, trade mark, service mark, design, invention, trading or business name, domain name, topographical or similar right;

 

  1.1.38.2. any copyright, data base or other intellectual property right; or

 

  1.1.38.3. any interest and rights to use (including by way of licence) in the above,

in each case whether registered or not, and includes any related application;

 

  1.1.39. Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 7 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 6.3 ( Default interest );

 

  1.1.40. Interest Reset Date means the first day of January, April, July and October of each year;

 

  1.1.41. JIBAR means, for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum:

 

  1.1.41.1. the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  1.1.41.2. (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or Unpaid Sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places), as supplied to the Lender at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Johannesburg interbank market,

as of 11h00 on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Rand for a period of 3 (three) months;

 

9


  1.1.42. JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate means, for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum:

 

  1.1.42.1. the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  1.1.42.2. (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or Unpaid Sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places), as supplied to the Lender at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Johannesburg interbank market,

as of 11h00 on the Quotation Day for the offering of overnight deposits in Rand;

 

  1.1.43. Kopano means Kopano Resources Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2000/023004/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.44. Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility, or the principal amount outstanding of the loan from time to time;

 

  1.1.45. Major Project Party means:

 

  1.1.45.1. the Borrower; and

 

  1.1.45.2. the Project Company;

 

  1.1.46. Margin means for any amount (including an Unpaid Sum) outstanding under the Facility, 3.25% (three point two five per cent) per annum (subject to any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement from time to time);

 

  1.1.47. Material Adverse Effect means an effect which in the opinion of the Lender is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to:

 

  1.1.47.1. the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of a Major Project Party;

 

  1.1.47.2. the ability of any Major Project Party to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents; or

 

10


  1.1.47.3. the validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of the Transaction Documents;

 

  1.1.47.4. the validity or enforceability of, or effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or purported to be granted pursuant to, any Transaction Document;

 

  1.1.48. Material Agreement means a “Contract”, as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.49. Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  1.1.49.1. (subject to paragraph 1.1.49.3 below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  1.1.49.2. if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

  1.1.49.3. if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end;

 

  1.1.50. MPRDA means the Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002, including all regulations promulgated under that act;

 

  1.1.51. Original Financial Statements means the internally prepared management accounts of the Sponsor provided to the Project Company under the Sale of Business Agreement on or before the Closing Date;

 

  1.1.52. Parent means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.53. Party means a party to this Agreement;

 

  1.1.54. Payment Date means:

 

  1.1.54.1. the last day of June and December of each year; and

 

  1.1.54.2. the Final Maturity Date;

 

11


  1.1.55. Project means the mining of the Tailings Dams (as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement);

 

  1.1.56. Project Company means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/041001/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.57. Project Company Mining Right means the “Tailings Dam Mining Right” as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.58. Project Document means:

 

  1.1.58.1. the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.2. the FreeGold Sale Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.3. the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.4. the Contractor Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.5. the Services Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.6. the BEECo Undertakings;

 

  1.1.58.7. the Sikhuliso Undertaking;

 

  1.1.58.8. the Memorandum of Incorporation of the Project Company;

 

  1.1.58.9. the Project Company Mining Right (with effect from the date on which it is ceded to the Project Company pursuant to Clause 18 ( Cession of Tailings Dams Mining Right ) of the Sale of Business Agreement);

 

  1.1.58.10. each notarial deed and other document under which a Servitude is granted to the Project Company,

in each case, as defined in Schedule 4 ( Project Documents ), and any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

  1.1.59. Project Site means the “Mining Area”, as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

12


  1.1.60. Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, the first day of that period or such other day as the Lender determines is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in the Johannesburg interbank market;

 

  1.1.61. Reference Banks means the principal Johannesburg offices of Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, or such other banks as may be appointed by the Lender in consultation with the Borrower;

 

  1.1.62. Repayment Instalment means each scheduled instalment of capital contemplated in Clause 4.1.1 for the repayment of the Loan made under the Facility;

 

  1.1.63. Repayment Proceeds means all amounts (comprising capital and/or interest and other prepayments or amounts) repaid or prepaid by the Project Company to the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  1.1.64. Repeating Representations means each of the representations contemplated in Clause 17 ( Representations );

 

  1.1.65. Sanctioned Entity means:

 

  1.1.65.1. a person, country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or subject to the Sanctions;

 

  1.1.65.2. a person which is ordinarily resident in a country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or subject to the Sanctions;

 

  1.1.66. Sanctioned Transaction means the use the proceeds of the Facilities for the purpose of financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to:

 

  1.1.66.1. a Sanctioned Entity; or

 

  1.1.66.2. any other person or entity, if the Borrower (or any Affiliate of the Borrower) has actual knowledge that the person or entity proposes to use the proceeds of the financing or credit for the purpose of financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to a Sanctioned Entity,

in each case to the extent that to do so is prohibited by, or would cause any breach of, Sanctions;

 

13


  1.1.67. Sanctions means trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by any authority referred to in the definition of “Sanctions List” in this Clause 1.1.68 below;

 

  1.1.68. Sanctions List means any of the lists of specifically designated nationals, persons or entities (including, without limitation, the SDN List) published by:

 

  1.1.68.1. the government of the United States of America (and administered by the United States Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or the State Department, the Department of Commerce or the Department of the Treasury of the United States of America);

 

  1.1.68.2. Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland or the Bank of England;

 

  1.1.68.3. the government of the Republic of France;

 

  1.1.68.4. the government of the Commonwealth of Australia;

 

  1.1.68.5. the European Union; or

 

  1.1.68.6. the United Nations Security Council,

under any applicable law or regulation, in each case as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time;

 

  1.1.69. SDN List means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, as published by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, and available on the internet at the following website: http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/index.html or any official successor website;

 

  1.1.70. Screen Rate means;

 

  1.1.70.1. for JIBAR, the Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate;

 

  1.1.70.2. for the JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate, the SAFEX overnight call deposit rate,

polled and published in each case, by the South African Futures Exchange (a division of the JSE Limited) for deposits in Rand for the relevant period, as displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen selected by the Lender. If the relevant page is replaced or the information service ceases to be available, the Lender (after consultation with the Borrower) may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate;

 

14


  1.1.71. Security means a mortgage bond, notarial bond, cession in security, pledge, hypothec, lien, charge, assignment or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect but excluding statutory preferences;

 

  1.1.72. Security Documents means:

 

  1.1.72.1. the pledge and cession in securitatem debiti dated on or about the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

  1.1.72.2. any written notice to a third person of the Security established under the security agreement set out in paragraph 1.1.72.1 above, and any written acknowledgement of that notice which is required to be delivered to the Lender under that security agreement;

 

  1.1.72.3. any other document evidencing or creating any guarantee or security over any asset of the Borrower to secure any obligation of the Borrower to the Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  1.1.73. Servitudes means the “Servitudes” as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.74. Shareholder Loans means the loans advanced by each of the Borrower, Histopath, BEECo2 and BEECo3 in terms of Clause 14 ( Initial Funding of the Company ) of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement (as defined in Schedule 4 hereof);

 

  1.1.75. Signature Date means the date on which, once this Agreement has been signed by all the Parties, it is signed by the last Party to do so;

 

  1.1.76. Sikhuliso means Sikhuliso Resources Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2006/021911/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.77. South Africa means the Republic of South Africa;

 

  1.1.78. Sponsor means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;

 

15


  1.1.79. Subsidiary means a “ subsidiary ” as defined in the Companies Act, and includes any person who, but for not being a “ company ” under the Companies Act, would be a “ subsidiary ” as defined in the Companies Act;

 

  1.1.80. Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

 

  1.1.81. Transaction Document means:

 

  1.1.81.1. a Finance Document; or

 

  1.1.81.2. a Project Document;

 

  1.1.82. Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or to benefit from fluctuations in any rate, price, index or credit rating;

 

  1.1.83. Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents;

 

  1.1.84. Utilisation means a utilisation of the Facility;

 

  1.1.85. VAT means (i) value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act, 1991; (ii) any general service Tax; and (iii) other Tax of a similar nature;

 

  1.1.86. ZAR , Rand or R means South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa.

 

  1.2. Financial definitions

In this Agreement the following terms have the meanings set out below:

 

  1.2.1. Cash means an amount (denominated in Rand, or any other currency approved by the Lender) of cash in hand, or credit balances or amounts on deposit with an Acceptable Bank to which the Borrower is beneficially entitled if:

 

  1.2.1.1. the cash is accessible and may be withdrawn in full by the Borrower within 30 (thirty) days;

 

  1.2.1.2. access to and withdrawal of the cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any indebtedness of any person or the satisfaction of any other condition;

 

16


  1.2.1.3. no Security exists over the cash or over claims in respect thereof (other than Security arising under the Security Documents); and

 

  1.2.1.4. the cash is freely and (except as mentioned in paragraph 1.2.1.1 above) immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facility;

 

  1.2.2. Cash Equivalents means, at any time:

 

  1.2.2.1. certificates of deposit maturing within 30 (thirty) days after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

  1.2.2.2. investments accessible and which can be monetised within 30 (thirty) days in a South African money market collective investment scheme which:

 

  1.2.2.2.1. has an international credit rating of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency;

 

  1.2.2.2.2. invests substantially all its assets in securities of the type described in paragraph 1.2.2.1 above; or

 

  1.2.2.3. any other debt security approved by the Lender,

in each case, denominated in Rand or another currency approved by the Lender, and to which the Project Company is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not subject to any Security (other than Security arising under the Security Documents);

 

  1.2.3. Capital Expenditure means any expenditure which is treated as capital expenditure in accordance with IFRS (including the capital element of any expenditure or obligation incurred in connection with a lease or hire purchase agreement which constitutes Financial Indebtedness);

 

  1.2.4. Debt Service means, in relation to a Measurement Period, Finance Costs payable during that period, plus all principal amounts of Financial Indebtedness of the Project Company under the Finance Documents which fell due for repayment or prepayment during that period, whether or not paid or deferred for payment after that period;

 

17


  1.2.5. Debt Service Cover Ratio means the ratio as contemplated in Clause 19 ( Financial Covenants );

 

  1.2.6. EBITDA means, in relation to a Measurement Period, the aggregate accrued operating income of the Project Company for that period (including the results from discontinued operations), without taking any account of the following items:

 

  1.2.6.1. any Interest accrued as an obligation of, or owed to, the Project Company, whether or not paid, deferred or capitalised during that period;

 

  1.2.6.2. any amount of Tax on profits, gains or income paid or payable by the Project Company and any amount of any rebate or credit in respect of Tax on profits, gains or income received or receivable by the Project Company;

 

  1.2.6.3. any depreciation or amortisation whatsoever, and any charge for impairment or any reversal in that period of any previous impairment charge;

 

  1.2.6.4. any loss against book value incurred by the Project Company on the disposal of any asset (other than trading stock) during that period;

 

  1.2.6.5. any gain over book value arising in favour of the Project Company on the disposal of any asset (other than trading stock) during that period and any gain arising on any revaluation of an asset during that period;

 

  1.2.6.6. any unrealised gains or losses due to exchange rate movements which is reported through the income statement;

 

  1.2.6.7. any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis) which is reported through the income statement;

 

  1.2.6.8. the amount of profit or loss of the Project Company which is attributable to the minority interests of a person (not being a member of the Group) who is a shareholder of a member of the Group;

 

  1.2.6.9.

the amount of profit of any associate entity (which is not a member of the Group) in which the Project Company has an ownership interest, to the extent that the amount of such profit reported

 

18


  through the income statement exceeds the amount (net of any applicable withholding tax) received in cash by that the Project Company through distributions by that entity;

 

  1.2.6.10. any extraordinary items (as contemplated by AC103 of the South African Accounting Practices Board) reported through the income statement for that period;

 

  1.2.7. Finance Costs means, in relation to a Measurement Period, all Interest (whether paid, payable or added to principal) incurred by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8. Free Cashflow means, in relation to any Measurement Period, EBITDA for that period:

 

  1.2.8.1. minus all amounts of Tax on profits, gains or income actually paid and/or which fell due for immediate payment during that period (and minus the amount of any withholding tax withheld from any amount paid by the Project Company for such period);

 

  1.2.8.2. plus the amount of any rebate or credit in respect of any Tax on profits, gains or income actually received in cash by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8.3. minus any increase or plus any decrease in Net Working Capital between the first day and the last day of that Measurement Period;

 

  1.2.8.4. minus all Capital Expenditure actually paid or contractually falling due for payment by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8.5. plus the net amount of all proceeds received in cash by the Project Company during that period in relation to the disposal of an asset or a claim under a contract of insurance which are not applied (or required to be applied) in replacing or reinstating that asset (after deducting Taxes (and amounts reasonably reserved in respect of Taxes) payable by the Project Company in respect of that disposal or claim and all costs and expenses incurred by the Project Company directly in connection with that disposal or claim);

 

  1.2.8.6. plus the amount (net of any applicable withholding tax) of any dividends or other distributions received in cash by the Project Company during that period from any entity which is not itself a member of the Group;

 

19


  1.2.8.7. minus all non-cash credits and plus all non-cash debits and other non-cash charges included in establishing EBITDA for that period (to the extent not included in calculating Consolidated Net Working Capital as at the last day of the Measurement Period);

 

  1.2.8.8. plus any positive and minus any negative extraordinary or exceptional items received or which are paid or fall due for payment by the Project Company in cash during such period, to the extent not already taken into account in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for that period;

 

  1.2.9. Interest means:

 

  1.2.9.1. interest and amounts in the nature of interest accrued;

 

  1.2.9.2. prepayment penalties or premiums incurred in repaying or prepaying any Financial Indebtedness;

 

  1.2.9.3. discount fees and acceptance fees payable or deducted in respect of any Financial Indebtedness, including fees payable in respect of letters of credit and guarantees;

 

  1.2.9.4. any net payment (or, if appropriate in the context, receipt) under any interest rate hedging agreement or instrument, taking into account any premiums payable; and

 

  1.2.9.5. any other payments and deductions of similar effect (including the finance cost element of finance leases),

and includes commitment and non-utilisation fees (including those payable under the Finance Documents), but excludes front-end, management, arrangement and participation fees with respect to any Financial Indebtedness (including those payable under the Finance Documents);

 

  1.2.10. Measurement Date means the Payment Date;

 

  1.2.11. Measurement Period means each period of 6 (six) months preceding a Measurement Date;

 

20


  1.2.12. Net Working Capital , as at any date, means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities, all as at that date, and for this purpose:

 

  1.2.12.1. Current Assets means all the current assets of the Project Company as at that date (other than Cash or Cash Equivalents; any credit receivable for Tax on profits, gains or income suffered; and Interest receivable; and any payments of Financial Indebtedness receivable by the Project Company which are required to be excluded by IFRS);

 

  1.2.12.2. Current Liabilities means all the current liabilities of the Project Company at that date (other than any accrued or unpaid Interest; any liabilities in respect of Tax on profits, gains or income; any dividends, redemptions and other distributions payable to shareholders of the Project Company (whether or not declared); and Financial Indebtedness owing by the Project Company which are required to be excluded by IFRS),

 

  1.3. Construction

 

  1.3.1. In this Agreement, unless inconsistent with the context, any reference to:

 

  1.3.1.1. the Lender , any Major Project Party , any Party or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted cessionaries and permitted transferees;

 

  1.3.1.2. a document being in the agreed form means that the document is in a form previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Lender or, if not so agreed, is in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

 

  1.3.1.3. an amendment includes an amendment, supplement, novation, re-enactment, replacement, restatement or variation and amend will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.4. assets includes businesses, undertakings, securities, properties, revenues or rights of every description and whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  1.3.1.5. an authorisation includes authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, permit, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration;

 

21


  1.3.1.6. authority includes any court or any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority;

 

  1.3.1.7. a disposal means a sale, transfer, cession, assignment, donation, grant, lease, licence or other alienation or disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether pursuant to a single transaction or a series of transactions, and dispose will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.8. a distribution means a transfer by a company of money or other assets of the company (other than its own shares) to, or to the order (or otherwise for the benefit) of, one or more holders of shares in that company or another company within the same group of companies, including any principal or interest in respect of amounts due (whether in respect of an intercompany or a shareholder loan or otherwise); any dividend (including any interest on any unpaid amount of a dividend), charge, fee, consideration or other distribution (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its shares or share capital (or any class of its share capital); any repayment or distribution of any share premium account; and the payment of any management, advisory or other fee;

 

  1.3.1.9. a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument includes (without prejudice to any prohibition on amendments) all amendments (however fundamental) to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument, including any amendment providing for any increase in the amount of a facility or any additional facility or replacement facility;

 

  1.3.1.10. a guarantee means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person, where, in each case, that obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of that person to meet any of its indebtedness;

 

  1.3.1.11. indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

22


  1.3.1.12. know your customer requirements are the identification checks that the Lender requests in order to meet its obligations under any applicable law or regulation to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer;

 

  1.3.1.13. a person includes any individual, company, corporation, unincorporated association or body (including a partnership, trust, fund, joint venture or consortium), government, state, agency, organisation or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

  1.3.1.14. a refinancing means an unscheduled repayment of Loans and other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents which is funded, directly or indirectly, by way of Financial Indebtedness incurred or shares issued by a member of the Group, and refinance will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.15. a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, being of a type with which any person to which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  1.3.2. a provision of law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted, and includes any subordinate legislation;

 

  1.3.3. one gender include a reference to the others; the singular includes the plural and vice versa ; natural persons include juristic persons and vice versa; and

 

  1.3.4. a time of day is a reference to Johannesburg time.

 

  1.3.5. Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only, and do not in any way affect the interpretation of a Finance Document.

 

  1.3.6. Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

23


  1.3.7. A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived by the Lender, and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived by the Lender.

 

  1.3.8. If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of the relevant Finance Document.

 

  1.3.9. The Schedules to a Finance Document form an integral part thereof and a reference to a Clause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause of, or a schedule to, this Agreement.

 

  1.3.10. Unless expressly otherwise provided in a Finance Document or inconsistent with the context, any number of days prescribed in a Finance Document must be calculated by including the first and excluding the last day, unless that last day falls on a day that is not a Business Day, in which case, if the last day is a payment date, the last day will instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not), or, if the last day is a not payment date, the last day will instead be the next Business Day.

 

  1.3.11. The rule of construction that, in the event of ambiguity, a contract shall be interpreted against the party responsible for the drafting thereof, shall not apply in the interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

  1.3.12. The use of the word including followed by specific examples will not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it, and the eiusdem generis rule must not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific examples.

 

  1.3.13. The expiry or termination of any Finance Documents shall not affect those provisions of the Finance Documents that expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiry or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

  1.3.14. The Finance Documents shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be binding on and enforceable by the administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators of the Parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed the Finance Documents in the first instance and reference to any Party shall be deemed to include such Party’s administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators, as the case may be.

 

24


  1.3.15. Unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  1.3.15.1. a reference to a Party will not include that party if it has ceased to be a party under this Agreement;

 

  1.3.15.2. any obligation of the Borrower under the Finance Documents which is not a payment obligation remains in force for so long as any payment obligation of the Borrower is or may be, or is capable of becoming, outstanding under the Finance Documents; and

 

  1.3.15.3. any obligation of the Borrower under the Finance Documents includes an obligation on the Borrower not to contract or agree to do something or not to do something which would breach that first obligation, unless such contract or agreement is conditional on the approval of the Lender.

 

  1.4. Third party rights

 

  1.4.1. Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document, no provision of any Finance Document constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document.

 

  1.4.2. Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document is not required to rescind or vary that Finance Document at any time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

 

2. THE FACILITY AND PURPOSE

 

  2.1. Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender makes available to the Borrower a Rand-denominated amortising term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Commitment.

 

25


  2.2. Purpose

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards financing the Shareholder Loan to be advanced by the Borrower to the Project Company, and for no other purpose whatsoever.

 

  2.3. Monitoring

The Lender is not bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3. CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

  3.1. Initial conditions precedent

The Lender shall have no obligation to advance the Loan or provide any other form of credit or financial accommodation under any Finance Document unless the Lender has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 ( Conditions precedent ), in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender. The Lender shall notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable upon being so satisfied.

 

  3.2. Further conditions precedent

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender will only be obliged to participate in the Loan if, in the opinion of the Lender, on the Closing Date:

 

  3.2.1. the Repeating Representations are correct in all material respects; and

 

  3.2.2. no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan.

 

  3.3. Waiver or deferral of conditions precedent

Each condition precedent referred to in this Clause 3 is for the benefit solely of the Lender. The Lender may by notice to the Borrower waive or defer delivery of any condition precedent, in whole or in part, and subject to such other conditions (if any) as it may determine.

 

  3.4. Failure to close

If the Closing Date has not occurred by 17h00 on 15 May 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender) the Commitment shall immediately, automatically and without a requirement for notice to be given to any person, be cancelled and reduced to zero.

 

26


  3.5. Maximum number of Loans

The Parties hereby agree that there shall be only one Loan for an amount equal to (but not exceeding) the full amount of the Commitment.

 

  3.6. Utilisation

The Lender shall advance the Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date by paying, in South African Rands, an amount equal to the Commitment, direct to the Project Company into an account separately advised by the Project Company to the Lender in writing. The Borrower agrees that the said payments shall discharge the obligation of the Lender to advance the Loan to the Borrower.

SECTION 3

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

4. REPAYMENT

 

  4.1. Repayment of Loan

 

  4.1.1. The Borrower must repay to the Lender on each date specified below that amount (a Repayment Instalment ) of the Loan set out opposite that date in the table below:

 

    

Payment Date

   Repayment
Instalment
Amount
 

1.

   31 December, 2013 (being the First Payment Date)    R  1 403 058,47   

2.

   30 June, 2014    R 1 403 058,47   

3.

   31 December, 2014    R 1 403 058,47   

4.

   30 June, 2015    R 1 403 058,47   

5.

   31 December, 2015    R 1 403 058,47   

6.

   30 June, 2016    R 1 403 058,47   

7.

   31 December, 2016    R 1 403 058,47   

8.

   30 June, 2017    R 1 403 058,47   

9.

   31 December, 2017    R 1 403 058,47   

10.

   30 June, 2018    R 1 403 058,47   

11.

   31 December, 2018    R 1 403 058,47   

12.

   30 June, 2019    R 1 403 058,47   

13.

   31 December, 2019 (being the Final Maturity Date)    R 1 403 058,47   

 

27


  4.1.2. Any amount of Facility Outstandings which remains outstanding on the Final Maturity Date shall be paid or repaid to the Lender in full on that date.

 

  4.1.3. No amount of the Loan repaid under this Clause 4.1 may be re-borrowed.

 

5. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

  5.1. Mandatory prepayment - illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document, to maintain the Commitment or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

  5.1.1. that Lender must notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of that illegality;

 

  5.1.2. upon the Lender notifying the Borrower, the Commitment will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  5.1.3. the Borrower shall repay the Loan (together with all other Facility Outstandings) on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

  5.2. Mandatory prepayment - change of control or transfer of business

 

  5.2.1. If:

 

  5.2.1.1. Kopano does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote as it sees fit at least 100% (one hundred per cent) of the issued share capital of the Borrower;

 

  5.2.1.2. the Borrower does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote as it sees fit at least 3% (three per cent) of the issued share capital of the Project Company;

 

28


  5.2.1.3. any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Borrower or the Project Company;

 

  5.2.1.4. any of the securities in the Borrower or the Project Company are sold or issued by way of flotation, rights issue, public placing, listing or other public offering;

 

  5.2.1.5. there is a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Project Company or the Borrower (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions to which the provisions of section 112 of the Companies Act would apply);

the Borrower shall promptly notify the Lender upon becoming aware of that event, and the Lender may, by not less than 10 (ten) days notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitment and declare the outstanding amount of the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

  5.2.2. If the Sponsor does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote at least 70% (seventy per cent) of the issued share capital of the Project Company (a “ Sponsor Control Event ”), the Parties hereby agree that:

 

  5.2.2.1. the Borrower shall have a period of 3 (three) Months, commencing from the date of the Sponsor Control Event, to obtain third party financing to repay the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings, in accordance with clause 5.4 below, failing which;

 

  5.2.2.2. the Lender may immediately cancel the Commitment and declare the outstanding amount of the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings immediately due and payable.

 

  5.2.3. For the purpose of Clause 5.2.1:

acting in concert means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in a company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of that company;

 

29


control means, in relation to any company or similar organisation or person:

 

  5.2.3.1. the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  5.2.3.1.1. cast, or control the casting of, more than 35 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that person; or

 

  5.2.3.1.2. appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that person; or

 

  5.2.3.1.3. give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that person with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that person are obliged to comply; and/or

 

  5.2.3.2. the holding beneficially more than 35 per cent. of the issued share capital of that person (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

  5.3. Mandatory prepayment - prepayments under the Shareholder Loan

 

  5.3.1. If the Borrower receives any payment pursuant to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, the Borrower hereby undertakes to mandatorily prepay the Loan and other Facility Outstandings on the date of such receipt, in an amount equal to the amount of such payment.

 

  5.3.2. Any amount to be applied in the repayment of the Loan and other Facility Outstandings under Clause 5.3.1, shall be applied first, to the Facility Outstandings not comprising capital or interest, second, to accrued unpaid interest, and third, to outstanding capital (in inverse order of maturity).

 

  5.4. Voluntary prepayment

 

  5.4.1. The Borrower shall be entitled to prepay the Loan and all other Facility Outstandings in whole (and not in part) from the proceeds of a third party refinancing.

 

  5.4.2. The Borrower shall give the Lender not less than 10 (ten) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) prior notice of the Borrower’s intention to prepay the Loan under this Clause 5.4.

 

  5.5. Re-borrowing and reinstatement

No amount of the Loan prepaid under this Agreement may be re-borrowed.

 

30


  5.6. Other restrictions

 

  5.6.1. Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 5 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  5.6.2. Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

  5.6.3. The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  5.6.4. If all or part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of the Commitment (equal to the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

SECTION 4

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

6. INTEREST

 

  6.1. Calculation of interest

Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 6, the rate of interest on the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  6.1.1. Margin; and

 

  6.1.2. Base Rate.

 

  6.2. Payment of interest

 

  6.2.1. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender, on each Payment Date, all interest which has accrued on the Loan during the Interest Periods ending on or before that Payment Date.

 

  6.2.2. All accrued interest on the Loan for an Interest Period which does not end on a Payment Date will be added to and compounded with the outstanding principal amount of the Loan on the Interest Reset Date immediately following such Interest Period.

 

31


  6.3. Default interest

 

  6.3.1. If and for so long as an Event of Default is continuing, interest will accrue on the Facility Outstandings under the Facility at a rate of 2% (two per cent) above the interest rate contemplated in Clause 6.1 ( Calculation of Interest ) (as may be adjusted, from time to time, under the other provisions of this Clause) which applies to the Loan made under the Facility.

 

  6.3.2. Interest accruing under this Clause on an Unpaid Sum shall be calculated as if that Unpaid Sum, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan under the Facility for successive Interest Periods. For this purpose, the Lender (acting reasonably) may:

 

  6.3.2.1. select successive Interest Periods of any duration of up to three months; and

 

  6.3.2.2. determine the appropriate Quotation Day for that Interest Period.

 

  6.3.3. If any Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

  6.3.3.1. the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

  6.3.3.2. the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00 per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

  6.3.4. Any interest accruing under this Clause 6.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Lender.

 

  6.3.5. Default interest (if unpaid) arising on any Unpaid Sum will be compounded with that Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

  6.4. Notification of rates of interest

The Lender shall notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

32


7. INTEREST PERIODS

 

  7.1. Duration of Interest Period and consolidation of Loans

 

  7.1.1. The Loan has successive Interest Periods of not more than three Months each commencing on (an including) the Closing Date (in respect of the first Interest Period of a Loan) or on (and including) the last day of its preceding Interest Period (as applicable).

 

  7.1.2. Subject to Clauses 7.2 to 7.4 below, each Interest Period for a Loan:

 

  7.1.2.1. shall end on (but exclude) the next Interest Reset Date;

 

  7.1.2.2. will be three Months or, in respect of the Interest Period which commences on the Closing Date of the Loan, such shorter period as may be necessary to ensure that it ends on the next Interest Reset Date.

 

  7.2. No overrunning the Final Maturity Date

If an Interest Period would otherwise extend beyond the Final Maturity Date, it will be shortened so that it ends on the Final Maturity Date. This Clause does not apply to Interest Periods selected under Clause 6.3 ( Default interest ) in respect of Unpaid Amounts which remain outstanding on the Final Maturity Date.

 

  7.3. Other adjustments

The Lender and the Borrower may enter into such other arrangements as they may agree for the adjustment of Interest Periods and the consolidation or splitting of Loans.

 

  7.4. Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

8. CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

  8.1. Absence of quotations

Subject to Clause 8.2 below, if JIBAR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 12h00 on the Quotation Day, JIBAR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations provided by the remaining Reference Banks.

 

33


  8.2. Market disruption

 

  8.2.1. If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  8.2.1.1. the Margin; and

 

  8.2.1.2. the rate notified to the relevant Borrower by the Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

  8.2.2. In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means:

 

  8.2.2.1. at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Lender to determine JIBAR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  8.2.2.2. before close of business in Johannesburg on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Lender (acting reasonably) determines that:

 

  8.2.2.2.1. the cost to it of funding the Loan, from whatever source they may reasonably select, would be in excess of JIBAR;

 

  8.2.2.2.2. the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Johannesburg interbank market would be in excess of JIBAR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  8.2.2.2.3. matching deposits will not be available to it in the Johannesburg interbank market in the ordinary course of business to fund the Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

  8.3. Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  8.3.1.

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 8.2 above, if a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Lender or the Borrower so requires, the Lender and the

 

34


  Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 (thirty) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  8.3.2. Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 8.3.1 above shall be binding on the Parties.

 

9. BREAK COSTS

 

  9.1. The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid on a day other than a Payment Date for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  9.2. The Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a request by the Borrower, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

10. FEES AND COSTS

 

  10.1. Non-refundable structuring fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a non-refundable structuring fee in an amount equal to 1% (one per cent) of the Commitment. The non-refundable structuring fee shall accrue in full and shall be payable on the Closing Date.

 

  10.2. Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender, within 3 (thee) Business Days of demand, the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of:

 

  10.2.1. this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement (including all costs of registering or perfecting security); and

 

  10.2.2. any other Finance Documents executed after the Signature Date.

 

  10.3. Amendment costs

 

  10.3.1. If the Borrower requests an amendment, waiver or consent, it shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

35


  10.3.2. If there is any change in law or any regulation which requires an amendment, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with evaluating, negotiating or complying with any such requirement.

 

  10.4. Enforcement costs

The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, pay to the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees on the scale as between attorney and own client whether incurred before or after judgement) incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

SECTION 5

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

11. TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

  11.1. Definitions

 

  11.1.1. In this Agreement:

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax;

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document;

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to the Lender under Clause 11.2 below or a payment under Clause 11.3 below.

 

  11.1.2. Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 11 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

  11.2. Tax gross-up

 

  11.2.1. The Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it free and clear of and without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  11.2.2. The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly. Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Borrower on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender.

 

36


  11.2.3. If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

  11.2.4. If the Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, it shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  11.2.5. Within 30 (thirty) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  11.3. Tax indemnity

 

  11.3.1. The Borrower shall within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender, indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender an amount equal to, the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  11.3.2. Clause 11.3.1 above shall not apply:

 

  11.3.2.1. with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or

 

  11.3.2.2. to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 11.2 ( Tax gross-up ).

 

  11.3.3. If the Lender makes, or intends to make a claim under Clause 11.3.1 above, it shall notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.

 

37


  11.4. Tax Credit

Subject to Clause 16 ( Conduct of Business by the Lender ), if the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:

 

  11.4.1. a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  11.4.2. the Lender has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Lender shall pay an amount to the Borrower which the Lender determines will leave the Lender (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrower.

 

  11.5. Stamp taxes

The Borrower shall (within 3 (three) Business Days of demand) indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender, any cost, loss or liability that the Lender incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

  11.6. Value added tax

 

  11.6.1. All amounts set out or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to any other Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and the Lender shall provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party as soon as reasonably practicable).

 

  11.6.2. Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any costs or expenses, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost or expense, including any part thereof which represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

38


12. INCREASED COSTS

 

  12.1. Increased costs

 

  12.1.1. Subject to Clause 12.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of a demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by the Lender or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  12.1.1.1. the introduction of, or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of), any law or regulation; or

 

  12.1.1.2. compliance with any aspect of the Basel III Framework (including any national regulation which implements the Basel III Framework) made after the Signature Date; or compliance with any other law or regulation made after the Signature Date,

including, without limitation, any such law or regulation (including the Basel III Framework) which imposes or affects minimum capital requirements, liquid asset holding requirements, special deposit requirements or any levy or Taxes.

 

  12.1.2. In this Agreement:

Increased Costs ” means:

 

  12.1.2.1. a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on the Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital (including, without limitation, as a result of any reduction in the rate of return on capital brought about by more capital being required to be allocated by the Lender);

 

  12.1.2.2. an additional or increased cost; or

 

  12.1.2.3. a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by the Lender or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the Lender having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document;

Basel III Framework ” means:

 

  12.1.2.4.

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards

 

39


  and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated

 

  12.1.2.5. the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  12.1.2.6. any other guidance, standards or directives published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

  12.2. Increased cost claims

If the Lender intends to make a claim pursuant to Clause 12.1 above, it shall:

 

  12.2.1. notify the Borrower of the event giving rise to the claim as soon as reasonably practicable;

 

  12.2.2. upon request by the Borrower, provide to the Borrower a certificate confirming the amount of the Lender’s Increased Costs as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

  12.3. Exceptions

 

  12.3.1. Clause 12.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  12.3.1.1. attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by the Borrower;

 

  12.3.1.2. compensated for by Clause 11.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under that Clause but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in that Clause applied); or

 

  12.3.1.3. attributable to the wilful breach by the Lender of any law or regulation.

 

  12.3.2. In this Clause 12.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 11.1 ( Definitions ).

 

40


13. OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

  13.1. Other indemnities

 

  13.1.1. The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender an amount equal to, any cost, loss or liability, other than indirect or consequential cost, loss or liability incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

  13.1.1.1. the occurrence of any Default;

 

  13.1.1.2. the information produced or approved by the Borrower or any member of the Group under or in connection with the Finance Documents being or being alleged to be misleading and/or deceptive in any respect;

 

  13.1.1.3. any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to the Borrower or any member of the Group or with respect to the transactions contemplated or financed under this Agreement;

 

  13.1.1.4. a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date;

 

  13.1.1.5. funding, or making arrangements to fund the Loan (other than by reason of wilful default or gross negligence of the Lender alone); or

 

  13.1.1.6. the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  13.1.2. The Borrower’s liability in each case includes any loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under any Finance Document or the Loan.

 

  13.2. Indemnity to the Lender

The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, an amount equal to, any cost, loss or liability, other than indirect or consequential cost, loss or liability, incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

  13.2.1. investigating or taking any other action in connection with any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

  13.2.2. acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

41


14. LIMITED RECOURSE

 

  14.1. The Lender is prepared to limit its recourse against the Borrower in respect of this Agreement.

 

  14.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the contrary (but subject to the provisions of this Clause 14), all amounts payable or expressed to be payable to or for the account of the Lender by the Borrower in respect of the Facility, shall be limited to the following proceeds (the “ Recovery Proceeds ”):

 

  14.2.1. the Repayment Proceeds; plus

 

  14.2.2. the proceeds realised from the enforcement by the Lender of any security interests held in respect of the Security Documents.

 

  14.3. The provisions of Clauses 14.1 and 14.2 shall not serve to limit nor derogate from the following steps and/or proceedings (which the Lender shall be entitled to pursue against the Borrower and/or the Project Company):

 

  14.3.1. in connection with the recovery of all the Recovery Proceeds;

 

  14.3.2. in connection with the acceleration and/or enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and/or the recovery of all amounts owing by the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

  14.3.3. the enforcement of the Security Documents;

 

  14.3.4. the right of the Lender to call an Event of Default and/or enforce the provisions of the Security Documents;

 

  14.3.5. in connection with the Lender obtaining any order for specific performance or other declaratory order in relation to this Agreement and/or any other Transaction Documents; and/or

 

  14.3.6. to claim or prove in any bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, winding-up, liquidation, reorganisation, amalgamation, business rescue proceedings or dissolution of the Borrower.

 

42


15. MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

 

  15.1. Mitigation

 

  15.1.1. The Lender must, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 5.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 11 ( Tax Gross-up and Indemnities ) or Clause 12 ( Increased Costs ).

 

  15.1.2. Clause 15.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.

 

  15.2. Limitation of liability

 

  15.2.1. The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lender against, and undertakes to pay to the Lender, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, an amount equal to, all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 above.

 

  15.2.2. The Lender is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 above if, in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably):

 

  15.2.2.1. any law or regulation would not allow or permit it; or

 

  15.2.2.2. to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

No provision of a Finance Document will:

 

  16.1. interfere with the right of the Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  16.2. oblige the Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  16.3. oblige the Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

43


SECTION 6

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

17. REPRESENTATIONS

The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17 to the Lender on the Signature Date. A reference to “it” or to “its” in this Clause 17 is a reference to the Borrower.

The Lender enters into the Finance Documents to on the strength of and relying on the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17, each of which is a separate representation and warranty, given without prejudice to any other representation or warranty and is deemed to be a material representation or warranty (as applicable) inducing the Lender to enter into the Finance Documents.

 

  17.1. Status

 

  17.1.1. It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa.

 

  17.1.2. It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  17.2. Capacity, power and authority

 

  17.2.1. It has the legal capacity and power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into and performance of, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

  17.2.2. No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

  17.3. Binding obligations

 

  17.3.1. The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

  17.3.2. Each Transaction Document to which it is a party is in the proper form for its enforcement in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

44


  17.4. Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents and the Security Documents, do not and will not conflict with:

 

  17.4.1. any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  17.4.2. its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or

 

  17.4.3. any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such document, in each case to an extent or in a manner which has a Material Adverse Effect or could result in any liability on the part of the Lender to any third party or require the creation of any Security over any asset in favour of a third party.

 

  17.5. Authorisations

All authorisations required or desirable:

 

  17.5.1. to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

  17.5.2. to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  17.5.3. for it and its Subsidiaries to carry on their respective businesses,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  17.6. No default

 

  17.6.1. No Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the entry into of, or the performance of any transaction contemplated by, the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.6.2. There is no outstanding breach under any Project Document which it is a party and no person has disputed, repudiated or disclaimed liability under any such Project Document or evidenced an intention to do so.

 

  17.6.3. No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or the satisfaction of any other applicable condition will constitute) a default or termination event (however described) or an event resulting in an obligation to create Security under any document which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

45


  17.7. Financial statements

 

  17.7.1. Its audited financial statements most recently delivered to the Lender:

 

  17.7.1.1. have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied; and

 

  17.7.1.2. give a true and fair view of its financial condition (consolidated, if applicable) as at the date to which they were drawn up,

except, in each case, as disclosed to the contrary in those financial statements.

 

  17.8. Ownership

 

  17.8.1. As at the Closing Date, all shares in the issued share capital of the Borrower are owned directly, legally and beneficially, by Kopano;

 

  17.8.2. No person has any right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, to subscribe for or otherwise acquire, any shares or securities in the Borrower, other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.8.3. No person has a right to obtain an order for the rectification of the register of members of the Borrower.

 

  17.9. Assets

 

  17.9.1. It owns or has leased or licensed to it, and has all appropriate authorisations required to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

  17.9.2. As at the Closing Date, it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the shares and other assets which are the subject matter of the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

  17.10. Financial Indebtedness and Security

 

  17.10.1. The Borrower does not have any Financial Indebtedness outstanding, except as expressly permitted under Clause 20.5 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

  17.10.2. No Security exists over the whole or any part of the assets of the Borrower, except as expressly permitted under Clause 20.3 ( Negative pledge ).

 

46


  17.10.3. Subject (on the Signature Date only) to filing and registration required by law (where applicable) with the appropriate statutory public register, each Security Document creates the security interests which it purports to create, and the Security so established:

 

  17.10.3.1. is valid and effective;

 

  17.10.3.2. constitutes first priority Security of the type described, over the assets referred to, in the relevant Security Document and those assets are not subject to any prior or pari passu Security in favour of any other person;

 

  17.10.3.3. is not subject to avoidance in the event of any winding-up, dissolution or administration involving the Borrower.

 

  17.11. Ranking

 

  17.11.1. Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

  17.11.2. The Security contemplated in the Security Documents has or will have first ranking priority in respect of the assets of the Borrower (as applicable) which are the subject matter thereof, and those assets are not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

  17.12. No other business

 

  17.12.1. Except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Borrower has not traded or contracted any business since the date of its incorporation.

 

  17.12.2. As at the Closing Date, the Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries.

 

  17.13. Information

 

  17.13.1. All information provided to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the Transaction Documents (and the transactions contemplated thereby) is true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

47


  17.13.2. No information has been withheld by the Borrower which, if disclosed, might result in the information referred to above being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

  17.14. Other documents

 

  17.14.1. As at the Signature Date and the Closing Date:

 

  17.14.1.1. the documents delivered to the Lender under Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) are genuine (or, in the case of copy documents, are true, complete and accurate copies of originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and in full force and effect (or if a copy, the original is up-to-date and in full force and effect) and have not been amended;

 

  17.14.1.2. except as disclosed to Lender in writing before the Closing Date, the Borrower is not a party to any agreement other than the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.14.2. As at the date of their delivery, the documents delivered to the Lender under this Agreement by or on behalf of the Borrower after the Closing Date are genuine (or, in the case of copy documents, are true, complete and accurate copies of originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and in full force and effect (or, if a copy, the original is up-to-date and in full force and effect) and have not been amended.

 

  17.15. No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration, expert determination, alternative dispute resolution or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency are current or, to the best of its knowledge, pending or threatened, which have or, if adversely determined, would have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  17.16. No breach of laws

 

  17.16.1. It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  17.16.2. No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against the Borrower which have or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

48


  17.17. Insurance

 

  17.17.1. There is no outstanding insured loss or liability incurred by the Borrower which is not expected to be covered to the full extent of that loss or liability.

 

  17.17.2. There has been no non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term of any Insurance taken out by the Borrower which would entitle any insurer of that insurance to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part, or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of the Borrower.

 

  17.18. Insolvency and Financial Distress

 

  17.18.1. No:

 

  17.18.1.1. corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 21.7 ( Insolvency and business rescue proceedings ); or

 

  17.18.1.2. creditors’ process described in Clause 21.8 ( Creditors’ process ),

has been taken or threatened in relation to the Borrower; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 21.6 ( Insolvency ) applies to it.

 

  17.18.2. The Borrower is not “financially distressed” (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

  17.19. Taxes

 

  17.19.1. It is not overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or filings relating to any material amount of Tax and it is not overdue in the payment of any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax.

 

  17.19.2. No claims or investigations by any Tax authority are being or are reasonably likely to be made or conducted against it which are reasonably likely to result in a liability of or claim against the Borrower to pay any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax.

 

  17.19.3. For Tax purposes, it is resident only in South Africa.

 

  17.19.4. As at the Signature Date, it is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

49


  17.20. No filing or stamp taxes

It is not necessary under applicable law or regulations that the Transaction Documents to which it is party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Transaction Documents to which it is party or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is party.

 

  17.21. No immunity

 

  17.21.1. The entry into by it of each Transaction Document to which it is a party constitutes, and the exercise by it of its rights and performance of its obligations under each Transaction Document will constitute private and commercial acts performed for private and commercial purposes.

 

  17.21.2. In any proceedings taken in South Africa or in any other jurisdiction, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in relation to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

  17.22. Sanctions

 

  17.22.1. The Borrower is not party to or participates in any Sanctioned Transaction, has contravened any Sanctions or is targeted under any Sanctions.

 

  17.23. Authorised signatories

Any person specified as its authorised signatory in any document delivered to the Lender under Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent) or Clause 18.6 ( Information: miscellaneous ) is authorised to sign all communications under the Transaction Documents on its behalf.

 

  17.24. Repetition

 

  17.24.1. The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the Signature Date, the Closing Date and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

  17.24.2. When a representation and warranty in Clause 17.6.1 ( No default ) is repeated on the first day of an Interest Period, the reference to a Default must be construed as a reference to an Event of Default.

 

50


18. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 18 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  18.1. Financial statements

The Borrower shall supply to the Lender:

 

  18.1.1. as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited financial statements for that financial year;

 

  18.1.2. as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 (forty five) days after the end of each half of each of its financial years, the unaudited interim financial statements of the Borrower for that financial year.

 

  18.2. Requirements as to financial statements

 

  18.2.1. Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1 above shall be:

 

  18.2.1.1. certified by a director of the Borrower as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as to which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  18.2.1.2. prepared using IFRS.

 

  18.2.2. If the Borrower notifies the Lender of any change, as contemplated by Clause 18.2.1 above, it shall procure that its Auditors deliver to the Lender:

 

  18.2.2.1. a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect IFRS, the accounting practices and the reference periods as applied in the preparation of those financial statements; and

 

  18.2.2.2. sufficient information, in form and substance reasonably required by the Lender, to enable the Lender to determine whether Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with.

 

  18.3. Compliance Certificate

 

  18.3.1.

The Parent shall supply to the Lender, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1.1 above, a Compliance Certificate setting out

 

51


  (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  18.3.2. Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors of the Parent and, if required to be delivered with the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1.1, shall be reported on by the Auditors in the form agreed by the Borrower and the Lender prior to the Signature Date.

 

  18.4. Financial year-end

The Borrower shall not change the date of its financial year end.

 

  18.5. Auditors

 

  18.5.1. The Borrower must ensure that one of the firms named in the definition of “Auditors” is retained to audit its consolidated annual financial statements.

 

  18.5.2. The Borrower may only replace its Auditors with the prior approval of the Lender, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed.

 

  18.6. Information: miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Lender:

 

  18.6.1. copies of all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders generally (or any class of them) or its creditors generally (or any class of them) at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

  18.6.2. promptly upon becoming aware of them, details and copies of any changes proposed to or made to its constitutional documents or the constitutional documents of it, including the filing of any Memorandum of Incorporation under the Companies Act;

 

  18.6.3. promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings, liquidation applications, winding up applications or business rescue applications which are current, threatened or pending against it or any other member of the Group, and which may, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  18.6.4. promptly on request, an up to date copy of its shareholders’ register;

 

  18.6.5. promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of it as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

52


  18.7. Notification of default

 

  18.7.1. The Borrower shall notify the Lender of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

  18.7.2. Promptly upon a request by the Lender, the Borrower shall supply to the Lender a certificate, signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf, certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

  18.8. Know your customer checks

If:

 

  18.8.1. the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Signature Date;

 

  18.8.2. any change in the status of the Borrower after the Signature Date; or

 

  18.8.3. a proposed transfer by the Lender of any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another person,

obliges the Lender (or, in the case of paragraph 18.8.3 above, any prospective new lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures (whether in terms of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 or otherwise) in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph 18.8.3 above, on behalf of any prospective new lender) in order for the Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph 18.8.3 above, any prospective new lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

19. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

  19.1. Debt Service Cover Ratio

It shall be a requirement of this Agreement that the Project Company shall maintain a ratio of Free Cashflow to Debt Service, for any Measurement Period, of not less than 1.25 times.

 

53


  19.2. Basis of calculations

 

  19.2.1. All the terms defined in Clause 1.2 ( Financial definitions ) are to be determined (except as expressly included or excluded in the relevant definition) in accordance with IFRS. No item shall be deducted or credited more than once in any calculation.

 

  19.2.2. The financial undertaking in Clause 19.1 above (unless expressly otherwise stated) shall apply as of the last day of each Measurement Period and compliance (or otherwise) shall be verified by reference to the financial statements of the Project Company for the relevant Measurement Period and Compliance Certificates delivered pursuant to Clause 18 ( Information Undertakings ).

 

  19.2.3. Where a Measurement Period would otherwise commence before the Closing Date:

 

  19.2.3.1. that Measurement Period shall, instead, commence on the Closing Date (the part of that period falling before the Closing Date being ignored);

 

  19.2.3.2. EBITDA and Free Cashflow, for any Measurement Period ending less than 12 months after the Closing Date, shall be determined on an annualised basis by dividing each such amount by the number of days from the Closing Date to the Measurement Date at the end of that Measurement Period and multiplying by 365.

 

20. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The Borrower is bound by the undertakings set out in this Clause 20 relating to it. The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  20.1. Authorisations

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

  20.1.1. obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  20.1.2. supply certified copies to the Lender of,

 

54


any authorisation required to enable it to:

 

  20.1.2.1. perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Transaction Document;

 

  20.1.2.2. carry on the business of the Borrower in the ordinary course where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  20.2. Compliance with laws

The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject.

 

  20.3. Pari passu ranking

The Borrower must ensure that:

 

  20.3.1. its payment obligations under the Finance Documents at all times rank at least pari passu with all its present and future unsecured unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally in its jurisdiction of incorporation or any other jurisdiction where it carries on business.

 

  20.3.2. the Security conferred by the Security Documents to which it is a party constitutes first priority Security of the type described, over the assets referred to, in that Security Document and that those assets are not subject to any prior or pari passu Security in favour of any other person.

 

  20.4. Negative pledge

 

  20.4.1. The Borrower shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

  20.4.2. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.4.2.1. sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by the Borrower or any of its Affiliates;

 

  20.4.2.2. sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  20.4.2.3. enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement;

 

55


  20.4.2.4. enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  20.4.2.5. enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

  20.4.3. Clauses 20.4.1 and 20.4.2 above do not apply to:

 

  20.4.3.1. any Security given or purported to be given under a Security Document; or

 

  20.4.3.2. any Security established with the express prior consent of the Lender, but only if the amount secured by that Security is not increased above the permitted amount.

 

  20.5. Financial Indebtedness

The Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  20.5.1. any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

  20.5.2. any Financial Indebtedness incurred with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.6. Disposals

The Borrower shall not, enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset. This restriction does not apply to any disposal made with the express prior written consent of the Lender.

 

  20.7. Capital Expenditure

The Borrower shall not, incur expenditures or commitments for expenditures for fixed or other non-current assets.

 

56


  20.8. Change of business

The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower from that carried on at the Signature Date.

 

  20.9. Merger

The Borrower shall not enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, unbundling or corporate reconstruction without the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.10. Assets

The Borrower shall ensure that it maintains in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary or desirable in the conduct of its business.

 

  20.11. Acquisitions

The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.11.1. acquire or subscribe for shares or other ownership interests in or securities of any company or other person;

 

  20.11.2. acquire any business or incorporate any company or other person.

This restriction does not apply to the transactions contemplated by the Project Documents or any acquisition entered into with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.12. Loans out

The Borrower shall not be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  20.12.1. Financial Indebtedness owed to the Borrower under a Shareholder Loan;

 

  20.12.2. loans made with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.13. Third party guarantees

The Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person. This restriction does not apply to guarantees entered into with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

57


  20.14. Treasury Transactions

The Borrower shall not enter into any Treasury Transaction.

 

  20.15. Share capital

 

  20.15.1. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.15.1.1. redeem, purchase, defease, retire or repay any of its shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) or resolve to do so;

 

  20.15.1.2. issue any shares (or any instrument convertible into shares) which by their terms are redeemable or carry any right to a return prior to the Final Discharge Date; or

 

  20.15.1.3. issue any shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) to any person other than its Holding Company.

 

  20.16. Permitted Distributions

The Borrower shall not make any distribution. This restriction does not apply to a proposed distribution by the Borrower, if the following conditions have been met:

 

  20.16.1. the Borrower has given 10 (ten) Business Days prior written notice to the Lender of its intention to make the proposed distribution;

 

  20.16.2. the proposed distribution will be made from a distribution made to the Borrower by the Project Company from available Free Cashflow, in accordance with the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  20.16.3. a Compliance Certificate for the Measurement Period ending on the Measurement Date immediately preceding the date on which that distribution is proposed to be made has been delivered to the Lender;

 

  20.16.4. no Default is then continuing or would result from that distribution;

 

  20.16.5. that distribution is not then prohibited under the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  20.16.6. the Borrower is not prohibited under any applicable law from making that distribution.

 

58


  20.17. Taxes

The Borrower shall pay all Taxes due and payable by it prior to the accrual of any fine or penalty for late payment, unless (and only to the extent that):

 

  20.17.1. payment of those Taxes is being contested in good faith;

 

  20.17.2. adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them; and

 

  20.17.3. failure to pay those Taxes does not have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Borrower may not change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

  20.18. Amendments to documents

 

  20.18.1. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.18.1.1. amend its Memorandum of Incorporation or other constitutional documents;

 

  20.18.1.2. enter into any agreement with any of its shareholders or any of their Affiliates, other than as set out in the Transaction Documents as in force at the Closing Date; or

 

  20.18.1.3. amend or waive any term of the documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ),

except:

 

  20.18.1.4. for an amendment or waiver which is a procedural or an administrative change arising in the ordinary course of administration of the relevant document and is not material;

 

  20.18.1.5. otherwise with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.18.2. The Borrower must promptly supply to the Lender a copy of any amendment to or waiver of any of the documents, or any agreement between the Borrower and its shareholders, referred to in Clause 20.18 above.

 

  20.19. Access

 

  20.19.1. Upon reasonable notice by the Lender, the Borrower shall allow any one or more representatives of the Lender and/or accountants or other professional advisers appointed by the Lender to have access during normal business hours to the premises, assets, books and records of the Borrower.

 

59


  20.19.2. The Lender may not give notice under Clause 20.19.1 above more than once every financial year unless it believes that a Default is outstanding or may have occurred or may occur.

 

  20.20. Sanctions

The Borrower shall:

 

  20.20.1. not at any time participate in a Sanctioned Transaction in any manner;

 

  20.20.2. take all reasonable steps to ensure that appropriate controls and safeguards are in place, designed to prevent it being or becoming involved in a Sanctioned Transaction.

 

21. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 21 (other than 21.19 ( Acceleration )) is an Event of Default.

 

  21.1. Non-payment

The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under a Finance Document, at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  21.1.1. that failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event; and

 

  21.1.2. payment is made in full within 3 (three) Business Days of its due date.

 

  21.2. Financial covenants

Any requirement of Clause 19 (Financial Covenants ) is not satisfied.

 

  21.3. Other obligations

 

  21.3.1. The Borrower does not comply, timeously and in full, with:

 

  21.3.1.1. any term of Clause 18 ( Information Undertakings ) or Clause 20 ( General Undertakings );

 

  21.3.1.2. any provision of any Security Document to which it is a party;

 

  21.3.1.3. any provision of any other Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clauses 21.1, 21.2 and in this Clause above).

 

60


  21.3.2. No Event of Default under Clause 21.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within:

 

  21.3.2.1. (in relation to Clauses 21.3.1.1 and 21.3.1.2 above) 3 (three) Business Days; or

 

  21.3.2.2. (in relation to Clause 21.3.1.3 above) 10 (ten) Business Days,

of the earlier of (A) the Lender giving notice to the Borrower and (B) the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

  21.4. Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be repeated.

 

  21.5. Cross default

 

  21.5.1. Any of the following occurs in respect of the Borrower:

 

  21.5.1.1. any of its Financial Indebtedness (or any amount payable in respect of its Financial Indebtedness) is not paid when due (after the expiry of any originally applicable grace period); or

 

  21.5.1.2. any of its Financial Indebtedness:

 

  21.5.1.2.1. is declared to be or otherwise becomes prematurely due and payable prior to its stated maturity or, if the Financial Indebtedness arises under a guarantee, prior to the stated maturity of the Financial Indebtedness which is the subject of the guarantee; or

 

  21.5.1.2.2. is placed on demand; or

 

  21.5.1.2.3. is terminated or closed out,

in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described); or

 

61


  21.5.1.3. any commitment of a provider of Financial Indebtedness to it is cancelled or suspended, in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described).

 

  21.5.2. Any of the events set out in Clause 21.5.1.1 to 21.5.1.3 above occurs in respect of any other Major Project Party

 

  21.5.3. A default occurs under a Shareholder Loan.

 

  21.5.4. Any party to the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement (other than the Lender) fails to comply with its obligations under the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, timeously and in full.

 

  21.6. Insolvency

 

  21.6.1. A Major Project Party is or is deemed for the purposes of any applicable law to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they fall due, admits its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors for the rescheduling, restructuring or compromise of any of its indebtedness.

 

  21.6.2. A Major Project Party is “financially distressed” (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

  21.6.3. The value of the assets of a Major Project Party is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

  21.6.4. A moratorium is declared, instituted or takes effect in respect of any of the indebtedness of a Major Project Party (in which event the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium).

 

  21.7. Insolvency and business rescue proceedings

 

  21.7.1. Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step (including an application to court, proposal or convening of a meeting) is taken with a view to:

 

  21.7.1.1. the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, administration, business rescue or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Major Project Party;

 

62


  21.7.1.2. a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Major Project Party;

 

  21.7.1.3. the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, business rescue practitioner or other similar officer in respect of any Major Project Party or any of its assets; or

 

  21.7.1.4. enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Major Project Party,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction;

 

  21.7.2. A meeting is proposed or convened by the directors of any Major Project Party, a resolution is proposed or passed, application is made or an order is applied for or granted, to authorise the entry into or implementation of any business rescue proceedings (or any similar proceedings) in respect of any Major Project Party, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  21.7.3. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.7 if an application for the winding-up or the commencement of business rescue proceedings of any Major Project Party presented by a creditor or another person is contested in good faith and with due process and diligence and is discharged or dismissed within 14 (fourteen) days.

 

  21.8. Creditors’ process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of any Major Project Party. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.8 if:

 

  21.8.1. the affected assets are not the subject of any Security Document and the aggregate value of those assets is less than, in respect of the Project Company, R1,000,000 or its equivalent in another currency or currencies; or

 

  21.8.2. that expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution is being contested in good faith and with due diligence and is discharged or set aside within 14 (fourteen) days.

 

63


  21.9. Legal proceedings

 

  21.9.1. Any:

 

  21.9.1.1. litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental or regulatory proceeding occurs concerning, or in consequence of, any of the Transaction Documents, or the implementation of any matter or transaction provided for in the Transaction Documents;

 

  21.9.1.2. one or more judgments or orders (not paid or fully covered by Insurance) is made against a Major Project Party, unless all those judgments and orders are discharged, set aside or stayed pending appeal within 14 (fourteen) days of their being made.

 

  21.9.2. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.9, unless the events or circumstances detailed in Clause 21.9.1 above, in the case of the Project Company, involves a liability (actual or contingent) or a judgment or order (as applicable) of more than R1 000 000,00 (one million Rand).

 

  21.10. Cessation of business

Any Major Project Party suspends, ceases, or threatens to suspend or cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business or to change the nature of its business from that undertaken at the Signature Date.

 

  21.11. Transaction Documents

 

  21.11.1. It is or becomes unlawful for any person (other than the Lender) to perform any of its obligations under a Transaction Document.

 

  21.11.2. Any obligation of a person under a Transaction Document, for any reason, is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective in accordance with its terms, or is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be ineffective in accordance with its terms, or becomes unlawful.

 

  21.11.3. Any Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by a Security Document, or any subordination created under a Finance Document, for any reason, is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective, or is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be ineffective, fails or ceases to establish the ranking and the priority of claims which it purports to create, or becomes unlawful.

 

  21.11.4. Any party (other than the Lender) to a Transaction Document repudiates or rescinds, or disclaims liability under, a Transaction Document to which it is a party, or evidences an intention to do so.

 

64


  21.11.5. Any person party to a Project Document fails to perform its obligations under that Project Document and fails to remedy that breach within any applicable grace period.

 

  21.11.6. A Project Document (or any of its provisions) is revoked, terminated, ceases to be of full force and effect or becomes capable of termination for any reason (following the expiry of any applicable grace period), otherwise than by reason of completion of full performance of the agreement or expiry of its term.

 

  21.12. Project authorisations

Any authorisation required by the Project Company in order to carry on its business:

 

  21.12.1. is not obtained or effected by the time it is required;

 

  21.12.2. is revoked or cancelled, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect;

 

  21.12.3. is not renewed, or is renewed on revised terms, or is varied and, and, in the opinion of the Lender, that variation of terms has or would be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  21.13. Material adverse change

Any event or series of events (whether related or not) or circumstance occurs which, in the opinion of the Lender, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  21.14. Insurance

 

  21.14.1. Any Insurance or other insurance required to be effected under the Transaction Documents:

 

  21.14.1.1. is not, or ceases to be, in full force and effect;

 

  21.14.1.2. is unavailable at the time it is required to be effected;

 

  21.14.1.3. is repudiated, avoided or suspended (in each case to any extent).

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause if the Borrower delivers to the Lender, within 10 (ten) days, evidence to the satisfaction of the Lender that any such Insurance or other insurance has been replaced with Insurances or other insurance which comply with the requirements of the relevant Transaction Document (as applicable).

 

65


  21.14.2. Any insurer notifies the Borrower of its intention to avoid, repudiate or suspend (in each case to any extent) or otherwise reduce its liability under the policy relating to any Insurance required to be effected under any Transaction Document.

 

  21.15. Audit qualification

The Auditors of a Major Project Party qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of that Major Project Party:

 

  21.15.1. on the grounds that the information supplied to them or to which they had access was inadequate or unreliable;

 

  21.15.2. on the grounds that they are unable to prepare such accounts on a going concern basis; or

 

  21.15.3. otherwise in terms or as to issues which in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably) are material in the context of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated by them.

 

  21.16. Expropriation

 

  21.16.1. The authority or ability of any member a Major Project Party to conduct its business is wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person.

 

  21.16.2. By the authority of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person:

 

  21.16.2.1. the management of any Major Project Party is wholly or substantially replaced; or

 

  21.16.2.2. all or a majority of the shares of a Major Project Party or the whole or any part of its assets or revenues is seized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired.

 

  21.17. Actions under the Project Documents

 

  21.17.1. The Tailings Dams (as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement), for any reason, are not transferred to the Project Company as registered freehold owner on or before the date falling 6 (six) months after the Signature Date.

 

66


  21.17.2. The Project Company Mining Right, for any reason, is not transferred to the Project Company as registered holder on or before the date falling 5 (five) years after the Signature Date.

 

  21.17.3. The BEE Shareholders become entitled to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option and, if required to do so by the Lender, any of them refuses or fails, for any reason, to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option within any applicable time period on the terms of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement.

 

  21.18. Project Company Event of Default

A Project Company Event of Default as defined and set out in Schedule 2 occurs.

 

  21.19. Acceleration

If an Event of Default is continuing, the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Lender may have under any Finance Document or at law:

 

  21.19.1. cancel all or any part of the Commitment (whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled);

 

  21.19.2. declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other Facility Outstandings:

 

  21.19.2.1. are immediately due and payable (whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable); and/or

 

  21.19.2.2. are payable on demand (whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender);

 

  21.19.3. claim immediate payment of all or part of the Loan and other Facility Outstandings (whereupon they shall be immediately payable); and/or

 

  21.19.4. exercise any or all of the Lender’s rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Security Documents.

 

67


SECTION 7

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

22. CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

  22.1. Transfers by the Borrower

The Borrower may not cede or assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior consent of the Lender.

 

  22.2. Assignments and transfers by the Lender

 

  22.2.1. The Lender (the Existing Lender) may, by notice to the Borrower, at any time transfer (a Transfer) any of its rights or obligations under Finance Documents by way of cession and assignment or delegation (as applicable) to any other bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other person which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender).

 

  22.2.2. The Borrower consents to any splitting of claims that may arise as a result of the Existing Lender exercising its rights under this Clause.

 

  22.2.3. The Borrower shall co-operate and provide to the Existing Lender (and any New Lender) such assistance and information, as may be reasonably required to implement any transfer of rights and obligations under this Clause.

 

  22.3. Costs resulting from change of Lender

If:

 

  22.3.1. the Lender cedes any of its rights and/or delegates any of its obligations under a Finance Document; and

 

  22.3.2. as a result of circumstances existing at the date on which the cession and/or delegation occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to pay a Tax Payment or an Increased Cost,

then, unless the cession and/or delegation is made by the Lender in order to mitigate any circumstances giving rise to the Tax Payment, Increased Cost or a right to be prepaid and/or cancelled by reason of illegality, the Borrower need only pay that Tax Payment or Increased Cost to the same extent that it would have been obliged to if no assignment, transfer or change had occurred.

 

68


SECTION 8

ADMINISTRATION

 

23. PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

  23.1. Payments to the Lender

Unless a Finance Document specifies that payments under that document are to be made in another manner, all payments by the Borrower under the Finance Documents must be made to the Lender to its account at such office or bank in South Africa as it may notify to the Borrower for this purpose by not less than 15 (fifteen) Business Days prior notice. Until otherwise notified by the Lender from time to time, its bank account details for these purposes are as follows:

 

  Bank:    Nedbank Limited
  Branch:    Corporate Client Services
  Branch Number:    145405
  Account Number:    1454115866
  Account Name:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Current Account
  Reference:    Histopath Proprietary Limited

 

  23.2. Funds

Payments under the Finance Documents to the Lender must be made for value on the due date in immediately available and freely transferable funds, or at such times and in such funds as the Lender may specify to the Borrower as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in Rand in the place for payment.

 

  23.3. No set-off by the Borrower

All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

  23.4. Business Days

 

  23.4.1. Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). In the event that the day for performance of any obligation to be performed in terms of any Finance Document should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, the relevant day for performance shall be the succeeding Business Day.

 

  23.4.2. During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

69


  23.5. Currency of account

Each amount payable under a Finance Document is payable in Rand.

 

  23.6. Due date not elsewhere specified

If a Finance Document does not provide for when a particular payment is due to the Lender, that payment will be due within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender.

 

24. SET-OFF

The Lender may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents against any matured obligation owed by the Lender to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Lender may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

25. CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

  25.1. Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Lender are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

  25.2. Certificates and Determinations

Any certification or determination by the Lender of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

  25.3. Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 (three hundred and sixty five) days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).

 

26. NOTICES

 

  26.1. Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

70


  26.2. Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  26.2.1. in the case of the Borrower:

 

  Address:    Building H303
     18 Melrose Arch
     Ground Floor
     Melrose Arch
  Fax number:    +27 11 684 1116
  For the attention of:    Mr Colin Matjila

 

  26.2.2. in the case of the Lender:

 

  Address:    Block 27
     Randfontein Office Park
     Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
     Randfontein
  Fax number:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
  For the attention of:    The Company Secretary

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the other Parties by not less than 5 (five) Business Days notice.

 

  26.3. Domicilia

 

  26.3.1. Each Party chooses its physical address provided under or pursuant to Clause 26.2 above as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with a Finance Document may be served.

 

  26.3.2. Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante , in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties under Clause 26.4 below.

 

71


  26.4. Delivery

 

  26.4.1. Except as provided below, any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will be deemed to have been duly given:

 

  26.4.1.1. if delivered in person, at the time of delivery;

 

  26.4.1.2. if posted, 14 (fourteen) days after being deposited in the post, postage prepaid, in a correctly addressed envelope; and

 

  26.4.1.3. if by fax, e-mail or any other electronic communication, and provided it is received in legible form, on the day of its transmission, except that any such transmission after 16h30 shall be deemed to have been received on the following day;

 

  26.4.1.4. if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending.

 

  26.4.2. A communication given under Clause 26.4.1 above, but received on a day which is not a Business Day or after business hours in the place of receipt, will be deemed to be given on the next Business Day

 

  26.4.3. Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Lender will be effective only when actually received by the Lender and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer detailed in the Lender’s address detail above (or any substitute department or officer as the Lender shall specify for this purpose).

 

  26.5. English language

Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

27. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  27.1. Each Party must keep confidential and not disclose to any person any information provided to it by or on behalf of another Party in connection with its operations and affairs and those of its Affiliates, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. However, a Party may disclose information:

 

  27.1.1. which is or becomes publicly available, other than as a result of a breach by a Party of this Clause 27;

 

  27.1.2. is known to be in the lawful possession or control of the person to whom it is disclosed and is not subject to an obligation of confidentiality;

 

  27.1.3. in connection with any legal or arbitration proceedings;

 

72


  27.1.4. if required to do so under any law or regulation or the rules of any recognised stock exchange;

 

  27.1.5. to a governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority if required to do so under any applicable law or regulation;

 

  27.1.6. to its professional advisers;

 

  27.1.7. to a member of the Group;

 

  27.1.8. which is required to effect any registrations or filings required under a Transaction Document; or

 

  27.1.9. with the prior consent of the other Parties.

 

  27.2. The Lender may provide copies of any Transaction Documents and any information which it has acquired under or in connection with any Transaction Document to an Affiliate or any person with whom it may enter, or has entered, into any transfer, participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement, if that person has agreed with the Lender to keep that information confidential on the terms of Clause 27.1 above.

 

  27.3. This Clause 27 above supersedes any previous confidentiality undertaking given by the Parties in connection with the Transaction Documents.

 

28. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  28.1. Sole agreement

The Finance Documents constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.

 

  28.2. No implied terms

No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in a Finance Document.

 

73


  28.3. Rights and remedies

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the Lender under the Finance Documents:

 

  28.3.1. are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law

 

  28.3.2. may be exercised as often as the Lender requires;

 

  28.3.3. may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in the exercise or non-exercise of any right is not a waiver of that right.

 

  28.4. Extensions and waivers

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation or enforcement of any right under a Finance Document, and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party, shall be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party’s rights under or in connection with a Finance Document or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of a Finance Document.

 

  28.5. Amendments, waivers and cancellation

 

  28.5.1. No contract varying, adding to, deleting from or cancelling a Finance Document will be effective unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the all the persons who are party to that Finance Document.

 

  28.5.2. The expiry or termination of a Finance Document will not prejudice the rights of the Lender in respect of any antecedent breach by the Borrower of, or non-performance under, that Finance Document.

 

  28.6. Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term inoperable in this Clause 28.6 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.

 

  28.7. Renunciation of benefits

The Borrower renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi , non causa debiti , non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.

 

74


  28.8. Independent advice

The Borrower acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of the Finance Documents and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Borrower acknowledges that all of the provisions of each Finance Document and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  28.9. Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

SECTION 9

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

29. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.

 

30. JURISDICTION

 

  30.1. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg, South Africa (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from the Finance Documents (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of a Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document) (a dispute).

 

  30.2. The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle disputes. The Parties agree not to argue to the contrary and waive objection to this court on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with any Finance Document.

 

  30.3. This Clause 30 is for the benefit of the Lender only. As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a dispute in any other court with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

75


31. WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  31.1. agrees not to claim any immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process brought by the Lender against it in relation to a Finance Document, and to ensure that no such claim is made on its behalf;

 

  31.2. consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with those proceedings; and

 

  31.3. waives any right it may have to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

76


Schedule 1

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

1. THE BORROWER AND OTHER MAJOR PROJECT PARTIES

 

  1.1. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower.

 

  1.2. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:

 

  1.2.1. approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

  1.2.2. authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Transaction Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

  1.2.3. authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

  1.3. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

  1.4. A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director):

 

  1.4.1. confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Commitment would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded;

 

  1.4.2. certifying that each copy document specified in this of Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Closing Date.

 

2. FINANCE DOCUMENTS AND TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

 

  2.1. An original of each Finance Document duly entered into by each Party to it.

 

  2.2. An original of each Transaction Document duly entered into by each Party to it.

 

3. KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS

Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender to carry out and be satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or similar identification procedures under applicable laws and regulations (including the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001) pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.


4. OTHER DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE

 

  4.1. Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 10 ( Fees ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

  4.2. A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

2


Schedule 2

PROJECT COMPANY EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Schedule 2 is a Project Company event of default (a “ Project Company Event of Default ”). A reference to “it” or to “its” in this Schedule 2 is a reference to the Project Company.

 

1. Status

 

  1.1. The Project Company ceases to be a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa.

 

  1.2. The Project Company ceasing to hold the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

2. Financial Statements

 

  2.1. There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition since the latest date to which the Original Financial Statements were drawn up.

 

3. Ownership

 

  3.1. The issued share capital in the Project Company is no longer directly, legally and beneficially owned as follows:

 

the Sponsor:    70% (seventy per cent);
Histopath:    16% (sixteen per cent);
the Borrower:   

3% (three per cent);

BEECo2:    3% (three per cent);
BEECo3:    3% (three per cent);
the Community Trust:    5% (five per cent).

 

  3.2. Any person acquires any right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, to subscribe for or otherwise acquire, any shares or securities in the Project Company, other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

 

  3.3. Any person obtains an order for the rectification of the register of members of the Project Company.


4. Project Site

 

  4.1. All authorisations required by the Project Company in connection with its access to and vacant possession of the Project Site cease to be in full force and effect.

 

  4.2. There exists a covenant, agreement, stipulation, reservation, condition, interest, right or other matter which adversely affects the Project Site.

 

  4.3. All facilities, services and utilities necessary for the enjoyment and use of the Project Site cease to be enjoyed by the Project Company.

 

  4.4. A facility, service or utility necessary for the enjoyment and use of the Project Site is provided on terms which conflict with or restrict the Project Company’s use of the Project Site.

 

  4.5. If the Servitudes have not been registered within a period of 3 (three) years after the Closing Date, and once so registered, cease to be in full force and effect, in favour of the Project Company or the Project Site Property (as applicable).

 

  4.6. A judgment or order in respect of any adverse claim is made against the Project Company in respect of the ownership of the Project Site or any interest in it, unless that judgment or order is discharged, set aside or stayed pending appeal within 14 (fourteen) days of it being made.

 

5. Material Agreements

 

  5.1. Any Material Agreement ceases to be valid and in full force and effect.

 

  5.2. Any person (other than the Project Company) becomes entitled to cancel or otherwise terminate, suspend any part of (or any part of its performance under), amend the pricing or other terms of, or impose any penalty, liquidated damages, other onerous conditions or restrictions under, any Material Agreement as a result of any default or breach under or in connection with that Material Agreement.

 

6. Insurance

A non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term of any insurance taken out by the Project Company entitles any insurer of that insurance to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part, or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of the Project Company.

 

2


7. Intellectual Property Rights

 

  7.1. The Project Company:

 

  7.1.1. ceases to be the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property Rights which are material in the context of its business and which are required by it in order to carry on its business in all material respects as it is being conducted;

 

  7.1.2. in carrying on its business, infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in any respect which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8. Amendments to documents

 

  8.1. The Project Company:

 

  8.1.1. amends its Memorandum of Incorporation or other constitutional documents;

 

  8.1.2. enters into any agreement with any of its shareholders or any of their Affiliates, other than as set out in the Transaction Documents as in force at the Closing Date; or

 

  8.1.3. amends or waives any term of the documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ),

without obtaining the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

9. Environment

 

  9.1. The Project Company:

 

  9.1.1. ceases to comply with all Environmental Law;

 

  9.1.2. fails to obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits;

 

  9.1.3. fails to implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

where failure to do so has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or is reasonably likely to result in any liability for the Lender.

 

3


Schedule 3

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

Block 27

Randfontein Office Park

Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

Randfontein

 

From: BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

[ ], 201[ ]

Dear Sirs,

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

R18 239 760 Facility Agreement dated [ ], 2012

( the Agreement)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate.

 

1. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2. We confirm that as at [ relevant testing date ]:

 

    

As Calculated

  

Covenant

  

Compliance

(Yes/No)

Debt Service Cover Ratio

        

 

3. Calculations establishing the figures in paragraph 3 above are set out below:

[ ]

 

4. We confirm that no Default is continuing as at [ relevant testing date ].

 

Signed:  

 

   

 

  Director     Director
  [ Company ]     [ Company ]


[insert applicable certification language]

 

for and on behalf of
[name of auditors of the Group]

 

2


Schedule 4

PROJECT DOCUMENTS

 

1. The sale of business agreement (the Sale of Business Agreement ), dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Project Company (as purchaser) and the Sponsor (as seller), for the sale and purchase of that part of the Sponsor’s business which relate to the mining of certain tailings deposition sites (including related assets and liabilities).

 

2. A contract mining agreement (the Contractor Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between the Project Company and the Sponsor in terms of which the Sponsor appoints the Project Company to mine the tailing dams (which are the subject matter of the Sale of Business Agreement) for a specified period.

 

3. A sale and purchase agreement (the Freegold Sale Agreement ), dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Project Company (as purchaser) and Freegold (as seller), for the sale and purchase of the tailings deposition site known as the “St Helena Dams”.

 

4. A deed of cession (the Mining Right Deed of Cession ) between the Sponsor (as cedent) and

 

5. A subscription, sale and shareholders agreement (the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between Histopath, BEECo2, BEECo3, the Community Trust, the Borrower, the Sponsor and the Project Company for the purpose of regulating the relationships between the shareholders of the Project Company and the Project Company and its shareholders.

 

6. A services agreement (the Services Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between the Sponsor and the Project Company, for the provision to the Project Company of certain services previously provided by the Sponsor in respect of the business acquired by the Project Company under the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

7. The following deeds of undertakings (the BEECo Undertakings ) given to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sale of Business Agreement:

 

  7.1. a written deed of undertakings, dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, pursuant to which Kopano Ke Matla Investment Company (Proprietary) Limited ( Kopano Ke Matla ) undertakes not to dispose of its shares in the issued share capital of Kopano Resources (Proprietary) Limited and the trustees for the time being of the Kopano Ke Matla Trust undertake not to dispose of its shares in the issued share capital of Kopano Ke Matla for a specified period; and


  7.2. a written deed of undertakings, dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, given by the Trustees for the time being of the Masincazelane Trust in respect of its shares in Masincazelane Investments (Proprietary) Limited on substantially the same terms as those referred to in paragraph 7.1 above.

 

8. A written deed of undertakings (the Sikhuliso Undertaking ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, pursuant to which (a) the shareholders of Sikhuliso undertake not to dispose of their shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso for a specified period; and (b) the Sponsor, for the duration of that period, holds the share certificates issued to those shareholders in respect of their shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso.

 

2


SIGNATURE PAGE

THE BORROWER

 

/s/

   

 

For and on behalf of:

 

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

   

For and on behalf of:

 

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

Name:  

M.C. Matjila

    Name:  

 

Office:  

Director

    Office:  

 

  (who warrants his authority)       (who warrants his authority)

THE LENDER

 

/s/

   

 

For and on behalf of:

 

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

   

For and on behalf of:

 

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

Name:  

Graham Briggs

    Name:  

 

Office:  

Director

    Office:  

 

  (who warrants his authority)       (who warrants his authority)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

   Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     2   

2.

 

THE FACILITY AND PURPOSE

     25   

3.

 

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

     26   

4.

 

REPAYMENT

     27   

5.

 

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     28   

6.

 

INTEREST

     31   

7.

 

INTEREST PERIODS

     33   

8.

 

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

     33   

9.

 

BREAK COSTS

     35   

10.

 

FEES AND COSTS

     35   

11.

 

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

     36   

12.

 

INCREASED COSTS

     39   

13.

 

OTHER INDEMNITIES

     41   

14.

 

LIMITED RECOURSE

     42   

15.

 

MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

     43   

16.

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

     43   

17.

 

REPRESENTATIONS

     44   

18.

 

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

     51   

19.

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     53   

20.

 

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

     54   

21.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     60   


22.

 

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

     68   

23.

 

PAYMENT MECHANICS

     69   

24.

 

SET-OFF

     70   

25.

 

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

     70   

26.

 

NOTICES

     70   

27.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

     72   

28.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     73   

29.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     75   

30.

 

JURISDICTION

     75   

31.

 

WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

     76   

Schedule 1

     1   

Schedule 2

     1   

Schedule 3

     1   

Schedule 4

     1   

 

2

Exhibit 4.38

EXECUTION VERSION

ADDENDUM TO THE R18,239,760 TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1677 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(as Borrower)

and

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(as Lender)


WHEREBY THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1. In this Addendum –

 

  1.1.1. headings are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  1.1.2. an expression which denotes –

 

  1.1.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  1.1.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ;

 

  1.1.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa .

 

  1.2. Save as defined herein capitalised terms and expressions not otherwise defined shall bear the meanings ascribed to them in the Facility Agreement (as defined below) and the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  1.2.1. Addendum ” means this addendum to the Facility Agreement as it may be amended, replaced or novated from time to time;

 

  1.2.2. Borrower ” means Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited (Registration No 2012/035756/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.2.3. Facility Agreement ” means the Facility Agreement dated on or about 20 March 2013 between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender), in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein;

 

  1.2.4. Lender ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No 1950/038232/06), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.2.5. Parties ” means the parties to this Addendum and includes a reference to their respective lawful successors and permitted assigns and any liquidator, curator, business rescue practitioner (or similar representative) of each of them.

 

2. CONFLICT WITH THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the provisions of the Facility Agreement at any time, the provisions of this Addendum shall prevail.

 

2


3. AMENDMENTS

The Facility Agreement is hereby amended, with effect from the date of last signature of this Addendum by the Parties, by:

 

  3.1. the deletion of the number and words “ R18 239 760,00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) where they appear in clause 1.1.14 of the Facility Agreement ( Commitment ) and the replacement thereof with the number and words R17 807 719,00 (seventeen million eight hundred and seven thousand seven hundred and nineteen Rand) ”; and

 

  3.2. the deletion of the table in clause 4.1.1 of the Facility Agreement in its entirety and the replacement thereof with the following table:

 

    

Payment Date

   Repayment
Instalment
Amount
 

1.

  

31 December, 2013 (being the First Payment Date)

   R  1 369 824,54   

2.

  

30 June, 2014

   R 1 369 824,54   

3.

  

31 December, 2014

   R 1 369 824,54   

4.

  

30 June, 2015

   R 1 369 824,54   

5.

  

31 December, 2015

   R 1 369 824,54   

6.

  

30 June, 2016

   R 1 369 824,54   

7.

  

31 December, 2016

   R 1 369 824,54   

8.

  

30 June, 2017

   R 1 369 824,54   

9.

  

31 December, 2017

   R 1 369 824,54   

10.

  

30 June, 2018

   R 1 369 824,54   

11.

  

31 December, 2018

   R 1 369 824,54   

12.

  

30 June, 2019

   R 1 369 824,54   

13.

  

31 December, 2019 (being the Final Maturity Date)

   R 1 369 824,52   

 

4. CLOSING DATE EXTENSION

The Lender hereby agrees that the date referred to in clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement is extended to 28 June 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender).

 

3


5. TRANSACTION DOCUMENT

This Addendum comprises a Finance Document for all purposes under the Facility Agreement.

 

6. RETENTION

Save as expressly contemplated in this Addendum the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

7. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS

This Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall comprise one and the same instrument. A facsimile copy of this Addendum shall comprise a valid counterpart for the purpose of this provision.

 

8. WHOLE AGREEMENT

This Addendum comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof. This Addendum constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

4


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited

/s/

Name: M.C. Matjila
Title: Director
Date: 23 May 2012

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

/s/

Name: Frank Abbott
Title: Director
Date: 24 May 2013

Exhibit 4.39

 

From:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
   (Registration No. 1950/038232/06)
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
   (the “ Lender ”)
To:    Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited
   (Registration No. 2012/035756/07)
   Building H303
   18 Melrose Arch
   Ground Floor
   Melrose Arch
   (the “ Borrower ” and together with the Lender, the “ Parties ”)

24 June 2013

Dear Sirs

Term loan facility agreement entered into between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender) on or about 20 March 2013 in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1. Reference is made to the Facility Agreement. Save as defined herein, terms defined in the Facility Agreement (whether directly or by way of incorporation by reference) shall bear the meanings ascribed thereto therein when used in this letter (this “ Waiver Letter ”).

 

2. The Lender hereby waives:

 

  2.1. the Condition Precedent that the Lender receives an original of each Finance Document duly entered into by each Party and an original of each Transaction Document duly entered into by each Party to it contemplated in Clause 2 of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement, on the basis that copies of such executed Finance Documents and Transaction Documents have been received by the Lender; and

 

  2.2. the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent contemplated in Clause 4.1 of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement, namely that the Lender has received evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 10 ( Fees ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

3. Save as expressly contemplated in this Waiver Letter, the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.


4. This Waiver Letter comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof and constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

5. This Waiver Letter shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

 

Signed for and on behalf of:

/s/

 

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Name: Frank Abbott
Title: Director
Date: 24 June 2013
Witness: /s/

Exhibit 4.40

 

From:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
   (Registration No. 1950/038232/06)
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
   (the “ Lender ”)
To:    Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited
   (Registration No. 2012/035756/07)
   Building H303
   18 Melrose Arch
   Ground Floor
   Melrose Arch
   (the “ Borrower ” and together with the Lender, the “ Parties ”)

10 May 2013

Dear Sirs

Term loan facility agreement entered into between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender) on or about 20 March 2013 in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1. Reference is made to the Facility Agreement. Save as defined herein, terms defined in the Facility Agreement (whether directly or by way of incorporation by reference) shall bear the meanings ascribed thereto therein when used in this letter (this “ Extension Letter ”).

 

2. The Lender hereby agrees that the date referred to in clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement is extended to 14 June 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender).

 

3. Save as expressly contemplated in this Extension Letter, the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

4. This Extension Letter comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof and constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

5. This Extension Letter shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

 

Signed for and on behalf of:

/s/

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Name:
Title:
Date:
Witness:

Exhibit 4.41

EXECUTION VERSION

R18,239,760 TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(as Borrower)

and

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(as Lender)


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 20 March 2013 and made between:

 

(1) BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED (Registration No. 2012/030646/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa (the “ Borrower ”); and

 

(2) HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa (the “ Lender ”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1. Definitions

In this Agreement:

 

  1.1.1. Acceptable Bank means:

 

  1.1.1.1. any of Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Investec Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited;

 

  1.1.1.2. a bank or financial institution which has an international rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations of A+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1- or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency,

and any other bank or financial institution approved by the Lender;

 

  1.1.2. Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person, or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company;

 

  1.1.3. Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche or any other firm approved in advance by the Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

2


  1.1.4. Available Commitment means the Lender’s Commitment under the Facility;

 

  1.1.5. Base Rate means:

 

  1.1.5.1. for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum, JIBAR; or

 

  1.1.5.2. for an Interest Period of the Loan which is less than a full period of 3 (three) Months, (a Broken JIBAR Period ), the rate determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

  LOGO
where:    
R   =  

the Base Rate;

R 1   =  

JIBAR for the period closest to but less than the Broken JIBAR Period plus, if this would result in R 1 being equal to the JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate, 0.01 per cent.;

R2   =  

JIBAR for the period closest to but greater than the Broken JIBAR Period;

T   =  

the number of days in the Broken JIBAR Period;

T 1   =  

the number of days in the period for which R1 is quoted on the first day of the Broken JIBAR Period;

T2   =  

the number of days in the period for which R 2 is quoted on the first day of the Broken JIBAR Period;

 

  1.1.6. BEECo1 means Business Venture Investments No 1677 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/035756/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.7. BEECo3 means Business Venture Investments No 1688 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/030648/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.8. BEE Shareholder means:

 

  1.1.8.1. the Borrower;

 

3


  1.1.8.2. Histopath;

 

  1.1.8.3. BEECo1;

 

  1.1.8.4. BEECo3; and

 

  1.1.8.5. the Community Trust;

 

  1.1.9. BEE Shareholders Put Option has the meaning given to that term in Clause 18.1 ( BEE Shareholders Put Option ) of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement;

 

  1.1.10. Break Costs means the amount (if any) determined by the Lender by which:

 

  1.1.10.1. the interest which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of an amount repaid or prepaid in respect of any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum, if the principal amount of that Loan or Unpaid Sum received had been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  1.1.10.2. the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a Reference Bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

 

  1.1.11. Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday, a Sunday or official public holiday) on which banks are open for general business in Johannesburg;

 

  1.1.12. Cashflow Waterfall Agreement ” means the agreement dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Lender, the Borrower, the other BEE Shareholders, the Project Company and the Sponsor, setting out the priority of payment obligations of the Project Company;

 

  1.1.13. Closing Date means the date on which the Lender issues the notice contemplated by Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent );

 

  1.1.14. Commitment means R18 239 760,00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred under this Agreement;

 

4


  1.1.15. Community Trust means the trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust, a trust established under the laws of South Africa (Master’s reference number IT248/2013);

 

  1.1.16. Companies Act means the Companies Act, 2008, including all regulations promulgated under that act;

 

  1.1.17. Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or otherwise in the agreed form;

 

  1.1.18. Default means:

 

  1.1.18.1. an Event of Default; or

 

  1.1.18.2. any event or circumstance specified in Clause 21 ( Events of Default ) which (with the expiry of any applicable grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) would be an Event of Default;

 

  1.1.19. Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  1.1.19.1. a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  1.1.19.2. the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  1.1.19.2.1. from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  1.1.19.2.2. from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted;

 

5


  1.1.20. Environment means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

  1.1.20.1. air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

 

  1.1.20.2. water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

 

  1.1.20.3. land (including, without limitation, land under water);

 

  1.1.21. Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law;

 

  1.1.22. Environmental Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

 

  1.1.22.1. the pollution or protection of the Environment;

 

  1.1.22.2. harm to or the protection of human health;

 

  1.1.22.3. the conditions of the workplace; or

 

  1.1.22.4. the generation, handling, storage, use, release, emission or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste;

 

  1.1.23. Environmental Permit means any permit and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of the Project Company, or any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the Project Company or another member of the Group;

 

  1.1.24. Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 21 ( Events of Default );

 

  1.1.25. Facility means the amortising term loan facility made available under this Agreement, as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility );

 

  1.1.26.

Facility Outstandings means, at any time, the aggregate of all amounts of loan principal, accrued interest, Break Costs, early settlement premia, fees and all other amounts outstanding in respect of the Facility under the Finance

 

6


  Documents (including, without limitation, any claim for direct damages or restitution, any claim as a result of any recovery by the Borrower or another person of a payment or discharge under the Finance Documents on the grounds of preference, and each amount which would be included in any of the above but for any discharge, non-provability or unenforceability of a claim in any insolvency or other proceedings);

 

  1.1.27. Final Discharge Date means the date on which:

 

  1.1.27.1. the Facility Outstandings have been irrevocably and unconditionally finally paid and discharged in full (whether or not as a result of enforcement);

 

  1.1.27.2. the Lender has no commitment to provide finance or any other form of credit or financial accommodation to any person under any Finance Document,

as certified by the Lender within 5 (five) Business Days of request by the Borrower, if all the requirements above have in fact been met;

 

  1.1.28. Final Maturity Date means 31 December 2019;

 

  1.1.29. Finance Document means:

 

  1.1.29.1. this Agreement;

 

  1.1.29.2. the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  1.1.29.3. the Security Documents;

 

  1.1.29.4. a Compliance Certificate;

 

  1.1.29.5. any document amending any Finance Document referred to in paragraphs 1.1.29.1 to 1.1.29.4 above,

and any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

  1.1.30. Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  1.1.30.1. moneys borrowed, credit provided and debit balances at financial institutions;

 

  1.1.30.2. any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

7


  1.1.30.3. any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  1.1.30.4. the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  1.1.30.5. receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  1.1.30.6. any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  1.1.30.7. any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the mark-to-market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

  1.1.30.8. any amount raised by the issue of a share which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) is mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of its holder;

 

  1.1.30.9. any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

  1.1.30.10. the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs 1.1.30.1 to 1.1.30.9 above;

 

  1.1.31. First Payment Date means 31 December 2013;

 

  1.1.32. FreeGold means ARMgold-Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited (Registration No 2001/029602/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.33. Group means the Project Company and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time;

 

8


  1.1.34. Histopath means Histopath Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/082229/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.35. Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary;

 

  1.1.36. IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

 

  1.1.37. Insurance means any contract or policy of insurance and reinsurance taken out by or on behalf of a member of the Group or under which it has a right to claim;

 

  1.1.38. Intellectual Property Rights means:

 

  1.1.38.1. any know-how, patent, trade mark, service mark, design, invention, trading or business name, domain name, topographical or similar right;

 

  1.1.38.2. any copyright, data base or other intellectual property right; or

 

  1.1.38.3. any interest and rights to use (including by way of licence) in the above,

in each case whether registered or not, and includes any related application;

 

  1.1.39. Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 7 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 6.3 ( Default interest );

 

  1.1.40. Interest Reset Date means the first day of January, April, July and October of each year;

 

  1.1.41. JIBAR means, for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum:

 

  1.1.41.1. the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  1.1.41.2. (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or Unpaid Sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places), as supplied to the Lender at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Johannesburg interbank market,

 

9


as of 11h00 on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Rand for a period of 3 (three) months;

 

  1.1.42. JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate means, for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum:

 

  1.1.42.1. the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  1.1.42.2. (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or Unpaid Sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places), as supplied to the Lender at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Johannesburg interbank market,

as of 11h00 on the Quotation Day for the offering of overnight deposits in Rand;

 

  1.1.43. Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility, or the principal amount outstanding of the loan from time to time;

 

  1.1.44. Major Project Party means:

 

  1.1.44.1. the Borrower; and

 

  1.1.44.2. the Project Company;

 

  1.1.45. Margin means for any amount (including an Unpaid Sum) outstanding under the Facility, 3.25% (three point two five per cent) per annum (subject to any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement from time to time);

 

  1.1.46. Masincazelane means Masincazelane Investments Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 1999/019043/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.47. Material Adverse Effect means an effect which in the opinion of the Lender is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to:

 

  1.1.47.1. the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of a Major Project Party;

 

  1.1.47.2. the ability of any Major Project Party to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents; or

 

10


  1.1.47.3. the validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of the Transaction Documents;

 

  1.1.47.4. the validity or enforceability of, or effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or purported to be granted pursuant to, any Transaction Document;

 

  1.1.48. Material Agreement means a “Contract”, as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.49. Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  1.1.49.1. (subject to paragraph 1.1.49.3 below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  1.1.49.2. if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

  1.1.49.3. if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end;

 

  1.1.50. MPRDA means the Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002, including all regulations promulgated under that act;

 

  1.1.51. Original Financial Statements means the internally prepared management accounts of the Sponsor provided to the Project Company under the Sale of Business Agreement on or before the Closing Date;

 

  1.1.52. Parent means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.53. Party means a party to this Agreement;

 

  1.1.54. Payment Date means:

 

  1.1.54.1. the last day of June and December of each year; and

 

  1.1.54.2. the Final Maturity Date;

 

11


  1.1.55. Project means the mining of the Tailings Dams (as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement);

 

  1.1.56. Project Company means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/041001/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.57. Project Company Mining Right means the “Tailings Dam Mining Right” as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.58. Project Document means:

 

  1.1.58.1. the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.2. the FreeGold Sale Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.3. the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.4. the Contractor Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.5. the Services Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.6. the BEECo Undertakings;

 

  1.1.58.7. the Sikhuliso Undertaking;

 

  1.1.58.8. the Memorandum of Incorporation of the Project Company;

 

  1.1.58.9. the Project Company Mining Right (with effect from the date on which it is ceded to the Project Company pursuant to Clause 18 ( Cession of Tailings Dams Mining Right ) of the Sale of Business Agreement);

 

  1.1.58.10. each notarial deed and other document under which a Servitude is granted to the Project Company,

in each case, as defined in Schedule 4 ( Project Documents ), and any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

  1.1.59. Project Site means the “Mining Area”, as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

12


  1.1.60. Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, the first day of that period or such other day as the Lender determines is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in the Johannesburg interbank market;

 

  1.1.61. Reference Banks means the principal Johannesburg offices of Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, or such other banks as may be appointed by the Lender in consultation with the Borrower;

 

  1.1.62. Repayment Instalment means each scheduled instalment of capital contemplated in Clause 4.1.1 for the repayment of the Loan made under the Facility;

 

  1.1.63. Repayment Proceeds means all amounts (comprising capital and/or interest and other prepayments or amounts) repaid or prepaid by the Project Company to the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  1.1.64. Repeating Representations means each of the representations contemplated in Clause 17 ( Representations );

 

  1.1.65. Sanctioned Entity means:

 

  1.1.65.1. a person, country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or subject to the Sanctions;

 

  1.1.65.2. a person which is ordinarily resident in a country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or subject to the Sanctions;

 

  1.1.66. Sanctioned Transaction means the use the proceeds of the Facilities for the purpose of financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to:

 

  1.1.66.1. a Sanctioned Entity; or

 

  1.1.66.2. any other person or entity, if the Borrower (or any Affiliate of the Borrower) has actual knowledge that the person or entity proposes to use the proceeds of the financing or credit for the purpose of financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to a Sanctioned Entity,

in each case to the extent that to do so is prohibited by, or would cause any breach of, Sanctions;

 

13


  1.1.67. Sanctions means trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by any authority referred to in the definition of “Sanctions List” in this Clause 1.1.68 below;

 

  1.1.68. Sanctions List means any of the lists of specifically designated nationals, persons or entities (including, without limitation, the SDN List) published by:

 

  1.1.68.1. the government of the United States of America (and administered by the United States Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or the State Department, the Department of Commerce or the Department of the Treasury of the United States of America);

 

  1.1.68.2. Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland or the Bank of England;

 

  1.1.68.3. the government of the Republic of France;

 

  1.1.68.4. the government of the Commonwealth of Australia;

 

  1.1.68.5. the European Union; or

 

  1.1.68.6. the United Nations Security Council,

under any applicable law or regulation, in each case as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time;

 

  1.1.69. SDN List means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, as published by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, and available on the internet at the following website: http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/index.html or any official successor website;

 

  1.1.70. Screen Rate means;

 

  1.1.70.1. for JIBAR, the Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate;

 

  1.1.70.2. for the JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate, the SAFEX overnight call deposit rate,

polled and published in each case, by the South African Futures Exchange (a division of the JSE Limited) for deposits in Rand for the relevant period, as displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen selected by the Lender. If the relevant page is replaced or the information service ceases to be available, the Lender (after consultation with the Borrower) may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate;

 

14


  1.1.71. Security means a mortgage bond, notarial bond, cession in security, pledge, hypothec, lien, charge, assignment or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect but excluding statutory preferences;

 

  1.1.72. Security Documents means:

 

  1.1.72.1. the pledge and cession in securitatem debiti dated on or about the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

  1.1.72.2. any written notice to a third person of the Security established under the security agreement set out in paragraph 1.1.72.1 above, and any written acknowledgement of that notice which is required to be delivered to the Lender under that security agreement;

 

  1.1.72.3. any other document evidencing or creating any guarantee or security over any asset of the Borrower to secure any obligation of the Borrower to the Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  1.1.73. Servitudes means the “Servitudes” as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.74. Shareholder Loans means the loans advanced by each of the Borrower, Histopath, BEECo1 and BEECo3 in terms of Clause 14 ( Initial Funding of the Company ) of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement (as defined in Schedule 4 hereof);

 

  1.1.75. Signature Date means the date on which, once this Agreement has been signed by all the Parties, it is signed by the last Party to do so;

 

  1.1.76. Sikhuliso means Sikhuliso Resources Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2006/021911/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.77. South Africa means the Republic of South Africa;

 

  1.1.78. Sponsor means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;

 

15


  1.1.79. Subsidiary means a “ subsidiary ” as defined in the Companies Act, and includes any person who, but for not being a “ company ” under the Companies Act, would be a “ subsidiary ” as defined in the Companies Act;

 

  1.1.80. Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

 

  1.1.81. Transaction Document means:

 

  1.1.81.1. a Finance Document; or

 

  1.1.81.2. a Project Document;

 

  1.1.82. Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or to benefit from fluctuations in any rate, price, index or credit rating;

 

  1.1.83. Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents;

 

  1.1.84. Utilisation means a utilisation of the Facility;

 

  1.1.85. VAT means (i) value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act, 1991; (ii) any general service Tax; and (iii) other Tax of a similar nature;

 

  1.1.86. ZAR , Rand or R means South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa.

 

  1.2. Financial definitions

In this Agreement the following terms have the meanings set out below:

 

  1.2.1. Cash means an amount (denominated in Rand, or any other currency approved by the Lender) of cash in hand, or credit balances or amounts on deposit with an Acceptable Bank to which the Borrower is beneficially entitled if:

 

  1.2.1.1. the cash is accessible and may be withdrawn in full by the Borrower within 30 (thirty) days;

 

  1.2.1.2. access to and withdrawal of the cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any indebtedness of any person or the satisfaction of any other condition;

 

16


  1.2.1.3. no Security exists over the cash or over claims in respect thereof (other than Security arising under the Security Documents); and

 

  1.2.1.4. the cash is freely and (except as mentioned in paragraph 1.2.1.1 above) immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facility;

 

  1.2.2. Cash Equivalents means, at any time:

 

  1.2.2.1. certificates of deposit maturing within 30 (thirty) days after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

  1.2.2.2. investments accessible and which can be monetised within 30 (thirty) days in a South African money market collective investment scheme which:

 

  1.2.2.2.1. has an international credit rating of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency;

 

  1.2.2.2.2. invests substantially all its assets in securities of the type described in paragraph 1.2.2.1 above; or

 

  1.2.2.3. any other debt security approved by the Lender,

in each case, denominated in Rand or another currency approved by the Lender, and to which the Project Company is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not subject to any Security (other than Security arising under the Security Documents);

 

  1.2.3. Capital Expenditure means any expenditure which is treated as capital expenditure in accordance with IFRS (including the capital element of any expenditure or obligation incurred in connection with a lease or hire purchase agreement which constitutes Financial Indebtedness);

 

  1.2.4. Debt Service means, in relation to a Measurement Period, Finance Costs payable during that period, plus all principal amounts of Financial Indebtedness of the Project Company under the Finance Documents which fell due for repayment or prepayment during that period, whether or not paid or deferred for payment after that period;

 

17


  1.2.5. Debt Service Cover Ratio means the ratio as contemplated in Clause 19 ( Financial Covenants );

 

  1.2.6. EBITDA means, in relation to a Measurement Period, the aggregate accrued operating income of the Project Company for that period (including the results from discontinued operations), without taking any account of the following items:

 

  1.2.6.1. any Interest accrued as an obligation of, or owed to, the Project Company, whether or not paid, deferred or capitalised during that period;

 

  1.2.6.2. any amount of Tax on profits, gains or income paid or payable by the Project Company and any amount of any rebate or credit in respect of Tax on profits, gains or income received or receivable by the Project Company;

 

  1.2.6.3. any depreciation or amortisation whatsoever, and any charge for impairment or any reversal in that period of any previous impairment charge;

 

  1.2.6.4. any loss against book value incurred by the Project Company on the disposal of any asset (other than trading stock) during that period;

 

  1.2.6.5. any gain over book value arising in favour of the Project Company on the disposal of any asset (other than trading stock) during that period and any gain arising on any revaluation of an asset during that period;

 

  1.2.6.6. any unrealised gains or losses due to exchange rate movements which is reported through the income statement;

 

  1.2.6.7. any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis) which is reported through the income statement;

 

  1.2.6.8. the amount of profit or loss of the Project Company which is attributable to the minority interests of a person (not being a member of the Group) who is a shareholder of a member of the Group;

 

  1.2.6.9.

the amount of profit of any associate entity (which is not a member of the Group) in which the Project Company has an ownership interest, to the extent that the amount of such profit reported

 

18


  through the income statement exceeds the amount (net of any applicable withholding tax) received in cash by that the Project Company through distributions by that entity;

 

  1.2.6.10. any extraordinary items (as contemplated by AC103 of the South African Accounting Practices Board) reported through the income statement for that period;

 

  1.2.7. Finance Costs means, in relation to a Measurement Period, all Interest (whether paid, payable or added to principal) incurred by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8. Free Cashflow means, in relation to any Measurement Period, EBITDA for that period:

 

  1.2.8.1. minus all amounts of Tax on profits, gains or income actually paid and/or which fell due for immediate payment during that period (and minus the amount of any withholding tax withheld from any amount paid by the Project Company for such period);

 

  1.2.8.2. plus the amount of any rebate or credit in respect of any Tax on profits, gains or income actually received in cash by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8.3. minus any increase or plus any decrease in Net Working Capital between the first day and the last day of that Measurement Period;

 

  1.2.8.4. minus all Capital Expenditure actually paid or contractually falling due for payment by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8.5. plus the net amount of all proceeds received in cash by the Project Company during that period in relation to the disposal of an asset or a claim under a contract of insurance which are not applied (or required to be applied) in replacing or reinstating that asset (after deducting Taxes (and amounts reasonably reserved in respect of Taxes) payable by the Project Company in respect of that disposal or claim and all costs and expenses incurred by the Project Company directly in connection with that disposal or claim);

 

  1.2.8.6. plus the amount (net of any applicable withholding tax) of any dividends or other distributions received in cash by the Project Company during that period from any entity which is not itself a member of the Group;

 

19


  1.2.8.7. minus all non-cash credits and plus all non-cash debits and other non-cash charges included in establishing EBITDA for that period (to the extent not included in calculating Consolidated Net Working Capital as at the last day of the Measurement Period);

 

  1.2.8.8. plus any positive and minus any negative extraordinary or exceptional items received or which are paid or fall due for payment by the Project Company in cash during such period, to the extent not already taken into account in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for that period;

 

  1.2.9. Interest means:

 

  1.2.9.1. interest and amounts in the nature of interest accrued;

 

  1.2.9.2. prepayment penalties or premiums incurred in repaying or prepaying any Financial Indebtedness;

 

  1.2.9.3. discount fees and acceptance fees payable or deducted in respect of any Financial Indebtedness, including fees payable in respect of letters of credit and guarantees;

 

  1.2.9.4. any net payment (or, if appropriate in the context, receipt) under any interest rate hedging agreement or instrument, taking into account any premiums payable; and

 

  1.2.9.5. any other payments and deductions of similar effect (including the finance cost element of finance leases),

and includes commitment and non-utilisation fees (including those payable under the Finance Documents), but excludes front-end, management, arrangement and participation fees with respect to any Financial Indebtedness (including those payable under the Finance Documents);

 

  1.2.10. Measurement Date means the Payment Date;

 

  1.2.11. Measurement Period means each period of 6 (six) months preceding a Measurement Date;

 

20


  1.2.12. Net Working Capital , as at any date, means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities, all as at that date, and for this purpose:

 

  1.2.12.1. Current Assets means all the current assets of the Project Company as at that date (other than Cash or Cash Equivalents; any credit receivable for Tax on profits, gains or income suffered; and Interest receivable; and any payments of Financial Indebtedness receivable by the Project Company which are required to be excluded by IFRS);

 

  1.2.12.2. Current Liabilities means all the current liabilities of the Project Company at that date (other than any accrued or unpaid Interest; any liabilities in respect of Tax on profits, gains or income; any dividends, redemptions and other distributions payable to shareholders of the Project Company (whether or not declared); and Financial Indebtedness owing by the Project Company which are required to be excluded by IFRS),

 

  1.3. Construction

 

  1.3.1. In this Agreement, unless inconsistent with the context, any reference to:

 

  1.3.1.1. the Lender , any Major Project Party , any Party or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted cessionaries and permitted transferees;

 

  1.3.1.2. a document being in the agreed form means that the document is in a form previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Lender or, if not so agreed, is in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

 

  1.3.1.3. an amendment includes an amendment, supplement, novation, re-enactment, replacement, restatement or variation and amend will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.4. assets includes businesses, undertakings, securities, properties, revenues or rights of every description and whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  1.3.1.5. an authorisation includes authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, permit, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration;

 

21


  1.3.1.6. authority includes any court or any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority;

 

  1.3.1.7. a disposal means a sale, transfer, cession, assignment, donation, grant, lease, licence or other alienation or disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether pursuant to a single transaction or a series of transactions, and dispose will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.8. a distribution means a transfer by a company of money or other assets of the company (other than its own shares) to, or to the order (or otherwise for the benefit) of, one or more holders of shares in that company or another company within the same group of companies, including any principal or interest in respect of amounts due (whether in respect of an intercompany or a shareholder loan or otherwise); any dividend (including any interest on any unpaid amount of a dividend), charge, fee, consideration or other distribution (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its shares or share capital (or any class of its share capital); any repayment or distribution of any share premium account; and the payment of any management, advisory or other fee;

 

  1.3.1.9. a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument includes (without prejudice to any prohibition on amendments) all amendments (however fundamental) to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument, including any amendment providing for any increase in the amount of a facility or any additional facility or replacement facility;

 

  1.3.1.10. a guarantee means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person, where, in each case, that obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of that person to meet any of its indebtedness;

 

  1.3.1.11. indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

22


  1.3.1.12. know your customer requirements are the identification checks that the Lender requests in order to meet its obligations under any applicable law or regulation to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer;

 

  1.3.1.13. a person includes any individual, company, corporation, unincorporated association or body (including a partnership, trust, fund, joint venture or consortium), government, state, agency, organisation or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

  1.3.1.14. a refinancing means an unscheduled repayment of Loans and other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents which is funded, directly or indirectly, by way of Financial Indebtedness incurred or shares issued by a member of the Group, and refinance will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.15. a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, being of a type with which any person to which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  1.3.2. a provision of law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted, and includes any subordinate legislation;

 

  1.3.3. one gender include a reference to the others; the singular includes the plural and vice versa; natural persons include juristic persons and vice versa; and

 

  1.3.4. a time of day is a reference to Johannesburg time.

 

  1.3.5. Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only, and do not in any way affect the interpretation of a Finance Document.

 

  1.3.6. Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

23


  1.3.7. A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived by the Lender, and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived by the Lender.

 

  1.3.8. If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of the relevant Finance Document.

 

  1.3.9. The Schedules to a Finance Document form an integral part thereof and a reference to a Clause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause of, or a schedule to, this Agreement.

 

  1.3.10. Unless expressly otherwise provided in a Finance Document or inconsistent with the context, any number of days prescribed in a Finance Document must be calculated by including the first and excluding the last day, unless that last day falls on a day that is not a Business Day, in which case, if the last day is a payment date, the last day will instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not), or, if the last day is a not payment date, the last day will instead be the next Business Day.

 

  1.3.11. The rule of construction that, in the event of ambiguity, a contract shall be interpreted against the party responsible for the drafting thereof, shall not apply in the interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

  1.3.12. The use of the word including followed by specific examples will not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it, and the eiusdem generis rule must not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific examples.

 

  1.3.13. The expiry or termination of any Finance Documents shall not affect those provisions of the Finance Documents that expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiry or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

  1.3.14. The Finance Documents shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be binding on and enforceable by the administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators of the Parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed the Finance Documents in the first instance and reference to any Party shall be deemed to include such Party’s administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators, as the case may be.

 

24


  1.3.15. Unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  1.3.15.1. a reference to a Party will not include that party if it has ceased to be a party under this Agreement;

 

  1.3.15.2. any obligation of the Borrower under the Finance Documents which is not a payment obligation remains in force for so long as any payment obligation of the Borrower is or may be, or is capable of becoming, outstanding under the Finance Documents; and

 

  1.3.15.3. any obligation of the Borrower under the Finance Documents includes an obligation on the Borrower not to contract or agree to do something or not to do something which would breach that first obligation, unless such contract or agreement is conditional on the approval of the Lender.

 

  1.4. Third party rights

 

  1.4.1. Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document, no provision of any Finance Document constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document.

 

  1.4.2. Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document is not required to rescind or vary that Finance Document at any time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

 

2. THE FACILITY AND PURPOSE

 

  2.1. Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender makes available to the Borrower a Rand-denominated amortising term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Commitment.

 

25


  2.2. Purpose

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards financing the Shareholder Loan to be advanced by the Borrower to the Project Company, and for no other purpose whatsoever.

 

  2.3. Monitoring

The Lender is not bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3. CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

  3.1. Initial conditions precedent

The Lender shall have no obligation to advance the Loan or provide any other form of credit or financial accommodation under any Finance Document unless the Lender has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 ( Conditions precedent ), in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender. The Lender shall notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable upon being so satisfied.

 

  3.2. Further conditions precedent

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender will only be obliged to participate in the Loan if, in the opinion of the Lender, on the Closing Date:

 

  3.2.1. the Repeating Representations are correct in all material respects; and

 

  3.2.2. no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan.

 

  3.3. Waiver or deferral of conditions precedent

Each condition precedent referred to in this Clause 3 is for the benefit solely of the Lender. The Lender may by notice to the Borrower waive or defer delivery of any condition precedent, in whole or in part, and subject to such other conditions (if any) as it may determine.

 

  3.4. Failure to close

If the Closing Date has not occurred by 17h00 on 15 May 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender) the Commitment shall immediately, automatically and without a requirement for notice to be given to any person, be cancelled and reduced to zero.

 

26


  3.5. Maximum number of Loans

The Parties hereby agree that there shall be only one Loan for an amount equal to (but not exceeding) the full amount of the Commitment.

 

  3.6. Utilisation

The Lender shall advance the Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date by paying, in South African Rands, an amount equal to the Commitment, direct to the Project Company into an account separately advised by the Project Company to the Lender in writing. The Borrower agrees that the said payments shall discharge the obligation of the Lender to advance the Loan to the Borrower.

SECTION 3

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

4. REPAYMENT

 

  4.1. Repayment of Loan

 

  4.1.1. The Borrower must repay to the Lender on each date specified below that amount (a Repayment Instalment ) of the Loan set out opposite that date in the table below:

 

    

Payment Date

   Repayment Instalment
Amount
 

1.

  

31 December, 2013 (being the First Payment Date)

   R 1 403 058,47   

2.

  

30 June, 2014

   R 1 403 058,47   

3.

  

31 December, 2014

   R 1 403 058,47   

4.

  

30 June, 2015

   R 1 403 058,47   

5.

  

31 December, 2015

   R 1 403 058,47   

6.

  

30 June, 2016

   R 1 403 058,47   

7.

  

31 December, 2016

   R 1 403 058,47   

8.

  

30 June, 2017

   R 1 403 058,47   

9.

  

31 December, 2017

   R 1 403 058,47   

10.

  

30 June, 2018

   R 1 403 058,47   

11.

  

31 December, 2018

   R 1 403 058,47   

12.

  

30 June, 2019

   R 1 403 058,47   

13.

  

31 December, 2019 (being the Final Maturity Date)

   R 1 403 058,47   

 

27


  4.1.2. Any amount of Facility Outstandings which remains outstanding on the Final Maturity Date shall be paid or repaid to the Lender in full on that date.

 

  4.1.3. No amount of the Loan repaid under this Clause 4.1 may be re-borrowed.

 

5. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

  5.1. Mandatory prepayment - illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document, to maintain the Commitment or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

  5.1.1. that Lender must notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of that illegality;

 

  5.1.2. upon the Lender notifying the Borrower, the Commitment will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  5.1.3. the Borrower shall repay the Loan (together with all other Facility Outstandings) on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

  5.2. Mandatory prepayment - change of control or transfer of business

 

  5.2.1. If:

 

  5.2.1.1. Masincazelane does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote as it sees fit at least 100% (one hundred per cent) of the issued share capital of the Borrower;

 

  5.2.1.2. the Borrower does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote as it sees fit at least 3% (three per cent) of the issued share capital of the Project Company;

 

28


  5.2.1.3. any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Borrower or the Project Company;

 

  5.2.1.4. any of the securities in the Borrower or the Project Company are sold or issued by way of flotation, rights issue, public placing, listing or other public offering;

 

  5.2.1.5. there is a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Project Company or the Borrower (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions to which the provisions of section 112 of the Companies Act would apply);

the Borrower shall promptly notify the Lender upon becoming aware of that event, and the Lender may, by not less than 10 (ten) days notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitment and declare the outstanding amount of the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

  5.2.2. If the Sponsor does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote at least 70% (seventy per cent) of the issued share capital of the Project Company (a “ Sponsor Control Event ”), the Parties hereby agree that:

 

  5.2.2.1. the Borrower shall have a period of 3 (three) Months, commencing from the date of the Sponsor Control Event, to obtain third party financing to repay the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings, in accordance with clause 5.4 below, failing which;

 

  5.2.2.2. the Lender may immediately cancel the Commitment and declare the outstanding amount of the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings immediately due and payable.

 

  5.2.3. For the purpose of Clause 5.2.1:

acting in concert means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in a company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of that company;

control means, in relation to any company or similar organisation or person:

 

  5.2.3.1. the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  5.2.3.1.1. cast, or control the casting of, more than 35 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that person; or

 

29


  5.2.3.1.2. appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that person; or

 

  5.2.3.1.3. give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that person with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that person are obliged to comply; and/or

 

  5.2.3.2. the holding beneficially more than 35 per cent. of the issued share capital of that person (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

  5.3. Mandatory prepayment - prepayments under the Shareholder Loan

 

  5.3.1. If the Borrower receives any payment pursuant to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, the Borrower hereby undertakes to mandatorily prepay the Loan and other Facility Outstandings on the date of such receipt, in an amount equal to the amount of such payment.

 

  5.3.2. Any amount to be applied in the repayment of the Loan and other Facility Outstandings under Clause 5.3.1, shall be applied first, to the Facility Outstandings not comprising capital or interest, second, to accrued unpaid interest, and third, to outstanding capital (in inverse order of maturity).

 

  5.4. Voluntary prepayment

 

  5.4.1. The Borrower shall be entitled to prepay the Loan and all other Facility Outstandings in whole (and not in part) from the proceeds of a third party refinancing.

 

  5.4.2. The Borrower shall give the Lender not less than 10 (ten) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) prior notice of the Borrower’s intention to prepay the Loan under this Clause 5.4.

 

  5.5. Re-borrowing and reinstatement

No amount of the Loan prepaid under this Agreement may be re-borrowed.

 

30


  5.6. Other restrictions

 

  5.6.1. Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 5 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  5.6.2. Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

  5.6.3. The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  5.6.4. If all or part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of the Commitment (equal to the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

SECTION 4

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

6. INTEREST

 

  6.1. Calculation of interest

Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 6, the rate of interest on the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  6.1.1. Margin; and

 

  6.1.2. Base Rate.

 

  6.2. Payment of interest

 

  6.2.1. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender, on each Payment Date, all interest which has accrued on the Loan during the Interest Periods ending on or before that Payment Date.

 

  6.2.2. All accrued interest on the Loan for an Interest Period which does not end on a Payment Date will be added to and compounded with the outstanding principal amount of the Loan on the Interest Reset Date immediately following such Interest Period.

 

31


  6.3. Default interest

 

  6.3.1. If and for so long as an Event of Default is continuing, interest will accrue on the Facility Outstandings under the Facility at a rate of 2% (two per cent) above the interest rate contemplated in Clause 6.1 ( Calculation of Interest ) (as may be adjusted, from time to time, under the other provisions of this Clause) which applies to the Loan made under the Facility.

 

  6.3.2. Interest accruing under this Clause on an Unpaid Sum shall be calculated as if that Unpaid Sum, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan under the Facility for successive Interest Periods. For this purpose, the Lender (acting reasonably) may:

 

  6.3.2.1. select successive Interest Periods of any duration of up to three months; and

 

  6.3.2.2. determine the appropriate Quotation Day for that Interest Period.

 

  6.3.3. If any Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

  6.3.3.1. the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

  6.3.3.2. the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00 per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

  6.3.4. Any interest accruing under this Clause 6.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Lender.

 

  6.3.5. Default interest (if unpaid) arising on any Unpaid Sum will be compounded with that Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

  6.4. Notification of rates of interest

The Lender shall notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

32


7. INTEREST PERIODS

 

  7.1. Duration of Interest Period and consolidation of Loans

 

  7.1.1. The Loan has successive Interest Periods of not more than three Months each commencing on (an including) the Closing Date (in respect of the first Interest Period of a Loan) or on (and including) the last day of its preceding Interest Period (as applicable).

 

  7.1.2. Subject to Clauses 7.2 to 7.4 below, each Interest Period for a Loan:

 

  7.1.2.1. shall end on (but exclude) the next Interest Reset Date;

 

  7.1.2.2. will be three Months or, in respect of the Interest Period which commences on the Closing Date of the Loan, such shorter period as may be necessary to ensure that it ends on the next Interest Reset Date.

 

  7.2. No overrunning the Final Maturity Date

If an Interest Period would otherwise extend beyond the Final Maturity Date, it will be shortened so that it ends on the Final Maturity Date. This Clause does not apply to Interest Periods selected under Clause 6.3 ( Default interest ) in respect of Unpaid Amounts which remain outstanding on the Final Maturity Date.

 

  7.3. Other adjustments

The Lender and the Borrower may enter into such other arrangements as they may agree for the adjustment of Interest Periods and the consolidation or splitting of Loans.

 

  7.4. Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

8. CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

  8.1. Absence of quotations

Subject to Clause 8.2 below, if JIBAR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 12h00 on the Quotation Day, JIBAR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations provided by the remaining Reference Banks.

 

33


  8.2. Market disruption

 

  8.2.1. If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  8.2.1.1. the Margin; and

 

  8.2.1.2. the rate notified to the relevant Borrower by the Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

  8.2.2. In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means:

 

  8.2.2.1. at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Lender to determine JIBAR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  8.2.2.2. before close of business in Johannesburg on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Lender (acting reasonably) determines that:

 

  8.2.2.2.1. the cost to it of funding the Loan, from whatever source they may reasonably select, would be in excess of JIBAR;

 

  8.2.2.2.2. the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Johannesburg interbank market would be in excess of JIBAR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  8.2.2.2.3. matching deposits will not be available to it in the Johannesburg interbank market in the ordinary course of business to fund the Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

  8.3. Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  8.3.1.

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 8.2 above, if a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Lender or the Borrower so requires, the Lender and the

 

34


  Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 (thirty) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  8.3.2. Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 8.3.1 above shall be binding on the Parties.

 

9. BREAK COSTS

 

  9.1. The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid on a day other than a Payment Date for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  9.2. The Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a request by the Borrower, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

10. FEES AND COSTS

 

  10.1. Non-refundable structuring fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a non-refundable structuring fee in an amount equal to 1% (one per cent) of the Commitment. The non-refundable structuring fee shall accrue in full and shall be payable on the Closing Date.

 

  10.2. Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender, within 3 (thee) Business Days of demand, the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of:

 

  10.2.1. this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement (including all costs of registering or perfecting security); and

 

  10.2.2. any other Finance Documents executed after the Signature Date.

 

  10.3. Amendment costs

 

  10.3.1. If the Borrower requests an amendment, waiver or consent, it shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

35


  10.3.2. If there is any change in law or any regulation which requires an amendment, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with evaluating, negotiating or complying with any such requirement.

 

  10.4. Enforcement costs

The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, pay to the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees on the scale as between attorney and own client whether incurred before or after judgement) incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

SECTION 5

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

11. TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

  11.1. Definitions

 

  11.1.1. In this Agreement:

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax;

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document;

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to the Lender under Clause 11.2 below or a payment under Clause 11.3 below.

 

  11.1.2. Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 11 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

  11.2. Tax gross-up

 

  11.2.1. The Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it free and clear of and without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  11.2.2. The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly. Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Borrower on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender.

 

36


  11.2.3. If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

  11.2.4. If the Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, it shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  11.2.5. Within 30 (thirty) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  11.3. Tax indemnity

 

  11.3.1. The Borrower shall within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender, indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender an amount equal to, the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  11.3.2. Clause 11.3.1 above shall not apply:

 

  11.3.2.1. with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or

 

  11.3.2.2. to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 11.2 ( Tax gross-up ).

 

  11.3.3. If the Lender makes, or intends to make a claim under Clause 11.3.1 above, it shall notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.

 

37


  11.4. Tax Credit

Subject to Clause 16 ( Conduct of Business by the Lender ), if the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:

 

  11.4.1. a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  11.4.2. the Lender has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Lender shall pay an amount to the Borrower which the Lender determines will leave the Lender (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrower.

 

  11.5. Stamp taxes

The Borrower shall (within 3 (three) Business Days of demand) indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender, any cost, loss or liability that the Lender incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

  11.6. Value added tax

 

  11.6.1. All amounts set out or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to any other Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and the Lender shall provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party as soon as reasonably practicable).

 

  11.6.2. Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any costs or expenses, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost or expense, including any part thereof which represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

38


12. INCREASED COSTS

 

  12.1. Increased costs

 

  12.1.1. Subject to Clause 12.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of a demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by the Lender or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  12.1.1.1. the introduction of, or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of), any law or regulation; or

 

  12.1.1.2. compliance with any aspect of the Basel III Framework (including any national regulation which implements the Basel III Framework) made after the Signature Date; or compliance with any other law or regulation made after the Signature Date,

including, without limitation, any such law or regulation (including the Basel III Framework) which imposes or affects minimum capital requirements, liquid asset holding requirements, special deposit requirements or any levy or Taxes.

 

  12.1.2. In this Agreement:

Increased Costs ” means:

 

  12.1.2.1. a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on the Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital (including, without limitation, as a result of any reduction in the rate of return on capital brought about by more capital being required to be allocated by the Lender);

 

  12.1.2.2. an additional or increased cost; or

 

  12.1.2.3. a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by the Lender or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the Lender having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document;

Basel III Framework ” means:

 

  12.1.2.4.

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards

 

39


  and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated

 

  12.1.2.5. the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  12.1.2.6. any other guidance, standards or directives published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

  12.2. Increased cost claims

If the Lender intends to make a claim pursuant to Clause 12.1 above, it shall:

 

  12.2.1. notify the Borrower of the event giving rise to the claim as soon as reasonably practicable;

 

  12.2.2. upon request by the Borrower, provide to the Borrower a certificate confirming the amount of the Lender’s Increased Costs as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

  12.3. Exceptions

 

  12.3.1. Clause 12.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  12.3.1.1. attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by the Borrower;

 

  12.3.1.2. compensated for by Clause 11.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under that Clause but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in that Clause applied); or

 

  12.3.1.3. attributable to the wilful breach by the Lender of any law or regulation.

 

  12.3.2. In this Clause 12.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 11.1 ( Definitions ).

 

40


13. OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

  13.1. Other indemnities

 

  13.1.1. The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender an amount equal to, any cost, loss or liability, other than indirect or consequential cost, loss or liability incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

  13.1.1.1. the occurrence of any Default;

 

  13.1.1.2. the information produced or approved by the Borrower or any member of the Group under or in connection with the Finance Documents being or being alleged to be misleading and/or deceptive in any respect;

 

  13.1.1.3. any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to the Borrower or any member of the Group or with respect to the transactions contemplated or financed under this Agreement;

 

  13.1.1.4. a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date;

 

  13.1.1.5. funding, or making arrangements to fund the Loan (other than by reason of wilful default or gross negligence of the Lender alone); or

 

  13.1.1.6. the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  13.1.2. The Borrower’s liability in each case includes any loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under any Finance Document or the Loan.

 

  13.2. Indemnity to the Lender

The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, an amount equal to, any cost, loss or liability, other than indirect or consequential cost, loss or liability, incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

  13.2.1. investigating or taking any other action in connection with any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

  13.2.2. acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

41


14. LIMITED RECOURSE

 

  14.1. The Lender is prepared to limit its recourse against the Borrower in respect of this Agreement.

 

  14.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the contrary (but subject to the provisions of this Clause 14), all amounts payable or expressed to be payable to or for the account of the Lender by the Borrower in respect of the Facility, shall be limited to the following proceeds (the “ Recovery Proceeds ”):

 

  14.2.1. the Repayment Proceeds; plus

 

  14.2.2. the proceeds realised from the enforcement by the Lender of any security interests held in respect of the Security Documents.

 

  14.3. The provisions of Clauses 14.1 and 14.2 shall not serve to limit nor derogate from the following steps and/or proceedings (which the Lender shall be entitled to pursue against the Borrower and/or the Project Company):

 

  14.3.1. in connection with the recovery of all the Recovery Proceeds;

 

  14.3.2. in connection with the acceleration and/or enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and/or the recovery of all amounts owing by the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

  14.3.3. the enforcement of the Security Documents;

 

  14.3.4. the right of the Lender to call an Event of Default and/or enforce the provisions of the Security Documents;

 

  14.3.5. in connection with the Lender obtaining any order for specific performance or other declaratory order in relation to this Agreement and/or any other Transaction Documents; and/or

 

  14.3.6. to claim or prove in any bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, winding-up, liquidation, reorganisation, amalgamation, business rescue proceedings or dissolution of the Borrower.

 

42


15. MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

 

  15.1. Mitigation

 

  15.1.1. The Lender must, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 5.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 11 ( Tax Gross-up and Indemnities ) or Clause 12 ( Increased Costs ).

 

  15.1.2. Clause 15.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.

 

  15.2. Limitation of liability

 

  15.2.1. The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lender against, and undertakes to pay to the Lender, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, an amount equal to, all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 above.

 

  15.2.2. The Lender is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 above if, in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably):

 

  15.2.2.1. any law or regulation would not allow or permit it; or

 

  15.2.2.2. to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

No provision of a Finance Document will:

 

  16.1. interfere with the right of the Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  16.2. oblige the Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  16.3. oblige the Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

43


SECTION 6

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

17. REPRESENTATIONS

The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17 to the Lender on the Signature Date. A reference to “it” or to “its” in this Clause 17 is a reference to the Borrower.

The Lender enters into the Finance Documents to on the strength of and relying on the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17, each of which is a separate representation and warranty, given without prejudice to any other representation or warranty and is deemed to be a material representation or warranty (as applicable) inducing the Lender to enter into the Finance Documents.

 

  17.1. Status

 

  17.1.1. It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa.

 

  17.1.2. It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  17.2. Capacity, power and authority

 

  17.2.1. It has the legal capacity and power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into and performance of, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

  17.2.2. No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

  17.3. Binding obligations

 

  17.3.1. The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

  17.3.2. Each Transaction Document to which it is a party is in the proper form for its enforcement in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

44


  17.4. Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents and the Security Documents, do not and will not conflict with:

 

  17.4.1. any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  17.4.2. its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or

 

  17.4.3. any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such document, in each case to an extent or in a manner which has a Material Adverse Effect or could result in any liability on the part of the Lender to any third party or require the creation of any Security over any asset in favour of a third party.

 

  17.5. Authorisations

All authorisations required or desirable:

 

  17.5.1. to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

  17.5.2. to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  17.5.3. for it and its Subsidiaries to carry on their respective businesses,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  17.6. No default

 

  17.6.1. No Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the entry into of, or the performance of any transaction contemplated by, the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.6.2. There is no outstanding breach under any Project Document which it is a party and no person has disputed, repudiated or disclaimed liability under any such Project Document or evidenced an intention to do so.

 

  17.6.3. No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or the satisfaction of any other applicable condition will constitute) a default or termination event (however described) or an event resulting in an obligation to create Security under any document which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

45


  17.7. Financial statements

 

  17.7.1. Its audited financial statements most recently delivered to the Lender:

 

  17.7.1.1. have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied; and

 

  17.7.1.2. give a true and fair view of its financial condition (consolidated, if applicable) as at the date to which they were drawn up,

except, in each case, as disclosed to the contrary in those financial statements.

 

  17.8. Ownership

 

  17.8.1. As at the Closing Date, all shares in the issued share capital of the Borrower are owned directly, legally and beneficially, by Masincazelane;

 

  17.8.2. No person has any right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, to subscribe for or otherwise acquire, any shares or securities in the Borrower, other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.8.3. No person has a right to obtain an order for the rectification of the register of members of the Borrower.

 

  17.9. Assets

 

  17.9.1. It owns or has leased or licensed to it, and has all appropriate authorisations required to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

  17.9.2. As at the Closing Date, it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the shares and other assets which are the subject matter of the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

  17.10. Financial Indebtedness and Security

 

  17.10.1. The Borrower does not have any Financial Indebtedness outstanding, except as expressly permitted under Clause 20.5 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

  17.10.2. No Security exists over the whole or any part of the assets of the Borrower, except as expressly permitted under Clause 20.3 ( Negative pledge ).

 

46


  17.10.3. Subject (on the Signature Date only) to filing and registration required by law (where applicable) with the appropriate statutory public register, each Security Document creates the security interests which it purports to create, and the Security so established:

 

  17.10.3.1. is valid and effective;

 

  17.10.3.2. constitutes first priority Security of the type described, over the assets referred to, in the relevant Security Document and those assets are not subject to any prior or pari passu Security in favour of any other person;

 

  17.10.3.3. is not subject to avoidance in the event of any winding-up, dissolution or administration involving the Borrower.

 

  17.11. Ranking

 

  17.11.1. Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

  17.11.2. The Security contemplated in the Security Documents has or will have first ranking priority in respect of the assets of the Borrower (as applicable) which are the subject matter thereof, and those assets are not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

  17.12. No other business

 

  17.12.1. Except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Borrower has not traded or contracted any business since the date of its incorporation.

 

  17.12.2. As at the Closing Date, the Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries.

 

  17.13. Information

 

  17.13.1. All information provided to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the Transaction Documents (and the transactions contemplated thereby) is true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

  17.13.2. No information has been withheld by the Borrower which, if disclosed, might result in the information referred to above being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

47


  17.14. Other documents

 

  17.14.1. As at the Signature Date and the Closing Date:

 

  17.14.1.1. the documents delivered to the Lender under Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) are genuine (or, in the case of copy documents, are true, complete and accurate copies of originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and in full force and effect (or if a copy, the original is up-to-date and in full force and effect) and have not been amended;

 

  17.14.1.2. except as disclosed to Lender in writing before the Closing Date, the Borrower is not a party to any agreement other than the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.14.2. As at the date of their delivery, the documents delivered to the Lender under this Agreement by or on behalf of the Borrower after the Closing Date are genuine (or, in the case of copy documents, are true, complete and accurate copies of originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and in full force and effect (or, if a copy, the original is up-to-date and in full force and effect) and have not been amended.

 

  17.15. No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration, expert determination, alternative dispute resolution or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency are current or, to the best of its knowledge, pending or threatened, which have or, if adversely determined, would have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  17.16. No breach of laws

 

  17.16.1. It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  17.16.2. No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against the Borrower which have or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

48


  17.17. Insurance

 

  17.17.1. There is no outstanding insured loss or liability incurred by the Borrower which is not expected to be covered to the full extent of that loss or liability.

 

  17.17.2. There has been no non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term of any Insurance taken out by the Borrower which would entitle any insurer of that insurance to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part, or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of the Borrower.

 

  17.18. Insolvency and Financial Distress

 

  17.18.1. No:

 

  17.18.1.1. corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 21.7 ( Insolvency and business rescue proceedings ); or

 

  17.18.1.2. creditors’ process described in Clause 21.8 ( Creditors’ process ),

has been taken or threatened in relation to the Borrower; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 21.6 ( Insolvency ) applies to it.

 

  17.18.2. The Borrower is not “financially distressed” (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

  17.19. Taxes

 

  17.19.1. It is not overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or filings relating to any material amount of Tax and it is not overdue in the payment of any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax.

 

  17.19.2. No claims or investigations by any Tax authority are being or are reasonably likely to be made or conducted against it which are reasonably likely to result in a liability of or claim against the Borrower to pay any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax.

 

  17.19.3. For Tax purposes, it is resident only in South Africa.

 

  17.19.4. As at the Signature Date, it is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

49


  17.20. No filing or stamp taxes

It is not necessary under applicable law or regulations that the Transaction Documents to which it is party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Transaction Documents to which it is party or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is party.

 

  17.21. No immunity

 

  17.21.1. The entry into by it of each Transaction Document to which it is a party constitutes, and the exercise by it of its rights and performance of its obligations under each Transaction Document will constitute private and commercial acts performed for private and commercial purposes.

 

  17.21.2. In any proceedings taken in South Africa or in any other jurisdiction, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in relation to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

  17.22. Sanctions

 

  17.22.1. The Borrower is not party to or participates in any Sanctioned Transaction, has contravened any Sanctions or is targeted under any Sanctions.

 

  17.23. Authorised signatories

Any person specified as its authorised signatory in any document delivered to the Lender under Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent) or Clause 18.6 ( Information: miscellaneous ) is authorised to sign all communications under the Transaction Documents on its behalf.

 

  17.24. Repetition

 

  17.24.1. The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the Signature Date, the Closing Date and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

  17.24.2. When a representation and warranty in Clause 17.6.1 ( No default ) is repeated on the first day of an Interest Period, the reference to a Default must be construed as a reference to an Event of Default.

 

50


18. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 18 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  18.1. Financial statements

The Borrower shall supply to the Lender:

 

  18.1.1. as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited financial statements for that financial year;

 

  18.1.2. as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 (forty five) days after the end of each half of each of its financial years, the unaudited interim financial statements of the Borrower for that financial year.

 

  18.2. Requirements as to financial statements

 

  18.2.1. Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1 above shall be:

 

  18.2.1.1. certified by a director of the Borrower as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as to which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  18.2.1.2. prepared using IFRS.

 

  18.2.2. If the Borrower notifies the Lender of any change, as contemplated by Clause 18.2.1 above, it shall procure that its Auditors deliver to the Lender:

 

  18.2.2.1. a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect IFRS, the accounting practices and the reference periods as applied in the preparation of those financial statements; and

 

  18.2.2.2. sufficient information, in form and substance reasonably required by the Lender, to enable the Lender to determine whether Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with.

 

  18.3. Compliance Certificate

 

  18.3.1.

The Parent shall supply to the Lender, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1.1 above, a Compliance Certificate setting out

 

51


  (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  18.3.2. Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors of the Parent and, if required to be delivered with the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1.1, shall be reported on by the Auditors in the form agreed by the Borrower and the Lender prior to the Signature Date.

 

  18.4. Financial year-end

The Borrower shall not change the date of its financial year end.

 

  18.5. Auditors

 

  18.5.1. The Borrower must ensure that one of the firms named in the definition of “Auditors” is retained to audit its consolidated annual financial statements.

 

  18.5.2. The Borrower may only replace its Auditors with the prior approval of the Lender, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed.

 

  18.6. Information: miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Lender:

 

  18.6.1. copies of all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders generally (or any class of them) or its creditors generally (or any class of them) at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

  18.6.2. promptly upon becoming aware of them, details and copies of any changes proposed to or made to its constitutional documents or the constitutional documents of it, including the filing of any Memorandum of Incorporation under the Companies Act;

 

  18.6.3. promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings, liquidation applications, winding up applications or business rescue applications which are current, threatened or pending against it or any other member of the Group, and which may, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  18.6.4. promptly on request, an up to date copy of its shareholders’ register;

 

  18.6.5. promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of it as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

52


  18.7. Notification of default

 

  18.7.1. The Borrower shall notify the Lender of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

  18.7.2. Promptly upon a request by the Lender, the Borrower shall supply to the Lender a certificate, signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf, certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

  18.8. Know your customer checks

If:

 

  18.8.1. the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Signature Date;

 

  18.8.2. any change in the status of the Borrower after the Signature Date; or

 

  18.8.3. a proposed transfer by the Lender of any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another person,

obliges the Lender (or, in the case of paragraph 18.8.3 above, any prospective new lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures (whether in terms of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 or otherwise) in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph 18.8.3 above, on behalf of any prospective new lender) in order for the Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph 18.8.3 above, any prospective new lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

19. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

  19.1. Debt Service Cover Ratio

It shall be a requirement of this Agreement that the Project Company shall maintain a ratio of Free Cashflow to Debt Service, for any Measurement Period, of not less than 1.25 times.

 

53


  19.2. Basis of calculations

 

  19.2.1. All the terms defined in Clause 1.2 ( Financial definitions ) are to be determined (except as expressly included or excluded in the relevant definition) in accordance with IFRS. No item shall be deducted or credited more than once in any calculation.

 

  19.2.2. The financial undertaking in Clause 19.1 above (unless expressly otherwise stated) shall apply as of the last day of each Measurement Period and compliance (or otherwise) shall be verified by reference to the financial statements of the Project Company for the relevant Measurement Period and Compliance Certificates delivered pursuant to Clause 18 ( Information Undertakings ).

 

  19.2.3. Where a Measurement Period would otherwise commence before the Closing Date:

 

  19.2.3.1. that Measurement Period shall, instead, commence on the Closing Date (the part of that period falling before the Closing Date being ignored);

 

  19.2.3.2. EBITDA and Free Cashflow, for any Measurement Period ending less than 12 months after the Closing Date, shall be determined on an annualised basis by dividing each such amount by the number of days from the Closing Date to the Measurement Date at the end of that Measurement Period and multiplying by 365.

 

20. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The Borrower is bound by the undertakings set out in this Clause 20 relating to it. The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  20.1. Authorisations

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

  20.1.1. obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  20.1.2. supply certified copies to the Lender of,

 

54


any authorisation required to enable it to:

 

  20.1.2.1. perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Transaction Document;

 

  20.1.2.2. carry on the business of the Borrower in the ordinary course where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  20.2. Compliance with laws

The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject.

 

  20.3. Pari passu ranking

The Borrower must ensure that:

 

  20.3.1. its payment obligations under the Finance Documents at all times rank at least pari passu with all its present and future unsecured unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally in its jurisdiction of incorporation or any other jurisdiction where it carries on business.

 

  20.3.2. the Security conferred by the Security Documents to which it is a party constitutes first priority Security of the type described, over the assets referred to, in that Security Document and that those assets are not subject to any prior or pari passu Security in favour of any other person.

 

  20.4. Negative pledge

 

  20.4.1. The Borrower shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

  20.4.2. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.4.2.1. sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by the Borrower or any of its Affiliates;

 

  20.4.2.2. sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  20.4.2.3. enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement;

 

55


  20.4.2.4. enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  20.4.2.5. enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

  20.4.3. Clauses 20.4.1 and 20.4.2 above do not apply to:

 

  20.4.3.1. any Security given or purported to be given under a Security Document; or

 

  20.4.3.2. any Security established with the express prior consent of the Lender, but only if the amount secured by that Security is not increased above the permitted amount.

 

  20.5. Financial Indebtedness

The Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  20.5.1. any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

  20.5.2. any Financial Indebtedness incurred with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.6. Disposals

The Borrower shall not, enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset. This restriction does not apply to any disposal made with the express prior written consent of the Lender.

 

  20.7. Capital Expenditure

The Borrower shall not, incur expenditures or commitments for expenditures for fixed or other non-current assets.

 

56


  20.8. Change of business

The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower from that carried on at the Signature Date.

 

  20.9. Merger

The Borrower shall not enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, unbundling or corporate reconstruction without the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.10. Assets

The Borrower shall ensure that it maintains in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary or desirable in the conduct of its business.

 

  20.11. Acquisitions

The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.11.1. acquire or subscribe for shares or other ownership interests in or securities of any company or other person;

 

  20.11.2. acquire any business or incorporate any company or other person.

This restriction does not apply to the transactions contemplated by the Project Documents or any acquisition entered into with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.12. Loans out

The Borrower shall not be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  20.12.1. Financial Indebtedness owed to the Borrower under a Shareholder Loan;

 

  20.12.2. loans made with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.13. Third party guarantees

The Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person. This restriction does not apply to guarantees entered into with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

57


  20.14. Treasury Transactions

The Borrower shall not enter into any Treasury Transaction.

 

  20.15. Share capital

 

  20.15.1. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.15.1.1. redeem, purchase, defease, retire or repay any of its shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) or resolve to do so;

 

  20.15.1.2. issue any shares (or any instrument convertible into shares) which by their terms are redeemable or carry any right to a return prior to the Final Discharge Date; or

 

  20.15.1.3. issue any shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) to any person other than its Holding Company.

 

  20.16. Permitted Distributions

The Borrower shall not make any distribution. This restriction does not apply to a proposed distribution by the Borrower, if the following conditions have been met:

 

  20.16.1. the Borrower has given 10 (ten) Business Days prior written notice to the Lender of its intention to make the proposed distribution;

 

  20.16.2. the proposed distribution will be made from a distribution made to the Borrower by the Project Company from available Free Cashflow, in accordance with the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  20.16.3. a Compliance Certificate for the Measurement Period ending on the Measurement Date immediately preceding the date on which that distribution is proposed to be made has been delivered to the Lender;

 

  20.16.4. no Default is then continuing or would result from that distribution;

 

  20.16.5. that distribution is not then prohibited under the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  20.16.6. the Borrower is not prohibited under any applicable law from making that distribution.

 

58


  20.17. Taxes

The Borrower shall pay all Taxes due and payable by it prior to the accrual of any fine or penalty for late payment, unless (and only to the extent that):

 

  20.17.1. payment of those Taxes is being contested in good faith;

 

  20.17.2. adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them; and

 

  20.17.3. failure to pay those Taxes does not have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Borrower may not change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

  20.18. Amendments to documents

 

  20.18.1. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.18.1.1. amend its Memorandum of Incorporation or other constitutional documents;

 

  20.18.1.2. enter into any agreement with any of its shareholders or any of their Affiliates, other than as set out in the Transaction Documents as in force at the Closing Date; or

 

  20.18.1.3. amend or waive any term of the documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ),

except:

 

  20.18.1.4. for an amendment or waiver which is a procedural or an administrative change arising in the ordinary course of administration of the relevant document and is not material;

 

  20.18.1.5. otherwise with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.18.2. The Borrower must promptly supply to the Lender a copy of any amendment to or waiver of any of the documents, or any agreement between the Borrower and its shareholders, referred to in Clause 20.18 above.

 

  20.19. Access

 

  20.19.1. Upon reasonable notice by the Lender, the Borrower shall allow any one or more representatives of the Lender and/or accountants or other professional advisers appointed by the Lender to have access during normal business hours to the premises, assets, books and records of the Borrower.

 

  20.19.2. The Lender may not give notice under Clause 20.19.1 above more than once every financial year unless it believes that a Default is outstanding or may have occurred or may occur.

 

59


  20.20. Sanctions

The Borrower shall:

 

  20.20.1. not at any time participate in a Sanctioned Transaction in any manner;

 

  20.20.2. take all reasonable steps to ensure that appropriate controls and safeguards are in place, designed to prevent it being or becoming involved in a Sanctioned Transaction.

 

21. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 21 (other than 21.19 ( Acceleration )) is an Event of Default.

 

  21.1. Non-payment

The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under a Finance Document, at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  21.1.1. that failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event; and

 

  21.1.2. payment is made in full within 3 (three) Business Days of its due date.

 

  21.2. Financial covenants

Any requirement of Clause 19 ( Financial Covenants ) is not satisfied.

 

  21.3. Other obligations

 

  21.3.1. The Borrower does not comply, timeously and in full, with:

 

  21.3.1.1. any term of Clause 18 ( Information Undertakings ) or Clause 20 ( General Undertakings );

 

  21.3.1.2. any provision of any Security Document to which it is a party;

 

  21.3.1.3. any provision of any other Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clauses 21.1, 21.2 and in this Clause above).

 

60


  21.3.2. No Event of Default under Clause 21.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within:

 

  21.3.2.1. (in relation to Clauses 21.3.1.1 and 21.3.1.2 above) 3 (three) Business Days; or

 

  21.3.2.2. (in relation to Clause 21.3.1.3 above) 10 (ten) Business Days,

of the earlier of (A) the Lender giving notice to the Borrower and (B) the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

  21.4. Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be repeated.

 

  21.5. Cross default

 

  21.5.1. Any of the following occurs in respect of the Borrower:

 

  21.5.1.1. any of its Financial Indebtedness (or any amount payable in respect of its Financial Indebtedness) is not paid when due (after the expiry of any originally applicable grace period); or

 

  21.5.1.2. any of its Financial Indebtedness:

 

  21.5.1.2.1. is declared to be or otherwise becomes prematurely due and payable prior to its stated maturity or, if the Financial Indebtedness arises under a guarantee, prior to the stated maturity of the Financial Indebtedness which is the subject of the guarantee; or

 

  21.5.1.2.2. is placed on demand; or

 

  21.5.1.2.3. is terminated or closed out,

in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described); or

 

  21.5.1.3. any commitment of a provider of Financial Indebtedness to it is cancelled or suspended, in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described).

 

61


  21.5.2. Any of the events set out in Clause 21.5.1.1 to 21.5.1.3 above occurs in respect of any other Major Project Party

 

  21.5.3. A default occurs under a Shareholder Loan.

 

  21.5.4. Any party to the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement (other than the Lender) fails to comply with its obligations under the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, timeously and in full.

 

  21.6. Insolvency

 

  21.6.1. A Major Project Party is or is deemed for the purposes of any applicable law to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they fall due, admits its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors for the rescheduling, restructuring or compromise of any of its indebtedness.

 

  21.6.2. A Major Project Party is “financially distressed” (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

  21.6.3. The value of the assets of a Major Project Party is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

  21.6.4. A moratorium is declared, instituted or takes effect in respect of any of the indebtedness of a Major Project Party (in which event the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium).

 

  21.7. Insolvency and business rescue proceedings

 

  21.7.1. Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step (including an application to court, proposal or convening of a meeting) is taken with a view to:

 

  21.7.1.1. the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, administration, business rescue or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Major Project Party;

 

62


  21.7.1.2. a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Major Project Party;

 

  21.7.1.3. the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, business rescue practitioner or other similar officer in respect of any Major Project Party or any of its assets; or

 

  21.7.1.4. enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Major Project Party,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction;

 

  21.7.2. A meeting is proposed or convened by the directors of any Major Project Party, a resolution is proposed or passed, application is made or an order is applied for or granted, to authorise the entry into or implementation of any business rescue proceedings (or any similar proceedings) in respect of any Major Project Party, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  21.7.3. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.7 if an application for the winding-up or the commencement of business rescue proceedings of any Major Project Party presented by a creditor or another person is contested in good faith and with due process and diligence and is discharged or dismissed within 14 (fourteen) days.

 

  21.8. Creditors’ process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of any Major Project Party. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.8 if:

 

  21.8.1. the affected assets are not the subject of any Security Document and the aggregate value of those assets is less than, in respect of the Project Company, R1,000,000 or its equivalent in another currency or currencies; or

 

  21.8.2. that expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution is being contested in good faith and with due diligence and is discharged or set aside within 14 (fourteen) days.

 

63


  21.9. Legal proceedings

 

  21.9.1. Any:

 

  21.9.1.1. litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental or regulatory proceeding occurs concerning, or in consequence of, any of the Transaction Documents, or the implementation of any matter or transaction provided for in the Transaction Documents;

 

  21.9.1.2. one or more judgments or orders (not paid or fully covered by Insurance) is made against a Major Project Party, unless all those judgments and orders are discharged, set aside or stayed pending appeal within 14 (fourteen) days of their being made.

 

  21.9.2. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.9, unless the events or circumstances detailed in Clause 21.9.1 above, in the case of the Project Company, involves a liability (actual or contingent) or a judgment or order (as applicable) of more than R1 000 000,00 (one million Rand).

 

  21.10. Cessation of business

Any Major Project Party suspends, ceases, or threatens to suspend or cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business or to change the nature of its business from that undertaken at the Signature Date.

 

  21.11. Transaction Documents

 

  21.11.1. It is or becomes unlawful for any person (other than the Lender) to perform any of its obligations under a Transaction Document.

 

  21.11.2. Any obligation of a person under a Transaction Document, for any reason, is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective in accordance with its terms, or is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be ineffective in accordance with its terms, or becomes unlawful.

 

  21.11.3. Any Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by a Security Document, or any subordination created under a Finance Document, for any reason, is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective, or is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be ineffective, fails or ceases to establish the ranking and the priority of claims which it purports to create, or becomes unlawful.

 

  21.11.4. Any party (other than the Lender) to a Transaction Document repudiates or rescinds, or disclaims liability under, a Transaction Document to which it is a party, or evidences an intention to do so.

 

64


  21.11.5. Any person party to a Project Document fails to perform its obligations under that Project Document and fails to remedy that breach within any applicable grace period.

 

  21.11.6. A Project Document (or any of its provisions) is revoked, terminated, ceases to be of full force and effect or becomes capable of termination for any reason (following the expiry of any applicable grace period), otherwise than by reason of completion of full performance of the agreement or expiry of its term.

 

  21.12. P roject authorisations

Any authorisation required by the Project Company in order to carry on its business:

 

  21.12.1. is not obtained or effected by the time it is required;

 

  21.12.2. is revoked or cancelled, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect;

 

  21.12.3. is not renewed, or is renewed on revised terms, or is varied and, and, in the opinion of the Lender, that variation of terms has or would be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  21.13. Material adverse change

Any event or series of events (whether related or not) or circumstance occurs which, in the opinion of the Lender, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  21.14. Insurance

 

  21.14.1. Any Insurance or other insurance required to be effected under the Transaction Documents:

 

  21.14.1.1. is not, or ceases to be, in full force and effect;

 

  21.14.1.2. is unavailable at the time it is required to be effected;

 

  21.14.1.3. is repudiated, avoided or suspended (in each case to any extent).

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause if the Borrower delivers to the Lender, within 10 (ten) days, evidence to the satisfaction of the Lender that any such Insurance or other insurance has been replaced with Insurances or other insurance which comply with the requirements of the relevant Transaction Document (as applicable).

 

  21.14.2. Any insurer notifies the Borrower of its intention to avoid, repudiate or suspend (in each case to any extent) or otherwise reduce its liability under the policy relating to any Insurance required to be effected under any Transaction Document.

 

65


  21.15. Audit qualification

The Auditors of a Major Project Party qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of that Major Project Party:

 

  21.15.1. on the grounds that the information supplied to them or to which they had access was inadequate or unreliable;

 

  21.15.2. on the grounds that they are unable to prepare such accounts on a going concern basis; or

 

  21.15.3. otherwise in terms or as to issues which in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably) are material in the context of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated by them.

 

  21.16. Expropriation

 

  21.16.1. The authority or ability of any member a Major Project Party to conduct its business is wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person.

 

  21.16.2. By the authority of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person:

 

  21.16.2.1. the management of any Major Project Party is wholly or substantially replaced; or

 

  21.16.2.2. all or a majority of the shares of a Major Project Party or the whole or any part of its assets or revenues is seized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired.

 

  21.17. Actions under the Project Documents

 

  21.17.1. The Tailings Dams (as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement), for any reason, are not transferred to the Project Company as registered freehold owner on or before the date falling 6 (six) months after the Signature Date.

 

66


  21.17.2. The Project Company Mining Right, for any reason, is not transferred to the Project Company as registered holder on or before the date falling 5 (five) years after the Signature Date.

 

  21.17.3. The BEE Shareholders become entitled to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option and, if required to do so by the Lender, any of them refuses or fails, for any reason, to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option within any applicable time period on the terms of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement.

 

  21.18. Project Company Event of Default

A Project Company Event of Default as defined and set out in Schedule 2 occurs.

 

  21.19. Acceleration

If an Event of Default is continuing, the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Lender may have under any Finance Document or at law:

 

  21.19.1. cancel all or any part of the Commitment (whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled);

 

  21.19.2. declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other Facility Outstandings:

 

  21.19.2.1. are immediately due and payable (whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable); and/or

 

  21.19.2.2. are payable on demand (whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender);

 

  21.19.3. claim immediate payment of all or part of the Loan and other Facility Outstandings (whereupon they shall be immediately payable); and/or

 

  21.19.4. exercise any or all of the Lender’s rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Security Documents.

 

67


SECTION 7

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

22. CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

  22.1. Transfers by the Borrower

The Borrower may not cede or assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior consent of the Lender.

 

  22.2. Assignments and transfers by the Lender

 

  22.2.1. The Lender (the Existing Lender) may, by notice to the Borrower, at any time transfer (a Transfer) any of its rights or obligations under Finance Documents by way of cession and assignment or delegation (as applicable) to any other bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other person which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender).

 

  22.2.2. The Borrower consents to any splitting of claims that may arise as a result of the Existing Lender exercising its rights under this Clause.

 

  22.2.3. The Borrower shall co-operate and provide to the Existing Lender (and any New Lender) such assistance and information, as may be reasonably required to implement any transfer of rights and obligations under this Clause.

 

  22.3. Costs resulting from change of Lender

If:

 

  22.3.1. the Lender cedes any of its rights and/or delegates any of its obligations under a Finance Document; and

 

  22.3.2. as a result of circumstances existing at the date on which the cession and/or delegation occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to pay a Tax Payment or an Increased Cost,

then, unless the cession and/or delegation is made by the Lender in order to mitigate any circumstances giving rise to the Tax Payment, Increased Cost or a right to be prepaid and/or cancelled by reason of illegality, the Borrower need only pay that Tax Payment or Increased Cost to the same extent that it would have been obliged to if no assignment, transfer or change had occurred.

 

68


SECTION 8

ADMINISTRATION

 

23. PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

  23.1. Payments to the Lender

Unless a Finance Document specifies that payments under that document are to be made in another manner, all payments by the Borrower under the Finance Documents must be made to the Lender to its account at such office or bank in South Africa as it may notify to the Borrower for this purpose by not less than 15 (fifteen) Business Days prior notice. Until otherwise notified by the Lender from time to time, its bank account details for these purposes are as follows:

 

Bank:    Nedbank Limited
Branch:    Corporate Client Services
Branch Number:    145405
Account Number:    1454115866
Account Name:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Current Account
Reference:    Histopath Proprietary Limited

 

  23.2. Funds

Payments under the Finance Documents to the Lender must be made for value on the due date in immediately available and freely transferable funds, or at such times and in such funds as the Lender may specify to the Borrower as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in Rand in the place for payment.

 

  23.3. No set-off by the Borrower

All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

  23.4. Business Days

 

  23.4.1. Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). In the event that the day for performance of any obligation to be performed in terms of any Finance Document should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, the relevant day for performance shall be the succeeding Business Day.

 

  23.4.2. During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

69


  23.5. Currency of account

Each amount payable under a Finance Document is payable in Rand.

 

  23.6. Due date not elsewhere specified

If a Finance Document does not provide for when a particular payment is due to the Lender, that payment will be due within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender.

 

24. SET-OFF

The Lender may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents against any matured obligation owed by the Lender to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Lender may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

25. CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

  25.1. Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Lender are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

  25.2. Certificates and Determinations

Any certification or determination by the Lender of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

  25.3. Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 (three hundred and sixty five) days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).

 

26. NOTICES

 

  26.1. Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

70


  26.2. Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  26.2.1. in the case of the Borrower:

 

Address:    Block A, Boston House
   3A De-La-Rey Road
   Rivonia
   2128
Fax number:    +27 (0) 11 234 0926
For the attention of:        Livhu Nengovhela

 

  26.2.2. in the case of the Lender:

 

Address:    Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
Fax number:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
For the attention of:        The Company Secretary

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the other Parties by not less than 5 (five) Business Days notice.

 

  26.3. Domicilia

 

  26.3.1. Each Party chooses its physical address provided under or pursuant to Clause 26.2 above as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with a Finance Document may be served.

 

  26.3.2. Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante , in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties under Clause 26.4 below.

 

  26.4. Delivery

 

  26.4.1. Except as provided below, any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will be deemed to have been duly given:

 

  26.4.1.1. if delivered in person, at the time of delivery;

 

71


  26.4.1.2. if posted, 14 (fourteen) days after being deposited in the post, postage prepaid, in a correctly addressed envelope; and

 

  26.4.1.3. if by fax, e-mail or any other electronic communication, and provided it is received in legible form, on the day of its transmission, except that any such transmission after 16h30 shall be deemed to have been received on the following day;

 

  26.4.1.4. if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending.

 

  26.4.2. A communication given under Clause 26.4.1 above, but received on a day which is not a Business Day or after business hours in the place of receipt, will be deemed to be given on the next Business Day

 

  26.4.3. Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Lender will be effective only when actually received by the Lender and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer detailed in the Lender’s address detail above (or any substitute department or officer as the Lender shall specify for this purpose).

 

  26.5. English language

Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

27. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  27.1. Each Party must keep confidential and not disclose to any person any information provided to it by or on behalf of another Party in connection with its operations and affairs and those of its Affiliates, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. However, a Party may disclose information:

 

  27.1.1. which is or becomes publicly available, other than as a result of a breach by a Party of this Clause 27;

 

  27.1.2. is known to be in the lawful possession or control of the person to whom it is disclosed and is not subject to an obligation of confidentiality;

 

  27.1.3. in connection with any legal or arbitration proceedings;

 

72


  27.1.4. if required to do so under any law or regulation or the rules of any recognised stock exchange;

 

  27.1.5. to a governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority if required to do so under any applicable law or regulation;

 

  27.1.6. to its professional advisers;

 

  27.1.7. to a member of the Group;

 

  27.1.8. which is required to effect any registrations or filings required under a Transaction Document; or

 

  27.1.9. with the prior consent of the other Parties.

 

  27.2. The Lender may provide copies of any Transaction Documents and any information which it has acquired under or in connection with any Transaction Document to an Affiliate or any person with whom it may enter, or has entered, into any transfer, participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement, if that person has agreed with the Lender to keep that information confidential on the terms of Clause 27.1 above.

 

  27.3. This Clause 27 above supersedes any previous confidentiality undertaking given by the Parties in connection with the Transaction Documents.

 

28. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  28.1. Sole agreement

The Finance Documents constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.

 

  28.2. No implied terms

No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in a Finance Document.

 

  28.3. Rights and remedies

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the Lender under the Finance Documents:

 

  28.3.1. are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law

 

73


  28.3.2. may be exercised as often as the Lender requires;

 

  28.3.3. may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in the exercise or non-exercise of any right is not a waiver of that right.

 

  28.4. Extensions and waivers

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation or enforcement of any right under a Finance Document, and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party, shall be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party’s rights under or in connection with a Finance Document or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of a Finance Document.

 

  28.5. Amendments, waivers and cancellation

 

  28.5.1. No contract varying, adding to, deleting from or cancelling a Finance Document will be effective unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the all the persons who are party to that Finance Document.

 

  28.5.2. The expiry or termination of a Finance Document will not prejudice the rights of the Lender in respect of any antecedent breach by the Borrower of, or non-performance under, that Finance Document.

 

  28.6. Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term inoperable in this Clause 28.6 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.

 

  28.7. Renunciation of benefits

The Borrower renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi , non causa debiti , non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.

 

74


  28.8. Independent advice

The Borrower acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of the Finance Documents and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Borrower acknowledges that all of the provisions of each Finance Document and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  28.9. Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

SECTION 9

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

29. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.

 

30. JURISDICTION

 

  30.1. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg, South Africa (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from the Finance Documents (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of a Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document) (a dispute).

 

  30.2. The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle disputes. The Parties agree not to argue to the contrary and waive objection to this court on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with any Finance Document.

 

  30.3. This Clause 30 is for the benefit of the Lender only. As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a dispute in any other court with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

75


31. WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  31.1. agrees not to claim any immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process brought by the Lender against it in relation to a Finance Document, and to ensure that no such claim is made on its behalf;

 

  31.2. consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with those proceedings; and

 

  31.3. waives any right it may have to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

76


Schedule 1

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

1. THE BORROWER AND OTHER MAJOR PROJECT PARTIES

 

  1.1. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower.

 

  1.2. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:

 

  1.2.1. approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

  1.2.2. authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Transaction Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

  1.2.3. authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

  1.3. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

  1.4. A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director):

 

  1.4.1. confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Commitment would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded;

 

  1.4.2. certifying that each copy document specified in this of Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Closing Date.

 

2. FINANCE DOCUMENTS AND TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

 

  2.1. An original of each Finance Document duly entered into by each Party to it.

 

  2.2. An original of each Transaction Document duly entered into by each Party to it.

 

3. KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS

Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender to carry out and be satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or similar identification procedures under applicable laws and regulations (including the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001) pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.


4. OTHER DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE

 

  4.1. Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 10 ( Fees ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

  4.2. A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

2


Schedule 2

PROJECT COMPANY EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Schedule 2 is a Project Company event of default (a “ Project Company Event of Default ”). A reference to “it” or to “its” in this Schedule 2 is a reference to the Project Company.

 

1. Status

 

  1.1. The Project Company ceases to be a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa.

 

  1.2. The Project Company ceasing to hold the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

2. Financial Statements

 

  2.1. There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition since the latest date to which the Original Financial Statements were drawn up.

 

3. Ownership

 

  3.1. The issued share capital in the Project Company is no longer directly, legally and beneficially owned as follows:

 

the Sponsor:    70% (seventy per cent);
Histopath:    16% (sixteen per cent);
the Borrower:    3% (three per cent);
BEECo1:    3% (three per cent);
BEECo3:    3% (three per cent);
the Community Trust:        5% (five per cent).

 

  3.2. Any person acquires any right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, to subscribe for or otherwise acquire, any shares or securities in the Project Company, other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

 

  3.3. Any person obtains an order for the rectification of the register of members of the Project Company.


4. Project Site

 

  4.1. All authorisations required by the Project Company in connection with its access to and vacant possession of the Project Site cease to be in full force and effect.

 

  4.2. There exists a covenant, agreement, stipulation, reservation, condition, interest, right or other matter which adversely affects the Project Site.

 

  4.3. All facilities, services and utilities necessary for the enjoyment and use of the Project Site cease to be enjoyed by the Project Company.

 

  4.4. A facility, service or utility necessary for the enjoyment and use of the Project Site is provided on terms which conflict with or restrict the Project Company’s use of the Project Site.

 

  4.5. If the Servitudes have not been registered within a period of 3 (three) years after the Closing Date, and once so registered, cease to be in full force and effect, in favour of the Project Company or the Project Site Property (as applicable).

 

  4.6. A judgment or order in respect of any adverse claim is made against the Project Company in respect of the ownership of the Project Site or any interest in it, unless that judgment or order is discharged, set aside or stayed pending appeal within 14 (fourteen) days of it being made.

 

5. Material Agreements

 

  5.1. Any Material Agreement ceases to be valid and in full force and effect.

 

  5.2. Any person (other than the Project Company) becomes entitled to cancel or otherwise terminate, suspend any part of (or any part of its performance under), amend the pricing or other terms of, or impose any penalty, liquidated damages, other onerous conditions or restrictions under, any Material Agreement as a result of any default or breach under or in connection with that Material Agreement.

 

6. Insurance

A non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term of any insurance taken out by the Project Company entitles any insurer of that insurance to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part, or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of the Project Company.

 

2


7. Intellectual Property Rights

 

  7.1. The Project Company:

 

  7.1.1. ceases to be the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property Rights which are material in the context of its business and which are required by it in order to carry on its business in all material respects as it is being conducted;

 

  7.1.2. in carrying on its business, infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in any respect which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8. Amendments to documents

 

  8.1. The Project Company:

 

  8.1.1. amends its Memorandum of Incorporation or other constitutional documents;

 

  8.1.2. enters into any agreement with any of its shareholders or any of their Affiliates, other than as set out in the Transaction Documents as in force at the Closing Date; or

 

  8.1.3. amends or waives any term of the documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ),

without obtaining the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

9. Environment

 

  9.1. The Project Company:

 

  9.1.1. ceases to comply with all Environmental Law;

 

  9.1.2. fails to obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits;

 

  9.1.3. fails to implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

where failure to do so has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or is reasonably likely to result in any liability for the Lender.

 

3


Schedule 3

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:   

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

Block 27

Randfontein Office Park

Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue

Randfontein

From:    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

[ ], 201[ ]

Dear Sirs,

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

R18 239 760 Facility Agreement dated [ ], 2012

( the Agreement)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate.

 

1. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2. We confirm that as at [ relevant testing date ]:

 

    

As Calculated

  

Covenant

  

Compliance

(Yes/No)

Debt Service Cover Ratio

        

 

3. Calculations establishing the figures in paragraph 3 above are set out below:

[ ]

 

4. We confirm that no Default is continuing as at [ relevant testing date ].


Signed:  

 

   

 

 
  Director     Director  
  [Company]     [Company]  

[insert applicable certification language]

 

 

for and on behalf of
[name of auditors of the Group]

 

2


Schedule 4

PROJECT DOCUMENTS

 

1. The sale of business agreement (the Sale of Business Agreement ), dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Project Company (as purchaser) and the Sponsor (as seller), for the sale and purchase of that part of the Sponsor’s business which relate to the mining of certain tailings deposition sites (including related assets and liabilities).

 

2. A contract mining agreement (the Contractor Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between the Project Company and the Sponsor in terms of which the Sponsor appoints the Project Company to mine the tailing dams (which are the subject matter of the Sale of Business Agreement) for a specified period.

 

3. A sale and purchase agreement (the Freegold Sale Agreement ), dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Project Company (as purchaser) and Freegold (as seller), for the sale and purchase of the tailings deposition site known as the “St Helena Dams”.

 

4. A deed of cession (the Mining Right Deed of Cession ) between the Sponsor (as cedent) and

 

5. A subscription, sale and shareholders agreement (the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between Histopath, BEECo1, BEECo3, the Community Trust, the Borrower, the Sponsor and the Project Company for the purpose of regulating the relationships between the shareholders of the Project Company and the Project Company and its shareholders.

 

6. A services agreement (the Services Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between the Sponsor and the Project Company, for the provision to the Project Company of certain services previously provided by the Sponsor in respect of the business acquired by the Project Company under the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

7. The following deeds of undertakings (the BEECo Undertakings ) given to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sale of Business Agreement:

 

  7.1. a written deed of undertakings, dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, pursuant to which Kopano Ke Matla Investment Company (Proprietary) Limited ( Kopano Ke Matla ) undertakes not to dispose of its shares in the issued share capital of Kopano Resources (Proprietary) Limited and the trustees for the time being of the Kopano Ke Matla Trust undertake not to dispose of its shares in the issued share capital of Kopano Ke Matla for a specified period; and


  7.2. a written deed of undertakings, dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, given by the Trustees for the time being of the Masincazelane Trust in respect of its shares in Masincazelane Investments (Proprietary) Limited on substantially the same terms as those referred to in paragraph 7.1 above.

 

8. A written deed of undertakings (the Sikhuliso Undertaking ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, pursuant to which (a) the shareholders of Sikhuliso undertake not to dispose of their shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso for a specified period; and (b) the Sponsor, for the duration of that period, holds the share certificates issued to those shareholders in respect of their shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso.

 

2


SIGNATURE PAGE

THE BORROWER

 

/s/

    

 

For and on behalf of:

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

    

For and on behalf of:

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

Name:  

L. Nengovhela

     Name:  

 

Office:  

Director

     Office:  

 

  (who warrants his authority)        (who warrants his authority)
THE LENDER       

/s/

    

 

For and on behalf of:

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

    

For and on behalf of:

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

Name:  

Graham Briggs

     Name:  

 

Office:  

Director

     Office:  

 

  (who warrants his authority)        (who warrants his authority)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

  

Page

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

   2

2.

 

THE FACILITY AND PURPOSE

   25

3.

 

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

   26

4.

 

REPAYMENT

   27

5.

 

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

   28

6.

 

INTEREST

   31

7.

 

INTEREST PERIODS

   33

8.

 

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

   33

9.

 

BREAK COSTS

   35

10.

 

FEES AND COSTS

   35

11.

 

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

   36

12.

 

INCREASED COSTS

   39

13.

 

OTHER INDEMNITIES

   41

14.

 

LIMITED RECOURSE

   42

15.

 

MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

   43

16.

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

   43

17.

 

REPRESENTATIONS

   44

18.

 

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

   51

19.

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

   53

20.

 

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

   54

21.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   60


22.

 

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

   68

23.

 

PAYMENT MECHANICS

   69

24.

 

SET-OFF

   70

25.

 

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

   70

26.

 

NOTICES

   70

27.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

   72

28.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

   73

29.

 

GOVERNING LAW

   75

30.

 

JURISDICTION

   75

31.

 

WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

   76

 

Schedule 1

   1

Schedule 2

   1

Schedule 3

   1

Schedule 4

   1

 

2

Exhibit 4.42

EXECUTION VERSION

ADDENDUM TO THE R18,239,760 TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1687 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(as Borrower)

and

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(as Lender)


WHEREBY THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1. In this Addendum –

 

  1.1.1. headings are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  1.1.2. an expression which denotes –

 

  1.1.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  1.1.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa;

 

  1.1.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

  1.2. Save as defined herein capitalised terms and expressions not otherwise defined shall bear the meanings ascribed to them in the Facility Agreement (as defined below) and the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  1.2.1. Addendum ” means this addendum to the Facility Agreement as it may be amended, replaced or novated from time to time;

 

  1.2.2. Borrower ” means Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited (Registration No 2012/030646/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.2.3. Facility Agreement ” means the Facility Agreement dated on or about 20 March 2013 between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender), in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein;

 

  1.2.4. Lender ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No 1950/038232/06), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.2.5. Parties ” means the parties to this Addendum and includes a reference to their respective lawful successors and permitted assigns and any liquidator, curator, business rescue practitioner (or similar representative) of each of them.

 

2. CONFLICT WITH THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the provisions of the Facility Agreement at any time, the provisions of this Addendum shall prevail.

 

2


3. AMENDMENTS

The Facility Agreement is hereby amended, with effect from the date of last signature of this Addendum by the Parties, by:

 

  3.1. the deletion of the number and words “ R18 239 760,00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) where they appear in clause 1.1.14 of the Facility Agreement ( Commitment ) and the replacement thereof with the number and words R17 807 719,00 (seventeen million eight hundred and seven thousand seven hundred and nineteen Rand) ”; and

 

  3.2. the deletion of the table in clause 4.1.1 of the Facility Agreement in its entirety and the replacement thereof with the following table:

 

   

Payment Date

   Repayment Instalment
Amount
 

1.

 

31 December, 2013 (being the First Payment Date)

   R 1 369 824,54   

2.

 

30 June, 2014

   R 1 369 824,54   

3.

 

31 December, 2014

   R 1 369 824,54   

4.

 

30 June, 2015

   R 1 369 824,54   

5.

 

31 December, 2015

   R 1 369 824,54   

6.

 

30 June, 2016

   R 1 369 824,54   

7.

 

31 December, 2016

   R 1 369 824,54   

8.

 

30 June, 2017

   R 1 369 824,54   

9.

 

31 December, 2017

   R 1 369 824,54   

10.

 

30 June, 2018

   R 1 369 824,54   

11.

 

31 December, 2018

   R 1 369 824,54   

12.

 

30 June, 2019

   R 1 369 824,54   

13.

 

31 December, 2019 (being the Final Maturity Date)

   R 1 369 824,52   

 

4. CLOSING DATE EXTENSION

The Lender hereby agrees that the date referred to in clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement is extended to 28 June 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender).

 

3


5. TRANSACTION DOCUMENT

This Addendum comprises a Finance Document for all purposes under the Facility Agreement.

 

6. RETENTION

Save as expressly contemplated in this Addendum the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

7. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS

This Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall comprise one and the same instrument. A facsimile copy of this Addendum shall comprise a valid counterpart for the purpose of this provision.

 

8. WHOLE AGREEMENT

This Addendum comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof. This Addendum constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

4


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited

/s/

Name: L. Nengovhela
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: 27 May 2013

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

/s/

Name: Frank Abbott
Title: Director
Date: 24 May 2013

Exhibit 4.43

 

From:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
   (Registration No. 1950/038232/06)
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
   (the “ Lender ”)
To:    Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited
   (Registration No. 2012/030646/07)
   Block A, Boston House
   3A De-La-Rey Road
   Rivonia
   2128
   (the “ Borrower ” and together with the Lender, the “ Parties ”)

24 June 2013

Dear Sirs

Term loan facility agreement entered into between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender) on or about 20 March 2013 in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1. Reference is made to the Facility Agreement. Save as defined herein, terms defined in the Facility Agreement (whether directly or by way of incorporation by reference) shall bear the meanings ascribed thereto therein when used in this letter (this “ Waiver Letter ”).

 

2. The Lender hereby waives:

 

  2.1. the Condition Precedent that the Lender receives an original of each Finance Document duly entered into by each Party and an original of each Transaction Document duly entered into by each Party to it contemplated in Clause 2 of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement, on the basis that copies of such executed Finance Documents and Transaction Documents have been received by the Lender; and

 

  2.2. the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent contemplated in Clause 4.1 of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement, namely that the Lender has received evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 10. ( Fees ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

3. Save as expressly contemplated in this Waiver Letter, the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.


4. This Waiver Letter comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof and constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

5. This Waiver Letter shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

 

Signed for and on behalf of:

/s/

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Name: Frank Abbott
Title: Director
Date: 24 June 2013
Witness: /s/

Exhibit 4.44

 

From:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
   (Registration No. 1950/038232/06)
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
   (the “ Lender ”)
To:    Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited
   (Registration No. 2012/030646/07)
   Block A, Boston House
   3A De-La-Rey Road
   Rivonia
   2128
   (the “ Borrower ” and together with the Lender, the “ Parties ”)

10 May 2013

Dear Sirs

Term loan facility agreement entered into between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender) on or about 20 March 2013 in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1. Reference is made to the Facility Agreement. Save as defined herein, terms defined in the Facility Agreement (whether directly or by way of incorporation by reference) shall bear the meanings ascribed thereto therein when used in this letter (this “ Extension Letter ”).

 

2. The Lender hereby agrees that the date referred to in clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement is extended to 14 June 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender).

 

3. Save as expressly contemplated in this Extension Letter, the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

4. This Extension Letter comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof and constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

5. This Extension Letter shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

/s/

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Name:
Title:
Date:
Witness:

Exhibit 4.45

EXECUTION VERSION

R18,239,760 TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(as Borrower)

and

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(as Lender)


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 20 March 2013 and made between:

 

(1) BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED (Registration No. 2012/035756/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa (the “ Borrower ”); and

 

(2) HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa (the “ Lender ”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1. Definitions

In this Agreement:

 

  1.1.1. Acceptable Bank means:

 

  1.1.1.1. any of Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Investec Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited;

 

  1.1.1.2. a bank or financial institution which has an international rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations of A+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1- or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency,

and any other bank or financial institution approved by the Lender;

 

  1.1.2. Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person, or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company;

 

  1.1.3. Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche or any other firm approved in advance by the Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

2


  1.1.4. Available Commitment means the Lender’s Commitment under the Facility;

 

  1.1.5. Base Rate means:

 

  1.1.5.1. for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum, JIBAR; or

 

  1.1.5.2. for an Interest Period of the Loan which is less than a full period of 3 (three) Months, (a Broken JIBAR Period ), the rate determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

LOGO

 

where:     
R   =    the Base Rate;
R 1   =    JIBAR for the period closest to but less than the Broken JIBAR Period plus, if this would result in R 1 being equal to the JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate, 0.01 per cent.;
R2   =    JIBAR for the period closest to but greater than the Broken JIBAR Period;
T   =    the number of days in the Broken JIBAR Period;
T 1   =    the number of days in the period for which R1 is quoted on the first day of the Broken JIBAR Period;
T2   =    the number of days in the period for which R 2 is quoted on the first day of the Broken JIBAR Period;

 

  1.1.6. BEECo1 means Business Venture Investments No 1677 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/035756/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.7. BEECo2 means Business Venture Investments No 1687 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/030646/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.8. BEE Shareholder means:

 

  1.1.8.1. the Borrower;

 

3


  1.1.8.2. Histopath;

 

  1.1.8.3. BEECo1;

 

  1.1.8.4. BEECo2; and

 

  1.1.8.5. the Community Trust;

 

  1.1.9. BEE Shareholders Put Option has the meaning given to that term in Clause 18.1 ( BEE Shareholders Put Option ) of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement;

 

  1.1.10. Break Costs means the amount (if any) determined by the Lender by which:

 

  1.1.10.1. the interest which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of an amount repaid or prepaid in respect of any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum, if the principal amount of that Loan or Unpaid Sum received had been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  1.1.10.2. the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a Reference Bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

 

  1.1.11. Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday, a Sunday or official public holiday) on which banks are open for general business in Johannesburg;

 

  1.1.12. Cashflow Waterfall Agreement ” means the agreement dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Lender, the Borrower, the other BEE Shareholders, the Project Company and the Sponsor, setting out the priority of payment obligations of the Project Company;

 

  1.1.13. Closing Date means the date on which the Lender issues the notice contemplated by Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent );

 

  1.1.14. Commitment means R18 239 760,00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred under this Agreement;

 

4


  1.1.15. Community Trust means the trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust, a trust established under the laws of South Africa (Master’s reference number IT248/2013);

 

  1.1.16. Companies Act means the Companies Act, 2008, including all regulations promulgated under that act;

 

  1.1.17. Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or otherwise in the agreed form;

 

  1.1.18. Default means:

 

  1.1.18.1. an Event of Default; or

 

  1.1.18.2. any event or circumstance specified in Clause 21 ( Events of Default ) which (with the expiry of any applicable grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) would be an Event of Default;

 

  1.1.19. Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  1.1.19.1. a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  1.1.19.2. the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  1.1.19.2.1. from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  1.1.19.2.2. from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted;

 

5


  1.1.20. Environment means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

  1.1.20.1. air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

 

  1.1.20.2. water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

 

  1.1.20.3. land (including, without limitation, land under water);

 

  1.1.21. Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law;

 

  1.1.22. Environmental Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

 

  1.1.22.1. the pollution or protection of the Environment;

 

  1.1.22.2. harm to or the protection of human health;

 

  1.1.22.3. the conditions of the workplace; or

 

  1.1.22.4. the generation, handling, storage, use, release, emission or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste;

 

  1.1.23. Environmental Permit means any permit and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of the Project Company, or any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the Project Company or another member of the Group;

 

  1.1.24. Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 21 ( Events of Default );

 

  1.1.25. Facility means the amortising term loan facility made available under this Agreement, as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility );

 

  1.1.26.

Facility Outstandings means, at any time, the aggregate of all amounts of loan principal, accrued interest, Break Costs, early settlement premia, fees and all other amounts outstanding in respect of the Facility under the Finance

 

6


  Documents (including, without limitation, any claim for direct damages or restitution, any claim as a result of any recovery by the Borrower or another person of a payment or discharge under the Finance Documents on the grounds of preference, and each amount which would be included in any of the above but for any discharge, non-provability or unenforceability of a claim in any insolvency or other proceedings);

 

  1.1.27. Final Discharge Date means the date on which:

 

  1.1.27.1. the Facility Outstandings have been irrevocably and unconditionally finally paid and discharged in full (whether or not as a result of enforcement);

 

  1.1.27.2. the Lender has no commitment to provide finance or any other form of credit or financial accommodation to any person under any Finance Document,

as certified by the Lender within 5 (five) Business Days of request by the Borrower, if all the requirements above have in fact been met;

 

  1.1.28. Final Maturity Date means 31 December 2019;

 

  1.1.29. Finance Document means:

 

  1.1.29.1. this Agreement;

 

  1.1.29.2. the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  1.1.29.3. the Security Documents;

 

  1.1.29.4. a Compliance Certificate;

 

  1.1.29.5. any document amending any Finance Document referred to in paragraphs 1.1.29.1 to 1.1.29.4 above,

and any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

  1.1.30. Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  1.1.30.1. moneys borrowed, credit provided and debit balances at financial institutions;

 

  1.1.30.2. any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

7


  1.1.30.3. any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  1.1.30.4. the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  1.1.30.5. receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  1.1.30.6. any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  1.1.30.7. any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the mark-to-market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

  1.1.30.8. any amount raised by the issue of a share which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) is mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of its holder;

 

  1.1.30.9. any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

  1.1.30.10. the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs 1.1.30.1 to 1.1.30.9 above;

 

  1.1.31. First Payment Date means 31 December 2013;

 

  1.1.32. FreeGold means ARMgold-Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited (Registration No 2001/029602/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.33. Group means the Project Company and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time;

 

8


  1.1.34. Histopath means Histopath Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/082229/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.35. Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary;

 

  1.1.36. IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

 

  1.1.37. Insurance means any contract or policy of insurance and reinsurance taken out by or on behalf of a member of the Group or under which it has a right to claim;

 

  1.1.38. Intellectual Property Rights means:

 

  1.1.38.1. any know-how, patent, trade mark, service mark, design, invention, trading or business name, domain name, topographical or similar right;

 

  1.1.38.2. any copyright, data base or other intellectual property right; or

 

  1.1.38.3. any interest and rights to use (including by way of licence) in the above,

in each case whether registered or not, and includes any related application;

 

  1.1.39. Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 7 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 6.3 ( Default interest );

 

  1.1.40. Interest Reset Date means the first day of January, April, July and October of each year;

 

  1.1.41. JIBAR means, for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum:

 

  1.1.41.1. the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  1.1.41.2. (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or Unpaid Sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places), as supplied to the Lender at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Johannesburg interbank market, as of 11h00 on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Rand for a period of 3 (three) months;

 

9


  1.1.42. JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate means, for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum:

 

  1.1.42.1. the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  1.1.42.2. (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or Unpaid Sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places), as supplied to the Lender at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Johannesburg interbank market,

as of 11h00 on the Quotation Day for the offering of overnight deposits in Rand;

 

  1.1.43. Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility, or the principal amount outstanding of the loan from time to time;

 

  1.1.44. Major Project Party means:

 

  1.1.44.1. the Borrower; and

 

  1.1.44.2. the Project Company;

 

  1.1.45. Malibongwe Women Development Trust means the trustees for the time being of the Malibongwe Women Development Trust, a trust established under the laws of South Africa (Master’s reference number IT10665/2005);

 

  1.1.46. Margin means for any amount (including an Unpaid Sum) outstanding under the Facility, 3.25% (three point two five per cent) per annum (subject to any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement from time to time);

 

  1.1.47. Material Adverse Effect means an effect which in the opinion of the Lender is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to:

 

  1.1.47.1. the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of a Major Project Party;

 

  1.1.47.2. the ability of any Major Project Party to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents; or

 

10


  1.1.47.3. the validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of the Transaction Documents;

 

  1.1.47.4. the validity or enforceability of, or effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or purported to be granted pursuant to, any Transaction Document;

 

  1.1.48. Material Agreement means a “Contract”, as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.49. Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  1.1.49.1. (subject to paragraph 1.1.49.3 below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  1.1.49.2. if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

  1.1.49.3. if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end;

 

  1.1.50. MPRDA means the Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002, including all regulations promulgated under that act;

 

  1.1.51. Original Financial Statements means the internally prepared management accounts of the Sponsor provided to the Project Company under the Sale of Business Agreement on or before the Closing Date;

 

  1.1.52. Parent means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.53. Party means a party to this Agreement;

 

  1.1.54. Payment Date means:

 

  1.1.54.1. the last day of June and December of each year; and

 

  1.1.54.2. the Final Maturity Date;

 

11


  1.1.55. Project means the mining of the Tailings Dams (as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement);

 

  1.1.56. Project Company means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/041001/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.57. Project Company Mining Right means the “Tailings Dam Mining Right” as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.58. Project Document means:

 

  1.1.58.1. the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.2. the FreeGold Sale Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.3. the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.4. the Contractor Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.5. the Services Agreement;

 

  1.1.58.6. the BEECo Undertakings;

 

  1.1.58.7. the Sikhuliso Undertaking;

 

  1.1.58.8. the Memorandum of Incorporation of the Project Company;

 

  1.1.58.9. the Project Company Mining Right (with effect from the date on which it is ceded to the Project Company pursuant to Clause 18 ( Cession of Tailings Dams Mining Right ) of the Sale of Business Agreement);

 

  1.1.58.10. each notarial deed and other document under which a Servitude is granted to the Project Company,

in each case, as defined in Schedule 4 ( Project Documents ), and any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

  1.1.59. Project Site means the “Mining Area”, as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

12


  1.1.60. Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, the first day of that period or such other day as the Lender determines is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in the Johannesburg interbank market;

 

  1.1.61. Reference Banks means the principal Johannesburg offices of Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, or such other banks as may be appointed by the Lender in consultation with the Borrower;

 

  1.1.62. Repayment Instalment means each scheduled instalment of capital contemplated in Clause 4.1.1 for the repayment of the Loan made under the Facility;

 

  1.1.63. Repayment Proceeds means all amounts (comprising capital and/or interest and other prepayments or amounts) repaid or prepaid by the Project Company to the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  1.1.64. Repeating Representations means each of the representations contemplated in Clause 17 ( Representations );

 

  1.1.65. Sanctioned Entity means:

 

  1.1.65.1. a person, country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or subject to the Sanctions;

 

  1.1.65.2. a person which is ordinarily resident in a country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or subject to the Sanctions;

 

  1.1.66. Sanctioned Transaction means the use the proceeds of the Facilities for the purpose of financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to:

 

  1.1.66.1. a Sanctioned Entity; or

 

  1.1.66.2. any other person or entity, if the Borrower (or any Affiliate of the Borrower) has actual knowledge that the person or entity proposes to use the proceeds of the financing or credit for the purpose of financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to a Sanctioned Entity,

in each case to the extent that to do so is prohibited by, or would cause any breach of, Sanctions;

 

13


  1.1.67. Sanctions means trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by any authority referred to in the definition of “Sanctions List” in this Clause 1.1.68 below;

 

  1.1.68. Sanctions List means any of the lists of specifically designated nationals, persons or entities (including, without limitation, the SDN List) published by:

 

  1.1.68.1. the government of the United States of America (and administered by the United States Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or the State Department, the Department of Commerce or the Department of the Treasury of the United States of America);

 

  1.1.68.2. Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland or the Bank of England;

 

  1.1.68.3. the government of the Republic of France;

 

  1.1.68.4. the government of the Commonwealth of Australia;

 

  1.1.68.5. the European Union; or

 

  1.1.68.6. the United Nations Security Council,

under any applicable law or regulation, in each case as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time;

 

  1.1.69. SDN List means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, as published by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, and available on the internet at the following website: http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/index.html or any official successor website;

 

  1.1.70. Screen Rate means;

 

  1.1.70.1. for JIBAR, the Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate;

 

  1.1.70.2. for the JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate, the SAFEX overnight call deposit rate,

polled and published in each case, by the South African Futures Exchange (a division of the JSE Limited) for deposits in Rand for the relevant period, as displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen selected by the Lender. If the relevant page is replaced or the information service ceases to be available, the Lender (after consultation with the Borrower) may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate;

 

14


  1.1.71. Security means a mortgage bond, notarial bond, cession in security, pledge, hypothec, lien, charge, assignment or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect but excluding statutory preferences;

 

  1.1.72. Security Documents means:

 

  1.1.72.1. the pledge and cession in securitatem debiti dated on or about the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

  1.1.72.2. any written notice to a third person of the Security established under the security agreement set out in paragraph 1.1.72.1 above, and any written acknowledgement of that notice which is required to be delivered to the Lender under that security agreement;

 

  1.1.72.3. any other document evidencing or creating any guarantee or security over any asset of the Borrower to secure any obligation of the Borrower to the Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  1.1.73. Servitudes means the “Servitudes” as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.74. Shareholder Loans means the loans advanced by each of the Borrower, Histopath, BEECo1 and BEECo2 in terms of Clause 14 ( Initial Funding of the Company ) of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement (as defined in Schedule 4 hereof);

 

  1.1.75. Signature Date means the date on which, once this Agreement has been signed by all the Parties, it is signed by the last Party to do so;

 

  1.1.76. Sikhuliso means Sikhuliso Resources Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2006/021911/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.77. South Africa means the Republic of South Africa;

 

  1.1.78. Sponsor means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;

 

15


  1.1.79. Subsidiary means a “ subsidiary ” as defined in the Companies Act, and includes any person who, but for not being a “ company ” under the Companies Act, would be a “ subsidiary ” as defined in the Companies Act;

 

  1.1.80. Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

 

  1.1.81. Transaction Document means:

 

  1.1.81.1. a Finance Document; or

 

  1.1.81.2. a Project Document;

 

  1.1.82. Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or to benefit from fluctuations in any rate, price, index or credit rating;

 

  1.1.83. Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents;

 

  1.1.84. Utilisation means a utilisation of the Facility;

 

  1.1.85. VAT means (i) value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act, 1991; (ii) any general service Tax; and (iii) other Tax of a similar nature;

 

  1.1.86. ZAR , Rand or R means South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa.

 

  1.2. Financial definitions

In this Agreement the following terms have the meanings set out below:

 

  1.2.1. Cash means an amount (denominated in Rand, or any other currency approved by the Lender) of cash in hand, or credit balances or amounts on deposit with an Acceptable Bank to which the Borrower is beneficially entitled if:

 

  1.2.1.1. the cash is accessible and may be withdrawn in full by the Borrower within 30 (thirty) days;

 

  1.2.1.2. access to and withdrawal of the cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any indebtedness of any person or the satisfaction of any other condition;

 

16


  1.2.1.3. no Security exists over the cash or over claims in respect thereof (other than Security arising under the Security Documents); and

 

  1.2.1.4. the cash is freely and (except as mentioned in paragraph 1.2.1.1 above) immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facility;

 

  1.2.2. Cash Equivalents means, at any time:

 

  1.2.2.1. certificates of deposit maturing within 30 (thirty) days after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

  1.2.2.2. investments accessible and which can be monetised within 30 (thirty) days in a South African money market collective investment scheme which:

 

  1.2.2.2.1. has an international credit rating of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency;

 

  1.2.2.2.2. invests substantially all its assets in securities of the type described in paragraph 1.2.2.1 above; or

 

  1.2.2.3. any other debt security approved by the Lender,

in each case, denominated in Rand or another currency approved by the Lender, and to which the Project Company is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not subject to any Security (other than Security arising under the Security Documents);

 

  1.2.3. Capital Expenditure means any expenditure which is treated as capital expenditure in accordance with IFRS (including the capital element of any expenditure or obligation incurred in connection with a lease or hire purchase agreement which constitutes Financial Indebtedness);

 

  1.2.4. Debt Service means, in relation to a Measurement Period, Finance Costs payable during that period, plus all principal amounts of Financial Indebtedness of the Project Company under the Finance Documents which fell due for repayment or prepayment during that period, whether or not paid or deferred for payment after that period;

 

17


  1.2.5. Debt Service Cover Ratio means the ratio as contemplated in Clause 19 ( Financial Covenants );

 

  1.2.6. EBITDA means, in relation to a Measurement Period, the aggregate accrued operating income of the Project Company for that period (including the results from discontinued operations), without taking any account of the following items:

 

  1.2.6.1. any Interest accrued as an obligation of, or owed to, the Project Company, whether or not paid, deferred or capitalised during that period;

 

  1.2.6.2. any amount of Tax on profits, gains or income paid or payable by the Project Company and any amount of any rebate or credit in respect of Tax on profits, gains or income received or receivable by the Project Company;

 

  1.2.6.3. any depreciation or amortisation whatsoever, and any charge for impairment or any reversal in that period of any previous impairment charge;

 

  1.2.6.4. any loss against book value incurred by the Project Company on the disposal of any asset (other than trading stock) during that period;

 

  1.2.6.5. any gain over book value arising in favour of the Project Company on the disposal of any asset (other than trading stock) during that period and any gain arising on any revaluation of an asset during that period;

 

  1.2.6.6. any unrealised gains or losses due to exchange rate movements which is reported through the income statement;

 

  1.2.6.7. any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis) which is reported through the income statement;

 

  1.2.6.8. the amount of profit or loss of the Project Company which is attributable to the minority interests of a person (not being a member of the Group) who is a shareholder of a member of the Group;

 

  1.2.6.9.

the amount of profit of any associate entity (which is not a member of the Group) in which the Project Company has an ownership interest, to the extent that the amount of such profit reported

 

18


  through the income statement exceeds the amount (net of any applicable withholding tax) received in cash by that the Project Company through distributions by that entity;

 

  1.2.6.10. any extraordinary items (as contemplated by AC103 of the South African Accounting Practices Board) reported through the income statement for that period;

 

  1.2.7. Finance Costs means, in relation to a Measurement Period, all Interest (whether paid, payable or added to principal) incurred by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8. Free Cashflow means, in relation to any Measurement Period, EBITDA for that period:

 

  1.2.8.1. minus all amounts of Tax on profits, gains or income actually paid and/or which fell due for immediate payment during that period (and minus the amount of any withholding tax withheld from any amount paid by the Project Company for such period);

 

  1.2.8.2. plus the amount of any rebate or credit in respect of any Tax on profits, gains or income actually received in cash by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8.3. minus any increase or plus any decrease in Net Working Capital between the first day and the last day of that Measurement Period;

 

  1.2.8.4. minus all Capital Expenditure actually paid or contractually falling due for payment by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8.5. plus the net amount of all proceeds received in cash by the Project Company during that period in relation to the disposal of an asset or a claim under a contract of insurance which are not applied (or required to be applied) in replacing or reinstating that asset (after deducting Taxes (and amounts reasonably reserved in respect of Taxes) payable by the Project Company in respect of that disposal or claim and all costs and expenses incurred by the Project Company directly in connection with that disposal or claim);

 

  1.2.8.6. plus the amount (net of any applicable withholding tax) of any dividends or other distributions received in cash by the Project Company during that period from any entity which is not itself a member of the Group;

 

19


  1.2.8.7. minus all non-cash credits and plus all non-cash debits and other non-cash charges included in establishing EBITDA for that period (to the extent not included in calculating Consolidated Net Working Capital as at the last day of the Measurement Period);

 

  1.2.8.8. plus any positive and minus any negative extraordinary or exceptional items received or which are paid or fall due for payment by the Project Company in cash during such period, to the extent not already taken into account in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for that period;

 

  1.2.9. Interest means:

 

  1.2.9.1. interest and amounts in the nature of interest accrued;

 

  1.2.9.2. prepayment penalties or premiums incurred in repaying or prepaying any Financial Indebtedness;

 

  1.2.9.3. discount fees and acceptance fees payable or deducted in respect of any Financial Indebtedness, including fees payable in respect of letters of credit and guarantees;

 

  1.2.9.4. any net payment (or, if appropriate in the context, receipt) under any interest rate hedging agreement or instrument, taking into account any premiums payable; and

 

  1.2.9.5. any other payments and deductions of similar effect (including the finance cost element of finance leases),

and includes commitment and non-utilisation fees (including those payable under the Finance Documents), but excludes front-end, management, arrangement and participation fees with respect to any Financial Indebtedness (including those payable under the Finance Documents);

 

  1.2.10. Measurement Date means the Payment Date;

 

  1.2.11. Measurement Period means each period of 6 (six) months preceding a Measurement Date;

 

20


  1.2.12. Net Working Capital , as at any date, means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities, all as at that date, and for this purpose:

 

  1.2.12.1. Current Assets means all the current assets of the Project Company as at that date (other than Cash or Cash Equivalents; any credit receivable for Tax on profits, gains or income suffered; and Interest receivable; and any payments of Financial Indebtedness receivable by the Project Company which are required to be excluded by IFRS);

 

  1.2.12.2. Current Liabilities means all the current liabilities of the Project Company at that date (other than any accrued or unpaid Interest; any liabilities in respect of Tax on profits, gains or income; any dividends, redemptions and other distributions payable to shareholders of the Project Company (whether or not declared); and Financial Indebtedness owing by the Project Company which are required to be excluded by IFRS),

 

  1.3. Construction

 

  1.3.1. In this Agreement, unless inconsistent with the context, any reference to:

 

  1.3.1.1. the Lender , any Major Project Party , any Party or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted cessionaries and permitted transferees;

 

  1.3.1.2. a document being in the agreed form means that the document is in a form previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Lender or, if not so agreed, is in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

 

  1.3.1.3. an amendment includes an amendment, supplement, novation, re-enactment, replacement, restatement or variation and amend will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.4. assets includes businesses, undertakings, securities, properties, revenues or rights of every description and whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  1.3.1.5. an authorisation includes authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, permit, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration;

 

21


  1.3.1.6. authority includes any court or any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority;

 

  1.3.1.7. a disposal means a sale, transfer, cession, assignment, donation, grant, lease, licence or other alienation or disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether pursuant to a single transaction or a series of transactions, and dispose will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.8. a distribution means a transfer by a company of money or other assets of the company (other than its own shares) to, or to the order (or otherwise for the benefit) of, one or more holders of shares in that company or another company within the same group of companies, including any principal or interest in respect of amounts due (whether in respect of an intercompany or a shareholder loan or otherwise); any dividend (including any interest on any unpaid amount of a dividend), charge, fee, consideration or other distribution (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its shares or share capital (or any class of its share capital); any repayment or distribution of any share premium account; and the payment of any management, advisory or other fee;

 

  1.3.1.9. a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument includes (without prejudice to any prohibition on amendments) all amendments (however fundamental) to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument, including any amendment providing for any increase in the amount of a facility or any additional facility or replacement facility;

 

  1.3.1.10. a guarantee means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person, where, in each case, that obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of that person to meet any of its indebtedness;

 

  1.3.1.11. indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

22


  1.3.1.12. know your customer requirements are the identification checks that the Lender requests in order to meet its obligations under any applicable law or regulation to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer;

 

  1.3.1.13. a person includes any individual, company, corporation, unincorporated association or body (including a partnership, trust, fund, joint venture or consortium), government, state, agency, organisation or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

  1.3.1.14. a refinancing means an unscheduled repayment of Loans and other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents which is funded, directly or indirectly, by way of Financial Indebtedness incurred or shares issued by a member of the Group, and refinance will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.15. a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, being of a type with which any person to which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  1.3.2. a provision of law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted, and includes any subordinate legislation;

 

  1.3.3. one gender include a reference to the others; the singular includes the plural and vice versa ; natural persons include juristic persons and vice versa; and

 

  1.3.4. a time of day is a reference to Johannesburg time.

 

  1.3.5. Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only, and do not in any way affect the interpretation of a Finance Document.

 

  1.3.6. Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

23


  1.3.7. A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived by the Lender, and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived by the Lender.

 

  1.3.8. If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of the relevant Finance Document.

 

  1.3.9. The Schedules to a Finance Document form an integral part thereof and a reference to a Clause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause of, or a schedule to, this Agreement.

 

  1.3.10. Unless expressly otherwise provided in a Finance Document or inconsistent with the context, any number of days prescribed in a Finance Document must be calculated by including the first and excluding the last day, unless that last day falls on a day that is not a Business Day, in which case, if the last day is a payment date, the last day will instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not), or, if the last day is a not payment date, the last day will instead be the next Business Day.

 

  1.3.11. The rule of construction that, in the event of ambiguity, a contract shall be interpreted against the party responsible for the drafting thereof, shall not apply in the interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

  1.3.12. The use of the word including followed by specific examples will not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it, and the eiusdem generis rule must not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific examples.

 

  1.3.13. The expiry or termination of any Finance Documents shall not affect those provisions of the Finance Documents that expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiry or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

  1.3.14. The Finance Documents shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be binding on and enforceable by the administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators of the Parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed the Finance Documents in the first instance and reference to any Party shall be deemed to include such Party’s administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators, as the case may be.

 

24


  1.3.15. Unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  1.3.15.1. a reference to a Party will not include that party if it has ceased to be a party under this Agreement;

 

  1.3.15.2. any obligation of the Borrower under the Finance Documents which is not a payment obligation remains in force for so long as any payment obligation of the Borrower is or may be, or is capable of becoming, outstanding under the Finance Documents; and

 

  1.3.15.3. any obligation of the Borrower under the Finance Documents includes an obligation on the Borrower not to contract or agree to do something or not to do something which would breach that first obligation, unless such contract or agreement is conditional on the approval of the Lender.

 

  1.4. Third party rights

 

  1.4.1. Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document, no provision of any Finance Document constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document.

 

  1.4.2. Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document is not required to rescind or vary that Finance Document at any time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

 

2. THE FACILITY AND PURPOSE

 

  2.1. Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender makes available to the Borrower a Rand-denominated amortising term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Commitment.

 

25


  2.2. Purpose

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards financing the Shareholder Loan to be advanced by the Borrower to the Project Company, and for no other purpose whatsoever.

 

  2.3. Monitoring

The Lender is not bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3. CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

  3.1. Initial conditions precedent

The Lender shall have no obligation to advance the Loan or provide any other form of credit or financial accommodation under any Finance Document unless the Lender has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 ( Conditions precedent ), in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender. The Lender shall notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable upon being so satisfied.

 

  3.2. Further conditions precedent

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender will only be obliged to participate in the Loan if, in the opinion of the Lender, on the Closing Date:

 

  3.2.1. the Repeating Representations are correct in all material respects; and

 

  3.2.2. no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan.

 

  3.3. Waiver or deferral of conditions precedent

Each condition precedent referred to in this Clause 3 is for the benefit solely of the Lender. The Lender may by notice to the Borrower waive or defer delivery of any condition precedent, in whole or in part, and subject to such other conditions (if any) as it may determine.

 

  3.4. Failure to close

If the Closing Date has not occurred by 17h00 on 15 May 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender) the Commitment shall immediately, automatically and without a requirement for notice to be given to any person, be cancelled and reduced to zero.

 

26


  3.5. Maximum number of Loans

The Parties hereby agree that there shall be only one Loan for an amount equal to (but not exceeding) the full amount of the Commitment.

 

  3.6. Utilisation

The Lender shall advance the Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date by paying, in South African Rands, an amount equal to the Commitment, direct to the Project Company into an account separately advised by the Project Company to the Lender in writing. The Borrower agrees that the said payments shall discharge the obligation of the Lender to advance the Loan to the Borrower.

SECTION 3

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

4. REPAYMENT

 

  4.1. Repayment of Loan

 

  4.1.1. The Borrower must repay to the Lender on each date specified below that amount (a Repayment Instalment ) of the Loan set out opposite that date in the table below:

 

   

Payment Date

   Repayment Instalment
Amount
 

1.

 

31 December, 2013 (being the First Payment Date)

     R1 403 058,47   

2.

 

30 June, 2014

     R1 403 058,47   

3.

 

31 December, 2014

     R1 403 058,47   

4.

 

30 June, 2015

     R1 403 058,47   

5.

 

31 December, 2015

     R1 403 058,47   

6.

 

30 June, 2016

     R1 403 058,47   

7.

 

31 December, 2016

     R1 403 058,47   

8.

 

30 June, 2017

     R1 403 058,47   

9.

 

31 December, 2017

     R1 403 058,47   

10.

 

30 June, 2018

     R1 403 058,47   

11.

 

31 December, 2018

     R1 403 058,47   

12.

 

30 June, 2019

     R1 403 058,47   

13.

 

31 December, 2019 (being the Final Maturity Date)

     R1 403 058,47   

 

27


  4.1.2. Any amount of Facility Outstandings which remains outstanding on the Final Maturity Date shall be paid or repaid to the Lender in full on that date.

 

  4.1.3. No amount of the Loan repaid under this Clause 4.1 may be re-borrowed.

 

5. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

  5.1. Mandatory prepayment - illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document, to maintain the Commitment or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

  5.1.1. that Lender must notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of that illegality;

 

  5.1.2. upon the Lender notifying the Borrower, the Commitment will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  5.1.3. the Borrower shall repay the Loan (together with all other Facility Outstandings) on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

  5.2. Mandatory prepayment - change of control or transfer of business

 

  5.2.1. If:

 

  5.2.1.1. the Malibongwe Women Development Trust does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote as it sees fit at least 100% (one hundred per cent) of the issued share capital of the Borrower;

 

  5.2.1.2. the Borrower does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote as it sees fit at least 3% (three per cent) of the issued share capital of the Project Company;

 

28


  5.2.1.3. any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Borrower or the Project Company;

 

  5.2.1.4. any of the securities in the Borrower or the Project Company are sold or issued by way of flotation, rights issue, public placing, listing or other public offering;

 

  5.2.1.5. there is a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Project Company or the Borrower (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions to which the provisions of section 112 of the Companies Act would apply);

the Borrower shall promptly notify the Lender upon becoming aware of that event, and the Lender may, by not less than 10 (ten) days notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitment and declare the outstanding amount of the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

  5.2.2. If the Sponsor does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote at least 70% (seventy per cent) of the issued share capital of the Project Company (a “ Sponsor Control Event ”), the Parties hereby agree that:

 

  5.2.2.1. the Borrower shall have a period of 3 (three) Months, commencing from the date of the Sponsor Control Event, to obtain third party financing to repay the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings, in accordance with clause 5.4 below, failing which;

 

  5.2.2.2. the Lender may immediately cancel the Commitment and declare the outstanding amount of the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings immediately due and payable.

 

  5.2.3. For the purpose of Clause 5.2.1:

acting in concert means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in a company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of that company;

control means, in relation to any company or similar organisation or person:

 

  5.2.3.1. the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  5.2.3.1.1. cast, or control the casting of, more than 35 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that person; or

 

29


  5.2.3.1.2. appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that person; or

 

  5.2.3.1.3. give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that person with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that person are obliged to comply; and/or

 

  5.2.3.2. the holding beneficially more than 35 per cent. of the issued share capital of that person (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

  5.3. Mandatory prepayment - prepayments under the Shareholder Loan

 

  5.3.1. If the Borrower receives any payment pursuant to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, the Borrower hereby undertakes to mandatorily prepay the Loan and other Facility Outstandings on the date of such receipt, in an amount equal to the amount of such payment.

 

  5.3.2. Any amount to be applied in the repayment of the Loan and other Facility Outstandings under Clause 5.3.1, shall be applied first, to the Facility Outstandings not comprising capital or interest, second, to accrued unpaid interest, and third, to outstanding capital (in inverse order of maturity).

 

  5.4. Voluntary prepayment

 

  5.4.1. The Borrower shall be entitled to prepay the Loan and all other Facility Outstandings in whole (and not in part) from the proceeds of a third party refinancing.

 

  5.4.2. The Borrower shall give the Lender not less than 10 (ten) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) prior notice of the Borrower’s intention to prepay the Loan under this Clause 5.4.

 

  5.5. Re-borrowing and reinstatement

No amount of the Loan prepaid under this Agreement may be re-borrowed.

 

30


  5.6. Other restrictions

 

  5.6.1. Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 5 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  5.6.2. Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

  5.6.3. The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  5.6.4. If all or part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of the Commitment (equal to the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

SECTION 4

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

6. INTEREST

 

  6.1. Calculation of interest

Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 6, the rate of interest on the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  6.1.1. Margin; and

 

  6.1.2. Base Rate.

 

  6.2. Payment of interest

 

  6.2.1. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender, on each Payment Date, all interest which has accrued on the Loan during the Interest Periods ending on or before that Payment Date.

 

  6.2.2. All accrued interest on the Loan for an Interest Period which does not end on a Payment Date will be added to and compounded with the outstanding principal amount of the Loan on the Interest Reset Date immediately following such Interest Period.

 

31


  6.3. Default interest

 

  6.3.1. If and for so long as an Event of Default is continuing, interest will accrue on the Facility Outstandings under the Facility at a rate of 2% (two per cent) above the interest rate contemplated in Clause 6.1 ( Calculation of Interest ) (as may be adjusted, from time to time, under the other provisions of this Clause) which applies to the Loan made under the Facility.

 

  6.3.2. Interest accruing under this Clause on an Unpaid Sum shall be calculated as if that Unpaid Sum, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan under the Facility for successive Interest Periods. For this purpose, the Lender (acting reasonably) may:

 

  6.3.2.1. select successive Interest Periods of any duration of up to three months; and

 

  6.3.2.2. determine the appropriate Quotation Day for that Interest Period.

 

  6.3.3. If any Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

  6.3.3.1. the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

  6.3.3.2. the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00 per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

  6.3.4. Any interest accruing under this Clause 6.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Lender.

 

  6.3.5. Default interest (if unpaid) arising on any Unpaid Sum will be compounded with that Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

  6.4. Notification of rates of interest

The Lender shall notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

32


7. INTEREST PERIODS

 

  7.1. Duration of Interest Period and consolidation of Loans

 

  7.1.1. The Loan has successive Interest Periods of not more than three Months each commencing on (an including) the Closing Date (in respect of the first Interest Period of a Loan) or on (and including) the last day of its preceding Interest Period (as applicable).

 

  7.1.2. Subject to Clauses 7.2 to 7.4 below, each Interest Period for a Loan:

 

  7.1.2.1. shall end on (but exclude) the next Interest Reset Date;

 

  7.1.2.2. will be three Months or, in respect of the Interest Period which commences on the Closing Date of the Loan, such shorter period as may be necessary to ensure that it ends on the next Interest Reset Date.

 

  7.2. No overrunning the Final Maturity Date

If an Interest Period would otherwise extend beyond the Final Maturity Date, it will be shortened so that it ends on the Final Maturity Date. This Clause does not apply to Interest Periods selected under Clause 6.3 ( Default interest ) in respect of Unpaid Amounts which remain outstanding on the Final Maturity Date.

 

  7.3. Other adjustments

The Lender and the Borrower may enter into such other arrangements as they may agree for the adjustment of Interest Periods and the consolidation or splitting of Loans.

 

  7.4. Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

8. CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

  8.1. Absence of quotations

Subject to Clause 8.2 below, if JIBAR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 12h00 on the Quotation Day, JIBAR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations provided by the remaining Reference Banks.

 

33


  8.2. Market disruption

 

  8.2.1. If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  8.2.1.1. the Margin; and

 

  8.2.1.2. the rate notified to the relevant Borrower by the Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

  8.2.2. In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means:

 

  8.2.2.1. at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Lender to determine JIBAR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  8.2.2.2. before close of business in Johannesburg on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Lender (acting reasonably) determines that:

 

  8.2.2.2.1. the cost to it of funding the Loan, from whatever source they may reasonably select, would be in excess of JIBAR;

 

  8.2.2.2.2. the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Johannesburg interbank market would be in excess of JIBAR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  8.2.2.2.3. matching deposits will not be available to it in the Johannesburg interbank market in the ordinary course of business to fund the Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

  8.3. Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  8.3.1.

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 8.2 above, if a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Lender or the Borrower so requires, the Lender and the

 

34


  Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 (thirty) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  8.3.2. Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 8.3.1 above shall be binding on the Parties.

 

9. BREAK COSTS

 

  9.1. The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid on a day other than a Payment Date for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  9.2. The Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a request by the Borrower, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

10. FEES AND COSTS

 

  10.1. Non-refundable structuring fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a non-refundable structuring fee in an amount equal to 1% (one per cent) of the Commitment. The non-refundable structuring fee shall accrue in full and shall be payable on the Closing Date.

 

  10.2. Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender, within 3 (thee) Business Days of demand, the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of:

 

  10.2.1. this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement (including all costs of registering or perfecting security); and

 

  10.2.2. any other Finance Documents executed after the Signature Date.

 

  10.3. Amendment costs

 

  10.3.1. If the Borrower requests an amendment, waiver or consent, it shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

35


  10.3.2. If there is any change in law or any regulation which requires an amendment, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with evaluating, negotiating or complying with any such requirement.

 

  10.4. Enforcement costs

The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, pay to the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees on the scale as between attorney and own client whether incurred before or after judgement) incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

SECTION 5

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

11. TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

  11.1. Definitions

 

  11.1.1. In this Agreement:

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax;

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document;

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to the Lender under Clause 11.2 below or a payment under Clause 11.3 below.

 

  11.1.2. Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 11 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

  11.2. Tax gross-up

 

  11.2.1. The Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it free and clear of and without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  11.2.2. The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly. Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Borrower on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender.

 

36


  11.2.3. If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

  11.2.4. If the Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, it shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  11.2.5. Within 30 (thirty) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  11.3. Tax indemnity

 

  11.3.1. The Borrower shall within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender, indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender an amount equal to, the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  11.3.2. Clause 11.3.1 above shall not apply:

 

  11.3.2.1. with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or

 

  11.3.2.2. to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 11.2 ( Tax gross-up ).

 

  11.3.3. If the Lender makes, or intends to make a claim under Clause 11.3.1 above, it shall notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.

 

37


  11.4. Tax Credit

Subject to Clause 16 ( Conduct of Business by the Lender ), if the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:

 

  11.4.1. a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  11.4.2. the Lender has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Lender shall pay an amount to the Borrower which the Lender determines will leave the Lender (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrower.

 

  11.5. Stamp taxes

The Borrower shall (within 3 (three) Business Days of demand) indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender, any cost, loss or liability that the Lender incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

  11.6. Value added tax

 

  11.6.1. All amounts set out or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to any other Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and the Lender shall provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party as soon as reasonably practicable).

 

  11.6.2. Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any costs or expenses, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost or expense, including any part thereof which represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

38


12. INCREASED COSTS

 

  12.1. Increased costs

 

  12.1.1. Subject to Clause 12.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of a demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by the Lender or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  12.1.1.1. the introduction of, or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of), any law or regulation; or

 

  12.1.1.2. compliance with any aspect of the Basel III Framework (including any national regulation which implements the Basel III Framework) made after the Signature Date; or compliance with any other law or regulation made after the Signature Date,

including, without limitation, any such law or regulation (including the Basel III Framework) which imposes or affects minimum capital requirements, liquid asset holding requirements, special deposit requirements or any levy or Taxes.

 

  12.1.2. In this Agreement:

Increased Costs ” means:

 

  12.1.2.1. a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on the Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital (including, without limitation, as a result of any reduction in the rate of return on capital brought about by more capital being required to be allocated by the Lender);

 

  12.1.2.2. an additional or increased cost; or

 

  12.1.2.3. a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by the Lender or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the Lender having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document;

Basel III Framework ” means:

 

  12.1.2.4.

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards

 

39


  and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated

 

  12.1.2.5. the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  12.1.2.6. any other guidance, standards or directives published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

  12.2. Increased cost claims

If the Lender intends to make a claim pursuant to Clause 12.1 above, it shall:

 

  12.2.1. notify the Borrower of the event giving rise to the claim as soon as reasonably practicable;

 

  12.2.2. upon request by the Borrower, provide to the Borrower a certificate confirming the amount of the Lender’s Increased Costs as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

  12.3. Exceptions

 

  12.3.1. Clause 12.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  12.3.1.1. attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by the Borrower;

 

  12.3.1.2. compensated for by Clause 11.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under that Clause but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in that Clause applied); or

 

  12.3.1.3. attributable to the wilful breach by the Lender of any law or regulation.

 

  12.3.2. In this Clause 12.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 11.1 ( Definitions ).

 

40


13. OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

  13.1. Other indemnities

 

  13.1.1. The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender an amount equal to, any cost, loss or liability, other than indirect or consequential cost, loss or liability incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

  13.1.1.1. the occurrence of any Default;

 

  13.1.1.2. the information produced or approved by the Borrower or any member of the Group under or in connection with the Finance Documents being or being alleged to be misleading and/or deceptive in any respect;

 

  13.1.1.3. any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to the Borrower or any member of the Group or with respect to the transactions contemplated or financed under this Agreement;

 

  13.1.1.4. a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date;

 

  13.1.1.5. funding, or making arrangements to fund the Loan (other than by reason of wilful default or gross negligence of the Lender alone); or

 

  13.1.1.6. the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  13.1.2. The Borrower’s liability in each case includes any loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under any Finance Document or the Loan.

 

  13.2. Indemnity to the Lender

The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, an amount equal to, any cost, loss or liability, other than indirect or consequential cost, loss or liability, incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

  13.2.1. investigating or taking any other action in connection with any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

  13.2.2. acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

41


14. LIMITED RECOURSE

 

  14.1. The Lender is prepared to limit its recourse against the Borrower in respect of this Agreement.

 

  14.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the contrary (but subject to the provisions of this Clause 14), all amounts payable or expressed to be payable to or for the account of the Lender by the Borrower in respect of the Facility, shall be limited to the following proceeds (the “ Recovery Proceeds ”):

 

  14.2.1. the Repayment Proceeds; plus

 

  14.2.2. the proceeds realised from the enforcement by the Lender of any security interests held in respect of the Security Documents.

 

  14.3. The provisions of Clauses 14.1 and 14.2 shall not serve to limit nor derogate from the following steps and/or proceedings (which the Lender shall be entitled to pursue against the Borrower and/or the Project Company):

 

  14.3.1. in connection with the recovery of all the Recovery Proceeds;

 

  14.3.2. in connection with the acceleration and/or enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and/or the recovery of all amounts owing by the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

  14.3.3. the enforcement of the Security Documents;

 

  14.3.4. the right of the Lender to call an Event of Default and/or enforce the provisions of the Security Documents;

 

  14.3.5. in connection with the Lender obtaining any order for specific performance or other declaratory order in relation to this Agreement and/or any other Transaction Documents; and/or

 

  14.3.6. to claim or prove in any bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, winding-up, liquidation, reorganisation, amalgamation, business rescue proceedings or dissolution of the Borrower.

 

42


15. MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

 

  15.1. Mitigation

 

  15.1.1. The Lender must, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 5.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 11 ( Tax Gross-up and Indemnities ) or Clause 12 ( Increased Costs ).

 

  15.1.2. Clause 15.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.

 

  15.2. Limitation of liability

 

  15.2.1. The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lender against, and undertakes to pay to the Lender, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, an amount equal to, all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 above.

 

  15.2.2. The Lender is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 above if, in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably):

 

  15.2.2.1. any law or regulation would not allow or permit it; or

 

  15.2.2.2. to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

No provision of a Finance Document will:

 

  16.1. interfere with the right of the Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  16.2. oblige the Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  16.3. oblige the Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

43


SECTION 6

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

17. REPRESENTATIONS

The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17 to the Lender on the Signature Date. A reference to “it” or to “its” in this Clause 17 is a reference to the Borrower.

The Lender enters into the Finance Documents to on the strength of and relying on the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17, each of which is a separate representation and warranty, given without prejudice to any other representation or warranty and is deemed to be a material representation or warranty (as applicable) inducing the Lender to enter into the Finance Documents.

 

  17.1. Status

 

  17.1.1. It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa.

 

  17.1.2. It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  17.2. Capacity, power and authority

 

  17.2.1. It has the legal capacity and power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into and performance of, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

  17.2.2. No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

  17.3. Binding obligations

 

  17.3.1. The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

  17.3.2. Each Transaction Document to which it is a party is in the proper form for its enforcement in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

44


  17.4. Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents and the Security Documents, do not and will not conflict with:

 

  17.4.1. any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  17.4.2. its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or

 

  17.4.3. any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such document, in each case to an extent or in a manner which has a Material Adverse Effect or could result in any liability on the part of the Lender to any third party or require the creation of any Security over any asset in favour of a third party.

 

  17.5. Authorisations

All authorisations required or desirable:

 

  17.5.1. to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

  17.5.2. to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  17.5.3. for it and its Subsidiaries to carry on their respective businesses,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  17.6. No default

 

  17.6.1. No Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the entry into of, or the performance of any transaction contemplated by, the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.6.2. There is no outstanding breach under any Project Document which it is a party and no person has disputed, repudiated or disclaimed liability under any such Project Document or evidenced an intention to do so.

 

  17.6.3. No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or the satisfaction of any other applicable condition will constitute) a default or termination event (however described) or an event resulting in an obligation to create Security under any document which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

45


  17.7. Financial statements

 

  17.7.1. Its audited financial statements most recently delivered to the Lender:

 

  17.7.1.1. have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied; and

 

  17.7.1.2. give a true and fair view of its financial condition (consolidated, if applicable) as at the date to which they were drawn up,

except, in each case, as disclosed to the contrary in those financial statements.

 

  17.8. Ownership

 

  17.8.1. As at the Closing Date, all shares in the issued share capital of the Borrower are owned directly, legally and beneficially, by the Sponsor;

 

  17.8.2. No person has any right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, to subscribe for or otherwise acquire, any shares or securities in the Borrower, other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.8.3. No person has a right to obtain an order for the rectification of the register of members of the Borrower.

 

  17.9. Assets

 

  17.9.1. It owns or has leased or licensed to it, and has all appropriate authorisations required to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

  17.9.2. As at the Closing Date, it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the shares and other assets which are the subject matter of the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

  17.10. Financial Indebtedness and Security

 

  17.10.1. The Borrower does not have any Financial Indebtedness outstanding, except as expressly permitted under Clause 20.5 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

  17.10.2. No Security exists over the whole or any part of the assets of the Borrower, except as expressly permitted under Clause 20.3 ( Negative pledge ).

 

46


  17.10.3. Subject (on the Signature Date only) to filing and registration required by law (where applicable) with the appropriate statutory public register, each Security Document creates the security interests which it purports to create, and the Security so established:

 

  17.10.3.1. is valid and effective;

 

  17.10.3.2. constitutes first priority Security of the type described, over the assets referred to, in the relevant Security Document and those assets are not subject to any prior or pari passu Security in favour of any other person;

 

  17.10.3.3. is not subject to avoidance in the event of any winding-up, dissolution or administration involving the Borrower.

 

  17.11. Ranking

 

  17.11.1. Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

  17.11.2. The Security contemplated in the Security Documents has or will have first ranking priority in respect of the assets of the Borrower (as applicable) which are the subject matter thereof, and those assets are not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

  17.12. No other business

 

  17.12.1. Except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Borrower has not traded or contracted any business since the date of its incorporation.

 

  17.12.2. As at the Closing Date, the Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries.

 

  17.13. Information

 

  17.13.1. All information provided to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the Transaction Documents (and the transactions contemplated thereby) is true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

47


  17.13.2. No information has been withheld by the Borrower which, if disclosed, might result in the information referred to above being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

  17.14. Other documents

 

  17.14.1. As at the Signature Date and the Closing Date:

 

  17.14.1.1. the documents delivered to the Lender under Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) are genuine (or, in the case of copy documents, are true, complete and accurate copies of originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and in full force and effect (or if a copy, the original is up-to-date and in full force and effect) and have not been amended;

 

  17.14.1.2. except as disclosed to Lender in writing before the Closing Date, the Borrower is not a party to any agreement other than the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.14.2. As at the date of their delivery, the documents delivered to the Lender under this Agreement by or on behalf of the Borrower after the Closing Date are genuine (or, in the case of copy documents, are true, complete and accurate copies of originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and in full force and effect (or, if a copy, the original is up-to-date and in full force and effect) and have not been amended.

 

  17.15. No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration, expert determination, alternative dispute resolution or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency are current or, to the best of its knowledge, pending or threatened, which have or, if adversely determined, would have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  17.16. No breach of laws

 

  17.16.1. It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  17.16.2. No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against the Borrower which have or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

48


  17.17. Insurance

 

  17.17.1. There is no outstanding insured loss or liability incurred by the Borrower which is not expected to be covered to the full extent of that loss or liability.

 

  17.17.2. There has been no non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term of any Insurance taken out by the Borrower which would entitle any insurer of that insurance to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part, or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of the Borrower.

 

  17.18. Insolvency and Financial Distress

 

  17.18.1. No:

 

  17.18.1.1. corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 21.7 ( Insolvency and business rescue proceedings ); or

 

  17.18.1.2. creditors’ process described in Clause 21.8 ( Creditors’ process ),

has been taken or threatened in relation to the Borrower; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 21.6 ( Insolvency ) applies to it.

 

  17.18.2. The Borrower is not “financially distressed” (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

  17.19. Taxes

 

  17.19.1. It is not overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or filings relating to any material amount of Tax and it is not overdue in the payment of any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax.

 

  17.19.2. No claims or investigations by any Tax authority are being or are reasonably likely to be made or conducted against it which are reasonably likely to result in a liability of or claim against the Borrower to pay any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax.

 

  17.19.3. For Tax purposes, it is resident only in South Africa.

 

  17.19.4. As at the Signature Date, it is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

49


  17.20. No filing or stamp taxes

It is not necessary under applicable law or regulations that the Transaction Documents to which it is party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Transaction Documents to which it is party or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is party.

 

  17.21. No immunity

 

  17.21.1. The entry into by it of each Transaction Document to which it is a party constitutes, and the exercise by it of its rights and performance of its obligations under each Transaction Document will constitute private and commercial acts performed for private and commercial purposes.

 

  17.21.2. In any proceedings taken in South Africa or in any other jurisdiction, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in relation to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

  17.22. Sanctions

 

  17.22.1. The Borrower is not party to or participates in any Sanctioned Transaction, has contravened any Sanctions or is targeted under any Sanctions.

 

  17.23. Authorised signatories

Any person specified as its authorised signatory in any document delivered to the Lender under Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent) or Clause 18.6 ( Information: miscellaneous ) is authorised to sign all communications under the Transaction Documents on its behalf.

 

  17.24. Repetition

 

  17.24.1. The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the Signature Date, the Closing Date and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

  17.24.2. When a representation and warranty in Clause 17.6.1 ( No default ) is repeated on the first day of an Interest Period, the reference to a Default must be construed as a reference to an Event of Default.

 

50


18. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 18 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  18.1. Financial statements

The Borrower shall supply to the Lender:

 

  18.1.1. as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited financial statements for that financial year;

 

  18.1.2. as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 (forty five) days after the end of each half of each of its financial years, the unaudited interim financial statements of the Borrower for that financial year.

 

  18.2. Requirements as to financial statements

 

  18.2.1. Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1 above shall be:

 

  18.2.1.1. certified by a director of the Borrower as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as to which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  18.2.1.2. prepared using IFRS.

 

  18.2.2. If the Borrower notifies the Lender of any change, as contemplated by Clause 18.2.1 above, it shall procure that its Auditors deliver to the Lender:

 

  18.2.2.1. a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect IFRS, the accounting practices and the reference periods as applied in the preparation of those financial statements; and

 

  18.2.2.2. sufficient information, in form and substance reasonably required by the Lender, to enable the Lender to determine whether Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with.

 

  18.3. Compliance Certificate

 

  18.3.1.

The Parent shall supply to the Lender, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1.1 above, a Compliance Certificate setting out

 

51


  (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  18.3.2. Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors of the Parent and, if required to be delivered with the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1.1, shall be reported on by the Auditors in the form agreed by the Borrower and the Lender prior to the Signature Date.

 

  18.4. Financial year-end

The Borrower shall not change the date of its financial year end.

 

  18.5. Auditors

 

  18.5.1. The Borrower must ensure that one of the firms named in the definition of “Auditors” is retained to audit its consolidated annual financial statements.

 

  18.5.2. The Borrower may only replace its Auditors with the prior approval of the Lender, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed.

 

  18.6. Information: miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Lender:

 

  18.6.1. copies of all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders generally (or any class of them) or its creditors generally (or any class of them) at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

  18.6.2. promptly upon becoming aware of them, details and copies of any changes proposed to or made to its constitutional documents or the constitutional documents of it, including the filing of any Memorandum of Incorporation under the Companies Act;

 

  18.6.3. promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings, liquidation applications, winding up applications or business rescue applications which are current, threatened or pending against it or any other member of the Group, and which may, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  18.6.4. promptly on request, an up to date copy of its shareholders’ register;

 

  18.6.5. promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of it as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

52


  18.7. Notification of default

 

  18.7.1. The Borrower shall notify the Lender of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

  18.7.2. Promptly upon a request by the Lender, the Borrower shall supply to the Lender a certificate, signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf, certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

  18.8. Know your customer checks

If:

 

  18.8.1. the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Signature Date;

 

  18.8.2. any change in the status of the Borrower after the Signature Date; or

 

  18.8.3. a proposed transfer by the Lender of any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another person,

obliges the Lender (or, in the case of paragraph 18.8.3 above, any prospective new lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures (whether in terms of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 or otherwise) in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph 18.8.3 above, on behalf of any prospective new lender) in order for the Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph 18.8.3 above, any prospective new lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

19. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

  19.1. Debt Service Cover Ratio

It shall be a requirement of this Agreement that the Project Company shall maintain a ratio of Free Cashflow to Debt Service, for any Measurement Period, of not less than 1.25 times.

 

53


  19.2. Basis of calculations

 

  19.2.1. All the terms defined in Clause 1.2 ( Financial definitions ) are to be determined (except as expressly included or excluded in the relevant definition) in accordance with IFRS. No item shall be deducted or credited more than once in any calculation.

 

  19.2.2. The financial undertaking in Clause 19.1 above (unless expressly otherwise stated) shall apply as of the last day of each Measurement Period and compliance (or otherwise) shall be verified by reference to the financial statements of the Project Company for the relevant Measurement Period and Compliance Certificates delivered pursuant to Clause 18 ( Information Undertakings ).

 

  19.2.3. Where a Measurement Period would otherwise commence before the Closing Date:

 

  19.2.3.1. that Measurement Period shall, instead, commence on the Closing Date (the part of that period falling before the Closing Date being ignored);

 

  19.2.3.2. EBITDA and Free Cashflow, for any Measurement Period ending less than 12 months after the Closing Date, shall be determined on an annualised basis by dividing each such amount by the number of days from the Closing Date to the Measurement Date at the end of that Measurement Period and multiplying by 365.

 

20. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The Borrower is bound by the undertakings set out in this Clause 20 relating to it. The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  20.1. Authorisations

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

  20.1.1. obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  20.1.2. supply certified copies to the Lender of,

 

54


any authorisation required to enable it to:

 

  20.1.2.1. perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Transaction Document;

 

  20.1.2.2. carry on the business of the Borrower in the ordinary course where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  20.2. Compliance with laws

The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject.

 

  20.3. Pari passu ranking

The Borrower must ensure that:

 

  20.3.1. its payment obligations under the Finance Documents at all times rank at least pari passu with all its present and future unsecured unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally in its jurisdiction of incorporation or any other jurisdiction where it carries on business.

 

  20.3.2. the Security conferred by the Security Documents to which it is a party constitutes first priority Security of the type described, over the assets referred to, in that Security Document and that those assets are not subject to any prior or pari passu Security in favour of any other person.

 

  20.4. Negative pledge

 

  20.4.1. The Borrower shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

  20.4.2. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.4.2.1. sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by the Borrower or any of its Affiliates;

 

  20.4.2.2. sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  20.4.2.3. enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement;

 

55


  20.4.2.4. enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  20.4.2.5. enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

  20.4.3. Clauses 20.4.1 and 20.4.2 above do not apply to:

 

  20.4.3.1. any Security given or purported to be given under a Security Document; or

 

  20.4.3.2. any Security established with the express prior consent of the Lender, but only if the amount secured by that Security is not increased above the permitted amount.

 

  20.5. Financial Indebtedness

The Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  20.5.1. any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

  20.5.2. any Financial Indebtedness incurred with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.6. Disposals

The Borrower shall not, enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset. This restriction does not apply to any disposal made with the express prior written consent of the Lender.

 

  20.7. Capital Expenditure

The Borrower shall not, incur expenditures or commitments for expenditures for fixed or other non-current assets.

 

56


  20.8. Change of business

The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower from that carried on at the Signature Date.

 

  20.9. Merger

The Borrower shall not enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, unbundling or corporate reconstruction without the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.10. Assets

The Borrower shall ensure that it maintains in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary or desirable in the conduct of its business.

 

  20.11. Acquisitions

The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.11.1. acquire or subscribe for shares or other ownership interests in or securities of any company or other person;

 

  20.11.2. acquire any business or incorporate any company or other person.

This restriction does not apply to the transactions contemplated by the Project Documents or any acquisition entered into with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.12. Loans out

The Borrower shall not be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  20.12.1. Financial Indebtedness owed to the Borrower under a Shareholder Loan;

 

  20.12.2. loans made with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.13. Third party guarantees

The Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person. This restriction does not apply to guarantees entered into with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

57


  20.14. Treasury Transactions

The Borrower shall not enter into any Treasury Transaction.

 

  20.15. Share capital

 

  20.15.1. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.15.1.1. redeem, purchase, defease, retire or repay any of its shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) or resolve to do so;

 

  20.15.1.2. issue any shares (or any instrument convertible into shares) which by their terms are redeemable or carry any right to a return prior to the Final Discharge Date; or

 

  20.15.1.3. issue any shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) to any person other than its Holding Company.

 

  20.16. Permitted Distributions

The Borrower shall not make any distribution. This restriction does not apply to a proposed distribution by the Borrower, if the following conditions have been met:

 

  20.16.1. the Borrower has given 10 (ten) Business Days prior written notice to the Lender of its intention to make the proposed distribution;

 

  20.16.2. the proposed distribution will be made from a distribution made to the Borrower by the Project Company from available Free Cashflow, in accordance with the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  20.16.3. a Compliance Certificate for the Measurement Period ending on the Measurement Date immediately preceding the date on which that distribution is proposed to be made has been delivered to the Lender;

 

  20.16.4. no Default is then continuing or would result from that distribution;

 

  20.16.5. that distribution is not then prohibited under the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  20.16.6. the Borrower is not prohibited under any applicable law from making that distribution.

 

58


  20.17. Taxes

The Borrower shall pay all Taxes due and payable by it prior to the accrual of any fine or penalty for late payment, unless (and only to the extent that):

 

  20.17.1. payment of those Taxes is being contested in good faith;

 

  20.17.2. adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them; and

 

  20.17.3. failure to pay those Taxes does not have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Borrower may not change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

  20.18. Amendments to documents

 

  20.18.1. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.18.1.1. amend its Memorandum of Incorporation or other constitutional documents;

 

  20.18.1.2. enter into any agreement with any of its shareholders or any of their Affiliates, other than as set out in the Transaction Documents as in force at the Closing Date; or

 

  20.18.1.3. amend or waive any term of the documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ),

except:

 

  20.18.1.4. for an amendment or waiver which is a procedural or an administrative change arising in the ordinary course of administration of the relevant document and is not material;

 

  20.18.1.5. otherwise with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.18.2. The Borrower must promptly supply to the Lender a copy of any amendment to or waiver of any of the documents, or any agreement between the Borrower and its shareholders, referred to in Clause 20.18 above.

 

  20.19. Access

 

  20.19.1. Upon reasonable notice by the Lender, the Borrower shall allow any one or more representatives of the Lender and/or accountants or other professional advisers appointed by the Lender to have access during normal business hours to the premises, assets, books and records of the Borrower.

 

59


  20.19.2. The Lender may not give notice under Clause 20.19.1 above more than once every financial year unless it believes that a Default is outstanding or may have occurred or may occur.

 

  20.20. Sanctions

The Borrower shall:

 

  20.20.1. not at any time participate in a Sanctioned Transaction in any manner;

 

  20.20.2. take all reasonable steps to ensure that appropriate controls and safeguards are in place, designed to prevent it being or becoming involved in a Sanctioned Transaction.

 

21. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 21 (other than 21.19 ( Acceleration )) is an Event of Default.

 

  21.1. Non-payment

The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under a Finance Document, at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  21.1.1. that failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event; and

 

  21.1.2. payment is made in full within 3 (three) Business Days of its due date.

 

  21.2. Financial covenants

Any requirement of Clause 19 (Financial Covenants ) is not satisfied.

 

  21.3. Other obligations

 

  21.3.1. The Borrower does not comply, timeously and in full, with:

 

  21.3.1.1. any term of Clause 18 ( Information Undertakings ) or Clause 20 ( General Undertakings );

 

  21.3.1.2. any provision of any Security Document to which it is a party;

 

  21.3.1.3. any provision of any other Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clauses 21.1, 21.2 and in this Clause above).

 

60


  21.3.2. No Event of Default under Clause 21.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within:

 

  21.3.2.1. (in relation to Clauses 21.3.1.1 and 21.3.1.2 above) 3 (three) Business Days; or

 

  21.3.2.2. (in relation to Clause 21.3.1.3 above) 10 (ten) Business Days,

of the earlier of (A) the Lender giving notice to the Borrower and (B) the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

  21.4. Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be repeated.

 

  21.5. Cross default

 

  21.5.1. Any of the following occurs in respect of the Borrower:

 

  21.5.1.1. any of its Financial Indebtedness (or any amount payable in respect of its Financial Indebtedness) is not paid when due (after the expiry of any originally applicable grace period); or

 

  21.5.1.2. any of its Financial Indebtedness:

 

  21.5.1.2.1. is declared to be or otherwise becomes prematurely due and payable prior to its stated maturity or, if the Financial Indebtedness arises under a guarantee, prior to the stated maturity of the Financial Indebtedness which is the subject of the guarantee; or

 

  21.5.1.2.2. is placed on demand; or

 

  21.5.1.2.3. is terminated or closed out,

in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described); or

 

61


  21.5.1.3. any commitment of a provider of Financial Indebtedness to it is cancelled or suspended, in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described).

 

  21.5.2. Any of the events set out in Clause 21.5.1.1 to 21.5.1.3 above occurs in respect of any other Major Project Party

 

  21.5.3. A default occurs under a Shareholder Loan.

 

  21.5.4. Any party to the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement (other than the Lender) fails to comply with its obligations under the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, timeously and in full.

 

  21.6. Insolvency

 

  21.6.1. A Major Project Party is or is deemed for the purposes of any applicable law to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they fall due, admits its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors for the rescheduling, restructuring or compromise of any of its indebtedness.

 

  21.6.2. A Major Project Party is “financially distressed” (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

  21.6.3. The value of the assets of a Major Project Party is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

  21.6.4. A moratorium is declared, instituted or takes effect in respect of any of the indebtedness of a Major Project Party (in which event the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium).

 

  21.7. Insolvency and business rescue proceedings

 

  21.7.1. Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step (including an application to court, proposal or convening of a meeting) is taken with a view to:

 

  21.7.1.1. the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, administration, business rescue or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Major Project Party;

 

62


  21.7.1.2. a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Major Project Party;

 

  21.7.1.3. the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, business rescue practitioner or other similar officer in respect of any Major Project Party or any of its assets; or

 

  21.7.1.4. enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Major Project Party,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction;

 

  21.7.2. A meeting is proposed or convened by the directors of any Major Project Party, a resolution is proposed or passed, application is made or an order is applied for or granted, to authorise the entry into or implementation of any business rescue proceedings (or any similar proceedings) in respect of any Major Project Party, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  21.7.3. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.7 if an application for the winding-up or the commencement of business rescue proceedings of any Major Project Party presented by a creditor or another person is contested in good faith and with due process and diligence and is discharged or dismissed within 14 (fourteen) days.

 

  21.8. Creditors’ process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of any Major Project Party. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.8 if:

 

  21.8.1. the affected assets are not the subject of any Security Document and the aggregate value of those assets is less than, in respect of the Project Company, R1,000,000 or its equivalent in another currency or currencies; or

 

  21.8.2. that expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution is being contested in good faith and with due diligence and is discharged or set aside within 14 (fourteen) days.

 

63


  21.9. Legal proceedings

 

  21.9.1. Any:

 

  21.9.1.1. litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental or regulatory proceeding occurs concerning, or in consequence of, any of the Transaction Documents, or the implementation of any matter or transaction provided for in the Transaction Documents;

 

  21.9.1.2. one or more judgments or orders (not paid or fully covered by Insurance) is made against a Major Project Party, unless all those judgments and orders are discharged, set aside or stayed pending appeal within 14 (fourteen) days of their being made.

 

  21.9.2. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.9, unless the events or circumstances detailed in Clause 21.9.1 above, in the case of the Project Company, involves a liability (actual or contingent) or a judgment or order (as applicable) of more than R1 000 000,00 (one million Rand).

 

  21.10. Cessation of business

Any Major Project Party suspends, ceases, or threatens to suspend or cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business or to change the nature of its business from that undertaken at the Signature Date.

 

  21.11. Transaction Documents

 

  21.11.1. It is or becomes unlawful for any person (other than the Lender) to perform any of its obligations under a Transaction Document.

 

  21.11.2. Any obligation of a person under a Transaction Document, for any reason, is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective in accordance with its terms, or is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be ineffective in accordance with its terms, or becomes unlawful.

 

  21.11.3. Any Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by a Security Document, or any subordination created under a Finance Document, for any reason, is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective, or is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be ineffective, fails or ceases to establish the ranking and the priority of claims which it purports to create, or becomes unlawful.

 

  21.11.4. Any party (other than the Lender) to a Transaction Document repudiates or rescinds, or disclaims liability under, a Transaction Document to which it is a party, or evidences an intention to do so.

 

64


  21.11.5. Any person party to a Project Document fails to perform its obligations under that Project Document and fails to remedy that breach within any applicable grace period.

 

  21.11.6. A Project Document (or any of its provisions) is revoked, terminated, ceases to be of full force and effect or becomes capable of termination for any reason (following the expiry of any applicable grace period), otherwise than by reason of completion of full performance of the agreement or expiry of its term.

 

  21.12. Project authorisations

Any authorisation required by the Project Company in order to carry on its business:

 

  21.12.1. is not obtained or effected by the time it is required;

 

  21.12.2. is revoked or cancelled, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect;

 

  21.12.3. is not renewed, or is renewed on revised terms, or is varied and, and, in the opinion of the Lender, that variation of terms has or would be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  21.13. Material adverse change

Any event or series of events (whether related or not) or circumstance occurs which, in the opinion of the Lender, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  21.14. Insurance

 

  21.14.1. Any Insurance or other insurance required to be effected under the Transaction Documents:

 

  21.14.1.1. is not, or ceases to be, in full force and effect;

 

  21.14.1.2. is unavailable at the time it is required to be effected;

 

  21.14.1.3. is repudiated, avoided or suspended (in each case to any extent).

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause if the Borrower delivers to the Lender, within 10 (ten) days, evidence to the satisfaction of the Lender that any such Insurance or other insurance has been replaced with Insurances or other insurance which comply with the requirements of the relevant Transaction Document (as applicable).

 

65


  21.14.2. Any insurer notifies the Borrower of its intention to avoid, repudiate or suspend (in each case to any extent) or otherwise reduce its liability under the policy relating to any Insurance required to be effected under any Transaction Document.

 

  21.15. Audit qualification

The Auditors of a Major Project Party qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of that Major Project Party:

 

  21.15.1. on the grounds that the information supplied to them or to which they had access was inadequate or unreliable;

 

  21.15.2. on the grounds that they are unable to prepare such accounts on a going concern basis; or

 

  21.15.3. otherwise in terms or as to issues which in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably) are material in the context of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated by them.

 

  21.16. Expropriation

 

  21.16.1. The authority or ability of any member a Major Project Party to conduct its business is wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person.

 

  21.16.2. By the authority of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person:

 

  21.16.2.1. the management of any Major Project Party is wholly or substantially replaced; or

 

  21.16.2.2. all or a majority of the shares of a Major Project Party or the whole or any part of its assets or revenues is seized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired.

 

  21.17. Actions under the Project Documents

 

  21.17.1. The Tailings Dams (as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement), for any reason, are not transferred to the Project Company as registered freehold owner on or before the date falling 6 (six) months after the Signature Date.

 

66


  21.17.2. The Project Company Mining Right, for any reason, is not transferred to the Project Company as registered holder on or before the date falling 5 (five) years after the Signature Date.

 

  21.17.3. The BEE Shareholders become entitled to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option and, if required to do so by the Lender, any of them refuses or fails, for any reason, to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option within any applicable time period on the terms of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement.

 

  21.18. Project Company Event of Default

A Project Company Event of Default as defined and set out in Schedule 2 occurs.

 

  21.19. Acceleration

If an Event of Default is continuing, the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Lender may have under any Finance Document or at law:

 

  21.19.1. cancel all or any part of the Commitment (whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled);

 

  21.19.2. declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other Facility Outstandings:

 

  21.19.2.1. are immediately due and payable (whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable); and/or

 

  21.19.2.2. are payable on demand (whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender);

 

  21.19.3. claim immediate payment of all or part of the Loan and other Facility Outstandings (whereupon they shall be immediately payable); and/or

 

  21.19.4. exercise any or all of the Lender’s rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Security Documents.

 

67


SECTION 7

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

22. CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

  22.1. Transfers by the Borrower

The Borrower may not cede or assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior consent of the Lender.

 

  22.2. Assignments and transfers by the Lender

 

  22.2.1. The Lender (the Existing Lender) may, by notice to the Borrower, at any time transfer (a Transfer) any of its rights or obligations under Finance Documents by way of cession and assignment or delegation (as applicable) to any other bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other person which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender).

 

  22.2.2. The Borrower consents to any splitting of claims that may arise as a result of the Existing Lender exercising its rights under this Clause.

 

  22.2.3. The Borrower shall co-operate and provide to the Existing Lender (and any New Lender) such assistance and information, as may be reasonably required to implement any transfer of rights and obligations under this Clause.

 

  22.3. Costs resulting from change of Lender

If:

 

  22.3.1. the Lender cedes any of its rights and/or delegates any of its obligations under a Finance Document; and

 

  22.3.2. as a result of circumstances existing at the date on which the cession and/or delegation occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to pay a Tax Payment or an Increased Cost,

then, unless the cession and/or delegation is made by the Lender in order to mitigate any circumstances giving rise to the Tax Payment, Increased Cost or a right to be prepaid and/or cancelled by reason of illegality, the Borrower need only pay that Tax Payment or Increased Cost to the same extent that it would have been obliged to if no assignment, transfer or change had occurred.

 

68


SECTION 8

ADMINISTRATION

 

23. PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

  23.1. Payments to the Lender

Unless a Finance Document specifies that payments under that document are to be made in another manner, all payments by the Borrower under the Finance Documents must be made to the Lender to its account at such office or bank in South Africa as it may notify to the Borrower for this purpose by not less than 15 (fifteen) Business Days prior notice. Until otherwise notified by the Lender from time to time, its bank account details for these purposes are as follows:

 

Bank:    Nedbank Limited
Branch:    Corporate Client Services
Branch Number:    145405
Account Number:    1454115866
Account Name:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Current Account
Reference:    Histopath Proprietary Limited

 

  23.2. Funds

Payments under the Finance Documents to the Lender must be made for value on the due date in immediately available and freely transferable funds, or at such times and in such funds as the Lender may specify to the Borrower as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in Rand in the place for payment.

 

  23.3. No set-off by the Borrower

All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

  23.4. Business Days

 

  23.4.1. Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). In the event that the day for performance of any obligation to be performed in terms of any Finance Document should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, the relevant day for performance shall be the succeeding Business Day.

 

69


  23.4.2. During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

  23.5. Currency of account

Each amount payable under a Finance Document is payable in Rand.

 

  23.6. Due date not elsewhere specified

If a Finance Document does not provide for when a particular payment is due to the Lender, that payment will be due within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender.

 

24. SET-OFF

The Lender may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents against any matured obligation owed by the Lender to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Lender may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

25. CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

  25.1. Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Lender are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

  25.2. Certificates and Determinations

Any certification or determination by the Lender of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

  25.3. Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 (three hundred and sixty five) days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).

 

70


26. NOTICES

 

  26.1. Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

  26.2. Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  26.2.1. in the case of the Borrower:

 

Address:    268 Jubilee Avenue
   Halfway House
   Midrand
   1682
Fax number:    +27 (0) 11 805 3191
For the attention of:    Ms Lesego Tibane

 

  26.2.2. in the case of the Lender:

 

Address:    Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
Fax number:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
For the attention of:    The Company Secretary

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the other Parties by not less than 5 (five) Business Days notice.

 

  26.3. Domicilia

 

  26.3.1. Each Party chooses its physical address provided under or pursuant to Clause 26.2 above as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with a Finance Document may be served.

 

  26.3.2. Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante , in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties under Clause 26.4 below.

 

71


  26.4. Delivery

 

  26.4.1. Except as provided below, any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will be deemed to have been duly given:

 

  26.4.1.1. if delivered in person, at the time of delivery;

 

  26.4.1.2. if posted, 14 (fourteen) days after being deposited in the post, postage prepaid, in a correctly addressed envelope; and

 

  26.4.1.3. if by fax, e-mail or any other electronic communication, and provided it is received in legible form, on the day of its transmission, except that any such transmission after 16h30 shall be deemed to have been received on the following day;

 

  26.4.1.4. if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending.

 

  26.4.2. A communication given under Clause 26.4.1 above, but received on a day which is not a Business Day or after business hours in the place of receipt, will be deemed to be given on the next Business Day

 

  26.4.3. Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Lender will be effective only when actually received by the Lender and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer detailed in the Lender’s address detail above (or any substitute department or officer as the Lender shall specify for this purpose).

 

  26.5. English language

Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

27. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  27.1. Each Party must keep confidential and not disclose to any person any information provided to it by or on behalf of another Party in connection with its operations and affairs and those of its Affiliates, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. However, a Party may disclose information:

 

  27.1.1. which is or becomes publicly available, other than as a result of a breach by a Party of this Clause 27;

 

72


  27.1.2. is known to be in the lawful possession or control of the person to whom it is disclosed and is not subject to an obligation of confidentiality;

 

  27.1.3. in connection with any legal or arbitration proceedings;

 

  27.1.4. if required to do so under any law or regulation or the rules of any recognised stock exchange;

 

  27.1.5. to a governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority if required to do so under any applicable law or regulation;

 

  27.1.6. to its professional advisers;

 

  27.1.7. to a member of the Group;

 

  27.1.8. which is required to effect any registrations or filings required under a Transaction Document; or

 

  27.1.9. with the prior consent of the other Parties.

 

  27.2. The Lender may provide copies of any Transaction Documents and any information which it has acquired under or in connection with any Transaction Document to an Affiliate or any person with whom it may enter, or has entered, into any transfer, participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement, if that person has agreed with the Lender to keep that information confidential on the terms of Clause 27.1 above.

 

  27.3. This Clause 27 above supersedes any previous confidentiality undertaking given by the Parties in connection with the Transaction Documents.

 

28. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  28.1. Sole agreement

The Finance Documents constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.

 

  28.2. No implied terms

No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in a Finance Document.

 

73


  28.3. Rights and remedies

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the Lender under the Finance Documents:

 

  28.3.1. are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law

 

  28.3.2. may be exercised as often as the Lender requires;

 

  28.3.3. may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in the exercise or non-exercise of any right is not a waiver of that right.

 

  28.4. Extensions and waivers

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation or enforcement of any right under a Finance Document, and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party, shall be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party’s rights under or in connection with a Finance Document or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of a Finance Document.

 

  28.5. Amendments, waivers and cancellation

 

  28.5.1. No contract varying, adding to, deleting from or cancelling a Finance Document will be effective unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the all the persons who are party to that Finance Document.

 

  28.5.2. The expiry or termination of a Finance Document will not prejudice the rights of the Lender in respect of any antecedent breach by the Borrower of, or non-performance under, that Finance Document.

 

  28.6. Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term inoperable in this Clause 28.6 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.

 

74


  28.7. Renunciation of benefits

The Borrower renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi , non causa debiti , non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.

 

  28.8. Independent advice

The Borrower acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of the Finance Documents and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Borrower acknowledges that all of the provisions of each Finance Document and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  28.9. Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

SECTION 9

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

29. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.

 

30. JURISDICTION

 

  30.1. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg, South Africa (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from the Finance Documents (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of a Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document) (a dispute).

 

75


  30.2. The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle disputes. The Parties agree not to argue to the contrary and waive objection to this court on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with any Finance Document.

 

  30.3. This Clause 30 is for the benefit of the Lender only. As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a dispute in any other court with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

31. WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  31.1. agrees not to claim any immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process brought by the Lender against it in relation to a Finance Document, and to ensure that no such claim is made on its behalf;

 

  31.2. consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with those proceedings; and

 

  31.3. waives any right it may have to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

76


Schedule 1

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

1. THE BORROWER AND OTHER MAJOR PROJECT PARTIES

 

  1.1. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower.

 

  1.2. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:

 

  1.2.1. approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

  1.2.2. authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Transaction Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

  1.2.3. authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

  1.3. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

  1.4. A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director):

 

  1.4.1. confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Commitment would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded;

 

  1.4.2. certifying that each copy document specified in this of Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Closing Date.

 

2. FINANCE DOCUMENTS AND TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

 

  2.1. An original of each Finance Document duly entered into by each Party to it.

 

  2.2. An original of each Transaction Document duly entered into by each Party to it.

 

3. KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS

Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender to carry out and be satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or similar identification procedures under applicable laws and regulations (including the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001) pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.


4. OTHER DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE

 

  4.1. Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 10 ( Fees ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

  4.2. A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

2


Schedule 2

PROJECT COMPANY EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Schedule 2 is a Project Company event of default (a “ Project Company Event of Default ”). A reference to “it” or to “its” in this Schedule 2 is a reference to the Project Company.

 

1. Status

 

  1.1. The Project Company ceases to be a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa.

 

  1.2. The Project Company ceasing to hold the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

2. Financial Statements

 

  2.1. There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition since the latest date to which the Original Financial Statements were drawn up.

 

3. Ownership

 

  3.1. The issued share capital in the Project Company is no longer directly, legally and beneficially owned as follows:

 

the Sponsor:    70% (seventy per cent);
Histopath:    16% (sixteen per cent);
the Borrower:    3% (three per cent);
BEECo1:    3% (three per cent);
BEECo2:    3% (three per cent);
the Community Trust: 5% (five per cent).

 

  3.2. Any person acquires any right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, to subscribe for or otherwise acquire, any shares or securities in the Project Company, other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

 

  3.3. Any person obtains an order for the rectification of the register of members of the Project Company.


4. Project Site

 

  4.1. All authorisations required by the Project Company in connection with its access to and vacant possession of the Project Site cease to be in full force and effect.

 

  4.2. There exists a covenant, agreement, stipulation, reservation, condition, interest, right or other matter which adversely affects the Project Site.

 

  4.3. All facilities, services and utilities necessary for the enjoyment and use of the Project Site cease to be enjoyed by the Project Company.

 

  4.4. A facility, service or utility necessary for the enjoyment and use of the Project Site is provided on terms which conflict with or restrict the Project Company’s use of the Project Site.

 

  4.5. If the Servitudes have not been registered within a period of 3 (three) years after the Closing Date, and once so registered, cease to be in full force and effect, in favour of the Project Company or the Project Site Property (as applicable).

 

  4.6. A judgment or order in respect of any adverse claim is made against the Project Company in respect of the ownership of the Project Site or any interest in it, unless that judgment or order is discharged, set aside or stayed pending appeal within 14 (fourteen) days of it being made.

 

5. Material Agreements

 

  5.1. Any Material Agreement ceases to be valid and in full force and effect.

 

  5.2. Any person (other than the Project Company) becomes entitled to cancel or otherwise terminate, suspend any part of (or any part of its performance under), amend the pricing or other terms of, or impose any penalty, liquidated damages, other onerous conditions or restrictions under, any Material Agreement as a result of any default or breach under or in connection with that Material Agreement.

 

6. Insurance

A non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term of any insurance taken out by the Project Company entitles any insurer of that insurance to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part, or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of the Project Company.

 

2


7. Intellectual Property Rights

 

  7.1. The Project Company:

 

  7.1.1. ceases to be the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property Rights which are material in the context of its business and which are required by it in order to carry on its business in all material respects as it is being conducted;

 

  7.1.2. in carrying on its business, infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in any respect which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8. Amendments to documents

 

  8.1. The Project Company:

 

  8.1.1. amends its Memorandum of Incorporation or other constitutional documents;

 

  8.1.2. enters into any agreement with any of its shareholders or any of their Affiliates, other than as set out in the Transaction Documents as in force at the Closing Date; or

 

  8.1.3. amends or waives any term of the documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ),

without obtaining the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

9. Environment

 

  9.1. The Project Company:

 

  9.1.1. ceases to comply with all Environmental Law;

 

  9.1.2. fails to obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits;

 

  9.1.3. fails to implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

where failure to do so has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or is reasonably likely to result in any liability for the Lender.

 

3


Schedule 3

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:    HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
From:    BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

[ ], 201[ ]

Dear Sirs,

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

R18 239 760 Facility Agreement dated [ ], 2012

( the Agreement)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate.

 

1. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2. We confirm that as at [ relevant testing date ]:

 

    

As Calculated

  

Covenant

  

Compliance

(Yes/No)

Debt Service Cover Ratio

        

 

3. Calculations establishing the figures in paragraph 3 above are set out below:

[ ]

 

4. We confirm that no Default is continuing as at [ relevant testing date ].


Signed:    

 

   

 

    Director     Director
    [ Company ]     [ Company ]

[insert applicable certification language]

 

for and on behalf of

[name of auditors of the Group]

 

2


Schedule 4

PROJECT DOCUMENTS

 

1. The sale of business agreement (the Sale of Business Agreement ), dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Project Company (as purchaser) and the Sponsor (as seller), for the sale and purchase of that part of the Sponsor’s business which relate to the mining of certain tailings deposition sites (including related assets and liabilities).

 

2. A contract mining agreement (the Contractor Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between the Project Company and the Sponsor in terms of which the Sponsor appoints the Project Company to mine the tailing dams (which are the subject matter of the Sale of Business Agreement) for a specified period.

 

3. A sale and purchase agreement (the Freegold Sale Agreement ), dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Project Company (as purchaser) and Freegold (as seller), for the sale and purchase of the tailings deposition site known as the “St Helena Dams”.

 

4. A deed of cession (the Mining Right Deed of Cession ) between the Sponsor (as cedent) and

 

5. A subscription, sale and shareholders agreement (the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between Histopath, BEECo1, BEECo2, the Community Trust, the Borrower, the Sponsor and the Project Company for the purpose of regulating the relationships between the shareholders of the Project Company and the Project Company and its shareholders.

 

6. A services agreement (the Services Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between the Sponsor and the Project Company, for the provision to the Project Company of certain services previously provided by the Sponsor in respect of the business acquired by the Project Company under the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

7. The following deeds of undertakings (the BEECo Undertakings ) given to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sale of Business Agreement:

 

  7.1. a written deed of undertakings, dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, pursuant to which Kopano Ke Matla Investment Company (Proprietary) Limited ( Kopano Ke Matla ) undertakes not to dispose of its shares in the issued share capital of Kopano Resources (Proprietary) Limited and the trustees for the time being of the Kopano Ke Matla Trust undertake not to dispose of its shares in the issued share capital of Kopano Ke Matla for a specified period; and


  7.2. a written deed of undertakings, dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, given by the Trustees for the time being of the Masincazelane Trust in respect of its shares in Masincazelane Investments (Proprietary) Limited on substantially the same terms as those referred to in paragraph 7.1 above.

 

8. A written deed of undertakings (the Sikhuliso Undertaking ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, pursuant to which (a) the shareholders of Sikhuliso undertake not to dispose of their shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso for a specified period; and (b) the Sponsor, for the duration of that period, holds the share certificates issued to those shareholders in respect of their shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso.

 

2


SIGNATURE PAGE

THE BORROWER

 

/s/

   

 

For and on behalf of:

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

   

For and on behalf of:

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

Name:  

M.M. Makuena

    Name:  

 

Office:  

Director

    Office:  

 

  (who warrants his authority)       (who warrants his authority)

THE LENDER

 

/s/

   

 

For and on behalf of:

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

   

For and on behalf of:

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

Name:  

Graham Briggs

    Name:  

 

Office:  

Director

    Office:  

 

  (who warrants his authority)       (who warrants his authority)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

   Page  

1.

  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     2   

2.

  

THE FACILITY AND PURPOSE

     25   

3.

  

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

     26   

4.

  

REPAYMENT

     27   

5.

  

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     28   

6.

  

INTEREST

     31   

7.

  

INTEREST PERIODS

     33   

8.

  

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

     33   

9.

  

BREAK COSTS

     35   

10.

  

FEES AND COSTS

     35   

11.

  

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

     36   

12.

  

INCREASED COSTS

     39   

13.

  

OTHER INDEMNITIES

     41   

14.

  

LIMITED RECOURSE

     42   

15.

  

MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

     43   

16.

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

     43   

17.

  

REPRESENTATIONS

     44   

18.

  

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

     51   

19.

  

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     53   

20.

  

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

     54   

21.

  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     60   


22.   

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

     68   
23.   

PAYMENT MECHANICS

     69   
24.   

SET-OFF

     70   
25.   

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

     70   
26.   

NOTICES

     71   
27.   

CONFIDENTIALITY

     72   
28.   

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     73   
29.   

GOVERNING LAW

     75   
30.   

JURISDICTION

     75   
31.   

WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

     76   

 

Schedule 1

     1   

Schedule 2

     1   

Schedule 3

     1   

Schedule 4

     1   

 

2

Exhibit 4.46

EXECUTION VERSION

ADDENDUM TO THE R18,239,760 TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

BUSINESS VENTURE INVESTMENTS NO. 1688 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(as Borrower)

and

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(as Lender)


WHEREBY THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1. In this Addendum –

 

  1.1.1. headings are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  1.1.2. an expression which denotes –

 

  1.1.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  1.1.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ;

 

  1.1.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa .

 

  1.2. Save as defined herein capitalised terms and expressions not otherwise defined shall bear the meanings ascribed to them in the Facility Agreement (as defined below) and the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  1.2.1. Addendum ” means this addendum to the Facility Agreement as it may be amended, replaced or novated from time to time;

 

  1.2.2. Borrower ” means Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited (Registration No 2012/030648), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.2.3. Facility Agreement ” means the Facility Agreement dated on or about 20 March 2013 between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender), in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein;

 

  1.2.4. Lender ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No 1950/038232/06), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.2.5. Parties ” means the parties to this Addendum and includes a reference to their respective lawful successors and permitted assigns and any liquidator, curator, business rescue practitioner (or similar representative) of each of them.

 

2. CONFLICT WITH THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the provisions of the Facility Agreement at any time, the provisions of this Addendum shall prevail.

 

2


3. AMENDMENTS

The Facility Agreement is hereby amended, with effect from the date of last signature of this Addendum by the Parties, by:

 

  3.1. the deletion of the number and words “ R18 239 760,00 (eighteen million two hundred and thirty nine thousand seven hundred and sixty Rand) where they appear in clause 1.1.14 of the Facility Agreement ( Commitment ) and the replacement thereof with the number and words R17 807 719,00 (seventeen million eight hundred and seven thousand seven hundred and nineteen Rand) ”; and

 

  3.2. the deletion of the table in clause 4.1.1 of the Facility Agreement in its entirety and the replacement thereof with the following table:

 

    

Payment Date

   Repayment Instalment
Amount
 
1.    31 December, 2013 (being the First Payment Date)    R 1 369 824,54   
2.    30 June, 2014    R 1 369 824,54   
3.    31 December, 2014    R 1 369 824,54   
4.    30 June, 2015    R 1 369 824,54   
5.    31 December, 2015    R 1 369 824,54   
6.    30 June, 2016    R 1 369 824,54   
7.    31 December, 2016    R 1 369 824,54   
8.    30 June, 2017    R 1 369 824,54   
9.    31 December, 2017    R 1 369 824,54   
10.    30 June, 2018    R 1 369 824,54   
11.    31 December, 2018    R 1 369 824,54   
12.    30 June, 2019    R 1 369 824,54   
13.    31 December, 2019 (being the Final Maturity Date)    R 1 369 824,52   

 

4. CLOSING DATE EXTENSION

The Lender hereby agrees that the date referred to in clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement is extended to 28 June 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender).

 

3


5. TRANSACTION DOCUMENT

This Addendum comprises a Finance Document for all purposes under the Facility Agreement.

 

6. RETENTION

Save as expressly contemplated in this Addendum the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

7. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS

This Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall comprise one and the same instrument. A facsimile copy of this Addendum shall comprise a valid counterpart for the purpose of this provision.

 

8. WHOLE AGREEMENT

This Addendum comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof. This Addendum constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

4


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited

/s/

Name:   M.M. Mokuena
Title:   Chair (Trustee)
Date:   8 May 2013

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

/s/

Name:   Frank Abbott
Title:   Director
Date:   24 May 2013

Exhibit 4.47

 

From:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
   (Registration No. 1950/038232/06)
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
   (the “ Lender ”)
To:    Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited
   (Registration No. 2012/035756/07)
   268 Jubilee Avenue
   Halfway House
   Midrand
   1682
   (the “ Borrower ” and together with the Lender, the “ Parties ”)

24 June 2013

Dear Sirs

Term loan facility agreement entered into between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender) on or about 20 March 2013 in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1. Reference is made to the Facility Agreement. Save as defined herein, terms defined in the Facility Agreement (whether directly or by way of incorporation by reference) shall bear the meanings ascribed thereto therein when used in this letter (this “ Waiver Letter ”).

 

2. The Lender hereby waives:

 

  2.1. the Condition Precedent that the Lender receives an original of each Finance Document duly entered into by each Party and an original of each Transaction Document duly entered into by each Party to it contemplated in Clause 2 of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement, on the basis that copies of such executed Finance Documents and Transaction Documents have been received by the Lender; and

 

  2.2. the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent contemplated in Clause 4.1 of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement, namely that the Lender has received evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 10 ( Fees ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

3. Save as expressly contemplated in this Waiver Letter, the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.


4. This Waiver Letter comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof and constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

5. This Waiver Letter shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

/s/

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Name:   Frank Abbott
Title:   Director
Date:   24 June 2013
Witness:   /s/

Exhibit 4.48

 

From:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
   (Registration No. 1950/038232/06)
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
   (the “ Lender ”)
To:    Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited
   (Registration No. 2012/035756/07)
   268 Jubilee Avenue
   Halfway House
   Midrand
   1682
   (the “ Borrower ” and together with the Lender, the “ Parties ”)

10 May 2013

Dear Sirs

Term loan facility agreement entered into between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender) on or about 20 March 2013 in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1. Reference is made to the Facility Agreement. Save as defined herein, terms defined in the Facility Agreement (whether directly or by way of incorporation by reference) shall bear the meanings ascribed thereto therein when used in this letter (this “ Extension Letter ”).

 

2. The Lender hereby agrees that the date referred to in clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement is extended to 14 June 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender).

 

3. Save as expressly contemplated in this Extension Letter, the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

4. This Extension Letter comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof and constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

5. This Extension Letter shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Signed for and on behalf of:

 

/s/

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Name:  
Title:  
Date:  
Witness:  

Exhibit 4.49

EXECUTION VERSION

R97,278,720 TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(as Borrower)

and

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(as Lender)


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 20 March 2013 and made between:

 

(1) HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED (Registration No. 2012/082229/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa (the “ Borrower ”); and

 

(2) HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa (the “ Lender ”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1. Definitions

In this Agreement:

 

  1.1.1. Acceptable Bank means:

 

  1.1.1.1. any of Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Investec Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited;

 

  1.1.1.2. a bank or financial institution which has an international rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations of A+ or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A1- or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency,

and any other bank or financial institution approved by the Lender;

 

  1.1.2. Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person, or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company;

 

  1.1.3. Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche or any other firm approved in advance by the Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

2


  1.1.4. Available Commitment means the Lender’s Commitment under the Facility;

 

  1.1.5. Base Rate means:

 

  1.1.5.1. for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum, JIBAR; or

 

  1.1.5.2. for an Interest Period of the Loan which is less than a full period of 3 (three) Months, (a Broken JIBAR Period ), the rate determined in accordance with the following formula:

LOGO

 

  where:
  R    =    the Base Rate;
  R 1    =    JIBAR for the period closest to but less than the Broken JIBAR Period plus, if this would result in R 1 being equal to the JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate, 0.01 per cent.;
  R2    =    JIBAR for the period closest to but greater than the Broken JIBAR Period;
  T    =    the number of days in the Broken JIBAR Period;
  T 1    =    the number of days in the period for which R1 is quoted on the first day of the Broken JIBAR Period;
  T2    =    the number of days in the period for which R 2 is quoted on the first day of the Broken JIBAR Period;

 

  1.1.6. BEECo1 means Business Venture Investments No 1677 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/035756/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.7. BEECo2 means Business Venture Investments No 1687 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/030646/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.8. BEECo3 means Business Venture Investments No 1688 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/030648/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

3


  1.1.9. BEE Shareholder means:

 

  1.1.9.1. the Borrower;

 

  1.1.9.2. BEECo1;

 

  1.1.9.3. BEECo2;

 

  1.1.9.4. BEECo3; and

 

  1.1.9.5. the Community Trust;

 

  1.1.10. BEE Shareholders Put Option has the meaning given to that term in Clause 18.1 ( BEE Shareholders Put Option ) of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement;

 

  1.1.11. Break Costs means the amount (if any) determined by the Lender by which:

 

  1.1.11.1. the interest which the Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of an amount repaid or prepaid in respect of any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum, if the principal amount of that Loan or Unpaid Sum received had been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  1.1.11.2. the amount which the Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a Reference Bank for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period;

 

  1.1.12. Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday, a Sunday or official public holiday) on which banks are open for general business in Johannesburg;

 

  1.1.13. Cashflow Waterfall Agreement ” means the agreement dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Lender, the Borrower, the other BEE Shareholders, the Project Company and the Sponsor, setting out the priority of payment obligations of the Project Company;

 

  1.1.14. Closing Date means the date on which the Lender issues the notice contemplated by Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent );

 

4


  1.1.15. Commitment means R97 278 720,00 (ninety seven million two hundred and seventy eight thousand seven hundred and twenty Rand) to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred under this Agreement;

 

  1.1.16. Community Trust means the trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust, a trust established under the laws of South Africa (Master’s reference number IT248/2013);

 

  1.1.17. Companies Act means the Companies Act, 2008, including all regulations promulgated under that act;

 

  1.1.18. Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or otherwise in the agreed form;

 

  1.1.19. Default means:

 

  1.1.19.1. an Event of Default; or

 

  1.1.19.2. any event or circumstance specified in Clause 21 ( Events of Default ) which (with the expiry of any applicable grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) would be an Event of Default;

 

  1.1.20. Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  1.1.20.1. a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  1.1.20.2. the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  1.1.20.2.1. from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  1.1.20.2.2. from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

5


and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted;

 

  1.1.21. Environment means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

  1.1.21.1. air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);

 

  1.1.21.2. water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

 

  1.1.21.3. land (including, without limitation, land under water);

 

  1.1.22. Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law;

 

  1.1.23. Environmental Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

 

  1.1.23.1. the pollution or protection of the Environment;

 

  1.1.23.2. harm to or the protection of human health;

 

  1.1.23.3. the conditions of the workplace; or

 

  1.1.23.4. the generation, handling, storage, use, release, emission or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste;

 

  1.1.24. Environmental Permit means any permit and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of the Project Company, or any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by the Project Company or another member of the Group;

 

  1.1.25. Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 21 ( Events of Default );

 

  1.1.26. Facility means the amortising term loan facility made available under this Agreement, as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility );

 

6


  1.1.27. Facility Outstandings means, at any time, the aggregate of all amounts of loan principal, accrued interest, Break Costs, early settlement premia, fees and all other amounts outstanding in respect of the Facility under the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, any claim for direct damages or restitution, any claim as a result of any recovery by the Borrower or another person of a payment or discharge under the Finance Documents on the grounds of preference, and each amount which would be included in any of the above but for any discharge, non-provability or unenforceability of a claim in any insolvency or other proceedings);

 

  1.1.28. Final Discharge Date means the date on which:

 

  1.1.28.1. the Facility Outstandings have been irrevocably and unconditionally finally paid and discharged in full (whether or not as a result of enforcement);

 

  1.1.28.2. the Lender has no commitment to provide finance or any other form of credit or financial accommodation to any person under any Finance Document,

as certified by the Lender within 5 (five) Business Days of request by the Borrower, if all the requirements above have in fact been met;

 

  1.1.29. Final Maturity Date means 31 December 2019;

 

  1.1.30. Finance Document means:

 

  1.1.30.1. this Agreement;

 

  1.1.30.2. the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  1.1.30.3. the Security Documents;

 

  1.1.30.4. a Compliance Certificate;

 

  1.1.30.5. any document amending any Finance Document referred to in paragraphs 1.1.30.1 to 1.1.30.4 above,

and any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

  1.1.31. Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  1.1.31.1. moneys borrowed, credit provided and debit balances at financial institutions;

 

7


  1.1.31.2. any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  1.1.31.3. any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

  1.1.31.4. the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  1.1.31.5. receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  1.1.31.6. any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  1.1.31.7. any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the mark-to-market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

  1.1.31.8. any amount raised by the issue of a share which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) is mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of its holder;

 

  1.1.31.9. any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

  1.1.31.10. the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs 1.1.31.1 to 1.1.31.9 above;

 

  1.1.32. First Payment Date means 31 December 2013;

 

  1.1.33. FreeGold means ARMgold-Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited (Registration No 2001/029602/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

8


  1.1.34. Group means the Project Company and each of its Subsidiaries from time to time;

 

  1.1.35. Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary;

 

  1.1.36. IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

 

  1.1.37. Insurance means any contract or policy of insurance and reinsurance taken out by or on behalf of a member of the Group or under which it has a right to claim;

 

  1.1.38. Intellectual Property Rights means:

 

  1.1.38.1. any know-how, patent, trade mark, service mark, design, invention, trading or business name, domain name, topographical or similar right;

 

  1.1.38.2. any copyright, data base or other intellectual property right; or

 

  1.1.38.3. any interest and rights to use (including by way of licence) in the above,

in each case whether registered or not, and includes any related application;

 

  1.1.39. Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 7 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 6.3 ( Default interest );

 

  1.1.40. Interest Reset Date means the first day of January, April, July and October of each year;

 

  1.1.41. JIBAR means, for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum:

 

  1.1.41.1. the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  1.1.41.2. (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or Unpaid Sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places), as supplied to the Lender at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Johannesburg interbank market,

as of 11h00 on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in Rand for a period of 3 (three) months;

 

9


  1.1.42. JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate means, for an Interest Period of the Loan or Unpaid Sum:

 

  1.1.42.1. the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  1.1.42.2. (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan or Unpaid Sum) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places), as supplied to the Lender at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Johannesburg interbank market,

as of 11h00 on the Quotation Day for the offering of overnight deposits in Rand;

 

  1.1.43. Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility, or the principal amount outstanding of the loan from time to time;

 

  1.1.44. Major Project Party means:

 

  1.1.44.1. the Borrower; and

 

  1.1.44.2. the Project Company;

 

  1.1.45. Margin means for any amount (including an Unpaid Sum) outstanding under the Facility, 3.25% (three point two five per cent) per annum (subject to any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement from time to time);

 

  1.1.46. Material Adverse Effect means an effect which in the opinion of the Lender is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to:

 

  1.1.46.1. the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of a Major Project Party;

 

  1.1.46.2. the ability of any Major Project Party to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents; or

 

  1.1.46.3. the validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of the Transaction Documents;

 

  1.1.46.4. the validity or enforceability of, or effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or purported to be granted pursuant to, any Transaction Document;

 

10


  1.1.47. Material Agreement means a “Contract”, as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.48. Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  1.1.48.1. (subject to paragraph 1.1.48.3 below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  1.1.48.2. if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

  1.1.48.3. if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end;

 

  1.1.49. MPRDA means the Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002, including all regulations promulgated under that act;

 

  1.1.50. Original Financial Statements means the internally prepared management accounts of the Sponsor provided to the Project Company under the Sale of Business Agreement on or before the Closing Date;

 

  1.1.51. Parent means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.52. Party means a party to this Agreement;

 

  1.1.53. Payment Date means:

 

  1.1.53.1. the last day of June and December of each year; and

 

  1.1.53.2. the Final Maturity Date;

 

  1.1.54. Project means the mining of the Tailings Dams (as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement);

 

11


  1.1.55. Project Company means Business Venture Investments No 1692 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/041001/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.56. Project Company Mining Right means the “Tailings Dam Mining Right” as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.57. Project Document means:

 

  1.1.57.1. the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.57.2. the FreeGold Sale Agreement;

 

  1.1.57.3. the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement;

 

  1.1.57.4. the Contractor Agreement;

 

  1.1.57.5. the Services Agreement;

 

  1.1.57.6. the BEECo Undertakings;

 

  1.1.57.7. the Sikhuliso Undertaking;

 

  1.1.57.8. the Memorandum of Incorporation of the Project Company;

 

  1.1.57.9. the Project Company Mining Right (with effect from the date on which it is ceded to the Project Company pursuant to Clause 18 ( Cession of Tailings Dams Mining Right ) of the Sale of Business Agreement);

 

  1.1.57.10. each notarial deed and other document under which a Servitude is granted to the Project Company,

in each case, as defined in Schedule 4 ( Project Documents ), and any other document designated as such by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

  1.1.58. Project Site means the “Mining Area”, as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.59. Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, the first day of that period or such other day as the Lender determines is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in the Johannesburg interbank market;

 

12


  1.1.60. Reference Banks means the principal Johannesburg offices of Absa Bank Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Nedbank Limited and The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, or such other banks as may be appointed by the Lender in consultation with the Borrower;

 

  1.1.61. Repayment Instalment means each scheduled instalment of capital contemplated in Clause 4.1.1 for the repayment of the Loan made under the Facility;

 

  1.1.62. Repayment Proceeds means all amounts (comprising capital and/or interest and other prepayments or amounts) repaid or prepaid by the Project Company to the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  1.1.63. Repeating Representations means each of the representations contemplated in Clause 17 ( Representations );

 

  1.1.64. Sanctioned Entity means:

 

  1.1.64.1. a person, country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or subject to the Sanctions;

 

  1.1.64.2. a person which is ordinarily resident in a country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or subject to the Sanctions;

 

  1.1.65. Sanctioned Transaction means the use the proceeds of the Facilities for the purpose of financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to:

 

  1.1.65.1. a Sanctioned Entity; or

 

  1.1.65.2. any other person or entity, if the Borrower (or any Affiliate of the Borrower) has actual knowledge that the person or entity proposes to use the proceeds of the financing or credit for the purpose of financing or providing any credit, directly or indirectly, to a Sanctioned Entity,

in each case to the extent that to do so is prohibited by, or would cause any breach of, Sanctions;

 

  1.1.66. Sanctions means trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by any authority referred to in the definition of “Sanctions List” in this Clause 1.1.67 below;

 

13


  1.1.67. Sanctions List means any of the lists of specifically designated nationals, persons or entities (including, without limitation, the SDN List) published by:

 

  1.1.67.1. the government of the United States of America (and administered by the United States Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or the State Department, the Department of Commerce or the Department of the Treasury of the United States of America);

 

  1.1.67.2. Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland or the Bank of England;

 

  1.1.67.3. the government of the Republic of France;

 

  1.1.67.4. the government of the Commonwealth of Australia;

 

  1.1.67.5. the European Union; or

 

  1.1.67.6. the United Nations Security Council,

under any applicable law or regulation, in each case as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time;

 

  1.1.68. SDN List means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, as published by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, and available on the internet at the following website: http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/index.html or any official successor website;

 

  1.1.69. Screen Rate means;

 

  1.1.69.1. for JIBAR, the Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate;

 

  1.1.69.2. for the JIBAR Overnight Deposit Rate, the SAFEX overnight call deposit rate,

polled and published in each case, by the South African Futures Exchange (a division of the JSE Limited) for deposits in Rand for the relevant period, as displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen selected by the Lender. If the relevant page is replaced or the information service ceases to be available, the Lender (after consultation with the Borrower) may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate;

 

14


  1.1.70. Security means a mortgage bond, notarial bond, cession in security, pledge, hypothec, lien, charge, assignment or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect but excluding statutory preferences;

 

  1.1.71. Security Documents means:

 

  1.1.71.1. the pledge and cession in securitatem debiti dated on or about the date hereof, between the Borrower and the Lender;

 

  1.1.71.2. any written notice to a third person of the Security established under the security agreement set out in paragraph 1.1.71.1 above, and any written acknowledgement of that notice which is required to be delivered to the Lender under that security agreement;

 

  1.1.71.3. any other document evidencing or creating any guarantee or security over any asset of the Borrower to secure any obligation of the Borrower to the Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  1.1.72. Servitudes means the “Servitudes” as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement;

 

  1.1.73. Shareholder Loans means the loans advanced by each of the Borrower, BEECo1, BEECo2 and BEECo3 in terms of Clause 14 ( Initial Funding of the Company ) of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement (as defined in Schedule 4 hereof);

 

  1.1.74. Signature Date means the date on which, once this Agreement has been signed by all the Parties, it is signed by the last Party to do so;

 

  1.1.75. Sikhuliso means Sikhuliso Resources Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2006/021911/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.76. South Africa means the Republic of South Africa;

 

  1.1.77. Sponsor means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.1.78. Subsidiary means a “ subsidiary ” as defined in the Companies Act, and includes any person who, but for not being a “ company ” under the Companies Act, would be a “ subsidiary ” as defined in the Companies Act;

 

15


  1.1.79. Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

 

  1.1.80. Transaction Document means:

 

  1.1.80.1. a Finance Document; or

 

  1.1.80.2. a Project Document;

 

  1.1.81. Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or to benefit from fluctuations in any rate, price, index or credit rating;

 

  1.1.82. Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Finance Documents;

 

  1.1.83. Utilisation means a utilisation of the Facility;

 

  1.1.84. VAT means (i) value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act, 1991; (ii) any general service Tax; and (iii) other Tax of a similar nature;

 

  1.1.85. ZAR , Rand or R means South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa.

 

  1.2. Financial definitions

In this Agreement the following terms have the meanings set out below:

 

  1.2.1. Cash means an amount (denominated in Rand, or any other currency approved by the Lender) of cash in hand, or credit balances or amounts on deposit with an Acceptable Bank to which the Borrower is beneficially entitled if:

 

  1.2.1.1. the cash is accessible and may be withdrawn in full by the Borrower within 30 (thirty) days;

 

  1.2.1.2. access to and withdrawal of the cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any indebtedness of any person or the satisfaction of any other condition;

 

  1.2.1.3. no Security exists over the cash or over claims in respect thereof (other than Security arising under the Security Documents); and

 

  1.2.1.4. the cash is freely and (except as mentioned in paragraph 1.2.1.1 above) immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facility;

 

16


  1.2.2. Cash Equivalents means, at any time:

 

  1.2.2.1. certificates of deposit maturing within 30 (thirty) days after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

  1.2.2.2. investments accessible and which can be monetised within 30 (thirty) days in a South African money market collective investment scheme which:

 

  1.2.2.2.1. has an international credit rating of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency;

 

  1.2.2.2.2. invests substantially all its assets in securities of the type described in paragraph 1.2.2.1 above; or

 

  1.2.2.3. any other debt security approved by the Lender,

in each case, denominated in Rand or another currency approved by the Lender, and to which the Project Company is beneficially entitled at that time and which is not subject to any Security (other than Security arising under the Security Documents);

 

  1.2.3. Capital Expenditure means any expenditure which is treated as capital expenditure in accordance with IFRS (including the capital element of any expenditure or obligation incurred in connection with a lease or hire purchase agreement which constitutes Financial Indebtedness);

 

  1.2.4. Debt Service means, in relation to a Measurement Period, Finance Costs payable during that period, plus all principal amounts of Financial Indebtedness of the Project Company under the Finance Documents which fell due for repayment or prepayment during that period, whether or not paid or deferred for payment after that period;

 

  1.2.5. Debt Service Cover Ratio means the ratio as contemplated in Clause 19 ( Financial Covenants );

 

17


  1.2.6. EBITDA means, in relation to a Measurement Period, the aggregate accrued operating income of the Project Company for that period (including the results from discontinued operations), without taking any account of the following items:

 

  1.2.6.1. any Interest accrued as an obligation of, or owed to, the Project Company, whether or not paid, deferred or capitalised during that period;

 

  1.2.6.2. any amount of Tax on profits, gains or income paid or payable by the Project Company and any amount of any rebate or credit in respect of Tax on profits, gains or income received or receivable by the Project Company;

 

  1.2.6.3. any depreciation or amortisation whatsoever, and any charge for impairment or any reversal in that period of any previous impairment charge;

 

  1.2.6.4. any loss against book value incurred by the Project Company on the disposal of any asset (other than trading stock) during that period;

 

  1.2.6.5. any gain over book value arising in favour of the Project Company on the disposal of any asset (other than trading stock) during that period and any gain arising on any revaluation of an asset during that period;

 

  1.2.6.6. any unrealised gains or losses due to exchange rate movements which is reported through the income statement;

 

  1.2.6.7. any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis) which is reported through the income statement;

 

  1.2.6.8. the amount of profit or loss of the Project Company which is attributable to the minority interests of a person (not being a member of the Group) who is a shareholder of a member of the Group;

 

  1.2.6.9. the amount of profit of any associate entity (which is not a member of the Group) in which the Project Company has an ownership interest, to the extent that the amount of such profit reported through the income statement exceeds the amount (net of any applicable withholding tax) received in cash by that the Project Company through distributions by that entity;

 

  1.2.6.10. any extraordinary items (as contemplated by AC103 of the South African Accounting Practices Board) reported through the income statement for that period;

 

18


  1.2.7. Finance Costs means, in relation to a Measurement Period, all Interest (whether paid, payable or added to principal) incurred by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8. Free Cashflow means, in relation to any Measurement Period, EBITDA for that period:

 

  1.2.8.1. minus all amounts of Tax on profits, gains or income actually paid and/or which fell due for immediate payment during that period (and minus the amount of any withholding tax withheld from any amount paid by the Project Company for such period);

 

  1.2.8.2. plus the amount of any rebate or credit in respect of any Tax on profits, gains or income actually received in cash by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8.3. minus any increase or plus any decrease in Net Working Capital between the first day and the last day of that Measurement Period;

 

  1.2.8.4. minus all Capital Expenditure actually paid or contractually falling due for payment by the Project Company during that period;

 

  1.2.8.5. plus the net amount of all proceeds received in cash by the Project Company during that period in relation to the disposal of an asset or a claim under a contract of insurance which are not applied (or required to be applied) in replacing or reinstating that asset (after deducting Taxes (and amounts reasonably reserved in respect of Taxes) payable by the Project Company in respect of that disposal or claim and all costs and expenses incurred by the Project Company directly in connection with that disposal or claim);

 

  1.2.8.6. plus the amount (net of any applicable withholding tax) of any dividends or other distributions received in cash by the Project Company during that period from any entity which is not itself a member of the Group;

 

19


  1.2.8.7. minus all non-cash credits and plus all non-cash debits and other non-cash charges included in establishing EBITDA for that period (to the extent not included in calculating Consolidated Net Working Capital as at the last day of the Measurement Period);

 

  1.2.8.8. plus any positive and minus any negative extraordinary or exceptional items received or which are paid or fall due for payment by the Project Company in cash during such period, to the extent not already taken into account in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for that period;

 

  1.2.9. Interest means:

 

  1.2.9.1. interest and amounts in the nature of interest accrued;

 

  1.2.9.2. prepayment penalties or premiums incurred in repaying or prepaying any Financial Indebtedness;

 

  1.2.9.3. discount fees and acceptance fees payable or deducted in respect of any Financial Indebtedness, including fees payable in respect of letters of credit and guarantees;

 

  1.2.9.4. any net payment (or, if appropriate in the context, receipt) under any interest rate hedging agreement or instrument, taking into account any premiums payable; and

 

  1.2.9.5. any other payments and deductions of similar effect (including the finance cost element of finance leases),

and includes commitment and non-utilisation fees (including those payable under the Finance Documents), but excludes front-end, management, arrangement and participation fees with respect to any Financial Indebtedness (including those payable under the Finance Documents);

 

  1.2.10. Measurement Date means the Payment Date;

 

  1.2.11. Measurement Period means each period of 6 (six) months preceding a Measurement Date;

 

  1.2.12. Net Working Capital , as at any date, means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities, all as at that date, and for this purpose:

 

  1.2.12.1. Current Assets means all the current assets of the Project Company as at that date (other than Cash or Cash Equivalents; any credit receivable for Tax on profits, gains or income suffered; and Interest receivable; and any payments of Financial Indebtedness receivable by the Project Company which are required to be excluded by IFRS);

 

  1.2.12.2. Current Liabilities means all the current liabilities of the Project Company at that date (other than any accrued or unpaid Interest; any liabilities in respect of Tax on profits, gains or income; any dividends, redemptions and other distributions payable to shareholders of the Project Company (whether or not declared); and Financial Indebtedness owing by the Project Company which are required to be excluded by IFRS),

 

20


  1.3. Construction

 

  1.3.1. In this Agreement, unless inconsistent with the context, any reference to:

 

  1.3.1.1. the Lender , any Major Project Party , any Party or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted cessionaries and permitted transferees;

 

  1.3.1.2. a document being in the agreed form means that the document is in a form previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Lender or, if not so agreed, is in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

 

  1.3.1.3. an amendment includes an amendment, supplement, novation, re-enactment, replacement, restatement or variation and amend will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.4. assets includes businesses, undertakings, securities, properties, revenues or rights of every description and whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  1.3.1.5. an authorisation includes authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, permit, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration;

 

21


  1.3.1.6. authority includes any court or any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority;

 

  1.3.1.7. a disposal means a sale, transfer, cession, assignment, donation, grant, lease, licence or other alienation or disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether pursuant to a single transaction or a series of transactions, and dispose will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.8. a distribution means a transfer by a company of money or other assets of the company (other than its own shares) to, or to the order (or otherwise for the benefit) of, one or more holders of shares in that company or another company within the same group of companies, including any principal or interest in respect of amounts due (whether in respect of an intercompany or a shareholder loan or otherwise); any dividend (including any interest on any unpaid amount of a dividend), charge, fee, consideration or other distribution (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its shares or share capital (or any class of its share capital); any repayment or distribution of any share premium account; and the payment of any management, advisory or other fee;

 

  1.3.1.9. a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument includes (without prejudice to any prohibition on amendments) all amendments (however fundamental) to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument, including any amendment providing for any increase in the amount of a facility or any additional facility or replacement facility;

 

  1.3.1.10. a guarantee means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person, where, in each case, that obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of that person to meet any of its indebtedness;

 

  1.3.1.11. indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

22


  1.3.1.12. know your customer requirements are the identification checks that the Lender requests in order to meet its obligations under any applicable law or regulation to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer;

 

  1.3.1.13. a person includes any individual, company, corporation, unincorporated association or body (including a partnership, trust, fund, joint venture or consortium), government, state, agency, organisation or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

  1.3.1.14. a refinancing means an unscheduled repayment of Loans and other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents which is funded, directly or indirectly, by way of Financial Indebtedness incurred or shares issued by a member of the Group, and refinance will be construed accordingly;

 

  1.3.1.15. a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, being of a type with which any person to which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  1.3.2. a provision of law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted, and includes any subordinate legislation;

 

  1.3.3. one gender include a reference to the others; the singular includes the plural and vice versa ; natural persons include juristic persons and vice versa; and

 

  1.3.4. a time of day is a reference to Johannesburg time.

 

  1.3.5. Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only, and do not in any way affect the interpretation of a Finance Document.

 

  1.3.6. Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

23


  1.3.7. A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived by the Lender, and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived by the Lender.

 

  1.3.8. If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of the relevant Finance Document.

 

  1.3.9. The Schedules to a Finance Document form an integral part thereof and a reference to a Clause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause of, or a schedule to, this Agreement.

 

  1.3.10. Unless expressly otherwise provided in a Finance Document or inconsistent with the context, any number of days prescribed in a Finance Document must be calculated by including the first and excluding the last day, unless that last day falls on a day that is not a Business Day, in which case, if the last day is a payment date, the last day will instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not), or, if the last day is a not payment date, the last day will instead be the next Business Day.

 

  1.3.11. The rule of construction that, in the event of ambiguity, a contract shall be interpreted against the party responsible for the drafting thereof, shall not apply in the interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

  1.3.12. The use of the word including followed by specific examples will not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it, and the eiusdem generis rule must not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific examples.

 

  1.3.13. The expiry or termination of any Finance Documents shall not affect those provisions of the Finance Documents that expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiry or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

  1.3.14. The Finance Documents shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be binding on and enforceable by the administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators of the Parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed the Finance Documents in the first instance and reference to any Party shall be deemed to include such Party’s administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators, as the case may be.

 

24


  1.3.15. Unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  1.3.15.1. a reference to a Party will not include that party if it has ceased to be a party under this Agreement;

 

  1.3.15.2. any obligation of the Borrower under the Finance Documents which is not a payment obligation remains in force for so long as any payment obligation of the Borrower is or may be, or is capable of becoming, outstanding under the Finance Documents; and

 

  1.3.15.3. any obligation of the Borrower under the Finance Documents includes an obligation on the Borrower not to contract or agree to do something or not to do something which would breach that first obligation, unless such contract or agreement is conditional on the approval of the Lender.

 

  1.4. Third party rights

 

  1.4.1. Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document, no provision of any Finance Document constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document.

 

  1.4.2. Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document is not required to rescind or vary that Finance Document at any time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

 

2. THE FACILITY AND PURPOSE

 

  2.1. Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender makes available to the Borrower a Rand-denominated amortising term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Commitment.

 

25


  2.2. Purpose

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards financing the Shareholder Loan to be advanced by the Borrower to the Project Company, and for no other purpose whatsoever.

 

  2.3. Monitoring

The Lender is not bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3. CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

  3.1. Initial conditions precedent

The Lender shall have no obligation to advance the Loan or provide any other form of credit or financial accommodation under any Finance Document unless the Lender has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 ( Conditions precedent ), in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender. The Lender shall notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable upon being so satisfied.

 

  3.2. Further conditions precedent

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lender will only be obliged to participate in the Loan if, in the opinion of the Lender, on the Closing Date:

 

  3.2.1. the Repeating Representations are correct in all material respects; and

 

  3.2.2. no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan.

 

  3.3. Waiver or deferral of conditions precedent

Each condition precedent referred to in this Clause 3 is for the benefit solely of the Lender. The Lender may by notice to the Borrower waive or defer delivery of any condition precedent, in whole or in part, and subject to such other conditions (if any) as it may determine.

 

  3.4. Failure to close

If the Closing Date has not occurred by 17h00 on 15 May 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender) the Commitment shall immediately, automatically and without a requirement for notice to be given to any person, be cancelled and reduced to zero.

 

26


  3.5. Maximum number of Loans

The Parties hereby agree that there shall be only one Loan for an amount equal to (but not exceeding) the full amount of the Commitment.

 

  3.6. Utilisation

The Lender shall advance the Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date by paying, in South African Rands, an amount equal to the Commitment, direct to the Project Company into an account separately advised by the Project Company to the Lender in writing. The Borrower agrees that the said payments shall discharge the obligation of the Lender to advance the Loan to the Borrower.

SECTION 3

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

4. REPAYMENT

 

  4.1. Repayment of Loan

 

  4.1.1. The Borrower must repay to the Lender on each date specified below that amount (a Repayment Instalment ) of the Loan set out opposite that date in the table below:

 

    

Payment Date

   Repayment Instalment
Amount
 
1.   

31 December, 2013 (being the First Payment Date)

   R 7 482 978,47   
2.   

30 June, 2014

   R 7 482 978,47   
3.   

31 December, 2014

   R 7 482 978,47   
4.   

30 June, 2015

   R 7 482 978,47   
5.   

31 December, 2015

   R 7 482 978,47   
6.   

30 June, 2016

   R 7 482 978,47   
7.   

31 December, 2016

   R 7 482 978,47   
8.   

30 June, 2017

   R 7 482 978,47   
9.   

31 December, 2017

   R 7 482 978,47   
10.   

30 June, 2018

   R 7 482 978,47   
11.   

31 December, 2018

   R 7 482 978,47   
12.   

30 June, 2019

   R 7 482 978,47   
13.   

31 December, 2019 (being the Final Maturity Date)

   R 7 482 978,47   

 

27


  4.1.2. Any amount of Facility Outstandings which remains outstanding on the Final Maturity Date shall be paid or repaid to the Lender in full on that date.

 

  4.1.3. No amount of the Loan repaid under this Clause 4.1 may be re-borrowed.

 

5. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

  5.1. Mandatory prepayment - illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Lender to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document, to maintain the Commitment or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

  5.1.1. that Lender must notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of that illegality;

 

  5.1.2. upon the Lender notifying the Borrower, the Commitment will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  5.1.3. the Borrower shall repay the Loan (together with all other Facility Outstandings) on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Lender has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Borrower (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

  5.2. Mandatory prepayment - change of control or transfer of business

 

  5.2.1. If:

 

  5.2.1.1. Sikhuliso does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote as it sees fit at least 100% (one hundred per cent) of the issued share capital of the Borrower;

 

  5.2.1.2. the Borrower does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote as it sees fit at least 16% (sixteen per cent) of the issued share capital of the Project Company;

 

28


  5.2.1.3. any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Borrower or the Project Company;

 

  5.2.1.4. any of the securities in the Borrower or the Project Company are sold or issued by way of flotation, rights issue, public placing, listing or other public offering;

 

  5.2.1.5. there is a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Project Company or the Borrower (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions to which the provisions of section 112 of the Companies Act would apply);

the Borrower shall promptly notify the Lender upon becoming aware of that event, and the Lender may, by not less than 10 (ten) days notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitment and declare the outstanding amount of the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

  5.2.2. If the Sponsor does not or ceases to hold legally and beneficially, and have the right to vote at least 70% (seventy per cent) of the issued share capital of the Project Company (a “ Sponsor Control Event ”), the Parties hereby agree that:

 

  5.2.2.1. the Borrower shall have a period of 3 (three) Months, commencing from the date of the Sponsor Control Event, to obtain third party financing to repay the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings, in accordance with clause 5.4 below, failing which;

 

  5.2.2.2. the Lender may immediately cancel the Commitment and declare the outstanding amount of the Loan, together with all other Facility Outstandings immediately due and payable.

 

  5.2.3. For the purpose of Clause 5.2.1:

acting in concert means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in a company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of that company;

control means, in relation to any company or similar organisation or person:

 

  5.2.3.1. the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

  5.2.3.1.1. cast, or control the casting of, more than 35 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that person; or

 

29


  5.2.3.1.2. appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that person; or

 

  5.2.3.1.3. give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that person with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that person are obliged to comply; and/or

 

  5.2.3.2. the holding beneficially more than 35 per cent. of the issued share capital of that person (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

  5.3. Mandatory prepayment - prepayments under the Shareholder Loan

 

  5.3.1. If the Borrower receives any payment pursuant to the provisions of the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, the Borrower hereby undertakes to mandatorily prepay the Loan and other Facility Outstandings on the date of such receipt, in an amount equal to the amount of such payment.

 

  5.3.2. Any amount to be applied in the repayment of the Loan and other Facility Outstandings under Clause 5.3.1, shall be applied first, to the Facility Outstandings not comprising capital or interest, second, to accrued unpaid interest, and third, to outstanding capital (in inverse order of maturity).

 

  5.4. Voluntary prepayment

 

  5.4.1. The Borrower shall be entitled to prepay the Loan and all other Facility Outstandings in whole (and not in part) from the proceeds of a third party refinancing.

 

  5.4.2. The Borrower shall give the Lender not less than 10 (ten) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree) prior notice of the Borrower’s intention to prepay the Loan under this Clause 5.4.

 

  5.5. Re-borrowing and reinstatement

No amount of the Loan prepaid under this Agreement may be re-borrowed.

 

30


  5.6. Other restrictions

 

  5.6.1. Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 5 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  5.6.2. Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

  5.6.3. The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitment except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  5.6.4. If all or part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of the Commitment (equal to the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

SECTION 4

COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

6. INTEREST

 

  6.1. Calculation of interest

Subject to the other provisions of this Clause 6, the rate of interest on the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  6.1.1. Margin; and

 

  6.1.2. Base Rate.

 

  6.2. Payment of interest

 

  6.2.1. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender, on each Payment Date, all interest which has accrued on the Loan during the Interest Periods ending on or before that Payment Date.

 

  6.2.2. All accrued interest on the Loan for an Interest Period which does not end on a Payment Date will be added to and compounded with the outstanding principal amount of the Loan on the Interest Reset Date immediately following such Interest Period.

 

31


  6.3. Default interest

 

  6.3.1. If and for so long as an Event of Default is continuing, interest will accrue on the Facility Outstandings under the Facility at a rate of 2% (two per cent) above the interest rate contemplated in Clause 6.1 ( Calculation of Interest ) (as may be adjusted, from time to time, under the other provisions of this Clause) which applies to the Loan made under the Facility.

 

  6.3.2. Interest accruing under this Clause on an Unpaid Sum shall be calculated as if that Unpaid Sum, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan under the Facility for successive Interest Periods. For this purpose, the Lender (acting reasonably) may:

 

  6.3.2.1. select successive Interest Periods of any duration of up to three months; and

 

  6.3.2.2. determine the appropriate Quotation Day for that Interest Period.

 

  6.3.3. If any Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

  6.3.3.1. the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

  6.3.3.2. the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00 per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

  6.3.4. Any interest accruing under this Clause 6.3 shall be immediately payable by the Borrower on demand by the Lender.

 

  6.3.5. Default interest (if unpaid) arising on any Unpaid Sum will be compounded with that Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

  6.4. Notification of rates of interest

The Lender shall notify the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

32


7. INTEREST PERIODS

 

  7.1. Duration of Interest Period and consolidation of Loans

 

  7.1.1. The Loan has successive Interest Periods of not more than three Months each commencing on (an including) the Closing Date (in respect of the first Interest Period of a Loan) or on (and including) the last day of its preceding Interest Period (as applicable).

 

  7.1.2. Subject to Clauses 7.2 to 7.4 below, each Interest Period for a Loan:

 

  7.1.2.1. shall end on (but exclude) the next Interest Reset Date;

 

  7.1.2.2. will be three Months or, in respect of the Interest Period which commences on the Closing Date of the Loan, such shorter period as may be necessary to ensure that it ends on the next Interest Reset Date.

 

  7.2. No overrunning the Final Maturity Date

If an Interest Period would otherwise extend beyond the Final Maturity Date, it will be shortened so that it ends on the Final Maturity Date. This Clause does not apply to Interest Periods selected under Clause 6.3 ( Default interest ) in respect of Unpaid Amounts which remain outstanding on the Final Maturity Date.

 

  7.3. Other adjustments

The Lender and the Borrower may enter into such other arrangements as they may agree for the adjustment of Interest Periods and the consolidation or splitting of Loans.

 

  7.4. Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

8. CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

  8.1. Absence of quotations

Subject to Clause 8.2 below, if JIBAR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 12h00 on the Quotation Day, JIBAR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations provided by the remaining Reference Banks.

 

33


  8.2. Market disruption

 

  8.2.1. If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  8.2.1.1. the Margin; and

 

  8.2.1.2. the rate notified to the relevant Borrower by the Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

  8.2.2. In this Agreement Market Disruption Event means:

 

  8.2.2.1. at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Lender to determine JIBAR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  8.2.2.2. before close of business in Johannesburg on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Lender (acting reasonably) determines that:

 

  8.2.2.2.1. the cost to it of funding the Loan, from whatever source they may reasonably select, would be in excess of JIBAR;

 

  8.2.2.2.2. the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Johannesburg interbank market would be in excess of JIBAR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  8.2.2.2.3. matching deposits will not be available to it in the Johannesburg interbank market in the ordinary course of business to fund the Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

  8.3. Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  8.3.1.

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 8.2 above, if a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Lender or the Borrower so requires, the Lender and the

 

34


  Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 (thirty) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  8.3.2. Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 8.3.1 above shall be binding on the Parties.

 

9. BREAK COSTS

 

  9.1. The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid on a day other than a Payment Date for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  9.2. The Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a request by the Borrower, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

10. FEES AND COSTS

 

  10.1. Non-refundable structuring fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a non-refundable structuring fee in an amount equal to 1% (one per cent) of the Commitment. The non-refundable structuring fee shall accrue in full and shall be payable on the Closing Date.

 

  10.2. Transaction expenses

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender, within 3 (thee) Business Days of demand, the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of:

 

  10.2.1. this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement (including all costs of registering or perfecting security); and

 

  10.2.2. any other Finance Documents executed after the Signature Date.

 

  10.3. Amendment costs

 

  10.3.1. If the Borrower requests an amendment, waiver or consent, it shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

35


  10.3.2. If there is any change in law or any regulation which requires an amendment, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse the Lender for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with evaluating, negotiating or complying with any such requirement.

 

  10.4. Enforcement costs

The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, pay to the Lender the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees on the scale as between attorney and own client whether incurred before or after judgement) incurred by the Lender in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

SECTION 5

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

11. TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

  11.1. Definitions

 

  11.1.1. In this Agreement:

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax;

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document;

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to the Lender under Clause 11.2 below or a payment under Clause 11.3 below.

 

  11.1.2. Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 11 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

  11.2. Tax gross-up

 

  11.2.1. The Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it free and clear of and without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  11.2.2. The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly. Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Borrower on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender.

 

36


  11.2.3. If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

  11.2.4. If the Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, it shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  11.2.5. Within 30 (thirty) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  11.3. Tax indemnity

 

  11.3.1. The Borrower shall within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender, indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender an amount equal to, the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  11.3.2. Clause 11.3.1 above shall not apply:

 

  11.3.2.1. with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or

 

  11.3.2.2. to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 11.2 ( Tax gross-up ).

 

  11.3.3. If the Lender makes, or intends to make a claim under Clause 11.3.1 above, it shall notify the Borrower as soon as reasonably practicable of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.

 

37


  11.4. Tax Credit

Subject to Clause 16 ( Conduct of Business by the Lender ), if the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:

 

  11.4.1. a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  11.4.2. the Lender has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

the Lender shall pay an amount to the Borrower which the Lender determines will leave the Lender (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrower.

 

  11.5. Stamp taxes

The Borrower shall (within 3 (three) Business Days of demand) indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender, any cost, loss or liability that the Lender incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

  11.6. Value added tax

 

  11.6.1. All amounts set out or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to any other Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and the Lender shall provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party as soon as reasonably practicable).

 

  11.6.2. Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any costs or expenses, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost or expense, including any part thereof which represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

38


12. INCREASED COSTS

 

  12.1. Increased costs

 

  12.1.1. Subject to Clause 12.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of a demand by the Lender, pay to the Lender the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by the Lender or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  12.1.1.1. the introduction of, or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of), any law or regulation; or

 

  12.1.1.2. compliance with any aspect of the Basel III Framework (including any national regulation which implements the Basel III Framework) made after the Signature Date; or compliance with any other law or regulation made after the Signature Date,

including, without limitation, any such law or regulation (including the Basel III Framework) which imposes or affects minimum capital requirements, liquid asset holding requirements, special deposit requirements or any levy or Taxes.

 

  12.1.2. In this Agreement:

Increased Costs ” means:

 

  12.1.2.1. a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on the Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital (including, without limitation, as a result of any reduction in the rate of return on capital brought about by more capital being required to be allocated by the Lender);

 

  12.1.2.2. an additional or increased cost; or

 

  12.1.2.3. a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by the Lender or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to the Lender having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document;

Basel III Framework ” means:

 

  12.1.2.4.

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards

 

39


  and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated

 

  12.1.2.5. the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  12.1.2.6. any other guidance, standards or directives published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”.

 

  12.2. Increased cost claims

If the Lender intends to make a claim pursuant to Clause 12.1 above, it shall:

 

  12.2.1. notify the Borrower of the event giving rise to the claim as soon as reasonably practicable;

 

  12.2.2. upon request by the Borrower, provide to the Borrower a certificate confirming the amount of the Lender’s Increased Costs as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

  12.3. Exceptions

 

  12.3.1. Clause 12.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  12.3.1.1. attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by the Borrower;

 

  12.3.1.2. compensated for by Clause 11.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under that Clause but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in that Clause applied); or

 

  12.3.1.3. attributable to the wilful breach by the Lender of any law or regulation.

 

  12.3.2. In this Clause 12.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 11.1 ( Definitions ).

 

40


13. OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

  13.1. Other indemnities

 

  13.1.1. The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender an amount equal to, any cost, loss or liability, other than indirect or consequential cost, loss or liability incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

  13.1.1.1. the occurrence of any Default;

 

  13.1.1.2. the information produced or approved by the Borrower or any member of the Group under or in connection with the Finance Documents being or being alleged to be misleading and/or deceptive in any respect;

 

  13.1.1.3. any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to the Borrower or any member of the Group or with respect to the transactions contemplated or financed under this Agreement;

 

  13.1.1.4. a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date;

 

  13.1.1.5. funding, or making arrangements to fund the Loan (other than by reason of wilful default or gross negligence of the Lender alone); or

 

  13.1.1.6. the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  13.1.2. The Borrower’s liability in each case includes any loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under any Finance Document or the Loan.

 

  13.2. Indemnity to the Lender

The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lender against, and shall pay to the Lender, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, an amount equal to, any cost, loss or liability, other than indirect or consequential cost, loss or liability, incurred by the Lender as a result of:

 

  13.2.1. investigating or taking any other action in connection with any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

  13.2.2. acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

41


14. LIMITED RECOURSE

 

  14.1. The Lender is prepared to limit its recourse against the Borrower in respect of this Agreement.

 

  14.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to the contrary (but subject to the provisions of this Clause 14), all amounts payable or expressed to be payable to or for the account of the Lender by the Borrower in respect of the Facility, shall be limited to the following proceeds (the “ Recovery Proceeds ”):

 

  14.2.1. the Repayment Proceeds; plus

 

  14.2.2. the proceeds realised from the enforcement by the Lender of any security interests held in respect of the Security Documents.

 

  14.3. The provisions of Clauses 14.1 and 14.2 shall not serve to limit nor derogate from the following steps and/or proceedings (which the Lender shall be entitled to pursue against the Borrower and/or the Project Company):

 

  14.3.1. in connection with the recovery of all the Recovery Proceeds;

 

  14.3.2. in connection with the acceleration and/or enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and/or the recovery of all amounts owing by the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

  14.3.3. the enforcement of the Security Documents;

 

  14.3.4. the right of the Lender to call an Event of Default and/or enforce the provisions of the Security Documents;

 

  14.3.5. in connection with the Lender obtaining any order for specific performance or other declaratory order in relation to this Agreement and/or any other Transaction Documents; and/or

 

  14.3.6. to claim or prove in any bankruptcy, administration, insolvency, winding-up, liquidation, reorganisation, amalgamation, business rescue proceedings or dissolution of the Borrower.

 

42


15. MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

 

  15.1. Mitigation

 

  15.1.1. The Lender must, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 5.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 11 ( Tax Gross-up and Indemnities ) or Clause 12 ( Increased Costs ).

 

  15.1.2. Clause 15.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents.

 

  15.2. Limitation of liability

 

  15.2.1. The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Lender against, and undertakes to pay to the Lender, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, an amount equal to, all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 above.

 

  15.2.2. The Lender is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 above if, in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably):

 

  15.2.2.1. any law or regulation would not allow or permit it; or

 

  15.2.2.2. to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

No provision of a Finance Document will:

 

  16.1. interfere with the right of the Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  16.2. oblige the Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  16.3. oblige the Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

43


SECTION 6

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

17. REPRESENTATIONS

The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17 to the Lender on the Signature Date. A reference to “it” or to “its” in this Clause 17 is a reference to the Borrower.

The Lender enters into the Finance Documents to on the strength of and relying on the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17, each of which is a separate representation and warranty, given without prejudice to any other representation or warranty and is deemed to be a material representation or warranty (as applicable) inducing the Lender to enter into the Finance Documents.

 

  17.1. Status

 

  17.1.1. It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa.

 

  17.1.2. It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

  17.2. Capacity, power and authority

 

  17.2.1. It has the legal capacity and power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into and performance of, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

  17.2.2. No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

  17.3. Binding obligations

 

  17.3.1. The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

  17.3.2. Each Transaction Document to which it is a party is in the proper form for its enforcement in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

44


  17.4. Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents and the Security Documents, do not and will not conflict with:

 

  17.4.1. any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  17.4.2. its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or

 

  17.4.3. any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such document, in each case to an extent or in a manner which has a Material Adverse Effect or could result in any liability on the part of the Lender to any third party or require the creation of any Security over any asset in favour of a third party.

 

  17.5. Authorisations

All authorisations required or desirable:

 

  17.5.1. to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

  17.5.2. to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  17.5.3. for it and its Subsidiaries to carry on their respective businesses,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  17.6. No default

 

  17.6.1. No Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the entry into of, or the performance of any transaction contemplated by, the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.6.2. There is no outstanding breach under any Project Document which it is a party and no person has disputed, repudiated or disclaimed liability under any such Project Document or evidenced an intention to do so.

 

  17.6.3. No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or the satisfaction of any other applicable condition will constitute) a default or termination event (however described) or an event resulting in an obligation to create Security under any document which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

45


  17.7. Financial statements

 

  17.7.1. Its audited financial statements most recently delivered to the Lender:

 

  17.7.1.1. have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, consistently applied; and

 

  17.7.1.2. give a true and fair view of its financial condition (consolidated, if applicable) as at the date to which they were drawn up,

except, in each case, as disclosed to the contrary in those financial statements.

 

  17.8. Ownership

 

  17.8.1. As at the Closing Date, all shares in the issued share capital of the Borrower are owned directly, legally and beneficially, by Sikhuliso;

 

  17.8.2. No person has any right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, to subscribe for or otherwise acquire, any shares or securities in the Borrower, other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.8.3. No person has a right to obtain an order for the rectification of the register of members of the Borrower.

 

  17.9. Assets

 

  17.9.1. It owns or has leased or licensed to it, and has all appropriate authorisations required to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

  17.9.2. As at the Closing Date, it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the shares and other assets which are the subject matter of the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

  17.10. Financial Indebtedness and Security

 

  17.10.1. The Borrower does not have any Financial Indebtedness outstanding, except as expressly permitted under Clause 20.5 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

  17.10.2. No Security exists over the whole or any part of the assets of the Borrower, except as expressly permitted under Clause 20.3 ( Negative pledge ).

 

46


  17.10.3. Subject (on the Signature Date only) to filing and registration required by law (where applicable) with the appropriate statutory public register, each Security Document creates the security interests which it purports to create, and the Security so established:

 

  17.10.3.1. is valid and effective;

 

  17.10.3.2. constitutes first priority Security of the type described, over the assets referred to, in the relevant Security Document and those assets are not subject to any prior or pari passu Security in favour of any other person;

 

  17.10.3.3. is not subject to avoidance in the event of any winding-up, dissolution or administration involving the Borrower.

 

  17.11. Ranking

 

  17.11.1. Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

  17.11.2. The Security contemplated in the Security Documents has or will have first ranking priority in respect of the assets of the Borrower (as applicable) which are the subject matter thereof, and those assets are not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security.

 

  17.12. No other business

 

  17.12.1. Except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Borrower has not traded or contracted any business since the date of its incorporation.

 

  17.12.2. As at the Closing Date, the Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries.

 

  17.13. Information

 

  17.13.1. All information provided to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the Transaction Documents (and the transactions contemplated thereby) is true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

  17.13.2. No information has been withheld by the Borrower which, if disclosed, might result in the information referred to above being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

47


  17.14. Other documents

 

  17.14.1. As at the Signature Date and the Closing Date:

 

  17.14.1.1. the documents delivered to the Lender under Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) are genuine (or, in the case of copy documents, are true, complete and accurate copies of originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and in full force and effect (or if a copy, the original is up-to-date and in full force and effect) and have not been amended;

 

  17.14.1.2. except as disclosed to Lender in writing before the Closing Date, the Borrower is not a party to any agreement other than the Transaction Documents.

 

  17.14.2. As at the date of their delivery, the documents delivered to the Lender under this Agreement by or on behalf of the Borrower after the Closing Date are genuine (or, in the case of copy documents, are true, complete and accurate copies of originals which are genuine), are up-to-date and in full force and effect (or, if a copy, the original is up-to-date and in full force and effect) and have not been amended.

 

  17.15. No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration, expert determination, alternative dispute resolution or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency are current or, to the best of its knowledge, pending or threatened, which have or, if adversely determined, would have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  17.16. No breach of laws

 

  17.16.1. It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  17.16.2. No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against the Borrower which have or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

48


  17.17. Insurance

 

  17.17.1. There is no outstanding insured loss or liability incurred by the Borrower which is not expected to be covered to the full extent of that loss or liability.

 

  17.17.2. There has been no non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term of any Insurance taken out by the Borrower which would entitle any insurer of that insurance to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part, or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of the Borrower.

 

  17.18. Insolvency and Financial Distress

 

  17.18.1. No:

 

  17.18.1.1. corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 21.7 ( Insolvency and business rescue proceedings ); or

 

  17.18.1.2. creditors’ process described in Clause 21.8 ( Creditors’ process ),

has been taken or threatened in relation to the Borrower; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 21.6 ( Insolvency ) applies to it.

 

  17.18.2. The Borrower is not “financially distressed” (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

  17.19. Taxes

 

  17.19.1. It is not overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or filings relating to any material amount of Tax and it is not overdue in the payment of any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax.

 

  17.19.2. No claims or investigations by any Tax authority are being or are reasonably likely to be made or conducted against it which are reasonably likely to result in a liability of or claim against the Borrower to pay any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax.

 

  17.19.3. For Tax purposes, it is resident only in South Africa.

 

  17.19.4. As at the Signature Date, it is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

49


  17.20. No filing or stamp taxes

It is not necessary under applicable law or regulations that the Transaction Documents to which it is party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Transaction Documents to which it is party or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is party.

 

  17.21. No immunity

 

  17.21.1. The entry into by it of each Transaction Document to which it is a party constitutes, and the exercise by it of its rights and performance of its obligations under each Transaction Document will constitute private and commercial acts performed for private and commercial purposes.

 

  17.21.2. In any proceedings taken in South Africa or in any other jurisdiction, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in relation to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

  17.22. Sanctions

 

  17.22.1. The Borrower is not party to or participates in any Sanctioned Transaction, has contravened any Sanctions or is targeted under any Sanctions.

 

  17.23. Authorised signatories

Any person specified as its authorised signatory in any document delivered to the Lender under Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent) or Clause 18.6 ( Information: miscellaneous ) is authorised to sign all communications under the Transaction Documents on its behalf.

 

  17.24. Repetition

 

  17.24.1. The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the Signature Date, the Closing Date and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

  17.24.2. When a representation and warranty in Clause 17.6.1 ( No default ) is repeated on the first day of an Interest Period, the reference to a Default must be construed as a reference to an Event of Default.

 

50


18. INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

The undertakings in this Clause 18 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  18.1. Financial statements

The Borrower shall supply to the Lender:

 

  18.1.1. as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited financial statements for that financial year;

 

  18.1.2. as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 (forty five) days after the end of each half of each of its financial years, the unaudited interim financial statements of the Borrower for that financial year.

 

  18.2. Requirements as to financial statements

 

  18.2.1. Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 18.1 above shall be:

 

  18.2.1.1. certified by a director of the Borrower as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as to which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  18.2.1.2. prepared using IFRS.

 

  18.2.2. If the Borrower notifies the Lender of any change, as contemplated by Clause 18.2.1 above, it shall procure that its Auditors deliver to the Lender:

 

  18.2.2.1. a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect IFRS, the accounting practices and the reference periods as applied in the preparation of those financial statements; and

 

  18.2.2.2. sufficient information, in form and substance reasonably required by the Lender, to enable the Lender to determine whether Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) has been complied with.

 

  18.3. Compliance Certificate

 

  18.3.1.

The Parent shall supply to the Lender, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1.1 above, a Compliance Certificate setting out

 

51


  (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 19 ( Financial covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  18.3.2. Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors of the Parent and, if required to be delivered with the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.1.1, shall be reported on by the Auditors in the form agreed by the Borrower and the Lender prior to the Signature Date.

 

  18.4. Financial year-end

The Borrower shall not change the date of its financial year end.

 

  18.5. Auditors

 

  18.5.1. The Borrower must ensure that one of the firms named in the definition of “Auditors” is retained to audit its consolidated annual financial statements.

 

  18.5.2. The Borrower may only replace its Auditors with the prior approval of the Lender, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed.

 

  18.6. Information: miscellaneous

The Borrower shall supply to the Lender:

 

  18.6.1. copies of all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders generally (or any class of them) or its creditors generally (or any class of them) at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

  18.6.2. promptly upon becoming aware of them, details and copies of any changes proposed to or made to its constitutional documents or the constitutional documents of it, including the filing of any Memorandum of Incorporation under the Companies Act;

 

  18.6.3. promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings, liquidation applications, winding up applications or business rescue applications which are current, threatened or pending against it or any other member of the Group, and which may, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  18.6.4. promptly on request, an up to date copy of its shareholders’ register;

 

  18.6.5. promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of it as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

52


  18.7. Notification of default

 

  18.7.1. The Borrower shall notify the Lender of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

  18.7.2. Promptly upon a request by the Lender, the Borrower shall supply to the Lender a certificate, signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf, certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

  18.8. Know your customer checks

If:

 

  18.8.1. the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Signature Date;

 

  18.8.2. any change in the status of the Borrower after the Signature Date; or

 

  18.8.3. a proposed transfer by the Lender of any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another person,

obliges the Lender (or, in the case of paragraph 18.8.3 above, any prospective new lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures (whether in terms of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 or otherwise) in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph 18.8.3 above, on behalf of any prospective new lender) in order for the Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph 18.8.3 above, any prospective new lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

19. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

  19.1. Debt Service Cover Ratio

It shall be a requirement of this Agreement that the Project Company shall maintain a ratio of Free Cashflow to Debt Service, for any Measurement Period, of not less than 1.25 times.

 

53


  19.2. Basis of calculations

 

  19.2.1. All the terms defined in Clause 1.2 ( Financial definitions ) are to be determined (except as expressly included or excluded in the relevant definition) in accordance with IFRS. No item shall be deducted or credited more than once in any calculation.

 

  19.2.2. The financial undertaking in Clause 19.1 above (unless expressly otherwise stated) shall apply as of the last day of each Measurement Period and compliance (or otherwise) shall be verified by reference to the financial statements of the Project Company for the relevant Measurement Period and Compliance Certificates delivered pursuant to Clause 18 ( Information Undertakings ).

 

  19.2.3. Where a Measurement Period would otherwise commence before the Closing Date:

 

  19.2.3.1. that Measurement Period shall, instead, commence on the Closing Date (the part of that period falling before the Closing Date being ignored);

 

  19.2.3.2. EBITDA and Free Cashflow, for any Measurement Period ending less than 12 months after the Closing Date, shall be determined on an annualised basis by dividing each such amount by the number of days from the Closing Date to the Measurement Date at the end of that Measurement Period and multiplying by 365.

 

20. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The Borrower is bound by the undertakings set out in this Clause 20 relating to it. The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  20.1. Authorisations

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

  20.1.1. obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  20.1.2. supply certified copies to the Lender of,

 

54


any authorisation required to enable it to:

 

  20.1.2.1. perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Transaction Document;

 

  20.1.2.2. carry on the business of the Borrower in the ordinary course where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  20.2. Compliance with laws

The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject.

 

  20.3. Pari passu ranking

The Borrower must ensure that:

 

  20.3.1. its payment obligations under the Finance Documents at all times rank at least pari passu with all its present and future unsecured unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally in its jurisdiction of incorporation or any other jurisdiction where it carries on business.

 

  20.3.2. the Security conferred by the Security Documents to which it is a party constitutes first priority Security of the type described, over the assets referred to, in that Security Document and that those assets are not subject to any prior or pari passu Security in favour of any other person.

 

  20.4. Negative pledge

 

  20.4.1. The Borrower shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

  20.4.2. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.4.2.1. sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by the Borrower or any of its Affiliates;

 

  20.4.2.2. sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  20.4.2.3. enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement;

 

55


  20.4.2.4. enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  20.4.2.5. enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

  20.4.3. Clauses 20.4.1 and 20.4.2 above do not apply to:

 

  20.4.3.1. any Security given or purported to be given under a Security Document; or

 

  20.4.3.2. any Security established with the express prior consent of the Lender, but only if the amount secured by that Security is not increased above the permitted amount.

 

  20.5. Financial Indebtedness

The Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  20.5.1. any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

  20.5.2. any Financial Indebtedness incurred with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.6. Disposals

The Borrower shall not, enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset. This restriction does not apply to any disposal made with the express prior written consent of the Lender.

 

  20.7. Capital Expenditure

The Borrower shall not, incur expenditures or commitments for expenditures for fixed or other non-current assets.

 

56


  20.8. Change of business

The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower from that carried on at the Signature Date.

 

  20.9. Merger

The Borrower shall not enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, unbundling or corporate reconstruction without the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.10. Assets

The Borrower shall ensure that it maintains in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary or desirable in the conduct of its business.

 

  20.11. Acquisitions

The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.11.1. acquire or subscribe for shares or other ownership interests in or securities of any company or other person;

 

  20.11.2. acquire any business or incorporate any company or other person.

This restriction does not apply to the transactions contemplated by the Project Documents or any acquisition entered into with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.12. Loans out

The Borrower shall not be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness. This restriction does not apply to:

 

  20.12.1. Financial Indebtedness owed to the Borrower under a Shareholder Loan;

 

  20.12.2. loans made with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.13. Third party guarantees

The Borrower shall not incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person. This restriction does not apply to guarantees entered into with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

57


  20.14. Treasury Transactions

The Borrower shall not enter into any Treasury Transaction.

 

  20.15. Share capital

 

  20.15.1. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.15.1.1. redeem, purchase, defease, retire or repay any of its shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) or resolve to do so;

 

  20.15.1.2. issue any shares (or any instrument convertible into shares) which by their terms are redeemable or carry any right to a return prior to the Final Discharge Date; or

 

  20.15.1.3. issue any shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) to any person other than its Holding Company.

 

  20.16. Permitted Distributions

The Borrower shall not make any distribution. This restriction does not apply to a proposed distribution by the Borrower, if the following conditions have been met:

 

  20.16.1. the Borrower has given 10 (ten) Business Days prior written notice to the Lender of its intention to make the proposed distribution;

 

  20.16.2. the proposed distribution will be made from a distribution made to the Borrower by the Project Company from available Free Cashflow, in accordance with the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  20.16.3. a Compliance Certificate for the Measurement Period ending on the Measurement Date immediately preceding the date on which that distribution is proposed to be made has been delivered to the Lender;

 

  20.16.4. no Default is then continuing or would result from that distribution;

 

  20.16.5. that distribution is not then prohibited under the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement;

 

  20.16.6. the Borrower is not prohibited under any applicable law from making that distribution.

 

58


  20.17. Taxes

The Borrower shall pay all Taxes due and payable by it prior to the accrual of any fine or penalty for late payment, unless (and only to the extent that):

 

  20.17.1. payment of those Taxes is being contested in good faith;

 

  20.17.2. adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them; and

 

  20.17.3. failure to pay those Taxes does not have a Material Adverse Effect.

The Borrower may not change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

  20.18. Amendments to documents

 

  20.18.1. The Borrower shall not:

 

  20.18.1.1. amend its Memorandum of Incorporation or other constitutional documents;

 

  20.18.1.2. enter into any agreement with any of its shareholders or any of their Affiliates, other than as set out in the Transaction Documents as in force at the Closing Date; or

 

  20.18.1.3. amend or waive any term of the documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ),

except:

 

  20.18.1.4. for an amendment or waiver which is a procedural or an administrative change arising in the ordinary course of administration of the relevant document and is not material;

 

  20.18.1.5. otherwise with the express prior consent of the Lender.

 

  20.18.2. The Borrower must promptly supply to the Lender a copy of any amendment to or waiver of any of the documents, or any agreement between the Borrower and its shareholders, referred to in Clause 20.18 above.

 

  20.19. Access

 

  20.19.1. Upon reasonable notice by the Lender, the Borrower shall allow any one or more representatives of the Lender and/or accountants or other professional advisers appointed by the Lender to have access during normal business hours to the premises, assets, books and records of the Borrower.

 

  20.19.2. The Lender may not give notice under Clause 20.19.1 above more than once every financial year unless it believes that a Default is outstanding or may have occurred or may occur.

 

59


  20.20. Sanctions

The Borrower shall:

 

  20.20.1. not at any time participate in a Sanctioned Transaction in any manner;

 

  20.20.2. take all reasonable steps to ensure that appropriate controls and safeguards are in place, designed to prevent it being or becoming involved in a Sanctioned Transaction.

 

21. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 21 (other than 21.19 ( Acceleration )) is an Event of Default.

 

  21.1. Non-payment

The Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under a Finance Document, at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

  21.1.1. that failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event; and

 

  21.1.2. payment is made in full within 3 (three) Business Days of its due date.

 

  21.2. Financial covenants

Any requirement of Clause 19 (Financial Covenants ) is not satisfied.

 

  21.3. Other obligations

 

  21.3.1. The Borrower does not comply, timeously and in full, with:

 

  21.3.1.1. any term of Clause 18 ( Information Undertakings ) or Clause 20 ( General Undertakings );

 

  21.3.1.2. any provision of any Security Document to which it is a party;

 

  21.3.1.3. any provision of any other Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clauses 21.1, 21.2 and in this Clause above).

 

60


  21.3.2. No Event of Default under Clause 21.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within:

 

  21.3.2.1. (in relation to Clauses 21.3.1.1 and 21.3.1.2 above) 3 (three) Business Days; or

 

  21.3.2.2. (in relation to Clause 21.3.1.3 above) 10 (ten) Business Days,

of the earlier of (A) the Lender giving notice to the Borrower and (B) the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

  21.4. Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be repeated.

 

  21.5. Cross default

 

  21.5.1. Any of the following occurs in respect of the Borrower:

 

  21.5.1.1. any of its Financial Indebtedness (or any amount payable in respect of its Financial Indebtedness) is not paid when due (after the expiry of any originally applicable grace period); or

 

  21.5.1.2. any of its Financial Indebtedness:

 

  21.5.1.2.1. is declared to be or otherwise becomes prematurely due and payable prior to its stated maturity or, if the Financial Indebtedness arises under a guarantee, prior to the stated maturity of the Financial Indebtedness which is the subject of the guarantee; or

 

  21.5.1.2.2. is placed on demand; or

 

  21.5.1.2.3. is terminated or closed out,

in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described); or

 

  21.5.1.3. any commitment of a provider of Financial Indebtedness to it is cancelled or suspended, in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described).

 

61


  21.5.2. Any of the events set out in Clause 21.5.1.1 to 21.5.1.3 above occurs in respect of any other Major Project Party

 

  21.5.3. A default occurs under a Shareholder Loan.

 

  21.5.4. Any party to the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement (other than the Lender) fails to comply with its obligations under the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement, timeously and in full.

 

  21.6. Insolvency

 

  21.6.1. A Major Project Party is or is deemed for the purposes of any applicable law to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they fall due, admits its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors for the rescheduling, restructuring or compromise of any of its indebtedness.

 

  21.6.2. A Major Project Party is “financially distressed” (as defined in the Companies Act).

 

  21.6.3. The value of the assets of a Major Project Party is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

  21.6.4. A moratorium is declared, instituted or takes effect in respect of any of the indebtedness of a Major Project Party (in which event the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium).

 

  21.7. Insolvency and business rescue proceedings

 

  21.7.1. Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step (including an application to court, proposal or convening of a meeting) is taken with a view to:

 

  21.7.1.1. the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, administration, business rescue or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Major Project Party;

 

62


  21.7.1.2. a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Major Project Party;

 

  21.7.1.3. the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, business rescue practitioner or other similar officer in respect of any Major Project Party or any of its assets; or

 

  21.7.1.4. enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Major Project Party,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction;

 

  21.7.2. A meeting is proposed or convened by the directors of any Major Project Party, a resolution is proposed or passed, application is made or an order is applied for or granted, to authorise the entry into or implementation of any business rescue proceedings (or any similar proceedings) in respect of any Major Project Party, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  21.7.3. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.7 if an application for the winding-up or the commencement of business rescue proceedings of any Major Project Party presented by a creditor or another person is contested in good faith and with due process and diligence and is discharged or dismissed within 14 (fourteen) days.

 

  21.8. Creditors’ process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of any Major Project Party. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.8 if:

 

  21.8.1. the affected assets are not the subject of any Security Document and the aggregate value of those assets is less than, in respect of the Project Company, R1,000,000 or its equivalent in another currency or currencies; or

 

  21.8.2. that expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution is being contested in good faith and with due diligence and is discharged or set aside within 14 (fourteen) days.

 

63


  21.9. Legal proceedings

 

  21.9.1. Any:

 

  21.9.1.1. litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental or regulatory proceeding occurs concerning, or in consequence of, any of the Transaction Documents, or the implementation of any matter or transaction provided for in the Transaction Documents;

 

  21.9.1.2. one or more judgments or orders (not paid or fully covered by Insurance) is made against a Major Project Party, unless all those judgments and orders are discharged, set aside or stayed pending appeal within 14 (fourteen) days of their being made.

 

  21.9.2. No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 21.9, unless the events or circumstances detailed in Clause 21.9.1 above, in the case of the Project Company, involves a liability (actual or contingent) or a judgment or order (as applicable) of more than R1 000 000,00 (one million Rand).

 

  21.10. Cessation of business

Any Major Project Party suspends, ceases, or threatens to suspend or cease, to carry on all or a substantial part of its business or to change the nature of its business from that undertaken at the Signature Date.

 

  21.11. Transaction Documents

 

  21.11.1. It is or becomes unlawful for any person (other than the Lender) to perform any of its obligations under a Transaction Document.

 

  21.11.2. Any obligation of a person under a Transaction Document, for any reason, is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective in accordance with its terms, or is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be ineffective in accordance with its terms, or becomes unlawful.

 

  21.11.3. Any Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by a Security Document, or any subordination created under a Finance Document, for any reason, is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective, or is alleged by a party to it (other than the Lender) to be ineffective, fails or ceases to establish the ranking and the priority of claims which it purports to create, or becomes unlawful.

 

  21.11.4. Any party (other than the Lender) to a Transaction Document repudiates or rescinds, or disclaims liability under, a Transaction Document to which it is a party, or evidences an intention to do so.

 

64


  21.11.5. Any person party to a Project Document fails to perform its obligations under that Project Document and fails to remedy that breach within any applicable grace period.

 

  21.11.6. A Project Document (or any of its provisions) is revoked, terminated, ceases to be of full force and effect or becomes capable of termination for any reason (following the expiry of any applicable grace period), otherwise than by reason of completion of full performance of the agreement or expiry of its term.

 

  21.12. Project authorisations

Any authorisation required by the Project Company in order to carry on its business:

 

  21.12.1. is not obtained or effected by the time it is required;

 

  21.12.2. is revoked or cancelled, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect;

 

  21.12.3. is not renewed, or is renewed on revised terms, or is varied and, and, in the opinion of the Lender, that variation of terms has or would be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  21.13. Material adverse change

Any event or series of events (whether related or not) or circumstance occurs which, in the opinion of the Lender, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  21.14. Insurance

 

  21.14.1. Any Insurance or other insurance required to be effected under the Transaction Documents:

 

  21.14.1.1. is not, or ceases to be, in full force and effect;

 

  21.14.1.2. is unavailable at the time it is required to be effected;

 

  21.14.1.3. is repudiated, avoided or suspended (in each case to any extent).

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause if the Borrower delivers to the Lender, within 10 (ten) days, evidence to the satisfaction of the Lender that any such Insurance or other insurance has been replaced with Insurances or other insurance which comply with the requirements of the relevant Transaction Document (as applicable).

 

  21.14.2. Any insurer notifies the Borrower of its intention to avoid, repudiate or suspend (in each case to any extent) or otherwise reduce its liability under the policy relating to any Insurance required to be effected under any Transaction Document.

 

65


  21.15. Audit qualification

The Auditors of a Major Project Party qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of that Major Project Party:

 

  21.15.1. on the grounds that the information supplied to them or to which they had access was inadequate or unreliable;

 

  21.15.2. on the grounds that they are unable to prepare such accounts on a going concern basis; or

 

  21.15.3. otherwise in terms or as to issues which in the opinion of the Lender (acting reasonably) are material in the context of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated by them.

 

  21.16. Expropriation

 

  21.16.1. The authority or ability of any member a Major Project Party to conduct its business is wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person.

 

  21.16.2. By the authority of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person:

 

  21.16.2.1. the management of any Major Project Party is wholly or substantially replaced; or

 

  21.16.2.2. all or a majority of the shares of a Major Project Party or the whole or any part of its assets or revenues is seized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired.

 

  21.17. Actions under the Project Documents

 

  21.17.1. The Tailings Dams (as defined in the Sale of Business Agreement), for any reason, are not transferred to the Project Company as registered freehold owner on or before the date falling 6 (six) months after the Signature Date.

 

66


  21.17.2. The Project Company Mining Right, for any reason, is not transferred to the Project Company as registered holder on or before the date falling 5 (five) years after the Signature Date.

 

  21.17.3. The BEE Shareholders become entitled to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option and, if required to do so by the Lender, any of them refuses or fails, for any reason, to exercise the BEE Shareholders Put Option within any applicable time period on the terms of the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement.

 

  21.18. Project Company Event of Default

A Project Company Event of Default as defined and set out in Schedule 2 occurs.

 

  21.19. Acceleration

If an Event of Default is continuing, the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Lender may have under any Finance Document or at law:

 

  21.19.1. cancel all or any part of the Commitment (whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled);

 

  21.19.2. declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other Facility Outstandings:

 

  21.19.2.1. are immediately due and payable (whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable); and/or

 

  21.19.2.2. are payable on demand (whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Lender);

 

  21.19.3. claim immediate payment of all or part of the Loan and other Facility Outstandings (whereupon they shall be immediately payable); and/or

 

  21.19.4. exercise any or all of the Lender’s rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Security Documents.

 

67


SECTION 7

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

22. CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

  22.1. Transfers by the Borrower

The Borrower may not cede or assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior consent of the Lender.

 

  22.2. Assignments and transfers by the Lender

 

  22.2.1. The Lender (the Existing Lender) may, by notice to the Borrower, at any time transfer (a Transfer) any of its rights or obligations under Finance Documents by way of cession and assignment or delegation (as applicable) to any other bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other person which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender).

 

  22.2.2. The Borrower consents to any splitting of claims that may arise as a result of the Existing Lender exercising its rights under this Clause.

 

  22.2.3. The Borrower shall co-operate and provide to the Existing Lender (and any New Lender) such assistance and information, as may be reasonably required to implement any transfer of rights and obligations under this Clause.

 

  22.3. Costs resulting from change of Lender

If:

 

  22.3.1. the Lender cedes any of its rights and/or delegates any of its obligations under a Finance Document; and

 

  22.3.2. as a result of circumstances existing at the date on which the cession and/or delegation occurs, the Borrower would be obliged to pay a Tax Payment or an Increased Cost,

then, unless the cession and/or delegation is made by the Lender in order to mitigate any circumstances giving rise to the Tax Payment, Increased Cost or a right to be prepaid and/or cancelled by reason of illegality, the Borrower need only pay that Tax Payment or Increased Cost to the same extent that it would have been obliged to if no assignment, transfer or change had occurred.

 

68


SECTION 8

ADMINISTRATION

 

23. PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

  23.1. Payments to the Lender

Unless a Finance Document specifies that payments under that document are to be made in another manner, all payments by the Borrower under the Finance Documents must be made to the Lender to its account at such office or bank in South Africa as it may notify to the Borrower for this purpose by not less than 15 (fifteen) Business Days prior notice. Until otherwise notified by the Lender from time to time, its bank account details for these purposes are as follows:

 

  Bank:    Nedbank Limited
  Branch:    Corporate Client Services
  Branch Number:    145405
  Account Number:    1454115866
  Account Name:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Current Account
  Reference:    Histopath Proprietary Limited

 

  23.2. Funds

Payments under the Finance Documents to the Lender must be made for value on the due date in immediately available and freely transferable funds, or at such times and in such funds as the Lender may specify to the Borrower as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in Rand in the place for payment.

 

  23.3. No set-off by the Borrower

All payments to be made by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

  23.4. Business Days

 

  23.4.1. Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). In the event that the day for performance of any obligation to be performed in terms of any Finance Document should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, the relevant day for performance shall be the succeeding Business Day.

 

  23.4.2. During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

69


  23.5. Currency of account

Each amount payable under a Finance Document is payable in Rand.

 

  23.6. Due date not elsewhere specified

If a Finance Document does not provide for when a particular payment is due to the Lender, that payment will be due within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Lender.

 

24. SET-OFF

The Lender may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrower under the Finance Documents against any matured obligation owed by the Lender to the Borrower, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Lender may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

25. CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

  25.1. Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by the Lender are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

  25.2. Certificates and Determinations

Any certification or determination by the Lender of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

  25.3. Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 (three hundred and sixty five) days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).

 

26. NOTICES

 

  26.1. Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

70


  26.2. Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  26.2.1. in the case of the Borrower:

 

  Address:    638 Jacqueline Drive
     Garsfontein
     0081
  Fax number:    +27(0) 86 539 2740
  For the attention of:    Sikhuliso Resources Director

 

  26.2.2. in the case of the Lender:

 

  Address:    Block 27
     Randfontein Office Park
     Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
     Randfontein
  Fax number:    +27 (0) 86 628 2332
  For the attention of:    The Company Secretary

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the other Parties by not less than 5 (five) Business Days notice.

 

  26.3. Domicilia

 

  26.3.1. Each Party chooses its physical address provided under or pursuant to Clause 26.2 above as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in connection with a Finance Document may be served.

 

  26.3.2. Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante , in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the fourteenth day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties under Clause 26.4 below.

 

  26.4. Delivery

 

  26.4.1. Except as provided below, any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will be deemed to have been duly given:

 

  26.4.1.1. if delivered in person, at the time of delivery;

 

71


  26.4.1.2. if posted, 14 (fourteen) days after being deposited in the post, postage prepaid, in a correctly addressed envelope; and

 

  26.4.1.3. if by fax, e-mail or any other electronic communication, and provided it is received in legible form, on the day of its transmission, except that any such transmission after 16h30 shall be deemed to have been received on the following day;

 

  26.4.1.4. if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending.

 

  26.4.2. A communication given under Clause 26.4.1 above, but received on a day which is not a Business Day or after business hours in the place of receipt, will be deemed to be given on the next Business Day

 

  26.4.3. Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Lender will be effective only when actually received by the Lender and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer detailed in the Lender’s address detail above (or any substitute department or officer as the Lender shall specify for this purpose).

 

  26.5. English language

Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

27. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  27.1. Each Party must keep confidential and not disclose to any person any information provided to it by or on behalf of another Party in connection with its operations and affairs and those of its Affiliates, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. However, a Party may disclose information:

 

  27.1.1. which is or becomes publicly available, other than as a result of a breach by a Party of this Clause 27;

 

  27.1.2. is known to be in the lawful possession or control of the person to whom it is disclosed and is not subject to an obligation of confidentiality;

 

  27.1.3. in connection with any legal or arbitration proceedings;

 

72


  27.1.4. if required to do so under any law or regulation or the rules of any recognised stock exchange;

 

  27.1.5. to a governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority if required to do so under any applicable law or regulation;

 

  27.1.6. to its professional advisers;

 

  27.1.7. to a member of the Group;

 

  27.1.8. which is required to effect any registrations or filings required under a Transaction Document; or

 

  27.1.9. with the prior consent of the other Parties.

 

  27.2. The Lender may provide copies of any Transaction Documents and any information which it has acquired under or in connection with any Transaction Document to an Affiliate or any person with whom it may enter, or has entered, into any transfer, participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement, if that person has agreed with the Lender to keep that information confidential on the terms of Clause 27.1 above.

 

  27.3. This Clause 27 above supersedes any previous confidentiality undertaking given by the Parties in connection with the Transaction Documents.

 

28. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  28.1. Sole agreement

The Finance Documents constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.

 

  28.2. No implied terms

No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in a Finance Document.

 

73


  28.3. Rights and remedies

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the Lender under the Finance Documents:

 

  28.3.1. are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law

 

  28.3.2. may be exercised as often as the Lender requires;

 

  28.3.3. may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in the exercise or non-exercise of any right is not a waiver of that right.

 

  28.4. Extensions and waivers

No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation or enforcement of any right under a Finance Document, and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party, shall be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party’s rights under or in connection with a Finance Document or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of a Finance Document.

 

  28.5. Amendments, waivers and cancellation

 

  28.5.1. No contract varying, adding to, deleting from or cancelling a Finance Document will be effective unless reduced to writing and signed by or on behalf of the all the persons who are party to that Finance Document.

 

  28.5.2. The expiry or termination of a Finance Document will not prejudice the rights of the Lender in respect of any antecedent breach by the Borrower of, or non-performance under, that Finance Document.

 

  28.6. Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term inoperable in this Clause 28.6 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.

 

  28.7. Renunciation of benefits

The Borrower renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi , non causa debiti , non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.

 

74


  28.8. Independent advice

The Borrower acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of the Finance Documents and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Borrower acknowledges that all of the provisions of each Finance Document and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  28.9. Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

SECTION 9

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

29. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.

 

30. JURISDICTION

 

  30.1. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg, South Africa (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from the Finance Documents (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of a Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document) (a dispute).

 

  30.2. The Parties agree that the courts of South Africa are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle disputes. The Parties agree not to argue to the contrary and waive objection to this court on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with any Finance Document.

 

  30.3. This Clause 30 is for the benefit of the Lender only. As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a dispute in any other court with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

75


31. WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  31.1. agrees not to claim any immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process brought by the Lender against it in relation to a Finance Document, and to ensure that no such claim is made on its behalf;

 

  31.2. consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with those proceedings; and

 

  31.3. waives any right it may have to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

76


Schedule 1

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

1. THE BORROWER AND OTHER MAJOR PROJECT PARTIES

 

  1.1. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower.

 

  1.2. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower:

 

  1.2.1. approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

  1.2.2. authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Transaction Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

  1.2.3. authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

  1.3. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

  1.4. A certificate of the Borrower (signed by a director):

 

  1.4.1. confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Commitment would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded;

 

  1.4.2. certifying that each copy document specified in this of Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Closing Date.

 

2. FINANCE DOCUMENTS AND TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

 

  2.1. An original of each Finance Document duly entered into by each Party to it.

 

  2.2. An original of each Transaction Document duly entered into by each Party to it.

 

3. KNOW YOUR CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS

Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender to carry out and be satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or similar identification procedures under applicable laws and regulations (including the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001) pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.


4. OTHER DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE

 

  4.1. Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 10 ( Fees ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

  4.2. A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

2


Schedule 2

PROJECT COMPANY EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Schedule 2 is a Project Company event of default (a “ Project Company Event of Default ”). A reference to “it” or to “its” in this Schedule 2 is a reference to the Project Company.

 

1. Status

 

  1.1. The Project Company ceases to be a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of South Africa.

 

  1.2. The Project Company ceasing to hold the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

2. Financial Statements

 

  2.1. There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition since the latest date to which the Original Financial Statements were drawn up.

 

3. Ownership

 

  3.1. The issued share capital in the Project Company is no longer directly, legally and beneficially owned as follows:

 

the Sponsor:    70% (seventy per cent);
the Borrower:    16% (sixteen per cent);
BEECo1:    3% (three per cent);
BEECo2:    3% (three per cent);
BEECo3:    3% (three per cent);
the Community Trust:    5% (five per cent).

 

  3.2. Any person acquires any right to call for the allotment, issue or transfer of, to subscribe for or otherwise acquire, any shares or securities in the Project Company, other than in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

 

  3.3. Any person obtains an order for the rectification of the register of members of the Project Company.


4. Project Site

 

  4.1. All authorisations required by the Project Company in connection with its access to and vacant possession of the Project Site cease to be in full force and effect.

 

  4.2. There exists a covenant, agreement, stipulation, reservation, condition, interest, right or other matter which adversely affects the Project Site.

 

  4.3. All facilities, services and utilities necessary for the enjoyment and use of the Project Site cease to be enjoyed by the Project Company.

 

  4.4. A facility, service or utility necessary for the enjoyment and use of the Project Site is provided on terms which conflict with or restrict the Project Company’s use of the Project Site.

 

  4.5. If the Servitudes have not been registered within a period of 3 (three) years after the Closing Date, and once so registered, cease to be in full force and effect, in favour of the Project Company or the Project Site Property (as applicable).

 

  4.6. A judgment or order in respect of any adverse claim is made against the Project Company in respect of the ownership of the Project Site or any interest in it, unless that judgment or order is discharged, set aside or stayed pending appeal within 14 (fourteen) days of it being made.

 

5. Material Agreements

 

  5.1. Any Material Agreement ceases to be valid and in full force and effect.

 

  5.2. Any person (other than the Project Company) becomes entitled to cancel or otherwise terminate, suspend any part of (or any part of its performance under), amend the pricing or other terms of, or impose any penalty, liquidated damages, other onerous conditions or restrictions under, any Material Agreement as a result of any default or breach under or in connection with that Material Agreement.

 

6. Insurance

A non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term of any insurance taken out by the Project Company entitles any insurer of that insurance to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part, or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of the Project Company.

 

2


7. Intellectual Property Rights

 

  7.1. The Project Company:

 

  7.1.1. ceases to be the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property Rights which are material in the context of its business and which are required by it in order to carry on its business in all material respects as it is being conducted;

 

  7.1.2. in carrying on its business, infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in any respect which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8. Amendments to documents

 

  8.1. The Project Company:

 

  8.1.1. amends its Memorandum of Incorporation or other constitutional documents;

 

  8.1.2. enters into any agreement with any of its shareholders or any of their Affiliates, other than as set out in the Transaction Documents as in force at the Closing Date; or

 

  8.1.3. amends or waives any term of the documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ),

without obtaining the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

9. Environment

 

  9.1. The Project Company:

 

  9.1.1. ceases to comply with all Environmental Law;

 

  9.1.2. fails to obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits;

 

  9.1.3. fails to implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

where failure to do so has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or is reasonably likely to result in any liability for the Lender.

 

3


Schedule 3

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:    HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
From:    HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

[ ], 201[ ]

Dear Sirs,

HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

R97,278,720 Facility Agreement dated [ ], 2012

( the Agreement)

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate.

 

1. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2. We confirm that as at [ relevant testing date ]:

 

    

As
Calculated

  

Covenant

  

Compliance
(Yes/No)

Debt Service Cover Ratio

        

 

3. Calculations establishing the figures in paragraph 3 above are set out below:

[ ]


4. We confirm that no Default is continuing as at [ relevant testing date ].

 

Signed:    

 

   

 

    Director     Director
    [ Company ]     [ Company ]

 

[insert applicable certification language]

 

for and on behalf of
[name of auditors of the Group]

 

2


Schedule 4

PROJECT DOCUMENTS

 

1. The sale of business agreement (the Sale of Business Agreement ), dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Project Company (as purchaser) and the Sponsor (as seller), for the sale and purchase of that part of the Sponsor’s business which relate to the mining of certain tailings deposition sites (including related assets and liabilities).

 

2. A contract mining agreement (the Contractor Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between the Project Company and the Sponsor in terms of which the Sponsor appoints the Project Company to mine the tailing dams (which are the subject matter of the Sale of Business Agreement) for a specified period.

 

3. A sale and purchase agreement (the Freegold Sale Agreement ), dated on or about the Signature Date, between the Project Company (as purchaser) and Freegold (as seller), for the sale and purchase of the tailings deposition site known as the “St Helena Dams”.

 

4. A deed of cession (the Mining Right Deed of Cession ) between the Sponsor (as cedent) and

 

5. A subscription, sale and shareholders agreement (the Subscription, Sale & Shareholders Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between BEECo1, BEECo2, BEECo3, the Community Trust, the Borrower, the Sponsor and the Project Company for the purpose of regulating the relationships between the shareholders of the Project Company and the Project Company and its shareholders.

 

6. A services agreement (the Services Agreement ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, between the Sponsor and the Project Company, for the provision to the Project Company of certain services previously provided by the Sponsor in respect of the business acquired by the Project Company under the Sale of Business Agreement.

 

7. The following deeds of undertakings (the BEECo Undertakings ) given to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sale of Business Agreement:

 

  7.1. a written deed of undertakings, dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, pursuant to which Kopano Ke Matla Investment Company (Proprietary) Limited ( Kopano Ke Matla ) undertakes not to dispose of its shares in the issued share capital of Kopano Resources (Proprietary) Limited and the trustees for the time being of the Kopano Ke Matla Trust undertake not to dispose of its shares in the issued share capital of Kopano Ke Matla for a specified period; and

 

  7.2. a written deed of undertakings, dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, given by the Trustees for the time being of the Masincazelane Trust in respect of its shares in Masincazelane Investments (Proprietary) Limited on substantially the same terms as those referred to in paragraph 7.1 above.


8. A written deed of undertakings (the Sikhuliso Undertaking ), dated on or about the date of the Sale of Business Agreement, pursuant to which (a) the shareholders of Sikhuliso undertake not to dispose of their shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso for a specified period; and (b) the Sponsor, for the duration of that period, holds the share certificates issued to those shareholders in respect of their shares in the issued share capital of Sikhuliso.

 

2


SIGNATURE PAGE

 

THE BORROWER    

/s/

   

/s/

For and on behalf of:     For and on behalf of:
HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED     HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Name:  

Sipho Tsotsi

    Name:  

Mythunzi Mashaba

Office:  

Sandton

    Office:  

Sandton

  (who warrants his authority)       (who warrants his authority)
THE LENDER      

/s/

   

/s/

For and on behalf of:     For and on behalf of:
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED     HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Name:  

Graham Briggs

    Name:  

Graham Briggs

Office:  

Director

    Office:  

Director

  (who warrants his authority)       (who warrants his authority)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

   Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     2   

2.

 

THE FACILITY AND PURPOSE

     25   

3.

 

CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

     26   

4.

 

REPAYMENT

     27   

5.

 

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

     28   

6.

 

INTEREST

     31   

7.

 

INTEREST PERIODS

     33   

8.

 

CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

     33   

9.

 

BREAK COSTS

     35   

10.

 

FEES AND COSTS

     35   

11.

 

TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES

     36   

12.

 

INCREASED COSTS

     39   

13.

 

OTHER INDEMNITIES

     41   

14.

 

LIMITED RECOURSE

     42   

15.

 

MITIGATION BY THE LENDER

     43   

16.

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE LENDER

     43   

17.

 

REPRESENTATIONS

     44   

18.

 

INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

     51   

19.

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     53   

20.

 

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

     54   

21.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     60   


22.

 

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

     68   

23.

 

PAYMENT MECHANICS

     69   

24.

 

SET-OFF

     70   

25.

 

CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

     70   

26.

 

NOTICES

     70   

27.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

     72   

28.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     73   

29.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     75   

30.

 

JURISDICTION

     75   

31.

 

WAIVER OF IMMUNITY

     76   

Schedule 1

     1   

Schedule 2

     1   

Schedule 3

     1   

Schedule 4

     1   

 

2

Exhibit 4.50

EXECUTION VERSION

ADDENDUM TO THE R97,278,720 TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

between

HISTOPATH PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(as borrower)

and

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(as lender)


WHEREBY THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1. In this Addendum –

 

  1.1.1. headings are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

  1.1.2. an expression which denotes –

 

  1.1.2.1. any gender includes the other genders;

 

  1.1.2.2. a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa ;

 

  1.1.2.3. the singular includes the plural and vice versa .

 

  1.2. Save as defined herein capitalised terms and expressions not otherwise defined shall bear the meanings ascribed to them in the Facility Agreement (as defined below) and the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

  1.2.1. Addendum ” means this addendum to the Facility Agreement as it may be amended, replaced or novated from time to time;

 

  1.2.2. Borrower ” means Histopath Proprietary Limited (Registration No 2012/082229/07), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.2.3. Facility Agreement ” means the Facility Agreement dated on or about 20 March 2013 between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender), in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein;

 

  1.2.4. Lender ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No 1950/038232/06), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

  1.2.5. Parties ” means the parties to this Addendum and includes a reference to their respective lawful successors and permitted assigns and any liquidator, curator, business rescue practitioner (or similar representative) of each of them.

 

2. CONFLICT WITH THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the provisions of the Facility Agreement at any time, the provisions of this Addendum shall prevail.

 

2


3. AMENDMENTS

The Facility Agreement is hereby amended, with effect from the date of last signature of this Addendum by the Parties, by:

 

  3.1. the deletion of the number and words “ R97 278 720,00 (ninety seven million two hundred and seventy eight thousand seven hundred and twenty Rand) where they appear in clause 1.1.15 of the Facility Agreement ( Commitment ) and the replacement thereof with the number and words R94 974 501,00 (ninety four million nine hundred and seventy four thousand five hundred and one Rand) ”; and

 

  3.2. the deletion of the table in clause 4.1.1 of the Facility Agreement in its entirety and the replacement thereof with the following table:

 

    

Payment Date

   Repayment Instalment
Amount
1.    31 December, 2013 (being the First Payment Date)    R7 305 730,85
2.    30 June, 2014    R7 305 730,85
3.    31 December, 2014    R7 305 730,85
4.    30 June, 2015    R7 305 730,85
5.    31 December, 2015    R7 305 730,85
6.    30 June, 2016    R7 305 730,85
7.    31 December, 2016    R7 305 730,85
8.    30 June, 2017    R7 305 730,85
9.    31 December, 2017    R7 305 730,85
10.    30 June, 2018    R7 305 730,85
11.    31 December, 2018    R7 305 730,85
12.    30 June, 2019    R7 305 730,85
13.    31 December, 2019 (being the Final Maturity Date)    R7 305 730,80

 

4. CLOSING DATE EXTENSION

The Lender hereby agrees that the date referred to in clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement is extended to 28 June 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender).

 

3


5. TRANSACTION DOCUMENT

This Addendum comprises a Finance Document for all purposes under the Facility Agreement.

 

6. RETENTION

Save as expressly contemplated in this Addendum the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

7. EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS

This Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall comprise one and the same instrument. A facsimile copy of this Addendum shall comprise a valid counterpart for the purpose of this provision.

 

8. WHOLE AGREEMENT

This Addendum comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof. This Addendum constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

4


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

 

Signed for and on behalf of:
Histopath Proprietary Limited

/s/

Name: Sipho Tsotsi

Title: Director

Date: 24 May 2013

 

Signed for and on behalf of:
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

/s/

Name: Frank Abbott
Title: Director
Date: 24 May 2013

Exhibit 4.51

 

From:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
   (Registration No. 1950/038232/06)
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
   (the “ Lender ”)
To:    Histopath Proprietary Limited
   (Registration No. 2012/082229/07)
   638 Jacqueline Drive
   Garsfontein
   0081
   (the “ Borrower ” and together with the Lender, the “ Parties ”)

24 June 2013

Dear Sirs

Term loan facility agreement entered into between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender) on or about 20 March 2013 in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1. Reference is made to the Facility Agreement. Save as defined herein, terms defined in the Facility Agreement (whether directly or by way of incorporation by reference) shall bear the meanings ascribed thereto therein when used in this letter (this “ Waiver Letter ”).

 

2. The Lender hereby waives:

 

  2.1. the Condition Precedent that the Lender receives an original of each Finance Document duly entered into by each Party and an original of each Transaction Document duly entered into by each Party to it contemplated in Clause 2 of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement, on the basis that copies of such executed Finance Documents and Transaction Documents have been received by the Lender; and

 

  2.2. the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent contemplated in Clause 4.1 of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement, namely that the Lender has received evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 10 ( Fees ) have been paid or will be paid by the Closing Date.

 

3. Save as expressly contemplated in this Waiver Letter, the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

4. This Waiver Letter comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof and constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

5. This Waiver Letter shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

 

Signed for and on behalf of:

/s/

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Name: Frank Abbott
Title: Director
Date: 24 June 2013
Witness: /s/

Exhibit 4.52

 

 

From:    Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
   (Registration No. 1950/038232/06)
   Block 27
   Randfontein Office Park
   Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward Avenue
   Randfontein
   (the “ Lender ”)
To:    Histopath Proprietary Limited
   (Registration No. 2012/082229/07)
   638 Jacqueline Drive
   Garsfontein
   0081
   (the “ Borrower ” and together with the Lender, the “ Parties ”)

10 May 2013

Dear Sirs

Term loan facility agreement entered into between the Borrower (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender) on or about 20 March 2013 in terms of which the Lender agreed to advance a loan to the Borrower, all on the terms and conditions contained therein (the “Facility Agreement”)

 

1. Reference is made to the Facility Agreement. Save as defined herein, terms defined in the Facility Agreement (whether directly or by way of incorporation by reference) shall bear the meanings ascribed thereto therein when used in this letter (this “ Extension Letter ”).

 

2. The Lender hereby agrees that the date referred to in clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement is extended to 14 June 2013 (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender).

 

3. Save as expressly contemplated in this Extension Letter, the Facility Agreement shall remain unamended and, subject to its terms, of full force and effect.

 

4. This Extension Letter comprises a written amendment to the Facility Agreement within the contemplation of clause 28.5.1 thereof and constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

5. This Extension Letter shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa.


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

 

Signed for and on behalf of:

/s/

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
Name:
Title:
Date:
Witness:

Exhibit 4.53

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesberg cape town durban

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesberg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 ranburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@problemsolved.co.za www.problemsolved.co.za

 

     

FIRST ADDENDUM TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED SALE OF SHARES AND CLAIMS AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

EMERALD PANTHER INVESTMENTS 91 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

PAN AFRICAN RESOURCES PLC

and

EVANDER GOLD MINES LIMITED

 

      law | tax | forensics | IP | africa    edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated    registration number 2006/018200/21  


1. INTERPRETATION

In this Addendum –

 

  1.1. Addendum ” means this first addendum to the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement;

 

  1.2. Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement ” means the agreement headed “ Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement ” entered into between the Parties on 15 August 2012;

 

  1.3. words and expressions defined in the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement will have the same meanings and any reference to the words “clause” or “clauses” will refer to clauses of the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement.

 

2. INTRODUCTION

 

  2.1. The Parties have agreed to extend the date for fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent contained in clauses 5.1.2 and 5.1.6.

 

  2.2. The Parties wish to record their agreement in writing.

 

3. EXTENSION

The date for fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent contained in clauses 5.1.2 and 5.1.6 is hereby extended to 30 November 2012 in accordance with the provisions of clause 5.8.

 

4. SAVINGS CLAUSE

Save to the extent specifically or by necessary implication modified in or inconsistent with the provisions of this Addendum or unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, all the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement shall mutatis mutandis continue to apply.

 

5. COSTS

Each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Addendum.

 

6. SIGNATURE

 

  6.1. This Addendum is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.


  6.2. This Addendum may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Addendum as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  6.3. The persons signing this Addendum in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

FOR   HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Frank Abbott

Date:  

30 October 2012

Place:  

Randfontein

 

FOR   EMERALD PANTHER INVESTMENTS 91 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

J.P. Nelson

Date:  

31 October 2012

Place:  

Rosebank

 

FOR   PAN AFRICAN RESOURCES PLC
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

J.P. Nelson

Date:  

31 October 2012

Place:  

Rosebank


FOR   EVANDER GOLD MINES LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Frank Abbott

Date:  

30 October 2012

Place:  

Randfontein

 

      law | tax | forensics | IP | africa    edward nathan sonnenbergs incorporated    registration number 2006/018200/21  

Exhibit 4.54

edward nathan sonnenberg

johannesburg cape town durban stellenbosch

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@ens.co.za www.ens.co.za

 

     

SECOND ADDENDUM TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED SALE OF SHARES AND CLAIMS AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

EMERALD PANTHER INVESTMENTS 91 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

PAN AFRICAN RESOURCES PLC

and

EVANDER GOLD MINES LIMITED

and

RANDFONTEIN ESTATES LIMITED

and

FIREFLY INVESTMENTS 251 PROPRIETARY LIMITED


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

   Page  

1.

 

INTERPRETATION

     1   

2.

 

INTRODUCTION

     1   

3.

 

AMENDMENTS

     2   

4.

 

ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS

     8   

5.

 

SAVINGS CLAUSE

     9   

6.

 

COSTS

     9   

7.

 

SIGNATURE

     9   


1. INTERPRETATION

In this Addendum –

 

  1.1. Addendum ” means this second addendum to the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement;

 

  1.2. Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement ” means the agreement headed “Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement” entered into between the Parties on 15 August 2012, as amended by the first addendum thereto dated 31 October 2012;

 

  1.3. Firefly ” means Firefly Investments 251 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/084164/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in South Africa;

 

  1.4. Pledge and Cession Agreements ” means an agreement between –

 

  1.4.1. the Seller and Pan African in terms of which Pan African pledges and cedes the entire issued share capital of, and all of its claims on loan account against, the Purchaser to the Seller as security for the performance by Pan African of its obligations under clause 13 of the Agreement; and

 

  1.4.2. the Seller and the Purchaser in terms of which the Purchaser pledges and cedes the (i) entire issued share capital of, and all of its claims on loan account against, the Company, and (ii) entire issued share capital of, and all of its claims on loan account against, Firefly, to the Seller as security for the obligation of the Purchaser to pay the balance of the Purchase Consideration to the Seller in terms of clause 9.5 of the Agreement;

 

  1.5. words and expressions defined in the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement will have the same meanings and any reference to the words “clause” or “clauses” will refer to clauses of the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement.

 

2. INTRODUCTION

 

  2.1. The Parties have agreed to make certain amendments to the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement.

 

  2.2. The Parties wish to record their agreement in writing.

 

1


3. AMENDMENTS

 

  3.1. The Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreements amended as follows –

 

  3.1.1. clause 2.1.10.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 2.1.10.1 as follows –

 

  2.1.10.1 18 January 2013 ”;

 

  3.1.2. clause 2.1.22 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 2.1.22 as follows –

 

  2.1.22 Deposit Date ” means the 10 th (tenth) business day after the later of -

 

  3.1.3. clause 2.1.22.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 2.1.22.1 as follows –

 

  2.1.22.1 18 January 2013 ;

 

  3.1.4. clause 2.1.61 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 2.1.61 as follows –

 

  2.1.61 Seller’s Attorneys” means Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Incorporated, registration number 2006/018200/21, a firm of attorneys duly incorporated as a private company in South Africa.”

 

  3.1.5. clause 5.1.2 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 5.1.2 as follows -

 

  5.1.2 by not later than 23h59 on 31 January 2012, the Company has entered into a new electricity supply agreement with Eskom on terms and conditions substantially similar to those contained in the Eskom Agreement, or on other terms and conditions approved by the Seller and the Purchaser, acting reasonably.”

 

  3.1.6. clause 5.1.6 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 5.1.6 as follows -

by not later than 23h59 on (i) 30 November 2012, the resolutions referred to in clause 5.1.4 have been adopted by Pan African’s shareholders and have become unconditional, and (ii) 31 December 2012, all stock exchanges on which Pan African’s shares are listed have given any approvals which may be required for the implementation of the Sale and all matters contained in such resolutions; and”

 

2


  3.1.7. clause 9.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 9.1 as follows –

 

  9.1 The Purchase Consideration is an amount calculated in accordance with the following formula –

PC = A – B - C

Where –

 

  PC = the Purchase Consideration;

 

  A = (i) R1 500 000 000 (one billion five hundred million rand) if the Closing Date occurs on 31 October 2012, (ii) the Reduced Consideration if the Closing Date occurs before 31 October 2012; or (iii) the Increased Consideration if the Closing Date occurs after 31 October 2012;

 

  B = the aggregate of any Distributions made by any member of the Group to any member of the Seller’s Group, and any repayment of any amount owing by any member of the Group to any member of the Seller’s Group on loan account, in terms of clause 17.8.2 or in contravention of the provisions of clause 17; and

 

  C = in respect of each Distribution or repayment referred to in B above, an amount calculated in accordance with the following formula –

C = (N/365 x 0.05 x D)

Where –

C = the amount to be calculated;

 

  N = the number of days from the date on which such Distribution or repayment was made to the Closing Date; and

D = the amount of that Distribution or repayment.”.

 

3


  3.1.8. clause 9.3 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 9.3 as follows -

 

  9.3 The Purchase Consideration less the aggregate of -

 

  9.3.1 if the Break Fee was paid by the Purchaser to the Seller in terms of clause 11.1, the amount deemed to have been paid to the Seller as part payment of the Purchase Consideration in terms of clause 11.4;

 

  9.3.2 if all or any part of the Deposit was paid by the Purchaser to the Seller in terms of clause 10, the amount deemed to have been paid to the Seller as part payment of the Purchase Consideration in terms of clause 10.3; and

 

  9.3.3 R500 000 000 (five hundred million rand),

shall be paid by the Purchaser to the Seller in cash on the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded that if the amount calculated in terms of this clause 9.3 is a negative number, no payment shall be required to be made.”

 

  3.1.9. Clause 9 is amended by the insertion of a new clause 9.5 as follows at the end of the clause –

 

  9.5 The balance of the Purchase Consideration, after deducting the amount paid by the Purchaser to the Seller in terms of clause 9.3 and the amount deemed to have been paid to the Seller as part payment of the Purchase Consideration in terms of clauses 10.3 and 11.4, shall be paid by the Purchaser to the Seller in cash within 10 (ten) business days after the Closing Date.”

 

  3.1.10. clause 10.1.4 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 10.1.4 as follows –

10.1.4 the Company has, to the extent required by the Purchaser -

 

  10.1.4.1 registered the mortgage bonds referred to in clause 4 of the security cession agreement which is attached hereto as Annexure 4; and

 

  10.1.4.2 registered –

 

4


  10.1.4.2.1 a special notarial bond in such form as may be required by the Purchaser, acting reasonably, over all plant, equipment and vehicles of the Company; and

 

  10.1.4.2.2 the mortgage bonds referred to in clause 4 of the security cession agreement which is attached hereto as Annexure 4 over the following immovable properties –

 

  10.1.4.2.2.1 remaining extent of the Farm Leeuwpan 532 IR held by title deed number T12044/1964;

 

  10.1.4.2.2.2 portion 7 of the Farm Leeuwpan 532 IR held by titled deed number T12044/1964;

 

  10.1.4.2.2.3 the farm annex Leeuwpan 533 IR held by titled deed number T12044/1964;

 

  10.1.4.2.2.4 portion 6 of the Farm Rietkuil 531 IR held by deed of transfer number T 31847/1963;

 

  10.1.4.2.2.5 portion 11 (a portion of portion 9) of the Farm Leeuwpan 532 IR held by deed of transfer number T32915/1963;

 

  10.1.4.2.2.6 portion 15 (a portion of portion 3) of the Farm Leeuwpan 532 IR held by deed of transfer number T34265/1963;

 

  10.1.4.2.2.7 remaining extent of portion 9 (a portion of portion 2) of the Farm Leeuwpen 532 JR held by deed of transfer number T34266/1963;

 

5


  10.1.4.2.2.8 portion 14 (a portion of portion 3 of the Farm Leeuwpen 532 JR held by deed of transfer number T34519/1963;

 

  10.1.4.2.2.9 portion 6 of the Farm Leeuwpen 532 JR held by deed of transfer number T35529/1963; and

 

  10.1.4.2.2.10 remaining extent of portion 2 of the Farm Leeuwpen 532 JR held by deed of transfer number T36865/1963. ”,

 

  3.1.11. the hanging paragraph at the end of clause 10.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new hanging paragraph as follows -;

the Purchaser shall, on the Deposit Date, pay to the Seller such portion of the Deposit as has not already been paid to the Seller in terms of clause 10.1A, to be held by the Seller subject to the remainder of this clause 10. The remainder of this clause 10 shall only apply if the Purchaser has paid the Deposit (or any portion thereof) to the Seller in terms of this clause 10.1 and/or 10.1A.

 

  3.1.12. clause 10 is amended by the insertion of a new clause 10.1A immediately before clause 10.2 –

 

  10.1A Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the requirements of clauses 10.1.1 (save for the requirement that the Condition Precedent in clause 5.1.2 has been fulfilled or waived), 10.1.2, 10.1.3 and 10.1.4.1 have been satisfied and the Company has executed irrevocable powers of attorney in the form required by the conveyancers referred to in clause 4 of Annexure 4 to enable them to register the special notarial bond referred to in 10.1.4.2.1 and the mortgage bonds referred to in 10.1.4.2.2, the Purchaser shall be obliged to pay not less than R400 000 000 (four hundred million rand) to the Seller as a portion of the Deposit on or before the later of (i) the 1 st (first) business day after the requirements of clauses 10.1.1, 10.1.2, 10.1.3 and 10.1.4.1 have been satisfied and the Company has executed the said irrevocable powers of attorney and (ii) 14 December 2012, and the Purchaser shall be entitled, but not obliged, to pay further amounts to the Seller on account of the Deposit (provided that each such payment shall be a whole multiple of, R10 000 000 (ten million rand)).

 

6


  3.1.13. Clause 10.2 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 10.2 as follows –

 

  10.2 If the Condition Precedents set out in clauses 5.1.2 and 5.1.7 have neither been fulfilled nor waived on or before the time stipulated for fulfilment (or any extension thereof) with the consequence that, in terms of clause 5.8, this Agreement lapses, then the Seller shall, within 5 (five) business days after this Agreement lapses, refund to the Purchaser the Deposit or any portion of the Deposit which has been paid by the Purchaser, plus in respect of each separate amount paid on a different date by the Purchaser to the Seller on account of the Deposit, an amount calculated in accordance with the following formula –

A = (N/365 x 0.05 x D)

Where –

 

  A = the amount to be calculated;

 

  N = the number of days from the date on which that amount was paid to the Seller to the day on which the Seller is obliged to refund the Deposit to the Purchaser in accordance with this clause 10.2; and

 

  D = the amount so paid to the Seller on account of the Deposit.”.

 

  3.1.14. clause 10.3 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new clause 10.3 as follows–

 

  10.3 If the Purchase Consideration has become payable to the Seller, then, without detracting from the Seller’s obligations in terms of clause 14, the Seller shall retain the whole or any part of the Deposit paid and the Purchaser shall be deemed to have paid into the Seller’s Designated Account, as part payment on account of the Purchase Consideration payable by the Purchaser, the sum of the Deposit plus, in respect of each separate amount paid on a different date by the Purchaser to the Seller on account of the Deposit, an amount calculated in accordance with the following formula –

A = (N/365 x 0.05 x D)

Where –

 

  A = the amount to be calculated;

 

  N = the number of days from the date on which that amount was paid to the Seller to the Closing Date; and

 

  D = the amount so paid to the Seller on account of the Deposit.”

 

7


  3.1.15. clause 10.4 is deleted in its entirety;

 

  3.1.16. clause 11.6 of Annexure “2” is amended by deleting the words “ save for annual increases or market related terms and in accordance with past practice ” where they appear in lines 4 to 6 of clause 11.6 of Annexure “2” and by inserting the following words “ save for (i) annual increases on market related terms and in accordance with past practice, (ii) the increase in salaries of the Employees with effect from 25 October 2012, in an aggregate amount of approximately R600 000 (six hundred thousand rand) on a monthly basis, (iii) an additional once off payment to category 3 (three) through to category 8 (eight) Employees in an amount equal to R550 (five hundred and fifty rand) each on 12 October 2012 and (iv) the payment of a bonus to the Employees, which is linked to the production of the Company, in an amount equal to R500 (five hundred rand) per Employee per month for a period of 4 (four) consecutive months, commencing in respect of the October 2012 production month, payable in the November pay month” , at the end of clause 11.6 of Annexure “2”.

 

  3.2. Subject to clause 3.3, the amendments in clause 3.1 are deemed to have become effective on the Signature Date.

 

  3.3. The (i) amendment to clause 9.3, set out in clause 3.1.8 of this Addendum, (ii) insertion of clause 9.5, set out in clause 3.1.9 of this Addendum and (iii) deletion of clause 10.4, as set out in clause 3.1.15 of this Addendum, will only become effective on the date of signature of the last of the Pledge and Cession Agreement’s by the Party last signing. The Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to conclude the Pledge and Cession Agreements as soon as possible after the date on which this Addendum has been signed by the Parties.

 

4. ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS

 

  4.1. Evander hereby assigns, with effect from the Closing Date, all of its rights and obligations in terms of the Evander Shared Services Agreement and the Harmony Shared Services Agreement to Firefly Investments 251 Proprietary Limited with effect from the Closing Date.

 

  4.2. The Seller, the Company and Randfontein Estates Limited hereby consent to the assignments in terms of clause 4.1.

 

8


5. SAVINGS CLAUSE

Save to the extent specifically or by necessary implication modified in or inconsistent with the provisions of this Addendum or unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, all the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement shall mutatis mutandis continue to apply.

 

6. COSTS

Each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Addendum.

 

7. SIGNATURE

 

  7.1. This Addendum is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  7.2. This Addendum may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Addendum as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  7.3. The persons signing this Addendum in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.

 

FOR   HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

 

Date:  

 

Place:  

 

 

9


FOR   EMERALD PANTHER INVESTMENTS 91 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Busi Sitole

Date:  

30 November 2012

Place:  

Rosebank

 

FOR   PAN AFRICAN RESOURCES PLC
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Busi Sitole

Date:  

30 November 2012

Place:  

 

 

FOR   EVANDER GOLD MINES LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

 

Date:  

 

Place:  

 

 

FOR   RANDFONTEIN ESTATES LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

 

Date:  

 

Place:  

 


FOR   FIREFLY INVESTMENTS 251 PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Busi Sitole

Date:  

30 November 2012

Place:  

Rosebank

Exhibit 4.55

edward nathan sonnenbergs

johannesburg cape town durban stellenbosch

150 west street

sandown sandton johannesburg 2196

p o box 783347 sandton south africa 2146

docex 152 randburg

tel +2711 269 7600 fax +2711 269 7899

info@ens.co.za www.ens.co.za

 

      

THIRD ADDENDUM TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED SALE OF SHARES AND CLAIMS AGREEMENT

entered into between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

EMERALD PANTHER INVESTMENTS 91 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

and

PAN AFRICAN RESOURCES PLC

and

EVANDER GOLD MINES LIMITED

and

RANDFONTEIN ESTATES LIMITED

and

FIREFLY INVESTMENTS 251 PROPRIETARY LIMITED


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause number and description

   Page  

1.

  

INTERPRETATION

     1   

2.

  

INTRODUCTION

     1   

3.

  

AMENDMENTS

     1   

4.

  

WERKSMANS AND THE SELLER’S ATTORNEYS

     5   

5.

  

SAVINGS CLAUSE

     5   

6.

  

COSTS

     5   

7.

  

SIGNATURE

     5   


1. INTERPRETATION

In this Addendum –

 

  1.1. Addendum ” means this third addendum to the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement;

 

  1.2. Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement ” means the agreement headed “Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement” entered into between the Parties on 15 August 2012, as amended by the first addendum thereto dated 31 October 2012 and the second addendum thereto dated 30 November 2012;

 

  1.3. Werksmans ” means Werksmans Incorporated, registration number 1990/007215/21, a firm of attorneys duly incorporated as a personal liability company in South Africa; and

 

  1.4. words and expressions defined in the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement will have the same meanings and any reference to the words “clause” or “clauses” will refer to clauses of the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement.

 

2. INTRODUCTION

 

  2.1. The Parties have agreed to make certain amendments to the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement.

 

  2.2. The Parties wish to record their agreement in writing.

 

3. AMENDMENTS

The Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreements is hereby amended by deleting –

 

  3.1. clause 8.2 in its entirety and replacing it with the following new clause 8.2 –

 

  8.2 Ownership and all risk in and all benefit attaching to the Sale Equity will be deemed to have passed to the Purchaser upon delivery of the Closing Documents (as defined in clause 14 below) referred to in clause 14.4.1 to Werksmans (as defined in clause 14 below) on the Closing Date.


  3.2. clause 14 in its entirety and replacing it with the following new clause 14 –

 

  14 CLOSING

 

  14.1 For the purposes of this clause 14 –

 

  14.1.1 EP Pledge and Cession Agreement ” means the agreement between the Seller and the Purchaser in terms of which the Purchaser pledges and cedes the (i) entire issued share capital of, and all of its claims on loan account against, the Company, and (ii) entire issued share capital of, and all of its claims on loan account against, Firefly, to the Seller as security for the obligation of the Purchaser to pay the balance of the Purchase Consideration to the Seller in terms of clause 9.5 of the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement;

 

  14.1.2 Firefly ” means Firefly Investments 251 Proprietary Limited, registration number 2012/084164/07, a limited liability private company duly incorporated in South Africa;

 

  14.1.3 Firefly Shares ” shall bear the meaning given to it in the EP Pledge and Cession Agreement;

 

  14.1.4 Pan African Pledge and Cession Agreement ” means the agreement between the Seller and Pan African in terms of which Pan African pledges and cedes the entire issued share capital of, and all of its claims on loan account against, the Purchaser to the Seller as security for the performance by Pan African of its obligations under clause 13 of the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement;

 

  14.1.5 Pan African Pledged Shares ” shall bear the meaning given to “Pledged Shares” in the Pan African Pledge and Cession Agreement;

 

  14.1.6 Pledge and Cession Agreements ” means the Pan African Pledge and Cession Agreement and the EP Pledge and Cession Agreement; and

 

  14.1.7 Werksmans ” means Werksmans Incorporated, registration number 1990/007215/21, a firm of attorneys duly incorporated as a personal liability company in South Africa.

 

  14.2 Step 1

On the Closing Date, prior to the implementation of steps 2, 3, 4 and 5 below, representatives of the Seller and the Purchaser shall meet at 10h00 at the offices of the Seller’s Attorneys or such other place as the Seller and the Purchaser may agree in writing, at which meeting the Seller will deliver to the Sellers Attorneys, to be held in escrow by them –

 

  14.2.1 the original share certificate in respect of the Sale Shares (“ Existing Share Certificate ”);


  14.2.2 a signed share transfer form in respect of the Sale Shares,

 

  14.2.3 the resignations of all the directors of the Company, Evander Stone Holdings (Proprietary) Limited (registration number 1971/005180/07), Evander Township Limited (registration number 1955/003607/06), Evander Township Development Limited (1899/001642/06), Clidet No 790 (Proprietary) Limited (registration number 2007/027545/07) and Clidet No 791 (Proprietary) Limited (registration number 2007/034585/07), (“ Specified Companies ”), with effect from the date of completion of the closing steps contemplated in clause 14.5 (Step 4);

 

  14.2.4 the resignations of the public officer and company secretary of the Company with effect from the date of completion of the closing steps contemplated in clause 14.5 (Step 4), it being specifically agreed that these resignations are from formal appointments as officers of the Company only, and not from posts of employment with the Company, if applicable; and

 

  14.2.5 a certified copy of a resolution of the directors of each of the Specified Companies, appointing, with effect from the date of completion of the closing steps contemplated in clause 14.5 (Step 4), Jan Petrus Nelson (identity number 7006075138081), Yvonne Bongekile Sitole (identity number 7611100619086) and Ronald Allan Holding (identity number 5205225133081) as directors of each of the Specified Companies and Neal Alan Reynolds (identity number 8307265008087) as an alternate director of each of the Specified Companies to Yvonne Bongekile Sitole.

 

  14.3 Step 2

After the implementation of step 1 above, but before the implementation of steps 3, 4 and 5 below –

 

  14.3.1 Pan African shall deliver to the Seller’s Attorneys, the share certificate in respect of the Pan African Pledged Shares accompanied by an undated share transfer form in respect thereof duly signed on behalf of Pan African as the registered holder of the Pan African Pledged Shares but in blank as to transferee, as contemplated in clause 2 of the Pan African Pledge and Cession Agreement; and


  14.3.2 the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller’s Attorneys –

 

  14.3.2.1 the share certificate in respect of the Firefly Shares accompanied by an undated share transfer form in respect thereof duly signed on behalf of the Purchaser as the registered holder of the Firefly Shares but in blank as to transferee, as contemplated in clause 2 of the EP Pledge and Cession Agreement; and

 

  14.3.2.2 an undated share transfer form in respect of the Sale Shares signed on behalf of the Purchaser but in blank as to the transferee.

 

  14.4 Step 3

After the implementation of steps 1 and 2 above but before the implementation of steps 4 and 5 below, upon confirmation from the bank where the Seller’s Designated account is held, or such other proof as the Seller may deem appropriate, that the amount referred to in clause 9.3 and, if applicable, 9.4 has been credited to the Seller’s Designated Account, the –

 

  14.4.1 Seller’s Attorneys shall deliver the documents referred to in clauses 14.2.1 - 14.2.5 (“ Closing Documents ”) to Werksmans to be held by them in escrow; and

 

  14.4.2 Seller shall deliver to, or place the Purchaser in control of, all documents, information and other data in respect of the mining assets of the Group which belong to the Group, are in the possession of members of the Seller’s Group and are separate and distinct from documents, information and other data in respect of members of the Seller’s Group.

 

  14.5 Step 4

After the implementation of steps 1, 2 and 3 above but before the implementation of step 5 below, the Seller shall procure that the company secretary and any 1 (one) director of the Company –

 

  14.5.1 sign a share certificate in the name of the Purchaser in respect of the Sale Shares and thereafter the Seller shall retain such share certificate in accordance with the provisions of the EP Pledge and Cession Agreement; and

 

  14.5.2 update the Company’s share register to record the transfer of the Sale Shares from the Seller to the Purchaser.


  14.6 Step 5

After the implementation of steps 1, 2, 3 and 4 above –

 

  14.6.1 Werksmans shall release the Closing Documents to the Purchaser who shall cancel the Existing Share Certificate;

 

  14.6.2 the Seller’s Attorneys shall release the documents held by them in terms of clause 14.3.1 and 14.3.2 to the Seller; and

 

  14.6.3 the Seller hereby cedes to the Purchaser all of its right, title and interest in and to the Sale Claims.

 

4. WERKSMANS AND THE SELLER’S ATTORNEYS

By signing this Addendum –

 

  4.1. Werksmans agrees to be bound by clauses 14.4 and 14.6.1; and

 

  4.2. the Seller’s Attorneys agree to be bound by clauses 14.2 – 14.4 and clause 14.6.2.

 

5. SAVINGS CLAUSE

Save to the extent specifically or by necessary implication modified in or inconsistent with the provisions of this Addendum or unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties, all the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement shall mutatis mutandis continue to apply.

 

6. COSTS

Each Party will bear and pay its own legal costs and expenses of and incidental to the negotiation, drafting, preparation and implementation of this Addendum.

 

7. SIGNATURE

 

  7.1. This Addendum is signed by the Parties on the dates and at the places indicated below.

 

  7.2. This Addendum may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Addendum as at the date of signature of the Party last signing one of the counterparts.

 

  7.3. The persons signing this Addendum in a representative capacity warrant their authority to do so.


FOR             HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

 

Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto

FOR             EMERALD PANTHER INVESTMENTS 91 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Neal Reynolds

Date:  

28 February 2013

Place:  

Sandton

FOR             EVANDER GOLD MINES LIMITED

 

Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Frank Abbott

FOR             PAN AFRICAN RESOURCES PLC

 

Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

J. Loots

Date:  

28 February 2013

Place:  

Sandton


FOR             RANDFONTEIN ESTATES LIMITED

 

Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Frank Abbott

Date:  

27 February 2013

Place:  

Randfontein

FOR             FIREFLY INVESTMENTS 251 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

 

Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Neal Reynolds

Date:  

28 February 2013

Place:  

Sandton

FOR             WERKSMANS INCORPORATED

 

Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Huneiza Godlam

Date:  

28 February 2013

Place:  

Sandton

FOR             EDWARD NATHAN SONNENBERGS INCORPORATED

 

Signature:  

/s/

  who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:  

Ian Hayes

Date:  

28 February 2013

Place:  

Sandton

Exhibit 4.56

 

Prepared by me

/s/

CONVEYANCER
KEW B.M.

Covering Mortgage Bond

In favour of –

EMERALD PANTHER INVESTMENTS 91 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

REGISTRATION NUMBER 2012/050034/07

BE IT HEREBY MADE KNOWN –

THAT

a duly appointed Conveyancer MPUMALANGA, appeared before me, the REGISTRAR OF DEEDS, at Nelspruit, he, the said Appearer, being duly authorised thereto by a Power of Attorney granted to him by –

EVANDER GOLD MINES LIMITED

Registration Number 1963/006226/06

(“ the Mortgagor ”)

signed at Johannesburg on 30 November 2012 which said Power of Attorney, witnessed in accordance with Law, was this day exhibited to me and is now filed in my office.

AND THE APPEARER declared that –

 

(i) Whereas the Mortgagor is or may hereafter become indebted to –


EMERALD PANTHER INVESTMENTS 91 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

REGISTRATION NUMBER 2012/050034/07

its successors in title or assigns

(“ the Mortgagee ”)

which indebtedness has arisen or will arise from the causes more fully set out below;

 

(ii) The Mortgagee requires such indebtedness to be secured by the hypothecation of the immovable property referred to in this bond as a continuing covering security.

NOW THEREFORE the APPEARER declared and acknowledged the Mortgagor is or may hereinafter become truly and lawfully indebted and held and firmly bound to and in favour of the Mortgagee in the sum of –

 

1 R1 000 000 000 (ONE BILLION RAND)

(“ the capital sum ”)

arising from and being in respect of every indebtedness or obligation of the Mortgagor to the Mortgagee arising in terms of or in connection with the Security Agreement to be concluded between the Mortgagor and the Mortgagee, which secures obligations in terms of a Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement dated 30 May 2012 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, the Mortgagor, Mortgagee and Pan African Resources plc (“ Sale Agreement ”) –

 

2 R200 000 000 (TWO HUNDRED MILLION RAND)

(“ the additional sum ”)

being in respect of interest accruing on the Capital Sum in terms of the Security Agreement as read with the Sale Agreement, the costs of preserving and realising the mortgaged property, any insurance premiums paid or payable by the Mortgagor in respect of the mortgaged property, all costs of whatever nature which the Mortgagee may incur and all amounts which the Mortgagee may disburse on the Mortgagor’s behalf and which costs and disbursements are recoverable from the Mortgagor in terms of this bond and also such other costs, charges, premiums, expenses and future debts generally which may be claimable from the Mortgagor under this bond (including, without limitation, legal fees on an attorney and own client scale), all of which are secured up to an amount but not exceeding the said additional sum.

AND THE APPEARER, on behalf of the Mortgagor, renounced the legal exceptions non numeratae pecuniae , non causa debiti , errore calculi , revision of accounts and no value received , and the benefit of excussion et divisionis and where applicable the benefit of de duobus vel pluribus reis debendi , with the force and effect of which he declared the Mortgagor to be fully acquainted, and all other exceptions which could or might be taken to the Mortgagee’s claim for payment of all or any of the amounts secured hereunder, and hereby promised and undertook to pay to the Mortgagee the capital owing together with interest thereon calculated as hereinafter set forth and all other amounts secured hereunder.

AND AS SECURITY for the payment of –

 

(i) the capital sum;

 

(ii) all interest claimable by the Mortgagee from the Mortgagor; and

 

(iii) the additional sum,

 

2


the Appearer hereby declared to bind specially as a FIRST mortgage in favour of the Mortgagee the following immovable property –

 

1. PORTION 37 (A PORTION OF PORTION 33) OF THE FARM WINKELHAAK NO. 135, Registration Division 1.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 117,3502 (ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTEEN COMMA THREE FIVE ZERO TWO) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T2967811964 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

2. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 93 OF THE FARM WINKELHAAK 135 Registration Division 1.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 545,0827 (FIVE HUNDRED AND FORTY FIVE COMMA ZERO EIGHT TWO SEVEN) HECTARES

HELD BY CERTIFICATE OF CONSOLIDATED TITLE T3043911966 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

3. THE FARM LEEUWSPRUIT 134,

Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 530,9998 (FIVE HUNDRED AND THIRTY COMMA NINE NINE NINE EIGHT) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 738862/1965 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

3


4. PORTION 13 (A PORTION OF PORTION 3) OF THE FARM WINKELHAAK 135 Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 303,0025 (THREE HUNDRED AND THREE COMMA ZERO ZERO TWO FIVE) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 143031/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

5. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 55 (A PORTION OF PORTION 6) OF THE FARM WINKELHAAK 135, Registration Division LS., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 52,9895 (FIFTY TWO COMMA NINE EIGHT NINE FIVE) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 143031/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

6. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 2 OF THE FARM DRIEFONTEIN 137, Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 196,6032 (ONE HUNDRED AND NINETY SIX COMMA SIX NOUGHT THREE TWO) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T4303111997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

7. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 6 OF THE FARM DRIEFONTEIN 137 Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 580,6653 (FIVE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY COMMA SIX SIX FIVE THREE) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 143031/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

8. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 12 (A PORTION OF PORTION 3) OF THE FARM DRIEFONTEIN 137 Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 41,5600 (FORTY ONE COMMA FIVE SIX NOUGHT NOUGHT) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T43031/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

4


9. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 14 (A PORTION OF PORTION 13) OF THE FARM DRIEFONTEIN 137 Registration Division I,S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 196,6207 (ONE HUNDRED AND NINETY SIX COMMA SIX TWO ZERO SEVEN) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 143031/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

10. PORTION 25 (A PORTION OF PORTION 6) OF THE FARM DRIEFONTEIN 137, Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 991 (NINE HUNDRED AND NINETY ONE) SQUARE METRES HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T4303111997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

11. PORTION 8 (A PORTION OF PORTION 2) OF THE FARM ZANDFONTEIN 130, Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 186,7673 (ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY SIX COMMA SEVEN SIX SEVEN THREE ) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 143683/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

12. PORTION 9 (A PORTION OF PORTION 2) OF THE FARM ZANDFONTEIN 130, Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 186,7673 (ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY SIX COMMA SEVEN SIX SEVEN THREE) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO, T43683/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

13. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 2 OF THE FARM WITKLEIFONTEIN 131 Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 40,8132) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T43683/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

5


14. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 3 OF THE FARM WITKLEIFONTEIN 131, Registration Division LS., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 234,6356 (TWO HUNDRED AND THIRTY FOUR COMMA SIX THREE FIVE SIX) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T4368311997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

15. PORTION 4 OF THE FARM WITKLEIFONTEIN 131, Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 224,8468 (TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY FOUR COMMA EIGHT FOUR SIX EIGHT) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T43683/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

16. REMAINING EXTENT OF THE FARM GROOTSPRUIT 279, Registration Division LS., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 184,2244 (ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY FOUR COMMA TWO TWO FOUR FOUR) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 14368311997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

17. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 3 OF THE FARM GROOTSPRUIT 279, Registration Division LS., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 91,5947 (NINETY ONE COMMA FIVE NINE FOUR SEVEN) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T43683/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

18. PORTION 5 OF THE FARM GROOTSPRUIT 279, Registration Division I.S,, Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 92,6297 (NINETY TWO COMMA SIX TWO NINE SEVEN) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T43683/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

6


19. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 2 OF THE FARM LANGVERWACHT 282, Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 71,6538 (SEVENTY ONE COMMA SIX FIVE THREE EIGHT) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 143683/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

20. THE FARM GOEDVERWACHTING 287,

Registration Division 1.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 79,2806 (SEVENTY NINE COMMA TWO EIGHT ZERO SIX) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 143683/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

21. PORTION 86 (A PORTION OF PORTION 33) OF THE FARM WINKELHAAK 135, Registration Division LS., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 213,2237 (TWO HUNDRED AND THIRTEEN COMMA TWO TWO THREE SEVEN) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T48266/1965 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

22. PORTION 7 (A PORTION OF PORTION 6) OF THE FARM WATERVALSHOEK 350, Registration Division I.R., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 34,2613 (THIRTY FOUR COMMA TWO SIX ONE THREE ) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 152084/1999 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

23. PORTION 22 (A PORTION OF PORTION 12) OF THE FARM DRIEFONTEIN 137 Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 79,3809 (SEVENTY NINE COMMA THREE EIGHT ZERO NINE) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T52084/1999 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

7


24. PORTION 23 (A PORTION OF PORTION 12) OF THE FARM DRIEFONTEIN 137,

Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 79,3675 (SEVENTY NINE COMMA THREE SIX SEVEN FIVE) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 15208411999 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

25 REMAINING EXTENT OF THE FARM WITKLEIFONTEIN 131,

Registration Division LS., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 241,2936 (TWO HUNDRED AND FORTY ONE COMMA TWO NINE THREE SIX) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 152084/1999 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

26. PORTION 7 (A PORTION OF PORTION 2) OF THE FARM RIETFONTEIN 313 Registration Division I.R., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 142,3242 (ONE HUNDRED AND FORTY TWO COMMA THREE TWO FOUR TWO) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 15208411999 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

27. PORTION 8 OF THE FARM RIETKUIL 531, Registration Division I.R., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 4283 (FOUR THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED AND EIGHTY THREE) SQUARE METRES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T53846/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

28. REMAINING EXTENT OF PORTION 3 OF THE FARM ZANDFONTEIN 130 137 Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 377,4183 (THREE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY SEVEN COMMA FOUR ONE EIGHT THREE) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. 153846/1997 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

8


29. PORTION 84 (A PORTION OF PORTION 31) OF THE FARM WINKELHAAK 135

Registration Division I.S., Province of MPUMALANGA

MEASURING 22,2698 (TWENTY TWO COMMA TWO SIX NINE EIGHT) HECTARES

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T957711969 SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED

 

 

(“the mortgaged property”)

HELD BY DEED OF TRANSFER NO. T

SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS THEREIN CONTAINED.

 

 

(“the mortgaged property”)

 

9


AND THE APPEARER DECLARED to bind the Mortgagor to the following terms and conditions, namely –

 

1 CONTINUING COVERING SECURITY

This bond is a continuing covering security for all and any sum or sums of money which may now or in the future be owing to or claimable by the Mortgagee from any cause mentioned in this bond, and remains of full force and effect until cancelled in the deeds registry notwithstanding any fluctuation in, or temporary extinction of, the Mortgagor’s indebtedness to the Mortgagee from time to time.

 

2 PLACE OF PAYMENT

 

2.1 All payments which become payable hereunder shall be made in South African currency by electronic transfer or in such other manner as the Mortgagee may advise the Mortgagor from time to time.

 

2.2 Each payment received shall be appropriated first to any indebtedness of the Mortgagor other than capital and interest, then towards interest, and the balance, if any, shall thereafter be appropriated to the capital sum, notwithstanding any allocation by the Mortgagor of such payment.

 

3 INTEREST

 

3.1 All amounts which may or will become owing or payable by the Mortgagor to the Mortgagee in terms of this Bond shall bear interest at a rate or rates provided for in any agreement between the Mortgagee and Mortgagor relating to the indebtedness of the Mortgagor for which this Bond is security or at a rate/s specified by the Mortgagee and agreed to by the Mortgagor.

 

3.2 Should any dispute arise between the Mortgagee and the Mortgagor as to the rate or rates of interest applicable at any time or applicable in respect of any amount owing or payable by the Mortgagor or secured by this Bond, a certificate issued by a director of the Mortgagee shall be prima facie proof of the rate concerned.

 

4 INSURANCE

 

4.1 The Mortgagor shall insure all improvements on the mortgaged property and keep them insured for a sum, and by a registered insurer, approved by the Mortgagee against risk of loss or damage from fire and any other risk which the Mortgagee at any time directs in writing and shall cede the resulting policy or policies to the Mortgagee as collateral security for all indebtedness hereunder.

 

4.2 Should the improvements not be insured or should any insurance not be maintained, the Mortgagee is entitled but not obliged to insure and/or pay the premiums on behalf of the Mortgagor, and any money so disbursed shall be refunded by the Mortgagor on demand.

 

10


4.3 All monies received under any insurance hereunder will in the sole discretion of the Mortgagee be applied either in partial or full payment of the indebtedness of the Mortgagor under this bond or in the restoration under such conditions as the Mortgagee may lay down, of that which has been damaged or destroyed by any causes covered by such insurance.

 

5 IMPROVEMENTS

 

5.1 The Mortgagor shall, until such time as this bond is cancelled, keep all improvements on the mortgaged property in good order and repair.

 

5.2 The Mortgagee or its duly appointed agents are entitled at all reasonable times, at the cost of the Mortgagor, to enter upon and inspect the mortgaged property for the purpose of ascertaining if the aforesaid condition of keeping all improvements on the mortgaged property in good order and repair is being fully complied with.

 

5.3 Should the improvements not be kept in good order and repair the Mortgagee is entitled but not obliged to effect the necessary repairs or to cause any repairs to be done on behalf of the Mortgagor, and the costs of the Mortgagee in repairing the improvements and any money disbursed by the Mortgagee in procuring that the necessary repairs be effected shall be refunded by the Mortgagor on demand.

 

6 RATES, TAXES & LEVIES

 

6.1 The Mortgagor shall promptly pay all rates, taxes, site rentals, licences, service and other charges levied and to be levied at any time in respect of the mortgaged property by any Governmental, local or other competent authority or, where applicable, a leasehold grantor, and on demand produce the receipts therefor to the Mortgagee.

 

6.2 Should any of the aforesaid rates, taxes, site rentals, licences, service and other charges levied and to be levied not be paid on due date, the Mortgagee is entitled but not obliged to pay any amount so levied and any monies so disbursed shall be refunded by the Mortgagor on demand.

 

7 TITLE DEEDS AND LETTING OF PROPERTY

 

7.1 The title deeds of the mortgaged property will be lodged and remain with the Mortgagee until this bond is cancelled and the mortgaged property will not be further burdened in any way without the written consent of, and on the conditions prescribed by the Mortgagee.

 

7.2 The mortgaged property or any portion thereof shall not be let for a longer period than 5 (FIVE) consecutive months without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee.

 

11


8 CESSION OF RENTALS AND REVENUES

Should the Mortgagee give its consent to the letting of the mortgaged property, the Mortgagor cedes, transfers and assigns to the Mortgagee all the Mortgagor’s rights, title and interest in and to all rentals and other revenues of whatsoever nature, which may accrue from the mortgaged property as additional security for the due repayment by the Mortgagor of all amounts owing to or claimable by the Mortgagee at any time in terms of this bond, with the express right in favour of the Mortgagee irrevocably and in rem suam -

 

8.1 to institute proceedings against lessees for the recovery of unpaid rentals, and/or eviction from the mortgaged property;

 

8.2 to let the mortgaged property or any part thereof, to cancel or renew and enter into leases in such manner as the Mortgagee decides, to evict any trespasser or other person from the mortgaged property;

 

8.3 to collect on behalf of the Mortgagor any monies payable in respect of the alienation by the Mortgagor of the mortgaged property or any portion thereof;

provided, however, that the cession, transfer, assignment and authorities and powers specified above shall not be acted upon by the Mortgagee without the written consent of the Mortgagor unless clause 8.1 hereof has become applicable and in that event the Mortgagee is further entitled to charge a commission of 5 (FIVE) percentum of the gross amount of all rentals and other revenues collected and to recover such commission under this bond.

 

9 BREACH

 

9.1 In the event of –

 

9.1.1 the Mortgagor at any time defaulting in the payment of any amount due and payable to the Mortgagee the payment of which is secured by this bond, or the liability for which payment arises in terms hereof, or being in breach of any other obligation whatsoever to the Mortgagee, whether arising in terms of this bond, the indemnity agreement or otherwise howsoever, and failing to remedy such default or breach on demand; or

 

9.1.2 the mortgaged property being declared specially executable and excused by legal process; or

 

9.1.3 the Mortgagor becomes (whether voluntarily or otherwise) subject to any provisional or final order for its sequestration, curatorship, liquidation, winding-up, judicial management, business rescue or is made subject to any similar disability or is deregistered; or

 

12


9.1.4 the Mortgagor compromises, or offers to compromise, with its creditors generally; or

 

9.1.5 the Mortgagor materially breaches any material provision of the Security Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within fourteen days after the Mortgagor has called for such remedy in writing; or

 

9.1.6 the Mortgagor failing to comply punctually and fully with its obligations to any of its existing or future creditors or to any existing or future lessor of any movable goods in terms of any agreement with such lessor such that any such creditor or lessor becomes entitled to –

 

9.1.6.1 attach or realise any of the Mortgagor’s assets; or

 

9.1.6.2 obtains any judgement against the Mortgagor,

 

9.1.7 any of the circumstances or events referred to in 9.1.1 to 9.1.6 above arising or occurring at any time in relation not to the Mortgagor, but to anybody else for whose obligations the Mortgagor is for the time being liable or bound to the Mortgagee, whether as surety for and/or co-principal debtor with such other person or otherwise howsoever,

the Mortgagee shall be entitled, but not obliged, notwithstanding any prior waiver or anything to the contrary in this Bond contained or otherwise agreed, and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which the Mortgagee may under the circumstances have, whether in terms hereof or otherwise –

 

9.1.8 to claim and recover from the Mortgagor forthwith all or any sums for the time being secured by this Bond, whether then due for payment or not; and/or

 

9.1.9 to have the mortgaged property excused by legal process; and/or

 

9.1.10 to proceed for provisional sentence or final judgment, to execute on all or any of the assets of the Mortgagor hypothecated hereunder; and/or

 

9.1.11 to employ such other remedies and to take such other steps against the Mortgagor as are in law allowed;

provided that whatever costs and expenses may be incurred by the Mortgagee, including costs on the scale as between

 

13


attorney and own client, in so doing shall be recoverable from the Mortgagor on demand or, as the Mortgagee may decide, be paid out of any moneys owing to the Mortgagor recovered by the Mortgagee, and that the nett recoveries of the Mortgagee shall be applied by the Mortgagee in reduction or satisfaction, as the case may be, of any indebtedness hereby secured, and any surplus remaining thereafter shall be paid over by the Mortgagee to the Mortgagor.

 

9.2 Should the provisions of this clause 9 become applicable, the Mortgagee is further entitled and is hereby authorised to surrender any policy or policies of assurance which is/are ceded or made payable to the Mortgagee as collateral security and to appropriate the surrender value on account of the amount owing to the Mortgagee or secured under this bond.

 

10 CERTIFICATE OF INDEBTEDNESS

A certificate signed by any director, manager, company secretary or accountant for the time being of the Mortgagee (whose appointment or authority it shall not be necessary to prove) shall constitute prima facie evidence of the outstanding balance owing and/or due and payable by the Mortgagor to the Mortgagee and/or the rate of interest payable by the Mortgagor and/or any other amount owing and/or due and payable by the Mortgagor to the Mortgagee in terms hereof and/or any other matter arising from or related to this bond. Such certificate shall be prima facie proof of the contents thereof for the purpose of provisional sentence, motion proceedings, default judgment proceedings or any other legal proceedings by the Mortgagee against the Mortgagor in terms hereof.

 

11 DOMICILIUM

The Mortgagor chooses domicilium citandi et executandi at the following address –

Block 18

Randfontein Office Park

Cnr Main Reef Road & Ward

Avenue Randfontein

and any notice or other document or legal process to be given, sent or delivered under this bond shall be regarded as sufficiently given, sent or delivered to the Mortgagor if delivered at the aforesaid address or sent by prepaid registered post to such address, in which latter case it shall be presumed to have been received on the fifth day following the date of posting unless the contrary is proved.

 

12 RIGHT OF LEASEHOLD

In the event that the mortgaged property is a right of leasehold granted in terms of the Black Communities Development Act No. 4 of 1984, as amended, references in this bond to the mortgaged property, the mortgaged property and buildings or other improvements of

 

14


whatsoever nature erected or to be erected on the mortgaged property shall, unless otherwise required by the context, include respectively, the land in respect of which the right of leasehold is granted and all buildings or other improvements erected or to be erected on such land.

 

13 JURISDICTION

 

13.1 The Mortgagor agrees that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this bond may be brought against it in the High Court of South Africa (Witwatersrand Local Division) (or any successor to that court) and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such court. The Mortgagor irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have that such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Nothing herein shall affect any of the rights of the Mortgagee to serve process in any manner permitted by law. The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of each of the Mortgagee to take proceedings against the Mortgagor in whatever other jurisdiction the Mortgagee considers appropriate nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction whether concurrently or not.

 

13.2 The Mortgagor irrevocably and unconditionally –

 

13.2.1 agrees that if the Mortgagee brings legal proceedings against it or its assets in relation to this bond no immunity (including, without limitation, sovereign immunity) from such legal proceedings (which will be deemed to include without limitation, suit, attachment prior to Judgment, other attachment, the obtaining of Judgment, execution or other enforcement) will be claimed by or on behalf of itself or with respect to its assets;

 

13.2.2 waives any right of immunity from suit which it or its assets now has or may in the future acquire in connection with any action against it based on this bond; and

 

13.2.3 consents generally in respect of any such proceedings to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with such proceedings including, without limitation, the making, enforcement or execution against any property whatsoever (irrespective of its use or intended use) of any order or Judgment which may be made or given in such proceedings.

 

14 EXPROPRIATION

In the event that the whole or any portion of the mortgaged property is expropriated under any law or the whole or any portion thereof taken under the provisions of any law, Provincial Ordinance or by-law for road-widening purposes, or any other purpose whatsoever by any competent authority, the Mortgagor appoints the Mortgagee, irrevocably and in rem suam, to receive all compensation monies payable in respect thereof as well as to make all claims and sign all such documents in regard thereto. The Mortgagee will account to the Mortgagor in respect of all amounts received after deduction of all sums owing in terms of this bond, including legal costs incurred by the Mortgagee in invoking its rights pursuant to this clause.

 

15


15 CESSION OF MORTGAGE BOND

The Mortgagee shall be entitled at any time to cede any or all of its rights under the mortgage bond to any person or persons and to register such cession in the appropriate Deeds Registry and the Mortgagor hereby agrees and consents to any such cession or any increase in the number of Mortgagees.

 

16 MISCELLANEOUS

 

16.1 No relaxation or indulgence which the Mortgagee may grant the Mortgagor shall in any way prejudice or be deemed to be a waiver of its rights hereunder.

 

16.2 The Mortgagor hereby agrees that should it commit any act which may render it liable to be wound up or fail to comply timeously with any law existing at any time whereby provision is made for the rendering of an annual return by the Mortgagor to any authority whatsoever and in particular, and without in any way limiting the generality of the aforegoing, to the Registrar of Companies, then and in such event such act or failure shall be deemed to be a material breach of the terms of the mortgage bond.

 

17 NON-VARIATION

No agreement varying any of the terms or conditions of this bond shall be of any force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by the Mortgagor and the Mortgagee, and should the Mortgagee so require, such agreement shall be incorporated in a variation agreement prepared by the Mortgagee’s conveyancers and registered in the relevant Deeds Registry at the cost of the Mortgagor.

 

18 COSTS

The Mortgagee shall pay all legal expenses, costs and charges in drawing and completing the Power of Attorney and this bond and procuring the registration thereof, and the costs of cancellation of this bond, including any powers of attorney and other documents necessary for that purpose, and in general all costs, including costs between attorney and client and collection commission, which may arise out of or in connection with this bond. All legal work necessary shall be performed and all necessary documents in connection with this bond and the cancellation thereof shall be drawn and registration hereof effected by the Mortgagee’s conveyancers.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF I, the said Registrar, together with the Appearer q.q. have subscribed to these presents, and have caused my seal of office to be affixed thereto.

THUS DONE AND EXECUTED at the office of the REGISTRAR OF DEEDS MPUMALANGA at Nelspruit, on

 

   

 

 

    q.q.
In my presence,    

 

   
REGISTRAR OF DEEDS    

 

17

Exhibit 4.57

EXECUTION VERSION

PLEDGE AND CESSION

 

1. As security for the obligations (the “ Secured Indebtedness ”) which

EMERALD PANTHER INVESTMENTS 91 PROPRIETARY LIMITED

(Registration No. 2012/050034/07)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

(the “Pledgor” )

at present has and may from time to time in the future have or incur to

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Registration No. 1950/038232/06)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

and its successors and assigns (the “Creditor” and together with the Pledgor, collectively hereinafter the “Parties” and each of them a “Party” as the context may require) to pay R500 000 000,00 (five hundred million Rand), being the amount due by it to the Creditor from time to time under clause 9.5 of the amended and restated sale of shares and claims agreement entered into on or about 15 August 2012 between, inter alios , the Pledgor and the Creditor (as amended from time to time) (the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement ) plus any interest payable thereon in terms of clause 12.2 of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement, the Pledgor pledges and cedes in securitatem debiti to the Creditor with effect from the Closing Date (as defined in the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement (the Closing Date )) –

 

  1.1. the Pledged Shares (as defined in Annexure A ), and any capitalisation shares which may be issued on account of the holding of such shares and any rights and proceeds of any rights to subscribe for shares or other rights attaching to such shares (including, without limitation, any distribution in specie ) and any proceeds arising from the disposal of such shares or such proceeds or other rights or an election to receive cash in respect of such shares, including, without limitation, any ordinary or preference shares in the issued share capital of the Companies (as defined in Annexure A ) from time to time issued to the Pledgor as well as their rights to receive from the Companies any dividends or other distributions in respect of such shares;


  1.2. all rights to any bank account into which the proceeds contemplated in clauses 1.1 and 1.3 hereof and any repayment of Ceded Claims (as defined below) may from time to time be paid ( Ceded Account ); provided that it is recorded that such proceeds shall not include the amount of R500 000 000,00 (five hundred million Rand) (which is to be borrowed by Firefly (as defined in Annexure A ) via Firefly Investments 248 Proprietary Limited from third party lenders and paid to Evander (as defined in Annexure A ) which will in turn pay such amount to the Pledgor, which will then pay it to the Creditor), it being acknowledged that such third party lenders have security rights, and have imposed restrictions, thereon and that the Creditor will not be entitled to attach such amount prior to payment thereof by the Pledgor to the Creditor; and

 

  1.3. all claims of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising which the Pledgor at present has, and may from time to time have, against either Company, including, without limitation, any claim which they may from time to time have against such Company in respect of monies owing by such Company to it under their loan accounts, if any, as well as in respect of any unpaid dividends or other distributions (the Ceded Claims ”) and, which together with (a) the Pledged Shares and (b) the rights to the Ceded Account and (c) all other rights and interests ceded in terms of this clause 1.3, constitute the Collateral ,

all on the terms and conditions contained in this pledge and cession (this Pledge and Cession ).

 

2. On the Closing Date, the Pledgor shall deliver to the Creditor, in respect of its Pledged Shares –

 

  2.1. the share certificates accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s of the Pledged Shares and in blank as to transferee;

 

  2.2. a certified copy of a resolution passed by the directors of each Company irrevocably acknowledging and approving the pledge and cession of the Collateral and the transfer of the Collateral to transferee; and

 

  2.3. such other consents or authorities as may be required for the transfer of the Pledged Shares or any of them to any transferee.

 

3. Should any of the Pledged Shares which are certificated as of the date of this Pledge and Cession at any time in the future be dematerialised, then the Pledgor shall forthwith, upon the happening of that event, deliver to the Creditor a written acknowledgement signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, confirming and specifying (to the Creditor’s satisfaction) -

 

  3.1. the Pledgor’s ownership of the Pledged Shares and that such shares are held by the relevant central securities depository participant;

 

2


  3.2. the entry, in accordance with the applicable rules, of this Pledge and Cession in favour of the Creditor in the Pledgor’s securities account kept by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant in respect of the Pledged Shares;

 

  3.3. that the relevant central securities depository participant will not remove the entry referred to in clause 3.2 from the relevant securities account nor will the Pledged Shares be transferred to a third party without the written consent of the Creditor first having been obtained; and

 

  3.4. no other security cession or pledge was noted against the Pledged Shares at any time that the entry referred to in clause 3.2 was made against the relevant securities account,

and in the event that the Creditor is entitled to exercise its rights in terms of this Pledge and Cession, the Pledgor will instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the Pledged Shares to the Creditor (or its nominee) by effecting the necessary entries into the relevant securities account; in the event of the Pledgor not giving the necessary instruction as aforesaid, the Pledgor irrevocably nominates constitutes and appoints the Creditor (or its nominee) as its lawfully appointed attorney and agent, with full power and authority, to do all such things as necessary to give effect to the provisions of this clause 3, and in particular to instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the shares to the Creditor (or its nominee).

 

4. Without in any way limiting or derogating from any other provision hereof, if at any time hereafter any shares in the capital of either Company are issued to or acquired by the Pledgor for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, any other class of shares (howsoever described) which are issued by either Company to the Pledgor, then the documents of title evidencing any such shares shall be delivered to the Creditor ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 2 hereof) accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s thereof and in blank as to transferee, together with certified copies of such other irrevocable resolutions, consents and authorities as may be required for the transfer of such Pledged Shares. If such shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall forthwith comply with the provisions of clause 3 ( mutatis mutandis ) in respect of such shares.

 

5. All bonus or new shares which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Creditor ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 2 hereof) for and on behalf of the Creditor and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession or, if such further shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall procure that they become subject to this Pledge and Cession and, in particular, the arrangements contemplated in clause 3 mutatis mutandis . All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such bonus or new shares from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Creditor mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

 

3


6.

 

  6.1. Any distribution in specie which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and if –

 

  6.1.1. such distribution in specie consists of certificated shares, the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Creditor ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 2 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession;

 

  6.1.2. such distribution in specie consists of dematerialised shares, a written acknowledgement, signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, shall be delivered to the Creditor ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof); and

 

  6.1.3. such distribution in specie consists of any other asset, such asset shall be delivered to the Creditor and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession.

 

  6.2. All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such distribution in specie from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Creditor mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

 

7. All shares required to be delivered to the Creditor, from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall comprise Pledged Shares for all purposes in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

8. If at any time during the currency of this Pledge and Cession, any breach or default of the Secured Indebtedness occurs and is continuing (a “ Default ”), the Creditor shall be entitled, and the Pledgor hereby authorises the Creditor irrevocably and in rem suam without reference to the Pledgor and, unless required by applicable law, without first obtaining an order of court -

 

  8.1. to convene general meetings of either Company for any purpose whatsoever including, without limitation, for the purpose of removing the directors of such Company appointed by the Pledgor as a result of the holding of the Pledged Shares and to appoint in their stead such persons as directors as the Creditor in its sole and absolute discretion deems fit; and/or

 

  8.2. to give special notice of an intention to pass any resolution which requires special notice under the Companies Act, 2008 (Act No. 71 of 2008) and to consent to short notice of or to waive notice of any general meeting of either Company; and/or

 

4


  8.3. to attend any general meeting of shareholders of each Company as such Pledgor’s proxy or representative, to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit, and to represent such Pledgor in all respects at any such meeting; and/or

 

  8.4. to procure, after the expiry of a period of 20 (twenty) business days after the occurrence of a Default, the registration of all or any of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee, or any other person, and to exercise any voting rights attaching thereto in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit; and/or

 

  8.5. to receive all dividends or other distributions or payments paid from time to time on account of the Collateral which dividends and other payments and distributions shall, if irrevocably received and retained by the Creditor, be applied in pro tanto discharge of the Pledgor’s liability to the Creditor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and/or

 

  8.6. whether after registration of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee or any other person or without such registration, to realise, after the expiry of a period of 20 (twenty) business days after the occurrence of a Default, the Collateral either by public auction or by private treaty, as the Creditor may deem fit, and/or, at the Creditor’s election, to take over the Collateral at a fair value which, in the absence of agreement, shall be determined by an independent accountant agreed to by the Parties or, failing agreement, appointed by the President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (or the successor body thereto) (which independent accountant shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall determine the liability for its charges which will be paid accordingly) provided that if any determination is manifestly unjust, and the court exercises its general power, if any, to correct such determination, the Parties shall be bound thereby, and to pro tanto apply the net proceeds of the sale (after all expenses of realisation) to, or set off the purchase price payable by it for the Collateral against the Pledgor’s indebtedness to the Creditor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness on the basis that any excess on realisation or any balance owing to the Pledgor, as the case may be, will be paid to the Pledgor and any shortfall will remain as a debt due by the Pledgor to the Creditor; and/or

 

  8.7. to convey, after the expiry of a period of 20 (twenty) business days after the occurrence of a Default, valid title in the Collateral to any purchaser thereof (including the Creditor); and/or

 

  8.8. to give notice of the cession to the Company and/or to recover the amount of the Ceded Claims or other sums forming part of the Collateral directly from it; and/or

 

  8.9. to institute such legal proceedings or other action as the Creditor in its sole and absolute discretion may deem fit on behalf and in the name of the Pledgor in respect of the Collateral, and to proceed to the final end and determination thereof.

 

5


  8.10. to take, all such further or other steps as the Creditor may consider necessary to deal with the Collateral.

 

9. If at any time the Creditor becomes entitled to exercise its rights under clause 8, the Pledgor hereby authorises and appoints the Creditor irrevocably and in rem suam as the Pledgor’s attorney and agent in the Pledgor’s name, place and stead to sign and execute -

 

  9.1. any proxy in favour of the Creditor or its nominee to enable the Creditor to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them; and

 

  9.2. such documents as may be necessary -

 

  9.2.1. in order to render the Pledged Shares or any of them negotiable including, without limitation, the signature of share transfer declarations;

 

  9.2.2. to receive payment of the purchase price of the Collateral; and/or

 

  9.2.3. to enable the Creditor to exercise any of the rights granted to it herein.

 

10. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, this Pledge and Cession shall not prevent the Pledgor and the Companies from giving effect to the payments contemplated in the sale of business agreement to be concluded between Firefly and Evander, and the distribution and payment by Evander of R500 000 000,00 (five hundred million Rand) to the Pledgor, which the Pledgor shall use to settle its obligations to the Creditor in terms of clause 9.5 of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement.

 

11. The Pledgor undertakes that until the full, final and irrevocable discharge of the Secured Indebtedness and all obligations owing by the Pledgor to the Creditor hereunder or save as otherwise agreed in writing by the Creditor, it will not sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral.

 

12. A certificate signed by any director or manager of the Creditor reflecting the amount of -

 

  12.1. the Pledgor’s indebtedness to the Creditor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and

 

  12.2. any costs or expenses incurred by the Creditor in the exercise of its rights herein and the net proceeds of any realisation of the Collateral,

shall be presumed to be correct, unless the contrary be proved.

 

13. The Creditor shall not be -

 

  13.1. obliged to take any steps which it is authorised or entitled to take or exercise any rights granted to it herein; and

 

6


  13.2. liable to the Pledgor for any loss or damage, fines, taxes or other fiscal charges or penalties or claims which the Pledgor may suffer or sustain as a consequence, directly or indirectly, of -

 

  13.2.1. the Creditor exercising any of its rights under this Pledge and Cession, save in respect of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Creditor;

 

  13.2.2. any omission or delay by the Creditor including any delay in exercising any of its rights hereunder or its failure to insure or protect the Pledgor’s interests in the Collateral in any way; or

 

  13.2.3. the loss or destruction of any documents delivered by the Pledgor to the Creditor in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

14. The provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall be and continue to be of full force and effect and binding on the Pledgor notwithstanding -

 

  14.1. the Creditor agreeing with the Pledgor, any variation or departure (however substantial) of or from the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement so that any such variation or departure shall, whatever its nature, be binding upon the Pledgor in all circumstances, notwithstanding that it may increase or otherwise affect the liability of the Pledgor; or

 

  14.2. the Creditor releasing or granting any time or any indulgence whatsoever to the Pledgor under the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement or any contravention by the Pledgor of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement, or entering into any transaction or arrangements whatsoever with or in relation to the Pledgor and/or any third party; or

 

  14.3. the Creditor taking, accepting, varying, dealing with, enforcing, abstaining from enforcing, surrendering or releasing any security for the obligations secured hereby in such manner as it thinks fit, or claiming, proving for, accepting or transferring any payment in respect of such obligations in any composition by, or sequestration of, the Pledgor and/or any third party or abstaining from so claiming, proving, accepting or transferring; or

 

  14.4. the winding up, dissolution, administration, reorganisation or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of the Creditor or the Pledgor or any change in their respective status, function, control or ownership; or

 

  14.5. any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement being or becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or ineffective in any manner or respect whatsoever; or

 

  14.6. any time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to be granted to the Pledgor under the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement; or

 

7


  14.7. any amendment to, or any variation, waiver or release of any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement; or

 

  14.8. any other act, event or omission which, but for this clause 14, might operate or might otherwise have operated to discharge, impair or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the Pledgor herein contained or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon the Creditor, whether by the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement or by applicable law.

 

15. The liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under this Pledge and Cession shall remain in force notwithstanding any settlement of account, act, omission, neglect, event or matter whatsoever, and in particular but without limitation, shall not be considered satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of all or any of the liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement. Without prejudice to its generality, the foregoing shall apply in relation to anything which would have discharged the Pledgor (wholly or in part) or which would have afforded the Pledgor with any legal or equitable defence, and in relation to any winding up, dissolution or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of, or any change in constitution or corporate identity or loss of corporate identity by the Pledgor (if applicable) or any other person.

 

16. Immediately after payment in full of (i) the amount of R500 000 000,00 (five hundred million Rand) in terms of clause 9.5 of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement; and (ii) any interest payable thereon in terms of clause 12.2 of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement, the Creditor’s rights in terms of this Pledge and Cession shall automatically, without the need for any confirmation thereof by the Creditor, be cancelled and shall be of no force and effect and the Creditor shall, within 2 (two) business days thereafter, return to the Pledgor the Pledged Shares together with all documents, amounts or other assets delivered by the Pledgor to the Creditor in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

17. The Pledgor shall render to the Creditor such assistance as the Creditor may require for the purposes of enforcing its rights in respect of the Collateral and/or to prove the amount of the Ceded Claims or any portion thereof.

 

18.

 

  18.1. The Pledgor, on each day that this Pledge and Cession is in force:

 

  18.1.1. warrants and represents that it is and will remain the sole and beneficial owner of the Collateral to the exclusion of all others and no person (other than the Creditor) has an option or right of refusal over the Collateral;

 

  18.1.2. warrants and represents that the Collateral pledged and ceded to the Creditor under this Pledge and Cession has not been pledged and/or ceded (either outright or as security), discounted, factored, mortgaged under notarial bond or otherwise, or otherwise disposed of or hypothecated, nor has it been subject to any other rights in favour of any person;

 

8


  18.1.3. warrants and represents that it has the power, authority and legal right to sign and perform this Pledge and Cession;

 

  18.1.4. warrants and represents that all obligations undertaken by it under this Pledge and Cession constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Pledge and Cession, and that the constitutional documents of the Companies do not place any limitations or restrictions on the Pledgor to pledge and cede the Collateral as provided for in this Pledge and Cession;

 

  18.1.5. warrants and represents that its entry into this Pledge and Cession and the fulfilment of its obligations in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof do not contravene any applicable law or any contractual obligation binding on it; and

 

  18.1.6. save as expressly contemplated by, and subject to the provisions of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement and this Pledge and Cession, acknowledges that it may not pledge, cede, assign or transfer or in any other manner create any security interest whatsoever, or allow any security interest whatsoever to be created, over or deal with the Collateral without the prior written consent of the Creditor.

 

  18.2. Should the Collateral be subject to any right in breach of the representation and warranty in clause 18.1.2 then, without prejudice to any other rights that the Creditor may have, any reversionary or other interests the Pledgor may have in the Collateral are also ceded to the Creditor and if the holder of that cession or right is entitled to possession of any of the documents referred to in clause 4, and it exercises that right, then the Pledgor shall deliver photocopies of the documents to the Creditor, and as soon as the holder of that cession or right ceases to be entitled to possession or gives up possession, the Pledgor shall deliver the relevant documents to the Creditor. Without in any way limiting or derogating from the foregoing, the Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that the Creditor shall be entitled to receive payment from such prior cessionary of such amounts as such prior cessionary shall receive in excess of the sums due to it by the Pledgor.

 

  18.3. It is recorded that the Creditor has entered into this Pledge and Cession on the strength of and relying on, inter alia, the warranties and representations in this clause 18, each of which shall be deemed to be separate warranties and representations, given without prejudice to any other warranty or representation, and deemed to be material representations inducing the Creditor to enter into this Pledge and Cession.

 

19. This Pledge and Cession is in addition to and not in substitution for any other security held or hereafter to be held by the Creditor from any party in connection with the Secured Indebtedness, or otherwise and the Creditor shall, without prejudice to its rights hereunder, be entitled to release any such additional security held by it.

 

9


20. The Pledgor hereby renounces the legal benefits and exceptions of excussion, division, non numeratae pecuniae and non causa debiti , the Pledgor declaring itself to be fully acquainted with the full meaning and effect of this renunciation.

 

21. This Pledge and Cession shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

22. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg) (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Pledge and Cession.

 

23. Each provision in this Pledge and Cession is severable from all other provisions, notwithstanding the manner in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences, paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their intention to continue to be bound by this Pledge and Cession notwithstanding that any provision may be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force. The Parties agree that in such event, and insofar as may be available under applicable law, to substitute valid, legal and enforceable provisions for the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions so as to implement the intention of the Parties hereto to the extent legally possible.

 

24.

 

  24.1. The Parties choose as their addresses for notices for all purposes under this Pledge and Cession, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature, the following addresses -

 

  24.1.1. the Creditor:

 

  Physical:   

Block 18

Randfontein Office Park

cnr Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue

Randfontein

South Africa

  Telefax:    +2711 628 2882
  Attention:    Chief Executive Officer

 

10


  24.1.2. Pledgor:

 

  Physical:   

First Floor

Office 101, The Firs

cnr Cradock & Bierman Avenue

Rosebank

2196

South Africa

  Telefax:    +27 86 266 4266
  Attention:    Chief Executive Officer

 

  24.2. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Pledge and Cession shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by hand delivery, courier or facsimile.

 

  24.3.

Each may by notice to the other Parties change the physical address chosen as its address for notices to another physical address in Gauteng, South Africa or its telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that addressee on the 14 th  (fourteenth) business day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  24.4. Any notice to a Party –

 

  24.4.1. delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its address for notices shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery; or

 

  24.4.2. sent by telefax to its chosen telefax number stipulated against its name above, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of despatch (unless the contrary is proved).

 

  24.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or communication actually received by the Pledgor shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address for notices.

 

25. No amendment or variation of, addition to, deletion from, or consensual cancellation of this Pledge and Cession or any provision or term thereof and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Pledge and Cession shall bind the Creditor unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties. Any such extension, waiver or relaxation which is so given or made shall be construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 

26. No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall operate as an estoppel against the Creditor in respect of its rights hereunder nor shall it operate so as to preclude the Creditor thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Pledge and Cession.

 

11


27. Neither Party shall be entitled to cede any of its rights nor delegate any of its obligations in terms of this Pledge and Cession to any person.

 

28. The Pledgor undertakes to pay on first demand all costs and expenses of whatsoever nature incurred by the Creditor in exercising or enforcing any of its rights hereunder together with the costs of and incidental to the transfer of the Pledged Shares, including, without limitation, any transfer duty or securities transfer tax which may be payable in connection therewith.

 

29. This Pledge and Cession may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile shall constitute a valid counterpart for all purposes hereunder.

 

30. The Pledgor acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all the provisions of this Pledge and Cession and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Pledgor acknowledges that all of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession have been negotiated as between it and the Creditor and are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with this Pledge and Cession.

 

12


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Emerald Panther Investments 91 Proprietary Limited

/s/

 

Name: Neal Reynolds

Title: Director

Witness:

Date: 28 February

Accepted the benefits hereof:

Signed for and on behalf of:

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

/s/

 

Name: Frank Abbott

Title: Director

Witness:

Date: 27 February

 

 

13


Annexure A

For the purposes of this Pledge and Cession –

 

1. Companies ” means:

 

  1.1. Firefly; and

 

  1.2. Evander,

and Company ” shall mean any one of them as the context may require;

 

2. Evander ” means Evander Gold Mines Limited (Registration No. 1963/006226/06), a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

3. “Evander Shares” means all of the ordinary shares held by the Pledgor in the issued share capital of Evander (comprising 100% (one hundred per cent) of the entire ordinary issued share capital of Evander), together with any shares in the capital of Evander that may hereafter be acquired by the Pledgor for any reason;

 

4. Firefly ” means Firefly Investments 251 Proprietary Limited, a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;

 

5. Firefly Shares ” means all of the ordinary shares held by the Pledgor in the issued share capital of Firefly (comprising 100% (one hundred per cent) of the entire issued ordinary share capital of Firefly), together with any shares in any class of the share capital of Firefly that may hereafter be acquired by the Pledgor for any reason; and

 

6. Pledged Shares ” means collectively –

 

  6.1. the Evander Shares; and

 

  6.2. the Firefly Shares.

Exhibit 4.58

EXECUTION VERSION

PLEDGE AND CESSION

 

1. As security for the obligations (the Secured Indebtedness ”) which

PAN AFRICAN RESOURCES PLC

(Registration No. 3937466)

a limited liability public company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of England and Wales

(the “Pledgor” )

at present has and may from time to time in the future have or incur to

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Registration No. 1950/038232/06)

a limited liability company duly registered and incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa

and its successors and assigns (the “Creditor” and together with the Pledgor, collectively hereinafter the “Parties” and each of them a “Party” as the context may require) to pay all amounts due from time to time under a guarantee (the “Guarantee” ) contained in clause 13 of the amended and restated sale of shares and claims agreement entered into on or about 15 August 2012 between, inter alios, the Pledgor and the Creditor (as amended from time to time) (the “Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement ), in terms of which the Pledgor guarantees the obligations of Emerald Panther Investments 91 Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2012/050034/07) (the “Company” ) to the Creditor under the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement, all on the terms and conditions contained therein( it being recorded that, pursuant to the payment in accordance with clause 9.3 of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement the only outstanding obligation of the Company in terms of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement is to pay R500 000 000,00 (five hundred million Rand) to the Creditor in terms of clause 9.5 the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement plus any interest payable thereon in terms of clause 12.2 of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement), the Pledgor pledges and cedes in securitatem debiti to the Creditor with effect from the Closing Date (as defined in the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement (the “Closing Date” )) –

 

  1.1.

the Pledged Shares (as defined in Annexure A ), and any capitalisation shares which may be issued on account of the holding of such shares and any rights and proceeds of any rights to subscribe for shares or other rights attaching to such shares (including, without


  limitation, any distribution in specie ) and any proceeds arising from the disposal of such shares or such proceeds or other rights or an election to receive cash in respect of such shares, including, without limitation, any ordinary or preference shares in the issued share capital of the Company from time to time issued to the Pledgor as well as their rights to receive from the Company any dividends or other distributions in respect of such shares;

 

  1.2. all rights to any bank account into which the proceeds contemplated in clauses 1.1 and 1.3 hereof and any repayment of Ceded Claims (as defined below) may from time to time be paid ( Ceded Account ”); provided that such proceeds shall not include the amount of R500 000 000,00 (five hundred million Rand) (which is to be borrowed by Firefly Investments 251 Proprietary Limited via Firefly Investments 248 Proprietary Limited from third party lenders and paid to Evander Gold Mines Limited which will in turn pay such amount to the Company, which will then pay it to the Creditor), it being acknowledged that such third party lenders have security rights, and have imposed restrictions, thereon and that the Creditor will not be entitled to attach any such amount prior to payment thereof by the Company to the Creditor; and

 

  1.3. all claims of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising which the Pledgor at present has, and may from time to time have, against the Company, including, without limitation, any claim which they may from time to time have against the Company in respect of monies owing by the Company to it under its loan accounts, if any, as well as in respect of any unpaid dividends or other distributions (the Ceded Claims ”) and, which together with (a) the Pledged Shares and (b) the rights to the Ceded Account and (c) all other rights and interests ceded in terms of this clause 1.3, constitute the “ Collateral ”,

all on the terms and conditions contained in this pledge and cession (this Pledge and Cession ”).

 

2. On the Closing Date, the Pledgor shall deliver to the Creditor in respect of its Pledged Shares –

 

  2.1. the share certificates accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s of the Pledged Shares and in blank as to transferee;

 

  2.2. a certified copy of a resolution passed by the directors of the Company irrevocably acknowledging and approving the pledge and cession of the Collateral and the transfer of the Collateral to any transferee; and

 

  2.3. such other consents or authorities as may be required for the transfer of the Pledged Shares or any of them to any transferee.

 

3. Should any of the Pledged Shares which are certificated as of the date of this Pledge and Cession at any time in the future be dematerialised, then the Pledgor shall forthwith, upon the happening of that event, deliver to the Creditor a written acknowledgement signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, confirming and specifying (to the Creditor’s satisfaction) -


  3.1. the Pledgor’s ownership of the Pledged Shares and that such shares are held by the relevant central securities depository participant;

 

  3.2. the entry, in accordance with the applicable rules, of this Pledge and Cession in favour of the Creditor in the Pledgor’s securities account kept by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant in respect of the Pledged Shares;

 

  3.3. that the relevant central securities depository participant will not remove the entry referred to in clause 3.2 from the relevant securities account nor will the Pledged Shares be transferred to a third party without the written consent of the Creditor first having been obtained; and

 

  3.4. no other security cession or pledge was noted against the Pledged Shares at any time that the entry referred to in clause 3.2 was made against the relevant securities account,

and in the event that the Creditor is entitled to exercise its rights in terms of this Pledge and Cession, the Pledgor will instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the Pledged Shares to the Creditor (or its nominee) by effecting the necessary entries into the relevant securities account; in the event of the Pledgor not giving the necessary instruction as aforesaid, the Pledgor irrevocably nominates constitutes and appoints the Creditor (or its nominee) as its lawfully appointed attorney and agent, with full power and authority, to do all such things as necessary to give effect to the provisions of this clause 3, and in particular to instruct the relevant central securities depository participant to transfer the shares to the Creditor (or its nominee).

 

4. Without in any way limiting or derogating from any other provision hereof, if at any time hereafter any shares in the capital of the Company are issued to or acquired by the Pledgor for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, any other class of shares (howsoever described) which are issued by the Company to the Pledgor, then the documents of title evidencing any such shares shall be delivered to the Creditor ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 2 hereof) accompanied by undated share transfer declarations in respect thereof duly signed by the registered holder/s thereof and in blank as to transferee, together with certified copies of such other irrevocable resolutions, consents and authorities as may be required for the transfer of such Pledged Shares. If such shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall forthwith comply with the provisions of clause 3 ( mutatis mutandis ) in respect of such shares.

 

5. All bonus or new shares which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Creditor ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 2 hereof) for and on behalf of the Creditor and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession or, if such further shares are dematerialised, the Pledgor shall procure that they become subject to this Pledge and Cession and, in particular, the arrangements contemplated in clause 3 mutatis mutandis. All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such bonus or new shares from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Creditor mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.


6.

 

  6.1. Any distribution in specie which may from time to time accrue in respect of the Pledged Shares shall accrue to and be taken up by the Pledgor and if –

 

  6.1.1. such distribution in specie consists of certificated shares, the certificates in respect thereof, together with duly signed and currently dated share transfer declarations in respect thereof in blank as to transferee, shall be delivered to the Creditor ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 2 hereof) and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession;

 

  6.1.2. such distribution in specie consists of dematerialised shares, a written acknowledgement, signed by or on behalf of the relevant central securities depository participant, shall be delivered to the Creditor ( mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 3 hereof); and

 

  6.1.3. such distribution in specie consists of any other asset, such asset shall be delivered to the Creditor and shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of this Pledge and Cession.

 

  6.2. All rights and proceeds accrued, earned or attaching to any such distribution in specie from time to time are hereby ceded in securitatem debiti to the Creditor mutatis mutandis in accordance with the provisions of clause 1 hereof and shall form part of the Collateral for all purposes in terms hereof.

 

7. All shares required to be delivered to the Creditor, from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall comprise Pledged Shares for all purposes in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

8. If at any time during the currency of this Pledge and Cession, any breach or default of the Guarantee occurs and is continuing (a Default ”), the Creditor shall be entitled, and the Pledgor hereby authorises the Creditor irrevocably and in rem suam without reference to the Pledgor and, unless required by applicable law, without first obtaining an order of court -

 

  8.1. to convene general meetings of the Company for any purpose whatsoever including, without limitation, for the purpose of removing the directors of the Company appointed by the Pledgor as a result of the holding of the Pledged Shares and to appoint in their stead such persons as directors as the Creditor in its sole and absolute discretion deems fit; and/or

 

  8.2. to give special notice of an intention to pass any resolution which requires special notice under the Companies Act, 2008 (Act No. 71 of 2008) and to consent to short notice of or to waive notice of any general meeting of the Company; and/or


  8.3. to attend any general meeting of shareholders of the Company as such Pledgor’s proxy or representative, to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit, and to represent such Pledgor in all respects at any such meeting; and/or

 

  8.4. to procure, after the expiry of a period of 20 (twenty) business days after the occurrence of a Default, the registration of all or any of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee, or any other person, and to exercise any voting rights attaching thereto in such manner as it may in its sole and absolute discretion deem fit; and/or

 

  8.5. to receive all dividends or other distributions or payments paid from time to time on account of the Collateral which dividends and other payments and distributions shall, if irrevocably received and retained by the Creditor, be applied in pro tanto discharge of the Pledgor’s liability to the Creditor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and/or

 

  8.6. whether after registration of the Pledged Shares into its name or the name of its nominee or any other person or without such registration, to realise, after the expiry of a period of 20 (twenty) business days after the occurrence of a Default, the Collateral either by public auction or by private treaty, as the Creditor may deem fit, and/or, at the Creditor’s election, to take over the Collateral at a fair value which, in the absence of agreement, shall be determined by an independent accountant agreed to by the Parties or, failing agreement, appointed by the President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (or the successor body thereto) (which independent accountant shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall determine the liability for its charges which will be paid accordingly) provided that if any determination is manifestly unjust, and the court exercises its general power, if any, to correct such determination, the Parties shall be bound thereby, and to pro tanto apply the net proceeds of the sale (after all expenses of realisation) to, or set off the purchase price payable by it for the Collateral against the Pledgor’s indebtedness to the Creditor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness on the basis that any excess on realisation or any balance owing to the Pledgor, as the case may be, will be paid to the Pledgor and any shortfall will remain as a debt due by the Pledgor to the Creditor; and/or

 

  8.7. to convey, after the expiry of a period of 20 (twenty) business days after the occurrence of a Default, valid title in the Collateral to any purchaser thereof (including the Creditor); and/or

 

  8.8. to give notice of the cession to the Company and/or to recover the amount of the Ceded Claims or other sums forming part of the Collateral directly from it; and/or

 

  8.9. to institute such legal proceedings or other action as the Creditor in its sole and absolute discretion may deem fit on behalf and in the name of the Pledgor in respect of the Collateral, and to proceed to the final end and determination thereof; and/or


  8.10.   to take all such further or other steps as the Creditor may consider necessary to deal with the Collateral.

 

9. If at any time the Creditor becomes entitled to exercise its rights under clause 8, the Pledgor hereby authorises and appoints the Creditor irrevocably and in rem suam as the Pledgor’s attorney and agent in the Pledgor’s name, place and stead to sign and execute -

 

  9.1. any proxy in favour of the Creditor or its nominee to enable the Creditor to exercise any voting rights attaching to the Pledged Shares or any of them; and

 

  9.2. such documents as may be necessary -

 

  9.2.1. in order to render the Pledged Shares or any of them negotiable including, without limitation, the signature of share transfer declarations;

 

  9.2.2. to receive payment of the purchase price of the Collateral; and/or

 

  9.2.3. to enable the Creditor to exercise any of the rights granted to it herein.

 

10. The Pledgor undertakes that until the full, final and irrevocable discharge of all obligations owing by the Pledgor to the Creditor hereunder and under the Guarantee, or save as otherwise agreed in writing by the Creditor, it will not sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral.

 

11. A certificate signed by any director or manager of the Creditor reflecting the amount of -

 

  11.1. the Pledgor’s indebtedness to the Creditor in respect of the Secured Indebtedness; and

 

  11.2. any costs or expenses incurred by the Creditor in the exercise of its rights herein and the net proceeds of any realisation of the Collateral,

shall be presumed to be correct, unless the contrary be proved.

 

12. The Creditor shall not be -

 

  12.1. obliged to take any steps which it is authorised or entitled to take or exercise any rights granted to it herein; and

 

  12.2. liable to the Pledgor for any loss or damage, fines, taxes or other fiscal charges or penalties or claims which the Pledgor may suffer or sustain as a consequence, directly or indirectly, of -

 

  12.2.1. the Creditor exercising any of its rights under this Pledge and Cession, save in respect of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Creditor;

 

  12.2.2. any omission or delay by the Creditor including any delay in exercising any of its rights hereunder or its failure to insure or protect the Pledgor’s interests in the Collateral in any way; or


  12.2.3. the loss or destruction of any documents delivered by the Pledgor to the Creditor in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

13. The provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall be and continue to be of full force and effect and binding on the Pledgor notwithstanding -

 

  13.1. the Creditor agreeing with the Pledgor, any variation or departure (however substantial) of or from the Guarantee and/or the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement so that any such variation or departure shall, whatever its nature, be binding upon the Pledgor in all circumstances, notwithstanding that it may increase or otherwise affect the liability of the Pledgor; or

 

  13.2. the Creditor releasing or granting any time or any indulgence whatsoever to the Pledgor under the Guarantee and/or the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement or any contravention by the Pledgor of the Guarantee and/or the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement or entering into any transaction or arrangements whatsoever with or in relation to the Pledgor and/or any third party; or

 

  13.3. the Creditor taking, accepting, varying, dealing with, enforcing, abstaining from enforcing, surrendering or releasing any security for the obligations secured hereby in such manner as it thinks fit, or claiming, proving for, accepting or transferring any payment in respect of such obligations in any composition by, or sequestration of, the Pledgor and/or any third party or abstaining from so claiming, proving, accepting or transferring; or

 

  13.4. the winding up, dissolution, administration, reorganisation or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of the Creditor or the Pledgor or any change in their respective status, function, control or ownership; or

 

  13.5. any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Guarantee and/or the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement being or becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or ineffective in any manner or respect whatsoever; or

 

  13.6. any time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to be granted by the Creditor to the Pledgor under the Guarantee and/or the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement; or

 

  13.7. any amendment to, or any variation, waiver or release of any of the obligations of the Pledgor under the Guarantee and/or the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement; or

 

  13.8. any other act, event or omission which, but for this clause 13, might operate or might otherwise have operated to discharge, impair or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the Pledgor herein contained or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon the Creditor, whether by the Guarantee and/or the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement or by applicable law.


14. The liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under this Pledge and Cession shall remain in force notwithstanding any settlement of account, act, omission, neglect, event or matter whatsoever, and in particular but without limitation, shall not be considered satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of all or any of the liabilities and obligations of the Pledgor under the Guarantee. Without prejudice to its generality, the foregoing shall apply in relation to anything which would have discharged the Pledgor (wholly or in part) or which would have afforded the Pledgor with any legal or equitable defence, and in relation to any winding up, dissolution or placement under supervision for business rescue proceedings of, or any change in constitution or corporate identity or loss of corporate identity by the Pledgor (if applicable) or any other person.

 

15. Immediately after payment in full of (i) the amount of R500 000 000,00 (five hundred million Rand) in terms of clause 9.5 of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement; and (ii) any interest payable thereon in terms of clause 12.2 of the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement (whether such amounts are paid by the Company or by the Pledgor in discharge of the Company’s obligation to do so), the Creditor’s rights in terms of this Pledge and Cession shall automatically, without the need for any confirmation thereof by the Creditor, be cancelled and shall be of no force and effect and the Creditor shall, within 2 (two) business days thereafter, return to the Pledgor the Pledged Shares together with all documents, amounts or other assets delivered by the Pledgor to the Creditor in terms of this Pledge and Cession.

 

16. The Pledgor shall render to the Creditor such assistance as the Creditor may require for the purposes of enforcing its rights in respect of the Collateral and/or to prove the amount of the Ceded Claims or any portion thereof.

 

17.

 

  17.1. The Pledgor, on each day that this Pledge and Cession is in force:

 

  17.1.1. warrants and represents that it is and will remain the sole and beneficial owner of the Collateral to the exclusion of all others and no person (other than the Creditor) has an option or right of refusal over the Collateral;

 

  17.1.2. warrants and represents that the Collateral pledged and ceded to the Creditor under this Pledge and Cession has not been pledged and/or ceded (either outright or as security), discounted, factored, mortgaged under notarial bond or otherwise, or otherwise disposed of or hypothecated, nor has it been subject to any other rights in favour of any person;

 

  17.1.3. warrants and represents that it has the power, authority and legal right to sign and perform this Pledge and Cession;

 

  17.1.4. warrants and represents that all obligations undertaken by it under this Pledge and Cession constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Pledge and Cession, and that the constitutional documents of the Company do not place any limitations or restrictions on the Pledgor to pledge and cede the Collateral as provided for in this Pledge and Cession;


  17.1.5. warrants and represents that its entry into the this Pledge and Cession and the fulfilment of its obligations in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof do not contravene any applicable law or any contractual obligation binding on it; and

 

  17.1.6. save as expressly contemplated by, and subject to the provisions of the Guarantee and/or the Sale of Shares and Claims Agreement and this Pledge and Cession, acknowledges that it may not pledge, cede, assign or transfer or in any other manner create any security interest whatsoever, or allow any security interest whatsoever to be created, over or deal with the Collateral without the prior written consent of the Creditor.

 

  17.2. Should the Collateral be subject to any right in breach of the representation and warranty in clause 17.1.2 then, without prejudice to any other rights that the Creditor may have, any reversionary or other interests the Pledgor may have in the Collateral are also ceded to the Creditor and if the holder of that cession or right is entitled to possession of any of the documents referred to in clause 4, and it exercises that right, then the Pledgor shall deliver photocopies of the documents to the Creditor, and as soon as the holder of that cession or right ceases to be entitled to possession or gives up possession, the Pledgor shall deliver the relevant documents to the Creditor. Without in any way limiting or derogating from the foregoing, the Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that the Creditor shall be entitled to receive payment from such prior cessionary of such amounts as such prior cessionary shall receive in excess of the sums due to it by the Pledgor.

 

  17.3. It is recorded that the Creditor has entered into this Pledge and Cession on the strength of and relying on, inter alia , the warranties and representations in this clause 17, each of which shall be deemed to be separate warranties and representations, given without prejudice to any other warranty or representation, and deemed to be material representations inducing the Creditor to enter into this Pledge and Cession.

 

18. This Pledge and Cession is in addition to and not in substitution for any other security held or hereafter to be held by the Creditor from any party in connection with the Secured Indebtedness, or otherwise and the Creditor shall, without prejudice to its rights hereunder, be entitled to release any such additional security held by it.

 

19. The Pledgor hereby renounces the legal benefits and exceptions of excussion, division, non numeratae pecunia e and non causa debiti , the Pledgor declaring itself to be fully acquainted with the full meaning and effect of this renunciation.


20. This Pledge and Cession shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of South Africa.

 

21. The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg) (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from this Pledge and Cession.

 

22. Each provision in this Pledge and Cession is severable from all other provisions, notwithstanding the manner in which they may be linked together or grouped grammatically, and if in terms of any judgment or order, any provision, phrase, sentence, paragraph or clause is found to be defective or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions, phrases, sentences, paragraphs and clauses shall nevertheless continue to be of full force. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge their intention to continue to be bound by this Pledge and Cession notwithstanding that any provision may be found to be unenforceable or void or voidable, in which event the provision concerned shall be severed from the other provisions, each of which shall continue to be of full force. The Parties agree that in such event, and insofar as may be available under applicable law, to substitute valid, legal and enforceable provisions for the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions so as to implement the intention of the Parties hereto to the extent legally possible.

 

23.

 

  23.1. The Parties choose as their addresses for notices for all purposes under this Pledge and Cession, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature, the following addresses -

 

  23.1.1.  the Creditor:

 

  Physical:   

Block 18

Randfontein Office Park

cnr Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue

Randfontein

South Africa

  Telefax:    +27 86 628 2882
  Attention:    Chief Executive Officer

 

  23.1.2. Pledgor:

 

  Physical:   

First Floor

Office 101, The Firs

cnr Cradock & Bierman Avenue

Rosebank

2196

South Africa

  Telefax:    +27 86 363 4264
  Attention:    Chief Executive Officer


  23.2. Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Pledge and Cession shall be valid and effective only if in writing but it shall be competent to give notice by hand delivery, courier or facsimile.

 

  23.3.

Each may by notice to the other Parties change the physical address chosen as its address for notices to another physical address in Gauteng, South Africa or its telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that addressee on the 14 th  (fourteenth) business day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

  23.4. Any notice to a Party –

 

  23.4.1. delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its address for notices shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery; or

 

  23.4.2. sent by telefax to its chosen telefax number stipulated against its name above, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of despatch (unless the contrary is proved).

 

  23.5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, a written notice or communication actually received by the Pledgor shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address for notices.

 

24. No amendment or variation of, addition to, deletion from, or consensual cancellation of this Pledge and Cession or any provision or term thereof and no extension of time, waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Pledge and Cession shall bind the Creditor unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties. Any such extension, waiver or relaxation which is so given or made shall be construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given.

 

25. No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession shall operate as an estoppel against the Creditor in respect of its rights hereunder nor shall it operate so as to preclude the Creditor thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Pledge and Cession.

 

26. Neither Party shall be entitled to cede any of its rights nor delegate any of its obligations in terms of this Pledge and Cession to any person.

 

27. The Pledgor undertakes to pay on first demand all costs and expenses of whatsoever nature incurred by the Creditor in exercising or enforcing any of its rights hereunder together with the costs of and incidental to the transfer of the Pledged Shares, including, without limitation, any transfer duty or securities transfer tax which may be payable in connection therewith.


28. This Pledge and Cession may be executed in one or more counterparts all of which, when read together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile shall constitute a valid counterpart for all purposes hereunder.

 

29. The Pledgor acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all the provisions of this Pledge and Cession and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, the Pledgor acknowledges that all of the provisions of this Pledge and Cession have been negotiated as between it and the Creditor and are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with this Pledge and Cession.


As witnessed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto

Pan African Resources PLC

/s/

 

Name: J. Wots

Title: Director

Witness:

Date: 28 February 2013

Accepted the benefits hereof:

Signed for and on behalf of:

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

/s/

 

Name: Frank Abbott

Title: Director

Witness:

Date: 27 February 2013

 


Annexure A

For the purposes of this Pledge and Cession –

Pledged Shares ” means all of the ordinary shares held by the Pledgor in the issued share capital of the Company (comprising 100% (one hundred per cent) of the entire issued ordinary share capital of the Company), together with any shares in any class in the share capital of the Company that may be hereafter acquired by the Pledgor for any reason.

Exhibit 4.59

 

LOGO

2010 Amended Version

THE HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

2006 SHARE PLAN

adopted by

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

(Registration Number: 1950/038232/06)

approved by resolution passed at a general meeting of the Company held at

Randfontein on 10 th of November 2006, and as further amended at the annual general

meeting of the Company held at the Johannesburg Country Club on 1 December 2010 in

order to comply with the amendments to Schedule 14 of the JSE Limited Listing

Requirements. [Sch 14.1]


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 2

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART 1 - INTRODUCTION      5   
1  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     5   
2  

PURPOSE

     13   
PART 2 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN      13   
3  

THE PLAN

     13   
4  

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     14   
5  

ANNUAL ACCOUNTS [Sch 14.8]

     14   
6  

AVAILABILITY OF SHARES

     14   
7  

FUNDING

     14   
8  

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES WHICH MAY BE ACQUIRED BY PARTICIPANTS

     15   
PART 3 – THE PERFORMANCE SHARE METHOD      15   
9  

AWARDS [Sch 14.1(f)]

     15   
10  

SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES

     17   
11  

LIMITATIONS ON THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES

     17   
12  

TIME FOR THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES

     18   
13  

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

     18   
14  

EXTENT TO WHICH PERFORMANCE SHARES UNDER AN AWARD ARE AVAILABLE FOR SETTLEMENT ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

     18   
PART 4 – THE SHARE APPRECIATION METHOD      19   
15  

ALLOCATION [Sch 14.1(f)]

     19   
16  

VESTING OF SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

     20   
17  

CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING

     20   

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 3

 

 

 

18  

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

     21   
19  

EXTENT TO WHICH SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS UNDER AN ALLOCATION ARE AVAILABLE FOR VESTING ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

     22   
20  

THE GRANT [Sch 14.1(f)]

     22   
21  

MATCHING

     24   
22  

PERFORMANCE SHARES

     24   
23  

CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED SHARES

     24   
24  

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

     25   
PART 6 - GENERAL      26   
25  

PARTICIPATION BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

     26   
26  

INSOLVENCY

     26   
27  

POOR PERFORMANCE AND DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES [Sch 14.1(h)]

     26   
28  

DIVIDENDS

     26   
29  

FAMILY ENTITIES

     26   
30  

RIGHTS PRIOR TO SETTLEMENT

     27   
31  

ADJUSTMENTS [Sch 14.3]

     27   
32  

REACQUISITION [Sch 14.3(f)]

     28   
33  

TAX LIABILITY

     29   
34  

LISTINGS AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

     29   
35  

AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN [Sch 14.2]

     30   
36  

STRATE

     31   
37  

DISPUTES

     31   

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 4

 

 

 

38  

PROFITS AND LOSSES AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     31   
39  

DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES

     31   
40  

COMPLIANCE [Sch 14 Generally]

     32   
41  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     32   

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 5

 

 

 

PART 1 - INTRODUCTION

 

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In these Rules, unless expressly stipulated to the contrary or unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions shall bear the following meanings (and cognate words and expressions shall bear corresponding meanings) -

 

1.1.1 Act ” - the Companies Act 61 of 1973, as amended or substituted;

 

1.1.2 Allocation ” – the allocation of Share Appreciation Rights to an Eligible Employee in terms of 15.1 (read with 15.2) and the words “ allocated ” and “ allocate ” shall be construed accordingly;

 

1.1.3 Allocation Date ” – the date on which the Board resolves to make an Allocation to an Eligible Employee; [Sch 14.13]

 

1.1.4 Allocation Letter ” – a letter containing the information specified in 15.2 sent by the Board to a Participant informing the Participant of the making of an Allocation to him;

 

1.1.5 Allocation Price ” – the price attributable to a Share Appreciation Right, being a price equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Allocation Date;

 

1.1.6 Any Other Plan ” - any share plan or scheme approved by the members of the Company in general meeting (other than the Plan) which provides for the acquisition of, or subscription for, shares in the Company by, or on behalf of, employees, directors (whether executive or non-executive) or other officers of the members of the Group; provided that such plan or scheme is in operation;

 

1.1.7 Applicable Laws ” – in relation to any person or entity, all and any -

 

1.1.7.1 statutes, subordinate legislation and common law;

 

1.1.7.2 regulations;

 

1.1.7.3 ordinances and by-laws;

 

1.1.7.4 accounting standards;

 

1.1.7.5 directives, codes of practice, circulars, guidance notices, judgments and decisions of any competent authority,

compliance with which is mandatory for that person or entity;

 

1.1.8 Auditors ” – the registered auditors of the Company from time to time;

 

1.1.9 Award ” - the award to an Eligible Employee of Performance Shares in terms of 9.1 (read with 9.2) and the word “awarded” shall be construed accordingly;

 

1.1.10 Award Date ” – the date on which the Board resolves to make an Award to an Eligible Employee; [Sch 14.13]

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 6

 

 

 

1.1.11 Award Letter ” – a letter containing the information specified in 9.2 sent by the Board to a Participant informing the Participant of the Award to him;

 

1.1.12 Board ” - the board of directors for the time being of the Company, acting either through itself, through any committee of its members appointed by it from time to time and/or through the Secretary, whichever is charged by the Board with the administration of the Plan;

 

1.1.13 Business Day ” – any day on which the JSE is open for the transaction of business;

 

1.1.14 Change of Control ” – means all circumstances where a party (or parties acting in concert), directly or indirectly, obtains -

 

1.1.14.1 beneficial ownership of the specified percentage or more of the Company’s issued Shares; or

 

1.1.14.2 control of the specified percentage or more of the voting rights at meetings of the Company; or

 

1.1.14.3 the right to control the management of the Company or the composition of the Board; or

 

1.1.14.4 the right to appoint or remove directors holding a majority of voting rights at Board meetings; or

 

1.1.14.5 the approval by the Company’s shareholders of, or the consummation of, a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other business or entity, or upon a sale of the whole or a major part of the Company’s assets or undertaking.

For the purposes of this 1.1.14 the expression “ specified percentage ” shall bear the meaning assigned to it from time to time in the Code read with the Act, presently being 35%;

 

1.1.15 Code ” – the Securities Regulation Code and Rules of the Securities Regulation Panel, promulgated under section 440C of the Act;

 

1.1.16 Company ” – Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration number 1950/038232/06), a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the RSA;

 

1.1.17

Date of Termination of Employment ” – the date upon which a Participant is no longer employed by, or ceases to hold salaried office in, any Employer Company; provided that, where a Participant’s employment is terminated without notice or on terms in lieu of notice, the Date of Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur on the date on which the termination takes effect, and where

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 7

 

 

 

  such employment is terminated with notice, the Date of Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur upon the date on which that notice expires;

 

1.1.18 Dismissal based on Operational Requirements ” – the retrenchment of a Participant based on the Employer Company’s economic, technological, structural or similar needs;

 

1.1.19 Eligible Employee ” – a person eligible for participation in the Plan, namely a senior employee of any member of the Group, including any present or future director holding salaried employment or office which employee shall be selected by the Board from time to time in its discretion (subject to the proviso that no person may participate in a decision affecting his own rights or obligations in terms of the Scheme), but excluding any non-executive director; [Sch 14.1(a)]

 

1.1.20 Employee ” – any person holding full-time salaried employment or office (including any executive director) of any Employer Company; [Sch 14.1(a)]

 

1.1.21 Employer Company ” – that member of the Group that is the employer of a particular Participant; [Sch 14.1(a)]

 

1.1.22 Fair Market Value ” – in relation to a Share on any particular day, shall be the volume weighted average price of a Share on the JSE over either (a) the twenty Trading Days immediately prior to the day in question; (b) such shorter period, being less than twenty Trading Days immediately prior to the day in question, as the Board may determine;

 

1.1.23 Family Company ” – any company or close corporation, the entire issued share capital or member’s interest of which is held and beneficially owned by all or any of a Participant, his lawful spouse, his lawful children and/or his Family Trust; [Sch 14.1(a)]

 

1.1.24 Family Entity ” - a Family Company or a Family Trust; [Sch 14.1(a)]

 

1.1.25 Family Trust ” – a trust constituted solely for the benefit of all or any of a Participant, his lawful spouse and/or his lawful children; [Sch 14.1(a)]

 

1.1.26 Fault Termination ” - the termination of employment of a Participant by the Group by reason of -

 

1.1.26.1 misconduct;

 

1.1.26.2 poor performance; or

 

1.1.26.3 resignation by the Participant. [Sch 14.1(h)]

 

1.1.27 Full Performance Criteria ” – the Performance Criteria set at the level at which, if met, would indicate exceptional performance over any given period;

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 8

 

 

 

1.1.28 Grant ” – the grant to an Eligible Employee to participate in the Restricted Share Method;

 

1.1.29 Grant Date ” – the date on which a Grant is made to an Eligible Employee; [Sch 14.13]

 

1.1.30 Grant Letter ” – a letter containing the information specified in 20.2 sent by the Board to an Eligible Employee informing the Eligible Employee of the Grant and its terms;

 

1.1.31 Group ” - the Company and any other company, body corporate or other undertaking which is or would be deemed to be a subsidiary of the Company in terms of the Act, and the expression “ member of the Group ” shall be construed accordingly; [Sch 14.1(a)]

 

1.1.32 Implementation Date ” – in relation to a Change of Control, the date upon which such Change of Control becomes effective;

 

1.1.33 JSE ” - a company duly registered and incorporated with limited liability under the company laws of the Republic of South Africa with registration number 2005/022939/06, licensed as an exchange under the Securities Services Act, 2004, or its successor;

 

1.1.34 LRA ” – the Labour Relations Act 66 of 1995, as amended or substituted;

 

1.1.35 Matching Award ” – a conditional award of Performance Shares or Restricted Shares made to a Participant under clauses 21.1.2, or 23.4.3;

 

1.1.36 Matching Award Ratio ” – the ratio of Performance Shares or further Restricted Shares matched by the Company in respect of every Restricted Share;

 

1.1.37 Maximum Period ” – in relation to Share Appreciation Rights and Restricted Shares, the period commencing on an Allocation Date or Grant Date and expiring on the earlier of either (a) on the sixth anniversary of that Allocation Date or Grant Date; or (b) in the case of Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares vesting in a Participant pursuant to his employment being terminated for any reason contemplated in 18 or 24, 12 months after the Date of Termination of Employment; provided that -

 

1.1.37.1 the Board shall extend the Maximum Period on written notice to Participants if and to the extent necessary to take account of the fact that the last day of the Maximum Period falls on a date on which, or during a period in which, -

 

1.1.37.1.1 by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any corporate governance policy) it is not permissible to Settle a Share Appreciation Right; or

 

1.1.37.1.2 by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any corporate governance policy) a Participant would be precluded from receiving or otherwise dealing/trading in Shares; or

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 9

 

 

 

1.1.37.1.3 the Board may, in its sole discretion, extend the Maximum Period on written notice to Participants if and to the extent necessary to take account of the fact that any category of Participants has, in any 12 month period preceding the last day of the Maximum Period, been precluded from receiving or otherwise dealing/trading in Shares for five or more months;

 

1.1.38 No Fault Termination ” – the termination of employment of a Participant by the Group by reason of -

 

1.1.38.1 death;

 

1.1.38.2 injury, disability or ill-health, in each case as certified by a qualified medical practitioner nominated by the relevant Employer Company;

 

1.1.38.3 Dismissal based on Operational Requirements as contemplated in the LRA;

 

1.1.38.4 retirement on or after his Retirement Date;

 

1.1.38.5 the company by which he is employed ceasing to be a member of the Group;

 

1.1.38.6 mutual agreement; or

 

1.1.38.7 the undertaking in which he is employed being transferred to a transferee which is not a member of the Group; [Sch 14.1(h)]

 

1.1.39 Participant ” – in the case of -

 

1.1.39.1 the Performance Share Method, an Eligible Employee to whom an Award has been made and who has accepted same in terms of 9.6;

 

1.1.39.2 the Share Appreciation Method, an Eligible Employee to whom an Allocation of Share Appreciation Rights has been made and who has accepted same in terms of 15.6;

 

1.1.39.3 the Restricted Share Method, an Eligible Employee who has accepted a Grant;

and includes the executor of the Participant’s deceased estate or Family Entity where appropriate, but excludes non-executive directors who are members of the Board; [Sch 14.1(a)]

 

1.1.40 Performance Criteria ” – the performance criteria for both the Performance Share Method and the Share Appreciation Method as determined by the Board from time to time;

 

1.1.41 Performance Share Method ” – the method of participation in this Plan detailed in Part 3 of these Rules;

 

1.1.42 Performance Shares ” – Shares which have been conditionally awarded to an Eligible Employee in terms of an Award Letter as described in 9.2.1 or a Matching Award in terms of 21.1.2;

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 10

 

 

 

1.1.43 Plan ” – The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan the terms of which are embodied in these Rules and which entails participation therein through the Share Appreciation Method, the Performance Share Method and/or the Restricted Share Method;

 

1.1.44 Restricted Shares ” – Shares which have been conditionally Granted to and accepted by a Participant in terms of a Grant Letter as described in 20;

 

1.1.45 Restricted Share Method ” – the method of participation in this Plan detailed in Part 5 of these Rules;

 

1.1.46 Retirement Date ” - the earliest date on which, or age at which, an Eligible Employee can be required to retire by any Employer Company or, if sooner, the date on which or age at which he has agreed to take early retirement;

 

1.1.47 RSA ” – the Republic of South Africa;

 

1.1.48 Rules ” – these Rules, as amended from time to time;

 

1.1.49 Secretary ” – the company secretary for the time being of the Company;

 

1.1.50 Settled ” – in relation to a Share, shall mean either -

 

1.1.50.1 the allotment and issue by the Company of such Share into the name of a Participant; or

 

1.1.50.2 if the Company so elects at any time prior to the Vesting Date, the procuring by the Company of the transfer of such Share by an Employer Company into the name of a Participant through the acquisition thereof on behalf of a Participant or otherwise,

and the words “ Settlement ” and “ Settle ” shall be construed accordingly. It is recorded that any Shares which have been Settled to a Participant in terms of this Plan shall rank pari passu with Shares in all respects; [Sch 14.9(c)] [Sch 14.1(e)]

 

1.1.51 Shares ” - ordinary shares of a par value of R0.50 each in the capital of the Company (or such other class of shares as may represent the same as a result of any reorganisation, reconstruction or other variation of the share capital of the Company to which the provisions of the Plan may apply from time to time);

 

1.1.52 Share Appreciation Method ” – the method of participation in this Plan detailed in Part 4 of these Rules;

 

1.1.53 Share Appreciation Right ” – a Share Appreciation Right awarded to an Eligible Employee in terms of 15.1 (read with 15.2). For the avoidance of doubt it is recorded that Share Appreciation Rights do not constitute equity in the Company;

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 11

 

 

 

1.1.54 Target Performance Criteria ” – the Performance Criteria set at the level at which performance is expected over any given period;

 

1.1.55 Tax - any present or future tax or other charge of any kind or nature whatsoever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any competent authority, and includes all income tax (whether based on or measured by income/revenue or profit or gain of any nature or kind or otherwise and whether levied under the Tax Act or otherwise), capital gains tax, value-added tax and any charge in the nature of taxation, and any interest, penalty, fine or other payment on, or in respect thereof but specifically excluding issue duty, stamp duty, marketable securities tax and uncertificated securities tax;

 

1.1.56 Tax Act ” - the Income Tax Act 58 of 1962, as amended or substituted;

 

1.1.57 Threshold Performance Criteria ” – the point at which the application of the Performance Criteria is deemed to be insufficient to justify the vesting of any Performance Shares;

 

1.1.58 Trading Day ” – any day on which the Shares are capable of being traded on the JSE;

 

1.1.59 Vesting Date ” - in relation to:

 

1.1.59.1 an Award, the date on which Performance Shares shall be Settled to a Participant as described in 10, which date shall, subject to 10, 13 and 25, be three years from the Award Date;

 

1.1.59.2 an Allocation, the date from which Share Appreciation Rights vest and may be exercised by Participants as described in 16, which date shall, subject to 16, 24, 25 and the required Performance Criteria having been met, be the following:

 

1.1.59.2.1 one third of the Allocation on the third anniversary of the Allocation Date;

 

1.1.59.2.2 a second third of the Allocation on the fourth anniversary of the Allocation Date; and

 

1.1.59.2.3 the final third of the Allocation on the fifth anniversary of the Allocation Date;

 

1.1.59.3 a Grant, the date from which Restricted Shares may be exercised by Participants as described in 23, which date shall, subject to 24 and 25, be at least three years from the Grant Date;

provided that if any of the above dates falls on a date which, or during a period in which, -

 

1.1.59.4 by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any corporate governance policy) it is not permissible to Settle Shares to a Participant; or

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 12

 

 

 

1.1.59.5 by virtue of any Applicable Law or any policy of the Group (including any corporate governance policy) it is not permissible for a Participant to receive or otherwise deal/trade in Shares,

the Vesting Date shall be the fifth Trading Day after the date on which it becomes permissible to Settle Shares to a Participant and/or for the Participant to receive or deal/trade in Shares (as the case may be);

 

1.1.60 In these Rules -

 

1.1.61 clause headings are used for convenience only and shall be ignored in its interpretation;

 

1.1.62 unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, an expression which denotes -

 

1.1.62.1 any gender includes the other genders;

 

1.1.62.2 a natural person includes an artificial person (whether corporate or unincorporate) and vice versa;

 

1.1.62.3 the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

1.1.63 unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, words and expressions defined in the Act shall bear the meanings therein assigned to them;

 

1.1.64 any reference to any statute shall be to that statute, as amended from time to time and to any statutory substitution of that statute; and

 

1.1.65 the use of the word “ including ” or “ includes ” or “ include ” followed by a specific example shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it and the eiusdem generis rule shall not be applied in the interpretation of such general wording or such specific example/s;

 

1.1.66 the word “ reacquired ” when used in relation to an Allocation, an Award, a Grant, Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares shall mean the acquisition and/or cancellation of such Allocation, Award, Grant, Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares (as the case may be) from a Participant by or on behalf of the Company (whichever Allocated the Share Appreciation Rights, Awarded the Performance Shares or made the Grant of Restricted Shares, as the case may be) for, where applicable, a total consideration at par value;

 

1.1.67 the words “ vest ”, “ vesting ” and “ vested ” when used in relation to:

 

1.1.67.1 a Performance Share shall mean that such Performance Share shall become exercisable in accordance with 10;

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 13

 

 

 

1.1.67.2 a Share Appreciation Right shall mean that such Share Appreciation Right shall become exercisable in accordance with 16;

 

1.1.67.3 a Restricted Share shall mean that such Restricted Share shall become exercisable in accordance with 23;

 

1.1.68 a Participant who ceases to be employed by an Employer Company on the basis that he is -

 

1.1.68.1 immediately thereafter employed by another Employer Company;

 

1.1.68.2 thereafter re-employed by such Employer Company pursuant to it being determined that his employment was terminated on a basis which was not lawful in terms of the LRA;

shall be deemed not to have terminated his employment for the purposes of the Plan and his rights shall be deemed to be unaffected; [Sch 14.1(h)]

 

1.1.69 a Participant who is a director of any Employer Company who retires and/or resigns on the basis that he is immediately re-elected in accordance with the articles of association or other constitutional documents of that Employer Company shall be deemed not to have terminated his employment with that Employer Company. [Sch 14.1(h)]

 

1.2 If any provision in 1.1 is a substantive provision conferring any right or imposing any obligation on anyone, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision in the body of these Rules.

 

1.3 When any number of days is prescribed in these Rules, same shall be reckoned exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday, in which case the last day shall be the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday.

 

2 PURPOSE

The purpose of the Plan shall be to attract, retain, motivate and reward Eligible Employees who are able to influence the performance of the Group, on a basis which aligns their interests with those of the Company’s shareowners. [Sch 14 Introduction]

PART 2 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

3 THE PLAN

The Plan is hereby constituted, which Plan shall be administered for the purpose and in the manner set out in these Rules.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 14

 

 

 

4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

4.1 The Board is responsible for the operation and administration of the Plan, and has discretion to decide whether and on what basis the Plan shall be operated.

 

4.2 Subject to the provisions of the Plan and to the approval of the Board, the Board shall be entitled to make and establish such rules and regulations, and to amend the same from time to time, as they may deem necessary or expedient for the proper implementation and administration of the Plan.

 

5 ANNUAL ACCOUNTS [Sch 14.8]

The Board shall ensure that a summary appears in the annual financial statements of the Company of the number of Shares conditionally Awarded, Allocated or Granted to Participants in terms of Awards, Allocations or Grants, the number of Shares that may be utilised for the purposes of this Plan, any changes in such numbers during the financial year under review, the number of Shares held by any Employer Company which may be acquired by Eligible Employees and the number of Shares then under the control of the Board for Settlement to Participants in terms of this Plan.

 

6 AVAILABILITY OF SHARES

The Company shall:

 

6.1 at all times reserve and keep available, free from pre-emptive rights, out of its authorised but unissued share capital, such number of Shares as may be required to enable the Company to fulfil its obligations to Settle Shares to Participants;

 

6.2 ensure that Shares may only be issued or purchased for purposes of the Plan once a Participant (or group of Participants) to whom they will be Granted or Awarded has been formally identified. [Sch 14.9(a)]

 

6.3 ensure that Shares held for purposes of the Plan will not have their votes at general/annual general meetings taken into account for the purposes of resolutions proposed in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements or for purposes of determining categorisations as detailed in Section 9 of the JSE Listings Requirements. [Sch 14.10]

 

7 FUNDING

 

7.1

Other than any Tax/Social Liability as defined in 33.1, the consideration for Shares (if any) acquired under the Plan, the costs incurred in the acquisition thereof, any administration or other expenses or administration fees properly incurred by or on behalf of the Company in order to give effect to the Plan and any duties payable upon the Settlement of Shares to Participants including issue duty, stamp duty,

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 15

 

 

 

  marketable securities tax and uncertificated securities tax (all of the aforegoing costs, expenses and duties hereinafter referred to as “ Participation Costs ”) shall be funded, as the Board may from time to time direct.

 

7.2 The Company may recover from each Employer Company such Participation Costs as may be attributable to the participation of any of its employees in the Plan.

 

7.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of 7.2, the Company shall procure, if applicable, that the relevant Employer Company shall -

 

7.3.1 bear all costs of and incidental to the implementation and administration of the Plan and shall, as and when necessary, provide all requisite funds and facilities for that purpose;

 

7.3.2 provide all secretarial, accounting, administrative, legal and financial advice and services, office accommodation, stationery and so forth for the purposes of the Plan;

 

8 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES WHICH MAY BE ACQUIRED BY PARTICIPANTS

 

8.1 Subject to 8.3 and the prior approval, if required, of any securities exchange on which Shares are listed, the prior authority of the shareholders of the Company in general meeting shall be required if the aggregate number of Shares which may be acquired by Participants under the Plan together with Any Other Plan is to exceed 60 011 669 Shares. [Sch 14.1(b)]

 

8.2 Subject to 8.3 and the prior approval, if required, of any securities exchange on which Shares are listed, the prior authority of the Shareholders of the Company in general meeting shall be required if the aggregate number of Shares that may be acquired by any one Participant in terms of the Plan together with Any Other Plan is to exceed 2 100 000 Shares. [Sch 14.1(c)]

 

8.3 In the determination of the number of Shares which may be acquired by Participants in terms of 8.1 and 8.2, Shares shall not be taken into account, which have been purchased through the JSE. [Sch 14.9(c)] [Sch 14.12)]

 

8.4 The number of Shares referred to in 8.1 and 8.2 shall be increased or reduced in direct proportion to any adjustment in the Company’s issued share capital as provided for in 31. [Sch 14.3(a)]

PART 3 – THE PERFORMANCE SHARE METHOD

 

9 AWARDS [Sch 14.1(f)]

 

9.1 The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, resolve to make Awards to Eligible Employees.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 16

 

 

 

9.2 The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable on or after the Award Date, notify the Eligible Employee of the Award in an Award Letter. The Award Letter shall be in the form as prescribed by the Board from time to time and shall specify -

 

9.2.1 the maximum number of Performance Shares conditionally awarded to the Eligible Employee or the formula by which such number may be determined;

 

9.2.2 the Award Date;

 

9.2.3 the Vesting Date;

 

9.2.4 the Performance Criteria imposed by the Board for the purpose of 11.1, which must be satisfied before the Settlement of any Performance Shares under an Award to the Participant and the manner in which the number of Performance Shares referred to in 9.2.1 shall be adjusted if the Performance Criteria are not satisfied (whether in whole or in part);

 

9.2.5 the Threshold Performance Criteria, the Target Performance Criteria and the Full Performance Criteria;

 

9.2.6 the provisions of 32 and 33.2.

 

9.2.7 a stipulation that the Award is subject to the provisions of these Rules;

 

9.2.8 where a copy of the Rules might be obtained from for perusal; and

 

9.2.9 provision for signed acceptance by the Participant.

 

9.3 Subject to 13.1 and 28, an Award is (and Performance Shares are) personal to a Participant and shall not be capable of being ceded, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of or encumbered by a Participant.

 

9.4 There shall be no consideration payable for the Award. [Sch 14.1(d)]

 

9.5 Subject to 28, a Participant shall not be entitled to any dividends (or other distributions made) and shall have no right to vote in respect of Performance Shares awarded to him in his Award, unless and until the Performance Shares under his Award are Settled to him in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. [Sch 14.1(e)] [Sch 14.10]

 

9.6 Acceptance by an Eligible Employee of an Award shall be communicated to the Board by the signature and return of the Award Letter, by not later than thirty days after the date of delivery of the relevant Award Letter to such Eligible Employee. An Award which is not accepted by an Eligible Employee as aforesaid shall automatically be deemed to have been reacquired, subject to re-instatement or extension by the Board in its discretion.

 

9.7 An Award may be reacquired at any time after the date of acceptance thereof in terms of 9.6 if the Board and Participants so agree in writing.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 17

 

 

 

10 SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES

 

10.1 The Board shall meet before the Vesting Date in respect of an Award in order to assess the extent to which the Performance Criteria imposed on the Award have been satisfied.

 

10.2 On the Vesting Date in respect of an Award, if and to the extent the Board has determined that the Performance Criteria imposed on the Award have been satisfied, and subject to 10.3, 12 and 33, the number of Performance Shares available to be Settled to a Participant under the Award determined in accordance with 11 and/or 14 (if applicable) shall be Settled to the Participant.

 

10.3 Notwithstanding 10.2, -

 

10.3.1 the Participant shall pay, in such manner as the Board may from time to time prescribe, any such additional amount of which the Board may notify the Participant in respect of any deduction on account of Tax as may be required by Applicable Laws which may arise on the Settlement of Performance Shares to him;

 

10.3.2 the Company may, on the Vesting Date, discharge, in whole or in part, its obligation to Settle Performance Shares by paying, or procuring the payment by the relevant Employer Company, to the Participant a cash bonus equal to the Fair Market Value of the Shares to which a Participant becomes entitled in terms of 10.2, calculated on the Vesting Date.

 

11 LIMITATIONS ON THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES

 

11.1 If the Board determines that the:

 

11.1.1 Threshold Performance Criteria have not been exceeded, then in such event the Award available for vesting shall not vest in or be Settled to the Participant, and shall be reacquired;

 

11.1.2 Threshold Performance Criteria have been exceeded, but the Performance Criteria do not meet the Full Performance Criteria, the number of Performance Shares to be Settled to a Participant shall be adjusted downward in the manner set out in the Award Letter; and

 

11.1.3 Full Performance Criteria have been met or exceeded, the total number of Performance Shares available to be Settled to a Participant shall be so Settled.

 

11.2 Although the extent to which the Performance Shares under an Award may be Settled to a Participant shall be conditional on, inter alia, the Board being satisfied that such Performance Criteria as imposed by the Board on the Award Date in accordance with 9.2 have been fulfilled, the Board may waive such Performance Criteria if they consider in their absolute discretion that there are exceptional circumstances which would justify such a waiver.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 18

 

 

 

11.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of these Rules, the Board shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, be entitled to amend the Performance Criteria contained in an Award Letter to take account of any change in circumstances which render such Performance Criteria inappropriate or inapplicable; provided that no such amendment shall disadvantage and/or prejudice any Participant.

 

12 TIME FOR THE SETTLEMENT OF PERFORMANCE SHARES

Subject to 11, Performance Shares under an Award may only be Settled on their Vesting Date. Any Award in respect of which Performance Shares are not so Settled shall be deemed to have been reacquired.

 

13 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

 

13.1 Subject to 1.1.68, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of a No Fault Termination prior to the vesting of his Performance Shares, the Performance Shares available to be Settled to him under an Award in terms of 14 shall be so Settled to him on the Date of Termination of Employment, unless the Board determines otherwise. Any Award in respect of which Performance Shares are not so Settled shall be deemed to have been reacquired.

 

13.2 Subject to 1.1.68, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of a Fault Termination, his Award shall be deemed to have been reacquired unless the Board determines otherwise, in which case the Performance Shares available to be Settled to him as determined by the Board shall be so Settled on the Date of Termination of Employment.

 

14 EXTENT TO WHICH PERFORMANCE SHARES UNDER AN AWARD ARE AVAILABLE FOR SETTLEMENT ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

 

14.1 Subject to adjustment in terms of 14.2, if pursuant to 13, Performance Shares may be Settled to a Participant under his Award, the maximum number of Performance Shares which may be Settled to him is to be calculated in accordance with the following formula (rounded down to the nearest whole Share), unless the Board in its sole discretion, permit him to acquire a greater number of Shares -

 

LOGO

where -

 

A    =    the number of Performance Shares originally conditionally awarded to him in the Award;
B    =    the lesser of (a) number of completed calendar months which have elapsed from the Award Date to the Date of Termination of Employment; and (b) 36 calendar months; and
C    =    36 calendar months.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 19

 

 

 

14.2 The maximum number of Performance Shares to be Settled to a Participant in accordance with 14.1 shall be adjusted as if the Group had met only the Target Performance Criteria.

PART 4 – THE SHARE APPRECIATION METHOD

 

15 ALLOCATION [Sch 14.1(f)]

 

15.1 The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, resolve to allocate Share Appreciation Rights to Eligible Employees.

 

15.2 The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable on or after the Allocation Date, notify the Eligible Employees of the Allocation by them in an Allocation Letter. The Allocation Letter shall be in the form prescribed by the Board and shall specify -

 

15.2.1 the number of Share Appreciation Rights allocated to the Participant;

 

15.2.2 the Allocation Price per Share Appreciation Right;

 

15.2.3 the Allocation Date;

 

15.2.4 the Vesting Date;

 

15.2.5 the Performance Criteria imposed by the Board which must be satisfied before the vesting or Settlement of any Share Appreciation Rights under an Allocation to the Participant and the manner in which the awarded number of Share Appreciation Rights shall be adjusted if the Performance Criteria are not satisfied (whether in whole or in part);

 

15.2.6 the provisions of 32 and 33.2;

 

15.2.7 a stipulation that the Allocation is subject to the provisions of these Rules;

 

15.2.8 where a copy of the Rules might be obtained from for perusal; and

 

15.2.9 provision for signed acceptance by the Participant.

 

15.3 Subject to 18.1 and 28, an Allocation is (and Share Appreciation Rights are) personal to a Participant and shall not be capable of being ceded, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of or encumbered by a Participant.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 20

 

 

 

15.4 There shall be no consideration payable for an Allocation. [Sch 14.1(d)]

 

15.5 Subject to 28, a Participant shall not be entitled to any dividends (or other distributions made) and shall have no right to vote in respect of Share Appreciation Rights allocated to him, unless and until the Share Appreciation Rights under his Allocation are Settled to him in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. [Sch 14.1(e)] [Sch 14.10]

 

15.6 Acceptance by an Eligible Employee of an Allocation shall be communicated to the Board, in writing in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, by not later than thirty days after the date of delivery of the relevant Allocation to such Eligible Employee. An Allocation which is not accepted by an Eligible Employee as aforesaid shall automatically be deemed to have been reacquired, subject to re-instatement or extension by the Board in its discretion.

 

15.7 An Allocation may be reacquired at any time after the date of acceptance thereof in terms of 15.6 if the Board and Participants so agree in writing.

 

16 VESTING OF SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

16.1 On the Vesting Date in respect of an Allocation, and subject to the relevant Performance Criteria having been met, 16.3 and 33, the number of Share Appreciation Rights available for vesting under the Allocation shall vest in a Participant.

 

16.2 If the relevant Performance Criteria in respect of any Allocation have not been met, the Share Appreciation Rights available for vesting shall not vest in a Participant, but shall be postponed to the following anniversary of the Allocation Date, and so forth, until the Performance Criteria are met (in which event vesting will then occur), or the Maximum Period is reached, whichever occurs first. Any Share Appreciation Rights which have not vested as at the Maximum Date shall be reacquired.

 

16.3 Notwithstanding 16.1 the Participant shall pay in such manner as the Board may from time to time prescribe any such additional amount of which the Board may notify the Participant in respect of any deduction on account of Tax as may be required by Applicable Laws which may arise on the vesting of Share Appreciation Rights in him.

 

17 CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING

 

17.1 A Participant shall be entitled, on or after the vesting thereof but prior to the Maximum Date, and by giving written notices to that effect to the Company (each an “ Exercise Notice ”), to apply to the Board to exercise one or more of such Share Appreciation Rights. Subject to Board approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Participant shall, in respect of each Share Appreciation Right exercised and approved as aforesaid, receive, and be Settled, such number of Shares as is calculated in accordance with 17.4.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 21

 

 

 

17.2 If a Participant elects not to exercise any Share Appreciation Rights on or after the vesting thereof, then Settlement shall not take place, and the provisions of 15.3, 15.4, 15.5, 27 and 30 shall continue to apply.

 

17.3 Subject to 18 and 25, on the expiry of the Maximum Period in respect of any Share Appreciation Rights, such Share Appreciation Rights as have vested in a Participant, but have not yet been exercised by the Participant, shall automatically be Settled.

 

17.4 A Participant shall, in respect of each Share Appreciation Right exercised in accordance with the provisions of this 17, be entitled to be Settled with such number of Shares as is equal to A where A is calculated in accordance with the following formula -

 

LOGO

where -

 

A    =    the number of Shares to which a Participant is entitled in respect of each Share Appreciation Right which has been exercised or is deemed to have been exercised in terms of 17;
B    =    the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date on which such Share Appreciation Right is exercised or is deemed to have been exercised in terms of 17;
C    =    the Allocation Price of such Share Appreciation Right;

 

17.5 Notwithstanding 17.4, the Board may, in whole or in part, discharge its obligation to Settle a Share Appreciation Right on the exercise thereof, by paying, or procuring the payment by the relevant Employer Company, to the Participant a cash bonus equal to the Fair Market Value of Shares to which a Participant is entitled in terms of 17.4.

 

18 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

 

18.1 Subject to 1.1.68, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of a No Fault Termination:

 

18.1.1 prior to the vesting of his Share Appreciation Rights, the Share Appreciation Rights available to vest in him under an Allocation in terms of 19, shall be so vested and then Settled to him on the Date of Termination of Employment, unless the Board determines otherwise; or

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 22

 

 

 

18.1.2 after the vesting, but prior to the exercise by him of his Share Appreciation Rights, the Share Appreciation Rights available to be exercised shall automatically be deemed to be exercised and Settled to him on the Date of Termination of Employment, unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

18.2 Any Allocation in respect of which Share Appreciation Rights are not so Settled shall be deemed to have been reacquired;

 

18.3 Subject to 1.1.68, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of a Fault Termination, his Allocation (whether prior to or after vesting) shall be deemed to have been reacquired, unless the Board determines otherwise, in which case the Share Appreciation Rights available to be Settled to him as determined by the Board shall be so Settled on the Date of Termination of Employment.

 

19 EXTENT TO WHICH SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS UNDER AN ALLOCATION ARE AVAILABLE FOR VESTING ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

If pursuant to 18.1, Share Appreciation Rights vest in a Participant (or any other person or entity) under his Allocation, the maximum number of Share Appreciation Rights which may vest and be Settled to a Participant is to be calculated in accordance with the formula in 17.4 (rounded down to the nearest whole Share Appreciation Right),

PART 5 – THE RESTRICTED SHARE METHOD

 

20 THE GRANT [Sch 14.1(f)]

 

20.1 The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion, select any Eligible Employee for participation in the Restricted Share Method, and may make a Grant to such Eligible Employee as soon as practicable after any of the following dates:

 

20.1.1 the date of adoption of the Plan;

 

20.1.2 the day after the publication of the Company’s annual results for any period, unless prior thereto, there is any change announced or made to legislation or regulations affecting share incentive schemes generally; and

 

20.1.3 any day on which changes to the legislation or regulations affecting share incentive schemes are announced, effected or made;

 

20.1.4 any day on which the Board resolves that exceptional circumstances exist which justify the making of Grants; and

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 23

 

 

 

20.1.5 any day on which restrictions on the making of Grants are lifted, being restrictions imposed by any Applicable Laws.

 

20.2 The Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, notify the Eligible Employee of the Grant to him in a Grant Letter. The Grant Letter shall be in the form prescribed by the Board and shall specify -

 

20.2.1 the value of a Restricted Share as at the Grant Date;

 

20.2.2 the number of Restricted Shares Granted to the Eligible Employee;

 

20.2.3 the Matching Award due to the Eligible Employee in respect of these Restricted Shares, and the applicable Matching Award Ratio;

 

20.2.4 the Grant Date;

 

20.2.5 the Vesting Date;

 

20.2.6 the rules applicable to any Restricted Share and the Eligible Employee’s right to such Restricted Share;

 

20.2.7 the rules applicable to any Performance Share and the Eligible Employee’s right to such Performance Share;

 

20.2.8 the steps an Eligible Employee must take to exercise a Restricted Share, and any Matching Award applicable to a decision not to exercise;

 

20.2.9 the provisions of 32 and 33.2;

 

20.2.10 a stipulation that the Grant is subject to the provisions of these Rules;

 

20.2.11 where a copy of the Rules might be obtained from for perusal; and

 

20.2.12 provision for signed acceptance by the Participant.

 

20.3 Subject to 24.1 and 28, a Grant is (and Restricted Shares and Performance Shares are) personal to a Participant and shall not be capable of being ceded, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of or encumbered by a Participant.

 

20.4 There shall be no consideration payable for the acceptance of a Grant, and the Participant shall acquire no rights in respect of any Restricted Shares or Performance Shares until such Shares vest. [Sch 14.1(d)]

 

20.5 Subject to 28, a Participant shall not be entitled to any dividends (or other distributions made) and shall have no right to vote in respect of Restricted Shares allocated to him, unless and until the Restricted Shares under his Allocation are Settled to him in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. [Sch 14.1(e)] [Sch 14.10]

 

20.6

Acceptance by an Eligible Employee of a Grant shall be communicated to the Board, in writing in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe, by not

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 24

 

 

 

  later than thirty days after the date of delivery of the relevant Grant to such Eligible Employee. A Grant which is not accepted by an Eligible Employee as aforesaid shall automatically be deemed to have been reacquired, subject to re-instatement or extension by the Board in its discretion.

 

20.7 A Grant may be reacquired at any time after the date of acceptance thereof, if the Board and the Participant so agree in writing.

 

21 MATCHING

 

21.1 On acceptance of the Grant by the Participant:

 

21.1.1 the Restricted Shares shall be designated to the Participant conditional to the provisions of 23 and 24;

 

21.1.2 the Restricted Shares referred to in 21.1.1 shall be matched by applying the Matching Award referred to in 20.2.3, and Performance Shares shall be conditionally awarded to the Participant in terms of the applicable Matching Award Ratio.

 

22 PERFORMANCE SHARES

All Performance Shares Awarded and accepted by a Participant in terms of the Restricted Share Method shall thereafter be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of the Performance Share Method.

 

23 CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED SHARES

 

23.1 On the Vesting Date in respect of a Grant, and subject to 23.2, 23.4 and 33, the number of Restricted Shares available for vesting under the Grant shall vest in a Participant.

 

23.2 Notwithstanding 23.1, the Participant shall pay in such manner as the Board may from time to time prescribe any such additional amount of which the Board may notify the Participant in respect of any deduction on account of Tax as may be required by Applicable Laws which may arise on the vesting of Restricted Shares in him.

 

23.3 A Participant shall, on or within 30 days after the vesting thereof, and by giving written notices to that effect to the Company (each an “ Exercise Notice ”), apply to the Board to exercise one or more of such Restricted Shares. Subject to Board approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, the Participant shall, in respect of each Restricted Share exercised and approved as aforesaid, receive, and be Settled, a Share for each Restricted Share.

 

23.4 Any Restricted Share not exercised by a Participant as detailed in 23.3 -

 

23.4.1 shall not be Settled;

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 25

 

 

 

23.4.2 shall continue to remain a Restricted Share until the Maximum Date; and

 

23.4.3 shall be matched with further Restricted Shares in line with the Matching Award Ratio as decided by the Board from time to time.

 

23.5 Subject to 24 and 25, on the expiry of the Maximum Period in respect of any Restricted Shares, such Restricted Shares as have vested in a Participant, but have not yet been exercised by the Participant, shall immediately be Settled unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

23.6 Notwithstanding 23.3, the Company may, in whole or in part, discharge its obligation to Settle a Restricted Share on the exercise thereof, by paying, or procuring the payment by the relevant Employer Company, to the Participant a cash bonus equal to the Fair Market Value of Shares to which a Participant is entitled in terms of this 23.

 

24 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT [Sch 14.1(h)]

 

24.1 Subject to 1.1.68, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of a No Fault Termination:

 

24.1.1 prior to the vesting of his Restricted Shares, the Restricted Shares available to vest in him under a Grant in terms of 23, shall be so vested and then Settled to him on the Date of Termination of Employment, unless the Board determines otherwise; or

 

24.1.2 after the vesting, but prior to the exercise by him of his Restricted Shares, the Restricted Shares available to be exercised shall automatically be deemed to be exercised and Settled to him on the Date of Termination of Employment, unless the Board determines otherwise.

 

24.2 Any Grant in respect of which Restricted Shares are not so Settled shall be deemed to have been reacquired;

 

24.3 Subject to 1.1.68, if a Participant ceases to be employed by the Group by reason of a Fault Termination, his Grant (whether prior to or after vesting) shall be deemed to have been reacquired, unless the Board determines otherwise, in which case the Restricted Shares available to be Settled to him as determined by the Board shall be so Settled on the Date of Termination of Employment.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 26

 

 

 

PART 6 - GENERAL

 

25 PARTICIPATION BY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

25.1 The participation by executive directors in the Plan, including the making of any Award, Allocation or Grant, or the Settlement thereof in Shares, shall at all times be approved and confirmed by the Remuneration Committee of the Board as constituted from time to time.

 

25.2 The participation by executive directors of the Group in the Plan, and the issue of Shares to them, shall at all times comply with the provisions of section 222 of the Act.

 

26 INSOLVENCY

 

26.1 All unvested Awards, Allocations or Grants shall be deemed to have been reacquired, and accordingly not entitle a Participant to Settlement of any Shares, upon the Participant making an application for the voluntary surrender of his estate or his estate being otherwise sequestrated or any attachment of any interest of a Participant under the Plan, unless the Board, in its discretion, determines otherwise and then subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may determine.

 

26.2 If the Company is placed in final liquidation, the Secretary shall notify the Participant thereof in writing and he shall be entitled to require that he be Settled all or any of his Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights and Restricted Shares (applying the provisions of 14, 17.4 and 23.3 respectively) within twenty-one days of such notification, failing which such Shares and Rights shall be deemed to have been reacquired. [Sch 14.1(e)]

 

27 POOR PERFORMANCE AND DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES [Sch 14.1(h)]

In the event of pending disciplinary or poor performance procedures against any Participant, or the contemplation of such procedures, then the vesting, exercise and/or Settlement of any Award, Allocation or Grant shall be suspended until the final conclusion of such procedures, at which time the Award, Allocation or Grant shall vest, be exercised and/or be Settled, or the provisions of 13.2, 18.3 and 24.3 shall be applied, whichever is applicable.

 

28 DIVIDENDS

On the Settlement of any Shares in terms of the Performance Share Method or the Restricted Share Method, the Board may in its sole and absolute discretion, Settle such further Shares in a Participant as are equivalent in value to any dividends which the Participant would have earned had the Participant had full and unrestricted ownership in any Settled Performance Shares or Restricted Shares as from the Award or Grant Dates.

 

29 FAMILY ENTITIES

A Participant may, with the prior written consent of the Board and subject to such conditions as the Board may in its discretion determine, cede, assign or transfer his

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 27

 

 

 

rights in and to an Award, Allocation or Grant (or the Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights and Restricted Shares therein) to a Family Entity. Without derogating from the generality of the aforegoing, the Board may impose a condition that the Participant bind himself as surety for, and co-principal debtor in solidum with, the Family Entity for the fulfilment of its obligations in terms of this Plan.

 

30 RIGHTS PRIOR TO SETTLEMENT

 

30.1 For the sake of clarity and the avoidance of any doubt, it is recorded that until the Vesting Date the Participant shall not -

 

30.1.1 have any ownership interest in; or

 

30.1.2 receive any dividends and/or exercise any voting rights attached to; or [Sch 14.10]

 

30.1.3 have acquired,

 

  Performance Shares, Share Appreciation Rights or Restricted Shares being the subject of any Award, Allocation or Grant.

 

31 ADJUSTMENTS [Sch 14.3]

 

31.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein but subject to 31.3, if the Company makes a Special Distribution and/or if the Company restructures its capital in that it -

 

31.1.1 undertakes a rights offer; or

 

31.1.2 is placed in liquidation for purposes of reorganisation; or

 

31.1.3 is party to a scheme of arrangement affecting the structuring of its share capital;

 

31.1.4 undertakes a conversion, redemption, subdivision or consolidation of its ordinary share capital; or

 

31.1.5 undertakes a bonus or capitalisation issue,

 

  such adjustments shall be made to the rights of Participants as may be determined to be fair and reasonable to the Participants concerned by the Board; provided that any adjustments pursuant to this 31.1 shall be confirmed by the Auditors and should give a Participant the entitlement to the same proportion of the equity capital as he was previously entitled, and should any Participant be aggrieved, he may he utilise the dispute procedures set out in 37. No adjustments shall be required in terms of this 31.1 if the provisions of 31.3 to 31.5 are applicable or in the event of an issue by the Company of any securities or securities convertible into Shares as consideration for an acquisition.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 28

 

 

 

31.2 For the purposes of 31.1, the Company shall be deemed to make a “ Special Distribution ” if it distributes Shares or any other asset (including cash) to its shareholders -

 

31.2.1 in the course of, and as part of any unbundling, reorganisation, rationalisation, compromise, arrangement or reconstruction (including the amalgamation of two or more companies or entities);

 

31.2.2 in the course of, or as part of, a reduction of capital (including a share repurchase);

 

31.2.3 as a special dividend or other payment in terms of section 90 of the Act; and/or

 

31.2.4 in the course or in anticipation of the deregistration or liquidation of a company for any of the above purposes;

 

  provided that, this 31.2 shall not apply to normal annual interim and final cash or scrip dividends declared by a Company.

 

31.3 No adjustments shall be required in terms of 31.1 in the event of the issue of equity securities as consideration for an acquisition in terms of 31.4, the issue of securities for cash and the issue of equity securities for a vendor consideration placing. [Sch 14.3(c)]

 

31.4 Subject to 31.5, if the Company undergoes a Change of Control after an Award Date, Allocation Date or Grant Date, then the rights of Participants’ under this Plan are to be accommodated on a basis which shall determined by the Board to be fair and reasonable to Participants. [Sch 14.1(g)]

 

31.5 If the Company undergoes a Change of Control pursuant to a transaction, the terms of which make provision for Participants’ rights under this Plan to be accommodated on a basis which is determined by an independent merchant bank to be fair and reasonable to Participants, the provisions of 31.3 shall not apply; provided that, in such an event, if a Participant’s employment by any member of the Group is terminated for any reason whatsoever (including his resignation but excluding the manner contemplated in 1.1.68) within 12 months following the Implementation Date he shall be entitled to be Settled on mutatis mutandis the basis of 31.3 had 31.3 been applicable. [Sch 14.1(g)]

 

32 REACQUISITION [Sch 14.3(f)]

If, in terms of any provision of this Plan, any Award, Allocation, Grant, Performance Share, Share Appreciation Right, or Restricted Share is deemed to have been reacquired, the Company is hereby irrevocably and in rem suam nominated, constituted and appointed as the sole attorney and agent of the Participant concerned in that Participant’s name, place and stead to sign and execute all such documents and do all such things as are necessary for that purpose.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 29

 

 

 

33 TAX LIABILITY

 

33.1 Notwithstanding any other provision in these Rules (including 10.3 and 16.3), if the Company or an Employer Company are obliged (or would suffer a disadvantage of any nature if they were not) to account for, withhold or deduct any (a) Tax in any jurisdiction which is payable in respect of, or in connection with, the making of any Award or Allocation, the Settlement to a Participant of Shares, the payment of a cash amount and/or otherwise in connection with the Plan and/or (b) any amount in respect of any social security or similar contributions which would be recoverable from a Participant in respect of the making of any Award or Allocation, Settlement to a Participant of Shares, the payment of a cash amount and/or otherwise in connection with the Plan (the obligations referred to in (a) and (b) hereinafter referred to as a “ Tax/Social Liability ”), then the Company or the Employer Company (as the case may be) shall be entitled to account for, withhold or deduct such Tax/Social Liability or the Company and/or the Employer Company shall be relieved from the obligation to Settle any Shares to a Participant or to pay any amount to a Participant in terms of the Plan until that Participant has either -

 

33.1.1 made payment to the relevant Employer Company of an amount equal to the Tax/Social Liability; or

 

33.1.2 entered into an arrangement which is acceptable to the relevant Employer Company to secure that such payment is made (whether by authorising the sale of some or all of the Shares to be Settled to him and the payment to the relevant person of the relevant amounts out of the proceeds of the sale or otherwise).

 

33.2 The Company is hereby irrevocably and in rem suam nominated, constituted and appointed as the sole attorney and agent of a Participant, in that Participant’s name, place and stead to sign and execute all such documents and do all such things as are necessary to give effect to the provisions of 33.1.2.

 

34 LISTINGS AND LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, -

 

34.1 no Shares shall be Settled on any Participant or acquired pursuant to this Plan if the Board determines, in their sole discretion, that such Settlement will or may violate any Applicable Laws or the listings requirements of any securities exchange on which the Shares of the Company are listed; and

 

34.2 the Company shall apply for the listing of all Shares which are Settled to Participants on the JSE; and

 

34.3 it is recorded that the Company shall not be obliged to apply for, or procure, the listing of Shares which have been Settled to Participants on any securities exchange other than the JSE.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 30

 

 

 

35 AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN [Sch 14.2]

 

35.1 It shall be competent for the Board to amend any of the provisions of the Plan subject to the prior approval (if required) of every stock exchange on which the Shares are for the time being listed; provided that no such amendment affecting the vested rights of any Participant shall be effected without the prior written consent of the Participant concerned, and provided further that no such amendment affecting any of the following matters shall be competent unless it is sanctioned by ordinary resolution of 75% (seventy-five percent) of the shareholders of the Company in general meeting, excluding all of the votes attached to Shares owned or controlled by existing Participants in the Plan -

 

35.1.1 the definition of Eligible Employees and Participants;

 

35.1.2 the definition of Allocation Price;

 

35.1.3 the definition of Fair Market Value;

 

35.1.4 the calculation of the total number of Shares which may be acquired for the purpose of or pursuant to the Plan;

 

35.1.5 the calculation of the maximum number of Shares which may be acquired by any Participant in terms of the Plan;

 

35.1.6 the voting, dividend, transfer or other rights (including rights on liquidation of the Company) which may attach to any Grant or Award; [Sch 14.10] [Sch 14.1(e)]

 

35.1.7 the provisions in these Rules dealing with the rights (whether conditional or otherwise) in and to the Share Appreciation Rights, Bonus Shares or Performance Shares of Participants who leave the employment of the Group prior to Vesting or Exercise;

 

35.1.8 the basis for Awards, Allocations and Grants in terms of these Rules;

 

35.1.9 the provisions of 31.4; or

 

35.1.10 the provisions of this 35.

 

35.2 Without derogating from the provisions of 35.1, if it should become necessary or desirable by reason of the provisions of Applicable Laws at any time after the signing of these Rules, to amend the provisions of these Rules so as to preserve the substance of the provisions contained in these Rules but to amend the form so as to achieve the objectives embodied in these Rules in the best manner, having regard to such Applicable Laws and without prejudice to the Participants concerned, then the Board may (with the prior approval (if required) of every stock exchange on which the Shares are at the time listed) amend these Rules accordingly.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 31

 

 

 

36 STRATE

Notwithstanding any provision in these Rules, the Company shall not be obliged to deliver the Participant share certificates in respect of the Shares settled to him in terms of these Rules but shall instead be obliged to procure such electronic transactions and/or entries and to deliver to the Participant such documents (if any) as may be required to reflect his rights in and to such Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Act, the Security Services Act 36 of 2004, the Rules of the Central Securities Depository (being Share Transactions Totally Electronic Limited) and the requirements of the JSE.

 

37 DISPUTES

 

37.1 Should any dispute of whatever nature arise from or in connection with these Rules (including an urgent dispute), then the dispute shall, unless the parties thereto otherwise agree in writing:

 

37.1.1 in the first instance be referred to mediation by a mediator acceptable to both parties; and

 

37.1.2 failing resolution by mediation or agreement in respect of a mediator, shall be finally resolved in accordance with the Rules of the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa by an arbitrator or arbitrators appointed by the Foundation.

 

37.2 This clause is severable from the rest of these Rules and shall remain in effect even if these Rules are terminated for any reason.

 

38 PROFITS AND LOSSES AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

38.1 The Company shall bear any losses sustained by the Plan which are not recovered from Employer Companies in terms of 7. Furthermore, the Company shall be entitled to receive and be paid any profits made in respect of the purchase, acquisition, sale or disposal of Shares.

 

38.2 The Plan shall terminate if the Board so resolves. Any deficit arising from the winding up of the Plan shall be borne by the Company, to the extent not recovered by the Company from Employer Companies.

 

39 DOMICILIUM AND NOTICES

 

39.1 The parties choose domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes arising from the Plan, including the giving of any notice, the payment of any sum, the serving of any process, as follows -

 

39.1.1   the Company    :    The address and telefax number of the Registered Office of the Company from time to time
39.1.2   each Participant       :    The physical address, telefax number and electronic address from time to time reflected as being his address, telefax number and/or electronic address in the Group’s payroll system from time to time.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 32

 

 

 

39.2 Each of the parties shall be entitled from time to time, by written notice to the other, to vary its domicilium to any other physical address and/or its facsimile number and/or (in the case of a Participant) his electronic address; provided in the case of a Participant such variation is also made to his details on the Group’s payroll system.

 

39.3 Any notice given and any payment made by any party to the other which -

 

39.3.1 is delivered by hand during the normal business hours of the addressee at the addressee’s domicilium for the time being shall be rebuttably presumed to have been received by the addressee at the time of delivery;

 

39.3.2 is posted by prepaid registered post from an address within the Republic of South Africa to the addressee at the addressee’s domicilium for the time being shall be rebuttably presumed to have been received by the addressee on the seventh day after the date of posting.

 

39.4 Any notice given by any party to any other party which is transmitted by electronic mail and/or facsimile to the addressee at the addressee’s electronic address and/or facsimile address (as the case may be) for the time being shall be presumed, until the contrary is proved by the addressee, to have been received by the addressee on the date of successful transmission thereof.

 

40 COMPLIANCE [Sch 14 Generally]

 

40.1 The Company shall comply with (and procure compliance by all members of the Group with) all Applicable Laws. The Plan shall at all times be operated and administered subject to all Applicable Laws.

 

40.2 Without derogating from the generality of the aforegoing, the Company shall -

 

40.2.1 appoint the Secretary as Compliance Officer of the Plan in terms of section 144A of the Act and comply with the provisions of section 144A of the Act;

 

40.2.2 comply with section 93 of the Act;

 

40.2.3 ensure compliance with Schedule 14 and paragraphs 3.63 to 3.74 of the Listings Requirements of the JSE. [Sch 14.9(d)]

 

40.3 The Company, by its signature hereto, undertakes to procure compliance by every Employer Company with these Rules.

 

41 GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

41.1 The rights and obligations of any Participant under the terms of his office or employment with any Employer Company shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it. The Plan shall not entitle a Participant to any right to continued employment or any additional right to compensation in consequence of the termination of his employment.

 

41.2 The Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the RSA.

 


2010 Amended Version

The Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan

1 December 2010

Page 33

 

 

 

Signed at                      on                      20    

 

For and on behalf of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited

/s/

GP Briggs
Chief Executive Officer

These Rules were duly adopted at a meeting of the Company held at Randfontein on 10 th of November 2006, and as further amended at the annual general meeting of the Company held at Johannesburg Country Club on 1 December 2010 in order to comply with the amendments to Schedule 14 of the JSE Limited Listing Requirements. [Sch 14.1]

 

/s/

Chairman of the Meeting

 

Exhibit 4.60

EXECUTION

AMENDED TRUST DEED OF THE

TLHAKANELO EMPLOYEE SHARE TRUST

between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

and

RIANA BISSCHOFF

 

LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1

 

PARTIES

     1   

2

 

INTERPRETATION

     1   

PART I: THE TRUST

     10   

3

 

INTRODUCTION

     10   

4

 

PURPOSE

     11   

5

 

TRUST CONTRIBUTION

     11   

6

 

CREATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST

     11   

7

 

APPOINTMENT OF TRUSTEES

     12   

8

 

CESSATION OF OFFICE OF TRUSTEES

     13   

9

 

SUCCESSION

     14   

10

 

MEETINGS AND PROCEDURES OF TRUSTEES

     14   

11

 

POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES

     15   

12

 

DUTIES OF TRUSTEES

     17   

13

 

PRIVILEGES OF TRUSTEES

     19   

14

 

REMUNERATION OF TRUSTEES

     19   

15

 

INDEMNITY

     19   

16

 

TERMINATION OF TRUST

     20   

PART II: PARTICIPATION

     20   

17

 

OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTICIPANTS

     20   

18

 

ELIGIBILITY

     21   

19

 

OFFERS

     21   

20

 

ACCEPTANCE AND ALLOCATIONS

     23   

21

 

VESTING OF SCHEME SHARES AND SARS

     24   

22

 

RESTRICTIONS

     25   

23

 

DELIVERY OF SCHEME SHARES

     26   

24

 

DELIVERY OF ENTITLEMENT SHARES

     27   

25

 

TAX LIABILITY

     30   

26

 

VOTING RIGHTS

     32   

27

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

     32   

28

 

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     33   

29

 

PAYMENTS OF AMOUNTS TO DEPENDANTS OF PARTICIPANTS

     35   

30

 

MEETINGS OF THE PARTICIPANTS

     35   

PART III: REGULATORY MATTERS

     37   

31

 

SCHEME LIMITS

     37   

32

 

RECONSTRUCTION OR TAKEOVER

     37   

33

 

VARIATION IN SHARE CAPITAL

     38   

34

 

DISCLOSURE IN ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     39   

35

 

AMENDMENTS TO THIS TRUST DEED

     39   

PART IV: GENERAL

     40   

36

 

DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND DEADLOCKS

     40   

 

LOGO


37

 

DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

     40   

38

 

COSTS

     41   

39

 

GENERAL

     41   

40

 

SIGNATURE

     42   

 

LOGO


1 PARTIES

 

1.1 The Parties to this Trust Deed are –

 

1.1.1 Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited; and

 

1.1.2 Riana Bisschoff.

 

1.2 The Parties agree as set out below.

 

2 INTERPRETATION

 

2.1 In this Trust Deed, unless the context indicates a contrary intention, the following words and expressions bear the meanings assigned to them and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings –

 

2.1.1 Act ” means the Companies Act, No 71 of 2008;

 

2.1.2 Additional Cash Bonus ” means, in the event that the Share Price Appreciation is equal to or less than zero, and subject to the conditions contemplated in clause 24.7, a cash bonus by the Company to a Participant in respect of services rendered, in the amount of R18 (eighteen Rand) per SAR;

 

2.1.3 Allocate ” means, in relation to a Scheme Share, the act by the Company of issuing a Scheme Share to the Trustees as nominees of the Qualifying Employees, and, in relation to a SAR, the act by the Trustees of granting a SAR to a Qualifying Employee in accordance with the provisions of this Trust Deed, and “ Allocated ” and “ Allocation ” shall have a corresponding meaning;

 

2.1.4 Allocation Date ” means the date on which an Allocation is made to a Qualifying Employee in accordance with clause 20;

 

2.1.5 Auditors ” means the auditors for the time being of the Company;

 

2.1.6 Bad Leaver ” means a Participant, whose participation in the Scheme is terminated due to –

 

2.1.6.1 the Participant being lawfully dismissed or resigning from his employment with the Company;

 

2.1.6.2 there being grounds which would have justified a summary dismissal at law and the Trustees elect to rely on such grounds for the purposes of the Scheme; or

 

2.1.6.3 a Participant being in breach of any of the provisions of this Trust Deed and failing to remedy such breach within 7 (seven) days after being called upon in writing to do so by the Trustees;

 

LOGO

1


2.1.7 Board ” means the board of directors for the time being of the Company or any committee thereof to or upon whom the powers of the directors in respect of this Scheme are delegated or are conferred in accordance with the Company’s memorandum of incorporation;

 

2.1.8 Cash Bonus ” means, in the event that the Share Price Appreciation is less than R18 (eighteen Rand) but more than zero, and subject to the conditions contemplated in clause 24.5, a cash bonus by the Company to a Participant in respect of services rendered, the amount of which shall be determined in accordance with clause 24.5;

 

2.1.9 Commencement Date ” means 15 March 2012;

 

2.1.10 Company ” means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, registration number 1950/038232/06, a limited liability public company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa;

 

2.1.11 Control ” means –

 

2.1.11.1 the holding of shares or the aggregate of holdings of shares or other securities in the Company entitling the holder thereof to exercise, or cause to be exercised, more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights at shareholders meetings of a company irrespective of whether such holding or holdings confers de facto control; or

 

2.1.11.2 the holding or control by a shareholder or member alone or pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members of more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights in a company; or

 

2.1.11.3 the ability to appoint the majority of the directors of a company;

 

2.1.12 CSDP ” means a person that holds in custody and administers securities or an interest in securities and that has been accepted in terms of section 34 of the Securities Services Act, No 36 of 2004 as a participant;

 

LOGO

2


2.1.13 Delivery Date ” means –

 

2.1.13.1 in respect of Vested Scheme Shares, a date occurring within 14 (fourteen) days after the Vesting Date of such Scheme Shares, as determined by the Trustees in their Discretion; and

 

2.1.13.2 in respect of Scheme Shares which are deemed to have Vested as envisaged in clause 28.2.2.1.1 or 28.2.3.1.1, a date occurring within 30 (thirty) days after the Deemed Vesting Date of such Scheme Shares, as determined by the Trustees in their Discretion;

 

2.1.14 Discretion ” means a sole, absolute and unfettered discretion;

 

2.1.15 Dispose ” means sell, alienate, transfer, donate, exchange, distribute, or in any manner or otherwise dispose of or enter into any arrangement or transaction whatsoever (whether or not subject to any suspensive or resolutive condition) which may have the same or similar effect as any of the aforementioned sale, alienation, donation, exchange, distribution, transfer or disposal (including, but not limited to, any arrangements or transactions, or the cession of any rights or the granting of any option or any derivative or similar transaction which would have the same or substantially similar economic effect, whether in whole or in part) or realise any value in respect of or in any manner or otherwise dispose of and “ Disposal ” shall have a corresponding meaning;

 

2.1.16 Election Notice ” means a written election notice, in such form as may be prescribed by the Trustees from time to time, duly executed by a Participant in terms of which a Participant makes an election in respect of his (i) Vested Scheme Shares as envisaged in clause 23.1.5 and/or (ii) Entitlement Shares as envisaged in clause 24.1.6;

 

2.1.17 Entitlement Shares ” means the Ordinary Shares to which a Participant may become entitled pursuant to the Vesting of his SARs, the number of which shall be determined in accordance with clause 24.2;

 

2.1.18 Expert ” means an independent person with the appropriate expertise, as determined by the Board, appointed from time to time by the Trustees, upon instructions from the Board in their Discretion, for any purpose under the Scheme;

 

LOGO

3


2.1.19 Financial Year ” means the Company’s financial year commencing on 1 July and ending on 30 June in each year;

 

2.1.20 First Allocation Date ” means the date with effect from which the first Allocation of Scheme Shares and SARs under the Scheme is made, being 31 August 2012;

 

2.1.21 Good Leaver ” means a Participant whose employment with the Company is terminated due to his retrenchment or retirement;

 

2.1.22 Initial Period ” means the period commencing on the date of registration of the Trust Deed with the Master and terminating 6 (six) months thereafter;

 

2.1.23 JSE ” means the JSE Limited, registration number 2005/022939/06, a limited liability public company duly incorporated in the Republic of South Africa, licensed to operate an exchange in accordance with the Securities Services Act, No 36 of 2004;

 

2.1.24 Listings Requirements ” means the JSE Limited Listings Requirements;

 

2.1.25 Market Value ” means the volume-weighted average traded price of an Ordinary Share as quoted on the securities exchange operated by the JSE for the 10 (ten) days immediately preceding the date on which a determination of the Market Value of Shares is to be made;

 

2.1.26 Master ” means the Master of the High Court, Johannesburg, or any other person, body or authority provided for in the Trust Property Control Act, No. 57 of 1988;

 

2.1.27 New Qualifying Employees ” means Qualifying Employees who are employed by the Company after the first Offer Date;

 

2.1.28 Offer ” means an offer made under the Scheme to a Qualifying Employee to receive Scheme Shares and/or SARs, subject to the terms and conditions as set out in this Trust Deed;

 

2.1.29 Offer Date ” means the date with effect from which an Offer is made to a Qualifying Employee in accordance with clause 19 as set out in the Offer Letter;

 

2.1.30 Offer Letter ” means the letter delivered to each Participant setting out the details of the Offer as envisaged in clause 19.9;

 

LOGO

4


2.1.31 Offer Price ” means the Market Value of an Ordinary Share notionally underlying a SAR on the Offer Date;

 

2.1.32 Ordinary Share ” means an ordinary share in the issued share capital of the Company;

 

2.1.33 Participant ” means a Qualifying Employee who has received and accepted an Offer and who beneficially owns Scheme Shares and/or holds SARs, and, where required by the context, his heirs, executors, administrators or trustees;

 

2.1.34 Participant Representatives ” means the representatives of each of the Unions;

 

2.1.35 Parties ” means the Company and the Trustees, and “ Party ” means any one of them as the context may require;

 

2.1.36 Qualifying Employees ” means employees who are permanently employed by the Company and who do not participate in any of the Company’s other share incentive schemes, and who will be eligible to receive an Offer in terms of the Scheme;

 

2.1.37 Reconstruction ” or “ Takeover ” means any takeover, merger, reconstruction, however effected, including a reverse takeover, reorganisation or scheme of arrangement sanctioned by the court, but does not include any event which does not involve any change in Control of the Company;

 

2.1.38 Rules ” means such rules as may established by the Board as envisaged in clause 6.3;

 

2.1.39 “SARs” or “Share Appreciation Rights” means a conditional right to receive Ordinary Shares in terms of the Scheme, the number of which shall be determined in accordance with the formula contemplated in clause 24.2. For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded that, every SAR shall be determined by reference to Ordinary Shares and not cash entitlements;

 

2.1.40 Scheme ” means the share incentive scheme created by the Company for the benefit of Qualifying Employees, the terms and conditions of which are set out in this Trust Deed;

 

2.1.41

Scheme Shares ” means Ordinary Shares to be offered to Qualifying Employees in terms of the Scheme, which shares, upon issue, shall be subject

 

LOGO

5


  to the terms and conditions of this Trust Deed until such time as the Scheme Shares Vest in the Participant and are delivered to him as envisaged in clause 23.2.1;

 

2.1.42 Settlement Date ” means –

 

2.1.42.1 in respect of Entitlement Shares, a date occurring within 14 (fourteen) days from the Vesting Date of such Entitlement Shares, as determined by the Trustees in their Discretion; and

 

2.1.42.2 in respect of Entitlement Shares which are deemed to have Vested as envisaged in clause 28.2.2.1.2 or 28.2.3.1.2, a date occurring within 30 (thirty) days after the Deemed Vesting Date of such Entitlement Shares, as determined by the Trustees in their Discretion;

 

2.1.43 Share Price Appreciation ” means, in respect of a SAR, the amount determined by deducting the Offer Price from the Vesting Price;

 

2.1.44 Subscription Price ” means the subscription price payable by a Qualifying Employee in respect of the Scheme Shares to be issued to the Trustees for as nominees of the Qualifying Employee pursuant to the acceptance of an Offer, which subscription price shall be R0.50 (fifty cents) (being the par value of the said Scheme Shares as at the First Allocation Date);

 

2.1.45 Superannuation ” means where a Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated due to his/her death, serious disability or serious incapacity;

 

2.1.46 Trust ” means the Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust, being the trust constituted in terms of this Trust Deed, Master’s reference No. IT738/2012;

 

2.1.47 Trust Deed ” means this deed of Trust, together with any annexures hereto;

 

2.1.48 Trustees ” means the trustees holding office as such from time to time in terms of this Trust Deed, in their capacity as such;

 

2.1.49

Trust Fund ” means all property held by or on behalf of the Trustees under the Trust including, but not limited to, the moneys upon which the Trust is settled, all moneys and property paid to or transferred or borrowed and accepted or acquired by the Trustees or held on their behalf under the Trust, all additions or accretions or income in the hands of the Trustees or interest

 

LOGO

6


  thereto, any proceeds of transfer of any property and includes any part or parts thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Scheme Shares nor the distributions envisaged in clause 27 shall form part of the Trust Fund;

 

2.1.50 Unions ” means The National Union of Mine Workers, UASA and Solidarity and such other unions as may be recognised by the Company from time to time;

 

2.1.51 Vest ” means, on the relevant Vesting Date, in respect of –

 

2.1.51.1 Scheme Shares, that the Participant will be entitled to the release of a number of Scheme Shares (determined in accordance with clause 23.2) on the Delivery Date; and

 

2.1.51.2 SARs, that the Participants are entitled to receive Ordinary Shares on the Settlement Date, the number of which shall be determined in accordance with the formula contemplated in clause 24.2,

and “ Vesting ” and “ Vested ” shall have a corresponding meaning;

 

2.1.52 Vesting Date ” means, in respect of Scheme Shares and SARs, each of the dates envisaged in clause 21.1; and

 

2.1.53 Vesting Price ” means the Market Value of an Ordinary Share notionally underlying a SAR on the Vesting Date.

 

2.2 In this Trust Deed -

 

2.2.1 clause headings and the heading of the Deed are for convenience only and are not to be used in its interpretation;

 

2.2.2 an expression which denotes -

 

2.2.2.1 any gender includes the other genders;

 

2.2.2.2 a natural person includes a juristic person and vice versa;

 

2.2.2.3 the singular includes the plural and vice versa; and

 

2.2.2.4 a Party includes a reference to that Party’s successors in title and assigns allowed at law.

 

LOGO

7


2.3 Any reference in this Trust Deed to –

 

2.3.1 business hours ” shall be construed as being the hours between 08h30 and 17h00 on any business day. Any reference to time shall be based upon South African Standard Time;

 

2.3.2 days ” shall be construed as calendar days unless qualified by the word “business”, in which instance a “business day” will be any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday as gazetted by the government of the Republic of South Africa from time to time;

 

2.3.3 law ” means any law of general application and includes the common law and any statute, constitution, decree, treaty, regulation, directive, ordinance, by-law, order or any other enactment of legislative measure of government (including local and provincial government) statutory or regulatory body which has the force of law;

 

2.3.4 person ” means any person, company, close corporation, trust, partnership or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality; and

 

2.3.5 writing ” means legible writing and in English and includes any form of electronic communication contemplated in the Electronic Communications and Transactions Act, No 25 of 2002.

 

2.4 The words “ include ” and “ including ” mean “include without limitation” and “including without limitation”. The use of the words “ include ” and “ including ” followed by a specific example or examples shall not be construed as limiting the meaning of the general wording preceding it.

 

2.5 The words “ shall ” and “ will ” and “ must ” used in the context of any obligation or restriction imposed on a Party have the same meaning.

 

2.6 Any substantive provision, conferring rights or imposing obligations on a Party and appearing in any of the definitions in this clause 2 or elsewhere in this Trust Deed, shall be given effect to as if it were a substantive provision in the body of the Deed.

 

2.7 Words and expressions defined in any clause shall, unless the application of any such word or expression is specifically limited to that clause, bear the meaning assigned to such word or expression throughout this Trust Deed.

 

LOGO

8


2.8 Unless otherwise provided, defined terms appearing in this Trust Deed in title case shall be given their meaning as defined, while the same terms appearing in lower case shall be interpreted in accordance with their plain English meaning.

 

2.9 A reference to any statutory enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as at the Signature Date and as amended or substituted from time to time.

 

2.10 Unless specifically otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a business day, the next succeeding business day.

 

2.11 If the due date for performance of any obligation in terms of this Trust Deed is a day which is not a business day then (unless otherwise stipulated) the due date for performance of the relevant obligation shall be the immediately preceding business day.

 

2.12 Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words, and there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail, unless the context indicates a contrary intention.

 

2.13 The rule of construction that this Trust Deed shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting of this Trust Deed, shall not apply.

 

2.14 The expiration or termination of this Trust Deed shall not affect such of the provisions of this Trust Deed as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.

 

2.15 Whenever any person is required to act “ as an expert and not as an arbitrator ” in terms of this Trust Deed, then –

 

2.15.1 the determination of the expert shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding;

 

2.15.2 subject to any express provision to the contrary, the expert shall determine the liability for his or its charges, which shall be paid accordingly;

 

2.15.3 the expert shall be entitled to determine such methods and processes as he or it may, in his or its sole discretion, deem appropriate in the circumstances provided that the expert may not adopt any process which is manifestly biased, unfair or unreasonable;

 

LOGO

9


2.15.4 the expert shall consult with the relevant parties (provided that the extent of the expert’s consultation shall be in his or its sole discretion) prior to rendering a determination; and

 

2.15.5 having regard to the sensitivity of any confidential information, the expert shall be entitled to take advice from any person considered by him or it to have expert knowledge with reference to the matter in question.

 

2.16 Any reference in this Trust Deed to “ this Trust Deed ” or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to this Trust Deed or, as the case may be, such other agreement or document, as amended, varied, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

2.17 In this Trust Deed the words “ clause ” or “ clauses ” and “ annexure ” or “ annexures ” refer to clauses of and annexures to this Trust Deed.

PART I: THE TRUST

 

3 INTRODUCTION

 

3.1 Whereas the Company wishes to –

 

3.1.1 provide a platform for employee education and appreciation of the corporate financial system; and

 

3.1.2 incentivise its employees,

the Company hereby establishes the Scheme in order to –

 

3.1.3 help create awareness among Qualifying Employees of the implications of share ownership in the Company, the particular challenges facing the Company’s shareholders and the future of the Company; and

 

3.1.4 incentivise employees to act in a manner which promotes wealth creation for shareholders by ensuring that Qualifying Employees benefit directly from an increase in the share price as well as the declaration of distributions by the Company in accordance with clause 27.

 

LOGO

10


4 PURPOSE

 

4.1 The Scheme is intended to provide a means by which to reward Qualifying Employees by enabling them to acquire Scheme Shares and Share Appreciation Rights, thereby aligning their interests with that of shareholders by allowing them to benefit from the economic growth of the Company.

 

4.2 The Trustees’ responsibilities in implementing the Scheme include, inter alia , the administration and management of the Scheme, in terms of which Scheme Shares and Share Appreciation Rights are to be Offered and Allocated to Qualifying Employees.

 

5 TRUST CONTRIBUTION

 

5.1 The Company hereby makes a capital contribution of R100,000 (one hundred thousand Rand) to the Trust as initial capital.

 

5.2 The Company shall from time to time make additional contributions to the Trust in order to enable the Trustees to meet all the expenditure incurred for the proper administration of the Scheme and the execution of their duties as envisaged in this Trust Deed, including the incurral of Scheme administration costs and the costs associated with purchasing Scheme Shares as envisaged in clause 28.2.1.2.

 

6 CREATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST

 

6.1 A trust to be known as the “ Tlhakanelo Employee Share Trust ” is hereby created for the benefit of Qualifying Employees, upon the terms and conditions set out in this Trust Deed.

 

6.2 The Trust shall be administered for the purposes, and in the manner as set out in this Trust Deed.

 

6.3 The Board shall, subject to the provisions of this Trust Deed and Listings Requirements, be entitled to establish such rules as it may deem necessary for the proper administration of the Scheme and the Trust and to make such determinations and interpretations and to take such steps in connection therewith as it may deem necessary or desirable.

 

6.4 The Rules shall be in writing, shall become operative when a copy thereof is received by the Trustees and shall be deemed to form part of this Trust Deed.

 

LOGO

11


6.5 The Board may delegate or confer, in accordance with the memorandum of incorporation of the Company, some or all of the powers exercisable by them in terms of this Trust Deed to a committee of the Board on such terms and for such period as it may deem fit, provided that it may revoke any such appointment and vary the terms of any delegation or conferral.

 

6.6 Subject to the approval of the Commissioner for the South African Revenue Service, the financial year of the Trust shall coincide with the financial year of the Company.

 

7 APPOINTMENT OF TRUSTEES

Initial Period

 

7.1 Riana Bisschoff (identity number 770922 0033 087) is hereby appointed by the Board to be the Trustee of the Trust during the Initial Period, and she does by her signature to this document, hereby accept such appointment and undertakes to administer the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Trust Deed as soon as Letters of Authority are issued to her.

 

7.2 Upon the expiry of the Initial Period, the number of Trustees shall increase to 10 (ten) and the Board and the Participant Representatives shall, as soon as practicably possible thereafter, appoint Trustees in accordance with clause 7.4 below.

After the Initial Period

 

7.3 After the Initial Period, there shall at all times be 10 (ten) Trustees on the board of Trustees.

 

7.4 After the Initial Period the Trustees shall be appointed as follows -

 

7.4.1 5 (five) Trustees by the Participant Representatives (the “ Participant Trustees ”); and

 

7.4.2 5 (five) Trustees by the Board (the “ Company Trustees ”).

 

7.5 For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded that any appointment of a Trustee by the Board or the Participant Representatives in terms of this Trust Deed will at all times be subject to the Master authorising such Trustee to act as trustee of the Trust by issuing Letters of Authority to that Trustee, failing which, such appointment will be of no force or effect.

 

LOGO

12


7.6 If at any time after the Initial Period the number of Trustees falls below 10 (ten), the Trustees in office at the time shall be entitled to continue to act in all matters affecting the Trust pending the appointment of replacement Trustee/s by the Board or the Participant Representatives, as the case may be, and the fact that the number of Trustees falls below 10 (ten) after the Initial Period shall not invalidate any actions taken by the Trustees in office at that time.

 

7.7 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained and in accordance with the Listings Requirements –

 

7.7.1 neither the executive directors of the Company nor the Participants may be appointed as Trustees;

 

7.7.2 a Trustee may not be or become a Participant under the Scheme while acting as Trustee; and

 

7.7.3 non-executive directors of the Company may be appointed as Trustees provided that they are not Participants.

 

7.8 A juristic person may be a Trustee of the Trust.

 

8 CESSATION OF OFFICE OF TRUSTEES

 

8.1 Each Trustee for the time being and each successor shall remain in office until such Trustee ceases to hold office in terms of clause 8.2.

 

8.2 The office of Trustee shall become vacant if –

 

8.2.1 the Trustee is found guilty of any offence involving dishonesty;

 

8.2.2 the Trustee is liquidated or wound up (provisionally or otherwise) or, in the case of an individual, the Trustee’s estate is sequestrated (provisionally or otherwise);

 

8.2.3 the Trustee becomes incapacitated in law to hold the office of trustee;

 

8.2.4 the Trustee becomes a Participant or an executive director of the Company;

 

8.2.5 the Board or the Participant Representatives, as the case may be, remove the Trustee at any time on 1 (one) calendar month’s notice in writing to such Trustee;

 

8.2.6 the Trustee resigns on 1 (one) calendar month’s written notice to (i) the Board,

 

LOGO

13


  in the case of a Company Trustee, or to the Participant Representatives, in the case of a Participant Trustee and (ii) his co-Trustees; provided that the Board or the Participant Representatives, as the case may be, may, at the request of the Trustee, waive the full notice period; or

 

8.2.7 in the case of a Trustee who is a natural person, he is disqualified from acting as a director in terms of the Act.

 

9 SUCCESSION

 

9.1 The Board or the Participant Representatives, as the case may be, will appoint another Trustee (“ Replacement Trustee ”) to succeed a Trustee who has ceased to hold office as a Company Trustee or Participant Trustee, respectively, in terms of clause 8.2 within 21 (twenty one) days’ of such Trustee ceasing to hold office. If the Board or the Participant Representatives, as the case may be, fails to appoint the Replacement Trustee within the 21 (twenty one) day period, the Trustees then in office shall, in a meeting of Trustees, have the power to appoint the Replacement Trustee.

 

9.2 Until the Master issues Letters of Authority to the Replacement Trustee the remaining Trustees may continue to perform all the powers and duties of a Trustee under this Trust Deed, provided that the Replacement Trustee shall take the necessary steps to obtain the Letters of Authority.

 

9.3 Subject to the Master issuing Letters of Authority appointing the Trustee nominated by the Board or the Participant Representatives, as the case may be, any Trustee succeeding to office as such shall become bound by the provisions of this Trust Deed and, in his capacity as Trustee, automatically become vested with the assets and liabilities of the Trust and in every way, with immediate effect, take the place of and assume the powers and duties of the Trustee whom he has succeeded.

 

10 MEETINGS AND PROCEDURES OF TRUSTEES

 

10.1 The Trustees shall regulate their meetings as they deem fit.

 

10.2 The Trustees may elect, from amongst themselves, a chairperson from time to time to hold office for such period as they may determine; provided that such chairperson shall not have a second or casting vote.

 

10.3 After the Initial Period, the quorum for any meeting of Trustees shall be 2 (two) Trustees, of whom 1 (one) shall be a Company Trustee and 1 (one) shall be a Participant Trustee.

 

LOGO

14


10.4 Each Trustee shall be entitled to 1 (one) vote at a meeting of the Trustees.

 

10.5 The decision of the majority of the Trustees present at a quorate meeting shall be deemed to be the decision of all the Trustees.

 

10.6 The Trustees shall keep written minutes of the meetings of Trustees and shall minute all resolutions passed by the Trustees.

 

10.7 A resolution in writing signed by all the Trustees shall be valid and effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Trustees, even if the Trustees sign more than one document.

 

10.8 The Trustees may conduct meetings by using telecommunication equipment. Any resolution passed in that way shall, if subsequently reduced to writing and signed by the relevant Trustees, be as valid and effective as a resolution passed at a conventional meeting of Trustees.

 

11 POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES

 

11.1 The Trustees shall, in addition to such other powers as may be conferred upon them by law or elsewhere in this Trust Deed, have the following powers –

 

11.1.1 to do all things reasonably necessary to give effect to the Scheme;

 

11.1.2 to open a CSDP account for purposes of holding the Scheme Shares on behalf of and for the beneficial interest of the Participants;

 

11.1.3 for purposes of the Scheme, to borrow or raise monies from the Company only, provided that if the Trustees are able to borrow or raise monies on better terms from a third party than from the Company, the Trustees may borrow or raise monies from such third party with the prior consent of the Board;

 

11.1.4 to receive and accept capital contributions from the Company;

 

11.1.5 to make Offers and Allocations to Qualifying Employees;

 

11.1.6 to receive and accept forfeited Scheme Shares which shall be used by the Trustees for purposes of making future Offers to New Qualifying Employees as envisaged in clause 19.4;

 

11.1.7

instead of acting personally, to employ, as far as may reasonably be

 

LOGO

15


  necessary, and to pay, any attorney or any other person to transact any business or do any act of whatsoever nature required to be done pursuant to this Trust Deed, including the administration of the Trust and the receipt or of payment of money;

 

11.1.8 to take and act upon any expert or professional advice;

 

11.1.9 to delegate to any person the performance of all or any acts or the exercise of all or any Discretions which they are entitled to perform or exercise under this Trust Deed;

 

11.1.10 subject to the Trust Property Control Act, No. 57 of 1988, to open and operate banking accounts with registered banks;

 

11.1.11 to invest any surplus monies of the Trust in call or deposit accounts with a registered bank;

 

11.1.12 to draw, accept, make or endorse cheques, bills of exchange or promissory notes for and on behalf of the Trust;

 

11.1.13 to exercise all rights conferred by Scheme Shares and other assets of the Trust on behalf of the Participants, including voting rights, rights of conversion, rights to take up further allotments by way of capitalisation issues or rights issues and the like, as they may determine in their Discretion;

 

11.1.14 to exercise such further rights, powers and authorities as may from time to time be conferred upon them by the Board;

 

11.1.15 to repay any loans advanced to the Trust;

 

11.1.16 pursuant to the Delivery Date and the Settlement Date, to sell Vested Scheme Shares and/or Entitlement Shares respectively, provided that the Trustees shall only have the power to sell Vested Scheme Shares or Entitlement Shares where instructed to do so by a Participant in terms of this Trust Deed (including a deemed instruction as envisaged in clauses 23.2.2 and 24.3.2) or in order to raise sufficient funds to settle a Participant’s tax liability as envisaged in clause 25;

 

11.1.17 to employ accountants, attorneys, agents or brokers to transact all or any business of whatsoever nature required to be done pursuant to this Trust Deed and shall not be responsible for the loss occasioned by the employment of any such accountants, attorneys, agents or brokers;

 

LOGO

16


11.1.18 to reimburse themselves from the Trust Fund for all reasonable expenses which may be incurred by them in or about the execution of the powers and duties conferred upon them in terms of this Trust Deed;

 

11.1.19 to have the locus standi in judico and be capable of bringing, defending, opposing, withdrawing, settling, compounding or otherwise acting in connection with any proceedings whatsoever in or before any Court or in any arbitration or before any other forum relating to the Trust or the affairs of the Trust; and

 

11.1.20 to exercise each and every power which they may or could require for the due and proper administration of this Trust, and in order to achieve all of the intents and object of this Trust.

 

11.2 Without prejudice to anything aforesaid, the Trustees shall have –

 

11.2.1 full capacity to contract on behalf of the Trust, subject always to such limitations, if any, as may be imposed by this Trust Deed, provided that they will under no circumstances be personally liable under any such contract;

 

11.2.2 legal standing and be capable of bringing, defending, opposing, withdrawing, settling and/or otherwise acting in connection with any proceedings whatsoever in or before any court, arbitration or other forum; provided that all costs reasonably incurred by them in that regard shall be for the account of the Trust.

 

11.3 A Trustee who is an attorney or other person engaged in any profession, may be employed in his professional capacity to act, and may charge and be paid by the Trust all reasonable professional charges for any business or act done by him or his firm in pursuance of this Trust Deed.

 

12 DUTIES OF TRUSTEES

 

12.1 In addition to any other duty imposed by this Trust Deed (whether expressed or implied), the Trustees shall–

 

12.1.1 give effect to and implement the provisions of this Trust Deed and administer the Scheme in order to achieve and maintain the object of the Scheme and always subject to the provisions of the Act and the Listings Requirements;

 

LOGO

17


12.1.2 make Offers and Allocations to Participants as envisaged in this Trust Deed, but always subject to the provisions of the Act and the Listings Requirements;

 

12.1.3 open a CSDP account in the name of the Trust and procure that all Scheme Shares remain nominally registered in the names of the Trustees (in their capacity as such) for the beneficial interest of the relevant Participants for so long as they remain Scheme Shares, whereafter they shall be delivered to the Participants;

 

12.1.4 not pledge or otherwise encumber, or sell, alienate, cede, assign or in any other manner transfer or dispose of any of the Scheme Shares other than in accordance with this Trust Deed;

 

12.1.5 cause proper records and books of account to be kept of the business and affairs of the Trust;

 

12.1.6 establish and keep updated a register of Participants in which inter alia the following shall be recorded from time to time –

 

12.1.6.1 the total number of Allocated Scheme Shares and SARs;

 

12.1.6.2 the number of Scheme Shares which each Participant may be entitled to receive in terms of the Scheme and the number of Allocated SARs which may Vest in each Participant; and

 

12.1.6.3 the name and identity number of each Participant and his residential address and contact details;

 

12.2 ensure that the records, books of account and register referred to above are at all times available for inspection by any member of the Board, the Auditors or other authorised representative of the Company;

 

12.3 cause to be prepared and audited, as soon as possible after the end of each Financial Year, the financial statements of the Trust;

 

12.4 as soon as possible after the financial statements of the Trust have been audited, deliver to the Board 3 (three) copies of such audited financial statements of the Trust, duly signed by the Trustees and the Auditors;

 

12.5 ensure that any dealings in Scheme Shares relating to the Scheme comply with the provisions of paragraphs 3.63 to 3.74 of the Listings Requirements (if applicable);

 

LOGO

18


12.6 make available upon request the Trust Deed to any Participant in an official language in which that person is familiar; and

 

12.7 carry out such duties as may be delegated to them from time to time by resolution of the Board.

 

13 PRIVILEGES OF TRUSTEES

A Trustee shall not –

 

13.1 be obliged to furnish any security to the Master or to any other officer or official for the performance of his duties in terms of this Trust Deed;

 

13.2 be disqualified from –

 

13.2.1 acting as adviser, agent, broker or attorney to or contracting with the Trust;

 

13.2.2 obtaining any remuneration in respect of his services in any capacity referred to in clause 13.2.1.

 

14 REMUNERATION OF TRUSTEES

 

14.1 The Trustees may receive for their services as Trustees such reasonable remuneration as may from time to time be resolved by the Board from time to time.

 

14.2 The Trustees shall be reimbursed from the Trust Fund for all reasonable expenses incurred by them in the execution of their duties as Trustees.

 

15 INDEMNITY

 

15.1 The Trustees shall not be liable for any loss sustained by the Trust or by any Participant arising from whatsoever cause, save for any loss sustained as a result of gross negligence or the wilful dishonesty of the Trustees, either collectively or individually.

 

15.2 A Trustee shall not be liable for any act or dishonesty or other misconduct committed by any other Trustee unless he knowingly allowed it or was an accessory thereto.

 

LOGO

19


15.3 The Company hereby indemnifies the Trustees against all actions, proceedings, costs, liabilities, claims expenses and demands in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted to be done in any way in the execution of their office as Trustees, otherwise than claims –

 

15.3.1 arising out of their gross negligence or wilful dishonesty; and

 

15.3.2 in respect of which the Trustees cannot be indemnified by law.

 

15.4 If the Trustees in good faith make any payment to any person whom they assume to be entitled thereto under this Trust Deed and it is subsequently found that the recipient was not entitled to the payment, the Trustees shall nevertheless not be responsible for the monies so paid.

 

16 TERMINATION OF TRUST

 

16.1 The Trust shall terminate as soon as all of the following events have taken place, namely –

 

16.1.1 it ceases to have any obligations under the Scheme and the Trustees, with the consent of the Board, resolve that the Trust shall terminate; or

 

16.1.2 its obligations in terms of the Scheme have been transferred to another share trust established for the Participants.

 

16.2 Upon termination, the Trustees shall realise the assets of the Trust (if any), wind-up the affairs of the Trust and pay over to such person nominated by the Company as beneficiary of the Trust, any surplus (after discharging all liabilities) remaining in the Trust.

 

16.3 If the Company is placed in liquidation otherwise than as contemplated in clause 32 and save for any rights to claim any payment which the Trust may then have against the Company, this Scheme shall ipso facto lapse as from the date of liquidation. For the purposes hereof “date of liquidation” shall mean the date upon which any application (whether provisional or final) for the liquidation of the Company is lodged at the relevant court.

PART II: PARTICIPATION

 

17 OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTICIPANTS

Every Participant shall, in addition to and without prejudice to any obligation imposed elsewhere in this Trust Deed, whether express or implied at all times strictly observe the provisions of this Trust Deed.

 

LOGO

20


18 ELIGIBILITY

Qualifying Employees shall be eligible to and shall participate in the Scheme only if and to the extent that an Offer is made to, and is accepted by them in accordance with clause 20.1.

 

19 OFFERS

 

19.1 A total of 4,288,000 (four million two hundred and eighty eight thousand) Scheme Shares and 8,576,000 (eight million five hundred and seventy six thousand) SARs shall be made available for purposes of making Offers to Qualifying Employees in terms of the Scheme.

First Offers

 

19.2 As soon as practicably possible after the date on which the Scheme is approved by the shareholders of the Company, the Trustees shall Offer 3,500,000 (three and a half million) Scheme Shares and 7,000,000 (seven million) SARs (or such lower number as may be determined by reference to the relevant number of Qualifying Employees on the First Allocation Date) to Qualifying Employees who qualify as such as at the Offer Date and the First Allocation Date, by delivering to each Qualifying Employee an Offer Letter.

 

19.3 The number of Scheme Shares and SARs to be Offered to each Qualifying Employee shall be on a 1:2 ratio (i.e. one Scheme Share for every 2 (two) SARs) and will be determined in accordance with the number of years of a Qualifying Employee’s service with the Company as follows –

 

19.3.1 less than 10 (ten) years’ of service: 100 Scheme Shares and 200 SARs;

 

19.3.2 10 (ten) years’ service or more: 110 Scheme Shares and 220 SARs.

Future Offers

 

19.4 The remaining 788,000 (seven hundred and eighty eight thousand) Scheme Shares and 1,576,000 (one million five hundred and seventy six thousand) SARs (or such other number as may constitute the balance of the Scheme Shares and SARs after the first Allocation as envisaged in clause 19.2), together with –

 

19.4.1 any Scheme Shares and SARs which were not accepted pursuant to the first Offer as envisaged in clause 19.2 or any subsequent Offer; and

 

LOGO

21


19.4.2 Scheme Shares which have been forfeited in favour of the Trust and a number of SARs equal in number to any SARs which lapsed, as envisaged in clause 28.2.1,

shall be Offered by the Trustees to New Qualifying Employees who have not previously received an Offer and/or Allocation, during each year following the First Allocation Date until the 4 th (fourth) anniversary of the First Allocation Date, by delivering an Offer Letter to each New Qualifying Employee. The Allocation of Scheme Shares and SARs to New Qualifying Employees will be dependent on the availability, at the given time, of unallocated Scheme Shares and SARs.

 

19.5 The number of Scheme Shares and SARs to be offered to each New Qualifying Employee shall be calculated mutatis mutandis in accordance with clause 19.3 save that the number of Scheme Shares and SARs offered to New Qualifying Employees will reduce by 1/5 (one fifth) on each anniversary of the First Allocation Date.

 

19.6 For the avoidance of doubt, subject to clause 19.7, no further Scheme Shares or SARs shall be Offered or Allocated to New Qualifying Employees after the 4 th (fourth) anniversary of the First Allocation Date.

 

19.7 If, on the 5 th (fifth) anniversary of the First Allocation Date there are any unallocated Scheme Shares and SARs, then such Scheme Shares and SARs will be distributed to the Participants who are still employed with the Company at that date, in such manner as may be determined by the Board in its Discretion, pro rata in accordance with the number of Scheme Shares previously Allocated to them (i.e. pursuant to an initial Offer as envisaged in clause 19.2 or a subsequent Offer as envisaged in cause 19.4), it being recorded that such Participants have a vested right in relation to the unallocated Scheme Shares.

All Offers

 

19.8 For purposes of making the Offers, the Company will provide the Trustees with a list of the names of the relevant Qualifying Employees eligible to receive an Offer in that year, together with the number of Scheme Shares and SARs to be Offered to each Qualifying Employee.

 

19.9 An Offer Letter shall specify the terms of the Offer, including –

 

19.9.1 the Offer Date;

 

LOGO

22


19.9.2 in respect of an Offer of Scheme Shares –

 

19.9.2.1 the number of Scheme Shares being offered;

 

19.9.2.2 the Vesting Dates;

 

19.9.2.3 the Subscription Price payable; and

 

19.9.3 in respect of an Offer of SARs -

 

19.9.3.1 the number of SARs being offered; and

 

19.9.3.2 the Vesting Dates.

 

19.10 All Offers shall –

 

19.10.1 be personal to the Qualifying Employee to whom it is addressed, and may only be accepted by such Qualifying Employee;

 

19.10.2 be capable of acceptance in whole and not only in part;

 

19.10.3 indicate that, unless the Qualifying Employee specifically rejects the Offer in writing to the Company within 10 (ten) business days of the Offer Date, the Qualifying Employee will be deemed to have accepted the Offer; and

 

19.10.4 indicate that upon acceptance of the Offer, the Qualifying Employee will be bound by the provisions of the Trust Deed.

 

19.11 The Trustees shall not have any discretion regarding the Allocation of Scheme Shares and SARs to Qualifying Employees.

 

20 ACCEPTANCE AND ALLOCATIONS

 

20.1 A Qualifying Employee will be deemed to have accepted an Offer unless the Qualifying Employee specifically rejects the Offer in writing to the Company within 10 (ten) business days of the Offer Date.

 

20.2 As soon as practically possible after the Offer is accepted and the Subscription Price has been paid, the Scheme Shares and SARs shall be Allocated to the relevant Participant as follows –

 

20.2.1 the Company will issue the relevant number of Scheme Shares to the Trustees which Scheme Shares will be held by the Trustees as nominees

 

LOGO

23


  for the relevant Participant. For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded that, upon the issue of the Scheme Shares to the Trustees, the registered owner of the said shares will be the Trustees but the beneficial owner of such shares shall be the relevant Participant; and

 

20.2.2 the Trustees will Allocate the SARs to the relevant Participant with effect from the date on which the Company issues the relevant Scheme Shares to the Trustees as nominees of that Qualifying Employee as envisaged in clause 20.2.1, by delivering a letter of Allocation to the Qualifying Employee. It is recorded that the Entitlement Shares will only be issued by the Company to the Participant pursuant to the Vesting of a SAR in accordance with clause 21.

 

20.3 In the case of forfeited Scheme Shares, as envisaged in clause 28.2.1, the Trustees will forthwith hold such Scheme Shares, as beneficial owners of such Scheme Shares, for purposes of making future Offers to New Qualifying Employees as envisaged in clause 19.4. Such forfeited Scheme Shares –

 

20.3.1 may not be Disposed of or otherwise encumbered by the Trustees other than in accordance with the Trust Deed; and

 

20.3.2 shall, for purposes of making the future Offers to New Qualifying Employees, be subject to the restrictions contained in this Trust Deed.

 

21 VESTING OF SCHEME SHARES AND SARS

 

21.1 Subject to clause 28, the Scheme Shares and SARs Allocated to a Participant shall Vest in that Participant as follows. Where a Qualifying Employee receives an Allocation –

 

21.1.1 on the First Allocation Date, 1/5 (one fifth) of the total number of Scheme Shares and SARs Allocated to that Participant shall Vest in him on each anniversary of the Commencement Date;

 

21.1.2 at any time after the First Allocation Date but by no later than the 1 st (first) anniversary of the First Allocation Date,  1 4 (one forth) of the total number of Scheme Shares and SARs Allocated to that Participant shall Vest in him on each anniversary of the relevant Allocation Date, provided that the last tranche shall Vest no later than the 5 th (fifth) anniversary of the First Allocation Date;

 

LOGO

24


21.1.3 at any time after the 1 st (first) anniversary of the First Allocation Date but before but by no later than the 2 nd (second) anniversary of the First Allocation Date, 1/3 (one third) of the total number of Scheme Shares and SARs Allocated to that Participant shall Vest in him on each anniversary of the relevant Allocation Date, provided that the last tranche shall Vest no later than the 5 th (fifth) anniversary of the First Allocation Date;

 

21.1.4 at any time after the 2 nd (second) anniversary of the First Allocation Date but by no later than the 3 rd (third) anniversary of the First Allocation Date, half of the total number of Scheme Shares and SARs Allocated to that Participant shall Vest in him on each anniversary of the relevant Allocation Date, provided that the last tranche shall Vest no later than the 5 th (fifth) anniversary of the First Allocation Date;

 

21.1.5 at any time after the 3 rd (third) anniversary of the First Allocation Date but by no later than the 4 th (fourth) anniversary of the First Allocation Date, the total number of Scheme Shares and SARs Allocated to that Participant shall Vest in him in full on the anniversary of the relevant Allocation Date, provided that the Vesting Date shall not be later than the 5 th (fifth) anniversary of the First Allocation Date,

provided further that if the portion of Scheme Shares and/or SARs to Vest result in a fraction of a Scheme Share and/or SAR, such fraction will be rounded up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number.

 

22 RESTRICTIONS

 

22.1 A Participant shall not be entitled to pledge or otherwise encumber, or sell, alienate, cede, assign or in any other manner transfer or dispose of any of his Scheme Shares (or any rights or interest therein or thereto), until the Delivery Date.

 

22.2 SARs may not be transferred, ceded (whether as security or as an out-and-out cession), assigned, encumbered or otherwise disposed of by a Participant to any other person.

 

22.3 Entitlement Shares may not be transferred, ceded (whether as security or as an out-and-out cession), assigned, encumbered or otherwise disposed of by a Participant to any other person, until the Settlement Date.

 

LOGO

25


23 DELIVERY OF SCHEME SHARES

Election

 

23.1 Within 30 (thirty) days before a Vesting Date, the Trustees will deliver to each relevant Participant a certificate (the “ Vesting Certificate ”) setting out –

 

23.1.1 the Vesting Date;

 

23.1.2 the estimated value and the number of Scheme Shares which will Vest in the Participant (“ Vested Scheme Shares ”);

 

23.1.3 the estimated amount of employees’ tax, securities transfer tax and any other taxes arising pursuant to the Vesting of the Scheme Shares;

 

23.1.4 the fact that the Participant shall be entitled to elect to make payment of the entire tax amount referred to in clause 23.1.3 to the Trustees in cash by a stipulated date, or to have the Trustees sell a sufficient number of Vested Scheme Shares on his behalf in order to settle his tax liability as envisaged in clause 25;

 

23.1.5 the fact that the Participant shall be entitled to elect to receive all the Vested Scheme Shares (subject to a sale as envisaged in clause 23.1.4) or to have the Trustees sell all (and not only some) of the Participant’s Vested Scheme Shares on his behalf by delivering an Election Notice to the Trustees by a specified date, which date shall be a date occurring at least 14 (fourteen) days before the Vesting Date; and

 

23.1.6 the fact that if the Participant fails to (i) timeously deliver a duly executed Election Notice to the Trustees, that the Participant will be deemed to have elected to have the Trustees sell all of the Participant’s Vested Scheme Shares on his behalf in accordance with clause 23.2.2 or (ii) make an election regarding the settlement of his tax liability as envisaged in clause 23.1.4, that the Participant will be deemed to have elected to have the Trustees sell a sufficient number of his Vested Scheme Shares on his behalf in order to settle his tax liability.

 

LOGO

26


Sale and delivery of Vested Scheme Shares

 

23.2 On the Delivery Date, the Trustees shall either –

 

23.2.1 if a Participant timeously delivered a duly executed Election Notice and elected to receive all his Vested Scheme Shares, release the relevant number of Vested Scheme Shares from the Scheme and, subject to the provisions of clause 25 deliver the relevant number of Ordinary Shares to the Participant by crediting the Participant’s CSDP account accordingly; or

 

23.2.2 if a Participant (i) timeously delivered a duly executed Election Notice and elected to have the Trustees sell all of his Vested Shares or (ii) failed to timeously deliver a duly executed Election Notice, release the relevant number of Vested Scheme Shares from the Scheme and sell such Shares on behalf of the Participant.

 

23.3 As soon as practicably possible after the Shares are sold on behalf of all the Participants envisaged in clause 23.2.2, the Trustees shall remit the average realisation price obtained per Share to each Participant in respect of each Share sold on their behalf, net of any transactional costs and taxes as envisaged in clause 25.

 

24 DELIVERY OF ENTITLEMENT SHARES

Election

 

24.1 Within 30 (thirty) days before a Vesting Date, the Trustees will deliver to each relevant Participant a certificate (the “ Vesting Certificate ”) setting out –

 

24.1.1 the Vesting Date;

 

24.1.2 the estimated value of the Entitlement Shares and the estimated number of Entitlement Shares which the Participant may become entitled to on the Vesting Date;

 

24.1.3 the fact that, if following the Vesting of his SARs the Share Price Appreciation is –

 

24.1.3.1 less than R18 but more than zero, then the Participant shall be entitled to receive, separate from the right to receive any Entitlement Shares in respect of his Vested SARs, the Cash Bonus per Vested SAR in respect of services rendered; or

 

24.1.3.2 equal to or less than zero, then the Participant shall be entitled to receive, separate from the right to receive any Entitlement Shares (if any) in respect of his Vested SARs, an Additional Cash Bonus in the amount of R18 per Vested SAR in respect of services rendered;

 

LOGO

27


24.1.4 the estimated amount of employees’ tax, securities transfer tax and any other taxes arising pursuant to the Vesting of the SARs;

 

24.1.5 the fact that the Participant shall be entitled to elect to make payment of the entire tax amount referred to in clause 24.1.4 to the Trustees in cash by a stipulated date, or to have the Trustees sell a sufficient number of Entitlement Shares on his behalf in order to settle his tax liability as envisaged in clause 25;

 

24.1.6 the fact that the Participant shall be entitled to elect to receive all the Entitlement Shares (subject to a sale as envisaged in clause 24.1.5) or to have the Trustees sell all (and not only some) of the Participant’s Entitlement Shares on his behalf by delivering an Election Notice to the Trustees by a specified date, which date shall be a date occurring at least 14 (fourteen) days before the Vesting Date; and

 

24.1.7 the fact that if the Participant fails to (i) timeously deliver a duly executed Election Notice to the Trustees, that the Participant will be deemed to have elected to have the Trustees sell all of the Participant’s Entitlement Shares on his behalf in accordance with clause 24.3.2 or (ii) make an election regarding the settlement of his tax liability as envisaged in clause 24.1.5, that the Participant will be deemed to have elected to have the Trustees sell a sufficient number of his Entitlement Scheme Shares on his behalf in order to settle his tax liability.

Sale and delivery of Entitlement Shares

 

24.2 Following the Vesting of a SAR, the Participant shall be entitled to such number of Ordinary Shares (and no cash settlement) as may be determined in accordance with the following formula (“ Entitlement Shares ”) –

 

LOGO

Where:

 

  n  =   number of Ordinary Shares that will be delivered to a Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deed and the Rules, rounded up to the nearest integer, provided that if n is less than or equal to zero then no Ordinary Shares will be delivered to the Participant;

 

LOGO

28


  SPA  =   Vesting Price less the Offer Price, provided that if SPA is more than 32, then SPA shall be equal to 32;
  VP  =   Vesting Price; and
  S  =   the number of Vested SARs.

 

24.3 On the Settlement Date, the Trustees shall procure that the Company issues the Entitlement Shares to the Participant and shall either –

 

24.3.1 if a Participant timeously delivered a duly executed Election Notice and elected to receive all the Entitlement Shares, subject to clause 25, deliver the relevant number of Entitlement Shares to the Participant by crediting the Participant’s CSDP account on the Settlement Date; or

 

24.3.2 if a Participant (i) timeously delivered a duly executed Election Notice and elected to have the Trustees sell all of his Entitlement Shares or (ii) failed to timeously deliver a duly executed Election Notice, sell the Entitlement Shares on behalf of the Participant.

 

24.4 As soon as practicably possible after the Shares are sold on behalf of all the Participants envisaged in clause 24.3.2, the Trustees shall remit the average realisation price obtained per Share to each Participant in respect of each Shares sold on their behalf, net of any transactional costs and taxes as envisaged in clause 25.

Payment of Cash Bonus

 

24.5 If following the Vesting of a SAR, the Share Price Appreciation is less than R18 but more than zero, then, subject to the condition that the Participant is employed with the Company on the Vesting Date, in addition to receiving the Entitlement Shares, the Participant shall be entitled to a Cash Bonus in respect of the services rendered as may be determined in accordance with the following formula –

 

LOGO

29


 

LOGO

Where:

 

  CB =    cash amount to be paid to a Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deed and the Rules;
  VP =    Vesting Price;
  OP =    Offer Price;
  S =    the number of Vested SARs.

 

24.6 The Trustees shall procure that the Company pays the amount of the Cash Bonus to the Participant on the Settlement Date, subject to the provisions of clause 25.

Payment of Additional Cash Bonus

 

24.7 If, following the Vesting of a SAR, the Share Price Appreciation is equal to zero or less than zero, then, subject to the condition that the Participant is employed with the Company on the Vesting Date, the Participant shall be entitled to receive, separate from the right to receive Entitlement Shares (if any) in respect of his Vested SARs, an Additional Cash Bonus in the amount of R18 per Vested SAR in respect of services rendered.

 

24.8 Subject to clause 25, the Trustees shall procure that the Company pays the amount of the Additional Cash Bonus to the Participant on the Settlement Date.

 

25 TAX LIABILITY

 

25.1 Each Participant shall be liable for any employees’ tax, securities transfer tax, capital gain tax and any other taxes arising pursuant to the –

 

25.1.1 delivery of the Scheme Shares on the Delivery Date;

 

25.1.2 delivery of the Entitlement Shares, in respect of Vested SARs, on the Settlement Date;

 

25.1.3 accrual of any Cash Bonus or Additional Cash Bonus;

 

25.1.4 sale of all of the Scheme Shares beneficially owned by the Participant and/or the Participant’s Entitlement Shares, and

 

LOGO

30


25.1.5 the payment of any amount in terms of this Trust Deed or otherwise arising from his participation in the Scheme,

regardless of whether the relevant tax liability is legally imposed on the Company, the Trust, the Trustees or the relevant Participant.

 

25.2 Accordingly, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustees shall –

 

25.2.1 deduct such amount from the Cash Bonus or the Additional Cash Bonus, as the case may be, payable to the Participant as set out in clauses 24.5 and 24.7 respectively; and/or

 

25.2.2 sell such number of the Participant’s Vested Scheme Shares and/or Entitlement Shares; and/or

 

25.2.3 procure that the Company deducts such amount from the Participant’s salary,

as may be required in order to settle that Participant’s tax liability (or estimated tax liability, as the case may be), provided that if the Participant timeously delivered a duly executed Election Notice and elected to make payment of such amount to the Trustees in cash (as envisaged in clause 23.1.4 or clause 24.1.5), the Trustees shall not make a deduction or sell any Shares as envisaged in clauses 25.2.1 and/or 25.2.2.

 

25.3 In the event that, after settling a Participant’s tax liability as envisaged in clause 25.2, it becomes apparent from the relevant tax directive from SARS that the estimated tax amount as envisaged in clause 23.1.3 or 24.1.4 was –

 

25.3.1 over estimated, then the Trustees shall procure that that Participant is reimbursed to the extent of the over payment; or

 

25.3.2 under estimated, then the Trustees shall procure that the Company deducts the amount to the extent of the under payment from that Participant’s salary.

 

25.4 Each Participant hereby –

 

25.4.1 irrevocably appoints the Trustees as his agents to give effect to the sale of his Vested Scheme Shares and/or Entitlement Shares as envisaged in this clause 25; and

 

25.4.2 authorises the Company to make a deduction from his salary as envisaged in clauses 25.2.3 and 25.3.2.

 

LOGO

31


26 VOTING RIGHTS

Although the Participants shall be the beneficial owners of the Scheme Shares, the Participants shall, by accepting the Offer, cede all of their voting rights in respect of the Scheme Shares held by them to the Trustees until such time as the Scheme Shares are delivered to the Participants on the Delivery Date in accordance with clause 23.

 

27 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

27.1 Participants shall be entitled to receive all distributions made by the Company in respect of the Scheme Shares, including the dividends declared and paid in respect of the Scheme Shares Allocated to them from time to time.

 

27.2 For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded that the Participants shall not be entitled to receive the distributions made in respect of the Ordinary Shares constituting the reference asset of the SARs.

 

27.3 For purposes of determining a Participants liability for the dividend withholding tax imposed in section 64E of the Income Tax Act No. 58 of 1962, the Trustees shall notify the relevant CSDP that –

 

27.3.1 the Participants are the beneficial owners of the distributions made in respect of the Scheme Shares, provided that in the case of forfeited Scheme Shares, as envisaged in clause 28.2.1, the Trustees will hold such Scheme Shares as beneficial owners of such Scheme Shares and shall notify the relevant CSDP accordingly;

 

27.3.2 it must withhold dividends tax from the payment of any distributions made in respect of the Scheme Shares; and

 

27.3.3 the Trustees will accept, in their capacity as nominees of the Participants, any certificates or supporting documentation evidencing the dividends tax withheld by the CSDP and paid to the South African Revenue Service, which information the Trustees shall communicate to the Participants.

 

LOGO

32


27.4 As soon as practicably possible after the Trustees receive the distribution from the Company, in their capacity as nominees of the Participants, they will pay to each Participant the distribution received in respect of the Scheme Shares beneficially owned by that Participant, provided that if the distribution is a distribution in specie , the Trustees shall either deliver the distribution to the Participant, or if in their Discretion it is impractical to do so, realise the distribution in specie and thereafter distribute the proceeds to the Participant.

 

28 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

28.1 For the purposes of this Trust Deed, the date of a Participant’s termination of employment will be deemed to be effective from –

 

28.1.1 in the case of a Bad Leaver or a Good Leaver, the date on which termination of employment is effective;

 

28.1.2 in the case of Superannuation, the date on which the Participant dies, is declared seriously disabled or seriously incapacitated by a medical professional; and

 

28.1.3 in all other instances, such date as determined by the Trustees,

herein after referred to as the “ Employment Termination Date ”.

 

28.2 Should a Participant’s Employment Termination Date occur at any time after the Allocation Date then the following terms and conditions will apply to any Allocation made to the Participant:

 

28.2.1 In the event of a Bad Leaver –

 

28.2.1.1 all SARs which have not Vested as at the Employment Termination Date will immediately lapse; and

 

28.2.1.2 all Scheme Shares Allocated to him and which have not Vested as at the Employment Termination Date will be immediately forfeited and transferred to the Trustees (and the relevant Bad Leaver shall be obliged to transfer to the Trustees) at the Subscription Price and shall be used by the Trustees for purposes of making future Offers to New Qualifying Employees as envisaged in clause 19.4; and

 

28.2.1.3 the Participant shall forthwith cease to be a Participant in the Scheme.

 

LOGO

33


28.2.2 In the event of a Good Leaver –

 

28.2.2.1 Scheme Shares and SARs which have not yet Vested in the Participant on the Employment Termination Date shall be deemed to have Vested in the Participant on that date (“ Deemed Vesting Date ”) and the Participant –

 

28.2.2.1.1 will be deemed to have elected to have the Trustees sell all of his Vested Scheme Shares in accordance with clause 23.1.5 and the Trustees shall, on the Delivery Date, release the relevant number of Vested Scheme Shares from the Scheme and sell such Shares on behalf of the Participant and remit the proceeds of the realisation net of any transactional costs and taxes as envisaged in clause 25, mutatis mutandis in accordance with clauses 23.2.2 and 23.3; and

 

28.2.2.1.2 will be deemed to have elected to have the Trustees sell all of his Entitlement Shares in accordance with clause 24.1.6 and the Trustees shall, on the Settlement Date, (i) procure that the Company issues the relevant number of Entitlement Shares to the Participant, (ii) sell such Shares on behalf of the Participant and remit the proceeds of the realisation net of any transactional costs and taxes as envisaged in clause 25, mutatis mutandis in accordance with clauses 24.3.2 and 24.4 and (iii) procure that the Company pays any Cash Bonus and/or Additional Cash Bonus to the Participant mutatis mutandis in accordance with clauses 24.5 to 24.8; and

 

28.2.2.2 the Participant shall forthwith cease to be a Participant in the Scheme.

 

28.2.3 In the event of Superannuation –

 

28.2.3.1 Scheme Shares and SARs which have not yet Vested in the Participant on the Deemed Vesting Date shall be deemed to have Vested in the Deemed Vesting Date and the Participant –

 

28.2.3.1.1 will be deemed to have elected to have the Trustees sell all of his Vested Scheme Shares in accordance with clause 23.1.5 and the Trustees shall, on the Delivery Date, release the relevant number of Vested Scheme Shares from the Scheme and sell such Shares on behalf of the Participant and remit the proceeds of the realisation net of any transactional costs and taxes as envisaged in clause 25, mutatis mutandis in accordance with clauses 23.2.2 and 23.3; and

 

LOGO

34


28.2.3.1.2 will be deemed to have elected to have the Trustees sell all of his Entitlement Shares in accordance with clause 24.1.6 and the Trustees shall, on the Settlement Date, (i) procure that the Company issues the relevant number of Entitlement Shares to the Participant, (ii) sell such Shares on behalf of the Participant and remit the proceeds of the realisation net of any transactional costs and taxes as envisaged in clause 25, mutatis mutandis in accordance with clauses 24.3.2 and 24.4 and (iii) procure that the Company pays any Cash Bonus and/or Additional Cash Bonus to the Participant mutatis mutandis in accordance with clauses 24.5 to 24.8; and

 

28.2.3.2 the Participant shall forthwith cease to be a Participant in the Scheme.

 

28.2.4 In the event that the Company and a Participant negotiate an agreement relating to the termination of a Participant’s employment, in a manner that does not constitute the Participant being regarded as a Bad Leaver, such settlement will be negotiated by parties appointed by the Board and the Participant and the outcome of such negotiation confirmed by the Trustees. Upon the Trustees confirming such agreement, the Trust shall be bound by the terms of such negotiated agreement.

 

29 PAYMENTS OF AMOUNTS TO DEPENDANTS OF PARTICIPANTS

If the estate of any Participant is sequestrated and any amount becomes payable or Ordinary Shares become deliverable at any time thereafter by the Trust to such Participant, the Trustees may pay such amount or deliver such Ordinary Shares to any dependant (as determined by the Trustees in their Discretion) of such Participant, and such payment or delivery shall constitute a complete discharge of obligation of the Trust to such Participant.

 

30 MEETINGS OF THE PARTICIPANTS

Annual general meeting

 

30.1 The annual general meeting of the Participants shall be held not later than 4 (four) months after the Trust’s financial year end each year.

 

30.2 The notice convening the annual general meeting, containing the agenda and the annual report, must be furnished to the Participants at least 21 (twenty one) days before the date of the meeting. The non-receipt of such notice does not invalidate the proceedings at such meeting.

 

LOGO

35


30.3 At least 5% (five percent) of the total number of Participants constitute a quorum at the annual general meeting. Only Participants present in person or via a video conference call facility, shall be counted towards a quorum. If a quorum is not present after the lapse of 30 (thirty) minutes from the time fixed for the commencement of the meeting, the meeting must be postponed to a date determined by the Trustees, and Participants then present shall constitute a quorum.

 

30.4 The financial statements and reports of the Trust must be laid before the meeting.

 

30.5 Notices of motions to be placed before the annual general meeting must reach the chairperson of the board of Trustees not later than 7 (seven) days prior to the date of the meeting.

Special general meeting

 

30.6 The Trustees may call a special general meeting of the Participants if it is deemed necessary.

 

30.7 On the written requisition of at least 500 (five hundred) Participants, the Trustees must cause a special general meeting to be called within 30 (thirty) days of the delivery of the written requisition. The requisition must state the object of the meeting and must be signed by all the requisitionists and delivered to the chairperson of the board of Trustees. Only those matters forming part of the objects of the meeting may be discussed.

 

30.8 The notice convening a special general meeting, containing the agenda, must be furnished to the Participants at least 14 (fourteen) days before the date of the meeting. The non-receipt of such notice by a Participant will not invalidate the proceedings at such meeting.

 

30.9 At least 5% (five percent) of the total number of Participants constitute a quorum. Only Participants present in person or via video conference call facility, shall be counted towards quorum. If a quorum is not present after the lapse of 30 (thirty) minutes from the time fixed for the commencement of the meeting, the meeting shall be regarded as cancelled.

Voting at meetings of Participants

 

30.10 Every Participant who is present at a meeting of the Participants (whether in person or by proxy) shall be entitled to a vote including those present via video conference call facility. Unless otherwise provided in this Trust Deed, all resolutions shall be passed by a majority vote of the Participants.

 

30.11 The chairperson of the board of Trustees must determine whether the voting must be by ballot or by a show of hands. In the event of the votes being equal, the chairperson shall have a casting vote.

 

LOGO

36


PART III: REGULATORY MATTERS

 

31 SCHEME LIMITS

 

31.1 General Limit

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustees shall not make an Offer if at the time of or as a result of the making of such Offer the aggregate number of Scheme Shares which have been Allocated to Participants in terms of the Scheme after deducting any Allocations which have been forfeited, together with the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares in respect of SARs which may Vest, will exceed 12,864,000 (twelve million eight hundred and sixty four thousand) (“ the Maximum Threshold ”), subject to the provisions of clause 33.1.

 

31.2 Individual limits

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustees shall not make any Offer to a single Qualifying Employee if at the time of or as a result of the making of Offer, the aggregate number of Scheme Shares which have been allocated to that Qualifying Employee in terms of the Scheme, together with the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares in respect of which any SARs Allocated to that Participant may Vest, shall exceed 600 (six hundred) (“ the Individual Threshold ”), subject to the provisions of clause 33.2.

 

32 RECONSTRUCTION OR TAKEOVER

 

32.1 All Scheme Shares and SARs that have not Vested will become immediately Vested in the event of a Reconstruction or Takeover of the Company.

 

32.2

If there is an internal reconstruction or other event which does not involve any change in the ultimate Control of the Company, and therefore is not a Reconstruction or Takeover, or if any other event happens which may affect Offers and/or Allocations, the Board may, in its Discretion, take such action (if

 

LOGO

37


  any) as it may consider appropriate to protect the interests of Participants including converting Allocations into allocations of a substantially similar value, as determined by an Expert, in respect of shares in one or more other companies, provided that the Participant is placed in a substantially similar position following the implementation of such action.

 

33 VARIATION IN SHARE CAPITAL

 

33.1 Adjustment to the Maximum Threshold

In the event of a sub-division or consolidation of the Ordinary Shares, the Board shall make such adjustment to the Maximum Threshold referred to in clause 31.1, as to ensure that the Maximum Threshold after such sub-division or consolidation represents the same percentage of the Ordinary Shares in the Company as it represented before such sub-division or consolidation.

 

33.2 Adjustment to the Individual Threshold

In the event of a capitalisation issue, special dividend, rights issue, reduction of the Company’s capital or similar event, the Board shall make such adjustment to the Individual Threshold referred to in clause 31.2, as to ensure that the Individual Threshold after such capitalisation issue, special dividend, rights issue, reduction of capital or similar event represents the same percentage of the Ordinary Shares in the Company as it represented before such capitalisation issue, special dividend, rights issue, reduction of capital or similar event.

 

33.3 Adjustments to number of SARs

 

33.3.1 In the event of a subdivision or consolidation of Ordinary Shares, capitalisation issue, special dividend, rights issue, reduction of the Company’s capital or similar event, the Board shall make such adjustment to the number of Scheme Shares and SARs comprised in the relevant Allocation so as to ensure that the Participants are placed in a substantially similar position to the position they were in prior to the occurrence of any of the aforesaid events.

 

33.3.2 The Trustees will notify the Participants in writing of any adjustments that are made under this 33.3. Where necessary, in respect of any such adjustments, the Trustees may, on instructions by the Board, appoint an Expert to determine the adjustments.

 

LOGO

38


33.3.3 The Auditors or an Expert which is acceptable to the JSE shall confirm to the JSE in writing that any adjustments made in terms of this clause 33.3 are in accordance with the provisions of the Scheme. This confirmation shall be provided to the JSE at the time that such adjustments are finalised.

 

33.3.4 The issue of Ordinary Shares as consideration for an acquisition, the issue of Ordinary Shares for cash and the issue of Ordinary Shares or a vendor consideration placing will not be regarded as a circumstance requiring adjustment in terms of the provisions of this clause 33.3.

 

34 DISCLOSURE IN ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company shall disclose in its annual financial statements the number of Ordinary Shares that it may have utilised for purposes of the Scheme at the beginning of the Financial Year, and changes in such number during the Financial Year and the balance of Ordinary Shares available for utilisation for purposes of the Scheme at the end of the Financial Year.

 

35 AMENDMENTS TO THIS TRUST DEED

 

35.1 This Trust Deed may be amended from time to time by the Trustees in writing, but –

 

35.1.1 no amendment shall be made to the Deed, without the prior approval of the JSE, if so required in terms of the Listings Requirements;

 

35.1.2 no amendment in respect of the matters referred to in clause 14.1 of Schedule 14 of the Listings Requirements shall be effected unless such amendment has been approved by the Board and by the shareholders of the Company in general meeting in the manner provided for in the Listings Requirements.

 

35.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 35.1, if it should become necessary or desirable by reason of the enactment of any new law or regulation at any time after the signing of this trust Deed, to amend the provisions of this Trust Deed so as to preserve the substance of the provisions contained in this Trust Deed but to amend the form so as to achieve the objectives embodied in this Trust Deed in the best manner having regard to such new law or regulation and without prejudice to the Participants concerned, then the Board and Trustees may amend this Trust Deed accordingly by agreement in writing.

 

35.3 The Trustees shall lodge all amendments of or supplements to the Trust Deed with the Master.

 

LOGO

39


PART IV: GENERAL

 

36 DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND DEADLOCKS

Any dispute arising under or in respect of the Scheme and any deadlock arising between the Trustees shall be referred to the decision of the Auditors, acting as experts and not as arbitrators.

 

37 DOMICILIUM CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI

 

37.1 The Parties and the Participants choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes under this Trust Deed, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature, the following addresses and fax numbers and email addresses –

 

37.1.1 The Company and the Trustees: Harmony Office Park, cnr Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1759; Telefax: +27 (0)11 696-9734; email: riana.bisschoff@harmony.co.za;

 

37.1.2 Each Participant: the address, telefax number and email address (if any) notified by the Participant to the Company or the Trustees in writing from time to time.

 

37.2 Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Trust Deed shall be valid and effective only if in writing and, unless otherwise provided by the Trustees, it shall be competent to give notice by telefax and e-mail.

 

37.3 Any of the parties may by notice to the other parties change the physical address chosen as its domicilium citandi et executandi vis-à-vis that party to another physical address in South Africa or its telefax number, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that addressee on the fourth business day from the deemed receipt of the notice by the addressee.

 

37.4 Any notice to a party –

 

37.4.1 sent by prepaid registered post (by airmail if appropriate) in a correctly addressed envelope to it at its domicilium citandi et executandi shall be deemed to have been received on the 10 th (tenth) business day after posting (unless the contrary is proved);

 

LOGO

40


37.4.2 delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at its domicilium citandi et executandi shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery; or

 

37.4.3 sent by telefax or email to its chosen telefax number or email address referred to in clause 37.1.1, shall be deemed to have been received on the date of dispatch (unless the contrary is proved).

 

37.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained a written notice or communication actually received by a party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen domicilium citandi et executandi.

 

38 COSTS

The costs of the preparation of this Trust Deed and all matters incidental thereto will be paid by the Company.

 

39 GENERAL

 

39.1 Each and every provision of this Trust Deed (excluding only those provisions which are essential at law for a valid and binding trust deed to be constituted) shall be deemed to be separate and severable from the remaining provisions of this Trust Deed. If any of the provisions of this Trust Deed (excluding only those provisions which are essential at law for a valid and binding agreement to be constituted) is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and/or unenforceable then, despite such invalidity and/or unenforceability, the remaining provisions of this Trust Deed shall be and remain of full force and effect.

 

39.2 The expiration, cancellation or other termination of this Trust Deed shall not affect those provisions of this Trust Deed which expressly provide that they will operate after such expiration, cancellation or other termination or which of necessity must continue to endure after such expiration, cancellation or other termination, despite that the relevant clause may not expressly provide for such continuation.

 

39.3 This Trust Deed constitutes the whole agreement between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and no agreements, representations or warranties between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof other than those set out herein are binding on the parties.

 

LOGO

41


39.4 Subject to clause 35, no addition to or variation, or novation of this Trust Deed and no waiver of any right arising from this Trust Deed or its breach or termination shall be of any force or effect unless reduced to writing and signed by all the Parties or their duly authorised representatives.

 

39.5 No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any party to the other parties in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder, and no delay or forbearance in the enforcement of any right of any party arising from this Trust Deed, and no single or partial exercise of any right by any party under this Trust Deed, shall in any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent or election by such party or operate as a waiver or a novation of or otherwise affect any of the party’s rights in terms of or arising from this Trust Deed or estop or preclude any such party from enforcing at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term hereof.

 

40 SIGNATURE

Signed on behalf of the relevant Parties, each signatory hereto warranting that he/she has due authority to do so.

Amended Trust Deed approved by the Trustee on 28 November 2012.

 

RIANA BISSCHOFF

/s/

Signature

 

LOGO

42

Exhibit 8.1

SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES OF HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

 

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY    PERCENTAGE
HELD
    COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION
 

ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited

     100     South Africa   

Avgold Limited

     100     South Africa   

Harmony Gold Australia Proprietary Limited

     100     Australia   

Kalahari Goldridge Mining Company Limited

     100     South Africa   

Randfontein Estates Limited

     100     South Africa   

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Graham Briggs, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluations; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: October 25, 2013
By:  

/s/ Graham Briggs

Graham Briggs
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Frank Abbott, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluations; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: October 25, 2013
By:  

/s/ Frank Abbott

Frank Abbott
Chief Financial Officer
Financial Director

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION

(pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the “ Company ”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on the date hereof (the “ Report ”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Graham Briggs, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, that:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: October 25, 2013
By:  

/s/ Graham Briggs

Graham Briggs
Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Commission or its staff upon request.

Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION

(pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the “ Company ”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on the date hereof (the “ Report ”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Frank Abbott, Financial Director of the Company, certify, that:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: October 25, 2013
By:  

/s/ Frank Abbott

Frank Abbott
Chief Financial Officer
Financial Director

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Commission or its staff upon request.

Exhibit 15.1

LOGO

Governance
Board of directors
Our
Non-executive chairman
Patrice Motsepe (51)
BA (Legal), LLB
Appointed to the board in 2004
Current directorships
African Rainbow Minerals Limited (ARM)
Sanlam Limited
Sanlam Life Insurance Limited
Experience
Patrice was a partner in one of the largest law firms in South Africa, Bowman Gilfillan Inc. He was a visiting attorney in the USA with the law firm, McGuire Woods Battle and Boothe. In 1994 he founded Future Mining, which grew rapidly into a successful contract mining company. He then formed ARMgold in 1997, which listed on the JSE in 2002. ARMgold merged with Harmony in 2003 and led to the takeover of Anglovaal Mining (Avmin). In 2002 he was voted South Africa’s Business Leader of the Year by CEOs of the top 100 listed companies in South Africa, and named the Ernst & Young Best Entrepreneur of the Year. He has received numerous other business and leadership awards. He serves on the International Business Council of the World Economic Forum. Past business responsibilities include serving as president of Business Unity South Africa (BUSA) from 2004 to 2008 – BUSA is the representative voice of organised business in South Africa. He is also president of Mamelodi Sundowns Football Club and was appointed chairman of the newly formed BRICS Business Council in March 2013.
Harmony committees
Nomination committee
Deputy chairman
Modise Motloba (47)
BSc, Diploma in Strategic Management
Appointed to the board in 2004
Current directorships
Quartile Capital group of companies
Experience
Modise is currently chief executive officer of Quartile Capital (Proprietary) Limited. His 19 years’ experience in investment banking, treasury and fund management includes appointments at Rand Merchant Bank, African Merchant Bank, African Harvest Fund Managers and Goldman Sachs. Modise is a former president of the Association of Black Securities and Investment Professionals (ABSIP) where he was instrumental in formulating and negotiating the historic financial services charter in 2003.
Harmony committees
Social and ethics committee (chairman)
Nomination committee
Audit and risk committee
Lead independent non-executive director
Fikile De Buck (52)
BA (Economics), FCCA (UK)
Appointed to the board in 2006
Current directorships
Atlatsa Resources Corporation
Amathuba Engineering (Pty) Ltd
Fikita Creations (Pty) Ltd
Experience
A chartered certified accountant, Fikile is a fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) (UK). From 2000 to 2008, she worked in various capacities at the Council for Medical Schemes in South Africa, including as chief financial officer and chief operations officer. Prior to that, she was treasurer at the Botswana Development Corporation. Fikile is a non-executive director and chairman of the audit committee of Atlatsa Resources Corporation.
Harmony committees
Nominations committee (chairman)
Social and ethics committee
Remuneration committee
Audit and risk committee
56


LOGO

board
Chief executive officer
Graham Briggs (60)
BSc (Hons) (Geology)
Joined Harmony in 1995
Appointed to executive management in 1997,
CEO 2008
Experience
Graham has been in the mining industry for 38 years, initially as a geologist. His operational and managerial experience was developed at a number of South African gold mines, and he joined Harmony in 1995 as new business manager. He also served as chief executive of Harmony Australia.
Financial director
Frank Abbott (58)
BCom, CA(SA), MBL
Joined Harmony in 1994, executive management in 1997 and again in 2011
Experience
Frank joined the Harmony board as non-executive director in 1994, and was appointed financial director in 1997. In 2004 he was appointed financial director of ARM, while remaining on the Harmony board as non-executive director. In 2007, Frank was seconded to Harmony as interim financial director, a position he held until 2009. He was appointed executive director of Harmony in November 2011 and has served as financial director on the board of Harmony since February 2012.
Executive director
Mashego Mashego (49)
BA (Education), BA (Hons) (Human Resources Management)
Joint Management Development Programme, Global Executive Development Programme
Joined Harmony in 2005
Appointed to executive management in 2007
Experience
Mashego has over 20 years’ experience in human resources, developed largely in the industrial sector. Since joining Harmony in 2005, he has been responsible for group human resources development, transformation and, most recently, government relations.
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION
FINANCIALS
GOVERNANCE
STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION
LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE
GROUP OVERVIEW
HARMONY IN BRIEF
Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 57


LOGO

Governance
Board of directors continued
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Our
Independent non-executive director
1. Joaquim Chissano (74)
PHD
Appointed to the board in 2005
Current directorships
African Rainbow Minerals Limited Peace Parks Foundation
Experience
Former president of Mozambique (1986-2004), Joaquim also served as chairman of the African Union for 2003/2004. On leaving the presidency, he established the Joaquim Chissano Foundation for Peace Development and Culture, and has led various international peace initiatives on behalf of the United Nations, African Union and Southern African Development Community to Guinea-Bissau, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Uganda and Madagascar. In 2006 he was awarded the annual Chatham House prize for significant contributions to improving international relations and received the inaugural Mo Ibrahim prize for Achievement in African Leadership in 2007. Joaquim was appointed to the global development program advisory panel of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation in December 2009.
Harmony committees
Nomination committee
Social and ethics committee
Independent non-executive director
2. Ken Dicks (74)
Mine Managers Certificate (Metalliferous Mines) Mine Managers Certificate (Fiery Coal Mines) Management diplomas (Unisa) and (INSEAD)
Appointed to the board in 2008
Current directorships
Witwatersrand Consolidated Gold Resources Limited Bauba Platinum Limited
Experience
Ken has a mining engineering background with 39 years’ experience in the formal mining industry. He worked for Anglo American gold and uranium divisions for 37 years in various senior positions.
Harmony committees
Technical committee
Investment committee
Independent non-executive director
3. Dr Simo Lushaba (47)
BSc (Hons), MBA (Wales), DBA (University of KwaZulu-Natal)
Appointed to the board in 2002
Current directorships
Cashbuild Limited
Empowered Growth Partners (Pty) Limited GVSC Communications SA (Pty) Limited Talent Africa (Pty) Limited
Experience
Executive business coach, Simo previously held senior management positions at Spoornet (Rail & Terminal Services division), was vice-president of Lonmin Platinum and chief executive of Rand Water.
Harmony committees
Investment committee (chairman)
Audit and risk committee
Remuneration committee
Independent non-executive director
4. Cathie Markus (56)
BA, LLB
Appointed to the board in 2007
Current directorships
St Mary’s School Waverly Foundation (Sec 21)
Experience
Cathie spent 16 years at Impala Platinum Holdings Limited, initially as legal advisor and, from 1998 to 2007, as executive director responsible for legal, investor and community affairs. After graduating from the University of the Witwatersrand, Cathie served articles at Bell Dewar & Hall. On qualifying as an attorney, notary and conveyancer, she joined the legal department of Dorbyl Limited. She is currently a trustee of the Impala Bafokeng Trust and chairs the St Mary’s School Waverley Foundation.
Harmony committees
Remuneration committee (chairman)
Investment committee
Social and ethics committee
Technical committee
Independent non-executive director
5. Mavuso Msimang (71)
MBA (Project Management, United States International University, San Diego, California), BSc (University of Zambia)
Appointed to the board in 2011
Experience
Mavuso has 27 years’ experience in management at executive level. He was involved in the successful transformation and restructuring of various state-owned entities over a period of 16 years until 2010. Mavuso was director-general of the South African Department of Home Affairs and previously served successively as CEO of the State Information Technology Agency, South African National Parks and SA Tourism. He was country representative of international development organisations World University Service/Canada and CARE-International in Ethiopia and Kenya, respectively. He also held senior management positions with UNICEF and the World Food Program. He currently consults in the conservation and tourism sectors.
Harmony committees
Nomination committee
Social and ethics committee
58


LOGO

6. 7. 8. 9. board Independent non-executive director
6. Karabo Nondumo (35)
BAcc, HDip (Acc), CA(SA)
Appointed to the board in 2013
Current directorships
Merafe Resources Limited Rolfes Holdings Limited
South African Express Airways (SOC) Limited
Experience
Karabo is a consultant for Vodacom Business. Previous roles at Vodacom include executive head of Vodacom Business as well Mergers & Acquisitions. She was inaugural chief executive officer of AWCA Investment Holdings Limited (AIH) and former head of Global Markets Operations at Rand Refinery Limited. She is a former associate and executive assistant to the executive chairman at Shanduka Group. She was seconded to Shanduka Coal, where she was a shareholder representative, and also served on various boards representing Shanduka’s interests. She is a qualified Chartered Accountant and a member of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and African Women Chartered Accountants (AWCA). She is an independent non-executive director of Merafe Resources Limited, South African Express (SOC) Limited and Rolfes Holdings Limited. She is on the advisory board of Senatla Capital.
Harmony committees Audit and risk committee Remuneration committee Independent non-executive director
7. Vishnu Pillay (56)
BSc (Hons), MSc
Appointed to the board in 2013
Experience
Vishnu Pillay is currently executive head of Anglo American Platinum’s joint venture operations. Before joining Amplats in 2011, he was executive vice-president and head of South African operations for Gold Fields Limited and, prior to that, vice-president and head of operations at Driefontein Gold Mine. His 25 years at Gold Fields were interrupted by a two-year period with the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, where he was director of mining technology and group executive for institutional planning and operations.
Harmony committees Technical committee Investment committee Independent non-executive director
8. John Wetton (64) FCA, CA(SA)
Appointed to the board in 2011
Current directorships
Private companies
Experience
John was with Ernst & Young from 1967 to 2010. Corporate audit was his main focus, but for the final 11 years he played a business development role across Africa. He led Ernst & Young’s mining group for a number of years and continued to act as senior partner for some of the firm’s major mining and construction clients. He was a member of Ernst & Young’s executive management committee and was, until retirement, a member of the Ernst & Young Africa governance board.
Harmony committees Audit and risk committee (chairman) Social and ethics committee Remuneration committee
Investment committee Non-executive director
9. Andre Wilkens (64) Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competency, MDPA, RMIIA
Appointed to the board in 2007 Current directorships
African Rainbow Minerals Limited ARM Mining Consortium Limited Assmang Limited TEAL Minerals (Barbados) Incorporated
Experience
Andre was appointed to the board of ARM in 2004 and was chief executive officer of ARM until March 2012. He is currently executive director growth and strategic development (based in the office of the ARM executive chairman). He headed ARMgold for five years and ARM Platinum for a year before being appointed chief operating officer of Harmony after its merger with ARMgold in 2003. Andre has over 43 years’ experience in the mining industry, particularly gold, platinum group metals, iron ore, manganese, coal, chrome, nickel and copper.
Harmony committees Technical committee (chairman) Investment committee Remuneration committee
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION
FINANCIALS
GOVERNANCE
STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION
LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE
GROUP OVERVIEW
HARMONY IN BRIEF
Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 59


LOGO

Governance
Executive management
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Executive
Executive: mineral resources development and growth
1. Jaco Boshoff (44)
BSc (Hons), MSc, MBA, Pr Sci Nat
Joined Harmony in 1996 Appointed to exco in 2005
Experience
Jaco has been in the mining industry for 18 years, initially as a geologist. Most of his career has been spent with Harmony, progressing from ore reserve manager at various operations to the executive responsible for reserves and resources. He has been Harmony’s designated competent person for statutory reserves and resources reporting since 2004.
Executive: human resources
2. Anton Buthelezi (49)
National diploma (Human Resources Management), BTech (Labour Relations Management), advanced diploma in labour law
Joined Harmony in 2005 Appointed to exco in 2011
Experience
Anton rejoined Harmony in 2005 as human resources manager at Evander. He has over 23 years’ experience in human resources management in the mining industry. Previous positions include senior HR officer at Anglogold Ashanti, and mid and senior managerial positions in the same field at ARMgold, Samancor Chrome and Harmony. He has a proven track record in the full spectrum of HR functions as a generalist.
Executive: legal, governance and ethics
3. Pheello Dikane (47)
LLB, LLM (Labour Law), postgraduate diplomas in management practice and corporate law, MBL
Joined Harmony in 2009 as exco member
Experience
Pheello has 21 years’ experience in the mining industry. He started his career as a learner official (mining) and progressed to production mine overseer at AngloGold Ashanti Limited. During this time, he studied for his law degrees and then served articles at Perrott Van Niekerk Woodhouse Inc. After being admitted as an attorney, he returned to AngloGold Ashanti’s corporate office as a legal counsel, later joining Brink Cohen Le Roux as a senior associate where he became a director.
Executive: environmental management
4. Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak (38)
BSc (Hons), MSc, MBA
Joined Harmony in 2009 as exco member
Experience
Melanie’s expertise in sustainable development was built over 14 years in the private mining sector and public sector in South Africa as well as international environmental management exposure gained in the UK, Australia, Papua New Guinea, Fiji and Africa. She has worked at leading international mining companies, including De Beers, BHP Billiton and Anglo American.
Executive: safety, health and technology
5. Alwyn Pretorius (42)
BEng (Mining Engineering), BEng (Industrial Engineering), Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competence
Joined Harmony in 2003 Appointed to exco in 2007
Experience
Alwyn has 17 years of underground deep-level gold mining experience in different supervisory and management positions. Before assuming his current role, he was responsible for Harmony’s Gauteng operations.
60


LOGO

6. 7. 8. 9.
management
Chief operating officer: South Africa
6. Tom Smith (57)
NHD (Mine Surveying and Metalliferous Mining)
Joined Harmony in 2002 Appointed to exco in 2007
Experience
Tom has 38 years’ experience in the mining industry: from surveying and ore reserves, to conventional, trackless and deep-level mining and projects. His multi-faceted experience, including as mine manager, was instrumental in successfully restructuring Harmony’s Free State operations several years ago.
Executive: corporate and investor relations
7. Marian van der Walt (40)
BCom (Law), LLB, higher diploma in tax, diplomas in corporate governance and insolvency law, certificates in business leadership (Wits and UJ)
Joined Harmony in 2003 Appointed to exco in 2005
Experience
Marian has over 14 years’ legal experience after completing articles at Routledges Modise Attorneys and being admitted as attorney and conveyancer. She joined Deloitte and Touche as an insolvency practitioner/administrator, and held legal and management positions in the commercial properties division of Standard Bank of South Africa Limited. She was appointed company secretary of Harmony in 2003 and assumed her current role five years later.
Chief Executive Officer (CEO): South-east Asia
8. Johannes van Heerden (41)
BCompt, CA(SA) (Hons)
Joined Harmony in 1998 Appointed to exco in 2005
Experience
Johannes was appointed CEO of Harmony’s south-east Asia operations in 2008. He is responsible for Harmony’s Papua New Guinea assets including an extensive exploration portfolio and the Morobe Mining Joint Ventures’ assets (Hidden Valley mine, Wafi-Golpu project and Morobe exploration, held in equal partnership with Newcrest Mining Limited). He joined Harmony as financial manager with operational and group reporting responsibility for the Free State region. He was appointed group financial manager in 2001, and relocated to Harmony South-east Asia as chief financial officer two years later.
Executive: risk management and services improvement
9. Abre van Vuuren (53)
BCom, Development Programme in Labour Relations (Unisa), Management Development Programme (Unisa), Advanced Labour Law Programme (Unisa), Board Leadership Programme (Gordon Institute of Business Science)
Joined Harmony in 1997 Appointed to exco in 2000
Experience
Abre has over 30 years’ experience in the mining industry, specifically finance and human resources, on various gold mines and collieries in the Rand Mines Group. As a member of Harmony’s executive committee, he was initially responsible for industrial relations. He has held various positions in services and human resources prior to accepting his current position.
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION
FINANCIALS
GOVERNANCE
STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION
LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE
GROUP OVERVIEW
HARMONY IN BRIEF
Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 61

Exhibit 15.2

LOGO

 

Governance

Corporate governance introduction

Global standards – both statutory and voluntary – underpin our governance framework, and our overarching aim is to honour our moral imperative to all stakeholders.

GOVERNANCE PRACTICES AND REPORTING

The company’s disclosure standards are guided by the South African Companies Act No 71 of 2008, requirements governing its primary listing on the JSE, New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) requirements and King III.

Harmony’s FY13 integrated annual report combines financial and non-financial reporting. This report has been developed in line with the requirements of both King III and the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI).

CODE OF ETHICS

Through a process of constructive employee engagements, Harmony has enshrined the following values as those to which the company and its employees subscribe: safety, accountability, achievement, connectedness and honesty. Harmony’s code of ethics commits the company, employees and contractors to these values and to the highest ethical standards, free from conflicts of interest.

An ethics committee was established seven years ago by the executive committee to monitor the ethical culture and standards of integrity in Harmony. It reports to the executive committee which, in turn, reports to the social and ethics committee of the board. The ethics committee assesses declarations of interest in terms of the code as well as reports from the white-collar crime committee. In 2011 the code was reviewed and updated in line with the provisions of King III and in 2013 it was reviewed and aligned with Harmony’s updated values.

Among the available channels for employees and stakeholders, Harmony has a dedicated, 24-hour crime line (0800 811 811) managed by an external auditing specialist. Suspected irregularities can be reported anonymously via the crime line. All alleged irregularities reported through the crime line or other available channels are logged and investigated, and concurrently monitored by the white-collar crime committee. During FY13, a total of 100 alleged irregularities were logged – these included matters relating to corruption, fraud, bribery, non-compliance with policies, theft etc. Of these cases, 23% were concluded as unfounded and 39% were still under investigation at year end. Relevant action is instituted in cases where wrongdoing is proven – of the irregularities reported in FY13, 10 resulted in dismissals and disciplinary action was instituted in the remaining cases (some of which are still in progress).

Harmony protects the identities of employees who report non-compliance with the code of ethics and encourages stakeholders to use the company’s crime line or any of the other reporting structures.

54


LOGO

 

BOARD COMPOSITION

BOARD OF DIRECTORS (15)

Non-independent chairman Patrice Motsepe

Independent non-executive directors* (10) Modise Motloba (deputy chairman) Fikile De Buck (lead independent) Joaquim Chissano Ken Dicks Simo Lushaba Cathie Markus Mavuso Msimang Karabo Nondumo Vishnu Pillay John Wetton

Non-executive director (1) André Wilkens

Executive directors (3) Graham Briggs Frank Abbott Mashego Mashego

Audit and risk committee (5) John Wetton* (chairman) Fikile De Buck* Modise Motloba* Simo Lushaba* Karabo Nondumo*

Investment committee (6) Simo Lushaba* (chairman) Ken Dicks* Cathie Markus* Vishnu Pillay* John Wetton* André Wilkens

Nomination committee (5) Fikile De Buck* (chairman) Joaquim Chissano* Patrice Motsepe Modise Motloba* Mavuso Msimang*

Remuneration committee (6) Cathie Markus* (chairman) Fikile De Buck* Simo Lushaba* Karabo Nondumo* John Wetton* André Wilkens

Social and ethics committee (6) Modise Motloba* (chairman) Joaquim Chissano* Fikile De Buck* Cathie Markus* Mavuso Msimang* John Wetton*

Technical committee (4) André Wilkens (chairman) Ken Dicks* Cathie Markus* Vishnu Pillay*

* Independent non-executive director

The Harmony board and its committees are guided by individual charters that can be viewed on our website and work plans. These are reviewed every second year or as required.

Harmony’s existing operational structure is shown below:

Executive directors CEO: Graham Briggs FD: Frank Abbott Mashego Mashego

The board

Non-executive directors

Executive team SA COO: Tom Smith (SA OPSCO) CEO SE-Asia: Johannes van Heerden (SE-Asia OPSCO) Mineral resources development and growth: Jaco Boshoff Human resources: Anton Buthelezi Legal, governance and ethics: Pheello Dikane Environment: Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak Safety, health and technology: Alwyn Pretorius Corporate and investor relations: Marian van der Walt Risk management and services improvement: Abré van Vuuren

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION

FINANCIALS

GOVERNANCE

STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION

LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE

GROUP OVERVIEW

HARMONY IN BRIEF

Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 55


LOGO

 

Governance

Board of directors

Our

Non-executive chairman

Patrice Motsepe (51)

BA (Legal), LLB

Appointed to the board in 2004

Current directorships

African Rainbow Minerals Limited (ARM) Sanlam Limited Sanlam Life Insurance Limited

Experience

Patrice was a partner in one of the largest law firms in South Africa, Bowman Gilfillan Inc. He was a visiting attorney in the USA with the law firm, McGuire Woods Battle and Boothe. In 1994 he founded Future Mining, which grew rapidly into a successful contract mining company. He then formed ARMgold in 1997, which listed on the JSE in 2002. ARMgold merged with Harmony in 2003 and led to the takeover of Anglovaal Mining (Avmin). In 2002 he was voted South Africa’s Business Leader of the Year by CEOs of the top 100 listed companies in South Africa, and named the Ernst & Young Best Entrepreneur of the Year. He has received numerous other business and leadership awards. He serves on the International Business Council of the World Economic Forum. Past business responsibilities include serving as president of Business Unity South Africa (BUSA) from 2004 to 2008 – BUSA is the representative voice of organised business in South Africa. He is also president of Mamelodi Sundowns Football Club and was appointed chairman of the newly formed BRICS Business Council in March 2013.

Harmony committees

Nomination committee

Deputy chairman

Modise Motloba (47)

BSc, Diploma in Strategic Management

Appointed to the board in 2004

Current directorships

Quartile Capital group of companies

Experience

Modise is currently chief executive officer of Quartile Capital (Proprietary) Limited. His 19 years’ experience in investment banking, treasury and fund management includes appointments at Rand Merchant Bank, African Merchant Bank, African Harvest Fund Managers and Goldman Sachs. Modise is a former president of the Association of Black Securities and Investment Professionals (ABSIP) where he was instrumental in formulating and negotiating the historic financial services charter in 2003.

Harmony committees

Social and ethics committee (chairman)

Nomination committee

Audit and risk committee

Lead independent non-executive director

Fikile De Buck (52)

BA (Economics), FCCA (UK)

Appointed to the board in 2006

Current directorships

Atlatsa Resources Corporation Amathuba Engineering (Pty) Ltd Fikita Creations (Pty) Ltd

Experience

A chartered certified accountant, Fikile is a fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) (UK). From 2000 to 2008, she worked in various capacities at the Council for Medical Schemes in South Africa, including as chief financial officer and chief operations officer. Prior to that, she was treasurer at the Botswana Development Corporation. Fikile is a non-executive director and chairman of the audit committee of Atlatsa Resources Corporation.

Harmony committees

Nominations committee (chairman)

Social and ethics committee

Remuneration committee

Audit and risk committee

56


LOGO

 

board

Chief executive officer

Graham Briggs (60)

BSc (Hons) (Geology)

Joined Harmony in 1995

Appointed to executive management in 1997, CEO 2008

Experience

Graham has been in the mining industry for 38 years, initially as a geologist. His operational and managerial experience was developed at a number of South African gold mines, and he joined Harmony in 1995 as new business manager. He also served as chief executive of Harmony Australia.

Financial director

Frank Abbott (58)

BCom, CA(SA), MBL

Joined Harmony in 1994, executive management in 1997 and again in 2011

Experience

Frank joined the Harmony board as non-executive director in 1994, and was appointed financial director in 1997. In 2004 he was appointed financial director of ARM, while remaining on the Harmony board as non-executive director. In 2007, Frank was seconded to Harmony as interim financial director, a position he held until 2009. He was appointed executive director of Harmony in November 2011 and has served as financial director on the board of Harmony since February 2012.

Executive director

Mashego Mashego (49)

BA (Education), BA (Hons) (Human Resources Management)

Joint Management Development Programme, Global Executive Development Programme

Joined Harmony in 2005

Appointed to executive management in 2007

Experience

Mashego has over 20 years’ experience in human resources, developed largely in the industrial sector. Since joining Harmony in 2005, he has been responsible for group human resources development, transformation and, most recently, government relations.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION

FINANCIALS

GOVERNANCE

STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION

LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE

GROUP OVERVIEW

HARMONY IN BRIEF

Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 57


LOGO

 

Governance

Board of directors continued

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Our

Independent non-executive director

1. Joaquim Chissano (74)

PHD

Appointed to the board in 2005

Current directorships

African Rainbow Minerals Limited Peace Parks Foundation

Experience

Former president of Mozambique (1986-2004), Joaquim also served as chairman of the African Union for 2003/2004. On leaving the presidency, he established the Joaquim Chissano Foundation for Peace Development and Culture, and has led various international peace initiatives on behalf of the United Nations, African Union and Southern African Development Community to Guinea-Bissau, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Uganda and Madagascar. In 2006 he was awarded the annual Chatham House prize for significant contributions to improving international relations and received the inaugural Mo Ibrahim prize for Achievement in African Leadership in 2007. Joaquim was appointed to the global development program advisory panel of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation in December 2009.

Harmony committees

Nomination committee

Social and ethics committee

Independent non-executive director

2. Ken Dicks (74)

Mine Managers Certificate (Metalliferous Mines) Mine Managers Certificate (Fiery Coal Mines) Management diplomas (Unisa) and (INSEAD)

Appointed to the board in 2008

Current directorships

Witwatersrand Consolidated Gold Resources Limited Bauba Platinum Limited

Experience

Ken has a mining engineering background with 39 years’ experience in the formal mining industry. He worked for Anglo American gold and uranium divisions for 37 years in various senior positions.

Harmony committees

Technical committee

Investment committee

Independent non-executive director

3. Dr Simo Lushaba (47)

BSc (Hons), MBA (Wales), DBA (University of KwaZulu-Natal)

Appointed to the board in 2002

Current directorships

Cashbuild Limited

Empowered Growth Partners (Pty) Limited GVSC Communications SA (Pty) Limited Talent Africa (Pty) Limited

Experience

Executive business coach, Simo previously held senior management positions at Spoornet (Rail & Terminal Services division), was vice-president of Lonmin Platinum and chief executive of Rand Water.

Harmony committees

Investment committee (chairman)

Audit and risk committee

Remuneration committee

Independent non-executive director

4. Cathie Markus (56)

BA, LLB

Appointed to the board in 2007

Current directorships

St Mary’s School Waverly Foundation (Sec 21)

Experience

Cathie spent 16 years at Impala Platinum Holdings Limited, initially as legal advisor and, from 1998 to 2007, as executive director responsible for legal, investor and community affairs. After graduating from the University of the Witwatersrand, Cathie served articles at Bell Dewar & Hall. On qualifying as an attorney, notary and conveyancer, she joined the legal department of Dorbyl Limited. She is currently a trustee of the Impala Bafokeng Trust and chairs the St Mary’s School Waverley Foundation.

Harmony committees

Remuneration committee (chairman)

Investment committee

Social and ethics committee

Technical committee

Independent non-executive director

5. Mavuso Msimang (71)

MBA (Project Management, United States International University, San Diego, California), BSc (University of Zambia)

Appointed to the board in 2011

Experience

Mavuso has 27 years’ experience in management at executive level. He was involved in the successful transformation and restructuring of various state-owned entities over a period of 16 years until 2010. Mavuso was director-general of the South African Department of Home Affairs and previously served successively as CEO of the State Information Technology Agency, South African National Parks and SA Tourism. He was country representative of international development organisations World University Service/Canada and CARE-International in Ethiopia and Kenya, respectively. He also held senior management positions with UNICEF and the World Food Program. He currently consults in the conservation and tourism sectors.

Harmony committees

Nomination committee

Social and ethics committee


LOGO

 

6. 7. 8. 9.

board

Independent non-executive director

6. Karabo Nondumo (35)

BAcc, HDip (Acc), CA(SA)

Appointed to the board in 2013

Current directorships

Merafe Resources Limited Rolfes Holdings Limited South African Express Airways (SOC) Limited

Experience

Karabo is a consultant for Vodacom Business. Previous roles at Vodacom include executive head of Vodacom Business as well Mergers & Acquisitions. She was inaugural chief executive officer of AWCA Investment Holdings Limited (AIH) and former head of Global Markets Operations at Rand Refinery Limited. She is a former associate and executive assistant to the executive chairman at Shanduka Group. She was seconded to Shanduka Coal, where she was a shareholder representative, and also served on various boards representing Shanduka’s interests. She is a qualified Chartered Accountant and a member of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) and African Women Chartered Accountants (AWCA). She is an independent non-executive director of Merafe Resources Limited, South African Express (SOC) Limited and Rolfes Holdings Limited. She is on the advisory board of Senatla Capital.

Harmony committees

Audit and risk committee Remuneration committee

Independent non-executive director

7. Vishnu Pillay (56)

BSc (Hons), MSc

Appointed to the board in 2013

Experience

Vishnu Pillay is currently executive head of Anglo American Platinum’s joint venture operations. Before joining Amplats in 2011, he was executive vice-president and head of South African operations for Gold Fields Limited and, prior to that, vice-president and head of operations at Driefontein Gold Mine. His 25 years at Gold Fields were interrupted by a two-year period with the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, where he was director of mining technology and group executive for institutional planning and operations.

Harmony committees

Technical committee Investment committee

Independent non-executive director

8. John Wetton (64)

FCA, CA(SA)

Appointed to the board in 2011

Current directorships

Private companies

Experience

John was with Ernst & Young from 1967 to 2010. Corporate audit was his main focus, but for the final 11 years he played a business development role across Africa. He led Ernst & Young’s mining group for a number of years and continued to act as senior partner for some of the firm’s major mining and construction clients. He was a member of Ernst & Young’s executive management committee and was, until retirement, a member of the Ernst & Young Africa governance board.

Harmony committees

Audit and risk committee (chairman) Social and ethics committee Remuneration committee Investment committee

Non-executive director

9. André Wilkens (64)

Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competency, MDPA, RMIIA

Appointed to the board in 2007

Current directorships

African Rainbow Minerals Limited ARM Mining Consortium Limited

Assmang Limited TEAL Minerals (Barbados) Incorporated

Experience

André was appointed to the board of ARM in 2004 and was chief executive officer of ARM until March 2012. He is currently executive director growth and strategic development (based in the office of the ARM executive chairman). He headed ARMgold for five years and ARM Platinum for a year before being appointed chief operating officer of Harmony after its merger with ARMgold in 2003. André has over 43 years’ experience in the mining industry, particularly gold, platinum group metals, iron ore, manganese, coal, chrome, nickel and copper.

Harmony committees

Technical committee (chairman) Investment committee Remuneration committee

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION FINANCIALS GOVERNANCE

STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE GROUP OVERVIEW

HARMONY IN BRIEF

Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 59


LOGO

 

Governance

Executive management

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Executive

Executive: mineral resources development and growth

1. Jaco Boshoff (44)

BSc (Hons), MSc, MBA, Pr Sci Nat

Joined Harmony in 1996

Appointed to exco in 2005

Experience

Jaco has been in the mining industry for 18 years, initially as a geologist. Most of his career has been spent with Harmony, progressing from ore reserve manager at various operations to the executive responsible for reserves and resources. He has been Harmony’s designated competent person for statutory reserves and resources reporting since 2004.

Executive: human resources

2. Anton Buthelezi (49)

National diploma (Human Resources Management), BTech (Labour Relations Management), advanced diploma in labour law

Joined Harmony in 2005

Appointed to exco in 2011

Experience

Anton rejoined Harmony in 2005 as human resources manager at Evander. He has over 23 years’ experience in human resources management in the mining industry. Previous positions include senior HR officer at Anglogold Ashanti, and mid and senior managerial positions in the same field at ARMgold, Samancor Chrome and Harmony. He has a proven track record in the full spectrum of HR functions as a generalist.

Executive: legal, governance and ethics

3. Pheello Dikane (47)

LLB, LLM (Labour Law), postgraduate diplomas in management practice and corporate law, MBL

Joined Harmony in 2009 as exco member

Experience

Pheello has 21 years’ experience in the mining industry. He started his career as a learner official (mining) and progressed to production mine overseer at AngloGold Ashanti Limited. During this time, he studied for his law degrees and then served articles at Perrott Van Niekerk Woodhouse Inc. After being admitted as an attorney, he returned to AngloGold Ashanti’s corporate office as a legal counsel, later joining Brink Cohen Le Roux as a senior associate where he became a director.

Executive: environmental management

4. Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak (38)

BSc (Hons), MSc, MBA

Joined Harmony in 2009 as exco member

Experience

Melanie’s expertise in sustainable development was built over 14 years in the private mining sector and public sector in South Africa as well as international environmental management exposure gained in the UK, Australia, Papua New Guinea, Fiji and Africa. She has worked at leading international mining companies, including De Beers, BHP Billiton and Anglo American.

Executive: safety, health and technology

5. Alwyn Pretorius (42)

BEng (Mining Engineering), BEng (Industrial Engineering), Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competence

Joined Harmony in 2003

Appointed to exco in 2007

Experience

Alwyn has 17 years of underground deep-level gold mining experience in different supervisory and management positions. Before assuming his current role, he was responsible for Harmony’s Gauteng operations.

60


LOGO

 

6. 7. 8. 9.

management

Chief operating officer: South Africa

6. Tom Smith (57)

NHD (Mine Surveying and Metalliferous Mining)

Joined Harmony in 2002 Appointed to exco in 2007

Experience

Tom has 38 years’ experience in the mining industry: from surveying and ore reserves, to conventional, trackless and deep-level mining and projects. His multi-faceted experience, including as mine manager, was instrumental in successfully restructuring Harmony’s Free State operations several years ago.

Executive: corporate and investor relations

7. Marian van der Walt (40)

BCom (Law), LLB, higher diploma in tax, diplomas in corporate governance and insolvency law, certificates in business leadership (Wits and UJ)

Joined Harmony in 2003 Appointed to exco in 2005

Experience

Marian has over 14 years’ legal experience after completing articles at Routledges Modise Attorneys and being admitted as attorney and conveyancer. She joined Deloitte and Touche as an insolvency practitioner/administrator, and held legal and management positions in the commercial properties division of Standard Bank of South Africa Limited. She was appointed company secretary of Harmony in 2003 and assumed her current role five years later.

Chief Executive Officer (CEO): South-east Asia

8. Johannes van Heerden (41)

BCompt, CA(SA) (Hons)

Joined Harmony in 1998 Appointed to exco in 2005

Experience

Johannes was appointed CEO of Harmony’s south-east Asia operations in 2008. He is responsible for Harmony’s Papua New Guinea assets including an extensive exploration portfolio and the Morobe Mining Joint Ventures’ assets (Hidden Valley mine, Wafi-Golpu project and Morobe exploration, held in equal partnership with Newcrest Mining Limited). He joined Harmony as financial manager with operational and group reporting responsibility for the Free State region. He was appointed group financial manager in 2001, and relocated to Harmony South-east Asia as chief financial officer two years later.

Executive: risk management and services improvement

9. Abrè van Vuuren (53)

BCom, Development Programme in Labour Relations (Unisa), Management Development Programme (Unisa), Advanced Labour Law Programme (Unisa), Board Leadership Programme (Gordon Institute of Business Science)

Joined Harmony in 1997 Appointed to exco in 2000

Experience

Abré has over 30 years’ experience in the mining industry, specifically finance and human resources, on various gold mines and collieries in the Rand Mines Group. As a member of Harmony’s executive committee, he was initially responsible for industrial relations. He has held various positions in services and human resources prior to accepting his current position.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION

FINANCIALS

GOVERNANCE

STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION

LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE

GROUP OVERVIEW

HARMONY IN BRIEF

Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 61


LOGO

 

Governance

Corporate governance summary

BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETINGS ATTENDANCE

Board Audit and risk Nomination Remuneration Technical Investment Social and ethics

Number of meetings 4554845

Patrice Motsepe (chairman) 4 – 5 – – – –

Modise Motloba (deputy chairman) 4 5 5 – – – 5

Joaquim Chissano 4 – 0 – – – 3

Fikile De Buck 4 3 4 4 – – 4

Ken Dicks 4 – – – 8 4 –

Simo Lushaba 4 4 – 4 – 4 –

Cathie Markus 4 – – 4 8 4 4

Mavuso Msimang 4 – 5 – – – 5

Karabo Nondumo* – – – – – – –

Vishnu Pillay** – – – – 2 – –

John Wetton 4 5 – 4 – 4 5

André Wilkens 4 – – 4 8 4 –

Graham Briggs 4 – – – – – –

Frank Abbott 4 – – – – – –

Mashego Mashego 4 – – – – – –

* Appointed 3 May 2013

** Appointed 8 May 2013

– Not applicable

ROTATION OF DIRECTORS

In terms of King III and the company’s memorandum of incorporation, one-third of the board’s non-executive directors must retire from office at the next annual general meeting (AGM). The non-executive directors to retire in each year will be those who have been longest in office since their last election. In addition, directors appointed after the previous AGM are also expected to stand down for election by shareholders at the AGM following their respective appointments.

Accordingly, the directors retire by rotation in accordance with the schedule below:

2010 2011 2012 2013

Patrice Motsepe Mavuso Msimang Fikile De Buck Joaquim Chissano (8 years)

Joaquim Chissano John Wetton Simo Lushaba Cathie Markus (6 years)

Cathie Markus Ken Dicks Modise Motloba André Wilkens (6 years)

André Wilkens Patrice Motsepe Vishnu Pillay (new director)

Karabo Nondumo (new director)

Short résumés of all directors to retire by rotation and eligible for re-election at the 2013 AGM appear on page 58. The (years) above refers to the number of years serving on the Harmony board.

62


LOGO

 

RESTRICTIONS ON SHARE DEALINGS

Employees and directors are prohibited from dealing in Harmony shares during price-sensitive periods. The company secretary regularly distributes written notices, via email, to advise employees and directors of restricted periods. Employees are obliged, in terms of regulatory and governance requirements, to disclose any dealings in Harmony shares by themselves or related parties. The clearance procedure for directors to deal in Harmony shares is regulated in terms of the company’s policy on trading in shares.

COMPLYING WITH LEGISLATION

In terms of King III, the board ensures Harmony complies with applicable laws and considers adherence to non-binding rules, codes and standards.

No significant fines were paid by the company in any areas of operation in FY13, and no actions were brought against Harmony for anti-competitive behaviour, anti-trust or monopoly practices. Also refer to reports from the social and ethics (page 20) and audit and risk (page 73) committees.

Harmony is greatly affected by public policy locally and internationally. As such, the company is increasingly engaging with government on policy through the Chamber of Mines. Harmony also participates in lobbying with Eskom and the energy regulator on issues such as security, supply and cost of electricity as well as potential carbon taxes.

In FY13 Harmony, through the Chamber of Mines, actively participated in reviews of key mining legislation, for example:

Revisions to the Mining Charter

Amendments to the Labour Relations Act.

The company also lobbies on environmental legislative reform including:

The current amendment bill to the MPRDA

Climate change policy, carbon offset initiative and carbon tax

National water investment framework.

Harmony has participated in the Wonderfontein Spruit catchment forum and the mining industries group, Sandvet irrigation scheme committee, and in finalising the remedial action plan report – an initiative between government, industry and civil society.

POLITICAL DONATIONS

In FY13 donations totalling R3 million were made.

MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION

In terms of the Companies Act, a memorandum of incorporation was approved by shareholders at the AGM held on 28 November 2012.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION

FINANCIALS

GOVERNANCE

STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION

LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE

GROUP OVERVIEW

HARMONY IN BRIEF

Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 63


LOGO

 

Governance

Corporate governance summary continued

SARBANES-OXLEY

Full details of Sarbanes-Oxley processes and compliance are reported in the Form 20-F for FY13. Refer to Harmony’s website to download the Form 20-F. The Form 20-F for FY13 will be filed and available on our website towards the end of October 2013.

INFORMATION MANAGEMENT AND ACCESS TO INFORMATION

Harmony complies with the Promotion of Access to Information Act of 2000 (PAIA).

KING III SUMMARY

As a highly regulated mining company, compliance is vital to our ability to operate. Harmony considers compliance as a minimum standard for all its activities and strives to exceed this in all key aspects of its business.

In South Africa, companies are required to disclose compliance with King III in the current reporting year. The table below summarises Harmony’s compliance, with a detailed version on our website, which also includes supplementary information for a complete view of our company’s governance standards

King III compliance: 30 June 2013

Principle Apply? Explain

Principle 1.1 ü Refer to principle 2.3

The board should provide effective leadership based on an ethical foundation

Principle 1.2 ü Refer to principle 2.4

The board should ensure the company is and is seen to be a responsible corporate citizen

Principle 1.3 ü Refer to principle 2.5

The board should ensure the company’s ethics are managed effectively

Principle 2.1

The board should act as the focal point for and custodian of corporate governance ü The board advocates effective, responsible leadership and aims to lead by example. Governance structures and processes are regularly reviewed and adapted to accommodate internal developments and reflect national and international best practice while considering the best interests of the company. In FY12, we completed a comprehensive review of our compliance with King III. Aspects requiring enhanced application have been addressed in the audit and risk committee report on page 73 of our FY13 integrated annual report.

Principle 2.2

The board should appreciate that strategy, risk, performance and sustainability are inseparable ü As reflected in its terms of reference, and evident from the content of the integrated annual report, the board appreciates that strategy, risk, performance and sustainability are inseparable. The board annually considers and reviews the company’s strategy relative to its risks, performance and sustainability at a strategy session arranged specifically for this purpose.

64


LOGO

 

Principle Apply? Explain

Principle 2.3 The board should provide effective leadership based on an ethical foundation ü The board of directors is responsible for establishing management structures and processes based on ethical values and good corporate governance principles, ensuring Harmony’s business is sustainable in terms of our financial, social and environmental performance. The board is governed by its terms of reference available on the website. The board and its committees have work plans to ensure responsibilities are appropriately addressed throughout the year.

Principle 2.4 The board should ensure the company is and is seen to be a responsible corporate citizen ü Responsible citizenship is a core principle underpinning Harmony’s values and a key component of the board’s terms of reference. Through its social and ethics committee, the board ensures the company remains a committed, socially responsible corporate citizen.

Principle 2.5 The board should ensure the company’s ethics are managed effectively ü Harmony’s code of ethics was adopted to respond to the challenge of ethical conduct in the business environment. The code is reviewed every second year by the board and its application is monitored by management. All employees (including contract employees), directors or officers and service providers/suppliers are expected to abide by the code. The company’s ethics programme is subject to independent assurance as part of the internal audit coverage plan. Management is revising the roles and responsibilities for various facets of ethics management (eg board committee responsibilities, fraud risk management). This will include a review and potential redesign of the ethics management programme to address integration and further improve levels of proactive ethical risk management.

Principle 2.6 The board should ensure the company has an effective and independent audit committee ü Shareholders annually elect the members of the audit and risk committee, all of whom are independent non-executive directors. The board has approved the mandate for this committee, which includes monitoring risk management and therefore, in Harmony, the committee is known as the audit and risk committee. In FY13, the committee again complied with its legal, regulatory and other responsibilities assigned by the board in terms of its terms of reference. These are detailed in the committee’s report on page 73 of the FY13 integrated annual report.

Principle 2.7 The board should be responsible for the governance of risk ü The board is ultimately responsible for the governance of risk in line with the act, King III and the board’s terms of reference. The board is assisted by the audit and risk committee, ensuring that significant risks facing Harmony are adequately addressed. For more information, refer to the risk management report on page 72 of the FY13 integrated annual report.

Principle 2.8 The board should be responsible for information technology (IT) governance ü The audit and risk committee of the board oversees and monitors IT governance and views this as an important aspect of risk management. Refer to IT governance report included in the supplemental corporate governance report.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION

FINANCIALS

GOVERNANCE

STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION

LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE

GROUP OVERVIEW

HARMONY IN BRIEF

Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 65


LOGO

 

Governance

Corporate governance summary continued

Principle Apply? Explain

Principle 2.9 The board should ensure the company complies with applicable laws and considers adherence to non-binding rules, codes and standards ü As part of our approved planned internal audit coverage, a review to identify Harmony’s regulatory universe is under way. The objective is to assist management in identifying and prioritising laws and regulations that may apply to Harmony. In addition, Harmony’s regulatory compliance strategy will be reviewed to consider the adequacy and effectiveness of the strategy and approach and, if appropriate, identify gaps and provide guidance and recommendations for improvement. Feedback on the outcome of the reviews will be provided in the FY14 integrated annual report. Harmony is committed to continuous application of the act and complying with all relevant legislation in South Africa and PNG. As a listed public company with a primary listing on the JSE, Harmony abides by the JSE Listings Requirements. Harmony is also listed on the NYSE in the form of American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and as International Depository Receipts on the Berlin and Brussels Exchanges. It is therefore further regulated by the US Securities and Exchange Commission. Harmony also voluntarily complies with the principles of the UN Global Compact, ICMM, Global Reporting Initiative and the Cyanide Code. No fines were paid by the company in any areas of operation in FY13, and no actions were brought against Harmony for anti-competitive behaviour, anti-trust or monopoly practices.

Principle 2.10 The board should ensure there is an effective risk-based internal audit ü The internal audit function is responsible for assisting the board and management by independently reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of Harmony’s system of internal control. Significant findings are reported to the audit and risk committee and follow-up audits are conducted in areas where significant internal control weaknesses are found. Harmony has an in-house internal audit function in a co-sourced arrangement with KPMG to provide assurance on the effectiveness of governance, risk management and the internal control environment. A new head of internal audit was appointed in September 2013. The purpose, authority and responsibility of the internal audit function are formally documented in the internal audit charter as approved by the audit and risk committee. The head of internal audit reports directly to the audit and risk committee, but on administrative matters will in future report to the executive: risk management and services improvement.

Principle 2.11 The board should appreciate that stakeholders’ perceptions affect the company’s reputation ü The board considers and responds to the legitimate interests and expectations of Harmony’s stakeholders. The social and ethics committee receives quarterly reports on stakeholder engagement, which are then summarised for board meetings. Board members are also regularly apprised of shareholder perceptions after management road shows.

66


LOGO

 

Principle Apply? Explain

Principle 2.12

The board should ensure the integrity of the company’s integrated report ü The integrated report is reviewed by the audit and risk committee and recommended to the board for approval. The social and ethics committee reviews supplementary information to the integrated annual report on sustainable development and recommends this to the board for approval.

Principle 2.13

The board should report on the effectiveness of the company’s system of internal controls ü Refer to the audit and risk committee report on page 73 of the integrated annual report.

Principle 2.14

The board and its directors should act in the best interests of the company ü The board debates issues rationally and with sufficient information from management to reach an objective assessment. All directors are mindful of their duty to act in the best interests of the company. The board has approved a policy for dealing in Harmony shares which applies to directors, prescribed officers and selected employees.

Principle 2.15

The board should consider business-rescue proceedings or other turnaround mechanisms as soon as the company is financially distressed as defined in the Companies Act ü The board reviews the financial performance of the company each quarter to assess its financial position of the company. Solvency and liquidity tests are performed in accordance with the Companies Act to support the issued going-concern statements. Should the company ever become financially distressed, the board will consider appropriate mechanisms to address this.

Principle 2.16

The board should elect a chairman who is an independent non-executive director. The chief executive officer of the company should not also fulfil the role of chairman of the board.

JSE Listings Requirement, section 3.84(c) ü The chairman of the board is not considered independent. The board, however, believes that the value added by Patrice Motsepe as chairman is significant. Mr Motsepe was re-elected as chairman in August 2013 for a period of one year as recommended by King III. His appointment is based on his ability to add significant value to the board and his outstanding performance against what is expected of his role and function. As part of the succession plan for the position of chairman, Modise Motloba was appointed deputy chairman in August 2012 and re-elected as such in August 2013. Fikile De Buck was reappointed lead independent non-executive director in August 2013, as the chairman is not independent. This appointment is in line with the requirements of King III to assist the board in managing any actual or perceived conflicts of interest. The roles of chairman and chief executive officer (CEO) are separate and distinct, and governed by the board’s terms of reference and a delegation of authority framework. This framework also applies to principle 2.17.

Principle 2.17 The board should appoint the chief executive officer and establish a framework for the delegation of authority ü The role, functions and performance criteria of the CEO were reviewed and agreed in FY12 when Graham Briggs’ contract was extended for a further four years. The board will evaluate the performance of the CEO in relation to those agreed parameters. The board ensures that a succession plan for the CEO and other members of the executive team is in place. On recommendation from the nomination committee, these plans are reviewed annually.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION

FINANCIALS

GOVERNANCE

STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION

LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE

GROUP OVERVIEW

HARMONY IN BRIEF

Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 67


LOGO

 

Governance

Corporate governance summary continued

Principle Apply? Explain

Principle 2.18 ü

The board should comprise a balance of power, with a majority of non-executive directors. The majority of non-executive directors should be independent

We have paid specific attention to the composition of our board to ensure it reflects our objectives and is therefore sustainable. Harmony has a unitary board comprising a majority of independent non-executive directors. We exceed the 2014 Mining Charter requirement that 40% of the board be drawn from HDSA groups. At year end, that representation was 60%. Three of Harmony’s non-executive directors are women and, in total, nine directors are drawn from groups considered HDSAs.

JSE Listings Requirement, section 3.84(b)

On recommendation of the nomination committee, the board evaluated and confirmed the classification of independent non-executive directors as independent.

Board appointments:

Ms Karabo Nondumo was appointed as director of the board and member of the audit and risk and remuneration committees on 3 May 2013.

Mr Vishnu Pillay was appointed as director of the board and member of the technical and investment committees on 8 May 2013.

Principle 2.19 ü

Directors should be appointed through a formal process

JSE Listings Requirement, section 3.84(a)

The nomination committee ensures that procedures governing appointments to the board are formal and transparent by making recommendations to the board on all new board appointments and reviewing succession planning for directors and other members of the executive team. In line with King III, the chairman of the board is a member of the committee.

In making new appointments to the board, Harmony considers skills, experience, gender and demographic composition and believes it has an acceptable balance of members. The company is satisfied that non-executive and independent directors are of sufficient calibre, experience and number for their views to carry significant weight in the board’s decisions. While the nomination committee makes recommendations on appointments to the board, these appointments are considered by the board as a whole in accordance with its terms of reference.

Principle 2.20 ü

The induction and ongoing training and development of directors should be conducted through formal processes

The formal board induction programme is managed by the company secretary. On appointment and as part of the company’s board induction programme, new directors receive comprehensive company information and governance packs. They are invited to meet with management at the company’s head office for a tour of the business and informal introductory meetings with various management teams. A formal training needs analysis is conducted annually and supplemented with ad hoc training needs identified throughout the year. The board receives formal training on relevant topics one hour prior to each board meeting. In addition, the company secretary provides board members with regular updates on regulatory and industry developments. Board members are also invited to attend site visits at our operations and at our social development projects throughout the year.

68


LOGO

 

Principle Apply? Explain

Principle 2.21 ü The board should be assisted by a competent, suitably qualified and experienced company secretary

JSE Listings Requirement, section 3.84(i)&(j)

In terms of the relevant section of the JSE Listings Requirements, the board has, on recommendation from the nomination committee, considered the qualifications, level of experience and competence of the company secretary. The board is satisfied that Riana Bisschoff is sufficiently competent, qualified and experienced to act as Harmony’s company secretary. The board is further satisfied that Riana is not a director of the board or any of the company’s subsidiaries and therefore maintained an arm’s-length relationship with the board during the year under review. The following information was taken into consideration during the review:

Riana Bisschoff (LLB, LLM) is a qualified attorney, conveyancer and notary. She has been a company secretary for the past nine years (six years in a listed environment). Riana was appointed group company secretary in March 2012, and is fully supported by the board and management. She plays an active role in achieving good corporate governance, supporting the chairman and the board in:

– Ensuring the effective functioning of the board

– Providing guidance to the chairman, board and directors of Harmony’s subsidiaries on their responsibilities and duties in the prevailing regulatory and statutory environment

– Raising matters that may warrant the attention of the board.

The company secretary assists in ensuring that the board’s decisions and instructions are clearly communicated to the relevant stakeholders, and is available as a central source of guidance and advice in Harmony on matters of ethics.

Principle 2.22 ü The evaluation of the board, its committees and individual directors should be performed every year

In terms of its terms of reference, the board conducts an annual self-assessment of its performance, as well as board committees, individual directors and the chairman. As part of the board’s philosophy of sound governance, the audit firm KPMG was again appointed to assist with the annual board self-assessment, which will be completed in October 2013. This service will be independent of services supplied by KPMG as co-sourced internal auditors of the company. A full report based on the findings of this evaluation will be considered by the board and improvements made where necessary. Suggested areas identified for improvement in FY13 have been successfully addressed and implemented throughout the year.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION

FINANCIALS

GOVERNANCE

STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION

LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE

GROUP OVERVIEW

HARMONY IN BRIEF

Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 69


LOGO

 

Governance

Corporate governance summary continued

Principle Apply? Explain

Principle 2.23 ü The board should delegate certain functions to well-structured committees without abdicating its own responsibilities

JSE Listings Requirement, section 3.84(d)

To assist the board in discharging its duties, certain responsibilities have been delegated to board committees in terms of the board delegation of authority and committee terms of references. At 30 June 2013, these committees comprised:

Audit and risk committee (report on page 73 of the integrated annual report)

Investment committee – considers projects, acquisitions and disposals in line with Harmony’s strategy and ensures due diligence procedures are followed; performs other investment-related functions designated by the board

Nomination committee – ensures procedures governing board appointments are formal and transparent; makes recommendations to the board on all new board appointments; reviews succession planning for directors and other members of the executive team and oversees the board’s self-assessment process

Remuneration committee (report on page 78 of the integrated annual report)

Social and ethics committee (report on page 20 of the integrated annual report)

Technical committee – platform to discuss strategy, performance against targets, operational results, projects and safety; informs the board of key developments, progress against objectives and challenges facing operations; reviews strategic plans before recommending to the board for approval; provides technical guidance and support to management.

During the review period, the majority of members of all board committees were independent non-executive directors. All board committees were chaired by an independent non-executive director, except for the technical committee chaired by André Wilkens (a non-independent non-executive director). The board is confident that André’s leadership as chairman of the technical committee is in the best interest of the company, based on his extensive knowledge of the specific areas of responsibilities of that committee.

These committees do not reduce the board’s overall responsibility and the chairmen of all committees report and make recommendations to the board at each board meeting. Minutes of all committee meetings are included in meeting packs provided to each board member prior to board meetings for information purposes.

Each director has unrestricted access to the advice and services of senior management. All non-executive directors are able to visit Harmony’s operations at any time and attend management meetings at their discretion. Board members have unrestricted access to company and subsidiary information, records, documents and property. If required by a board member, independent professional advice may be obtained at the company’s expense.

Principle 2.24 ü A governance framework should be agreed between the group and its subsidiary boards

The board has approved a delegation of authority framework that includes subsidiary companies. In addition, group policies and procedures apply to all subsidiaries.

70


LOGO

 

Principle Apply? Explain

Principle 2.25 ü

Companies should remunerate their directors and executives fairly and responsibly

Harmony understands that enhanced organisational performance depends on a competitive and balanced remuneration strategy, fairly applied. This benefits all stakeholders. The remuneration committee of the board ensures directors and executive managers are fairly rewarded for their individual contributions to the company’s performance. In remunerating directors and executive managers, the committee considers the interests of shareholders and the financial and commercial health of the company.

Executive directors have standard employment contracts that include a notice period of at least three months, and do not provide for predetermined compensation on termination. These directors have waived their rights to directors’ fees and they participate in Harmony’s share schemes and benefit from pension contributions.

No non-executive director has a service contract with Harmony. Non-executive directors are entitled to fees as approved at Harmony’s annual general meeting (AGM) and to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred on the company’s behalf. For more information, refer to the remuneration report on page 78 of the FY13 integrated annual report.

Principle 2.26 ü

Companies should disclose the remuneration of each director and certain senior executives

Harmony annually discloses the remuneration of all directors and prescribed officers. Refer to the remuneration report included on page 78 of the FY13 integrated annual report.

Principle 2.27 ü Shareholders should approve the company’s remuneration policy

The company’s remuneration policy is presented to shareholders for approval at each annual general meeting. Refer to the remuneration report on page 78 of the FY13 integrated annual report.

Riana Bisschoff

Company Secretary

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION

FINANCIALS

GOVERNANCE

STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION

LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE

GROUP OVERVIEW

HARMONY IN BRIEF

Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 71

Exhibit 15.3

 

LOGO

Audit and risk committee report
The Companies Act 71 of 2008 (the Act) requires companies to establish an audit committee and prescribes the composition and functions of such a committee. As the mandate of Harmony’s audit committee includes monitoring risk management, it is known as the audit and risk committee.
PURPOSE
Assist the board in discharging its duties on safeguarding assets
Monitor the operation of an adequate system of internal control and control processes
Monitor the preparation of accurate financial reporting and statements in compliance with all applicable legal and corporate governance requirements and accounting standards
Ensure that significant risks facing Harmony are adequately addressed and support the board in its responsibility for the governance of risk.
In terms of the Act, the following members, serving on the committee at 30 June 2013, will be recommended to shareholders for appointment as audit and risk committee members for the ensuing financial year at the company’s annual general meeting:
Name Status Date appointed
John Wetton (chairman) Independent non-executive director 1 July 2011, appointed chairman from 30 November 2011
Fikile De Buck Lead independent non-executive director 30 March 2006
Simo Lushaba Independent non-executive director 24 January 2003
Modise Motloba Independent non-executive director 30 July 2004
Karabo Nondumo Independent non-executive director 3 May 2013
The proposed individuals satisfy the requirements to serve as members of an audit and risk committee as provided for in section 94 of the Act and ensure the committee has adequate and relevant knowledge and experience for the committee to perform its functions. For a detailed account of the qualifications and expertise of the members of the audit and risk committee, please refer to their résumés on pages 56 to 59.
In terms of the audit and risk committee’s formal, approved terms of reference and as part of its function in assisting the board to discharge its duties during the period under review, the committee:
Met five times during the past financial year
Reviewed the company’s quarterly results
Evaluated and considered Harmony’s risks and measures taken to mitigate those risks
Monitored the internal control environment in Harmony and found it to be effective
Discussed the appropriateness of accounting principles, critical accounting policies, management judgements, estimates and the Hidden Valley impairment. These were found to be appropriate
Considered the appointment of the external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. (PwC), as the registered independent auditor for the ensuing year. The committee noted that the current designated partner, Faan Lombard, will oversee the Harmony external audit process for another two years
Satisfied itself through enquiry that the external audit firm, PwC, was independent from the company
Evaluated the independence and effectiveness of the internal audit function and external auditors
Evaluated and coordinated internal and external audit processes
Received and considered reports from the external and internal auditors
Reviewed and approved internal and external audit plans, terms of engagement and fees as well as the nature and extent of non-audit services rendered by the external auditors
Held separate meetings with management and the external auditors
Considered the appropriateness and expertise of the financial director, Frank Abbott, as well as that of the finance function and found all to be adequate and appropriate
Considered whether IT risks are adequately addressed and that appropriate controls are in place to address these risks.
The committee is confident that it complied with its legal, regulatory and other responsibilities assigned by the board under its terms of reference.
The internal audit function reports directly to the audit and risk committee but on administrative matters will in future report to the executive: risk management and services improvement. The internal and external auditors attend the committee’s quarterly meetings and have unrestricted access to the chairman of the audit and risk committee.
On recommendation from the audit and risk committee, the board approved:
The annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2013. The audit and risk committee reviewed these to ensure they present a true, balanced and understandable assessment of the financial position and performance of Harmony
The integrated annual report for the year ended 30 June 2013 in accordance with King III and the JSE Listings Requirements
The annual report filed on Form 20-F for subsequent submission to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
The notice of annual general meeting to be held on 5 December 2013.
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADMINISTRATION FINANCIALS GOVERNANCE
STRATEGY AND VALUES IN ACTION LEADERSHIP COMMENTARY AND PERFORMANCE GROUP OVERVIEW
HARMONY IN BRIEF
Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2013 73


LOGO

Governance
Audit and risk committee report continued
The audit and risk committee oversees and monitors the governance of information technology (IT) on behalf of the board in accordance with King III and views this as an important aspect of risk management. Refer to IT governance report included in the supplemental corporate governance report.
In 2012, the committee reported on the comprehensive review of Harmony’s compliance with King III completed in consultation with the auditing firm KPMG in July 2012 and highlighted projects under way to further enhance compliance with King III. Below is a detailed progress report:
Reported in 2012: Progress:
A formal stakeholder policy and stakeholder management plan are being reviewed Finalised
As part of the culture alignment programme, the code of ethics will be reviewed and updated to align with Harmony’s revised value statements. Once reviewed, the revised code will be submitted to the board for approval Finalised
Management is revising the roles and responsibilities for various facets of ethics management (eg board committee responsibilities, fraud risk management). This will include a review and potential redesign of the ethics management programme to address integration and further improve levels of proactive ethical risk management In process
Although combined assurance was applied throughout the year, the process will be formalised into a combined assurance framework and plan In process. To be presented for approval in November 2013
The job specification for the head of internal audit and associated key performance indicators will be developed and submitted to the committee for review and approval. This framework will serve as input into the annual assessment of the internal audit function Finalised. A new head of internal audit has recently been appointed.
The risk management strategy and associated framework were revised. The amended framework and roll-out plan will be submitted to the committee for consideration and approval Finalised
A formalised and functional IT risk register will be enhanced and used by the committee to adequately monitor the company’s IT risks, in line with the revised risk management roll-out plan In process
We will review the current decentralised application of legislative compliance and consider centralising this and/or integrating it into the risk management function to formally address critical regulatory non-compliance risk. In process. As part of our approved planned internal audit coverage, a review to identify Harmony’s regulatory universe is under way. In addition, Harmony’s regulatory compliance strategy will be reviewed to consider the adequacy and effectiveness of the strategy and approach and, if appropriate, identify gaps and provide guidance and recommendations for improvement. Feedback on the outcome will be provided in the FY14 integrated annual report.
The internal audit strategy and associated approach will be revised to align more closely with a risk-based approach and to address enhanced compliance with the Institute of Internal Auditors (IIA) standards. An updated internal audit charter will be presented to the audit and risk committee for its consideration and approval. In process. The internal audit charter has been updated and approved.
For further compliance with the requirements of King III, refer to page 64. John Wetton Audit and risk committee chairman
25 October 2013 74